TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 10 , 2019

Registration No. 333-

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Borr Drilling Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Bermuda
1381
Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(IRS Employer
Identification Number)

S. E. Pearman Building, 2nd Floor
9 Par-la-Ville Road
Hamilton HM11
Bermuda
+ 1 (441) 737-0152

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Puglisi & Associates
850 Liberty Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, Delaware 19711
+1 (302) 738 - 6680
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

James A. McDonald
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (UK) LLP
40 Bank Street, Canary Wharf
London, E14 5DS
United Kingdom
+44 20 7519-7000
Catherine S. Gallagher
Baker Botts L.L.P.
1299 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20004
202-639-7700

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: as soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP (as defined below), indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☒

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of
securities to be registered
Proposed maximum aggregate
offering price (1)
Amount of
registration fee (2)
Common shares of par value $0.05 per share
$
50,000,000
 
$
6,060
 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the aggregate offering price of           additional common shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) To be paid in connection with the initial filing of the registration statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this Preliminary Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Preliminary Prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 10 , 2019

Preliminary Prospectus

            Shares


BORR DRILLING LIMITED

Common Shares

This is the initial public offering in the United States of          common shares, par value $0.05 per share (“Shares”), of Borr Drilling Limited, a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares (the “Offering”).

We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $       and $       per Share. Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market in the United States for our Shares. Our Shares are listed on the Oslo Børs under the symbol “BDRILL” and we expect to apply to list our Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “BORR.” On       , 2019, the closing price of our Shares on the Oslo Børs was NOK       ($    ), based upon the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for Norwegian Kroner on that date, which was NOK       to $1.00 per share.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and as such, will be eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements.

INVESTING IN OUR SHARES INVOLVES RISKS. SEE “RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE 13 .

Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

No offer or invitation to subscribe for Shares may be made to the public in Bermuda.

PRICE $       PER SHARE

 
Per Share
Total
Initial public offering price
 
           
 
 
           
 
Underwriting discount (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds, before expenses, to Borr Drilling
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) See the section entitled “Underwriting” for additional disclosure regarding underwriting compensation payable by us.

We have also granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to           additional Shares on the same terms as set forth above. See “Underwriting.”

The underwriters expect to deliver the Shares against payment in U.S. dollars in New York, New York on or about       , 2019.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
DNB Markets

Prospectus dated       , 2019.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   

Norve

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

You should rely only on the information contained in this Prospectus (as defined below) and any related free writing prospectus that we authorize to be distributed to you. We and the underwriters have not authorized any person to provide you with information different from that contained in this Prospectus or any related free writing prospectus authorized to be distributed to you. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, Shares in any state or other jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this Prospectus speaks only as of the date of this Prospectus unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies, regardless of the time of delivery of this Prospectus or of any sale of the securities offered hereby.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters has done anything that would permit this Offering or possession or distribution of this Prospectus, or any filed free writing prospectus, in any jurisdiction other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this Prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, this Offering of the Shares and the distribution of this Prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. See the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Until             , 2019 (the 25 th day after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade Shares, whether or not participating in this Offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 and the Exchange Control Act 1972, and related regulations of Bermuda which regulate the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, specific permission is required from the Bermuda Monetary Authority, or the BMA, pursuant to the provisions of the Exchange Control Act 1972 and related regulations, for all issuances and transfers of securities of Bermuda companies, other than in cases where the BMA has granted a general permission. The BMA in its policy dated June 1, 2005 provides that where any equity securities of a Bermuda company, including our common shares, are listed on an appointed stock exchange, general permission is given for the issue and subsequent transfer of any securities of a company from and/or to a nonresident, for as long as any equities securities of such company remain so listed. The NYSE is deemed to be an appointed stock exchange under Bermuda law.

Approvals or permissions given by the Bermuda Monetary Authority do not constitute a guarantee by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as to our performance or our creditworthiness. In granting such permission, the BMA accepts no responsibility for our financial soundness or the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this Prospectus. This Prospectus does not need to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda in accordance with Part III of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, as amended (the “Companies Act”) pursuant to provisions incorporated therein following the enactment of the Companies Amendment Act 2013. Such provisions state that a prospectus in respect of the offer of shares in a Bermuda company whose equities are listed on an appointed stock exchange under Bermuda law does not need to be filed in Bermuda, so long as the company in question complies with the requirements of such appointed stock exchange in relation thereto.

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTE ON THE PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION

Unless otherwise indicated, information presented in this Prospectus which forms part of this registration statement on Form F-1 (this “Prospectus”) (i) assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Shares is not exercised and (ii) assumes that the initial public offering price of the Shares will be $       per Share (which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus).

Throughout this Prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, (i) references to “Borr Drilling Limited,” “Borr Drilling,” the “Company,” the “Registrant,” “we,” “us,” “Group,” “our” and words of similar import refer to Borr Drilling Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries, (ii) references to our “Board” or “Board of Directors” refer to the board of directors of Borr Drilling Limited as constituted at any point in time and “Director” or “Directors” refers to a member or members of the Board, as applicable, (iii) references to “Borr Drilling Management Dubai” and “Borr Drilling Management UK” refer to our subsidiaries Borr Drilling Management DMCC and Borr Drilling Management (UK) Ltd, respectively, (iv) references to our “Memorandum,” each provision thereof a “Clause,” or the “Bye-Laws,” each provision thereof a “Bye-Law,” refer to the memorandum of association and the amended and restated bye-laws of Borr Drilling Limited, respectively, each as in effect from time to time, (v) references to “Magni” or “Magni Partners” refers to Magni Partners (Bermuda) Limited, (vi) references to “Taran” refer to Taran Holdings Limited, (vii) references to “Ubon” refer to Ubon Partners AS, (viii) references to “Drew” refer to Drew Holdings Limited, (ix) references to our “DNB Revolving Credit Facility” or “DNB RCF” refer to our historical revolving credit facility with DNB Bank ASA, (x) references to our “Guarantee Facility” refer to our historical guarantee facility with DNB Bank ASA, (xi) references to our “DC Revolving Credit Facility” or “DC RCF” refer to our historical revolving credit and guarantee facility with Danske Bank A/S and Citigroup Global Markets Limited, (xii) references to our “Bridge Facility” or “Bridge RCF” refer to our historical revolving credit facility with Danske Bank A/S and DNB Bank ASA, (xiii) references to our “Hayfin Facility” refer to our term loan facility with Hayfin Services LLP, among others, (xiv) references to our “Syndicated Facility” or “Syndicated RCF” refer to our senior secured credit facilities with DNB Bank ASA, Danske Bank, Citibank N.A., Jersey Branch and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, (xv) references to our “New Bridge Facility” or “New Bridge RCF” refer to our senior secured revolving credit facility with DNB Bank ASA and Danske Bank, (xvi) references to our “Convertible Bonds” refer to our $350.0 million convertible bonds due 2023, (xvii) references to our “jack-up rigs” shall be deemed to include our semi-submersible rig (as the context may require) and (xviii) references to our “Reverse Share Split” refer to the conversion of each of our Shares into 0.20 Shares, resulting in a reverse share split at a ratio of 5-for-1. Unless otherwise indicated, all Share and per Share data in this Prospectus is adjusted to give effect to our Reverse Share Split and is approximate due to rounding.

References in this Prospectus to our “Financing Arrangements” refer to our Hayfin Facility, Syndicated RCF, New Bridge RCF, Convertible Bonds and shipyard delivery financing arrangements described more fully herein, collectively, including the agreements and other terms governing our Hayfin Facility, Syndicated RCF, New Bridge RCF, Convertible Bonds and delivery financing arrangements, respectively.

References in this Prospectus (i) to the “SEC” refer to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and (ii) to “U.S. GAAP” refer to the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect at any point in time.

References in this Prospectus to “Keppel” and “PPL” refer to the shipyards Keppel FELS Limited and PPL Shipyard Pte Ltd., respectively, including their respective subsidiaries and affiliates as the context may require.

References in this Prospectus to “NDC,” “Total,” “ExxonMobil,” “Perenco,” “TAQA,” “BW Energy,” “ONGC,” “Spirit Energy,” “Tulip,” “BP,” “Shell” and “Chevron” refer to our key customers the National Drilling Company, Total S.A., Exxon Mobil Corporation, Perenco S.A., Abu Dhabi National Energy Company PJSC, BW Offshore Limited, the Oil and Natural Gas Corporation, Spirit Energy Limited, Tulip Oil Holding B.V., BP plc, Royal Dutch Shell plc and Chevron Corporation, respectively, including their respective subsidiaries and affiliates as the context may require.

References in this Prospectus to “ABS” and “DNV GL” refer to the American Bureau of Shipping and Det Norske Veritas and Germanisher Lloyd, respectively.

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “U.S.$” and “$” in this Prospectus are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. dollars. All references to “€,” “EUR,” or “Euros” are to the single currency of the European Monetary Union, all references to “£,” “Pounds” or “GBP” are to pounds sterling and all references to “NOK” are to Norwegian krone.

In this Prospectus, we present certain market and industry data. When furnishing the information set out in this Prospectus, including the industry information and data presented in the section entitled “Industry Overview,” we have used certain statistical and graphical information obtained from Rystad Energy, an independent energy research and business intelligence company. See “Experts.” Rystad Energy has advised us that the statistical and graphical information presented in this Prospectus is drawn from its database and other sources. We do not have any knowledge that the information provided by Rystad Energy is inaccurate in any material respect. Rystad Energy has further advised us that: (a) certain of the information provided is based on estimates or subjective judgments, (b) the information in the databases of other offshore drilling data collection agencies may differ from the information in Rystad Energy’s database and (c) while Rystad Energy has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data collection is subject to limited audit and validation procedures. Other information contained in this Prospectus regarding our industry and the markets in which we operate is based on our own internal estimates and research. This information is based on third party services which we believe to be reliable. Unless otherwise indicated, the basis for any statements regarding our competitive position in this Prospectus is based on our own assessment and knowledge of the market in which we operate. Where information sourced from Rystad Energy is presented, the source of such information is identified. Forward-looking information obtained from third party sources, including Rystad Energy, is subject to the same qualifications and the uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this Prospectus.

Market data and statistics are inherently predictive and subject to uncertainty and do not necessarily reflect actual market conditions. Such statistics are based on market research, which, itself, is based on sampling and subjective judgments by both the researchers and the respondents, including judgments about what types of products and transactions should be included in the relevant market. As a result, investors should be aware that statistics, statements and other information relating to markets, market sizes, market shares, market positions and other industry data set forth in this Prospectus, including in the section entitled “Industry Overview” (and projections, assumptions and estimates based on such data) may not be reliable indicators of our future performance and the future performance of the offshore drilling industry. See the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully before deciding whether to buy our Shares. You should carefully consider, among other things, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as well as the audited consolidated financial statements of Borr Drilling Limited as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 , the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of Borr Drilling Limited as of March 31, 2019 and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 , and the audited consolidated financial statements of Paragon Offshore Limited for its predecessor for the period from January 1, 2017, to July 18, 2017 and its successor for the periods from July 18, 2017, to December 31, 2017, and from January 1, 2018, to March 29, 2018, which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus, before making an investment decision.

OUR COMPANY

We are an offshore shallow-water drilling contractor providing worldwide offshore drilling services to the oil and gas industry. Our primary business is the ownership, contracting and operation of jack-up rigs for operations in shallow-water areas (i.e., in water depths up to approximately 400 feet), including the provision of related equipment and work crews to conduct oil and gas drilling and workover operations for exploration and production customers. We own 27 rigs, including 26 jack-up rigs and one semi-submersible rig, with an additional eight jack-up rigs scheduled to be delivered by the end of 2020. Upon delivery of these newbuild jack-up rigs, we will have a fleet of 30 premium jack-up rigs, which refers to rigs delivered from the yard in 2001 or later.

We aim to become a preferred operator of jack-up rigs within the jack-up drilling market. The shallow-water market is our operational focus as we expect demand will recover sooner than in the mid- and deepwater segments of the contract drilling market. We contract our jack-up rigs and offshore employees primarily on a dayrate basis to drill wells for our customers, including integrated oil companies, state-owned national oil companies and independent oil and gas companies. During 2018, our top five customers by revenue were subsidiaries of NDC, TAQA, BW Energy, Spirit Energy and Total. During the first quarter of 2019, our top five customers by revenue were subsidiaries of NDC, TAQA, Perenco, Total and Tulip. A dayrate drilling contract generally extends over a period of time covering either the drilling of a single well or group of wells or covering a stated term. Our Total Contract Backlog was $450.9 million as of March 31, 2019 and $372.0 million as of December 31, 2018. We currently operate in significant oil-producing geographies throughout the world, including the North Sea, the Middle East, Mexico, West Africa and Southeast Asia. We intend to operate our business with a competitive cost base, driven by a strong and experienced organizational culture and a carefully managed capital structure.

From our initial acquisition of rigs in early 2017, we have expanded rapidly into one of the world’s largest international offshore jack-up drilling contractors by number of jack-up rigs. The following chart illustrates the development in our fleet since our inception:

 
As of and for the
Six Months
Ended June 30 ,
As of and for the Year
Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
2017
Total Fleet as of January 1
 
27
 
 
13
 
 
0
 
Jack-up Rigs Acquired (1)
 
 
 
23
 
 
12
 
Newbuild Jack-up Rigs Delivered from Shipyards
 
2
 
 
9
 
 
1
 
Jack-up Rigs Disposed of
 
2
 
 
18
 
 
0
 
Total Fleet as of the end of Period
 
27
 
 
27
 
 
13
 
Newbuild Jack-up Rigs not yet Delivered as of the End of Period
 
8
 
 
9
 
 
13
 
Jack-up Rigs Committed to be Sold as of the End of Period
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
Total Fleet, including Newbuild Rigs not yet D elivered, as of the end of Period
 
35
 
 
36
 
 
26
 
(1) Includes acquisition of one semi-submersible rig in 2018.

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our operating revenues, net (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $164.9 million, $(190.9) million and $(65.8) million, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 were $51.9 million, $(56.4) million and $(15.3) million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable financial measure of net loss under U.S. GAAP, see “—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

Our common shares have traded on the Oslo Børs since August 2017, under the symbol “BDRILL.”

OUR FLEET

We believe that we have one of the most modern jack-up fleets in the offshore drilling industry. Our drilling fleet consists of 27 rigs, of which four are standard jack-up rigs, 22 are premium jack-up rigs and one is a semi-submersible rig. In addition, we have agreed to purchase eight additional premium jack-up rigs to be delivered prior to the end of 2020. Premium jack-up rigs means rigs delivered from the yard in 2001 or later and which are suitable for operations in water depths up to 400 feet with an independent leg cantilever design. The majority of our rigs were built after 2013 and as of March 31, 2019, the average age of our premium fleet (excluding our four standard jack-up rigs and our semi-submersible rig) and of our entire fleet (excluding newbuilds not yet delivered) is 2.54 years and 8.47 years, respectively. As of the date of the last expected delivery of the newbuild jack-up rigs we have agreed to purchase, which is in 2020, the average age of our premium fleet (excluding our four standard jack-up rigs and our semi-submersible rig) and of our entire fleet will be 4.1 years and 9.1 years, respectively, which we believe to be among the lowest average fleet age in the industry (both currently and as of the date of our last expected delivery).

As of June 30, 2019, we had 26 total jack-up rigs, of which 11 rigs were “warm stacked,” which means the rigs, including our newbuild jack-up rigs which have been delivered but not yet been activated, are kept ready for redeployment and retain a maintenance crew, and three rigs were “cold stacked,” which means the rigs are stored in a harbor, shipyard or a designated offshore area and the crew is reassigned to an active rig or dismissed. We have entered into an agreement to sell one of our cold stacked jack-up rigs, the “Eir,” and we expect the sale to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2020, subject to certain conditions. We believe that well-planned and well-managed stacking will significantly reduce reactivation cost and the cost of mobilization of a rig towards a contract. We are therefore focusing on securing cost efficiencies during stacking while limiting future risk from premature reactivation. This means concentrating stacked rigs in as few locations as possible to be able to share crew, running reduced but sufficient maintenance programs on equipment and preserving critical equipment.

We intend to prioritize the deployment of our currently contracted premium jack-up rigs. Reactivation of our premium jack-up rigs that are stacked will be undertaken for select contract opportunities. However, a stacked rig will only be reactivated if the achievable dayrate supports the reactivation and subsequent operating costs in a sensible way. Between April 1, 2018 and June 30, 2019, we signed 15 new contracts for drilling services, including nine with new customers. Our ability to keep our jack-up rigs operational when under contract, or Technical Utilization, for the year ended December 31, 2018 was 99.0% and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was 98.8%, and the proportion of the potential full contractual dayrate that each contracted jack-up rig actually earns each day, or Economic Utilization, for the year ended December 31, 2018 was 96.9% and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was 95.7%.

The fleet is certified by ABS and DNV GL, enabling universal recognition of our equipment as qualified for international operations.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

One of the youngest and largest offshore drilling contractors

We have one of the youngest and largest fleets in the jack-up drilling market. The majority of our rigs were built after 2013 and, as of March 31, 2019, the average age of our premium fleet (excluding our four standard jack-up rigs, our semi-submersible rig and newbuilds not yet delivered) is 2.54 years and of our entire fleet (excluding newbuilds not yet delivered) is 8.47 years (implying an average building year of 2011),

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

respectively, which we believe is among the lowest average fleet age in the industry. New and modern rigs that offer technically capable, operationally flexible, safe and reliable contracting are increasingly preferred by customers. We expect to compete for and secure new drilling contracts from new tenders as well as privately negotiated transactions, which we estimate represent approximately half of new contract opportunities. We believe, based on our young fleet and growing operational track record, that we will be better placed to secure new drilling contracts as offshore drilling demand rises than our competitors who operate older, less modern fleets.

Largely uniform and modern fleet with available capacity to expand customer base

Because our fleet is one of the youngest and largest and the drilling equipment on, and operating capability of, our jack-up rigs is largely uniform, we have the capacity to bid for multiple contracts simultaneously, including those requiring active employment of multiple rigs over the same period, as in the case of our operations for Pemex (as defined below) in Mexico. We have acquired (including newbuilds not yet delivered) a fleet of largely premium jack-up rigs from shipyards with a reputation for quality and reliability. Moreover, due to the uniformity of the jack-up rigs in our fleet, we have been able to achieve operational and administrative efficiencies.

We have activated a number of our jack-up rigs since late 2018 based on firm contract opportunities, which we believe confirms our expectation that industry conditions in the jack-up drilling market will continue to improve. We believe that we are well-placed to capitalize on these improving trends as we seek to establish ourselves as one of the preferred providers in the industry. As of June 30, 2019, we have 11 rigs warm stacked and available for contracting as well as an additional eight jack-up rigs under construction which are also available for contracting.

Commitment to safety and the environment

We are focused on developing a strong Quality, Health, Safety and Environment (“QHSE”) culture and performance history. We believe that the combination of quality jack-up rigs and experienced and skilled employees contributes to the safety and effectiveness of our operations. Since the 2010 Deepwater Horizon Incident (as defined below) (to which we were not a party), there has been an increased focus on offshore drilling QHSE issues by regulators as well as by the industry. As a result, companies exploring for or producing oil and/or natural gas (“E&P Companies”) have imposed increasingly stringent QHSE rules on their contractors, especially when working on challenging wells and operations where the QHSE risks are higher. Our commitment to strong QHSE culture and performance is reflected in our Technical Utilization rate of 99.0% in 2018 and 98.8% in the first quarter of 2019, and our excellent safety record in the same period. We believe our focus on providing safe and efficient drilling services will enhance our growth prospects as we work toward becoming one of the preferred providers in the industry.

Strong and diverse customer relationships

We have strong relationships with our customers rooted in our employees’ expertise, reputation and history in the offshore drilling industry, as well as our growing operational track record and the quality of our fleet. Our customers are oil and gas exploration and production companies, including integrated oil companies, state-owned national oil companies and independent oil and gas companies. For the year ended December 31, 2018, our five largest customers in terms of revenue were NDC, TAQA, BW Energy, Spirit Energy and Total. We believe that we are responsive and flexible in addressing our customers’ specific needs and seek collaborative solutions to achieve customer objectives. We focus on strong operational performance and close alignment with our customers’ interests, which we believe provides us with a competitive advantage and will contribute to contracting success and fleet utilization.

Management team and Board members with extensive experience in the drilling industry

Our executive management team and Board have extensive experience in the oil and gas industry in general and in the drilling industry in particular. In addition, the members of our executive management team are knowledgeable operating and financial executives with extensive experience with companies operating in the jack-up drilling market. The members of our executive management team and Board have held and

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

currently hold leadership positions at prominent offshore drilling and oilfield services companies, including Schlumberger Limited, Marine Drilling Companies, Inc., Seadrill Limited, North Atlantic Drilling Ltd., TODCO and Archer Limited, and have relationships which complement one another and have assisted, and continue to assist, in our development.

E ffective acquisition history

We acquired our jack-up rigs at what we believe are historically attractive prices, including through four major acquisitions since early 2017. The average purchase price of our rigs is significantly lower than the historical construction cost of comparable rigs. We acquired our jack-up rigs at a substantial discount to their cost when originally ordered. We have acquired the majority of our newbuild jack-up rigs by raising equity in the financial markets and by entering into delivery financing arrangements provided by the shipyards. In contrast to many of our competitors who built and owned their fleet prior to 2014, we entered the jack-up drilling market at what we believe to be an attractive price point. Although we have incurred net losses as we commence operations, we believe we are well placed, with a young and modern fleet, to capitalize on any upturn in the jack-up drilling market.

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGIES

Through our premium jack-up rigs, we intend to meet our primary business objective of becoming a preferred operator in the jack-up drilling market while also maximizing return to our shareholders. To achieve this, our strategies include the following:

Deploy high-quality rigs to service a growing industry

We have acquired one of the leading jack-up fleets in the industry with capacity to service existing and future client needs. Tender activity in the jack-up drilling market has been increasing sharply since the second quarter of 2018, which we believe indicates the industry is recovering from the challenges it has faced over the last five years. We believe that shallow-water drilling, such as that performed by our jack-up rigs, has a shorter lifecycle between exploration and first oil and lower capital expenditure than other forms of drilling performed by mobile offshore drilling units, such as drillships. We believe this makes shallow-water drilling more attractive than deep-water projects in the current economic and industry climates. Major E&P Companies have experienced falling production coupled with rising cash flows since late 2016 and as a result of these factors, we anticipate an increase in shallow-water drilling among E&P and other companies. In addition to tender activity in which we participate through bidding, we also compete for new contract opportunities through privately negotiated transactions, including private tenders and direct negotiations with customers, which we estimate represent approximately half of new contract opportunities. We believe our footprint in the industry is growing. Between April 1, 2018, and June 30, 2019, we signed 15 new contracts for drilling services with an aggregate value of approximately $434 million, including nine with new customers. During this period, we also signed two extensions and have had four options exercised. As of June 30, 2019, 16 of our 27 rigs are under contract (including our semi-submersible rig).

Become a preferred provider in the industry

We have established strong and long-term relationships with key participants and customers in the offshore drilling industry, including through our acquisition of Paragon Offshore Limited, the hiring of experienced personnel and contracts signed since our inception, and we will seek to deepen and strengthen these relationships as part of our strategy. This involves identifying value add services for our customers (such as integrated well contracts) and, as an example of this, we have signed a non-exclusive Collaboration Agreement (as defined below) with Schlumberger Oilfield Holdings Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Schlumberger Limited, who is our principal shareholder (“Schlumberger”), to offer such services. For more information on our relationship with Schlumberger, please see the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” We also plan to continue to hire employees with long track-records in the industry and extensive contacts with potential key customers to further improve customer relationships. Based on our largely premium and uniform fleet, our experienced team and a solid industry network, we believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on improving trends as we seek to establish ourselves as a preferred provider to these customers.

4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Establish high-quality, cost-efficient operations

We intend to be a leading offshore shallow-water drilling company by operating with a competitive cost base while continuing to grow our reputation as a high quality contractor. Our key objective is to deliver the best operations possible—both in terms of Technical Utilization and QHSE culture and performance—while also maximizing deployment of our rigs and maintaining a competitive cost structure.

To facilitate our strategy, we have acquired one of the most modern and uniform fleets in the industry, with experienced and skilled individuals across the organization and on our Board. We expect to have an advantage not only with regard to operating expenditures as a result of our largely standardized fleet, but also with regard to financing costs when compared to many of our industry peers.

Establish and offer integrated services

We are planning to offer integrated drilling/well services together with Schlumberger and have been tendering our services on this basis for some contract tenders. Integrated drilling services offer all services and equipment (and in some cases, material procurement) in a single contract. We believe this model is more economically feasible and thus attractive for smaller E&P Companies operating offshore, as the model could reduce the number of contracts required for a project from above ten to two or three. Significant cost saving potential is evident in the model. As a result, project management could become simpler, cheaper and more efficient for customers with integrated drilling services. Further, this could lead to improved well design, better selection and more efficient operators of rig equipment and technology.

We expect our collaboration agreement with Schlumberger, while not exclusive to either party, to enable us to offer integrated well services by providing a combination of services, technology, equipment and rigs that we expect to yield a significant value proposition. An example is the recent contract awarded to us in Mexico, where we, Schlumberger and local partners will work together to deliver integrated drilling services to Pemex.

Maintain financial discipline

We intend to manage our balance sheet by maintaining a suitable proportion of equity and debt, depending on our contract backlog and market outlook. In the future, we may consider adding leverage against our contract backlog or to finance growth or other accretive activities. We will also aim to distribute dividends to shareholders whenever we have excess cash flows and are permitted to do so under our Financing Arrangements.

RISK FACTORS

We face a number of risks associated with our business and industry and must overcome a variety of challenges to utilize our competitive strengths and implement our business strategies. These risks relate to, among others, changes in the jack-up drilling market, including supply and demand, utilization rates, dayrates, customer drilling programs and commodity prices; a downturn in the global economy; hazards inherent in our industry and operations resulting in liability for personal injury or loss of life, damage to or destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage; inability to comply with covenants in certain of our debt arrangements; and inability to successfully employ our jack-up rigs. Investing in our Shares involves substantial risk. You should carefully consider those risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the other information in this Prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our Shares.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

New Local Partner Relationship

In February 2019, we, along with a local partner in Mexico, Proyectos Globales de Energia y Servicos CME, S.A. DE C.V. (“CME”), successfully tendered for a contract to provide integrated well services to Petroleos Mexicanos (“Pemex”). On March 20, 2019, one of our subsidiaries and one of CME’s subsidiaries entered into a contract for the provision of integrated well services to Pemex (the “Pemex Contract”). In June 2019, we finalized the Mexican JV (as defined below) structure and expect to commence operations under the Pemex Contract in July 2019. Please see the sections entitled “Business—Joint Venture, Partner and Agency Relationships—Mexico” and “—Our Fleet” for further information.

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Refinancing of Historical Financing Arrangements

During the first half of 2019, we refinanced our historical revolving credit facilities, including our DNB RCF, Guarantee Facility, DC RCF and Bridge RCF. Following the signing of our Hayfin Facility, Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility agreements on June 25, 2019, which collectively provided $645 million in financing, we paid in full the outstanding balances due under our DNB RCF, Guarantee Facility, DC RCF and Bridge RCF, respectively, which were subsequently cancelled. Please see the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Existing Indebtedness” for more information.

Reverse Share Split

We have effected a conversion of each of our Shares into 0.20 Shares, resulting in a reverse share split at a ratio of 5-for-1. Our post-Reverse Share Split Shares began to trade on the Oslo Børs on June 26, 2019. Unless otherwise indicated, all Share and per Share data in this Prospectus is adjusted to give effect to our Reverse Share Split and is approximate due to rounding.

As of March 31, 2019, there were 525,341,755 Shares issued and outstanding, representing a per share net tangible book value of $2.71. Immediately after our Reverse Share Split, the number of issued and outstanding Shares decreased to 105,068,351, not accounting for fractional shares, representing a per share net tangible book value of $13.55.

Acquisition of Keppel’s Hull B378

In March 2019, we entered into an assignment agreement with BOTL Lease Co. Ltd. (the “Original Owner”) for the assignment of the rights and obligations under a construction contract to take delivery of one KFELS Super B Bigfoot premium jack-up rig identified as Keppel’s Hull No. B378 from Keppel for a purchase price of $122.1 million. The construction contract was, at the same time, novated to our subsidiary, Borr Jack-Up XXXII Inc., and amended. We took delivery of the jack-up rig on May 9, 2019 and the rig was subsequently renamed “Thor.”

To finance the rig purchase we entered into a $120.0 million senior secured term loan facilities agreement, consisting of two facilities (Facility A and Facility B) of $60.0 million each, which we refer to as our Bridge Facility. The facilities had a maturity date of September 30, 2019. Following the signing of our Hayfin Facility, Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility agreements on June 25, 2019, which collectively provided $645 million in financing, we paid the outstanding balance due under our Bridge Facility, which was subsequently cancelled.

Sale of Jack-up Rigs

In May 2019, we entered into sale agreements for the sale of the “Eir,” “Baug” and “Paragon C20051,” none of which were operating or on contract, for cash consideration of $3.0 million each. The jack-up rigs have been sold with a contractual obligation not to be used for drilling purposes and so retired from the international jack-up fleet. The sales of “Baug” and “Paragon C20051” were completed in May 2019 and the sale of “Eir” is expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2020, subject to certain conditions. We have recorded an impairment of $11.4 million in the first quarter of 2019 in connection with our entry into an agreement for the sale of the “Eir.” These divestments bring the total number of jack-up rigs divested by us and retired from the international jack-up fleet to 20 since the beginning of 2018.

6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

COMPANY INFORMATION

Borr Drilling Limited was incorporated by Taran Holdings Limited on August 8, 2016, pursuant to the Companies Act, as an exempted company limited by shares and registered in the Bermuda register of companies with the name “Magni Drilling Limited.” On December 16, 2016, we changed our name to Borr Drilling Limited. On December 19, 2016, our Shares were introduced to the Norwegian OTC market and on August 30, 2017, our Shares were listed on the Oslo Børs under the symbol “BDRILL.” Our principal executive offices are located at S. E. Pearman Building, 2 nd Floor, 9 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda and our telephone number is +1 (441) 737-0152.

OTHER INFORMATION

Because we are incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, you may encounter difficulty protecting your interests as shareholders, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal court system may be limited. Please refer to the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities Against Foreign Persons” for more information.

7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Offering price
We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $       and $       per Share.
Shares offered by us
       Shares (or        Shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase        additional Shares in full).
Shares outstanding immediately after this Offering
       Shares (or        Shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase        additional Shares in full).
Underwriters’ option to purchase additional Shares
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable within thirty days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of           additional Shares.
Voting rights
Holders of our Shares are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote. See “Description of Share Capital” for a description of our Shares, our Memorandum and our Bye-Laws.
Use of proceeds
We expect that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $       million from this Offering, or approximately $       million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase        additional Shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $       per Share, which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by approximately $       million.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this Offering for general corporate purposes, which may include funding future mergers, acquisitions or investments in complementary businesses, products or technologies; maintaining liquidity; repayment of indebtedness; and funding our working capital needs. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

Dividend policy
Under our Bye-Laws, our Board may pay a fixed cash dividend or may declare cash dividends or distributions on such days as may be determined by our Board from time to time. Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (b) the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.

8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Since we are a holding company with no material assets other than the shares of our subsidiaries through which we conduct our operations, our ability to pay dividends will depend on our subsidiaries distributing their earnings and cash flow to us. Furthermore, the covenants in our New Bridge Facility agreement require the approval of our lenders prior to the distribution of any dividends and the covenants in our Syndicated Facility agreement subject dividends to certain conditions which if not met would require the approval of our lenders prior to the distribution of any dividend.

We have not paid dividends to our shareholders since incorporation. We aim to distribute a portion of our future earnings from operations, if any, to our shareholders from time to time as determined by our Board. Any dividends declared in the future will be at the sole discretion of our Board and will depend upon earnings, market prospects, current capital expenditure programs and investment opportunities.

Lock-up
We, our directors and our executive officers and certain of our shareholders have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, transfer or dispose of any Shares or similar securities for a period of     days after the date of this Prospectus. See the sections entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements” and “Underwriting” for more information.
Risk Factors
See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this Prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Shares.
Listing
We intend to apply to have the Shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BORR.” Our Shares will remain listed on the Oslo Børs.
Transfer Agent
Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.

9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

Our summary consolidated statement of operations and other financial data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and our summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”). Our summary consolidated statement of operations and other financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 and our summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2019 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2019 and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus (the “Interim Financial Statements”).

Our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods.

The following table should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements and notes thereto, which are included herein. Our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements are maintained in U.S. dollars. We refer you to the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements for a discussion of the basis on which our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements are prepared, respectively.

We have effected a conversion of each of our Shares into 0.20 Shares, resulting in a reverse share split at a ratio of 5-for-1. Our post-Reverse Share Split Shares began to trade on the Oslo Børs on June 26, 2019. The table below reflects our Reverse Share Split. Unless otherwise indicated, all Share and per Share data in this Prospectus is adjusted to give effect to our Reverse Share Split and is approximate due to rounding.

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions, except per share data)
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
$
51.9
 
$
10.6
 
$
164.9
 
$
0.1
 
Gain from bargain purchase
 
 
 
38.1
 
 
38.1
 
 
 
Gain on disposals
 
 
 
 
 
18.8
 
 
 
Operating expenses
 
(109.9
)
 
(62.8
)
 
(353.2
)
 
(109.8
)
Operating loss
 
(58.0
)
 
(14.1
)
 
( 131.4
)
 
(109.7
)
Total other income (expenses), net
 
1.8
 
 
(19.7
)
 
(57.0
)
 
21.7
 
Income tax expense
 
(0.2
)
 
 
 
(2.5
)
 
 
Net loss
 
( 56.4
)
 
( 33.8
)
 
(190.9
)
 
(88.0
)
Other comprehensive gain (loss)
 
(7.3
)
 
 
 
0.6
 
 
(6.2
)
Total comprehensive loss
$
(63.7
)
$
(33.8
)
$
(190.3
)
$
(94.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
(0.52
)
 
(0.35
)
 
(1.85
)
 
(1.70
)
Diluted
 
(0.52
)
 
(0.35
)
 
(1.85
)
 
(1.70
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shares outstanding
 
105,068,351
 
 
105,068,351
 
 
105,068,351
 
 
95,264
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
105,068,351
 
 
102,877,501
 
 
102,877,501
 
 
51,726,288
 

10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of March 31
As of December 31,
 
2019
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions )
SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
29.4
 
$
27.9
 
$
164.0
 
Restricted cash
 
29.4
 
 
63.4
 
 
39.1
 
Other current assets
 
150.7
 
 
117.3
 
 
22.4
 
Jack-up drilling rigs
 
2,416.1
 
 
2,278.1
 
 
783.3
 
Newbuildings
 
432.5
 
 
361.8
 
 
642.7
 
Marketable securities
 
 
 
31.0
 
 
20.7
 
Other long-term assets
 
40.3
 
 
34.2
 
 
 
Total assets
 
3,09 8.4
 
 
2,913.7
 
 
1,672.3
 
Trade accounts payable
 
14.7
 
 
9.6
 
 
9.6
 
Accruals and other current liabilities
 
109.6
 
 
106.5
 
 
11.5
 
Long-term debt (including current portion)
 
1,415.4
 
 
1,174.6
 
 
87.0
 
Onerous contracts
 
71.3
 
 
81.5
 
 
71.3
 
Other liabilities
 
15.6
 
 
8.0
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
1,626. 6
 
 
1,380.2
 
 
179.4
 
Total equity
$
1,47 1.8
 
$
1,533.5
 
$
1,492.9
 
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions)
CASH FLOW DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Operating Activities
$
(13.9
)
$
(45.4
)
$
(135.2
)
$
(184.8
)
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Investing Activities
 
(172.1
)
 
(198.8
)
 
(560.1
)
 
(1,256.5
)
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Financing Activities
 
153.5
 
 
147.6
 
 
583.5
 
 
1,506.3
 
 
As of and for the Three Months
Ended March 31,
As of and for the Year
Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017
OTHER FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA (1) (in $ millions)
$
(15.3
)
$
(40.0
)
$
(65.8
)
$
(61.8
)
Total Contract Backlog (2) (in $ millions)
 
450.9
 
 
 
 
372.0
 
 
28.5
 
Technical Utilization (3) (in %)
 
98.8
%
 
91.9
%
 
99.0
%
 
 
Economic Utilization (4) (in %)
 
95.7
%
 
86.1
%
 
96.9
%
 
 
TRIF (5) (number of incidents)
 
1.21
 
 
1.63
 
 
1.55
 
 
 
(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and as used herein represents net loss adjusted for: depreciation and impairment of non-current assets, amortization of contract backlog, interest income, interest capitalized to newbuildings, foreign exchange loss, net, other financial expenses, interest expense, gross, change in unrealized (loss)/gain on Call Spread Transactions (as defined below), (loss)/gain on forward contracts, gain from bargain purchase and income tax expense. We present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe that it and other similar measures are widely used by certain investors, securities analysts and other interested parties as supplemental measures of performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides meaningful information about the performance of our business and therefore we use it to supplement our U.S. GAAP reporting. Moreover, our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in presentations to our Board to provide a consistent basis to measure operating performance of our business, as a measure for planning and forecasting overall expectations, for evaluation of actual results against such expectations and in communications with our shareholders, lenders, bondholders, rating agencies and others concerning our financial performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA improves the comparability of year-to-year results and is representative of our underlying performance, although Adjusted EBITDA has significant limitations, including not reflecting our cash requirements for capital or deferred costs, rig reactivation costs, newbuild rig activation costs contractual commitments, taxes, working

11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

capital or debt service. Non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies and have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results as reported under U.S. GAAP. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions)
Net loss
$
( 56.4
)
$
( 33.8
)
$
(190.9
)
$
(88.0
)
Depreciation and impairment of non-current assets
 
23.9
 
 
12.2
 
 
79.5
 
 
47.9
 
Amortization of contract backlog *
 
7.4
 
 
 
 
24.2
 
 
 
Interest income
 
(0.3
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(1.2
)
 
(3.2
)
Interest capitalized to newbuildings
 
(5.8
)
 
(2.7
)
 
(23.4
)
 
 
Foreign exchange loss, net
 
(0.2
)
 
0.2
 
 
1.1
 
 
0.3
 
Other financial expenses
 
0.8
 
 
 
 
3.5
 
 
 
Interest expense, gross
 
18.8
 
 
2.7
 
 
37.1
 
 
0.5
 
Change in unrealized (loss)/gain on Call Spread Transactions
 
(3.6
)
 
 
 
25.7
 
 
 
(Loss)/gain on forward contracts
 
(11.5
)
 
20.0
 
 
14.2
 
 
(19.3
)
Gain from bargain purchase
 
 
 
(38.1
)
 
(38.1
)
 
 
Income tax expense
 
0.2
 
 
 
 
2.5
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
$
(15.3
)
$
( 40.0
)
$
(65.8
)
$
(61.8
)
* Amortization of the fair market value of existing contracts at the time of the initial acquisition.

See the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Evaluate Our Business—Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA.”

(2) Our Total Contract Backlog includes only firm commitments for contract drilling services represented by definitive agreements. Total Contract Backlog (in $ millions) is calculated as the maximum contract drilling dayrate revenue that can be earned from a drilling contract based on the contracted operating dayrate. Total Contract Backlog excludes revenue resulting from mobilization and demobilization fees, contract preparation, capital or upgrade reimbursement, recharges, bonuses and other revenue sources and is not adjusted for planned out-of-service periods during the contract period. The contract period excludes additional periods that may result from the future exercise of extension options under our contracts, and such extension periods are included only when such options are exercised. The contract operating dayrate may temporarily change due to, among other factors, mobilization, weather or repairs. As used in this Prospectus, Total Contract Backlog (in $ millions) is not the same measure as the acquired contract backlog presented in our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements. Please see Notes 2 and 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes 3 and 11 to our Interim Financial Statements for further information. See the section entitled “Business—Customers and Contract Backlog.”
(3) Technical Utilization is the efficiency with which we perform well operations without stoppage due to mechanical, procedural or other operational events that result in down, or zero, revenue time. Technical Utilization is calculated as the technical utilization of each rig in operation for the period, divided by the number of rigs in operation for the period, with the technical utilization for each rig calculated as the total number of hours during which such rig generated dayrate revenue, divided by the maximum number of hours during which such rig could have generated dayrate revenue, expressed as a percentage measured for the period. We have not provided Technical Utilization data for the year ended December 31, 2017 because only one of our jack-up rigs was in operation for approximately one day at the end of December 2017. See “Business—History and Development—Acquisition from Transocean” for more information. Technical Utilization is calculated only with respect to rigs in operation for the relevant period and is not calculated on a fleet-wide basis. Technical Utilization is a measure of efficiency of rigs in operation and is not a measurement of utilization of our fleet overall.
(4) Economic Utilization is the dayrate revenue efficiency of our operational rigs and reflects the proportion of the potential full contractual dayrate that each jack-up rig actually earns each day. Economic Utilization is affected by reduced rates for standby time, repair time or other planned out-of-service periods. Economic Utilization is calculated as the economic utilization of each rig in operation for the period, divided by the number of rigs in operation for the period, with the economic utilization of each rig calculated as the total revenue, excluding bonuses, as a proportion of the full operating dayrate multiplied by the number of days on contract in the period. We have not provided Economic Utilization data for the year ended December 31, 2017 because only one of our jack-up rigs was in operation for approximately one day at the end of December 2017. See “Business—History and Development—Acquisition from Transocean” for more information. Economic Utilization is calculated only with respect to rigs in operation for the relevant period and is not calculated on a fleet-wide basis. Economic Utilization is a measure of efficiency of rigs in operation and is not a measurement of utilization of our fleet overall.
(5) Total recordable incident frequency (“TRIF”) is a measure of the rate of recordable workplace injuries. TRIF, as defined by the International Association of Drilling Contractors, is derived by multiplying the number of recordable injuries in a calendar year by 1,000,000 and dividing this value by the total hours worked in that year by the total number of employees. An incident is considered “recordable” if it results in medical treatment over certain defined thresholds (such as receipt of prescription medication or stitches to close a wound) as well as incidents requiring the injured person to spend time away from work. We have not provided TRIF data for the year ended December 31, 2017 because only one of our jack-up rigs was in operation for approximately one day at the end of December 2017. See “Business—History and Development—Acquisition from Transocean” for more information.

12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our Shares involves significant risks. You should carefully consider all of the information in this Prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before making an investment in our Shares. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In any such case, the market price of our Shares could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

RISK FACTORS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

The jack-up drilling market historically has been highly cyclical, with periods of low demand and/or over-supply that could result in adverse effects on our business.

The jack-up drilling market historically has been highly cyclical and is primarily related to the demand for jack-up rigs and the available supply of jack-up rigs. Demand for jack-up rigs is directly related to the regional and worldwide levels of offshore exploration and development spending by oil and gas companies, which is beyond our control. It is not unusual for jack-up rigs to be unutilized or underutilized for significant periods of time and subsequently resume full or near full utilization when business cycles change. During historical industry periods of high utilization and high dayrates, industry participants ordered the construction of new jack-up rigs, which has resulted in an over-supply of jack-up rigs worldwide. During periods of supply and demand imbalance, jack-up rigs are frequently contracted at or near cash breakeven operating rates for extended periods of time until dayrates increase when the supply/demand balance is restored. Offshore exploration and development spending may fluctuate substantially from year-to-year and from region-to-region.

The significant decline in oil and gas prices and resulting reduction in spending by customers, together with the increase in supply of jack-up rigs in recent years, has resulted in an oversupply of jack-up rigs and a decline in utilization and dayrates, a situation which may persist for many years.

A prolonged period of reduced demand and/or excess jack-up rig supply may require us to idle or dispose of additional jack-up rigs or to enter into low dayrate contracts or contracts with unfavorable terms. For more information on our jack-up rig disposal policy, see the section entitled “Business—Our Fleet.” There can be no assurance that the demand for jack-up rigs will increase in the future. Any further decline or if there is not an improvement in demand for jack-up rigs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The offshore contract drilling industry is highly competitive, with periods of excess rig availability which reduce dayrates and could result in adverse effects on our business.

Our industry is highly competitive, and our contracts are traditionally awarded on a competitive bid basis. Pricing, rig age, safety records and competency are key factors in determining which qualified contractor is awarded a job. Competitive factors include: rig availability, rig location, rig operating features and technical capabilities, pricing, workforce experience, operating efficiency, condition of equipment, contractor experience in a specific area, reputation and customer relationships. If we are not able to compete successfully, our revenues and profitability may be impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The supply of offshore drilling rigs, including jack-up rigs, has increased significantly in recent years. Delivery of newbuild drilling rigs will continue to increase rig supply in coming years and could curtail a strengthening, or trigger a further reduction, in utilization and dayrates. Approximately 13 newbuild jack-up rigs (of which nine were delivered to us) were delivered during 2018, representing an approximate 3% increase in the total worldwide fleet of competitive offshore drilling rigs since the end of 2017. As of June 12, 2019, there were approximately 62 newbuild jack-up rigs reported to be on order or under construction to be delivered no later than the end of 2020. Most of the newbuild jack-up rigs to be delivered no later than the end of 2020, including the eight newbuild jack-up rigs we have agreed to purchase, do not have drilling contracts in place. In addition, the supply of marketed offshore drilling rigs could further increase due to depressed market conditions resulting in an increase in uncontracted rigs as existing contracts expire. There is no assurance that the market in general or a geographic region in particular will be able to fully absorb the supply of new rigs in future periods. Any continued oversupply of drilling rigs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The success of our business largely depends on the level of activity in the oil and gas industry, which can be significantly affected by volatile oil and natural gas prices.

The success of our business largely depends on the level of activity in offshore oil and natural gas exploration, development and production, which may be affected by conditions in the worldwide economy. Oil and natural gas prices, and market expectations of potential changes in these prices, significantly affect the level of drilling activity. Historically, when drilling activity and operator capital spending decline, utilization and dayrates also decline and drilling may be reduced or discontinued, resulting in an oversupply of drilling rigs. Oil and natural gas prices have historically been volatile, and oil prices have declined significantly since mid-2014 with prices in excess of $100 per barrel (as defined below), causing operators to reduce capital spending and cancel or defer existing programs, substantially reducing the opportunities for new drilling contracts. Oil prices have rebounded from the 12-year lows experienced during early 2016, and in 2017 experienced the first increase in average prices since 2014, with prices ranging from a low of $44 to a high of $67 per barrel. Oil prices experienced both increases and declines throughout 2018 and remained generally volatile, with prices ranging from a low of $50.47 to a high of $86.29 per barrel, according to Bloomberg. Oil prices have averaged approximately $66 per barrel during the first six months of 2019, around 23% higher than the cost of oil at the end of 2018, which was $54 per barrel. Oil prices increased gradually from January until April, reaching $75 per barrel, however, fell sharply toward the end of May and first half of June, dropping below $60 per barrel on June 12, 2019. In recent weeks, oil prices have increased. As of June 28, 2019, the price of oil was $66.51 per barrel. While oil prices have improved against historic lows, they have not improved to a level that supports increased rig demand which sufficiently absorbs existing rig supply and generates a meaningful increase in dayrates. We expect insufficient demand to continue as long as oil prices and rig supply remain at current levels. A lack of a meaningful and sustained recovery in oil and natural gas prices, continued volatility in prices or further price reductions, may cause our customers to maintain historically low levels or further reduce their overall level of activity, in which case demand for our services may decline and our results of operations may be adversely affected through lower rig utilization and/or low dayrates. Numerous factors may affect oil and natural gas prices and the level of demand for our services, including:

regional and global economic conditions and changes therein;
oil and natural gas supply and demand;
expectations regarding future energy prices;
the ability of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) to reach further agreements to set and maintain production levels and pricing and to implement existing and future agreements;
the level of production by non-OPEC countries;
capital allocation decisions by our customers, including the relative economics of offshore development versus onshore prospects;
tax policy;
advances in exploration and development technology;
costs associated with exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and natural gas;
the rate of discovery of new oil and gas reserves and the rate of decline of existing oil and gas reserves;
trade policies and sanctions imposed on oil-producing countries or the lifting of such sanctions;
laws and government regulations that limit, restrict or prohibit exploration and development of oil and natural gas in various jurisdictions, or materially increase the cost of such exploration and development;
the further development or success of shale technology to exploit oil and gas reserves;
available pipeline and other oil and gas transportation capacity;
the development and exploitation of alternative fuels;

14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

laws and regulations relating to environmental matters, including those addressing alternative energy sources and the risks of global climate change;
changes in tax laws, regulations and policies;
merger, acquisition and divestiture activity among E&P Companies;
the availability of, and access to, suitable locations from which our customers can explore and produce hydrocarbons;
activities by non-governmental organizations to restrict the exploration, development and production of oil and gas in light of environmental considerations;
disruption to exploration and development activities due to hurricanes and other severe weather conditions and the risk thereof;
natural disasters or incidents resulting from operating hazards inherent in offshore drilling, such as oil spills;
the worldwide social and political environment, including uncertainty or instability resulting from changes in political leadership and environmental policies, changes in geopolitical-social views toward fossil fuels and renewable energy and changes in investors’ expectations regarding environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters; and
the worldwide military and political environment, including uncertainty or instability resulting from an escalation or additional outbreak of armed hostilities or other crises in oil or natural gas producing areas of the Middle East or geographic areas in which we operate, or acts of terrorism.

Despite significant declines in capital spending and cancelled or deferred drilling programs by many operators since 2015, oil and gas production has not yet been reduced by amounts sufficient to result in a rebound in pricing to levels seen prior to the current downturn, and we may not see sufficient supply reductions or a resulting rebound in pricing for an extended period of time or at all. Further, any agreements of OPEC and certain non-OPEC countries to freeze and/or cut production may not be fully realized. The lack of actual production cuts or freezes, or the perceived risk that OPEC countries may not comply with such agreements, may result in depressed oil and gas prices for an extended period of time. In addition, higher oil and gas prices may not necessarily translate into increased activity, and even during periods of high oil and gas prices, customers may cancel or curtail their drilling programs, or reduce their levels of capital expenditures for exploration and production for a variety of reasons, including their lack of success in exploration efforts. Any increase or reduction in drilling activity by our customers may not be uniform across different geographic regions. Locations where costs of drilling and production are relatively higher may be subject to greater reductions in activity or may recover more slowly. Such variation between regions may lead to the relocation of drilling rigs, concentrating drilling rigs in regions with relatively fewer reductions in activity leading to greater competition.

Advances in onshore exploration and development technologies, particularly with respect to onshore shale, could also result in our customers allocating more of their capital expenditure budgets to onshore exploration and production activities and less to offshore activities.

Moreover, there has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and the demand for energy, including oil and gas. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for the world economy could also reduce the overall demand for oil and gas and for our services.

These factors could impact our revenues and profits and as a result limit our future growth prospects. Any significant decline in dayrates or utilization of our rigs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, these risks could increase instability in the financial and insurance markets and make it more difficult for us to access capital and obtain insurance coverage that we consider adequate or are otherwise required by our contracts.

Down-cycles in the jack-up drilling industry and other factors may affect the market value of our jack-up rigs and the newbuild rigs we have agreed to purchase.

Consumer demand in the shallow-water offshore drilling market, or the jack-up drilling market, has been adversely impacted by trends in the price of oil since 2014 and has not yet recovered. As trends in the price of oil impact the spending plans of our customers, they may also affect the book or market values of our

15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

jack-up rigs. The price of Brent crude oil fell from a high of $115.19 per barrel on June 19, 2014, to a low of $26.01 on January 20, 2016, and was $50.57 on December 31, 2018, and $66.51 on June 28, 2019. Although oil prices have recovered from historic lows, they remain generally volatile. If oil prices do not stabilize at favorable levels or we experience further oil price down-cycles, we expect customer demand will continue to be negatively affected. If the offshore drilling industry suffers adverse developments due to the price of oil in the future, the fair market value of our existing and newbuild jack-up rigs may decline. In addition, the fair market value of the jack-up rigs that we currently own, have agreed to acquire, or may acquire in the future, may decrease depending on a number of factors, including:

the general economic and market conditions affecting the offshore contract drilling industry, including competition from other offshore contract drilling companies;
the types, sizes and ages of our jack-up rigs;
the supply and demand for our jack-up rigs;
the costs of newbuild jack-up rigs;
prevailing drilling services contract dayrates;
government or other regulations; and
technological advances.

If jack-up rig values fall significantly, we may have to record an impairment in our financial statements, which could affect our results of operations. Certain of our competitors in the offshore drilling industry may have a larger or more diverse fleet and a more favorable capitalization than we do, which could allow them to better withstand any impairment recorded for their own fleets or the effects of a commodity price down-cycle. Additionally, if we sell one or more of our jack-up rigs at a time when drilling rig prices have fallen, we may incur a loss on disposal and a reduction in earnings, which may cause us to breach the covenants in certain of our finance agreements. Under certain of our Financing Arrangements, we are required to comply with loan-to-value or minimum-value-clauses, which could require us to post additional collateral or prepay a portion of the outstanding borrowings should the value of the jack-up rigs securing borrowings under each of such agreements decrease below required levels. If we are unable to comply with the covenants in certain of our financing agreements and we are unable to get a waiver, a default could occur under the terms of those agreements.

Our operations involve risks due their international nature.

We operate in various regions throughout the world. As a result of our international operations, we may be exposed to political and other uncertainties, including risks of:

terrorist acts;
armed hostilities, war and civil disturbances;
acts of piracy, which have historically affected marine assets;
significant governmental influence over many aspects of local economies;
the seizure, nationalization or expropriation of property or equipment;
uncertainty of outcome in court proceedings in any jurisdiction where we may be subject to claims;
the repudiation, nullification, modification or renegotiation of contracts;
limitations on insurance coverage, such as war risk coverage, in certain areas;
political unrest;
monetary policy and foreign currency fluctuations and devaluations;
an inability to repatriate income or capital;
complications associated with repairing and replacing equipment in remote locations;
import-export quotas, wage and price controls, and the imposition of trade barriers;

16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

imposition of, or changes in, local content laws and their enforcement, particularly in West Africa and Southeast Asia, where the legislatures are active in developing new legislation;
sanctions or trade embargoes;
compliance with various jurisdictional regulatory or financial requirements;
compliance with and changes to tax laws and interpretations;
other forms of government regulation and economic conditions that are beyond our control; and
government corruption.

It is difficult to predict whether, and if so, when the risks referred to above may come to fruition and the impact thereof. Failure to comply with, or adapt to, applicable laws and regulations or other disturbances as they occur may subject us to criminal sanctions, civil remedies or other increases in costs, including fines, the denial of export privileges, injunctions, seizures of assets or the inability to otherwise remove our jack-up rig from the country in which it operates.

RISK FACTORS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

We may not be able to renew contracts which expire and our customers may seek to cancel or renegotiate their contracts, particularly in response to unfavorable industry conditions.

Many jack-up drilling contracts are short-term, and oil and natural gas companies tend to reduce activity levels quickly in response to declining oil and natural gas prices. Our jack-up drilling contracts typically range from three to twenty-four months, although this period may be longer in certain jurisdictions, including the Middle East. During oil price down-cycles, our customers may be unwilling to commit to long-term contracts. Short-term drilling contracts do not provide the stability or visibility of revenue that we would otherwise receive with long-term drilling contracts.

In addition, in difficult market conditions, some of our customers may seek to terminate their agreements with us or to renegotiate our contracts using various techniques, including threatening breaches of contract and applying commercial pressure. Some of our customers have the right to terminate their drilling contracts without cause upon the payment of an early termination fee or compensation for costs incurred up to termination. The general principle is that any such early termination payment, where applicable, shall compensate us for lost revenues less operating expenses for the remaining contract period; however, in some cases, any such payments may not fully compensate us for the loss of the drilling contract. Under certain circumstances our contracts may permit customers to terminate contracts early without any termination payment as a result of non-performance, periods of downtime or impaired performance caused by equipment or operational issues (typically after a specified remedial period), or sustained periods of downtime due to force majeure events beyond our control. In addition, state-owned oil company customers may have special termination rights by law.

During periods of challenging market conditions, we may be subject to an increased risk of our (i) customers choosing not to renew short-term contracts, (ii) customers seeking to repudiate their contracts, including through claims of non-performance, (iii) customers seeking to renegotiate their contracts to reduce the agreed day rates and (iv) cancellation of drilling contracts (with or without early termination payments). Such actions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Prevailing market conditions, including the supply of jack-up rigs worldwide, may affect our ability to obtain favorable contracts for our newbuild jack-up rigs or our jack-up rigs that do not have contracts.

As of June 12, 2019, according to Rystad Energy, 199 jack-up rigs in the existing worldwide fleet were off-contract and a relatively large number of the drilling rigs under construction have not been contracted for future work, including the eight jack-up rigs we have agreed to purchase and which have not been delivered. In addition, as of June 30, 2019, we had 11 rigs warm stacked and three rigs cold stacked which are available for contracting (with the exception of the “Eir,” which is subject to a sale agreement).

The current over-supply of jack-up rigs may be exacerbated by the entry of newbuild rigs into the market, many of which are without drilling contracts. The supply of available uncontracted jack-up rigs has intensified

17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

price competition, reducing dayrates as the active fleet worldwide grows. Customers may also opt to contract older rigs in order to reduce costs, which could adversely affect our ability to obtain new drilling contracts due to our newer fleet. For an overview of our fleet, see the section entitled “Business—Our Fleet.”

Our ability to obtain new contracts will depend on our customers and prevailing market conditions, which may vary among different geographic regions and types of drilling rigs sought. There is no assurance that we will secure drilling contracts for the newbuild rigs we have agreed to purchase or our jack-up rigs that are stacked, and the drilling contracts that we do secure may be at unattractive dayrates. If we are unable to secure contracts for our newbuild jack-up rigs, we may idle or stack these rigs, which means such rigs will not produce revenues but will continue to require cash expenditures for crews, fuel, insurance, berthing and associated items. We may also seek to delay delivery of our newbuild jack-up rigs, which could adversely affect our revenues and profitability. We have no right to delay delivery of the newbuild rigs we have agreed to purchase if we are unable to secure contracts. If we request a delay to the contractual delivery dates, we are dependent upon the outcome of any negotiations with the shipyard, which may not result in any delay or may lead to an increase in cost to compensate the shipyard.

If new contracts are entered into at dayrates substantially below the existing dayrates or on terms otherwise less favorable compared to existing contract terms among our then-active fleet, our business could be adversely affected. We may also be required to accept more risk in areas other than price to secure a contract and we may be unable to push this risk down to other contractors or be unable or unwilling at competitive prices to insure against this risk, which will mean the risk will have to be managed by applying other controls. This could lead to significant losses or us being unable to meet our liabilities in the event of a catastrophic event on one of our rigs.

Our Total Contract Backlog may not be realized.

The Total Contract Backlog (in $ millions) presented in this Prospectus is only an estimate and is not the same measure as the acquired contract backlog presented in our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements. Many of our contracts are short-term. As of March 31, 2019, our Total Contract Backlog was approximately $450.9 million, excluding unexercised options, and we had 5 contracts that expire during 2019, 4 contracts that expire during 2020 and 3 contracts that expire during 2021, collectively representing 91.1% of our Total Contract Backlog.

The actual amount of revenues earned and the actual periods during which revenues are earned will be different from our Total Contract Backlog projections due to various factors, including shipyard and maintenance projects, downtime and other events within or beyond our control. We do not adjust our Total Contract Backlog for expected or unexpected downtime. Our inability, or the inability of our customers, to perform under our or their contractual obligations could result in results that vary significantly than those contemplated by our Total Contract Backlog.

We have a limited operating history and have experienced net losses since inception.

We have a limited operating history upon which to base an evaluation of our current business and future prospects. Also, our lack of operating history may affect our ability to obtain customer contracts. We are establishing our history as an operator of jack-up rigs and as a result, the revenue and income potential of our business is unproven. We have experienced net losses since inception and this trend may continue. We may not be able to generate significant revenues in the future. We will be subject to the risks, uncertainties and difficulties frequently encountered by early-stage companies in evolving markets. We may not be able to successfully address any or all of these risks and uncertainties. Failure to adequately do so may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

We were established in August 2016 and have since that time experienced significant expansion, especially during 2018 when we acquired Paragon Offshore Limited and shortly thereafter proceeded with a reorganization program. This growth, combined with the loss of historically significant individuals and

18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

relationships in the legacy Paragon business, resulted in too few accounting personnel to adequately follow and maintain our accounting processes, and constrained our ability to deploy resources with which to address compliance with internal controls over financial reporting. Subsequently, and although we are not yet subject to the certification or attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in the course of preparing and auditing our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, we and our independent registered public accounting firm respectively identified one material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. In accordance with reporting requirements set forth by the SEC, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our Company’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness identified relates to lack of a sufficient number of competent financial reporting and accounting personnel to prepare and review our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in accordance with U.S. GAAP and financial reporting requirements set forth by the SEC. Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm undertook a comprehensive assessment of our internal control under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for purposes of identifying and reporting any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. Had we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, additional material weaknesses may have been identified.

To remedy our identified material weakness subsequent to December 31, 2018, we have undertaken steps to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting, including hiring more qualified personnel to strengthen the financial reporting function and to improve the financial and systems control framework and implementing regular and continuous U.S. GAAP accounting and financial reporting training programs for our accounting and financial reporting personnel. Further, we have engaged an external consulting firm to help us assess our compliance readiness under Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“the Exchange Act”) and improve overall internal controls.

We rely on a limited number of customers, and we are exposed to the risk of default or material non-performance by customers.

We have a limited number of customers and potential customers for our services. Mergers among oil and gas exploration and production companies have further reduced the number of available customers, which may increase the ability of potential customers to achieve pricing terms favorable to them as the jack-up drilling market recovers. Our five largest customers, subsidiaries of NDC, TAQA, BW Energy, Spirit Energy and Total, comprised 69% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018.

We are subject to the risk of non-payment or non-performance by our customers. Certain of our customers may be highly leveraged and subject to their own operating and regulatory risks and liquidity risk, and such risks could lead them to seek to cancel, repudiate or seek to renegotiate our drilling contracts or fail to fulfill their commitments to us under those contracts. These risks are heightened in periods of depressed market conditions.

In addition, our drilling contracts provide for varying levels of indemnification and allocation of liabilities between our customers and us, including with respect to (i) well-control, reservoir liability and pollution, (ii) loss or damage to property, (iii) injury and death to persons arising from the drilling operations we perform and (iv) each respective parties’ consequential losses, if any. Apportionment of these liabilities is generally dictated by standard industry practice and the particular requirements of a customer. Under our drilling contracts, liability with respect to personnel and property customarily is generally allocated so that we and our customers each assume liability for our respective personnel and property, or a “knock-for-knock” basis. Customers have historically assumed most of the responsibility for, and indemnify contractors from, any loss, damage or other liability resulting from pollution or contamination, including clean-up and removal and third-party damages arising from operations under the contract when the source of the pollution originates from the well or reservoir, including damages resulting from blow-outs or cratering of the well, regaining control of, or re-drilling, the well and any associated pollution. However, there can be no assurances that these customers will be willing, or financially able, to indemnify us against all these risks. Customers may seek to cap or otherwise limit indemnities or narrow the scope of their coverage, reducing our level of contractual protection. In addition, customers tend to request that we assume a limited amount of liability for

19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

pollution damage when such damage originates from our jack-up rigs and/or equipment above the surface of the water or is caused by our negligence, which liability generally has caps for ordinary negligence, with much higher caps or unlimited liability where the damage is caused by our gross negligence or willful misconduct, respectively. When we provide integrated well services, we may also be exposed to a risk of liability for reservoir or formation damage or loss of hydrocarbons.

Notwithstanding a contractual indemnity from a customer, there can be no assurance that our customers will be financially able to assume their responsibility, or otherwise honor their indemnity to us, for such losses. In addition, under the laws of certain jurisdictions, such indemnities under certain circumstances may not be enforceable if the cause of the damage was our gross negligence or willful misconduct. The foregoing could result in us having to assume liabilities in excess of those agreed in our contracts. Although we maintain certain insurance policies, such insurance may not fully compensate us in the event any key customers or potential customers default on their obligations to us. Our insurance policies do not cover damages arising from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of our personnel (which may include our subcontractors in some cases). In the event of a default or other material non-payment or non-performance by any customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our drilling contracts contain fixed terms and dayrates, and consequently we may not fully recoup our costs in the event of a rise in expenses, including operating and maintenance costs.

Our operating costs are generally related to the number of rigs in operation and the cost level in each country or region where the rigs are located, which may increase depending on the circumstances. In contrast, the majority of our contracts have dayrates that are fixed over the contract term. These provisions allow us to adjust the dayrates based on stipulated cost increases, including wages, insurance and maintenance costs. However, actual cost increases may result from events or conditions that do not cause correlative changes to the applicable indices. The adjustments are typically performed on a semi-annual or annual basis. For these reasons, the timing and amount awarded as a result of such adjustments may differ from our actual cost increases, which could result in us being unable to recoup incurred costs.

Some of our long-term contracts contain rate adjustment provisions based on market dayrate fluctuations rather than cost increases. In such contracts, the dayrate could be adjusted lower during a period when costs of operation rise, which could adversely affect our financial performance. Shorter-term contracts normally do not contain escalation provisions. In addition, although our contracts typically contain provisions for either fixed or dayrate compensation during mobilization, these rates may not fully cover our costs of mobilization, and mobilization may be delayed for reasons beyond our control, increasing our costs, without additional compensation from the customer.

We incur expenses, such as preparation costs, relocation costs, operating costs and maintenance costs, which we may not fully recoup from our customers, including where our jack-up rigs incur idle time between assignments.

Our operating expenses and maintenance costs depend on a variety of factors, including crew costs, provisions, equipment, insurance, maintenance and repairs, and shipyard costs, many of which are beyond our control. Operating and maintenance costs will not necessarily fluctuate in proportion to changes in operating revenues. In connection with new contracts or contract extensions, we incur expenses relating to preparation for operations, particularly when a jack-up rig moves to a new geographic location. These expenses may be significant. Expenses may vary based on the scope and length of such required preparations and the duration of the contractual period over which such expenditures are amortized. In addition, equipment maintenance costs fluctuate depending upon the type of activity that the jack-up rig is performing and the age and condition of the equipment. In situations where our jack-up rigs incur idle time between assignments, the opportunity to reduce the size of our crews on those jack-up rigs is limited, as the crews will be engaged in preparing the rig for its next contract, which could affect our ability to make reductions in crew costs, provisions, equipment, insurance, maintenance and repairs or shipyard costs.

When a jack-up rig faces longer idle periods, reductions in costs may not be immediate as some of the crew may be required to prepare the jack-up rig for stacking and maintenance in the stacking period. As of June 30, 2019, we had 14 jack-up rigs either “warm stacked,” which means the rigs, including our newbuild jack-up rigs which have not yet been activated, are kept ready for redeployment and retain a maintenance

20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

crew, or “cold stacked,” which means the rig is stored in a harbor, shipyard or a designated offshore area, and the crew is reassigned to an active rig or dismissed, not including our jack-up rigs being activated to commence drilling operations as of such date. When idled or stacked, jack-up rigs do not earn revenues, but continue to require cash expenditures for crews, fuel, insurance, berthing and associated items. These expenses may be significant. Should units be idle for a longer period, we may be unable to reduce these expenses. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We incur activation costs, and may incur cost-overruns, on our newbuild jack-up rigs, which we may not fully recoup from our customers or the shipyard, as applicable.

We have an order book with Keppel for eight newbuild jack-up rigs. In connection with delivery of our newbuild jack-up rigs, we incur expenses relating to the activation of such newbuild rig. These expenses are significant and may be in excess of $13 million per newbuild jack-up rig activated. Expenses may vary based on the scope and length of such required preparations and may fluctuate depending upon the type of activity that the rig is intended to perform.

Construction of our newbuild jack-up rigs is subject to risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, the failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, the inability to obtain required permits or approvals, unanticipated cost increases between order and delivery, design or engineering changes, and work stoppages and other labor disputes. In addition, risks include adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure, terrorist acts, war, piracy or civil unrest. Significant cost overruns or delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, failure to deliver a newbuild rig on time may result in the delay of revenue from that rig. Newbuild jack-up rigs may also experience start-up difficulties following delivery or other unexpected operational problems that could result in uncompensated downtime or the cancellation or termination of drilling contracts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to integrate or deploy newbuild jack-up rigs into our active fleet.

There is some inherent risk in accepting newbuilding deliveries and a newly delivered rig may require some rework or additional testing before it passes our stringent requirements for acceptance. This may delay the delivery date or, in limited circumstances, require us to increase our capital expenditure in order to accept the new rig. If we are unable to integrate newbuild jack-up rigs into our fleet according to our expected timeline, this would reduce our available capacity. In addition, any delay in delivery of a newbuild jack-up rig could delay, or result in us paying damages under, any customer contracts we enter into for those newbuilding rigs prior to delivery, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The limited availability of qualified personnel in the locations in which we operate may result in higher operating costs as the offshore drilling industry recovers.

Competition for skilled and other labor required for our drilling operations has increased in recent years as the number of rigs activated or added to worldwide fleets has increased, and this may continue to rise. In some regions, the limited availability of qualified personnel in combination with local regulations focusing on crew composition are expected to further impact the supply of qualified offshore drilling crews. In addition, during industry down-cycles, qualified personnel may elect to seek alternative employment and may not return to the offshore drilling industry immediately during periods of recovery, if at all, which may have the effect of further reducing the supply of qualified personnel.

Personnel salaries across the jack-up drilling market are affected by the cyclical nature of the offshore drilling industry, particularly during industry down-cycles. As the jack-up drilling market recovers, the tightness of labor supply within the industry could further create and intensify upward pressure on wages and make it more difficult or costly for us to staff and service our rigs. Furthermore, as a result of any increased

21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

competition for qualified personnel, we may experience a reduction in the experience level of our personnel, which could lead to higher downtime and more operating incidents. Such developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, offshore drilling personnel (both employees and contractors) in certain regions, including those personnel who operate in the North Sea, are represented by collective bargaining agreements. Pursuant to these agreements, we are required to contribute certain amounts to retirement funds and pension plans and are restricted in our ability to dismiss employees. In addition, individuals covered by these collective bargaining agreements may be working under agreements that are subject to salary negotiation. These negotiations could result in higher personnel or other increased costs or increased operating restrictions.

If we are unable to attract and retain highly skilled personnel who are qualified and able to work in the locations in which we operate could adversely affect our operations.

We require highly skilled personnel in the right locations to operate and provide technical services and support for our business. At a minimum, all offshore personnel are required to complete Basic Offshore Safety Induction and Emergency Training (“BOSIET”) or a similar offshore survival and training course. We may also require additional training certifications prior to employment with us, depending on the location of the drilling and related technical requirements. In addition to direct costs associated with BOSIET, other training courses and required training materials, there may be indirect costs to personnel (such as travel costs and opportunity costs) which have the effect of limiting the flow of new qualified personnel into the offshore drilling industry.

In addition to the technical certification requirements, our ability to operate worldwide depends on our ability to obtain the necessary visas and work permits for such personnel to travel in and out of, and to work in, the jurisdictions in which we operate. Governmental actions in some of the jurisdictions in which we operate may make it difficult for us to move our personnel in and out of these jurisdictions by delaying or withholding the approval of these permits. This includes local content laws which restrict or otherwise effect our crew composition. If we are not able to obtain visas and work permits for the employees we need for operating our rigs on a timely basis, or for third-party technicians needed for maintenance or repairs, we might not be able to perform our obligations under our drilling contracts, which could allow our customers to cancel the contracts. These factors could increase competition for highly-skilled personnel throughout the offshore drilling industry, which may indirectly affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may from time to time be a party to certain joint venture or other contractual arrangements with partners that introduce additional risks to our business.

We may establish relationships with partners, whether through the formation of joint ventures with local participation or through other contractual arrangements. For example, in Nigeria, in compliance with Nigerian law, our jack-up rig “Frigg” is currently operating for Shell in Nigeria in collaboration with our local partner, Valiant Energy Services West Africa, who has taken a 10% interest in Borr Jack-Up XVI Inc., the owner of our rig “Eir,” in order to comply with local content obligations. In addition, we finalized the Mexican JV structure through which we, along with our local partner in Mexico, CME, will provide integrated well services to Pemex. We expect to commence operations under the Pemex Contract in July 2019. Please see the section entitled "Business—Joint Venture, Partner and Agency Relationships” for more information.

We believe that opportunities involving partners may arise from time to time and we may enter into such arrangements. We may not realize the expected benefits of any such arrangements and such arrangements may introduce additional risks to our business. In order to establish or preserve our relationship with our partners, we may agree to risks and contributions of resources that are proportionately greater than the returns we could receive, which could reduce our income and return on our investment in such arrangements. In certain joint ventures or other contractual relationships with our partners, we may transfer certain ownership stakes in one or more of our rig-owning subsidiaries and/or accept having less control over decisions made in the ordinary course business. In certain arrangements with our local partners we may also guarantee the performance of their obligations under the relevant contract and we may not be able to enforce any contractual indemnifications we obtain from such parties. Any reduction in our ownership of our

22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

rig-owning subsidiaries and/or control over decisions made in the ordinary course of business could significantly reduce our income and return on our investment in such arrangements.

Our operations involving partners are subject to risks, including (i) disagreement with our partner as to how to manage the drilling operations being conducted; (ii) the inability of our partner to meet their obligations to us, the joint venture or our customer, as applicable; (iii) litigation between our partner and us regarding joint-operational matters and (iv) failure of a partner to comply with applicable laws, including sanctions and anti-money laundering laws and regulations, and indemnity obligations. The happening of any of the foregoing events may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we rely on the internal controls and financial reporting controls of our subsidiaries and if any of our subsidiaries, including joint ventures which are subsidiaries, fail to maintain effective controls or to comply with applicable standards, this could make it difficult to comply with applicable reporting and audit standards. For example, the preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires the prompt receipt of financial statements from each of our subsidiaries and associated companies, some of whom rely on the prompt receipt of financial statements from each of their subsidiaries and associated companies. Additionally, in certain circumstances, we may be required to file with our annual report on Form 20-F, or a registration statement filed with the SEC, financial information of associated companies which has been audited in conformity with SEC rules and regulations and applicable audit standards. If we are unable for any reason to procure such financial statements or audited financial statements, as applicable, from our subsidiaries and associated companies, we may be unable to comply with applicable SEC reporting standards.

We are exposed to the risk of default or material non-performance by subcontractors.

In order to provide integrated drilling services to our customers, we rely on subcontractors to perform certain services. We may be liable to our customers in the event of non-performance by any such subcontractor. We cannot ensure that our back-to-back arrangements with our subcontractors, contractual indemnities or insurance arrangements will provide adequate protection for the risks we face. To the extent that there is any back-to-back arrangement, contractual indemnity and/or receipt of evidence of insurance from a subcontractor, there can be no assurance that our subcontractors will be in a position to honor such arrangements in the event a claim is made against us by a customer and we seek to pass the related damages on to the subcontractor. In addition, under the laws of certain jurisdictions, such indemnities under certain circumstances may not be enforceable. The foregoing could result in us having to assume liabilities in excess of those agreed in our contracts, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Public health threats could have an adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

Our crews generally work on a rotation basis, with a substantial portion relying on international air transport for rotation. Public health threats, such as Ebola, influenza, SARS, the Zika virus, and other highly communicable diseases or viruses, outbreaks of which have from time to time occurred in various parts of the world in which we operate, could adversely impact our operations, and the operations of our customers. In addition, public health threats in any area, including areas where we do not operate, could disrupt international transportation. Any such disruptions could impact the cost of rotating our crews, and possibly impact our ability to maintain a full crew on all rigs at a given time. Any of these public health threats and related consequences could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers and may be unable to obtain needed supplies on a timely basis or at all.

We rely on certain third parties to provide supplies and services necessary for our offshore drilling operations, including drilling equipment suppliers, catering and machinery suppliers. There are a limited number of available suppliers throughout the offshore drilling industry and past consolidation among suppliers, combined with a high volume of drilling rigs under construction, may result in a shortage of supplies and services, thereby increasing the cost of supplies and/or potentially inhibiting the ability of suppliers to deliver on time.

23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

With respect to certain items, such as blow-out preventers and drilling packages, we are dependent on the original equipment manufacturer for repair and replacement of the item or its spare parts. We maintain limited inventory of certain items, such as spare parts, and sourcing such items may involve long-lead times (six months or longer). Standardization across our fleet assists with our inventory management, however the inability to obtain certain items may be exacerbated if such items are required on multiple jack-up rigs simultaneously.

If we are unable to source certain items from the original equipment manufacturer for any reason, or if our inventory is rendered unusable by the original equipment manufacturer due to safety concerns, resulting delays could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and result in rig downtime and delays in the repair and maintenance of our jack-up rigs. In addition, we may be unable to activate our jack-up rigs in response to market opportunities.

We may be unable to obtain, maintain and/or renew the permits necessary for our operations or experience delays in obtaining such permits, including the class certifications of rigs.

The operation of our jack-up rigs requires certain governmental approvals, the number and prerequisites of which vary, depending on the jurisdictions in which we operate our jack-up rigs. Depending on the jurisdiction, these governmental approvals may involve public hearings and costly undertakings on our part. We may not be able to obtain such approvals or such approvals may not be obtained in a timely manner. If we fail to secure the necessary approvals or permits in a timely manner, our customers may have the right to terminate or seek to renegotiate their drilling contracts to our detriment.

Offshore drilling rigs, although not self-propelled units, are nevertheless registered in international shipping or maritime registers and are subject to the rules of a classification society, which allows such rigs to be registered in an international shipping or maritime register. The classification society certifies that a drilling rig is “in-class,” signifying that such drilling rig has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the relevant classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the drilling rig’s country of registry, or flag state, and the international conventions to which that country is a party. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

Our jack-up rigs are built and maintained in accordance with the rules of a classification society, being ABS for the majority of our jack-up rigs and DNV GL for others. The class status varies depending on a jack-up rig’s status (stacked or in operation). Operational rigs are certified by the relevant classification society as being in compliance with the mandatory requirements of the relevant national authorities in the countries in which our jack-up rigs are flagged and other applicable international rules and regulations. If any jack-up rig does not maintain the appropriate class certificates for its present status (stacked or in operation), fails any periodical survey or special survey and/or fails to comply with mandatory requirements of the relevant national authorities of its flag state, the jack-up rig may be unable to carry on operations and, depending on its status (stacked or in operation), may not be insured or insurable. Any such inability to carry on operations or be employed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are a holding company and are dependent upon cash flows from subsidiaries to meet our obligations. If our operating subsidiaries experience sufficiently adverse changes in their financial condition or results of operations, or we otherwise become unable to arrange further financing to satisfy our debt or other obligations as they become due, we may become subject to insolvency proceedings.

Our only material assets are our interests in our subsidiaries. We conduct our operations through, and all of our assets are owned by, our subsidiaries and our operating revenues and cash flows are generated by our subsidiaries. As a result, cash we obtain from our subsidiaries is the principal source of liquidity that we use to meet our obligations. Contractual provisions and/or local laws, as well as our subsidiaries’ financial condition, operating requirements and debt requirements, may limit our ability to the obtain cash from subsidiaries that we require to pay our expenses or otherwise meet our obligations when due. Applicable tax laws may also subject such payments to us by subsidiaries to further taxation.

24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The inability to transfer cash from our subsidiaries may mean that, although we may have sufficient resources on a consolidated basis to meet our obligations when due, we may not be permitted to make the necessary transfers from our subsidiaries to formerly meet our debt and other obligations when due. The terms of certain our Financing Arrangements, which are described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Our Existing Indebtedness,” may also place restrictions on our cash balance and require us to maintain reserves of cash that could inhibit our ability to meet our debt and other obligations when due.

If our operating subsidiaries experience sufficiently adverse changes in their financial condition or results of operations, or we otherwise become unable to arrange further financing to satisfy our debt or other obligations as they become due, we may become subject to insolvency proceedings. Any such proceedings would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could have a significant negative impact on the market price of our Shares.

Our business and operations involve numerous operating hazards.

Our operations are subject to hazards inherent in the drilling industry, such as blowouts, reservoir damage, loss of production, loss of well control, lost or stuck drill strings, equipment defects, punch-throughs, craterings, fires, explosions and pollution. Contract drilling and well servicing require the use of heavy equipment and exposure to hazardous conditions, which may subject us to liability claims by employees, customers, subcontractors and third parties. These hazards can cause personal injury or loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage, claims by jack-up rig personnel, third parties or customers and suspension of operations. Our fleet is also subject to hazards inherent in marine operations, either while on-site or during mobilization, such as capsizing, sinking, grounding, collision, damage from or due to severe weather, including hurricanes, and marine life infestations. For instance, during Hurricane Harvey in the Gulf of Mexico in 2017, the hurricane caused a drillship owned by a subsidiary of Paragon (as defined below) to break loose from its moorings and it was subsequently involved in a series of collisions. Operations may also be suspended because of machinery breakdowns, abnormal drilling conditions, failure of subcontractors to perform or supply goods or services or personnel shortages. We customarily provide contractual indemnities to our customers and subcontractors for claims that could be asserted by us relating to damage to or loss of our equipment, including rigs and claims that could be asserted by us or our employees relating to personal injury or loss of life.

Damage to the environment could also result from our operations, particularly through spillage of fuel, lubricants or other chemicals and substances used in drilling operations, or extensive uncontrolled fires. We may also be subject to fines and penalties and to property, environmental, natural resource and other damage claims, and we may not be able to limit our exposure through contractual indemnities, insurance or otherwise.

Consistent with standard industry practice, customers have historically assumed, and indemnify contractors against, any loss, damage or other liability resulting from pollution or contamination when the source of the pollution originates from the well or reservoir, including damages resulting from blow-outs or cratering of the well, regaining control of, or re-drilling, the well and any associated pollution. However, there can be no assurances that these customers will be willing or financially able to indemnify us against all these risks. Customers may seek to cap indemnities or narrow the scope of their coverage, reducing a contractor’s level of contractual protection. In addition, customers tend to request that contractors assume (i) limited liability for pollution damage above the water when such damage has been caused by the contractor’s jack-up rigs and/or equipment and (ii) liability for pollution damage when pollution has been caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the contractor or its personnel. Consistent with standard industry practice, we may therefore assume a limited amount of liability for pollution damage when such damage originates from our jack-up rigs and/or equipment above the surface of the water or is caused by our negligence, in which case such liability generally has caps for ordinary negligence, with much higher caps or unlimited liability where the damage is caused by our gross negligence. When we provide integrated well services, we may also be exposed to a risk of liability for reservoir or formation damage or loss of hydrocarbons.

In addition, a court may decide that certain indemnities in our current or future contracts are not enforceable. For example, in a 2012 decision in a case related to the fire and explosion that took place on the unaffiliated Deepwater Horizon Mobile Offshore Drilling rig in the Gulf of Mexico in April 2010 (the “2010

25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Deepwater Horizon Incident”) (to which we were not a party), the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana invalidated certain contractual indemnities for punitive damages and for civil penalties under the U.S. Clean Water Act under a drilling contract governed by U.S. maritime law as a matter of public policy.

If a significant accident or other event occurs that is not fully covered by our insurance or an enforceable or recoverable indemnity from a customer, the occurrence could adversely affect us. Moreover, pollution and environmental risks generally are not totally insurable.

Our insurance policies and contractual rights to indemnity may not adequately cover losses, and we do not have insurance coverage or rights to indemnification for all risks. In addition, where we do have such insurance coverage, the amount recoverable under insurance may be less than the related impact on enterprise value after a loss or not cover all potential consequences of an incident and include annual aggregate policy limits. As a result, we retain the risk through self-insurance for any losses in excess of these limits or that are not insurable. Any such lack of reimbursement may cause us to incur substantial costs or may otherwise result in losses. No assurance can be made that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates that we consider reasonable, or that we will be able to obtain insurance against certain risks. We could decide to retain more risk through self-insurance in the future. This self-insurance results in a higher risk of losses, which could be material.

Our information technology systems are subject to cybersecurity risks and threats.

We depend on digital technologies to conduct our offshore and onshore operations, to collect payments from customers and to pay vendors and employees. Our data protection measures and measures taken by our customers and vendors may not prevent unauthorized access of information technology systems. Threats to our information technology systems and the systems of our customers and vendors, associated with cybersecurity risks or attacks continue to grow. Threats to our systems and our customers’ and vendors’ systems may derive from human error, fraud or malice or may be the result of accidental technological failure. Our drilling operations or other business operations could also be targeted by individuals or groups seeking to sabotage or disrupt our information technology systems and networks, or to steal data. A successful cyberattack could materially disrupt our operations, including the safety of our operations, or lead to an unauthorized release of information or alteration of information on our systems. In addition, breaches to our systems and systems of our customers and vendors could go unnoticed for some period of time. Any such attack or other breach of our information technology systems, or failure to effectively comply with applicable laws and regulations concerning privacy, data protection and information security, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

We have been subject to cyberattacks. For example we have been targeted by parties using fraudulent “spoof” and “phishing” emails and other means to misappropriate information or to introduce viruses or other malware through “trojan horse” programs to our computers. In response to these attacks and to prevent future attacks, we have engaged, and may in the future engage, third party vendors to review and supplement our defensive measures and assist us in our effort to eliminate, detect, prevent, remediate, mitigate or alleviate cyber or other security problems, although such measures may not be effective. While we have not experienced any cybersecurity attacks or breaches to date that had a material impact on us, such attacks in the future could have a material impact on our business or operations. There is risk that these types of activities will recur and persist. There can be no assurance that our defensive measures will be adequate to prevent them in the future. The costs to us to eliminate, detect, prevent, remediate, mitigate or alleviate cyber or other security problems, viruses, worms, malicious software programs, phishing schemes and security vulnerabilities could be significant and our efforts to address these problems may not be successful and could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to litigation, arbitration and other proceedings that could have an adverse effect on us.

We are from time to time involved in various litigation matters, and we anticipate that we will be involved in litigation matters from time to time in the future. The operating hazards inherent in our business expose us to litigation, including personal injury and employment-dispute litigation, environmental litigation, contractual litigation with customers, subcontractors and/or suppliers, intellectual property litigation, litigation regarding historical liabilities of acquired companies, tax or securities litigation and maritime lawsuits, including the

26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

possible arrest of our jack-up rigs. Risks associated with litigation include potential negative outcomes, the costs associated with asserting our claims or defending against such litigation, and the diversion of management’s attention to these matters. Accordingly, current and future litigation and the outcome of such litigation could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to claims related to Paragon and the financial restructuring of its predecessor.

Paragon Offshore Limited (“Paragon”) was incorporated on July 18, 2017 as part of the financial restructuring of its predecessor, Paragon Offshore plc, who commenced proceedings under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on February 14, 2016. On March 29, 2018, we concluded the acquisition of 99.41% of the shares of Paragon for a total consideration of approximately $240 million (the “Paragon Transaction”), subsequently acquiring the majority of the remaining shares in July 2018.

We were not able to contact certain minority shareholders of Paragon in connection with our acquisition of all remaining shares in July 2018. In order to complete our subsequent acquisition of minority shares, we performed a squeeze out of the shareholders of 7,188 shares as we were not able to contact them upon closing of the Paragon Transaction. Although these shares were canceled, we may be subject to future claims of approximately $0.3 million in connection with the squeeze-out.

We have been advised by the administrators of Paragon Offshore plc that they are preparing to move from administration to liquidation, which will be the final stage in the winding-up process. Funding has been provided by Paragon Offshore Limited to finance the costs of the administrators’ implementation of the reorganization and the liquidation. Any request for additional funding from the administrators is subject to approval by Paragon Offshore Limited and currently there is no indication or expectation that any such request will be made. We believe that substantially all of the material claims against Paragon Offshore plc that arose prior to the date of the bankruptcy filing were addressed during the Chapter 11 proceedings or will be resolved in connection with the plan of reorganization and the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming such plan (the “Plan”). If we are subject to claims that are attributable to Paragon Offshore plc, or any of its subsidiary undertakings, including in connection with certain litigation arrangements in place prior the Paragon Transaction, but excluding any and all claims for debts which are unrelated to the litigation proceedings, and which were not discharged in the bankruptcy proceedings, or we are presented with a claim from the administrators of Paragon Offshore plc under the indemnities given by Paragon Offshore Limited pursuant to the Plan, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

RISK FACTORS RELATED TO OUR FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

Future cash flows may be insufficient to meet obligations under the terms of our Financing Arrangements.

As of March 31, 2019, we had $1,388.3 million in principal amount of debt outstanding (including current portion but excluding back-end fees), representing approximately 44.8% of our total assets, of which $1,038.3 million, including $753.3 million of PPL Financing (as defined below), $165 million drawn on our DNB Revolving Credit Facility, $60 million drawn on our DC Revolving Credit Facility and $60 million drawn on our Bridge Facility, was secured by, among other things, mortgages on 20 of our jack-up rigs and shares of certain of our subsidiaries. Following the signing of our Hayfin Facility, Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility agreements on June 25, 2019, as of June 30, 2019, $195 million drawn on our Hayfin Facility, $300 million drawn on our Syndicated Facility (which includes utilization of the $70 million facility for guarantees) and $25 million drawn on our New Bridge Facility was secured by, among other things, mortgages on 11 of our jack-up rigs and shares of certain of our subsidiaries.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022, the delivery financing arrangements related to 14 of our newbuild jack-up rigs will begin to mature and will continue to mature throughout 2025. We may exercise an option to accept delivery financing from Keppel with respect to two additional newbuild jack-up rigs. In addition, outstanding obligations under our Hayfin Facility, Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility will mature in 2022. These obligations will require significant amortization payments. Our future cash flows may be insufficient to meet all of these debt obligations and contractual commitments, and any insufficiency could negatively impact our business.

27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our ability to fund planned expenditures and amortization payments related to our delivery financing arrangements, will be dependent upon our future performance, which will be subject to prevailing economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business, regulatory and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control.

Our outstanding and future indebtedness could affect our future operations, since a portion of our cash flow from operations will be dedicated to the payment of interest and principal on such debt, and consequently will not be available for other purposes. If we are unable to repay our indebtedness as it becomes due or at maturity, we may need to refinance our debt, raise new debt, sell assets or repay the debt with the proceeds from equity offerings—however, covenants in certain of our credit facilities may limit our ability to take these actions. If we are not able to borrow additional funds, raise other capital or utilize available cash on hand, a default could occur under certain or all of our Financing Arrangements. If we are able to refinance our debt or raise new debt or equity financing, such financing might not be on favorable terms.

If we fail to make a payment when due under our newbuilding contracts or otherwise fail to take delivery of our newbuild jack-up rigs, this may result in a default under our newbuilding contracts. In such case, we could also lose all or a portion of the payments made by us, which as of March 31, 2019, amounted to $432.5 million, and we could be liable for penalties and damages under such contracts. If a default occurs under any of our newbuilding contracts, we may lose all or a portion of the payments made by us under the relevant newbuilding contract and/or the shipyards may elect to foreclose their liens on our jack-up rigs, in which case our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The covenants in certain of our Financing Arrangements impose operating and financial restrictions on us.

The covenants in certain of our Financing Arrangements impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions may affect our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our business or economic conditions and may otherwise prohibit or limit our ability to undertake certain business activities without consent of the lending banks. In addition, the restrictions contained in certain of our Financing Arrangements and future financing arrangements could impact our ability to withstand current or future economic or industry downturns, compete with others in our industry for strategic opportunities or operationally (to the extent our competitors are subject to less onerous restrictions) and may also limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate and other purposes. These restrictions include (i) paying dividends and repurchasing our Shares, (ii) changing the general nature of our business, (iii) making financial investments, (iv) entering into secured capital markets indebtedness and (v) removing Tor Olav Trøim from our Board. Furthermore, Tor Olav Trøim is required to maintain ownership of at least six million Shares (subject to adjustment for certain transactions).

In addition, the terms of certain of our Financing Arrangements require us to maintain specified financial ratios and to satisfy financial covenants, including a minimum book equity ratio of 40%, a positive working capital balance, a debt service cover ratio in excess of 1.25 our interest and related expenses, from the end of 2020, and minimum free liquidity, including undrawn amounts under our facilities, equivalent to the higher of (i) $50 million and (ii) 4% of net interest-bearing debt. In addition, our Hayfin Facility agreement contains a requirement that we maintain minimum liquidity equal to three months interest on the facility when the jack-up rigs providing security thereunder are not actively operating under an approved drilling contract (as defined in the Hayfin Facility agreement). If there is a change of circumstances that the lenders under certain of our Financing Arrangements believe has had, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on our business, our ability to comply with our obligations under our Financing Arrangements and/or the security we have provided for our obligations, the lenders may have the right to declare a default or may seek to negotiate changes to the covenants and/or require additional security as a condition of not doing so. The lenders under certain of our Financing Arrangements may also require replacement or additional security if the fair market value of the jack-up rigs over which security is provided is insufficient to meet the market value-to-loan covenant in our various agreements. Any impairment charges to our jack-up rigs or other investments and assets could adversely impact our ability to comply with the financial ratios and tests in certain of our Financing Arrangements. Certain of our Financing Arrangements also contain events of default which include non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes that have or are

28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under any of such agreements or related security documents or jeopardize the security provided thereunder. If there is an event of default, the lenders under our Financing Arrangements may have the right to declare a default or may seek to negotiate changes to the covenants and/or require additional security as a condition of not doing so. The lenders may also require replacement or additional security if the fair market value of the jack-up rigs over which security is provided is insufficient to meet our market value-to-loan covenant. Additionally, the Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility agreements contain a “Most Favored Nation” clause whereby the lenders thereunder have a right to amend the financial covenants to reflect any more lender-favorable covenants in any other agreement pursuant to which loan or guarantee facilities are provided to us, including amendments to our Financing Arrangements.

We may not be able to obtain our lenders’ consent to waive or amend covenants that are beneficial for our business, which may impact our performance. Moreover, in connection with any future waivers or amendments to our Financing Arrangements that we may obtain, our lenders may modify the terms of our Financing Arrangements or impose additional operating and financial restrictions on us. If we are unable to comply with any of the covenants in our current or future debt agreements, and we are unable to obtain a waiver or amendment from our lenders, a default could occur under the terms of those agreements.

If a default occurs under any of our Financing Arrangements, the lenders thereunder could terminate their commitments to lend or in some circumstances accelerate the loan and declare all amounts borrowed due and payable or require the unwinding of certain guarantees provided under our Syndicated Facility. Our Financing Arrangements contain cross-default provisions, meaning that if we are in default under any of our Financing Arrangements, amounts outstanding under our other Financing Arrangements may also be in default, and become due and payable or, in the case of our Convertible Bonds, require cancellation and repayment. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our Financing Arrangements are not necessarily reflective of those that may be in place from time to time.

We expect to borrow from time to time under our Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility to fund working capital and capital expenditures, such as activation and mobilization costs and/or to fund the issuance of guarantees required for temporary import of rigs, customs bonds, performance guarantees or other needs, subject to compliance with the covenants in certain of our Financing Arrangements. However, our business is capital intensive and to the extent we do not generate sufficient cash from operations, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity offerings or through bank, shipyard or other financing arrangements to fund our capital expenditures, and in industry downcycles, our operating expenses. Any additional indebtedness may include additional revolving credit facilities, term loans, bonds, refinancing of our Financing Arrangements or other forms of indebtedness. We may also issue additional Shares or other securities and our subsidiaries may also issue securities in order to fund working capital, capital expenditures, such as activation and mobilization costs, or other needs.

Our ability to incur additional indebtedness or refinance our current Financing Arrangements will depend on the condition of the lending markets, capital markets and our financial position at such time. Any additional indebtedness or refinancing of our Financing Arrangements may result in higher interest rates or encumbrance of our jack-up rigs and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. Increases in interest rates will increase interest costs on our variable interest rate debt instruments, which would reduce our cash flows. If we are not able to maintain a level of cash flows sufficient to operate our business in the ordinary course according to our business plan and are unable to incur additional indebtedness or refinance our Financing Arrangements, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We have delivery financing arrangements in place with Keppel, which exposes us to risk related to the financial condition of this shipyard.

We have an order book with Keppel for eight newbuild jack-up rigs with corresponding delivery financing facilities for up to seven of these rigs in the amount of $902.7 million. With respect to certain newbuild jack-up rigs that are to be delivered by Keppel no later than the end of 2020, we have been provided with refund

29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

guarantees and/or parent company guarantees as security for Keppel’s obligation to refund predelivery installment payments in the event of a default by Keppel. Such guarantees entitle us to a refund under the relevant construction contract.

As of March 31, 2019, we had $29.4 million in cash and cash equivalents. In addition, we currently have $125 million available to borrow under our Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility, collectively, provided certain conditions precedent are met. If Keppel is unable to honor its obligations to us, including the obligation to refund installment payments under certain circumstances or provide the underlying financing for our delivery financing arrangements, and we are not able to borrow additional funds, raise other capital or use available cash on hand, borrowings under our Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility and available current cash on hand are not sufficient to pay the remaining installments related to our contracted commitments for our newbuild jack-up rigs and we may not be able to acquire these jack-up rigs and/or may be subject to lengthy arbitral or court proceedings, either of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have suffered, and may suffer in the future, losses through our investments in other companies in the offshore drilling and oilfield services industry, including debt and other securities issued by such companies.

From time to time, we make and hold investments in other companies in our industry that own/operate offshore drilling rigs with similar characteristics to our fleet of jack-up rigs, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in certain of our Financing Arrangements that restrict such investments. We also purchase and hold debt or other securities issued by other companies in the offshore drilling industry from time to time.

We hold forward contracts for marketable securities in EnscoRowan PLC with unrealized losses of $23.6 million as of March 31, 2019, recorded in the balance sheet under unrealized loss on forward contracts. We also hold marketable securities which are investments in Oro Negro debt securities. These investments had accumulated unrealized losses of $12.9 million as of March 31, 2019, as recognized in our Statement of Comprehensive Income in our Interim Financial Statements. The above described investments are not a core part of our business strategy.

The market value of our equity interest in, or debt or other securities issued by, these companies has been, and may continue to be, volatile and has fluctuated, and may continue to fluctuate, in response to changes in oil and gas prices and activity levels in the offshore oil and gas industry. If we sell our equity interest or debt or other securities in an investment at a time when the value of such investment has fallen, we may incur a loss on the sale or an impairment loss being recognized, ultimately leading to a reduction in earnings.

An economic downturn could have an adverse effect on our ability to access the capital markets.

Negative developments in worldwide financial and economic conditions could impact our ability to access the lending and capital markets, which could impact our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions. Worldwide economic conditions could in the future impact lenders willingness to provide credit facilities to us, or our customers, causing them to fail to meet their obligations to us.

A renewed period of adverse development in the outlook for the financial stability of European, Middle Eastern or other countries, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could reduce the overall demand for oil and natural gas and for our services and thereby could affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Brexit, or similar events in other jurisdictions, can impact global markets, which may have an adverse impact on our ability to access the capital markets. In addition, turmoil and hostilities in the Ukraine, Korea, the Middle East, North Africa, South America and other geographic areas and countries are adding to the overall risk picture.

Our Hayfin Facility and New Bridge Facility are provided by European banking institutions and our Syndicated Facility is provided jointly by European and American banking institutions. In addition, a substantial portion of our long-term debt, our delivery financing arrangements, is provided by Keppel and PPL, Singaporean companies that may be highly leveraged, are not capitalized in the same manner as a financial institution and that are subject to their own operating, liquidity or regulatory risks. These risks could

30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

lead to Keppel and/or PPL to seek to cancel, repudiate or renegotiate our construction contracts or fail to fulfill or challenge their commitments to us under those contracts, including the obligation to refund installment payments. The risks of liquidity concerns are heightened in periods of depressed market conditions. If economic conditions in European or American markets preclude or limit financing from European and/or American banking institutions, or if financial conditions in the Republic of Singapore impair the ability of Keppel or PPL to honor their obligations to us, we may not be able to obtain financing from other institutions on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, even if conditions outside Europe or the United States remain favorable for lending. If our ability to access the debt or capital markets is affected by general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control, there may be a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Interest rate fluctuations could affect our earnings and cash flow.

In order to finance our growth we have incurred significant amounts of debt. A significant portion of our debt bears floating interest rates. As such, movements in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flow. Interest rates under certain of our Financing Arrangements are determined with reference to LIBOR above a specified margin.

We currently have no hedging arrangements in place with respect to our floating-rate debt. We may enter into hedging arrangements from time to time in the future with respect to our interest rate exposure, but such hedging may not significantly reduce the risk we face. If we are unable to effectively manage our interest rate exposure through interest rate swaps in the future, any increase in market interest rates would increase our interest rate exposure and debt service obligations, which would exacerbate the risks associated with our leveraged capital structure.

Moreover, the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, has announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021 (“FCA Announcement”). The FCA Announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis is not guaranteed after 2021. Significant increases in LIBOR or uncertainty surrounding its phase out after 2021 could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Fluctuations in exchange rates and the nonconvertibility of currencies could result in losses to us.

We use the U.S. dollar as our functional currency because the majority of our revenues and expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, our reporting currency is also U.S. dollars. As a result of our international operations, we may be exposed to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates due to revenues being received and operating expenses paid in currencies other than U.S. dollars.

Notably, with respect to jack-up drilling contracts in the North Sea, revenues are commonly received, and salaries generally paid, in Euros or Pounds. In addition, we may receive revenue or incur expenses in other currencies, including the Nigerian naira. Accordingly, we may experience currency exchange losses if we have not adequately hedged our exposure to a foreign currency, or if revenues are received in currencies that are not readily convertible. Moreover, we may experience adverse tax consequences attributable to currency fluctuations. We may also be unable to collect revenues because of a shortage of convertible currency available in the country of operation, controls over currency exchange or controls over the repatriation of income or capital. As we earn revenues and incur expenses in currencies other than our reporting currency, there is a risk that currency fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our statements of operations and cash flows.

RISK FACTORS RELATED TO APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Compliance with, and breach of, the complex laws and regulations governing international drilling activity and trade could be costly, expose us to liability and adversely affect our operations.

Our business in the offshore drilling industry is affected by laws and regulations relating to the energy industry and the environment in the geographic areas where we operate. Accordingly, we are directly affected by the adoption of laws and regulations that, for economic, environmental or other policy reasons, curtail, or impose restrictions, obligations or liabilities in connection with, exploration and development

31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

drilling for oil and gas. Offshore drilling in certain areas, including arctic areas, has been curtailed and, in certain cases, prohibited because of concerns over protection of the environment. For example, on December 20, 2016, the then-United States President invoked a law that banned offshore oil and gas drilling in large areas of the Arctic and the Atlantic Seaboard. It is presently unclear whether, or for how long, this ban may take effect. A ban on new drilling in Canadian Arctic waters was announced simultaneously. It is also possible that compliance with these laws and regulations may, in the future, add significantly to our operating costs or significantly limit drilling activity.

The laws and regulations concerning import activity, export recordkeeping and reporting, export control and economic sanctions are complex and constantly changing. Import activities are governed by unique customs laws and regulations in each of the countries of operation. Moreover, many countries, including the United States, control the export and re-export of certain goods, services and technology and impose related export recordkeeping and reporting obligations. Shipments can be delayed and denied export or entry for a variety of reasons, some of which are outside our control and some of which may result from the failure to comply with existing legal and regulatory regimes. Delays or denials of shipments of parts and equipment that we need could cause unscheduled operational downtime. Future earnings may be negatively affected by compliance with any such new legislation or regulations.

Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory trading obligations, including as a result of changed or amended interpretations or enforcement policies, could also result in administrative, criminal and civil penalties and sanctions, such as fines, imprisonment, debarment from government contracts, the seizure of shipments, the loss of import and export privileges and the suspension or termination of operations. New laws, the amendment or modification of existing laws and regulations or other governmental actions that prohibit or restrict offshore drilling or impose additional environmental protection requirements that result in increased costs to the oil and gas industry, in general, or to the offshore drilling industry, in particular, could adversely affect our performance.

Local content requirements may increase the cost of, or restrict our ability to, obtain needed supplies or hire experienced personnel, or may otherwise affect our operations.

Local content requirements are policies imposed by governments that require companies who operate within their jurisdiction to use domestically supplied goods and services or work with a domestic partner in order to operate within the jurisdiction. Governments in some countries in which we operate, or may operate in the future, have become increasingly active in the requirements with respect to the ownership of drilling companies, local content requirements for equipment used in operations within the country and other aspects of the oil and gas industries in their countries. In addition, national oil companies may impose restrictions on the submission of tenders, including eligibility criteria, which effectively require the use of domestically supplied goods and services or a local partner.

For example, the Nigerian Oil and Gas Industry Content Development Act, 2010 (the “Local Content Act”) was enacted to provide for the development, implementation and monitoring of Nigerian content in the oil and gas industry and places emphasis on the promotion of Nigerian content among companies bidding for contracts in the oil and gas industry. The Local Content Act provides the parameters and minimum level/percentages to be used in determining and measuring Nigerian content in the composite human and material resources and services applied by operators and contractors in any industry project within Nigeria. In addition, we finalized the Mexican JV structure through which we, along with our local partner in Mexico, CME, will provide integrated well services to Pemex. In connection with our tender for the Pemex Contract and subsequent execution thereof, we were subject to eligibility criteria. We expect to commence operations under the Pemex Contract in July 2019. Please see the section entitled "Business—Joint Venture, Partner and Agency Relationships” for more information.

Some foreign governments and/or national oil companies favor or effectively require (i) the awarding of drilling contracts to local contractors or to drilling rigs owned by their own citizens, (ii) the use of a local agent or (iii) foreign contractors to employ citizens of, or purchase supplies from, a particular jurisdiction. These practices may adversely affect our ability to compete in those regions and could result in increased costs and impact our ability to effectively control and operate our jack-up rigs, which could have a material impact on our earnings, operations and financial condition in the future.

32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a limited liability company incorporated under Bermuda law with subsidiaries in certain offshore jurisdictions, our operations may be subject to economic substance requirements.

On December 5, 2017, following an assessment of the tax policies of various countries by the Code of Conduct Group for Business Taxation of the European Union (the “COCG”), the Council of the European Union (the “Council”) approved and published Council conclusions containing a list of “non-cooperative jurisdictions” for tax purposes (the “2017 Conclusions”). On March 12, 2019, the Council adopted a revised list of non-cooperative jurisdictions (the “2019 Conclusions”). Although not considered non-cooperative jurisdictions in the 2017 Conclusions, certain countries, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands and the British Virgin Islands, were listed as having “tax regimes that facilitate offshore structures which attract profits without real economic activity.” Certain of our subsidiaries may also from time to time be organized in other jurisdictions identified by the COCG based on global standards set by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development with the objective of preventing low-tax jurisdictions from attracting profits from certain activities.

In connection with the 2017 Conclusions, and in an effort to avoid being placed on the list of non-cooperative jurisdictions, the government of Bermuda, among others, committed to addressing COCG proposals relating to economic substance for entities doing business in or through their respective jurisdictions and to pass legislation to implement any appropriate changes by the end of 2018. On December 17, 2018, the House of Assembly of Bermuda passed the Economic Substance Act 2018 of Bermuda (the “Economic Substance Act”), which became operative on December 31, 2018, along with the Economic Substance Regulations 2018 of Bermuda (the “Economic Substance Regulations”). The Economic Substance Act requires each registered entity to maintain a substantial economic presence in Bermuda and provides that a registered entity that carries on a relevant activity complies with economic substance requirements if (i) it is directed and managed in Bermuda, (ii) its core income-generating activities (as may be further prescribed) are undertaken in Bermuda with respect to the relevant activity, (iii) it maintains adequate physical presence in Bermuda, (iv) it has adequate full time employees in Bermuda with suitable qualifications and (v) it incurs adequate operating expenditure in Bermuda in relation to the relevant activity. A registered entity that carries on a relevant activity is obliged under the Economic Substance Act to file a declaration with the Bermuda Registrar of Companies on an annual basis containing certain information.

In the 2019 Conclusions, Bermuda and the Republic of the Marshall Islands, among others, were placed by the E.U. on the list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes for failing to implement certain commitments previously made to the E.U. by the agreed deadline. At present, the impact of being included on the list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes is unclear. It was announced by the European Council on May 17, 2019 that, following an amendment to the Economic Substance Regulations, Bermuda had been removed from the list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions. We are now awaiting the publication of final guidance notes from the Bermuda Government on the application of the Economic Substance Act and the Economic Substance Regulations.

We are incorporated under Bermuda law and certain of our subsidiaries are organized in other jurisdictions identified by the COCG, both as non-cooperative jurisdictions or jurisdictions having tax regimes that facilitate offshore structures that attract profits without real economic activity, including the Cayman Islands, the Republic of the Marshall Islands and the British Virgin Islands.

Jurisdictions identified by the COCG, including the Crown Dependencies, the Cayman Islands and the British Virgin Islands, have enacted or may enact economic substance laws and regulations that we may be obligated to comply with. For example, new legislation adopted in the Cayman Islands requires certain entities that carry out particular activities to comply with an economic substance test whereby the entity must show that it (i) carries out activities that are of central importance to the entity from the Cayman Islands, (ii) has held an adequate number of its board meetings in the Cayman Islands when judged against the level of decision-making required and (iii) has an adequate (a) amount of operating expenditures in the Cayman Islands, (b) physical presence in the Cayman Islands and (c) number of full-time employees in the Cayman Islands. If we fail to comply with our obligations under the Economic Substance Act or any similar law applicable to us in any other jurisdictions, we could be subject to financial penalties and spontaneous

33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

disclosure of information to foreign tax officials in related jurisdictions and may be struck from the register of companies in Bermuda or such other jurisdiction. Any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The obligations of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and NYSE Listed Company Manual, require certain resources and will cause us to incur additional costs.

We are subject to reporting and other requirements as a result of our listing on the Oslo Børs and the listing on the Cayman Stock Exchange of an intergroup bond issued by one of our subsidiaries. Upon our listing on the NYSE, complying with applicable statutes, regulations and requirements related to being a public company in the United States will occupy additional time of our Board and management and will increase our costs and expenses. We will need to:

comply with applicable rules promulgated by the NYSE and U.S. regulations applicable to foreign private issuers registered under the Securities Exchange Act;
prepare and distribute periodic annual and other reports in compliance with our obligations under the U.S. federal and Norwegian securities laws;
maintain certain internal policies and procedures; and
involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the above activities.

If we fail to comply with requirements relating to being a public company in the United States when obligated to do so, our business could be harmed and our Share price could decline.

We qualify as an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), which exempts us from certain disclosure obligations, including the filing of an auditor’s attestation report regarding the effectiveness of our internal controls on financial reporting for a certain period of time. We intend to take advantage of the reduced reporting requirements and exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company or we become a large accelerated filer. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting and other requirements in this Prospectus. Notwithstanding our status as an emerging growth company, we have not elected to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards and, in accordance with SEC standards applicable to emerging growth companies, such election is irrevocable. We cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common shares less attractive to investors.

Rules adopted by the SEC pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), require that we assess our internal control over financial reporting annually, beginning with our second annual report. These rules are complex. They require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation of any significant deficiencies in or material weaknesses of internal controls in order to meet the detailed standards under these rules. See the section entitled “—Risk Factors Related to our Business—In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.” for more information. Certain internal policies and procedures will be added prior to the time at which we are required to express our view as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. However, when such evaluation is required in future fiscal years, we may encounter unanticipated delays or problems in assessing our internal control over financial reporting as effective or in completing our assessments by the required dates. In addition, we cannot assure you that our independent registered public accountants will attest that internal control over financial reporting is effective in future fiscal years.

If we are unable to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls, when required to do so, investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could lead to a decline in the price of common shares, limit our ability to access the capital markets in the future and require us to incur additional costs to improve our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure

34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

control systems and procedures. Further, if lenders lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to fund our operations. We cannot predict if investors will find our Shares less attractive because we will rely on the exemptions available to us as an emerging growth company. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our common shares price may be more volatile.

We are subject to complex environmental laws and regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

Our operations, including divestment of our jack-up rigs where appropriate, are subject to numerous international, national and local, environmental and safety laws and regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our jack-up rigs operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our jack-up rigs. These requirements include:

the United Nation’s International Maritime Organization, or the “IMO,” International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973, as from time to time amended, or “MARPOL,” including the designation of Emission Control Areas, or “ECAs” thereunder;
the IMO International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as from time to time amended, or the “CLC”;
the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the “Bunker Convention”;
the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, as from time to time amended, or “SOLAS”;
the IMO International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, as from time to time amended;
the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments in February 2004, or the “BWM Convention”;
the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or the “OPA”;
requirements of the U.S. Coast Guard;
requirements of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the “EPA”;
the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or “CERCLA”;
the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the “MTSA”;
the U.S. Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, “OCSLA”;
the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units, 2009, or the “MODU Code 2009”;
the Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal, or the “Basel Convention”;
the Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, 2009, or the “Hong Kong Convention”; and
certain regulations of the European Union, including Regulation (EC) No 1013/2006 on Shipments of Waste and Regulation (E.U.) No 1257/2013 on Ship Recycling.

Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or implementation of operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful life of our jack-up rigs. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our profitability. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Because such conventions, laws and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with them or the impact thereof on the resale prices or useful lives of our rigs. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and that may materially adversely affect our operations.

35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Environmental laws often impose strict liability for the remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. An oil or chemical spill, for which we are deemed a responsible party, could result in us incurring significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Furthermore, major environmental incidents involving the offshore drilling industry, such as the 2010 Deepwater Horizon Incident (to which we were not a party), or other similar events in the future, may result in further regulation of the offshore industry, and modifications to statutory liability schemes, thus exposing us to further potential financial risk in the event of any such oil or chemical spill.

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our operations, and to satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have arranged insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Our jack-up rigs could cause the release of oil or hazardous substances. Any releases may be large in quantity, above our permitted limits or occur in protected or sensitive areas where public interest groups or governmental authorities have special interests. Any releases of oil or hazardous substances could result in fines and other costs to us, such as costs to upgrade our jack-up rigs, clean up the releases, compensate for natural resource damages and comply with more stringent requirements in our discharge permits. Moreover, such releases may result in our customers or governmental authorities suspending or terminating our operations in the affected area, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we are able to obtain from our customers some degree of contractual indemnification against pollution and environmental damages in our contracts, such indemnification may not be enforceable in all instances or the customer may not be financially able to comply with its indemnity obligations in all cases, and we may not be able to obtain such indemnification agreements in the future. In addition, a court may decide that certain indemnities in our current or future contracts are not enforceable.

Insurance coverage protecting us against damages incurred or fines imposed as a result of our violation of applicable environmental laws may not be available or we may choose not to obtain such insurance. If insurance is available and we have obtained the coverage, it may not be adequate to cover our liabilities and fully mitigate our risk or our insurance underwriters may be unable to pay compensation if a significant claim should occur. Any of these scenarios could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The United Kingdom’s referendum to exit from the European Union will have uncertain effects and could adversely impact the offshore drilling industry.

In June 2016, the United Kingdom voted to exit from the European Union (commonly referred to as “Brexit”). The terms of Brexit and the resulting U.K./E.U. relationship are uncertain for companies doing business both in the United Kingdom and the broader global economy. Approximately 35% and 32.1% of our total revenues were generated in the United Kingdom for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the three months ended March 31, 2019, respectively. In addition, certain of our cold stacked jack-up rigs may from time to time be located in the United Kingdom and our remaining jack-up rigs may from time to time move into territorial waters of the United Kingdom. Furthermore, certain of our on-shore employees may from time to time be employed by Borr Drilling Management UK, which is based in the United Kingdom. Our business and operations may be impacted by any actions taken by the United Kingdom after Brexit, including with respect to employee and related persons permits and visas, and other authorizations required to live, work or operate within the United Kingdom. In particular, the impact of potential changes to the United Kingdom’s migration policy could adversely impact our employees of non-U.K. nationality that may from time to time be working in the United Kingdom, as well as have an uncertain impact on cross-border labor. The potential loss of the EU “passport,” or any other potential restrictions on free travel of U.K. citizens to Europe, and vice versa,

36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

could adversely impact the jobs market in general and our operations in Europe. Moreover, our business and operations may be impacted by any subsequent vote in Scotland to seek independence from the United Kingdom. Brexit, or similar events in other jurisdictions, can impact global markets, including foreign exchange and securities markets. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for the world economy could also reduce the overall demand for oil and gas and for our services. Such changes could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

Future government regulations may adversely affect the offshore drilling industry.

International contract drilling operations are subject to various laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate, including laws and regulations relating to:

the equipping and operation of drilling rigs;
exchange rates or exchange controls;
oil and gas exploration and development;
the taxation of earnings;
the taxation of the earnings of expatriate personnel; and
the use and compensation of local employees and suppliers by foreign contractors.

It is difficult to predict what government regulations may be enacted in the future that could adversely affect the offshore drilling industry. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including those relating to sanctions and export restrictions, may subject us to criminal sanctions or civil remedies, including fines, the denial of export privileges, injunctions or the seizures of assets.

Data protection and regulations related to privacy, data protection and information security could increase our costs, and our failure to comply could result in fines, sanctions or other penalties, as well as have an impact on our reputation.

We rely on information technology systems and networks in our operations and administration of our business. We are therefore subject to regulations related to privacy, data protection and information security in the jurisdictions in which we do business. As privacy, data protection and information security laws are interpreted and applied, compliance costs may increase, particularly in the context of ensuring that adequate data protection and data transfer mechanisms are in place.

In recent years, there has been increasing regulatory enforcement and litigation activity in the areas of privacy, data protection and information security in the U.S. and in various countries in which we operate, and legislators and/or regulators in the U.S., the European Union and other jurisdictions in which we operate are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, data protection and information security laws. For example, the General Data Protection Regulations of the European Union became enforceable in all 28 E.U. member states as of May 25, 2018, and require us to undertake enhanced data protection safeguards, with fines for noncompliance up to 4% of global total annual worldwide turnover or €20 million (whichever is higher), depending on the type and severity of the breach. Compliance with current or future privacy, data protection and information security laws could significantly impact our current and planned privacy, data protection and information security related practices, our collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of customer and/or employee information, and some of our current or planned business activities. If we acquire a company that has violated or is not in compliance with applicable data protection laws, we may incur significant liabilities and penalties as a result. Our failure to comply with applicable privacy, data protection and information security laws could affect our results of operations and overall business, as well as have an impact on our reputation.

Our ability to operate our jack-up rigs in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico could be impaired by governmental regulation and new regulations adopted in response to the investigation into the 2010 Deepwater Horizon Incident.

The Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Regulation and Enforcement, or the BOEMRE, (formerly the Minerals Management Service of the U.S. Department of the Interior), effective October 1, 2011, reorganized into two new organizations: the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (“BSEE”) and

37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (“BOEM”). In the aftermath of the 2010 Deepwater Horizon Incident (to which we were not a party), the BSEE and its predecessor put in place new and revised regulations governing safety and environmental management systems (“SEMS”), commonly referred to as SEMS II. The SEMS II regulations focus on operator obligations and require operators to flow SEMS obligations and commitments through their supply chain. Moreover, BOEM and BSEE have issued a number of new and revised regulations and guidelines since their reorganization, including, a new pilot inspection program for offshore facilities, a new well control rule in April 2016, additional guidelines requiring mobile offshore drilling units (“MODUs”) to be outfitted with global positioning systems, guidelines for tie-downs on drilling rigs and permanent equipment and facilities attached to outer continental shelf production platforms, and moored drilling rig fitness and guidelines that provide for enhanced information and data requirements from oil and natural gas companies that operate properties in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico region of the outer continental shelf. These guidelines effectively imposed new requirements on the offshore oil and natural gas industry. Implementation of new guidelines or regulations that may apply to jack-up rigs may subject us to increased costs and limit the operational capabilities of our jack-up rigs if, in the future, we have operations in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico region.

Other U.S. regulators also impose regulation on offshore drilling in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. In addition, the oil and gas industry has adopted new equipment and operating standards, such as the American Petroleum Institute Standard 53, relating to the design, maintenance, installation and testing of well control equipment. In order to obtain drilling permits, operators must submit applications that demonstrate compliance with the enhanced regulations, which require independent third-party inspections, certification of well design and well control equipment, and emergency response plans in the event of a blowout, among other requirements. Operators have previously had, and may in the future have, difficulties obtaining drilling permits in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

We continue to evaluate these new measures to ensure that our rigs and equipment are in full compliance, when applicable. Additional requirements could be forthcoming. We are not able to predict the likelihood, nature or extent of additional rulemaking or when the interim rules, or any future rules, could become final. The current and future regulatory environment in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico could impact the demand for drilling rigs in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico in terms of overall number of rigs in operations and the technical specification required for offshore rigs to operate in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. We cannot predict the potential impact of new regulations that may be forthcoming, nor can we predict if implementation of additional regulations might subject us to increased costs of operating and/or a reduction in the area of operation in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

A change in tax laws in any country in which we operate could result in higher tax expense.

We conduct our operations through various subsidiaries in countries throughout the world. Tax laws, regulations and treaties are highly complex and subject to interpretation. Consequently, we are subject to changing tax laws, regulations and treaties in and between the countries in which we operate. Our income tax expense is based upon our interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various countries at the time that the expense was incurred. Moreover, our interpretation of the tax laws in effect may change from time to time. A change in these tax laws, regulations or treaties, or in the interpretation thereof, or in the valuation of our deferred tax assets, which is beyond our control, could result in a materially higher tax expense or a higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings.

A loss of a major tax dispute or a successful tax challenge to our operating structure, intercompany pricing policies or the taxable presence of our subsidiaries in certain countries could result in a higher tax rate on our worldwide earnings, which could result in a significant negative impact on our earnings and cash flows from operations.

Our income tax returns are subject to review and examination. We do not recognize the benefit of income tax positions we believe are more likely than not to be disallowed upon challenge by a tax authority. If any tax authority successfully challenges positions we have taken in tax filings related to our operational structure, intercompany pricing policies, the taxable presence of our subsidiaries in certain countries or any other situation, or if the terms of certain income tax treaties are interpreted in a manner that is adverse to our structure, or if we lose a material tax dispute in any country, our effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings could increase substantially and our earnings and cash flows from operations could be materially adversely affected.

38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Climate change and the regulation of greenhouse gases could have a negative impact on our business.

Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries and the IMO have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions or the Paris Agreement, which resulted from the 2015 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change conference in Paris and entered into force on November 4, 2016. As at January 1, 2013, all ships (including jack-up rigs) must comply with mandatory requirements adopted by the IMO’s Maritime Environment Protection Committee, or the “MEPC,” in July 2011 relating to greenhouse gas emissions. A roadmap for a “comprehensive IMO strategy on a reduction of GHG emissions from ships” was approved by MEPC at its 70 th session in October 2016, and in 2018 IMO adopted an initial strategy designed to reduce the emission of greenhouse gases from ships, including short-term, mid-term and long-term candidate measures, with a vision of reducing and phasing out greenhouse gas emissions from ships as soon as possible in the 21 st Century. These requirements could cause us to incur additional compliance costs.

In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety and has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from drilling rigs, such regulation of drilling rigs is foreseeable, and the EPA has received petitions from the California Attorney General and various environmental groups seeking such regulation. In the United States, individual states can also enact environmental regulations. For example, California has introduced caps for greenhouse gas emission and has signaled it might take additional actions regarding climate change.

Compliance with changes in laws, regulations and obligations relating to climate change could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our assets, require us to install new emission controls, require us to acquire emission allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions, or require us to administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the European Union, the United States or other countries in which we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, which restricts emissions of greenhouse gases, could require us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Further, physical effects of climate change, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, floods and other climatic events, could have a material adverse effect on our operations, particularly given that our rigs may need to curtail damages or may suffer damages during significant weather events.

Additionally, adverse effects upon the oil and gas industry related to the worldwide social and political environment, including uncertainty or instability resulting from climate change, changes in political leadership and environmental policies, changes in geopolitical-social views toward fossil fuels and renewable energy, concern about the environmental impact of climate change and investors’ expectations regarding environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters, may also adversely affect demand for our services. For example, increased regulation of greenhouse gases or other concerns relating to climate change may reduce the demand for oil and gas in the future or create greater incentives for the use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil and gas industry could have a significant financial and operational adverse impact on our business, including capital expenditures to upgrade our jack-up rigs, which we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Failure to comply with international anti-corruption legislation, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 or the Bribery Act 2016 of Bermuda, could result in fines, criminal penalties, damage to our reputation and drilling contract terminations.

We currently operate, and historically have operated, our jack-up rigs in a number of countries throughout the world, including some with developing economies. We interact with government regulators, licensors, port authorities and other government entities and officials. Also, our business interaction with national oil companies as well as state or government-owned shipbuilding enterprises puts us in contact with

39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

persons who may be considered to be “foreign officials” under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”), and the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom (the “U.K. Bribery Act”).

In order to effectively compete in some foreign jurisdictions, we utilize local agents and/or establish entities with local operators or strategic partners. All of these activities may involve interaction by our agents with government officials. Even though some of our agents and partners may not themselves be subject to the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act or other anti-bribery laws to which we may be subject, if our agents or partners make improper payments to government officials or other persons in connection with engagements or partnerships with us, we could be investigated and potentially found liable for violations of such anti-bribery laws (including the books and records provisions of the FCPA) and could incur civil and criminal penalties and other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

We are subject to the risk that we or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

If our jack-up rigs are located in countries that are subject to, or targeted by, economic sanctions, export restrictions or other operating restrictions imposed by the United States or other governments, our reputation and the market for our debt and common shares could be adversely affected.

The U.S. and other governments may impose economic sanctions against certain countries, persons and other entities that restrict or prohibit transactions involving such countries, persons and entities. U.S. sanctions in particular are targeted against countries (such as Russia, Venezuela, Iran and others) that are heavily involved in the petroleum and petrochemical industries, which includes drilling activities. U.S. and other economic sanctions change frequently, and enforcement of economic sanctions worldwide is increasing. Subject to certain limited exceptions, U.S. law continues to restrict U.S.-owned or -controlled entities from doing business with Iran and Cuba, and various U.S. sanctions have certain other extraterritorial effects that need to be considered by non-U.S. companies. Moreover, any U.S. persons who serve as officers, directors or employees of our subsidiaries would be fully subject to U.S. sanctions. It should also be noted that other governments are more frequently implementing and enforcing sanctions regimes.

From time to time, we may be party to drilling contracts with countries or government-controlled entities that become subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and/or identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. Even in cases where the investment would not violate U.S. law, potential investors could view any such contracts negatively, which could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our shares. We do not currently have any drilling contracts or plans to initiate any drilling contracts involving operations in countries or with government-controlled entities that are subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and/or identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism.

There can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with all applicable economic sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Rapid changes in the scope of global sanctions may also make it more difficult for us to remain in compliance. Any violation of applicable economic sanctions could result in civil or criminal penalties, fines, enforcement actions, legal costs, reputational damage or other penalties and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in our shares. Additionally, some investors may decide to divest their interest, or not to invest, in our shares simply because we may do business with companies that do business in sanctioned countries. Moreover, our drilling contracts may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us, or our jack-up rigs, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. Investor perception of the value of our shares may also be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING AND OWNING OUR COMMON SHARES

The price of our common shares may fluctuate widely in the future, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The market price of our Shares has fluctuated widely and may continue to do so as a result of many factors, such as actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, economic and regulatory trends, general market conditions, rumors and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. The initial public offering price for the Shares offered hereby will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the Shares that will prevail in the trading market. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our Shares at prices equal to or greater than the price that you paid in this Offering. The following is a nonexhaustive list of factors that could affect our initial share price:

our operating and financial performance;
quarterly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators, such as net income per share, net income and revenues;
the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
strategic actions by our competitors;
our failure to meet revenue or earnings estimates by research analysts or other investors;
changes in revenue or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage, by equity research analysts;
speculation in the press or investment community;
the failure of research analysts to cover our Shares;
sales of our Shares by us or shareholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;
changes in accounting principles, policies, guidance, interpretations or standards;
additions or departures of key management personnel;
actions by our shareholders;
general market conditions, including fluctuations in oil and gas prices;
domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance; and
the realization of any risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

In addition, the stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our Shares. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There is no existing U.S. market for our Shares, and one that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop.

Prior to this Offering, there has been no public U.S. market for our Shares, which have traded only on the Oslo Børs. We expect to apply to list our Shares on the NYSE. An active or liquid public market for our Shares in the United States may not develop and, if it does, may not persist. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of an active trading market or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty reselling any of our Shares at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of our Shares and limit the number of investors who

41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

are able to buy our Shares. If an active trading market for our Shares does not develop in the United States, the price of our Shares may be more volatile and it may be more difficult and time consuming to complete a transaction in our common shares, which could have an adverse effect on the realized price of our Shares. You may have difficulty reselling any of the Shares above the public offering price. We cannot predict the price at which our Shares will trade. In addition, an adverse development in the market price for our common shares could negatively affect our ability to issue new equity to fund our activities.

The relative volatility and limited liquidity of the Norwegian securities markets may adversely affect the liquidity and market price of our Shares.

The market price of the Shares on the Oslo Børs has historically fluctuated over a wide range and may continue to fluctuate significantly in response to many factors such as actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, economic and regulatory trends, general market conditions, rumors and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. The Norwegian equity market is smaller and less liquid than the major U.S., and some other E.U., securities markets. The Oslo Børs is significantly less liquid than the NYSE, or other major exchanges in the world. As of March 31, 2019, the aggregate market capitalization of the Oslo Børs was equivalent to approximately NOK 2.6 trillion ($0.3 trillion). In contrast, as of March 31, 2019, the aggregate market capitalization of the NYSE was approximately $24.1 trillion. If the volatility in the market continues or worsens, it could have an adverse effect on the market price of our Shares and impact potential sale prices.

We maintain commercial relationships with a significant shareholder in our business who may sell or reduce its holding in our business.

Schlumberger is our principal shareholder. As of June 30, 2019, Schlumberger held 14.2% of our Shares. Furthermore, an executive officer of Schlumberger Limited sits on our Board. Other than the lock-up arrangements described in this Prospectus, to which Schlumberger is subject, there is no restriction on Schlumberger’s ability to sell, reduce or increase its holding in us, and any reduction or increase in its holding may lead to different outcomes than we currently envision. If Schlumberger sells substantial amounts of our common shares to the public market or is perceived by the public market as intending to sell, the trading price of our Shares could be adversely affected. In addition, sales of our Shares could impair our ability to raise capital, should we wish to do so. We cannot predict the timing or amount of future sales of our common shares by Schlumberger or any other shareholder, but such sales, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Shares.

Additionally, on March 26, 2017, we signed an agreement with Schlumberger establishing the commercial principles upon which we agreed to work closely with Schlumberger, on a non-exclusive basis, on certain aspects of our business which were subsequently identified in an enhanced collaboration agreement entered into on October 6, 2017 (both agreements collectively, the “Collaboration Agreement”) and which include the provision of streamlined, integrated drilling services and the sharing of infrastructure and technology. We also obtain certain supplies from an affiliate of Schlumberger. Although our Collaboration Agreement is not related to Schlumberger’s status as our principal shareholder, in the event Schlumberger does not maintain its shareholding in our business, the economic incentive or rationale for the Collaboration Agreement may be affected. Whether or not Schlumberger maintains such shareholding in our business, we may not necessarily achieve any anticipated synergies or opportunities envisioned by the Collaboration Agreement. Any reduction in Schlumberger’s shareholding may reduce our ability to realize operational or financial benefits from our relationship with Schlumberger, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain financing from equity raises or issuance of debt securities, the prevailing market prices of our Shares and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to our corporate governance, which may afford you less protection.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to our corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with corporate governance listing standards.

42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As an issuer whose shares will be listed on the NYSE, we will be subject to corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE. However, NYSE rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in Bermuda, which is our home country, may differ significantly from NYSE corporate governance listing standards. Currently, we intend to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance listing standards by following certain home country practices. See the section entitled “Management—Board of Directors & Board Practices.” Therefore, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have under NYSE corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

Investors in this Offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $       per share.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $       per Share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this Prospectus), purchasers of our Shares in this Offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $       per Share in the net tangible book value per Share from the initial public offering price. In addition, upon conversion of our Convertible Bonds, holders of our Shares will experience an immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per Share when compared to the then-prevailing trading price of our Shares.

Certain transactions we have entered into may affect the value of our Shares

In connection with the pricing of our Convertible Bonds, we (i) purchased from Goldman Sachs International call options over 10,453,612 Shares with a strike price of $33.4815 and (ii) sold to Goldman Sachs International call options over the same number of shares with a strike price of $42.6125 (together, the “Call Spread Transactions”). The Call Spread Transactions mitigate the economic exposure from a potential exercise of the conversion rights embedded in our Convertible Bonds by improving the effective conversion premium for the Company in relation to our Convertible Bonds from 37.5% to 75% over the reference price of $24.35 per share. The Call Spread Transactions may separately have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share to the extent that the market price per share of our Shares exceeds the applicable strike price of the options at the time of exercise.

We or Goldman Sachs International may modify our initial hedge position by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our Shares and/or purchasing or selling Shares in secondary market transactions. This activity could also affect the number of shares and value of the consideration that holders of our Convertible Bonds will receive upon conversion of the Convertible Bonds, which could impact the market price of our Shares.

Future sales of our equity securities in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could reduce our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us.

We may sell additional equity securities, including additional Shares or convertible securities, in subsequent public offerings. After the completion of this Offering, we will have outstanding          Shares, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the Related Parties (as defined below) will collectively own           outstanding shares of our common shares or approximately          % of our total outstanding shares, all of which are restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws and are subject to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described in the section entitled “Underwriting,” but may be sold into the market in the future. See the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Additionally, shares held by our employees and others will be eligible for sale in the United States at various times after the date of this Prospectus under the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”) and will generally be freely tradable on the Oslo Børs.

Future issuances and sales of Shares or other equity securities may have a negative impact on the market price of our Shares. In particular, sales of substantial amounts of our Shares (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Shares.

43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We depend on directors who are associated with affiliated companies, which may create conflicts of interest.

Our principal shareholder is Schlumberger and, in addition, significant shareholders include Drew Holdings Limited and Ubon Partners AS and, in each case, affiliates thereof, including, in the case of Drew Holdings Limited, Magni Partners (Bermuda) Limited (collectively, the “Related Parties”). We maintain commercial relationships with our Related Parties, including advisory arrangements that are currently in place and under which services continue to be provided to us. Certain of our Related Parties have, in the past, provided foundational loans to us, including our initial payment under the Hercules Acquisition (as defined below). Furthermore, certain Related Parties are required to serve on our Board pursuant to covenants contained in certain of our financing arrangements.

A majority of our directors, including the chairman of our Board, also serve as directors of the Related Parties. These dual positions may conflict with such individuals’ duties as one of our directors or officers regarding business dealings and other matters between each of the Related Parties and us. Our directors owe fiduciary duties to both us and each respective Related Party and may have conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers. The resolution of these conflicts may not always be in our or your best interest.

Please see the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for more information, including information on the commercial arrangements between us and the Related Parties.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports or publish unfavorable research about our business, the price and trading volume of our common shares could decline.

The trading market for our common shares will depend in part on the research reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We may never obtain significant research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If limited securities or industry analysts continue coverage of us, the trading price for our common shares and other securities would be negatively affected. In the event we obtain significant securities or industry analyst coverage, and one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our securities, the price of our securities would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to publish regular reports on us, interest in the purchase of our securities could decrease, which could cause the price of our common shares and other securities and their trading volume to decline.

We may not pay dividends in the future.

Under our Bye-Laws, any dividends declared will be in the sole discretion of our Board and will depend upon earnings, market prospects, current capital expenditure programs and investment opportunities, although the payment of dividends is restricted by the covenants in certain of our Financing Arrangements. Under Bermuda law, we may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) we are, or would after the payment be, unable to pay our liabilities as they become due or (b) the realizable value of our assets would thereby be less than our liabilities. In addition, since we are a holding company with no material assets other than the shares of our subsidiaries through which we conduct our operations, our ability to pay dividends will depend on our subsidiaries distributing to us their earnings and cash flow. We cannot predict when, or if, dividends will be paid in the future.

Because we are a foreign corporation, you may not have the same rights that a shareholder in a U.S. corporation may have.

We are incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, our directors and officers generally are or will be nonresidents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these nonresidents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to effect service of process on these individuals in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or our directors and officers based on the civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. securities laws.

44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, you should not assume that courts in the countries in which we are incorporated or where our assets are located (1) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us based upon the civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. securities laws or (2) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us based on those laws.

U.S. tax authorities may treat us as a “passive foreign investment company” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which may have adverse tax consequences for U.S. shareholders.

A non-U.S. corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for a taxable year if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets during such year produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, a non-U.S. corporation is treated as holding directly and receiving directly its proportionate share of the assets and income of any other corporation in which it directly or indirectly owns at least 25% (by value) of such corporation’s stock. Also, for purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business but does not include income derived from the performance of services.

Based on the current and anticipated valuation of our assets, including goodwill, and composition of our income and assets, we do not believe that we will be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. We believe that we will not be treated as a PFIC for any relevant period because we believe that any income we receive from offshore drilling service contracts should be treated as “services income” rather than as passive income under the PFIC rules. In addition, the assets we own and utilize to generate this “services income” should not be considered to be passive assets. Given the lack of authority and highly factual nature of the analysis, no assurance can be given in this regard. Moreover, we have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) on this matter. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, the nature of our operations may change in the future in a manner that causes us to become a PFIC.

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Material Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”) held a common share, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. Holder. See “Material Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” for a more comprehensive discussion.

45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus and any other written or oral statements made by us or on our behalf may include forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance, underlying assumptions, expected industry trends, including statements in the sections entitled “Industry Overview” and “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—General Trends and Outlook,” and other statements, which are other than statements of historical or present facts or conditions. The words “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “plan,” “potential,” “may,” “should,” “expect” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this document are based upon various assumptions, many of which are based, in turn, upon further assumptions, including, without limitation, management’s examination of historical operating trends, data contained in our records and other data available from third parties. Although we believe that these assumptions are reasonable, because these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies that are difficult or impossible to predict and are beyond our control, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or accomplish these expectations, beliefs or projections.

Actual results could differ materially from our forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including the following:

factors related to the offshore drilling market, including changes in oil and gas prices and the state of the global economy on market outlook for jack-up rigs;
supply and demand for drilling rigs and competitive pressure on utilization rates and dayrates;
future energy prices;
customer contracts, including total contract backlog, contract commencements, contract terminations, contract option exercises, contract revenues, contract awards and rig mobilization and demobilizations;
the repudiation, nullification, modification or renegotiation of drilling contracts;
delays in payments by, or disputes with, our customers or subcontractors under our drilling contracts;
the global number of contracted rigs and our ability to benefit from any increased activity;
fluctuations in the market value of our drilling rigs and the amount of debt we can incur under certain covenants in certain of our Financing Arrangements;
our liquidity and the adequacy of our cash flow for our operations and to satisfy our obligations;
our ability to successfully employ our drilling rigs;
our ability to procure or have access to financing and refinancing;
our expected debt levels;
our ability to comply with certain covenants in certain of our Financing Arrangements;
our ability to pay dividends in the future;
credit risks of our customers, partners and suppliers;
credit risks of counterparties who provide us with delivery financing;
political and other uncertainties, including political unrest, risks of terrorist acts, war and civil disturbances, public health threats, piracy, corruption, significant governmental influence over many aspects of local economies, or the seizure, nationalization or expropriation of property or equipment;
the concentration of our revenues in certain jurisdictions;
limitations on insurance coverage, such as war risk coverage, in certain areas;
any inability to repatriate income or capital;

46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the operation and maintenance of our drilling rigs, including complications associated with repairing and replacing equipment in remote locations and maintenance costs incurred while idle;
newbuildings, upgrades, shipyard and other capital projects, including the completion, delivery and commencement of operation dates;
the ability to take delivery of our newbuild jack-up rigs and deploy them without certain rework or upgrades;
the delivery financing arrangements in respect of the newbuild rigs we have agreed to purchase;
local content regulations;
wage and price controls and the imposition of trade barriers;
the recruitment and retention of qualified personnel;
regulatory or financial requirements to comply with foreign bureaucratic actions, including potential limitations on drilling activity, changing taxation policies, local content laws and regulations and other forms of government regulation and economic conditions that are beyond our control;
the level of expected capital expenditures, our expected financing of such capital expenditures, and the timing and cost of completion of capital projects;
fluctuations in interest rates or exchange rates and currency devaluations relating to foreign or U.S. monetary policy;
tax matters, changes in tax laws, treaties and regulations, tax assessments and liabilities for tax issues, including those associated the various jurisdictions of incorporation of our subsidiaries as well as our activities in Bermuda, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands and the United States and any jurisdiction which may become relevant for us in the future;
economic substance laws and regulations adopted or considered by various jurisdictions of incorporation of us and certain of our subsidiaries;
legal and regulatory matters, including the results and effects of legal proceedings, and the outcome and effects of internal and governmental investigations;
hazards inherent in the drilling industry and marine operations causing personal injury or loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage, claims by third parties or customers and the suspension of operations;
customs and environmental matters;
effects of accounting changes and adoption of accounting policies;
any material weakness in our internal controls;
the costs associated with being a public company, including compliance with the various U.S. securities laws;
loss of our status as a foreign private issuer or an emerging growth company;
our incorporation under the laws of Bermuda and the limited rights to relief that may be available compared to U.S. laws; and
other factors described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Any forward-looking statements that we make in this Prospectus speak only as of the date of such statements and we caution readers of this Prospectus not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of these factors. Further, we cannot assess the impact of each such factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to be materially different from those contained in any forward-looking statement.

47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of the Shares in this Offering will be approximately $       (or $       million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional Shares), assuming an initial public offering price of $       per Share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this Offering for general corporate purposes, which may include funding future mergers, acquisitions or investments in complementary businesses, products or technologies; maintaining liquidity; repayment of indebtedness; and funding our working capital needs. We have no current specific plans to use the net proceeds from this Offering to fund future mergers, acquisitions or investments, or repay indebtedness. For more information on our indebtedness, see the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Our Existing Indebtedness.” We will have broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds from this Offering. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business and customer base. Pending their use, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this Offering in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing instruments or hold them as cash.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per Share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this Offering by approximately $      , assuming the number of Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of Shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this Offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $      million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

Although we currently anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this Offering as described above, there may be circumstances where a reallocation of funds is necessary. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Prospectus. Accordingly, our management will have flexibility in applying the net proceeds from this Offering. An investor will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions on how to use the proceeds.

48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

Under our Bye-Laws, our Board may pay a fixed cash dividend or may declare cash dividends or distributions on such days as may be determined by our Board from time to time. Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (a) it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (b) the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities.

Since we are a holding company with no material assets other than the shares of our subsidiaries through which we conduct our operations, our ability to pay dividends will depend on our subsidiaries distributing their earnings and cash flow to us. Furthermore, the covenants in our New Bridge Facility agreement require the approval of our lenders prior to the distribution of any dividends and the covenants in our Syndicated Facility agreement subject dividends to certain conditions which if not met would require the approval of our lenders prior to the distribution of any dividend.

We have not paid dividends to our shareholders since incorporation. We aim to distribute a portion of our future earnings from operations, if any, to our shareholders from time to time as determined by our Board. Any dividends declared in the future will be at the sole discretion of our Board and will depend upon earnings, market prospects, current capital expenditure programs and investment opportunities.

Although we are incorporated in Bermuda, we are classified as a nonresident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Other than transferring Bermuda Dollars out of Bermuda, there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds into or out of Bermuda to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares or other non-resident holders of our common shares in currency other than Bermuda Dollars.

49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2019:

on an actual basis; and
on an as-adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the incurrence of debt under our Bridge RCF and DC RCF subsequent to March 31, 2019, (ii) the repayment of the outstanding balances due under our DNB RCF, Guarantee Facility, DC RCF and Bridge RCF and the finalization and subsequent drawdown of our Hayfin Facility, Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility, in each case occurring on June 28, 2019, and (iii) the sale of the Shares in this Offering and the application of the net proceeds from this Offering as set forth in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”
 
As of March 31, 2019
 
Actual
Adjustment
As Adjusted
 
(in $ millions)
Cash and c ash e quivalents
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
29.4
 
$
      
 
$
      
 
Restricted cash
 
29.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Marketable securities
 
26.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non- c urrent l iabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt (1)
 
1,388.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
 
15.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Onerous contracts
 
71.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock holders’ e quity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shares of par value $0.05 per share (2)
 
5.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
1,839.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Treasury shares
 
(26.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss
 
(12.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(334.1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-controlling interest
 
0.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total equity
 
1,471.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total c apitalization
$
2,860.1
 
$
 
 
$
 
 

(1) Reflects the principal amount of debt outstanding (including current portion but excluding back-end fees). All of our long-term debt is secured by, among other things, mortgages on 20 of our jack-up rigs and shares of certain of our subsidiaries.
(2) Common shares of par value $0.05 per share: authorized 125,000,000 shares, issued 106,528,065 shares and outstanding 105,068,351 shares as of March 31, 2019. The foregoing reflects our Reverse Share Split.

The above table is derived from and should be read together with the sections of this Prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements and the accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in our Shares, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent that the initial public offering price per Share exceeds the pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Shares immediately following the completion of this Offering. The information in this section reflects our Reverse Share Split.

Our historical net tangible book value as of March 31, 2019 was $1,423.3 million, or $13.55 per share. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth (equal to our tangible assets less total liabilities) by the total number of our outstanding common shares that will be outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this Offering.

After giving effect to our sale of        Shares in this Offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $       per Share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us), our as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2019 would have been $      , or $       per Share. This amount reflects an immediate increase in as-adjusted net tangible book value of $       per Share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in as-adjusted net tangible book value of $       per Share to new investors purchasing Shares in this Offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per-Share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share
 
       
 
$
       
 
Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2019
$
 
 
 
 
 
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this Offering
$
 
 
 
 
 
As-adjusted net tangible book value per share upon completion of this Offering
 
 
 
$
 
 
Dilution in adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this Offering (1)
 
 
 
$
 
 
(1) Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this Offering from the initial public offering price paid by a new investor.

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms determined at the time of pricing of this Offering. Our as-adjusted net tangible book value following the consummation of this Offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our shares and other terms of this Offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per Share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us) would increase (decrease) as-adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately following the completion of this Offering by $       per share and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $       per share, in each case after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the number of Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, remains the same.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional Shares, the as-adjusted net tangible book value immediately following the completion of this Offering would be $       per share and the dilution to new investors would be $       per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $       per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us).

51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2019, on an as-adjusted basis as described above, the difference between existing shareholders and new investors in this Offering with respect to the aggregate number of Shares purchased or otherwise held and with respect to the total consideration and the average price per share paid to us by our existing shareholders and to be paid to us by the new investors in this Offering.

 
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average
price per
Share
 
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing shareholders
 
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
New investors
 
      
 
 
 
%
$
      
 
 
 
%
$
      
 
Total
 
 
 
 
100.0
%
$
 
 
 
100.0
%
$
 
 

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional Shares, the number of common shares held by existing shareholders upon completion of this Offering would be reduced to       % of the total number of common shares outstanding upon completion of this Offering, and the number of common shares held by new investors would increase to        Shares, or       % of the total number of common shares outstanding upon completion of this Offering.

Upon conversion of our Convertible Bonds, holders of our Shares will experience an immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per Share when compared to the then-prevailing trading price of our Shares. To the extent that any options or other equity incentive grants are issued in the future, new investors may experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or securities convertible into equity, the issuance of sale securities could result in further dilution.

52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

Our selected consolidated statement of operations and other financial data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Our summary consolidated statement of operations and other financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2019 have been derived from our Interim Financial Statements, which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods.

The following table should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements and notes thereto, which are included herein. Our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements are maintained in U.S. dollars. We refer you to the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements for a discussion of the basis on which our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements are prepared, respectively.

We have effected a conversion of each of our Shares into 0.20 Shares, resulting in a reverse share split at a ratio of 5-for-1. Our post-Reverse Share Split Shares began to trade on the Oslo Børs on June 26, 2019. The table below reflects our Reverse Share Split. Unless otherwise indicated, all Share and per Share data in this Prospectus is adjusted to give effect to our Reverse Share Split and is approximate due to rounding.

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions, except per share data)
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
$
51.9
 
$
10.6
 
$
164.9
 
$
0.1
 
Gain from bargain purchase
 
 
 
38.1
 
 
38.1
 
 
 
Gain on disposals
 
 
 
 
 
18.8
 
 
 
Operating expenses
 
(109.9
)
 
(62.8
)
 
(353.2
)
 
(109.8
)
Operating loss
 
(58.0
)
 
(14.1
)
 
(1 31 . 4
)
 
(109.7
)
Total other income (expenses), net
 
1.8
 
 
(19.7
)
 
(57.0
)
 
21.7
 
Income tax expense
 
(0.2
)
 
 
 
(2.5
)
 
 
Net loss
 
( 56.4
)
 
( 33.8
)
 
(190.9
)
 
(88.0
)
Other comprehensive gain (loss)
 
(7.3
)
 
 
 
0.6
 
 
(6.2
)
Total comprehensive loss
$
(63.7
)
$
(33.8
)
$
(190.3
)
$
(94.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
(0.52
)
 
(0.35
)
 
(1.85
)
 
(1.70
)
Diluted
 
(0.52
)
 
(0.35
)
 
(1.85
)
 
(1.70
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shares outstanding
 
105,068,351
 
 
105,068,351
 
 
105,068,351
 
 
95,264
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
 
105,068,351
 
 
102,877,501
 
 
102,877,501
 
 
51,726,288
 

53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of March 31,
As of December 31,
 
2019
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions )
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
29.4
 
$
     27.9
 
$
  164.0
 
Restricted cash
 
29.4
 
 
63.4
 
 
39.1
 
Other current assets
 
150.7
 
 
117.3
 
 
22.4
 
Jack-up drilling rigs
 
2,416.1
 
 
2,278.1
 
 
783.3
 
Newbuildings
 
432.5
 
 
361.8
 
 
642.7
 
Marketable securities
 
 
 
31.0
 
 
20.7
 
Other long-term assets
 
40.3
 
 
34.2
 
 
 
Total assets
 
3,09 8.4
 
 
2,913.7
 
 
1,672.3
 
Trade accounts payables
 
14.7
 
 
9.6
 
 
9.6
 
Accruals and other current liabilities
 
109.6
 
 
106.5
 
 
11.5
 
Long-term debt (including current portion)
 
1,415.4
 
 
1,174.6
 
 
87.0
 
Onerous contracts
 
71.3
 
 
81.5
 
 
71.3
 
Other liabilities
 
15.6
 
 
8.0
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
1,626. 6
 
 
1,380.2
 
 
179.4
 
Total equity
$
1,47 1.8
 
$
1,533.5
 
$
1,492.9
 
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions)
CASH FLOW DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Operating Activities
$
(13.9
)
$
(45.4
)
$
(135.2
)
$
(184.8
)
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Investing Activities
 
(172.1
)
 
(198.8
)
 
(560.1
)
 
(1,256.5
)
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Financing Activities
 
153.5
 
 
147.6
 
 
583.5
 
 
1,506.3
 
 
As of and for the Three
Months Ended March 31,
As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017
OTHER FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA (1) (in $ millions)
$
(15.3
)
$
(40.0
)
$
(65.8
)
$
(61.8
)
Total Contract Backlog (2) (in $ millions)
 
450.9
 
 
 
 
372.0
 
 
28.5
 
Technical Utilization (3) (in %)
 
98.8
%
 
91.9
%
 
99.0
%
 
 
Economic Utilization (4) (in %)
 
95.7
%
 
86.1
%
 
96.9
%
 
 
TRIF (5) (number of incidents)
 
1.21
 
 
1.63
 
 
1.55
 
 
 
(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and as used herein represents net loss adjusted for: depreciation and impairment of non-current assets, amortization of contract backlog, interest income, interest capitalized to newbuildings, foreign exchange loss, net, other financial expenses, interest expense, gross, change in unrealized (loss)/gain on Call Spread Transactions (as defined below), (loss)/gain on forward contracts, gain from bargain purchase and income tax expense. We present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe that it and other similar measures are widely used by certain investors, securities analysts and other interested parties as supplemental measures of performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides meaningful information about the performance of our business and therefore we use it to supplement our U.S. GAAP reporting. Moreover, our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in presentations to our Board to provide a consistent basis to measure operating performance of our business, as a measure for planning and forecasting overall expectations, for evaluation of actual results against such expectations and in communications with our shareholders, lenders, bondholders, rating agencies and others concerning our financial performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA improves the comparability of year-to-year results and is representative of our underlying performance, although Adjusted EBITDA has significant limitations, including not reflecting our cash requirements for capital or deferred costs, rig reactivation costs, newbuild rig activation costs contractual commitments, taxes, working capital or debt service. Non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other

54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

companies and have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results as reported under U.S. GAAP. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions)
Net loss
$
( 56.4
)
$
( 33.8
)
$
(190.9
)
$
(88.0
)
Depreciation and impairment of non-current assets
 
23.9
 
 
12.2
 
 
79.5
 
 
47.9
 
Amortization of contract backlog*
 
7.4
 
 
 
 
24.2
 
 
 
Interest income
 
(0.3
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(1.2
)
 
(3.2
)
Interest capitalized to newbuildings
 
(5.8
)
 
(2.7
)
 
(23.4
)
 
 
Foreign exchange loss, net
 
(0.2
)
 
0.2
 
 
1.1
 
 
0.3
 
Other financial expenses
 
0.8
 
 
 
 
3.5
 
 
 
Interest expense, gross
 
18.8
 
 
2.7
 
 
37.1
 
 
0.5
 
Change in unrealized (loss)/gain on Call Spread Transactions
 
(3.6
)
 
 
 
25.7
 
 
 
(Loss)/gain on forward contracts
 
(11.5
)
 
20.0
 
 
14.2
 
 
(19.3
)
Gain from bargain purchase
 
 
 
(38.1
)
 
(38.1
)
 
 
Income tax expense
 
0.2
 
 
 
 
2.5
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
$
(15.3
)
$
( 40.0
)
$
(65.8
)
$
(61.8
)
* Amortization of the fair market value of existing contracts at the time of the initial acquisition.

See the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Evaluate Our Business—Financial Measures—Adjusted EBITDA.”

(2) Our Total Contract Backlog includes only firm commitments for contract drilling services represented by definitive agreements. Total Contract Backlog (in $ millions) is calculated as the maximum contract drilling dayrate revenue that can be earned from a drilling contract based on the contracted operating dayrate. Total Contract Backlog excludes revenue resulting from mobilization and demobilization fees, contract preparation, capital or upgrade reimbursement, recharges, bonuses and other revenue sources and is not adjusted for planned out-of-service periods during the contract period. The contract period excludes additional periods that may result from the future exercise of extension options under our contracts, and such extension periods are included only when such options are exercised. The contract operating dayrate may temporarily change due to, among other factors, mobilization, weather or repairs. As used in this Prospectus, Total Contract Backlog (in $ millions) is not the same measure as the acquired contract backlog presented in our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements. Please see Notes 2 and 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes 3 and 11 to our Interim Financial Statements for further information. See the section entitled “Business—Customers and Contract Backlog.”
(3) Technical Utilization is the efficiency with which we perform well operations without stoppage due to mechanical, procedural or other operational events that result in down, or zero, revenue time. Technical Utilization is calculated as the technical utilization of each rig in operation for the period, divided by the number of rigs in operation for the period, with the technical utilization for each rig calculated as the total number of hours during which such rig generated dayrate revenue, divided by the maximum number of hours during which such rig could have generated dayrate revenue, expressed as a percentage measured for the period. We have not provided Technical Utilization data for the year ended December 31, 2017 because only one of our jack-up rigs was in operation for approximately one day at the end of December 2017. See “Business—History and Development—Acquisition from Transocean” for more information. Technical Utilization is calculated only with respect to rigs in operation for the relevant period and is not calculated on a fleet-wide basis. Technical Utilization is a measure of efficiency of rigs in operation and is not a measurement of utilization of our fleet overall.
(4) Economic Utilization is the dayrate revenue efficiency of our operational rigs and reflects the proportion of the potential full contractual dayrate that each jack-up rig actually earns each day. Economic Utilization is affected by reduced rates for standby time, repair time or other planned out-of-service periods. Economic Utilization is calculated as the economic utilization of each rig in operation for the period, divided by the number of rigs in operation for the period, with the economic utilization of each rig calculated as the total revenue, excluding bonuses, as a proportion of the full operating dayrate multiplied by the number of days on contract in the period. We have not provided Economic Utilization data for the year ended December 31, 2017 because only one of our jack-up rigs was in operation for approximately one day at the end of December 2017. See “Business—History and Development—Acquisition from Transocean” for more information. Economic Utilization is calculated only with respect to rigs in operation for the relevant period and is not calculated on a fleet-wide basis. Economic Utilization is a measure of efficiency of rigs in operation and is not a measurement of utilization of our fleet overall.
(5) Total recordable incident frequency (“TRIF”) is a measure of the rate of recordable workplace injuries. TRIF, as defined by the International Association of Drilling Contractors, is derived by multiplying the number of recordable injuries in a calendar year by 1,000,000 and dividing this value by the total hours worked in that year by the total number of employees. An incident is considered “recordable” if it results in medical treatment over certain defined thresholds (such as receipt of prescription medication or stitches to close a wound) as well as incidents requiring the injured person to spend time away from work. We have not provided TRIF data for the year ended December 31, 2017 because only one of our jack-up rigs was in operation for approximately one day at the end of December 2017. See “Business—History and Development—Acquisition from Transocean” for more information.

55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

On March 29, 2018, we concluded the acquisition of 99.41% of the shares of Paragon Offshore Limited for a total consideration of approximately $240 million, subsequently acquiring all remaining shares in July 2018 for $1.3 million. Paragon was incorporated on July 18, 2017, as part of the financial restructuring of its predecessor, Paragon Offshore plc, who commenced proceedings under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on February 14, 2016.

The following unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018, and related notes (the “Pro Forma Financial Information”) has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Paragon Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2018. The Pro Forma Financial Information has been derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of Borr Drilling Limited and the historical consolidated financial statements of Paragon Offshore Limited included herein, each of which were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Pro Forma Financial Information gives effect to the acquisition of Paragon and the issuance of 10,869,565 Shares necessary to finance the acquisition, as if both occurred on January 1, 2018. Unless otherwise indicated, all Share and per Share data in this Prospectus is adjusted to give effect to our Reverse Share Split and is approximate due to rounding.

The Pro Forma Financial Information has been prepared to aid you in your analysis of our financial prospects. You should not rely on the Pro Forma Financial Information as being indicative of the historical results that would have been achieved had the Paragon Transaction been completed on January 1, 2018, or what may be realized in the future.

The following table should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements of Borr Drilling Limited and Paragon Offshore Limited and notes thereto, which are included herein.

56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2018
For the
period from
January 1,
2018 to
March 28,
2018
 
 
 
Borr Drilling
Ltd Historical
Paragon
Historical
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Combined
(in $ millions except share and per share data)
 
 
 
 
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
$
164.9
 
$
26.6
 
$
 
$
19 1 . 5
 
Reimbursable revenues
 
 
 
0.6
 
 
 
 
0.6
 
Gain on disposals
 
18.8
 
 
7.9
 
 
 
 
26.7
 
Gain from bargain purchase (1( c ))
 
38.1
 
 
 
 
(38.1
)
 
 
Remeasurement gain from equity affiliate
 
 
 
8.6
 
 
 
 
8.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rig operating and maintenance expenses.
 
(180.1
)
 
(29.2
)
 
 
 
(209.3
)
Depreciation (1(a))
 
(79.5
)
 
(10.7
)
 
2.9
 
 
(87.3
)
Impairment of non-current assets (1(d))
 
 
 
(187.6
)
 
187.6
 
 
 
Amortization of contract backlog (1(b))
 
(24.2
)
 
 
 
(7.2
)
 
(31.4
)
General and administrative expenses (1(e), (f))
 
(38.7
)
 
(34.5
)
 
19.0
 
 
(54.2
)
Restructuring costs
 
(30.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
(30.7
)
Legal settlement
 
 
 
15.4
 
 
 
 
15.4
 
Operating expenses
 
(353.2
)
 
(246.6
)
 
202.3
 
 
(397.5
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Loss
 
(131.4
)
 
(202.9
)
 
164.2
 
 
(170.1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
1.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.2
 
Interest expenses, net of amounts capitalized
 
(13.7
)
 
(1.9
)
 
 
 
(15.6
)
Other, net.
 
(44.5
)
 
0.4
 
 
 
 
(44.1
)
Earnings from equity affiliate
 
 
 
(46.5
)
 
 
 
(46.5
)
Total Financial Items
 
(57.0
)
 
(48.0
)
 
 
 
(105.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
 
(188.4
)
 
(250.9
)
 
164.2
 
 
(275.1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense
 
(2.5
)
 
(2.7
)
 
 
 
(5.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
(190.9
)
 
(253.6
)
 
164.2
 
 
(2 80.3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
(1.85
)
 
 
 
 
 
(2.65
)
Diluted
 
(1.85
)
 
 
 
 
 
(2.65
)
Weighted average number of outstanding shares (1(g))
 
102,877,501
 
 
 
 
3,041,088
 
 
105,918,589
 

(1) Pro Forma Adjustments : The following adjustments have been reflected in the Pro Forma Financial Information:
(a) Reflects the estimated depreciation relating to the depreciation related to the acquired fleet of rigs. There was no change in depreciation policy. Furthermore the value of the Paragon fleet was reduced in total by $182 million, from $427.6 million to $246.0 million, based on management’s estimate of fair value, thereby reducing depreciation by $2.9 million.
(b) Reflects the amortization of the fair value of acquired contract backlog. As part of the purchase price allocation exercise, our management determined that the firm contractual backlog on rigs in operation at the time of acquisition met the definition of an intangible asset. The amount was capitalized and is amortized to the income statement over the period of the firm contract. The adjustment of $7.2 million reflects the additional amortization of the contract backlog.

57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(c) Reflects the adjustment of the bargain purchase gain of $38.1 million. For the purposes of preparing the Pro Forma Information, the bargain gain is considered to be a non-recurring transaction and therefore not appropriate to be reflected in these pro forma combined statement of operations.
(d) Reflects the adjustment of the impairment charge recognized in the Paragon historical column. Paragon recognized an impairment charge of $187.6 million in the period ended March 28, 2018. For the purposes of preparing the Pro Forma Information, this impairment is considered to be a non-recurring transaction and therefore not appropriate to be reflected in these pro forma combined statement of operations.
(e) Reflects the adjustment of the severance payment of $18 million recognized within general and administrative expenses in the Paragon historical column. This payment was triggered by the tender offer for the Paragon shares and for the purposes of preparing the Pro Forma Information is considered to be a non-recurring transaction directly attributable to the transaction.
(f) Reflects the transaction costs of $1 million Borr incurred associated with the acquisition. These costs include legal expenses, consultancy fees and certain internal costs directly associated with the transaction. For the purposes of preparing the Pro Forma Information these are considered to be non-recurring transaction and therefore not appropriate to be reflected in these pro forma combined statement of operations.
(g) Reflects the weighted average number of outstanding Shares for Borr Drilling for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the pro forma weighted average number of outstanding Shares for Borr Drilling for the year ended December 31, 2018, adjusted for the issuance of 10,869,565 Shares in the March 2018 Private Placement (as defined below) as if such issuance occurred on January 1, 2018, respectively.

The tax effect of adjustments (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) have had our statutory tax rate of 0% applied to them. We are an exempted company for tax purposes in Bermuda.

58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The discussion and analysis below contains certain forward-looking statements about our business and operations that are subject to the risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 13 , and elsewhere in this Prospectus. These risks, uncertainties and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements. See the section entitled “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

OVERVIEW

We are an offshore shallow-water drilling contractor providing worldwide offshore drilling services to the oil and gas industry. Our primary business is the ownership, contracting and operation of jack-up rigs for operations in shallow-water areas (i.e., in water depths up to approximately 400 feet), including the provision of related equipment and work crews to conduct oil and gas drilling and workover operations for exploration and production customers. We own 27 rigs, including 26 jack-up rigs and one semi-submersible rig, with an additional eight jack-up rigs scheduled to be delivered by the end of 2020. Upon delivery of these newbuild jack-up rigs, we will have a fleet of 30 premium jack-up rigs, which refers to rigs delivered from the yard in 2001 or later.

We aim to become a preferred operator of jack-up rigs within the jack-up drilling market. The shallow-water market is our operational focus as we expect demand will recover sooner than in the mid- and deepwater segments of the contract drilling market. We contract our jack-up rigs and offshore employees primarily on a dayrate basis to drill wells for our customers, including integrated oil companies, state-owned national oil companies and independent oil and gas companies. During 2018, our top five customers by revenue were subsidiaries of NDC, TAQA, BW Energy, Spirit Energy and Total. During the first quarter of 2019, our top five customers by revenue were subsidiaries of NDC, TAQA, Perenco, Total and Tulip. A dayrate drilling contract generally extends over a period of time covering either the drilling of a single well or group of wells or covering a stated term. Our Total Contract Backlog was $450.9 million as of March 31, 2019 and $372.0 million as of December 31, 2018. We currently operate in significant oil-producing geographies throughout the world, including the North Sea, the Middle East, Mexico, West Africa and Southeast Asia. We intend to operate our business with a competitive cost base, driven by a strong and experienced organizational culture and a carefully managed capital structure.

From our initial acquisition of rigs in early 2017, we have expanded rapidly into one of the world’s largest international offshore jack-up drilling contractors by number of jack-up rigs. The following chart illustrates the development in our fleet since our inception:

 
As of and for the
Six Months
Ended June 30 ,
As of and for the Year
Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
2017
Total Fleet as of January 1
 
27
 
 
13
 
 
0
 
Jack-up Rigs Acquired (1)
 
 
 
23
 
 
12
 
Newbuild Jack-up Rigs Delivered from Shipyards
 
2
 
 
9
 
 
1
 
Jack-up Rigs Disposed of
 
2
 
 
18
 
 
0
 
Total Fleet as of the end of Period
 
27
 
 
27
 
 
13
 
Newbuild Jack-up Rigs not yet Delivered as of the end of Period
 
8
 
 
9
 
 
13
 
Jack-up Rigs Committed to be Sold as of the end of Period
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
Total Fleet, including Newbuild Rigs not yet D elivered, as of the end of Period
 
35
 
 
36
 
 
26
 
(1) Includes acquisition of one semi-submersible rig in 2018.

59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOW WE EVALUATE OUR BUSINESS

We manage our operations through a single global segment. We evaluate our business based on a number of operational and financial measures that we believe are useful in assessing our historical and future performance throughout the commodity-price cycles that have characterized the offshore drilling industry since our inception. These operational and financial measures include:

Operational Measures

Total Contract Backlog

Our Total Contract Backlog includes only firm commitments for contract drilling services represented by definitive agreements.

Total Contract Backlog (in $ millions) is calculated as the maximum contract drilling dayrate revenue that can be earned from a drilling contract based on the contracted operating dayrate. Total Contract Backlog excludes revenue resulting from mobilization and demobilization fees, contract preparation, capital or upgrade reimbursement, recharges, bonuses and other revenue sources and is not adjusted for planned out-of-service periods during the contract period.

Total Contract Backlog (in contracted rig years) is calculated as our total number of contracted rig years based on firm commitments, which illustrates the time it would take one jack-up rig to perform the obligations under all agreements for all rigs consecutively.

The contract period excludes additional periods that may result from the future exercise of extension options under our contracts, and such extension periods are included only when such options are exercised. The contract operating dayrate may temporarily change due to, among other factors, mobilization, weather or repairs. As used in this Prospectus, Total Contract Backlog (in $ millions) is not the same measure as the acquired contract backlog presented in our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements. Please see Notes 2 and 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes 3 and 11 to our Interim Financial Statements and the section entitled “Business—Customers and Contract Backlog.”

Our Total Contract Backlog, expressed in U.S. dollars and in number of years, as of March 31, 2019 and 2018 and December 31, 2018 and 2017, was as follows:

 
As of March 31 ,
As of December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017
Total Contract Backlog (in $ millions) (1)
$
450.9
 
$
206.7
 
$
372.0
 
$
28.5
 
Total Contract Backlog (in contracted rig years) (1)
 
15.6
 
 
8.5
 
 
14.2
 
 
1.5
 
(1) The table assumes no exercise of extension options or renegotiations under our current contracts.

Technical Utilization

Technical Utilization is the efficiency with which we perform well operations without stoppage due to mechanical, procedural or other operational events that result in down, or zero, revenue time. Technical Utilization is calculated as the technical utilization of each rig in operation for the period, divided by the number of rigs in operation for the period, with the technical utilization for each rig calculated as the total number of hours during which such rig generated dayrate revenue, divided by the maximum number of hours during which such rig could have generated dayrate revenue, expressed as a percentage measured for the period. Technical Utilization is calculated only with respect to rigs in operation for the relevant period and is not calculated on a fleet-wide basis. Technical Utilization is a measure of efficiency of rigs in operation and is not a measurement of utilization of our fleet overall.

Economic Utilization

Economic Utilization is the dayrate revenue efficiency of our operational rigs and reflects the proportion of the potential full contractual dayrate that each jack-up rig actually earns each day. Economic Utilization is affected by reduced rates for standby time, repair time or other planned out-of-service periods. Economic Utilization is calculated as the economic utilization of each rig in operation for the period, divided by the

60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

number of rigs in operation for the period, with the economic utilization of each rig calculated as the total revenue, excluding bonuses, as a proportion of the full operating dayrate multiplied by the number of days on contract in the period. Economic Utilization is calculated only with respect to rigs in operation for the relevant period and is not calculated on a fleet-wide basis. Economic Utilization is a measure of efficiency of rigs in operation and is not a measurement of utilization of our fleet overall.

Total Recordable-Incident Frequency

TRIF is a measure of the rate of recordable workplace injuries. TRIF, as defined by the International Association of Drilling Contractors, is derived by multiplying the number of recordable injuries in a calendar year by 1,000,000 and dividing this value by the total hours worked in that year by the total number of employees. An incident is considered “recordable” if it results in medical treatment over certain defined thresholds (such as receipt of prescription medication or stitches to close a wound) as well as incidents requiring the injured person to spend time away from work.

Our Technical Utilization, Economic Utilization, TRIF and Average Number of Operating Rigs for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 and years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were:

 
For the Three Months
Ended March 31
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017 (1)
Technical Utilization (in %)
 
98.8
%
 
91.9
%
 
99.0
%
 
 
Economic Utilization (in %)
 
95.7
%
 
86.1
%
 
96.9
%
 
 
TRIF (number of incidents)
 
1.21
 
 
1.63
 
 
1.55
 
 
 
Average Number of Operating Rigs (2)
 
9.1
 
 
1.9
 
 
7.0
 
 
 
(1) We have provided no data for Technical Utilization, Economic Utilization, TRIF or Average Number of Operating Rigs for the year ended December 31, 2017, because only one of our jack-up rigs was in operation for approximately one day at the end of December 2017, with the exception of those jack-up rigs under contract upon closing of the Transocean Transaction for which Transocean, as the seller, retained the associated revenue, expenses and cash flows. See “Business—History and Development—Acquisition from Transocean” for more information.
(2) Average Number of Operating Rigs describes the number of jack-up rigs operating, which may be compared to our total available jack-up fleet. We define operating rigs as all of our jack-up rigs that are currently operating on firm commitments for contract drilling services, represented by definitive agreements. This excludes our jack-up rigs which are stacked, undergoing reactivation products and newbuild rigs under construction. The Average Number of Operating Rigs is the aggregate number of expected revenue days to be realized during the period from firm commitments for contract drilling services, divided by the number of days in the applicable period.

Financial Measures

Operating Revenues

Operating revenues includes the gross revenue generated from jack-up rigs operated by us under our drilling contracts, including amortization of mobilization revenue received from customers.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and as used herein represents net loss adjusted for: depreciation and impairment of non-current assets, amortization of contract backlog, interest income, interest capitalized to newbuildings, foreign exchange loss, net, other financial expenses, interest expense, gross, change in unrealized (loss)/gain on Call Spread Transactions, (loss)/gain on forward contracts, gain from bargain purchase and income tax expense. We present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe that it and other similar measures are widely used by certain investors, securities analysts and other interested parties as supplemental measures of performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides meaningful information about the performance of our business and therefore we use it to supplement our U.S. GAAP reporting. Moreover, our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in presentations to our Board to provide a consistent basis to measure operating performance of our business, as a measure for planning and forecasting overall expectations, for evaluation of actual results against such expectations and in communications with our shareholders, lenders, bondholders, rating agencies and others concerning our financial performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA improves the comparability of year-to-year results

61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and is representative of our underlying performance, although Adjusted EBITDA has significant limitations, including not reflecting our cash requirements for capital or deferred costs, rig reactivation costs, newbuild rig activation costs contractual commitments, taxes, working capital or debt service. Non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies and have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results as reported under U.S. GAAP.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions)
Net loss
$
( 56.4
)
$
( 33.8
)
$
(190.9
)
$
(88.0
)
Depreciation and impairment of non-current assets
 
23.9
 
 
12.2
 
 
79.5
 
 
47.9
 
Amortization of contract backlog (1)
 
7.4
 
 
 
 
24.2
 
 
 
Interest income
 
(0.3
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(1.2
)
 
(3.2
)
Interest capitalized to newbuildings
 
(5.8
)
 
(2.7
)
 
(23.4
)
 
 
Foreign exchange loss, net
 
(0.2
)
 
0.2
 
 
1.1
 
 
0.3
 
Other financial expenses
 
0.8
 
 
 
 
3.5
 
 
 
Interest expense, gross
 
18.8
 
 
2.7
 
 
37.1
 
 
0.5
 
Change in unrealized (loss)/gain on Call Spread Transactions
 
(3.6
)
 
 
 
25.7
 
 
 
(Loss)/gain on forward contracts
 
(11.5
)
 
20.0
 
 
14.2
 
 
(19.3
)
Gain from bargain purchase
 
 
 
(38.1
)
 
(38.1
)
 
 
Income tax expense
 
0.2
 
 
 
 
2.5
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
$
(15.3
)
$
( 40.0
)
$
(65.8
)
$
(61.8
)
(1) Amortization of the fair market value of existing contracts at the time of the initial acquisition.

KEY COMPONENTS OF OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Operating revenues

We earn revenues primarily by performing the following activities: (i) providing our jack-up rigs, work crews, related equipment and services necessary to operate our jack-up rigs; (ii) delivering our jack-up rigs by mobilizing to and demobilizing from the drill location; and (iii) performing certain pre-operating activities, including rig preparation activities or equipment modifications required for our contracts.

We recognize revenues earned under our drilling contracts based on variable dayrates, which range from a full operating dayrate to lower rates or zero rates for periods when drilling operations are interrupted or restricted, based on the specific activities we perform during the contract. Such dayrate consideration is attributed to the distinct time period to which it relates within the contract term, and therefore, is recognized as we perform the services. We recognize reimbursement revenues and the corresponding costs as we provide the customer-requested goods and services, when such reimbursable costs are incurred while performing drilling operations. Prior to performing drilling operations, we may receive pre-operating revenues, on either a fixed lump sum or variable dayrate basis, for mobilization, contract preparation, customer-requested goods and services or capital upgrades, which we recognize on a straight-line basis over the estimated firm contract period. We recognize losses related to contracts as such losses are incurred.

62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gains on disposals

From time to time we may sell, or otherwise dispose of, our jack-up rigs and/or other fixed assets to external parties or related parties. In addition, assets, including certain jack-up rigs, may be classified as “held for sale” on our balance sheet when, among other things, we are committed to a plan to sell such assets and consider a sale probable within twelve months. We may recognize a gain or loss on any such disposal depending on whether the fair value of the consideration received is higher or lower than the carrying value of the asset.

Operating expenses

Our operating primarily expenses include jack-up rig operating and maintenance expenses, depreciation and impairment, amortization of contract backlog, general and administrative expenses and restructuring costs.

Rig operating and maintenance expenses are the costs associated with owning a jack-up rig that may from time to time be either in operation or stacked, including:

Rig personnel expenses: compensation, transportation, training, as well as catering costs while the crews are on the jack-up rig. Such expenses vary from country to country and reflect the combination of expatriates and nationals, local market rates, unionized trade arrangements, local law requirements regarding social security, payroll charges and end of service benefit payments.
Rig maintenance expenses: expenses related to maintaining our jack-up rigs in operation, including the associated freight and customs duties, which are not capitalized nor deferred. Such expenses do not directly extend the rig life or increase the functionality of the rig.
Other rig-related expenses: all remaining operating expenses such as supplies, insurance costs, professional services, equipment rental and other miscellaneous costs.

Depreciation costs are based on the historical cost of our jack-up rigs. Rigs are recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Jack-up rigs acquired as part of asset acquisitions are stated at fair market value as of the date of the acquisition. The cost of these assets, less estimated residual value, is depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining economic useful lives. The estimated economic useful life of our jack-up rigs, when new, is 30 years. Costs related to periodic surveys and other major maintenance projects are capitalized as part of drilling units and amortized over the anticipated period covered by the survey or maintenance project, which is up to five years. These costs are primarily shipyard costs and the costs related to employees directly involved in the work. Amortization costs for periodic surveys and other major maintenance projects are included in depreciation and amortization expense.

Amortization of contract backlog is the amortization expense for acquired drilling contracts with above market rates. Where we acquire an in-progress drilling contract at above market rates through a business combination, we record an intangible asset equal to its fair value on the date of acquisition. The asset is then amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated remaining contract term.

Our general and administrative expenses primarily include all office personnel costs and other miscellaneous expenses incurred by the operational headquarters of Borr Drilling Management Dubai in Dubai, as well as share-based compensation expenses, fixed annual fees payable to certain Related Parties under a management agreement for providing business, organizational, strategic, financial and other advisory services and doubtful debt provisions or releases.

63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our restructuring costs related to the Paragon Transaction are as further described below.

FACTORS AFFECTING OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our results of operations have a number of key components and are primarily affected by the number of jack-up rigs under contract, the contractual dayrates we earn and the associated operating expenses. Our future results may not be comparable to our historical results of operations for the periods presented. In addition, when evaluating our historical results of operations and assessing our prospects in the periods under review, you should consider the following factors:

Acquisitions and Dispositions

Since our inception in 2016, we have acquired more than 50 jack-up rigs through both the purchase of existing jack-up rigs, companies owning jack-up rigs and contracts for newbuild jack-up rigs. This increase in jack-up rigs and related expansion of operations resulting from an increased number of jack-up rigs under contract has had a significant impact on our results of operations and our balance sheet during the periods presented in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

For more information on our acquisitions and dispositions, please see the section entitled “Business—History and Development.”

Acquisitions and Dispositions : The table below sets forth information relating to our acquisitions and dispositions since our formation:
Transaction
(Closing
Date)
Approximate
Transaction
Value
( in $ millions)
Purchase Price
Allocation
( in $ millions )
Rigs Purchased
Rig Status at
Acquisition
Rig Status as of
June 30 ,
201 9 (1)
Hercules Acquisition (January 23, 2017)
$130
(Asset
Acquisition)
N/A
•   2 premium
     jack-up rigs
•   Warm
     Stacked: 2
•   Under New
     Contract: 2
Transocean Transaction (May 31, 2017)
$1,240.5 (2)
(Business
Combination)
•   Jack-up Rigs: $547.7
•   Onerous Contract:
     $(223.7)
•   Current Assets: $0.5
     Total: $324.5 (3)
•   Future Newbuild
     Contracts: $916.0
     Total: $1,240.5
•   6 premium
     jack-up rigs
•   4 standard
     jack-up rigs
•   5 contracts for
     newbuild
     jack-up rigs
•   Warm
     Stacked: 7
•   Under Legacy
     Contract: 3
•   Under
     Construction: 5
•   Warm
     Stacked: 3
•   Cold
     Stacked: 3
•   Under New
     Contract: 3
•   Disposed of: 3
•   Under
     Construction: 3
PPL Acquisition (October 6, 2017)
$1,300
(Asset
Acquisition)
•   N/A
•   9 contracts for
     newbuild
     jack-up rigs
•   Under
     Construction: 9
•   Warm
     Stacked: 4
•   Under New
     Contract: 5
Paragon Transaction (March 29, 2018)
$241.3
(Business
Combination)
•   Jack-up Rigs: $261.0
•   Other Net Assets:
     $18.4
•   Bargain Gain: $(38.1)
•   Total: $241.3
•   2 premium
     jack-up rigs
•   20 standard
     jack-up rigs
•   1 semi-
     submersible
•   Warm
     Stacked:16
•   Under Legacy
     Contract: 7
•   Under Legacy
     Contract: 4
•   Under New
     Contract: 2
•   Disposed of: 17
Keppel Acquisition (May 16, 2018)
$742.5
(Asset
Acquisition)
N/A
•   5 contracts for
     newbuild
     jack-up rigs
•   Under
     Construction: 5
•   Under
     Construction: 5
Keppel Hull
B378
Acquisition
(March 29, 2019)
$122.1
(Asset
Acquisition)
N/A
•   1 contract for
     a newbuild
     jack-up rig
•   Under
     Construction: 1
•   Warm
     Stacked: 1
(1) Jack-up rigs “Under New Contract” include those rigs which are being mobilized to, or are otherwise awaiting the commencement of, drilling operations under the relevant contract.
(2) Value is approximate.
(3) This is the amount reflected in the balance sheet as a result of purchase accounting.

64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recent and Future Acquisitions and Dispositions : We expect to take delivery of the remaining eight newbuild jack-up rigs not yet delivered no later than the end of 2020. We have explored and may continue to explore further acquisition opportunities and we have made and may consider in the future dispositions of jack-up rigs. Acquisitions or dispositions of, our jack-up rigs are likely to impact our revenue as well as our operating and maintenance expenses. For example, in 2018 we recognized gain on disposals of $18.8 million in connection with the disposition of 18 jack-up rigs, 16 of which were acquired during the Paragon Transaction. In May 2019, we entered into sale agreements for the sale of the “Eir,” “Baug” and “Paragon C20051,” none of which were operating or on contract, for consideration of $3.0 million each for a total consideration of $9.0 million. The jack-up rigs have been sold with a contractual obligation not to be used for drilling purposes and so retired from the international jack-up fleet. The sales of “Baug” and “Paragon C20051” were completed in May 2019 and the sale of “Eir” is expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2020, subject to certain conditions. These divestments bring the total number of jack-up rigs divested by us and retired from the international jack-up fleet to 20 since the beginning of 2018.
Restructuring Costs : Following the Paragon Transaction in March 2018, we undertook a rigorous review of the acquired business and have undertaken steps to reduce headcount, office locations and administrative costs. In 2018, we recognized $30.7 million of restructuring costs in connection with such cost reduction measures, which also impacted on our operating and general and administrative costs. We continue to implement our restructuring and integration of the acquired business during 2019, which may affect our operating and general and administrative costs as well as restructuring costs during this year and future years.
Purchase Price Allocations : In connection with any past or future acquisition accounted for as a business combination, including the Transocean Transaction and the Paragon Transaction, we use a purchase price allocation so that the value of the assets acquired reflects the estimates, assumptions and judgments of our management relative to the carrying values, remaining useful lives and residual values. The estimates, assumptions and judgements involved in accounting for acquisitions, including the recognition of goodwill, may result in the impairment of certain assets in the future and have the effect of creating assets and liabilities which directly affect our financial statements and may indirectly affect our results of operations.

Other Factors Affecting our Financial Statements

In addition to the factors identified above, you should consider the following facts when evaluating our financial statements and assessing our prospects:

Revenues : Our revenues are primarily affected by the number of jack-up rigs under contract from time to time and the dayrates we are able to charge our customers, which vary from time to time. To a significant extent, the dayrates we charge our customers depend on the market cycle of the jack-up drilling market at a given point in time. Historically, when oil prices decrease, capital spending and drilling activity decline, which leads to an oversupply of drilling rigs and reduced dayrates. Conversely, higher oil prices, increased capital spending and drilling activity and limited supply of drilling rigs have historically led to higher dayrates. In addition, the number of jack-up rigs under contract from time to time is affected by, among other factors, our relationships with new and existing customers and suppliers, which have grown substantially since our inception in 2016. Going forward, our ability to leverage those relationships into new contracts and advantageous rates will be critical to our success and prospects for growth. Our revenues may also be affected by other situations, including when our jack-up rigs cease operations due to technical failures and other situations where we do not collect revenue from our customers. Our ability to keep our jack-up rigs operational when under contract is monitored by our Board and management as Technical Utilization. As we transition our focus from the acquisition of jack-up rigs to the operation of our jack-up rigs, our results of operations will be more affected by Technical Utilization than was historically the case during our acquisition phase.
Nature of Our Operating and General and Administrative Expenses : During 2017, the majority of our operating expenses consisted of stacking costs related to our jack-up rigs that were not in operation. Between April 1, 2018 and June 30, 2019, we signed 15 new contracts to provide drilling

65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

services. To the extent that the offshore drilling market recovers, we expect the nature of our operating expenses will shift to include primarily expenses related to the ongoing operation of our jack-up rigs. In such case, our operating expenses will depend on various factors, including expenses related to operating our jack-up rigs, maintenance projects, downtime, weather and other operating factors. In addition, upon completion of this Offering, we expect to incur direct, incremental general and administrative expenses as a result of our being a publicly traded company in the United States, including costs associated with hiring personnel for positions created as a result of our U.S. public company status, publishing annual and interim reports to shareholders consistent with SEC and NYSE requirements, expenses relating to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, listing standards of the NYSE and the costs of independent director compensation. These incremental general and administrative expenses related to being a publicly traded company in the United States are not included in our historical consolidated results of operations.

Financing Arrangements and Investments in Securities : The financial income and expenses reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements may not be indicative of our future financial income and expenses and may, along with other line items related to our Financing Arrangements and historicial financing arrangements detailed in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Our Existing Indebtedness,” change as the number of our jack-up rigs under contract increases. As we take delivery of the newbuild rigs we have agreed to purchase, we finance a portion of the purchase price and thus our finance expense will increase. The financing arrangements we have had in place historically may not be representative of the agreements that will be in place in the future or that we had in place during our first two years of operations. For example, we may amend our existing Financing Arrangements or enter into new financing arrangements after the closing of this Offering and such new agreements may not be on the same terms as our current Financing Arrangements. In addition, from time to time, we make and hold investments in other companies in our industry that own/operate offshore drilling rigs with similar characteristics to our fleet of jack-up rigs, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in certain of our Financing Arrangements which restrict such investments. We also purchase and hold debt or other securities issued by other companies in the offshore drilling industry from time to time. The impact of these financial investments will impact our results of operations.
Interest Rates and Derivative Values : A significant portion of our debt bears floating interest rates. For example, the interest rates under certain of our Financing Arrangements are determined with reference to LIBOR plus a specified margin. As such, movements in interest rates, and LIBOR specifically, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. In addition, in connection with the issuance of our Convertible Bonds we entered into the Call Spread Transactions, which may have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share to the extent that the market price per share of our Shares exceeds the applicable strike price of the options. In future periods, interest expense will depend on, among other things, our overall level of indebtedness, interest rates and the value of our Shares and related-derivative values.
Income Taxes : Income tax expense reflects current tax and deferred taxes related to the operation of our jack-up rigs and may vary significantly depending on the jurisdiction(s) of operation of our subsidiaries, the underlying contractual arrangements and ownership structure and other factors. In most cases, the calculation of tax is based on net income or deemed income in the jurisdiction(s) where our subsidiaries operate. As we transition our focus to the operation of our jack-up rigs, our income tax expense will be primarily affected by the number of jack-up rigs under contract from time to time and the dayrates we are able to charge our customers as well as the expenses we incur which can vary from time to time. Because taxes are impacted by taxable income of our subsidiaries, our tax expense may not be correlated with our income on a consolidated basis.

66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL TRENDS AND OUTLOOK

During 2019, global jack-up drilling rig fleet utilization in our target markets, including Saudi Arabia, the UAE, Qatar and Mexico, continued its upward trend. Global competitive jack-up rig utilization stood at 58% as of June 12, 2019, according to Rystad Energy. The number of jack-up rigs delivered from shipyards was four in the fourth quarter of 2018 and is on par with the number delivered from shipyards in the fourth quarter of 2017, according to Rystad Energy. In the first quarter of 2019, the number of jack-up rigs delivered from shipyards was five according to Rystad Energy.

Based on the budgets reported by independent oil companies in the fourth quarter of 2018, according to Rystad Energy, offshore focused E&P Companies are projecting an increase in capital expenditures for 2019, as compared to 2018. In addition, we expect that the spending plans of national oil companies will continue to increase in 2019. We believe that offshore spending by E&P Companies, including national oil companies, will increase in 2019 for the first time in recent years.

According to data from Rystad Energy, the number of New Unique Contract jack-up rig years contracted in the first quarter of 2019 was approximately 76, which represents an increase of over 150% compared to the same period in the previous year. The average duration of the contracts awarded in the first quarter of 2019 was approximately 1.4 years, compared to approximately 0.8 years for contracts awarded during the first quarter of 2018. We believe this reflects an increasing level of confidence of industry customers in their shallow water portfolio and a higher sense of urgency in securing rig time as available supply reduces, particularly for modern units. References to New Unique Contract means an original contract between an operator and a drilling contractor. The duration of the contract can be for a fixed period of time (e.g., days, months or years) or for a fixed number of wells (which is not necessarily dependent on a fixed period of time). The dayrate for the contract is mutually agreed based on market conditions at the time of the fixture (or contract signing). A New Unique Contract may also have option periods which are considered separate and not included as part of the original firm term. Certain parameters of the option period(s) may be agreed upon when the original contract is signed or may be agreed upon when the option is exercised.

The number of jack-up rigs operating in China has increased by six rigs since mid-2018, reflecting an effort by the Chinese government to boost Chinese production. We believe that the increased demand in China may help to alleviate newbuild supply pressure in other regions. The Chinese government has stated that it intends to create a new state-owned asset company, Beijing Guohai Offshore Ltd, for the purpose of owning distressed shipyard assets (including jack-up rigs) with the intention of deploying and operating these units locally in China.

According to Rystad Energy as of June 12, 2019, there are approximately 65 uncontracted jack-up rigs built in or after 2010, including 8 of our jack-up rigs. We estimate that approximately 61 of the uncontracted jack-up rigs are being actively marketed. In the standard jack-up segment, competitive utilization has remained flat in the first quarter of 2019 when compared to the first quarter of 2018, despite additional reductions to the competitive fleet due to retirements and cold stacking. In some regions, such as the North Sea, Middle East and West Africa, competitive utilization for premium jack-up rigs is well above 90%, which continues to drive dayrates higher, as we have experienced in recent tenders.

During the fourth quarter of 2018, three jack-up rigs were retired from the worldwide jack-up rig fleet, according to Rystad Energy. In total, 35 jack-up rigs were retired in 2018, which was on par with the number of retirements in 2016 and 2017 combined, according to Rystad Energy. During the first quarter of 2019, five units were retired from the worldwide jack-up rig fleet. We believe that a significant number of the jack-up rigs that are more than thirty years old and uncontracted will remain uncompetitive and unlikely to return to the active fleet in the near future, if at all. According to Rystad Energy, the total number of jack-up rigs under contract as of June 12, 2019 was 304 (including 138 rigs built after 2010), up from 280 at the lowest point in January 2018, compared to a peak of 422 in 2014. Please see the section entitled “Industry Overview” for more information.

67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Three Months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the Three Months ended March 31, 2018

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018:

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2019
2018
 
(in $ millions)
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
$
51.9
 
$
10.6
 
Gain from bargain purchase
 
 
 
38.1
 
Operating expenses
 
(109.9
)
 
(62.8
)
Operating loss
$
(58.0
)
$
(14.1
)
Total other income (expenses), net
 
1.8
 
 
(19.7
)
Income tax expense
 
(0.2
)
 
 
Net loss
 
( 56.4
)
 
(33.8
)
Other comprehensive gain (loss)
 
(7.3
)
 
 
Total comprehensive loss
$
(63.7
)
$
(33.8
)

Operating Revenues

Our operating revenues were $51.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $10.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The increase is primarily due to having an increased number of jack-up rigs in operation and the dayrates thereunder.

Gain from Bargain Purchase

Our gain from bargain purchase was $nil for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $38.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, which relates to the Paragon Transaction.

Operating Expenses    

Operating expenses include the following items:

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2019
2018
 
(in $ millions)
Rig operating and maintenance expenses
$
57.1
 
$
22.5
 
Depreciation of non-current assets
 
23.9
 
 
12.2
 
Impairment of non-current assets
 
11.4
 
 
 
Amortization of contract backlog
 
7.4
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses
 
10.1
 
 
10.2
 
Restructuring costs
 
 
 
17.9
 
Operating expenses
$
109.9
 
$
62.8
 

Our operating expenses were $109.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $62.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The increase of $47.1 million was primarily due to having an increased number of jack-up rigs in operation as well as the $11.4 million impairment of non-current assets during the first quarter of 2019.

Our rig operating and maintenance expenses, including stacking costs, were $57.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $22.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These expenses for the first quarter of 2019 consisted of $16.2 million in rig maintenance expenses, which includes stacking costs, and $40.9 million in rig operating expenses. During the same period in 2018, rig operating and maintenance expenses consisted of $7.7 million in rig maintenance expenses and $14.8 million in rig operating expenses. Compared to the first quarter of 2018, the increase in rig maintenance expenses of $8.5 million was due to an increased number of non-contracted jack-up rigs having been delivered from PPL or otherwise acquired in the Paragon Transaction as compared to the same period in 2018. The increase in rig operating expenses of $26.1 million for the first quarter of 2019 compared to the same period in 2018 reflects the significantly higher number of jack-up rigs in operation throughout the period.

Depreciation of non-current assets was $23.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $12.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. Impairment of non-current assets was $11.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $nil for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The impairment relates to the anticipated sale of “Eir” for $3.0 million, which is expected to close in early 2020, subject to certain conditions.

Amortization of contract backlog was $7.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $nil for the three months ended March 31, 2018, as the underlying contracts were acquired in the Paragon Transaction.

General and administrative expenses were $10.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $10.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2019 included $1.7 million of non-cash charges linked to the Company’s long term share option program.

Our restructuring costs were $nil for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $17.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The 2018 restructuring costs related to costs incurred in connection with closure of certain offices following the Paragon Transaction, including termination payments to certain Paragon employees and lease agreement counterparties following the Paragon Transaction.

Total Other Income (Expenses), net

Our total other income (expenses), net was income of $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to an expense of $19.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. Total other income (expenses), net in the three months ended March 31, 2019 included interest expense of $13.0 million (additionally, interest of $5.8 million was capitalized in the quarter), mark-to-market gains on forward contracts relating to marketable securities of $11.5 million and a mark-to-market gain of $3.6 million on the Call Spread Transactions, in each case during the first quarter of 2019. For the first quarter of 2018, the primary driver of our total other income (expenses), net was an unrealized loss on forward contracts of $20 million.

Income Tax Expense

Our income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was $0.2 million as a result of having 16 jack-up rigs under contract, compared to $nil for the corresponding period in 2018.

69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the Year ended December 31, 2017

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions)
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating revenues
$
164.9
 
$
0.1
 
Gain from bargain purchase
 
38.1
 
 
 
Gain on disposals
 
18.8
 
 
 
Operating expenses
 
(353.2
)
 
(109.8
)
Operating loss
$
(1 31 . 4
)
$
(109.7
)
Total other income (expenses), net
 
(57.0
)
 
21.7
 
Income tax expense
 
(2.5
)
 
 
Net loss
 
(190.9
)
 
(88.0
)
Other comprehensive loss
 
0.6
 
 
(6.2
)
Total comprehensive loss
$
(190.3
)
$
(94.2
)

Operating Revenues

Our operating revenues were $164.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $0.1 million for 2017. The increase of $164.8 million is primarily due to a significantly higher number of jack-up rigs in operation throughout 2018, as compared to 2017, when one jack-up rig was on contract for approximately one day late in the year. The increase in jack-up rigs in operation was primarily due to the Paragon Transaction, where we acquired six rigs operating under contract and contracted for a further two of the acquired rigs throughout 2018.

Gain from Bargain Purchase

Our gain from bargain purchase was $38.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, which relates to the Paragon Transaction, compared to $nil for 2017.

Gain on Disposals

Our gain on disposals was $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $nil for 2017. We sold 18 jack-up rigs during 2018, 16 of which we acquired in the Paragon Transaction, for total proceeds of $37.6 million. No jack-up rigs were sold in 2017.

Operating Expenses   

Operating expenses include the following items:

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions)
Rig operating and maintenance expenses
$
180.1
 
$
36.2
 
Depreciation of non-current assets
 
79.5
 
 
21.1
 
Impairment of non-current assets
 
 
 
26.7
 
Amortization of contract backlog
 
24.2
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses
 
38.7
 
 
21.0
 
Restructuring costs
 
30.7
 
 
 
Cost for issuance of warrants
 
 
 
4.7
 
Operating expenses
$
353.2
 
$
109.8
 

70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our operating expenses were $353.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $109.8 million for 2017. The increase of $243.4 million is primarily due to an increase in the number of rigs in operation in 2018.

Our rig operating and maintenance expenses, including stacking costs, were $180.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to rig maintenance expenses of $36.2 million for 2017.

Our rig operating and maintenance expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 consisted of $59.0 million in rig maintenance expenses, which includes stacking costs, and $121.1 million in rig operating expenses. The increase of $143.9 million from 2018 compared to 2017 was primarily driven by rig operating expenses of $121.1 million for our operating rigs during 2018, which reflects the significantly higher number of jack-up rigs in operation throughout 2018, as compared to 2017 when one rig was on contract for approximately one day at the end of December 2017. Our rig maintenance expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 also include $12.0 million related to amortization of mobilization costs compared with $nil for 2017.

Our depreciation charge was $79.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $21.2 million for 2017, which was a result of a larger fleet of jack-up rigs in 2018. Impairment of non-current assets was $26.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, whereas we did not take an impairment charge during 2018.

Amortization of contract backlog was $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $nil for 2017. The increase of $24.2 million was the result of our capitalization of contract backlog acquired in connection with the Paragon Transaction, which is amortized over the firm contract periods.

Our general and administrative expenses were $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $21.0 million for 2017. The increase was a result of a larger organization and additional offices due to both having more jack-up rigs in operation in 2018 and the Paragon Transaction. Office lease costs in 2018 were $11.6 million compared to $0.4 million in 2017, which includes acquired offices in Aberdeen, United Kingdom, Beverwijk, The Netherlands and Houston, United States.

Our restructuring costs were $30.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $nil for 2017. This relates to costs incurred in connection with closure of certain offices following the Paragon Transaction, including termination payments to certain Paragon employees and lease agreement counterparties following the Paragon Transaction.

Total Other Income (Expense s ), net

Our total other income (expenses), net was a loss of $57.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to a gain of $21.7 million for 2017. The main explanations for the negative movement of $78.7 million in 2018 are net losses on forward contracts of $14.2 million in 2018 compared with gains of $19.3 million in 2017, unrealized loss on the Call Spread Transactions entered into in 2018 of $25.7 million and interest expense net of capitalized interest of $13.7 million compared with $nil in 2017.

Income Tax Expense

Our income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $2.5 million, compared to $nil for 2017, when one jack-up rig was on contract for approximately one day late in the year.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Historically, we have met our liquidity needs principally from equity offerings, cash generated from operations, availability under our historical financing arrangements and the delivery financing arrangements related to our newbuild rigs. We have historically raised capital through private issuances of our Shares and our Convertible Bonds. During the first half of 2019, we refinanced our historical revolving credit facilities, including our DNB RCF, Guarantee Facility, DC RCF and Bridge RCF. Following the signing of our Hayfin Facility, Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility agreements on June 25, 2019, which collectively provided $645 million in financing, we paid in full the outstanding balances due under our DNB RCF, Guarantee Facility, DC RCF and Bridge RCF, respectively, which were subsequently cancelled.

71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our primary uses of cash were, and following this Offering we expect will be, operating expenses, repayment of long term debt, capital expenditures and deferred payments for newbuild rigs (including our delivery financing arrangements related to our newbuild rigs), interest expense and income tax payments.

We currently estimate our 2019 capital expenditures, based on current contractual commitments associated with our newbuild rigs and costs associated with the acquisition of “Thor”, of approximately $295 million, of which the entire amount has been or will be debt financed. During 2018 and 2017, our capital expenditures based on contractual commitments associated with our newbuild rigs, including deferred compensation costs, were $971.4 million and $785.5 million, respectively. During the first quarter of 2019, our capital expenditures based on contractual commitments associated with our newbuild rigs, including deferred compensation costs, were $210.9 million.

Capital expenditures related to contract preparation, purchase and refurbishment of rig equipment, and other investments are highly dependent on how many jack-up rigs we activate, which is dependent on the number of contracts we are able to secure. We expect to fund our remaining 2019 capital expenditures and deferred costs using available cash and cash flows from operations, and, if necessary, borrowings under new secured financing arrangements or our Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility.

Total available free liquidity (cash and cash equivalents excluding restricted cash, plus available amounts under our historical financing arrangements) as of March 31, 2019 was $164.4 million. We had $29.4 million in cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2019, compared to $27.9 million as of December 31, 2018 and $164.0 as of December 31, 2017. In addition, under our DNB RCF, we had $nil and $70 million available as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, which was not available as of December 31, 2017. As of June 30, 2019, we had $50 million and $75 million available to borrow under our Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility, respectively.

We may consider entering into additional financing arrangements with banks or other capital providers. Subject, in each case, to then-existing market conditions and to our then-expected liquidity needs, among other factors, we may use a portion of our internally generated cash flows from operations to reduce debt prior to scheduled maturities, whether through early repayment, debt repurchases (either in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions or through debt redemptions or tender offers) or to issue a dividend to our shareholders. At any given time, we may require a significant portion of cash on hand and amounts available under our Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility for working capital and other needs related to the operation of our business.

Three Months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the Three Months ended March 31, 2018

Our cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 are presented below:

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2019
2018
 
(in $ millions)
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Operating Activities
$
(13.9
)
$
(45.4
)
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Investing Activities
 
(172.1
)
 
(198.8
)
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Financing Activities
 
153.5
 
 
147.6
 
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
$
(32.5
)
$
(96.6
)

    C ash Flows Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $13.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $45.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The $31.5 million decrease was partly due to restructuring costs of $17.9 million during the first quarter of 2018 compared to $nil during the first quarter of 2019, a loss on total other income (expenses), net of $19.7 million during the first quarter of 2018 compared to a gain on total other income (expenses), net of $1.8 million during the first quarter of 2019, partially offset by interest expense of $13.0 million in the first quarter of 2019 compared to $nil during the first quarter of 2018.

72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $172.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $198.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The $26.7 million decrease was partly due to payments in respect of the Paragon Transaction of $194.1 million in the first quarter of 2018 compared to $nil in the first quarter of 2019, partially offset by payments in respect of newbuilding jack-up rigs of $129.0 million in the first quarter of 2019 compared to $0.6 million during the same period in 2018, payments in respect of jack up rigs of $43.9 million in the first quarter of 2019, compared to $4.1 million in the first quarter of 2018 and the purchase of marketable securities of $3.3 million in the first quarter of 2019, compared to $nil during the first quarter of 2018.

   Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $153.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to $147.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. Our financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2019 related to proceeds from long-term debt, net of deferred loan costs, of $95 million, compared to $nil in the three months ended March 31, 2018, and proceeds, net of deferred loan costs, from issuance of short-term debt related to the acquisition of “Thor” of $58.5 million compared to $nil during the first quarter of 2018. Our financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2018 related to the March 2018 Private Placement (as defined below) and the repayment of an outstanding term loan of Paragon in connection with the Paragon Transaction.

Year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the Year ended December 31, 2017

Our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are presented below:

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions)
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Operating Activities
$
(135.2
)
$
(184.8
)
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Investing Activities
 
(560.1
)
 
(1,256.5
)
Net Cash Provided by / (Used in) Financing Activities
 
583.5
 
 
1,506.3
 
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
$
(111.8
)
$
65.0
 

Cash Flows Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $135.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $184.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease of $49.6 million was primarily due to operating cash loss in the period, interest paid and change in working capital.

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $560.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $1,256.5 million for 2017. Our investment activities in the year ended December 31, 2018 relate to payments and costs in respect of newbuildings of $362.4 million, ($785.2 million in 2017), payments to acquire Paragon Offshore, net of cash acquired of $195.1 million ($324.5 million in 2017 for the Transocean Transaction), purchase of marketable securities of $13.0 million ($26.9 million in 2017), payments and costs in respect of jack-up drilling rigs of $23.4 million ($119.8 million in 2017) and purchase of plant and equipment of $7.8 million ($0.1 million in 2017), offset by proceeds from the sale of rigs of $41.6 million in 2018 compared to $nil in 2017.

Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $583.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $1,506.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Our financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2018 relate to proceeds from long-term debt, net of deferred loan costs, of $474.4 million, proceeds from share issuance net of issuance costs of $218.9 million, proceeds from a shareholder loan of $27.7 million, offset by repayment of long-term debt of $89.3 million and purchase of

73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

financial instruments and purchase of treasury shares of $19.7 million. In the period ended December 31, 2017, we generated proceeds from share issuance, net of issuance costs and conversion of shareholders loans of $1,415 million, proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of deferred loan costs of $87.0 million and proceeds from a related party shareholder loan of $12.7 million, offset by purchase of treasury shares of $8.4 million.

OUR EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

Our 3.875% Convertible Bonds due 2023

In May 2018 we raised $350.0 million through the issuance of our Convertible Bonds, which mature in 2023. The initial conversion price (which is subject to adjustment) is $33.4815 per Share, for a total of 10,453,534 Shares. The Convertible Bonds have a coupon of 3.875% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears in equal installments. The terms and conditions governing our Convertible Bonds contain customary events of default, including failure to pay any amount due on the bonds when due, and certain restrictions, including, among others, restrictions on our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur secured capital markets indebtedness.

As of March 31, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under our Convertible Bonds. We expect to remain in compliance with our obligations under our Convertible Bonds in 2019.

Call Spread Transactions

In connection with the pricing of our Convertible Bonds, we (i) purchased from Goldman Sachs International call options over 10,453,612 Shares with a strike price of $33.4815 and (ii) sold to Goldman Sachs International call options over the same number of shares with a strike price of $42.6125. The average maturity of the call options purchased and sold is May 14, 2023 with maturities starting on May 16, 2022 and ending on May 16, 2024. The call options bought and sold are European options exercisable only at maturity, are cash settled and are subject to customary anti-dilution provisions.

The Call Spread Transactions mitigate the economic exposure from a potential exercise of the conversion rights embedded in our Convertible Bonds by improving the effective conversion premium for the Company in relation to our Convertible Bonds from 37.5% to 75% over the reference price of $24.35 per share. The Call Spread Transactions may separately have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share to the extent that the market price per share of our Shares exceeds the applicable strike price of the options at the time of exercise.

Fair value adjustments related to the Call Spread Transactions resulted in an unrealized loss recognized in Total other income (expenses), net, of $25.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and an unrealized gain of $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. See Note 5—“Total other (expenses), net” to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes 4 and 14 to our Interim Financial Statements for more information.

We may modify our position by entering into further derivative transactions with respect to our Shares and/or purchasing our Shares in secondary market transactions following this Offering. This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our Shares, which could affect any potential exercise of the conversion rights embedded in our Convertible Bonds.

Our Revolving and Term Loan Credit Facilities

During the first half of 2019, we refinanced our historical revolving credit facilities, including our DNB RCF, Guarantee Facility, DC RCF and Bridge RCF. Following the signing of our Hayfin Facility, Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility agreements on June 25, 2019, which collectively provided $645 million in financing, we paid the outstanding balance due under our DNB RCF, Guarantee Facility, DC RCF and Bridge RCF, respectively, which were subsequently cancelled.

74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hayfin Term Loan Facility

On June 25, 2019, we entered into a $195 million senior secured term loan facility agreement with funds managed by Hayfin Capital Management LLP, as lenders, among others. Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Borr Midgard Assets Ltd., is the borrower under the Hayfin Facility, which is guaranteed by Borr Drilling Limited and secured by mortgages over three of our jack-up rigs, pledges over shares of and related guarantees from certain of our rig-owning subsidiaries who provide this security as owners of the mortgaged rigs and general assignments of rig insurances, certain rig earnings, charters, intragroup loans and management agreements from our related rig-owning subsidiaries. Our Hayfin Facility matures in June 2022 and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a specified margin. The Hayfin Facility agreement includes a make-whole obligation if repaid during the first twelve months and, thereafter, a fee for early prepayment and final repayment. As of June 30, 2019, our Hayfin Facility was fully drawn.

Our Hayfin Facility agreement contains various financial covenants, including requirements that we maintain minimum liquidity equal to three months interest on the facility when the jack-up rigs providing security are not actively operating under an approved drilling contract (as defined in the Hayfin Facility agreement). Our Hayfin Facility agreement also contains a loan to value clause requiring that the fair market value of our rigs shall at all times cover at least 175% of the aggregate outstanding facility amount. The facility also contains various covenants which restrict distributions of cash from Borr Midgard Holding Ltd., Borr Midgard Assets Ltd. and our related rig-owning subsidiaries to us or our other subsidiaries and the management fees payable to Borr Midgard Assets Ltd.’s directly-owned subsidiaries. Our Hayfin Facility agreement also contains customary events of default which include any change of control, non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes which have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under the Hayfin Facility agreement or security documents or jeopardize the security provided thereunder. If there is an event of default, the lenders under our Hayfin Facility may have the right to declare a default or may seek to negotiate changes to the covenants and/or require additional security as a condition of not doing so. The lenders under our Hayfin Facility may also require replacement or additional security if the fair market value of the jack-up rigs over which security is provided is insufficient to meet our market value-to-loan covenant.

As of June 30, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the Hayfin Facility agreement and we expect to remain in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under our Hayfin Facility in 2019.

Syndicated Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On June 25, 2019, we entered into a $450 million senior secured credit facilities agreement with DNB Bank ASA, Danske Bank, Citibank N.A., Jersey Branch and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as lenders, among others (consisting of a $230 million credit facility, $50 million newbuild facility, $70 million for the issuance of guarantees and other trade finance instruments as required in the ordinary course of business and, assuming certain conditions are met, a $100 million incremental facility), secured by mortgages over six of our jack-up rigs and, when delivered, one of our newbuild jack-up rigs under construction, pledges over shares of and related guarantees from certain of our rig-owning subsidiaries who provide this security as owners of the mortgaged rigs and general assignments of rig insurances, certain rig earnings, charters, intragroup loans and management agreements from our related rig-owning subsidiaries. In connection with the drawdown of the $100 million incremental facility, two additional jack-up rigs will be mortgaged as security, in addition to assignments, pledges and guarantees from the related rig-owning subsidiaries that are identical to those described in the preceding sentence, and we are obligated to repay any amounts outstanding under our New Bridge Facility. Our Syndicated Facility matures in June 2022 and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a specified margin. As of June 30, 2019, the $50 million newbuild facility and $100 million incremental facility remained undrawn and unavailable to draw, respectively, under our Syndicated Facility.

Our Syndicated Facility agreement contains various financial covenants, including requirements that we maintain a minimum book equity ratio of 40%, positive working capital, a debt service cover ratio in excess of 1.25x our interest and related expenses, from the end of 2020, and minimum liquidity equal to the greater of $50 million and 4% of net interest-bearing debt. Our Syndicated Facility agreement also contains a loan to value clause requiring that the fair market value of our rigs shall at all times cover at least 175% of the aggregate outstanding facility amount and any undrawn and uncancelled part of the facility. The Syndicated

75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Facility agreement also contains various covenants, including, among others, restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness and entering into joint ventures; covenants subjecting dividends to certain conditions which, if not met, would require the approval of our lenders prior to the distribution of any dividend; restrictions on the repurchase of our Shares; restrictions on changing the general nature of our business; and restrictions on removing Tor Olav Trøim from our Board. Furthermore, Tor Olav Trøim is required to maintain ownership of at least six million Shares (subject to adjustment for certain transactions). Our Syndicated Facility agreement also contains customary events of default which include non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes which have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under the Syndicated Facility agreement or security documents or jeopardize the security provided thereunder. If there is an event of default, the lenders may have the right to declare a default or may seek to negotiate changes to the covenants and/or require additional security as a condition of not doing so. The lenders may also require replacement or additional security if the fair market value of the jack-up rigs over which security is provided is insufficient to meet our market value-to-loan covenant. In addition, our Syndicated Facility contains a “Most Favored Nation” clause giving the lenders a right to amend the financial covenants to reflect any more lender-favorable covenants in any other agreement pursuant to which loan or guarantee facilities are provided to us, including amendments to our Financing Arrangements.

As of June 30, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the Syndicated Facility agreement and we expect to remain in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under our Syndicated Facility in 2019.

New Bridge Revolving Credit Facility

On June 25, 2019, we entered into a $100 million senior secured revolving loan facility agreement with DNB Bank ASA and Danske Bank, as lenders, secured by mortgages over two of our jack-up rigs, assignments of intra-group loans, rig insurances and certain rig earnings and pledges over shares of and related guarantees from certain of our rig-owning subsidiaries who provide this security as owners of the mortgaged rigs. Our New Bridge Facility matures in June 2022 and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a variable margin. As of June 30, 2019, $75 million remained undrawn under our New Bridge Facility.

Our New Bridge Facility agreement contains various financial covenants, including requirements that we maintain a minimum book equity ratio of 40%, positive working capital, a debt service cover ratio in excess of 1.25x our interest and related expenses, from the end of 2020, and minimum liquidity equal to the greater of $50 million and 4% of net interest-bearing debt. Our New Bridge Facility agreement also contains a loan to value clause requiring that the fair market value of our rigs shall at all times cover at least 175% of the aggregate outstanding facility amount and any undrawn and uncancelled part of the facility. The agreement also contains various covenants, including, among others, restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness and entering into joint ventures; covenants requiring the approval of our lenders prior to the distribution of any dividends; and restrictions on the repurchase of our Shares; restrictions on changing the general nature of our business; restrictions on removing Tor Olav Trøim from our Board. Furthermore, Tor Olav Trøim is required to maintain ownership of at least six million Shares (subject to adjustment for certain transactions). Our New Bridge Facility agreement also contains customary events of default which include non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes which have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under the New Bridge Facility agreement or security documents or jeopardize the security provided thereunder. If there is an event of default, the lenders may have the right to declare a default or may seek to negotiate changes to the covenants and/or require additional security as a condition of not doing so. The lenders may also require replacement or additional security if the fair market value of the jack-up rigs over which security is provided is insufficient to meet our market value-to-loan covenant. In addition, our New Bridge Facility contains a “Most Favored Nation” clause giving the lenders a right to amend the financial covenants to reflect any more lender-favorable covenants in any other agreement pursuant to which loan or guarantee facilities are provided to us, including amendments to our Financing Arrangements.

As of June 30, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the New Bridge Facility agreement and we expect to remain in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under our New Bridge Facility in 2019.

76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DNB Revolving Credit Facility and Guarantee Facility

In May 2018, we entered into a $200 million senior secured revolving loan facility agreement with DNB Bank ASA secured by mortgages over five of our jack-up rigs, assignments of rig insurances and certain rig earnings, pledges over shares and related guarantees from certain of our rig-owning subsidiaries who provide this security as owners of the mortgaged rigs. Our DNB Revolving Credit Facility had a maturity date in May 2020 and bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a specified margin. As of December 31, 2018, $70 million remained undrawn under our DNB Revolving Credit Facility, which was fully drawn as of March 31, 2019. Our DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement contained various financial covenants, including requirements that we maintain a minimum book equity ratio of 40%, positive working capital and minimum liquidity equal to the greater of $50 million and 5% of net interest-bearing debt. Our DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement also contained a loan to value clause requiring that the fair market value of our rigs shall at all times cover at least 175% of the aggregate outstanding facility amount and any undrawn and uncancelled part of the facility. The facility also contained various covenants, including, among others, restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness and entering into joint ventures; restrictions on paying dividends; and restrictions on the repurchase of our Shares; restrictions on changing the general nature of our business; restrictions on removing Tor Olav Trøim from our Board. Furthermore, Tor Olav Trøim was required to maintain ownership of at least six million Shares (subject to adjustment for certain transactions).

In January 2019, we executed an amendment to the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement which allowed us to procure the issuance of guarantees as required in the ordinary course of business, typically for bid bonds, import bonds and performance bonds, up to an aggregate amount of $30 million. Our obligations to reimburse the bank for any payment made under such guarantees was secured by the guarantees, security over the rigs, insurances and shares provided under the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement. This amendment replaced the cash collateral required by the common terms agreement with DNB Bank ASA, which we refer to as the Guarantee Facility, and resulted in the release of $25.0 million of cash that was categorized as restricted as of December 31, 2018.

As of March 31, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the DNB Revolving Credit Facility and Guarantee Facility agreements, which were subsequently repaid and cancelled in June 2019.

DC Revolving Credit Facility and Guarantee Facility

In March 2019, we entered into a $160 million revolving credit facility and guarantee facility agreement with Danske Bank A/S and Citigroup Global Markets Limited (consisting of a $100.0 million credit facility and $60.0 million for the issuance of guarantees as required in the ordinary course of business), secured by mortgages over four of our jack-up rigs, assignments, pledges or charges of rig insurances, earnings, earnings accounts, shares and intra-group loans, as applicable, as well as guarantees from certain of our rig-owning subsidiaries providing the security as owners of the mortgaged rigs.

Our DC Revolving Credit Facility had a maturity date in May 2020 and bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a specified margin. As of March 31, 2019, $40 million remained undrawn under our DC Revolving Credit Facility. Our DC Revolving Credit Facility agreement contained various financial covenants, including requirements that we maintain a minimum book equity ratio of 40%, positive working capital and minimum liquidity equal to the greater of $50 million and 5% of net interest-bearing debt (including a contractual right to reduce this requirement to 4% in the event the liquidity covenant in the DNB RCF agreement is amended to this effect). Our DC Revolving Credit Facility agreement also contained a loan to value clause requiring that the fair market value of our rigs shall at all times cover at least 175% of the aggregate outstanding facility amount and any undrawn and uncancelled part of the facility. Our DC RCF agreement also contained various restrictive covenants, including, among others, restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness; restrictions on paying dividends; restrictions on us repurchasing our Shares; restrictions on changing the general nature of our business; and restrictions on removing Tor Olav Trøim from our Board. Furthermore, Tor Olav Trøim was required to maintain ownership of at least six million Shares (subject to adjustment for certain transactions).

As of March 31, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the DC Revolving Credit Facility agreement, which was subsequently repaid and cancelled in June 2019.

77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bridge Facility

In March 2019, we entered into a $120.0 million senior secured term loan facilities agreement, consisting of two facilities (Facility A and Facility B) of $60.0 million each, with Danske Bank A/S and DNB Bank ASA, secured by a mortgage over one of our currently owned jack-up rigs, with another mortgage to be taken out over the rig “Thor” upon delivery, an assignment of rig insurances and a pledge over the shares of certain of our rig-owning subsidiaries providing the security as owners of the mortgaged rigs.

Our Bridge Facility had a maturity date on September 30, 2019 and bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a specified margin. As of March 31, 2019, Facility A had been utilized in the amount of $60.0 million, and $60.0 million in Facility B remained undrawn. Facility B was subsequently fully drawn. Our Bridge Facility contained various financial covenants, including requirements that we maintain a minimum book equity ratio of 40% and minimum liquidity equal to the greater of $50 million and 5% of net interest-bearing debt. Our Bridge Facility also contained various covenants, including, among others, restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness; restrictions on paying dividends; restrictions on us repurchasing our Shares; restrictions on changing the general nature of our business; restrictions on making certain investments; and restrictions on removing Tor Olav Trøim from our Board. Furthermore, Tor Olav Trøim was required to maintain ownership of at least six million Shares (subject to adjustment for certain transactions).

As of March 31, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the Bridge Facility agreement, which was subsequently repaid and cancelled in June 2019.

Our Delivery Financing Arrangements

In addition to three jack-up rigs which we have taken delivery of against full payment from Keppel, we have contracts with Keppel to purchase eight jack-up rigs under construction. We have the option to accept delivery financing for two of the jack-up rigs to be delivered from Keppel. For five of our newbuild jack-up rigs under construction and nine additional jack-up rigs which have been delivered from PPL, we have agreed to accept and accepted, respectively, delivery financing from PPL and Keppel subject to the terms described below:

PPL Newbuild Financing

In October 2017, we agreed to acquire nine premium “Pacific Class 400” jack-up rigs from PPL (the “PPL Rigs”). All nine PPL Rigs have been delivered as of the date of this Prospectus. In connection with delivery of the PPL Rigs, our rig-owning subsidiaries as buyers of the PPL Rigs agreed to accept delivery financing for a portion of the purchase price equal to $87.0 million per jack-up rig (the “PPL Financing”), which does not include an estimate of certain fees payable in connection with the increase in the market value of the relevant PPL Rig from October 31, 2017 until the repayment date. Please see Notes 13 and 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 18 to our Interim Financial Statements for more information.

The PPL Financing for each PPL Rig is an interest-bearing secured seller’s credit, guaranteed by Borr Drilling Limited which matures on the date falling 60 months from the delivery date of the respective PPL Rig. The PPL Financing bears interest at 3-month USD LIBOR plus a variable marginal rate. Interest accrues and is payable quarterly in arrears.

The PPL Financing for each respective PPL Rig is secured by a mortgage on such PPL Rig and an assignment of the insurances in respect of such PPL Rig. The PPL Financing also contains various covenants and the events of default include non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes which have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under the PPL Financing agreements or security documents, or jeopardize the security. In addition, each rig-owning subsidiary is subject to covenants which management consider to be customary in a transaction of this nature.

As of March 31, 2019, we had $753.3 million of PPL Financing outstanding and were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the PPL Financing agreements. We expect to remain in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the PPL Financing agreements in 2019. We expect to satisfy our obligations under the PPL Financing for each respective PPL Rig with cash flow from operations when due.

78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Keppel Newbuild Financing

In May 2018, we agreed to acquire five premium KFELS B class jack-up rigs, three completed and two under construction from Keppel (the “Keppel Rigs”). As of March 31, 2019, all five Keppel Rigs remain to be delivered. In connection with delivery of the Keppel Rigs, Keppel has agreed to extend delivery financing for a portion of the purchase price equal to $90.9 million per jack-up rig (the “Keppel Financing”). Separately from the Keppel Financing described below, we may exercise an option to accept delivery financing from Keppel with respect to two additional newbuild jack-up rigs, “Vale” and “Var,” acquired in connection with the Transocean Transaction. We will, prior to delivery of each jack-up rig from Keppel, consider available alternatives to such financing.

The Keppel Financing for each Keppel Rig is an interest-bearing secured facility from the lender thereunder (an affiliate of Keppel), guaranteed by Borr Drilling Limited, which will be made available on delivery of each Keppel Rig and matures on the date falling 60 months from the delivery date of each respective Keppel Rig. The Keppel Financing bears interest at 3-month USD LIBOR plus a variable marginal rate, payable beginning on the third anniversary of each Keppel Rigs’ delivery.

The Keppel Financing for each respective Keppel Rig will be secured by a mortgage on such Keppel Rig, assignments of earnings and insurances and a charge over the shares of the rig-owning subsidiary which holds each such Keppel Rig. The Keppel Financing agreements also contain a loan to value clause requiring that the fair market value of each Keppel Rig shall at all times cover at least 130% of the loan and also contains various covenants, including, among others, restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness. Each Keppel Financing agreement also contains events of default which include non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes which have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under the Keppel Financing agreements or security documents, or jeopardize the security.

As of March 31, 2019, we had no Keppel Financing outstanding and were in compliance with our pre-drawdown covenants and obligations under the Keppel Financing agreements. We expect to remain in compliance with our Keppel Financing obligations in 2019. We expect to satisfy our obligations under the Keppel Financing for each respective Keppel Rig with cash flow from operations when due.

Average Interest Rate

The average interest rate for our interest-bearing historical financing arrangements, which consist of LIBOR plus a margin specified in each such historical financing arrangement (excluding our Convertible Bonds), was 5.84% for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 6.09% for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The forecasted average margin for our interest-bearing Financing Arrangements is 3.84% and 4.04% for the years ending December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The average margin of our interest-bearing Financing Arrangements is calculated as the weighted average of the forecasted outstanding loan balance and margin, and excludes our Convertible Bonds.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various contractual obligations that impact or could impact our liquidity. The table below reflects our estimated contractual obligations stated at face value as of December 31, 2018 for referenced years:

 
PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD
 
Less than
1 year
1–3 years
3–5 years
More than
5 years
Total
 
(in $ millions)
Long-term debt obligations
$
0.0
 
$
130.0
 
$
1,045.7
 
$
0.0
 
$
1,175.7
 
Interest obligations (1)
 
63.5
 
 
112.0
 
 
92.6
 
 
0.0
 
 
268.1
 
Operating lease obligations
 
4.6
 
 
7.2
 
 
0.6
 
 
0.0
 
 
12.3
 
Purchase obligations
 
170.1
 
 
793.8
 
 
0.0
 
 
0.0
 
 
963.9
 
Other long-term liabilities
 
1.0
 
 
0.0
 
 
7.0
 
 
0.0
 
 
8.0
 
Total
$
239.1
 
$
1,042.9
 
$
1,145.9
 
$
0.0
 
$
2,428.0
 
(1) The estimated interest obligations take into account both contractual interest rates and expected margins.

79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Commercial Commitments as of December 31, 2018

We have other commercial commitments that contractually obligate us to settle with cash under certain circumstances. Parent company guarantees issued by Borr Drilling Limited in favor of certain customers and governmental bodies guarantee our performance in connection with certain drilling contracts, customs import duties and other obligations in various jurisdictions.

As of December 31, 2018, we had outstanding surety bonds, bank guarantees and performance bonds amounting to $23.0 million (2017: $15.9 million). The bank guarantees and bonds outstanding were backed by cash deposits of $25.0 million and are reflected in our balance sheet under restricted cash. In January 2019, we executed an amendment to the DNB RCF agreement which allowed us to finance the issuance of guarantees secured by the collateral rigs under the loan agreement instead of cash collateral, which resulted in the release of the $25.0 million of cash that was categorized as restricted as of December 31, 2018.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Certain accounting policies involve judgments and uncertainties to such an extent that there is a reasonable likelihood that materially different amounts could have been reported under different conditions, or if different assumptions had been used. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on a regular basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions used in preparation of our financial statements.

We provide expanded discussion of our more significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments below. We believe that most of these accounting policies reflect our more significant estimates and assumptions used in preparation of our financial statements. For a more complete discussion of our accounting policies, see Note 2—“Accounting policies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our Jack-up Rigs

The carrying amount of our jack-up rigs is subject to various estimates, assumptions, and judgments related to capitalized costs, useful lives and residual values and impairments. As of March 31, 2019, December 31, 2018 and 2017, the carrying amount of our jack-up rigs was $2,416.1 million, $2,278.1 million and $783.3 million, representing 78.0%, 78.2% and 46.8% of our total assets, respectively.

Jack-up rigs and related equipment are recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost of these assets, less estimated residual value, is depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining economic useful lives. The estimated economic useful life of our jack-up rigs, when new, is 30 years.

We determine the carrying values of our jack-up rigs and related equipment based on policies that incorporate estimates, assumptions and judgments relative to the carrying values, remaining useful lives and residual values. These assumptions and judgments reflect both historical experience and expectations regarding future operations, utilization and performance. The use of different estimates, assumptions and judgments in establishing estimated useful lives and residual values could result in significantly different carrying values for our jack-up rigs, which could materially affect our results of operations.

The useful lives of our jack-up rigs and related equipment are difficult to estimate due to a variety of factors, including technological advances that impact the methods or cost of oil and gas exploration and development, changes in market or economic conditions and changes in laws or regulations affecting the drilling industry. We re-evaluate the remaining useful lives of our jack-up rigs as of and when events occur that may directly impact our assessment of their remaining useful lives. This includes changes the operating condition or functional capability of our rigs as well as market and economic factors.

80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The carrying values of our jack-up rigs and related equipment are reviewed for impairment when certain triggering events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. We assess recoverability of the carrying value of an asset by estimating the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the asset, including eventual disposition. If the undiscounted future net cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference between the asset’s carrying value and fair value. In general, impairment analyses are based on expected costs, utilization and dayrates for the estimated remaining useful lives of the asset or group of assets being assessed. An impairment loss is recorded in the period in which it is determined that the aggregate carrying amount is not recoverable. Asset impairment evaluations are, by nature, highly subjective. They involve expectations about future cash flows generated by our assets, and reflect management’s assumptions and judgments regarding future industry conditions and their effect on future utilization levels, dayrates and costs. The use of different estimates and assumptions could result in significantly different carrying values of our assets and could materially affect our results of operations.

Our management has identified certain indicators, among others, that the carrying value of our jack-up rigs and related equipment may not be recoverable and our market capitalization was lower than the book value of our equity. These market indicators include the reduction in new contract opportunities, fall in market dayrate and contract terminations. We assessed recoverability of our jack-up rigs by first evaluating the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows based on projected dayrates and utilizations of the rigs. The estimated undiscounted future net cash flows were found to be greater than the carrying value of our jack-up rigs, with sufficient headroom. As a result, we did not need to proceed to assess the discounted cash flows of our rigs, and no impairment charges were recorded.

With regard to older jack-up rigs which have relatively short remaining estimate useful lives, the results of impairment tests are particularly sensitive to management’s assumptions. These assumptions include the likelihood of the rig obtaining a contract upon the expiration of any current contract, and our intention for the rig should no contract be obtained, including warm/cold stacking or disposal. The use of different assumptions in the future could potentially result in an impairment of our jack-up rigs, which could materially affect our results of operations. If market supply and demand conditions in the jack-up drilling market do not improve, it is likely that we will be required to impair certain jack-up rigs.

Financial Instruments

Marketable debt securities held by us which do not give us the ability to exercise significant influence are considered to be available-for-sale. These are re-measured at fair value each reporting period with resulting unrealized gains and losses recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses are not realized until the securities are sold or subject to temporary impairment. Gains and losses on forward contracts to purchase marketable equity securities that do not meet the definition of a derivative are accounted for as available-for-sale securities. We analyze our available-for-sale securities for impairment at each reporting period to evaluate whether an event or change in circumstances has occurred in that period that may have a significant adverse effect on the value of the securities. We record an impairment charge for other-than-temporary declines in value when the value is not anticipated to recover above the cost within a reasonable period after the measurement date, unless there are mitigating factors that indicate impairment may not be required. If an impairment charge is recorded, subsequent recoveries in value are not reflected in earnings until sale of the securities held as available for sale occurs.

Where there are indicators that fair value is below the carrying value of our investments, we will evaluate these investments for other-than-temporary impairment. Consideration will be given to (i) the length of time and the extent to which fair value of the investments is below carrying value, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, and (iii) our intent and ability to hold the investment until any anticipated recovery. Where we determine that there is other-than-temporary impairment, we will recognize an impairment loss in the period.

Marketable equity securities with readily determinable fair value are re-measured at fair value each reporting period with unrealized gains and losses recognized under other total income (expenses), net.

81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Income Tax Positions

Income taxes, as presented, are calculated on an “as if” separate tax return basis. Our global tax model has been developed based on our entire business. Accordingly, the tax results are not necessarily reflective of the results that we would have generated on a stand-alone basis. Income tax expense is based on reported income or loss before income taxes.

As tax law is based on interpretations and applications of the law, which are only ultimately decided by the courts of the particular jurisdictions, significant judgment is involved in determining our provision for income taxes in the ordinary course of our business. We do not recognize the benefit of income tax positions we believe are more likely than not to be disallowed upon challenge by a tax authority, based on the technical merits of each position and having regard to the relevant taxing authority’s widely understood administrative practices and precedence.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on temporary differences that arise between carrying values used for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for taxation purposes of assets and liabilities and the future tax benefits of tax loss carry forwards. A deferred tax asset is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilized. The impact of tax law changes is recognized in periods when the change is enacted.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

Business Combinations

The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations in accordance with ASC 805. The acquisition method requires the total of the purchase price of acquired businesses and any non-controlling interest recognized to be allocated to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired at fair value, with any residual amount being recorded as goodwill as of the acquisition date. Costs associated with the acquisition are expensed as incurred. The Company allocates the purchase price of acquired businesses to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired, with any remaining amount being recorded as goodwill.

The estimated fair value of the jack-up rigs in a business combination is derived by using a market and income-based approach with market participant-based assumptions. When we acquire jack-up rigs there may exist unfavorable contracts which are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. An unfavorable contract is a contract that has a carrying value which is higher than prevailing market rates at the time of acquisition. The net present value of such contracts when lower than prevailing market rates, is recorded as an onerous contract at the purchase date.

In a business combination, contract backlog is recognized when it meets the contractual-legal criterion for identification as an intangible asset when an entity has a practice of establishing contracts with its customers. We record an intangible asset equal to its fair value on the date of acquisition. Fair value is determined by using multi-period excess earnings method. The multi-period excess earnings method is a specific application of the discounted cash flow method. The principle behind the method is that the value of an intangible asset is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable only to the subject intangible asset after deducting contributory asset charges. The asset is then amortized over its estimated remaining contract term.

Lease Liabilities

We apply ASU No. 2016-02 (Topic 842), as amended, which generally requires lessees to recognize operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use (ROU) assets on the balance sheet and to provide enhanced disclosures surrounding the amount, time and uncertainty of cash flows arising from lease agreements. As lessee, we have made the accounting policy election to not recognize a right-of-use asset lease and lease liability for leases with a term of 12 months or less.

82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Many of our leases contain variable non-lease components such as maintenance, taxes, insurance, and similar costs for the spaces we occupy. For new and amended leases beginning in 2019 and after, the Company has elected the practical expedient not to separate these non-lease components of leases for classes of all underlying assets and instead account for them as a single lease component for all leases. We straight-line the net fixed payments of operating leases over the lease term and expense the variable lease payments in the period in which we incur the obligation to pay such variable amounts. These variable lease payments are not included in our calculation of our ROU assets or lease liabilities.

As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Certain of our lease agreements include options to extend or terminate the lease, which we do not include in our minimum lease terms unless management is reasonably certain to exercise.

Our drilling contracts contain a lease component related to the underlying drilling equipment, in addition to the service component provided by our crews and our expertise to operate such drilling equipment. We have concluded the non-lease service of operating our equipment and providing expertise in the drilling of the client’s well is predominant in our drilling contracts. We have applied the practical expedient to account for the lease and associated non-lease components as a single component. With the election of the practical expedient, we will continue to present a single performance obligation under the new revenue guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.”

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements and our Interim Financial Statements for a discussion of recently adopted and issued accounting pronouncements. Please also see the section entitled “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” above.

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to various market risks, including liquidity risks, interest rate risks, inflation risks, foreign currency risks and credit risks.

Liquidity Risk

We manage our liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and undrawn facilities at banking facilities, by continuously monitoring our cash forecasts and our actual cash flows and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk related to floating-rate debt under our Financing Arrangements. Our variable rate debt, where the interest rate may be adjusted frequently over the life of the debt, exposes us to short-term changes in market interest rates. We are exposed to changes in long-term market interest rates if and when maturing debt is refinanced with new debt.

Further, we may utilize derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk in the future. We are not engaged in derivative transactions for speculative or trading purposes.

A change of 100 basis points in interest rates for the year ended December 31, 2018 would have increased/(decreased) our total other income (expenses), net and loss before income taxes by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2019.

 
For the Three Months
ended March 31,
For t he Year
ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
2017
 
(in $ millions)
Sensitivity Analysis – Financial income (expense), net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase by 100 basis points
$
(2.1
)
$
(3.8
)
$
2.9
 
Decrease by 100 basis points
 
2.1
 
 
3.8
 
 
(2.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity Analysis – Loss before income taxes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase by 100 basis points
 
(2.1
)
 
(3.8
)
 
2.9
 
Decrease by 100 basis points
 
2.1
 
 
3.8
 
 
(2.9
)

Inflation Risk

Inflation has not had significant impact on operating or other expenses, however our contracts do not generally contain inflation-adjustment mechanisms and we are subject to risks related to inflation.

We do not consider inflation to be a significant risk to costs in the current and foreseeable future economic environment. However, should the world economy be affected by inflationary pressures this could result in increased operating and financing costs.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our international operations expose us to currency exchange rate risk, although we believe this risk is low. This risk is primarily associated with compensation costs of employees, drilling contracts in the North Sea and purchasing costs from non-U.S. suppliers, which are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including Euros, Pounds and Nigerian Naira. We do not have any non-U.S. dollar debt and thus are not exposed to currency risk related to debt.

Our primary currency exchange rate risk management strategy involves structuring certain customer contracts to provide for payment from the customer in both U.S. dollars and local currency. The payment portion denominated in local currency is based on anticipated local currency requirements over the contract term. Due to various factors, including customer acceptance, local banking laws, other statutory requirements, local currency convertibility and the impact of inflation on local costs, actual local currency needs may vary from those anticipated in the customer contracts, resulting in partial exposure to currency exchange rate risk. The currency exchange effect resulting from our international operations has not historically had a material impact on our operating results.

Further, we may utilize foreign currency forward exchange contracts to manage foreign exchange risk. We are not engaged in derivative transactions for speculative or trading purposes.

84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Credit Risk

Our financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk are cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivables. We generally maintain cash and cash equivalents at commercial banks with high credit ratings.

Our trade receivables are with a variety of integrated oil companies, state-owned national oil companies and independent oil and gas companies. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers, and generally do not require material collateral. We may from time to time require customers to issue bank guarantees in our favor to cover non-payment under drilling contracts.

An allowance for doubtful accounts is established on a case-by-case basis, considering changes in the financial position of a customer, when it is believed that the required payment of specific amounts owed is unlikely to occur. We have not currently made any allowance for doubtful accounts in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Market Risk

From time to time, we make and hold investments in other companies in our industry that own/operate offshore drilling rigs with similar characteristics to our fleet of jack-up rigs, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in certain of our Financing Arrangements which restrict such investments. We also purchase and hold debt securities issued by other companies in the offshore drilling industry from time to time. Through these investments, we seek to optimize our free-cash flow through strategic investments where cash may otherwise remain idle. In addition, the Call Spread Transactions expose us to the risk of fluctuations in the market value of our Shares.

As a result of these investments and transactions, we are exposed to the risk of fluctuations in the market values of the available-for-sale financial assets we hold from time to time (other than changes in interest rates and foreign currencies) and our Shares. We generally do not use any derivative instruments to manage this risk.

85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

When furnishing the information set out in this Prospectus, including the industry information and data presented in this section entitled “Industry Overview,” we have used certain statistical and graphical information obtained from Rystad Energy, an independent energy research and business intelligence company. Rystad Energy has advised us that the statistical and graphical information presented in this Prospectus is drawn from its database and other sources. Rystad Energy has further advised us that: (a) certain of the information provided is based on estimates or subjective judgments, (b) the information in the databases of other offshore drilling data collection agencies may differ from the information in Rystad Energy’s database and (c) while Rystad Energy has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data collection is subject to limited audit and validation procedures. Market data and statistics are inherently predictive and subject to uncertainty and do not, necessarily, reflect actual market conditions. Such statistics are based on market research, which, itself, is based on sampling and subjective judgments by both the researchers and the respondents, including judgments about what types of products and transactions should be included in the relevant market. Furthermore, all references to barrels of oil refer to barrels of Brent crude oil.

We have compiled, extracted and reproduced data from Rystad Energy and , confirm that such information has been accurately reproduced and, as far as we are aware and are able to ascertain, no facts have been omitted that would render the reproduced information inaccurate or misleading. Forward-looking information obtained from third-party sources, including Rystad Energy, is subject to the same qualifications and the uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this Prospectus. See the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

INTRODUCTION

We operate in the global offshore contract drilling industry, which is a part of the international oil industry, and within the global offshore contract drilling industry we predominately operate jack-up rigs in shallow-water. The activity and pricing within the global offshore contract drilling industry is driven by a multitude of demand and supply factors, including expectations regarding oil and gas prices, anticipated oil and gas production levels, worldwide demand for oil and gas products, the availability of quality reservoirs, exploration success, availability of qualified drilling rigs and operating personnel, relative production costs, the availability of or lead time required for drilling and production equipment, the stage of reservoir development and the political and regulatory environments. One fundamental demand driver is the level of investment by E&P Companies and their associated capital expenditures. Historically, the level of upstream capital expenditures has primarily been driven by future expectations regarding the price of oil and natural gas. This correlation has recently been observed following the decline in crude oil prices in 2014, which had a negative impact on the demand for services across the oil service industry in general. As oil prices fell from an average of $109/unit of Brent oil (“barrel” or “Bbl”) in the first half of 2014 to an average of $44/Bbl in 2016, declining prices along with uncertainty of future price development caused a material reduction in global E&P Companies’ offshore spending in each of 2015, 2016 and 2017. However, as the price of oil has risen from the 2016 trough, E&P Companies’ offshore spending has stabilized. The figure below shows the relationship between global E&P Companies’ offshore spending on exploration and production and associated capital expenditure and the yearly average oil price from 2000 to 2018.

Figure 1.1: Global E&P Companies’ offshore spending from 2000 to 2018


Note: E&P expenditures excludes estimated internal operating expenses, including internal salaries, internal engineering, project management, SG&A, transport fees and special taxes, which typically do not affect expenditures on offshore drilling.

Source: Rystad Energy ServiceDemandCube (as of June 12 , 2019 (E&P spending)); Bloomberg (Yearly average oil price)

86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OVERVIEW OF THE GLOBAL OFFSHORE CONTRACT DRILLING MARKET

The offshore contract drilling industry provides drilling, workover and well construction services to E&P Companies through the use of MODUs. Historically, the offshore drilling industry has been highly cyclical. As seen in Figure 1.1 above, offshore spending by E&P Companies has fluctuated substantially on an annual basis depending on a variety of factors. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our Industry.”

The profitability of the offshore contract drilling industry is largely determined by the balance between supply and demand for MODUs. Offshore drilling contractors can mobilize MODUs from one region of the world to another, or reactivate stacked/laid up rigs in order to meet demand in various markets.

Offshore drilling contractors typically operate their MODUs under contracts received either by submitting proposals in competition with other contractors or following direct negotiations. The rate of compensation specified in each contract depends on, among other factors, the number of available rigs capable of performing the work, the nature of the operations to be performed, the duration of work, the amount and type of equipment and services provided, the geographic areas involved and other variables. Generally, contracts for drilling services specify a daily rate of compensation and can vary significantly in duration, from weeks to several years. Competitive factors include, amongst others: price, rig availability, rig operating features, workforce experience, operating efficiency, condition of equipment, safety record, contractor experience in a specific area, reputation and customer relationships.

Periods of high demand are typically followed by a shortage of rigs and consequently higher dayrates which, in turn, makes it advantageous for industry participants to place orders for new rigs. This was the case prior to the oil price decline in 2014, where several industry participants ordered new rigs in response to the high demand in the market. However, despite the deteriorating market conditions in the recent downturn, the number of rigs available in the market continued to increase due to both rigs coming off contract with no follow on work and continued inflow of new rigs (albeit at a slower rate than originally planned). This increase in spare capacity, when met with reduced demand for services, shifted excess rig demand into an excess supply of rigs and, consequently reduced dayrates. The figure below illustrates the development in supply and demand for MODUs, split by the three MODU sub-segments: drillships, semi-submersibles and jack-ups (demand reflects the number of contracted MODUs in the global market at each given period).

Figure 1.2: Supply and demand for MODUs from 2000 to 2018


Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MODU Segments

All MODUs provide varying levels of storage capacity, workspace, drilling and water depth capabilities as well as living quarters necessary to support well construction and maintenance services to its customer 24 hours a day. MODUs are generally divided into three main segments as described below.

Jack-ups

Jack-up rigs are mobile drilling platforms standing on the seabed, typically equipped with three steel legs and a self-elevating system that adjusts the platform height to water depth (this Prospectus focuses on independent leg units only, as opposed to mat-supported and other types of jack-up rigs, which are rarely used anymore). When the jack-up rig arrives at its drilling location, it will jack its steel legs down on the seabed until its platform is above the waterline. Upon completion of drilling operations, the jack-up rig is towed by tugboats to its next location or, if being moved over a greater distance, lifted by a heavy-transportation vessel. Jack-up rigs typically operate in shallow-water depths, generally ranging from 30 to 400 feet.

The jack-up rig’s deck provides space for drilling equipment, supplies and living quarters. Modern jack-up rigs typically have a drilling package mounted on a cantilever (a platform projecting outward from the jack-up rig), which allows it to drill away from the hull. A cantilevered rig enables drilling at distances from the hull ranging from approximately 45 to 110 feet. The cantilever allows for flexibility when the jack-up rig is required to perform drilling or workover operations over pre-existing platforms or structures, such as metal towers (jackets) that are put in place to support production facilities. A cantilevered rig is very useful for drilling a series of wells, as it allows the client to perform operations on multiple wells on the platform without re-positioning the jack-up rig.

There are several sub-categories within the jack-up drilling segment based on different attributes of the respective jack-up rigs, typically water depth capability, hook load capacity and cantilever reach. Jack-up rigs can also be designed and equipped to operate in harsh environment (lower temperature and/or harsher weather conditions compared to more benign environments). The offshore drilling market has, over the last years, experienced a shift in demand towards modern and more advanced rigs. In line with this trend, several drilling contractors have, over the last five years, renewed their fleets through both newbuildings and acquisitions.

Jack-up rigs are used globally, with the top three regions by number of contracted jack-ups being the Middle East, South-East Asia and the Indian Ocean.

Semi-submersibles

Semi-submersible rigs, or semi-submersibles, are floating platforms equipped with a ballasting system that can vary the draft (the distance between the surface of the water and the lowest point of the rig) of the partially submerged hull from a shallow draft for transit to a predetermined operational draft while drilling operations are ongoing at a well location. Submerging the rig further in the water reduces the rig’s exposure to ocean conditions (waves, winds and currents) and increases its stability.

Semi-submersible rigs typically have the capability to operate in water depths generally ranging from 450 to 12,000 feet, but are primarily used in water depths between the operational capabilities of jack-up rigs and drillships, or around 7,500 feet.

Semi-submersibles drill in open water, do not have cantilevers and cannot drill over fixed structures. Drilling operations are conducted through an opening in the hull. Semi-submersibles maintain their position above the wellhead either by means of a conventional mooring system, consisting of anchors and chains and/or cables, or by a computerized dynamic positioning system. Generally, in shallower waters, semi-submersibles are moored to the seafloor with anywhere from six to twelve anchors. Once the water depth becomes too deep, the rigs depend on dynamic positioning systems to keep the vessel in place while drilling. The dynamic positioning system relies on several thrusters located on the hulls of the rig, which are activated by an on-board computer that constantly monitors winds and waves to adjust the thrusters to compensate for these changes.

Semi-submersibles are most prevalent in North West Europe, South East Asia and South America.

88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Drillships

Drillships are ships with an on-board propulsion system, often based on a conventional ship hull design, but carrying full drilling equipment similar to that on semi-submersible rigs. Drilling operations are conducted through moon pools, and like modern semi-submersible rigs, drillships are in general equipped with dynamic positioning systems. Drillships generally have the capability to operate in water depths ranging from 450 to 12,000 feet, but are primarily used in water depths between deepwater and ultra-deepwater territory, ranging from 7,500 to 12,000 feet.

Drillships normally have better mobility and higher load capacity than the other MODUs, which make them more suitable for exploration drilling in ultra-deepwater areas far from shore bases and other infrastructure. Drillships are, however, less stable than semi-submersibles, which makes them less suitable for harsh environment areas and therefore are usually operated in benign water regions such as offshore South America, West Africa and the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

THE JACK-UP RIG SEGMENT

The market

Jack-up rigs can, in principle, be used to drill (a) exploration wells, i.e. explore for new sources of oil and gas or (b) new production wells in an area where oil and gas is already produced; the latter activity is referred to as development drilling. As seen in Figure 1.3 below, shallow-water oil and gas production is generally a low-cost production, with shallow-water oil and gas production the cheapest method of drilling second only to Middle East onshore production in terms of cost per barrel of oil. As a result, and due to the shorter period from investment decision to cash flow, E&P Companies generally invest in shallow-water developments over other offshore production categories. The figure below shows Rystad Energy’s global liquids cost curve.

Figure 1.3: Global liquids cost curve


Note: The chart above illustrates the estimated breakeven prices in Brent crude oil equivalent for all projects from different sectors of potential global liquids production and the cumulative liquids production in 2020 deliverable from these sectors. The breakeven prices in Brent crude oil equivalent are calculated by Rystad on a project-by-project basis within each sector and represent the Brent crude oil price required to generate a 10% rate of return for the project on a forward-looking basis (i.e., any activity before 2017 is disregarded). Data comprises fields that will produce by 2020, i.e. also include fields that are not currently producing but are expected to by 2020. The projects are then aggregated by sector, and plotted to illustrate the range of breakeven and weighted average breakeven price by sector. The 20% highest and 20% lowest breakeven prices for the different supply sources are not shown in the figure. Onshore Middle East and North American Shale are regional categories, while the other categories are global.

Source: Rystad Energy Ucube (as of June 12 , 2019)

89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

According to Rystad Energy, and as shown in Figure 1.4 below, oil production in shallow-waters, where jack-up rigs are used, accounted for 64% of the global offshore production during the last five years (a fraction of shallow production also comes from fixed installations). Shallow-water production therefore represents a key element in the global oil supply chain. The figure below shows the offshore oil production by water depth.

Figure 1.4: Offshore oil production by water depth from 2000 to 2018


Note: The above figure reflects crude oil and condensate.

Source: Rystad Energy Ucube (as of June 12 , 2019)

77% out of the estimated average 285 contracted rig years (i.e., the total aggregate number of days under contract is 285 years) on jack-up rigs globally were used for production drilling in 2018. The remaining 23% were used for exploration drilling. The tendency to rely on shallow-water production during periods of recovery makes the jack-up drilling market more resilient and less volatile when compared against other MODU segments, especially those more exposed to exploration drilling. The graph below shows the development in usage for jack-up rigs between 2000 and 2018.

Figure 1.5: Development in type of rig employment for jack-ups from 2000 to 2018


Note: The above figure reflects the number of contracted rig years on jack-up rigs globally.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

Competition and margins

The jack-up drilling market is characterized by a highly competitive and fragmented supplier landscape, with market participants ranging from large international companies to small, locally owned companies and rigs owned by national oil companies (the latter are referred to as owner-operated rigs). The operations of the largest players are generally dispersed around the globe due to the high mobility of most MODUs. Although the cost of moving MODUs from one region to another and/or the availability of rig-moving vessels may cause a short term imbalance between supply and demand in one region, significant variations between

90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regions do not exist in the long-term due to MODU mobility. According to Rystad Energy as of June 12, 2019, excluding rigs under construction, 93 contract drilling companies own a total of 493 jack-up rigs, equivalent to approximately 5.3 rigs per company on average. Figure 1.6 below illustrates the fragmented supply situation, showing that very few drilling companies own a material fraction of the total jack-up fleet worldwide.

Figure 1.6: Number of jack-ups owned by different drilling companies


Note: The above figure excludes newbuild jack-up rigs under construction.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

Offshore drilling contracts are generally awarded on a competitive bid basis. In determining which qualified drilling contractor is awarded a contract, key factors are pricing, rig availability and sustainability, rig location, condition of equipment, operating integrity, safety performance record, crew experience, reputation, industry standing and client relationships.

Furthermore, competition for offshore drilling rigs is generally on a global basis, as MODUs are highly mobile. However, the cost associated with mobilizing rigs between regions can be substantial, as entering a new region could necessitate upgrades of the unit and its equipment due to specific regional requirements. We believe that the market for drilling contracts will continue to be highly competitive for the foreseeable future. Please see “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our Industry—The jack-up drilling market historically has been highly cyclical, with periods of low demand and/or over-supply that could result in adverse effects on our business.”

Jack-up rig sub-segments

There are several sub-segments within the jack-up drilling segment based on different attributes of the rigs, typically water depth capability, age, hook load capacity, cantilever reach and environmental conditions a rig can operate in. The sub-segment classification varies across market participants, third parties (researchers, consultants etc.), classification societies and others. In this Prospectus, we have used Rystad Energy’s classification of the jack-up sub-segments, which are as follows:

“high-specification” — Rigs suitable for operations in water depths up to 400 feet and with a hook load above 2 million lbs, or rigs suitable for operations in water depths up to 400 feet and with harsh environment capabilities;
“premium” — Rigs suitable for operations in water depths up to 350 feet or rigs with harsh environment capabilities, and independent leg cantilever design; and
“standard” — Rigs which are not captured by either the high-specification or the premium criteria discussed above.

91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recently, the jack-up drilling market has experienced a shift in demand towards high-specification and premium jack-up rigs. In line with this trend, several drilling contractors are renewing their fleets through both newbuildings and rig acquisitions. The figure below shows the largest owners of high-specification and premium jack-up rigs by number of rigs.

Figure 1.7: Largest High-specification and Premium jack-up rig owners by number of rigs


Note: Figure only includes publicly listed owners; Seadrill Limited excludes non-consolidated entities (Seamex Limited); EnscoRowan plc excludes ARO Drilling Joint Venture.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

One of the main reasons for the increased focus on high-specification and premium jack-up rigs is an expected increase in the activity which requires equipment of higher standards due to more demanding wells. The 2010 Deepwater Horizon Incident (to which we were not a party) on the BP-operated Macondo prospect has led to an increased focus on safe operations and QHSE performance from the E&P Companies, leading to E&P Companies in part shifting their preference to more advanced equipment. This trend can be observed in Figure 1.8 below.

Figure 1.8: Development in number of contracted jack-ups split by sub-segment from 2003 to May 2019


Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

In addition to the sub-segments described above, which are based on the attributes of the rig, there is another sub-segment for jack-ups, namely owner-operated jack-up rigs. These rigs are wholly or partially owned by oil companies, often being national or state-owned oil companies (“NOCs”) or international oil companies (“IOCs”). Generically speaking, owner-operators occasionally ordered drilling rigs to cover recurring work, which may span several years, or to meet basic demand within certain geographical areas. Owner-operated rig employment shares some similarities with outsourced drilling activity—when an NOC or IOC has chartered a drilling rig long-term, but with no specific work for it, such company may offer the rig to other oil companies. According to Rystad Energy, as of June 12, 2019, the owner-operated jack-up fleet is relatively fragmented, with 23 companies owning 86 jack-up rigs. The largest owner is the Abu Dhabi National Oil Company (“ADNOC”), owning 20 jack-up rigs, followed by China Petroleum Offshore Engineering Company Ltd., owning 10 jack-ups. Among other

92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

well-known oil companies owning jack-ups are Equinor ASA (formerly Statoil ASA), which owns two jack-up rigs. Geographically, the owner-operated fleet is rather concentrated in Asia, with approximately 34% of the fleet operating throughout China, Vietnam and India.

The demand for owner-operated jack-up rigs is, to an extent, unrelated to conventional demand for contract drilling services, primarily as the drilling demand covered by owner-operated rigs has not historically been considered as part of conventional demand for contract drilling services by the industry. Furthermore, owner-operated jack-up rigs are often built with unique specifications fit for a specific purpose or field, hence they can be less versatile than conventional jack-ups. In recent years, NOCs and IOCs have trended toward a preference for contracted jack-up rigs as opposed to owner-operated rigs, evinced through the relative low number of newbuild orders and an older fleet, on average. Figure 1.9 below outlines the geographical distribution of the current fleet of owner-operated jack-up rigs.

Figure 1.9: Geographical split of owner-operated jack-ups


Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

The global jack-up rig fleet

According to Rystad Energy, the global jack-up drilling fleet is currently at approximately 501 units. Of the current global fleet, 285 jack-up rigs are currently drilling, 120 rigs are ready and warm-stacked, 65 rigs are cold-stacked and the remaining 31 are being used for other non-drilling purposes, stacked and/or retired. As illustrated in Figure 1.10 below, the fraction of the active fleet which is actively contracted has increased from approximately 54% in 2017 to 57% in 2018, reflecting an increase in offshore drilling activity.

Figure 1.10: Jack-up fleet status from 2000 to 2018


Note: The above figure excludes newbuild jack-up rigs under construction.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

Periods of high jack-up utilization, high dayrates, availability of capital and positive market expectations generally lead to increased ordering activity. After a period of high building activity in the early 1980s, jack-up ordering activity was muted through the 1990s, until 2005. In the recent upcycle from 2005 until 2014, a large number of jack-up rigs were ordered. Although there are large variations in the condition of older rigs, the

93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

expected increase in the complexity of wells to be drilled, and the general focus on safe operations and QHSE performance, is shifting E&P Company demand toward newer rigs. Figure 1.11 below shows the historical newbuild development of the global jack-up rig fleet since 1970. Please see Figure 1.12 and the related discussion below for information on rigs currently on order or under construction.

Figure 1.11: Development in jack-up newbuild deliveries from 1970 to 2018


Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

As of June 12, 2019, there were 72 jack-ups on order for delivery through to 2020, representing 27% of the rigs delivered and expected to be delivered in the period from 2010 to 2020. Furthermore, a significant number of jack-up orders placed at Chinese shipyards, which have different experience in building jack-up rigs, were made on speculation by non-established offshore drilling contractors and without employment secured post-delivery. With respect to a number of these jack-up rigs, construction supervision has been poor and such rigs remain unfinished and may never be delivered or otherwise enter the global jack-up fleet. As illustrated in Figure 1.12 below, Chinese shipyards represent 72% of the current global order book, but have in general less experience building jack-up rigs historically. The figure below shows the historical jack-up rig deliveries from 2010 to 2018 and the estimated delivery schedule of current order book by shipyard country.

Figure 1.12: Historical jack-up deliveries from 2010 to 2019 and estimated delivery schedule of current order book


Note: According to Rystad Energy, 11 jack-up rigs have been delivered in 2019 as of June 12, 2019 (seven jack-up rigs from Chinese yards and four rigs from other yards).

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Currently, over 40% of the jack-up drilling fleet is more than 30 years old. A large portion of the older rigs have been without work for several years and will require significant capital expenditure in order to become competitive. The figure below shows the development in the number of jack-up rigs older than 30 and 40 years as a percent of the total jack-up drilling fleet.

Figure 1.13: Rigs older than 30 and 40 years old in percentage of the total jack-up drilling fleet from 2000 to 2020 e


Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

As older rigs struggle to find work, contractors are less likely to invest in ongoing maintenance and upgrades. Consequently, these rigs will require significant capital expenditure to become operational. Although the scrap value of a jack-up rig is generally lower than floaters (less steel and associated equipment and inventories), high reactivation costs and less attractive re-contracting prospects are likely to force many of the older jack-up rigs to the scrapping yard. Since the peak in the summer of 2014, 111 jack-up rigs with an average age of 39 years have been scrapped (or recycled for non-drilling purposes). The youngest rig scrapped was built in 1999. As the scrap value of an older jack-up rig, depending on rig location, can be similar or less than the cost of relocating the rig, the actual number of rigs scrapped (or recycled for non-drilling purposes) could be significantly higher than the number of rigs brought to the scrapping yards.

Demand

Historically, demand for jack-up rigs has been primarily driven by NOCs. Since 2000, NOCs have increased their demand for jack-up rigs at a higher rate than other E&P Companies, both in absolute and relative terms. IOCs and small independent E&P Companies have generally become increasingly focused on deepwater drilling. NOCs and integrated national oil companies (“INOCs”) represented an average of 40% of the total jack-up rig demand from 2010 to 2018. By comparison, the major E&P Companies were responsible for, on average, 12% of total jack-up rig demand from 2010 to 2018, which is the second largest source of demand in the jack-up drilling market. The figure below shows the development in jack-up rig demand by type of operator.

Figure 1.14: Jack-up rig demand by operator from 2000 to 2018


95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note: The category “NOC & INOC” includes national oil companies and integrated national oil companies; the category “Majors” includes the seven largest E&P Companies: ExxonMobil, BP, Shell, Chevron, Total, ConocoPhillips and ENI; the category “Independent” includes upstream oriented companies with exploration and production assets with average daily production greater than 50 kboe/d; the category “E&P Companies” includes upstream oriented companies with average daily production lower than 50 kboe/d owning both fields and licenses; and the category “Other” includes industrial companies, suppliers and other investors.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

As seen in Figure 1.15 below, and as of June 12, 2019, the NOCs who have contracted the largest number of jack-up rigs are Saudi Aramco, China National Offshore Oil Corporation, Oil and Natural Gas Corporation (India), ADNOC, Pemex and Qatar Petroleum. According to Rystad Energy, these companies are expected to continue with high levels of shallow-water drilling activity.

Figure 1.15: Number of contracted jack-up rigs by top 10 operators


Note: The above figure excludes owner-operated jack-up rigs.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

NOCs typically reflect a long-term view of the offshore drilling industry. This has resulted in an increase in jack-up contract days in recent years. In contrast, independent E&P Companies generally take a shorter-term view of the offshore drilling industry. These different approaches have resulted in a divergence of activity levels with independent E&P Companies being more prone to cancelling or delaying projects where viability is threatened by persistent cost increases. On the other hand, NOCs’ longer-term view tends to result in fewer project cancellations, longer contract lengths and ultimately, higher levels of sustained drilling activity. The figure below illustrates the average jack-up rig contract lengths by operator type.

Figure 1.16: Average jack-up drilling contract lengths by operator type from 2010 to 2018


Note: The above figure excludes owner-operated jack-up rigs and shows new unique contracts only.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dayrates

As observed in Figure 1.17, the global jack-up drilling market experienced a steady increase in dayrates in the period from 2010 to 2014. The significant increase was due primarily to increased demand for drilling services caused by rapidly increasing oil and gas prices and investments in exploration during the period. The dayrates have since fallen more than 45% on average from the peak level observed in 2013. Figure 1.17 below shows the development in dayrates.

Figure 1.17: Dayrates per jack-up segment from 2008 to May 2019


Note: The above figure shows new unique contracts only. As of June 12, 2019, two high-specification jack-up contracts have been awarded ($160k/day and $80k/day) in 2019, which has resulted in the steep increase from 2018 to 2019 in the above figure.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

Utilization

In line with the rest of the offshore drilling industry, the global jack-up drilling market was adversely affected by the abrupt downturn in the price of oil in 2014, which resulted in customers cancelling and/or postponing their drilling projects. The 2014 downturn broke the upward trend in utilization which occurred from 2011 to 2014, resulting in the decline of the average utilization rate for jack-up rigs from approximately 81% in 2013 to 57% in 2018. As observed in Figure 1.18 below, the jack-up drilling market is generally short-cycled in nature compared to the floater drilling market (consisting of the two drilling rig segments: drillships and semi-submersibles), meaning that recovery is generally faster. According to Rystad Energy, E&P Companies prefer shallow-water developments over deepwater as the market recovers due to shorter periods from the initial investment decision to the generation of cash flow. The figure below illustrates the development in utilization for the global jack-up drilling fleet compared to the global floater fleet.

Figure 1.18: Total utilization for jack-up rigs vs floaters from 2003 to May 2019


Note: The above figure excludes newbuild jack-up rigs under construction.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As reflected above, the jack-up drilling market is traditionally characterized by a short-cycled nature and the tendency to employ jack-up rigs on brownfield projects (drilling on reservoirs which have matured to a production plateau or even progressed to a stage of declining production), which have relatively low breakeven points, further exacerbates the short-cycled nature of the jack-up drilling market. The jack-up drilling market has historically been less volatile and the areas with jack-up exposure have recovered faster following price down-cycles than those areas with greenfield projects (drilling on newly discovered oil reservoirs), with the latter historically having utilized floaters to a larger extent. The short-cycle nature and attractive economics of shallow-water development has resulted in the jack-up drilling market recovering on average nine months faster than the floater market in previous commodity price down-cycles. This is evident in Figure 1.19 below, which sets out the marketed utilization for jack-up rigs and floaters for the five most prominent commodity price down-cycles as a percentage change from the peak utilization (which is set as 100% at the start of the periods presented).

Figure 1.19: Marketed utilization for five different commodity price down-cycles


Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019) and Rystad Energy research and analysis.

98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jack-up drilling regions

Since 2010, the geographical location of the working jack-up drilling fleet, has been the most stable and the highest in the Middle East, the North Sea, the Indian Ocean and South East Asia (collectively representing more than 50% of the contracted fleet). With the exception of the Indian Ocean, these markets are still the most active and promising markets for high-specification jack-up rigs, with visible requirements increasing throughout 2019 and beyond. The demand for jack-up rigs in the Indian Ocean is covered predominately by local operators and standard jack-up rigs. The Middle East and South East Asia regional markets are characterized by higher activity from E&P Companies that are owned wholly or with a majority share by NOCs, and low breakeven costs relative to other regions. Although the development in activity in West Africa has declined since 2010, the region is currently regaining some of its potential. Development in Mexico has also declined, but is trending upward while the U.S. Gulf of Mexico has collapsed and is no longer considered a relevant market for jack-up rigs. The figure below shows the jack-up drilling market by region per 2018 compared to 2010, measured by number of contracted jack-up rigs.

Figure 1.20: Jack-up market activity by region, comparing 2018 to 2010

Colors represent jack-up activity level


Note: The shaded area on the above figure is intended only to show the general area and is not a precise depiction of the relevant jack-up region/market.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recent trends and outlook

According to Rystad Energy, activity in shallow-waters is increasing based on growing demand due to, among other factors, competitive break-even costs. Over the last couple of years, it has become evident that operators prefer high-specification and premium jack-up rigs to standard jack-up rigs. Figure 1.21 below shows that the number of awarded contracts has increased by 69% and 11% from 2017 to June 12, 2019 for high-specification and premium jack-up rigs, respectively, while the number of awarded contracts has decreased by 8% for standard jack-up rigs. On an aggregated basis, the number of awarded contracts has increased by 15% from 2017 to 2018, showing that the overall demand for jack-up rigs is increasing.

Figure 1.21: Number of contracts awarded by jack-up segment


Note: The above figure reflects only new arms-length contracts and excludes non-competitive rigs (as defined by Rystad Energy) and certain Chinese contracts which were not awarded through competitive bidding processes and are therefore not considered by Rystad Energy as within global demand.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

In addition to the increasing market share for high-specification and premium jack-up rigs in terms of their share of contract awards, these jack-up rig sub-segments generally earn higher dayrates compared to other standard rigs due to their specialized features and greater capacity. This trend is particularly visible for high-specification and premium jack-up rigs which, due to higher building costs, are eligible for a premium dayrate compared to standard jack-up rigs.

Figure 1.22 below shows the development in fixtures split by jack-up rig sub-segment and distinctively illustrates the difference in dayrate levels between the various rig classes. During the previous commodity price down-turn, the spread between high-specification and premium jack-up rigs narrowed significantly. This spread is, however, expected to widen again as activity in the industry picks up.

Figure 1.22: Jack-up fixtures from 2008 to 2018 per jack-up rig sub-segment


Note: The above figure excludes contract fixtures above $250,000 per day, non-competitive rigs (as defined by Rystad Energy) and certain Chinese contracts which were not awarded through competitive bidding processes and are therefore not considered by Rystad Energy as within global demand.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Figure 1.23 below shows utilization over the period from 2006 to May 2019 for different jack-up sub-segments. It is visible that high-specification and premium jack-up rigs have consistently experienced significantly higher utilization over the period from 2006 to May 2019. What is particularly evident is the bifurcation trend observed in the jack-up market from the trough in 2017 and onwards, as E&P Companies prefer more capable high-specification rigs over standard jack-up rigs. Utilization for high-specification and premium jack-up rigs increased by 10% and 7%, respectively, from May 2018 to May 31, 2019, while utilization for standard jack-up rigs increased by 4%.

Figure 1.23: Jack-up rig utilization per jack-up rig sub-segment from 2006 to May 2019


Note: The above figure excludes newbuild jack-up rigs under construction.

Source: Rystad Energy RigCube (as of June 12 , 2019)

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

OUR COMPANY

We are an offshore shallow-water drilling contractor providing worldwide offshore drilling services to the oil and gas industry. Our primary business is the ownership, contracting and operation of jack-up rigs for operations in shallow-water areas (i.e., in water depths up to approximately 400 feet), including the provision of related equipment and work crews to conduct oil and gas drilling and workover operations for exploration and production customers. We own 27 rigs, including 26 jack-up rigs and one semi-submersible rig, with an additional eight jack-up rigs scheduled to be delivered by the end of 2020. Upon delivery of these newbuild jack-up rigs, we will have a fleet of 30 premium jack-up rigs, which refers to rigs delivered from the yard in 2001 or later.

We aim to become a preferred operator of jack-up rigs within the jack-up drilling market. The shallow-water market is our operational focus as we expect demand will recover sooner than in the mid- and deepwater segments of the contract drilling market. We contract our jack-up rigs and offshore employees primarily on a dayrate basis to drill wells for our customers, including integrated oil companies, state-owned national oil companies and independent oil and gas companies. During 2018, our top five customers by revenue were subsidiaries of NDC, TAQA, BW Energy, Spirit Energy and Total. During the first quarter of 2019, our top five customers by revenue were subsidiaries of NDC, TAQA, Perenco, Total and Tulip. A dayrate drilling contract generally extends over a period of time covering either the drilling of a single well or group of wells or covering a stated term. Our Total Contract Backlog was $450.9 million as of March 31, 2019 and $372.0 million as of December 31, 2018. We currently operate in significant oil-producing geographies throughout the world, including the North Sea, the Middle East, Mexico, West Africa and Southeast Asia. We intend to operate our business with a competitive cost base, driven by a strong and experienced organizational culture and a carefully managed capital structure.

From our initial acquisition of rigs in early 2017, we have expanded rapidly into one of the world’s largest international offshore jack-up drilling contractors by number of jack-up rigs. The following chart illustrates the development in our fleet since our inception:

 
As of and for the
Six Months
Ended June 30 ,
As of and for the Year
Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
2017
Total Fleet as of January 1
 
27
 
 
13
 
 
0
 
Jack-up Rigs Acquired (1)
 
 
 
23
 
 
12
 
Newbuild Jack-up Rigs Delivered from Shipyards
 
2
 
 
9
 
 
1
 
Jack-up Rigs Disposed of
 
2
 
 
18
 
 
0
 
Total Fleet as of the end of Period
 
27
 
 
27
 
 
13
 
Newbuild Jack-up Rigs not yet Delivered as of the end of Period
 
8
 
 
9
 
 
13
 
Jack-up Rigs Committed to be Sold as of the end of Period
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
Total Fleet, including Newbuild Rigs not yet D elivered, as of the end of Period
 
35
 
 
36
 
 
26
 
(1) Includes acquisition of one semi-submersible rig in 2018.

Our operating revenues, net (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $164.9 million, $(190.9) million and $(65.8) million, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 were $51.9 million, $(56.4) million and $(15.3) million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable financial measure of net loss under U.S. GAAP, see “Selected Financial and Other Data.”

Our common shares have traded on the Oslo Børs since August 2017, under the symbol “BDRILL.”

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT

Borr Drilling Limited was incorporated by Taran Holdings Limited on August 8, 2016, pursuant to the Companies Act, as an exempted company limited by shares and registered in the Bermuda register of companies with the name “Magni Drilling Limited.” On December 16, 2016, we changed our name to Borr Drilling Limited. On December 19, 2016, our Shares were introduced to the Norwegian OTC market and on August 30, 2017, our Shares were listed on the Oslo Børs under the symbol “BDRILL.” Our principal executive offices are located at S. E. Pearman Building, 2 nd Floor, 9 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda and our telephone number is +1 (441) 737-0152.

We have appointed Puglisi & Associates, whose address is 850 Liberty Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, Delaware 19711, as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the laws of the United States. Please see the section entitled “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities Against Foreign Persons” for more information.

The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, which can be found at http://www.sec.gov. Our internet address is http://borrdrilling.com/. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference and does not form part of this Prospectus.

Acquisition of Hercules Rigs

On December 2, 2016, we agreed to purchase two premium jack-up rigs (the “Hercules Rigs”) from Hercules British Offshore Limited (“Hercules”). The transaction was completed on January 23, 2017 (the “Hercules Acquisition”). The Hercules Rigs, named “Frigg” and “Ran,” were acquired at a total price of $130 million. Each rig is a premium jack-up rig.

Acquisition from Transocean

On March 15, 2017, we signed a letter of intent with Transocean Inc. (“Transocean”) for the purchase of all of certain Transocean subsidiaries owning 10 jack-up rigs and the rights under five newbuilding contracts (the “Transocean Transaction”). On May 31, 2017, we completed the Transocean Transaction for a total price of $1,240.5 million. Three of the jack-up rigs we acquired, “Idun,” “Mist” and “Odin,” were, at the time, employed with Chevron for operations in Thailand. Transocean, as the seller, retained the revenue, expenses and cash flow associated with the three rigs under contract upon closing of the Transocean Transaction. Two of the jack-up rigs we acquired are currently employed with drilling contracts. Since the acquisition closed, two of the rigs under the newbuilding contracts have been delivered, “Saga” and “Skald,” and an additional three are scheduled to be delivered in 2020. Of the rigs initially delivered at closing, four were standard jack-up rigs and six were premium jack-up rigs. Since the closing of the Transocean Transaction, we have divested three of the standard jack-up rigs and entered into a sale agreement to sell the fourth standard jack-up rig as there was no economic incentive to reactivate these rigs.

Acquisition from PPL

On October 6, 2017, we entered into a master agreement with PPL for the acquisition of the PPL Rigs. The consideration in the transaction with PPL (the “PPL Acquisition”) was approximately $1.3 billion. All of the PPL Rigs have been delivered to us as of the date hereof.

Acquisition of Paragon

Paragon Offshore Limited (“Paragon”) was incorporated on July 18, 2017 as part of the financial restructuring of its predecessor, Paragon Offshore plc, who commenced proceedings under chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on February 14, 2016. On March 29, 2018, we concluded the Paragon Transaction, subsequently acquiring the majority of the remaining shares in July 2018. At the closing of the Paragon Transaction, Paragon owned two premium jack-up rigs, 20 standard jack-up rigs (built before 2001) and one semi-submersible rig (built in 1979) (the “Paragon Rigs”). The Paragon Transaction provided us with a solid operational platform which matches the quality of our jack-up fleet. Paragon’s five-year track record has helped position us to win tenders from key E&P Companies. As part of the acquisition, Paragon became a subsidiary of Borr Drilling. Subsequent to the acquisition, we divested 16 standard jack-up rigs acquired in the Paragon Transaction as there was no economic incentive to reactivate these rigs.

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Acquisition from Keppel

On May 16, 2018, we entered into an agreement to acquire five premium jack-up rigs, three completed and two under construction from Keppel (the “Keppel Acquisition”). The purchase price for the Keppel Rigs was approximately $742.5 million. As part of the transaction, we agreed with Keppel to delay the delivery of one of the newbuild jack-up rigs acquired in the Transocean Transaction, “Tivar,” by 15 months to July 2020.

Acquisition of Keppel’s Hull B378

In March 2019, we entered into an assignment agreement with BOTL Lease Co. Ltd. (the “Original Owner”) for the assignment of the rights and obligations under a construction contract to take delivery of one KFELS Super B Bigfoot premium jack-up rig identified as Keppel’s Hull No. B378 from Keppel for a purchase price of $122.1 million. The construction contract was, at the same time, novated to our subsidiary, Borr Jack-Up XXXII Inc., and amended. We took delivery of the jack-up rig on May 9, 2019 and the rig was subsequently renamed “Thor.”

To finance the rig purchase we entered into a $120.0 million senior secured term loan facilities agreement, consisting of two facilities (Facility A and Facility B) of $60.0 million each, which we refer to as our Bridge Facility. The facilities had a maturity date of September 30, 2019. Following the signing of our Hayfin Facility, Syndicated Facility and New Bridge Facility agreements on June 25, 2019, which collectively provided $645 million in financing, we paid the outstanding balance due under our Bridge Facility, which was subsequently cancelled.

Divestments

Although we do not actively market our jack-up rigs, from time to time we may consider opportunities to sell our standard jack-up rigs if it can be achieved in a manner in which such jack-up rigs are contractually obligated to leave the jack-up drilling market, thereby decreasing the worldwide supply of jack-up rigs available for contract. In 2018, we divested 18 jack-up rigs for total proceeds of $37.6 million and recorded a gain of $18.8 million. In May 2019, we entered into sale agreements for the sale of the “Eir,” “Baug” and “Paragon C20051,” none of which were operating or on contract, for cash consideration of $3.0 million each. The jack-up rigs have been sold with a contractual obligation not to be used for drilling purposes and so retired from the international jack-up fleet. The sales of “Baug” and “Paragon C20051” were completed in May 2019 and the sale of “Eir” is expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2020, subject to certain conditions precedent. These divestments bring the total number of jack-up rigs divested by us and retired from the international jack-up fleet to 20 since the beginning of 2018.

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following chart sets forth an overview of the acquisitions and dispositions we have made since our formation:

ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS SINCE OUR FORMATION
Acquisition /
Disposition
Closing Date
Description of Transaction
Approximate
Transaction
V alue
(in $ millions)
Rigs Subsequently
Divested
Hercules Acquisition
January 23, 2017
Acquisition of two premium jack-up rigs
$
130.0
 
Transocean Transaction
May 31, 2017
Acquisition of 10 jack-up rigs and novation of contracts in respect of five newbuild premium jack-up rigs (1)
$
1,240.5
 
3 standard jack-up rigs
PPL Acquisition
October 6, 2017
Acquisition of nine newbuild premium jack-up rigs (2)
$
1,300.0
 
Paragon Transaction
March 29, 2018
Acquisition of 22 jack-up rigs and one semi-submersible (3)
$
241.3
 
17 standard jack-up rigs
Keppel Acquisition
May 16, 2018
Acquisition of five newbuild premium jack-up rigs (4)
$
742.5
 
Keppel Hull
B378 (“Thor”)
Acquisition
March 29, 2019
Acquisition of one newbuild premium jack-up rig
$
122.1
 
(1) Two jack-up rigs were delivered in January and June 2018, respectively. Three jack-up rigs are due to be delivered in 2020. Six premium jack-up rigs and two standard jack-up rigs remain from the Transocean Transaction.
(2) All jack-up rigs acquired in the PPL Acquisition have been delivered.
(3) Two premium jack-up rigs, four standard jack-up rigs and our semi-submersible rig remain from the Paragon Transaction.
(4) All five jack-up rigs are due to be delivered no later than the end of 2020.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

One of the youngest and largest offshore drilling contractors

We have one of the youngest and largest fleets in the jack-up drilling market. The majority of our rigs were built after 2013 and, as of March 31, 2019, the average age of our premium fleet (excluding our four standard jack-up rigs, our semi-submersible rig and newbuilds not yet delivered) is 2.54 years and of our entire fleet (excluding newbuilds not yet delivered) is 8.47 years (implying an average building year of 2011), respectively, which we believe is among the lowest average fleet age in the industry. New and modern rigs that offer technically capable, operationally flexible, safe and reliable contracting are increasingly preferred by customers. We expect to compete for and secure new drilling contracts from new tenders as well as privately negotiated transactions, which we estimate represent approximately half of new contract opportunities. We believe, based on our young fleet and growing operational track record, that we will be better placed to secure new drilling contracts as offshore drilling demand rises than our competitors who operate older, less modern fleets.

Largely uniform and modern fleet with available capacity to expand customer base

Because our fleet is one of the youngest and largest and the drilling equipment on, and operating capability of, our jack-up rigs is largely uniform, we have the capacity to bid for multiple contracts simultaneously, including those requiring active employment of multiple rigs over the same period, as in the case of our operations for Pemex in Mexico. We have acquired (including newbuilds not yet delivered) a fleet of largely premium jack-up rigs from shipyards with a reputation for quality and reliability. Moreover, due to the uniformity of the jack-up rigs in our fleet, we have been able to achieve operational and administrative efficiencies.

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have activated a number of our jack-up rigs since late 2018 based on firm contract opportunities, which we believe confirms our expectation that industry conditions in the jack-up drilling market will continue to improve. We believe that we are well-placed to capitalize on these improving trends as we seek to establish ourselves as one of the preferred providers in the industry. As of June 30, 2019, we have 11 rigs warm stacked and available for contracting as well as an additional eight jack-up rigs under construction which are also available for contracting.

Commitment to safety and the environment

We are focused on developing a strong QHSE culture and performance history. We believe that the combination of quality jack-up rigs and experienced and skilled employees contributes to the safety and effectiveness of our operations. Since the 2010 Deepwater Horizon Incident (as defined below) (to which we were not a party), there has been an increased focus on offshore drilling QHSE issues by regulators as well as by the industry. As a result, E&P Companies have imposed increasingly stringent QHSE rules on their contractors, especially when working on challenging wells and operations where the QHSE risks are higher. Our commitment to strong QHSE culture and performance is reflected in our Technical Utilization rate in 2018, of 99.0% in 2018 and 98.8% in the first quarter of 2019, and our excellent safety record in the same period. We believe our focus on providing safe and efficient drilling services will enhance our growth prospects as we work toward becoming one of the preferred providers in the industry.

Strong and diverse customer relationships

We have strong relationships with our customers rooted in our employees’ expertise, reputation and history in the offshore drilling industry, as well as our growing operational track record and the quality of our fleet. Our customers are oil and gas exploration and production companies, including integrated oil companies, state-owned national oil companies and independent oil and gas companies. For the year ended December 31, 2018, our five largest customers in terms of revenue were NDC, TAQA, BW Energy, Spirit Energy and Total. We believe that we are responsive and flexible in addressing our customers’ specific needs and seek collaborative solutions to achieve customer objectives. We focus on strong operational performance and close alignment with our customers’ interests, which we believe provides us with a competitive advantage and will contribute to contracting success and fleet utilization.

Management team and Board members with extensive experience in the drilling industry

Our executive management team and Board have extensive experience in the oil and gas industry in general and in the drilling industry in particular. In addition, the members of our executive management team are knowledgeable operating and financial executives with extensive experience with companies operating in the jack-up drilling market. The members of our executive management team and Board have held and currently hold leadership positions at prominent offshore drilling and oilfield services companies, including Schlumberger Limited, Marine Drilling Companies, Inc., Seadrill Limited, North Atlantic Drilling Ltd., TODCO and Archer Limited, and have relationships which complement one another and have assisted, and continue to assist, in our development.

E ffective acquisition history

We acquired our jack-up rigs at what we believe are historically attractive prices, including through four major acquisitions since early 2017. The average purchase price of our rigs is significantly lower than the historical construction cost of comparable rigs. We acquired our jack-up rigs at a substantial discount to their cost when originally ordered. We have acquired the majority of our newbuild jack-up rigs by raising equity in the financial markets and by entering into delivery financing arrangements provided by the shipyards. In contrast to many of our competitors who built and owned their fleet prior to 2014, we entered the jack-up drilling market at what we believe to be an attractive price point. Although we have incurred net losses as we commence operations, we believe we are well placed, with a young and modern fleet, to capitalize on any upturn in the jack-up drilling market.

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGIES

Through our premium jack-up rigs, we intend to meet our primary business objective of becoming a preferred operator in the jack-up drilling market while also maximizing return to our shareholders. To achieve this, our strategies include the following:

Deploy high-quality rigs to service a growing industry

We have acquired one of the leading jack-up fleets in the industry with capacity to service existing and future client needs. Tender activity in the jack-up drilling market has been increasing sharply since the second quarter of 2018, which we believe indicates the industry is recovering from the challenges it has faced over the last five years. We believe that shallow-water drilling, such as that performed by our jack-up rigs, has a shorter lifecycle between exploration and first oil and lower capital expenditure than other forms of drilling performed by mobile offshore drilling units, such as drillships. We believe this makes shallow-water drilling more attractive than deep-water projects in the current economic and industry climates. Major E&P Companies have experienced falling production coupled with rising cash flows since late 2016 and as a result of these factors, we anticipate an increase in shallow-water drilling among E&P and other companies. In addition to tender activity in which we participate through bidding, we also compete for new contract opportunities through privately negotiated transactions, including private tenders and direct negotiations with customers, which we estimate represent approximately half of new contract opportunities. We believe our footprint in the industry is growing. Between April 1, 2018, and June 30, 2019, we signed 15 new contracts for drilling services with an aggregate value of approximately $434 million, including nine with new customers. During this period, we also signed two extensions and have had four options exercised. As of June 30, 2019, 16 of our 26 rigs are under contract (including our semi-submersible rig).

Become a preferred provider in the industry

We have established strong and long-term relationships with key participants and customers in the offshore drilling industry, including through our acquisition of Paragon Offshore Limited, the hiring of experienced personnel and contracts signed since our inception, and we will seek to deepen and strengthen these relationships as part of our strategy. This involves identifying value add services for our customers (such as integrated well contracts) and, to this end, we have signed a non-exclusive Collaboration Agreement with Schlumberger to offer such services. For more information on our relationship with Schlumberger, please see the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” We also plan to continue to hire employees with long track-records in the industry and extensive contacts with potential key customers to further improve customer relationships. Based on our largely premium and uniform fleet, our experienced team and a solid industry network, we believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on improving trends as we seek to establish ourselves as a preferred provider to these customers.

Establish high-quality, cost-efficient operations

We intend to be a leading offshore shallow-water drilling company by operating with a competitive cost base while continuing to grow our reputation as a high quality contractor. Our key objective is to deliver the best operations possible—both in terms of Technical Utilization and QHSE culture and performance—while also maximizing deployment of our rigs and maintaining a competitive cost structure.

To facilitate our strategy, we have acquired one of the most modern and uniform fleets in the industry, with experienced and skilled individuals across the organization and on our Board. We expect to have an advantage not only with regard to operating expenditures as a result of our largely standardized fleet, but also with regard to financing costs when compared to many of our industry peers.

Establish and offer integrated services

We are planning to offer integrated drilling/well services together with Schlumberger and have been tendering our services on this basis for some contract tenders. Integrated drilling services offer all services and equipment (and in some cases, material procurement) in a single contract. We believe this model is more economically feasible and thus attractive for smaller E&P Companies operating offshore, as the model could reduce the number of contracts required for a project from above ten to two or three. Significant cost saving

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

potential is evident in the model. As a result, project management could become simpler, cheaper and more efficient for customers with integrated drilling services. Further, this could lead to improved well design, better selection and more efficient operators of rig equipment and technology.

We expect our collaboration with Schlumberger, while not exclusive, will enable us to offer integrated well services by providing a combination of services, technology, equipment and rigs that we expect to yield a significant value proposition. An example is the recent contract awarded to us in Mexico, where we, Schlumberger and local partners will work together to deliver integrated drilling services to Pemex.

Maintain financial discipline

We intend to manage our balance sheet by maintaining a suitable proportion of equity and debt, depending on our contract backlog and market outlook. In the future, we may consider adding leverage against our contract backlog or to finance growth or other accretive activities. We will also aim to distribute dividends to shareholders whenever we have excess cash flows and are permitted to do so under our Financing Arrangements.

OUR FLEET

We believe that we have one of the most modern jack-up fleets in the offshore drilling industry. Our drilling fleet consists of 27 rigs, of which four are standard jack-up rigs, 22 are premium jack-up rigs and one is a semi-submersible rig. In addition, we have agreed to purchase eight additional premium jack-up rigs to be delivered prior to the end of 2020. Premium jack-up rigs means rigs delivered from the yard in 2001 or later and which are suitable for operations in water depths up to 400 feet with an independent leg cantilever design. The majority of our rigs were built after 2013 and as of March 31, 2019, the average age of our premium fleet (excluding our four standard jack-up rigs and our semi-submersible rig) and of our entire fleet (excluding newbuilds not yet delivered) is 2.54 years and 8.47 years, respectively. As of the date of the last expected delivery of the newbuild jack-up rigs we have agreed to purchase, which is in 2020, the average age of our premium fleet (excluding our four standard jack-up rigs and our semi-submersible rig) and of our entire fleet will be 4.1 years and 9.1 years, respectively, which we believe to be among the lowest average fleet age in the industry (both currently and as of the date of our last expected delivery).

Jack-up rigs are mobile, self-elevating drilling platforms equipped with legs that are lowered to the seabed. A jack-up rig is towed to the drill site with its hull riding in the water and its legs raised. At the drill site, the jack-up rig’s legs are lowered until they penetrate the sea bed. Its hull is then elevated (jacked-up) until it is above the surface of the water. After the completion of drilling operations at a drill site, the hull is lowered until it rests on the water and the legs are raised. The rig can then be relocated to another drill site. Jack-up rigs typically operate in shallow water, generally in water depths of less than 400 feet and with crews of 90 to 120 people. We believe a modern fleet allows us to enjoy better utilization and higher daily rates for our jack-up rigs than competitors with older rigs.

As of June 30, 2019, we had 26 total jack-up rigs, of which 11 rigs were “warm stacked,” which means the rigs, including our newbuild jack-up rigs which have been delivered but not yet been activated, are kept ready for redeployment and retain a maintenance crew, and three rigs were “cold stacked,” which means the rigs are stored in a harbor, shipyard or a designated offshore area and the crew is reassigned to an active rig or dismissed. We have entered into an agreement to sell one of our cold stacked jack-up rigs, the “Eir,” and we expect the sale to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2020, subject to certain conditions. We believe that well-planned and well-managed stacking will significantly reduce reactivation cost and the cost of mobilization of a rig towards a contract. We are therefore focusing on securing cost efficiencies during stacking while limiting future risk from premature reactivation. This means concentrating stacked rigs in as few locations as possible to be able to share crew, running reduced but sufficient maintenance programs on equipment and preserving critical equipment.

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We intend to prioritize the deployment of our currently contracted premium jack-up rigs. Reactivation of our premium jack-up rigs that are stacked will be undertaken for select contract opportunities. However, a stacked rig will only be reactivated if the achievable dayrate supports the reactivation and subsequent operating costs in a sensible way. Between April 1, 2018 and June 30, 2019, we signed 15 new contracts for drilling services, including nine with new customers. Our ability to keep our jack-up rigs operational when under contract, or Technical Utilization, for the year ended December 31, 2018 was 99.0% and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was 98.8%, and the proportion of the potential full contractual dayrate that each contracted jack-up rig actually earns each day, or Economic Utilization, for the year ended December 31, 2018 was 96.9% and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was 95.7%.

The fleet is certified by ABS and DNV GL, enabling universal recognition of our equipment as qualified for international operations.

The following table sets forth additional information concerning our fleet:

Fleet Status Report
As of May 29, 2019

Rig Name
Rig Design
Rig
Water
Depth
(ft)
Year
Built
Customer/
Status
Contract
Start
Contract
End
Location
Comments
PREMIUM JACK-UP RIGS
Idun
KFELS Super B Bigfoot Class
350 ft
2013
Available
 
 
Singapore
Warm Stacked
Galar
PPL Pacific Class 400
400 ft
2017
Available
 
 
Singapore
Warm Stacked
Gunnlod
PPL Pacific Class 400
400 ft
2018
Available
 
 
Singapore
Warm Stacked
Gyme
PPL Pacific Class 400
400 ft
2018
Available
 
 
Singapore
Warm Stacked
Njord
PPL Pacific Class 400
400 ft
2019
Available
 
 
Singapore
Warm Stacked
Saga
KFELS Super B Bigfoot Class
400 ft
2018
Available
 
 
Singapore
Warm Stacked
Skald
KFELS Super B Bigfoot Class
400 ft
2018
Available
 
 
Singapore
Warm Stacked
Thor
KFELS Super B Bigfoot Class
400 ft
2019
Available
 
 
Singapore
Warm Stacked
Mist
KFELS Super B Bigfoot Class
350 ft
2013
Available
Vestigo Petroleum
March 2019
May 2019
May 2019
November 2019
Singapore
Malaysia
Warm Stacked
Committed
Gersemi
PPL Pacific Class 400
400 ft
2018
Available
Pemex
March 2019
July 2019
June 2019
December 2019
Singapore
Mexico
Activation and Mobilization
Committed
Grid
PPL Pacific Class 400
400 ft
2018
Available
Pemex
March 2019
July 2019
June 2019
December 2019
Singapore
Mexico
Activation and Mobilization
Committed
Odin
KFELS Super B Bigfoot Class
350 ft
2013
PanAmerican
April 2019
December 2019
Mexico
Operating
Frigg
KFELS Super A
400 ft
2013
Total
Shell (via Assignment)
January 2019
June 2019
June 2019
October 2019
Nigeria
Nigeria
Operating
Committed with option to extend
Prospector 1
F&G, JU2000E
400 ft
2013
Tulip
December 2018
July 2019
Netherlands
Operating with option to extend
Prospector 5
F&G, JU2000E
400 ft
2014
Available
Neptune
February 2019
May 2019
May 2019
October 2019
United Kingdom
Netherlands
Warm Stacked
Operating
Gerd
PPL Pacific Class 400
400 ft
2018
Exxon
April 2019
April 2021
Nigeria
Operating with option to extend
Groa
PPL Pacific Class 400
400 ft
2018
Exxon
May 2019
May 2021
Nigeria
Operating with option to extend
Ran
KFELS Super A
400 ft
2013
Spirit Energy
April 2019
March 2020
United Kingdom
Operating
Norve
PPL Pacific Class 400
400 ft
2011
Available
BW Energy Dussafu
April 2019
July 2019
June 2019
April 2020
Gabon/Cameroon
Gabon
Warm Stacked
Committed
Natt
PPL Pacific Class 400
400 ft
2018
First E&P
April 2019
April 2021
Nigeria
Operating with option to extend

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   

Rig Name
Rig Design
Rig
Water
Depth
(ft)
Year
Built
Customer/
Status
Contract
Start
Contract
End
Location
Comments
STANDARD JACK-UP RIGS
Dhabi II
Baker Marine BMC-150 ILC
150 ft
1981
NDC (ADOC)
April 2017
July 2019
United Arab Emirates
Operating
B152
Baker Marine BMC-150 ILC
150 ft
1982
NDC (ADOC)
April 2017
November 2019
United Arab Emirates
Operating
B391
Baker Marine Europe Class
250 ft
1981
Spirit Energy
March 2018
December 2019
United Kingdom
Operating with option to extend
SEMI-SUBMERSIBLE
MSS1
Offshore Company (IDC) SCP III M2
1500 ft
1979
TAQA
March 2018
November 2019
United Kingdom
Operating with option to extend
JACK-UP RIGS UNDER CONSTRUCTION/NOT DELIVERED
Hild
KFELS Super B Bigfoot Class
400 ft
 
Under Construction
 
 
KFELS shipyard, Singapore
Expected Rig Delivery in October 2019
Heimdal
KFELS Mod V
400 ft
 
Under Construction
 
 
KFELS shipyard, Singapore
Expected Rig Delivery in January 2020
Hermod
KFELS Mod V
400 ft
 
Under Construction
 
 
KFELS shipyard, Singapore
Expected Rig Delivery in April 2020
Huldra
KFELS Mod V
400 ft
 
Under Construction
 
 
KFELS shipyard, Singapore
Expected Rig Delivery in July 2020
Tivar
KFELS Super B Bigfoot Class
400 ft
 
Under Construction
 
 
KFELS shipyard, Singapore
Expected Rig Delivery in July 2020
Heidrun
KFELS Mod V
400 ft
 
Under Construction
 
 
KFELS shipyard, Singapore
Expected Rig Delivery in October 2020
Vale
KFELS Super B Bigfoot Class
400 ft
 
Under Construction
 
 
KFELS shipyard, Singapore
Expected Rig Delivery in October 2020
Var
KFELS Super B Bigfoot Class
400 ft
 
Under Construction
 
 
KFELS shipyard, Singapore
Expected Rig Delivery in December 2020
COLD STACKED JACK-UP RIGS
Atla
F&G, JU 2000
400 ft
2003
 
 
 
United Arab Emirates
 
Balder
F&G, JU 2000
400 ft
2003
 
 
 
Cameroon
 
Eir
F&G, Mod VI Universe Class
394 ft
1999
 
 
 
United Kingdom
Not Marketed

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CUSTOMERS AND CONTRACT BACKLOG

Our customers are oil and gas exploration and production companies, including integrated oil companies, state-owned national oil companies and independent oil and gas companies. As of December 31, 2018, our largest customers in terms of revenue were subsidiaries of NDC, TAQA, BW Energy, Spirit Energy and Total. During the first quarter of 2019, our top five customers by revenue were subsidiaries of NDC, TAQA, Perenco, Total and Tulip. We obtain the majority of our contracts through tenders, market surveys and direct approaches to customers.

Several of our jack-up rigs are contracted to customers for periods between a couple to several months and our contracts generally range from three to 24 months. Our Total Contract Backlog (in $ millions) was $450.9 million as of March 31, 2019 and $372.0 million as of December 31, 2018. As included in this Prospectus, Total Contract Backlog is not the same measure as the acquired contract backlog presented in our Consolidated Financial Statements and Interim Financial Statements. Please see Notes 2 and 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes 3 and 11 to our Interim Financial Statements for further information.

The amount of actual revenues earned and the actual periods during which revenues are earned will be different from the Total Contract Backlog projections due to various factors. For example, shipyard and maintenance projects, downtime and other factors may result in lower revenues than our average Total Contract Backlog per day. Downtime, caused by unscheduled repairs, maintenance, weather and other operating factors, may result in lower applicable daily rates than the full contractual operating daily rate.

As of June 30, 2019 we had 16 committed jack-up rigs in total, including 13 jack-up rigs in operation (five in the North Sea, two in the Middle East, four in West Africa, one in Southeast Asia and one in North America) and another three premium jack-up rigs contracted. The Technical Utilization and Economic Utilization for our drilling fleet was 99.0% and 96.9% during 2018, respectively and was 98.8%, and 95.7% during the first quarter of 2019, respectively.

Contractual Terms

Our drilling contracts are individually negotiated and vary in their terms and provisions. We obtain most of our drilling contracts through competitive bidding against other contractors and direct negotiations with operators.

Our drilling contracts provide for payment on a dayrate basis, with higher rates for periods while the jack-up rig is operating. A dayrate drilling contract generally extends over a period of time covering either the drilling of a single well or group of wells or covering a stated term. We have historically not provided “turnkey” or other risk-based drilling services to customers. The customer bears substantially all of the ancillary costs of constructing the well and supporting drilling operations, as well as the economic risk relative to the success of the well. In addition, dayrate contracts may provide for a lump sum amount or dayrate for mobilizing the rig to the initial operating location, which is usually lower than the contractual dayrate for uptime services, and a reduced dayrate when drilling operations are interrupted or restricted by equipment breakdowns, adverse weather conditions or other conditions beyond our control.

Certain of our drilling contracts may be terminated for the convenience of the customer, in some cases upon payment of an early termination fee or compensation for costs incurred up to termination. Any such payments, however, may not fully compensate us for the loss of the contract. Contracts also customarily provide for either automatic termination or termination at the option of the customer, typically without any termination payment, under various circumstances such as non-performance, in the event of extended downtime or impaired performance caused by equipment or operational issues or periods of extended downtime due to other conditions beyond our control. Many of these events are beyond our control.

The contract term in some instances may be extended by the customer exercising options for the drilling of additional wells or for an additional term. Our contracts also typically include a provision that allows the customer to extend the contract to finish drilling a well-in-progress. During periods of depressed market conditions, our customers may seek to renegotiate firm drilling contracts to reduce the term of their obligations or the average dayrate through term extensions, or may seek to repudiate their contracts. Suspension of drilling contracts will result in the reduction in or loss of dayrate for the period of the

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

suspension. If our customers cancel some of our contracts and we are unable to secure new contracts on a timely basis and on substantially similar terms, or if contracts are suspended for an extended period of time or if a number of our contracts are renegotiated, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Consistent with standard industry practice, our customers generally assume, and indemnify us against, well control and subsurface risks under dayrate drilling contracts. Under all of our current drilling contracts, our customers, as the operators, indemnify us for pollution damages in connection with reservoir fluids stemming from operations under the contract and we indemnify the operator for pollution from substances in our control that originate from the rig, such as diesel used onboard the rig or other fluids stored onboard the rig and above the water surface. Also, under all of our current drilling contracts, the operator indemnifies us against damage to the well or reservoir and loss of subsurface oil and gas and the cost of bringing the well under control. However, our drilling contracts are individually negotiated, and the degree of indemnification we receive from the operator against the liabilities discussed above can vary from contract to contract, based on market conditions and customer requirements existing when the contract was negotiated. In some instances, we have contractually agreed upon certain limits to our indemnification rights and can be responsible for damages up to a specified maximum dollar amount. The nature of our liability and the prevailing market conditions, among other factors, can influence such contractual terms. In most instances in which we are indemnified for damages to the well, we have the responsibility to redrill the well at a reduced dayrate as the customer’s sole and exclusive remedy if such well damages are due to our negligence. Notwithstanding a contractual indemnity from a customer, there can be no assurance that our customers will be financially able to indemnify us or will otherwise honor their contractual indemnity obligations.

Although our drilling contracts are the result of negotiations with our customers, our drilling contracts may also contain, among other things, the following commercial terms: (i) payment by us of the operating expenses of the drilling rig, including crew labor and incidental rig supply costs; (ii) provisions entitling us to adjustments of dayrates (or revenue escalation payments) in accordance with published indices, changes in law or otherwise; (iii) provisions requiring us to provide a performance guarantee; and (iv) provisions permitting the assignment to a third party with our prior consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

JOINT VENTURE, PARTNER AND AGENCY RELATIONSHIPS

In some areas of the world, local content requirements, customs and practice necessitate the formation of joint ventures with local participation. Local laws or customs or customer requirements in some jurisdictions also effectively mandate establishment of a relationship with a local agent or partner. For more information regarding certain local content requirements that may be applicable to our operations from time to time, please see the section entitled “Regulation—Environmental And Other Regulations In The Offshore Drilling Industry—Local Content Requirements.” When appropriate in these jurisdictions, we will enter into agency or other contractual arrangements. We may or may not control these joint ventures. We participate in joint venture drilling operations in Nigeria and Mexico and may participate in additional joint venture drilling operations.

Nigeria

As of December 31, 2018, we participated in one arrangement involving a local partner and our jack-up rig “Frigg,” which is currently operating for Shell in Nigeria in collaboration with our local partner. Our local partner, Valiant Energy Services West Africa (“Valiant”), a Nigerian company, owns a 10% interest in Borr Jack-Up XVI Inc., the owner of our rig “Eir.” In order to comply with applicable local content regulations and pursuant to the approval of the Nigerian Content Development and Monitoring Board it was agreed that Valiant would acquire an equity interest in one of our subsidiaries, Borr Jack-Up XVI Inc., in lieu of acquiring an equity interest in “Frigg” or its rig-owning subsidiary. The non-controlling interest reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements relates to Valiant’s interest in Borr Jack-Up XVI Inc.

Valiant has the right to acquire additional shares in Borr Jack-Up XVI Inc. up to a maximum shareholding of 50%, however this right expires upon termination of the drilling contract under which our jack-up rig “Frigg” is currently operating and is subject to certain other commercial conditions. In May 2019, we entered into a sale agreement for the sale of the “Eir,” which is expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of 2020. The sale of “Eir” is subject to certain conditions precedent.

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mexico

In February 2019, we, along with our local partner in Mexico, CME, successfully tendered for a contract to provide integrated well services to Pemex. On March 20, 2019, our subsidiary, Borr Drilling Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V. (“BDM”), and a CME subsidiary, Opex Perforadora S.A. de C.V. (“Opex” and together with BDM, the “Contractor”), entered into a contract for the provision of integrated well services to Pemex. Borr Drilling Limited guarantees the performance of the Contractor’s obligations under the Pemex Contract and we have nominated our subsidiary, Borr Mexico Ventures Limited (“BMV”), to enter into the joint venture arrangements in connection with the Pemex Contract (the “Mexican JV”). In June 2019, we finalized the Mexican JV structure and with effect from June 28, 2019, BMV owns a 49% interest in both Opex and a second CME subsidiary, Perforaciones Estrategicas e Integrales Mexicana S.A. de C.V. (“Perfomex”). We expect to commence operations under the Pemex Contract in July 2019.

Opex will act as integrated well services contractor under the Pemex Contract and within the structure of the Mexican JV. Opex will enter into a contract with an affiliate of Schlumberger for the provision of integrated well services. Perfomex is the entity subcontracted by Opex to provide drilling services under the Pemex Contract. In connection with the provision of drilling services by Perfomex, our rigs “Grid” and “Gersemi” will be chartered to Perfomex through bareboat charter agreements. In addition to the rigs, we will provide technical and operational management for all jack-up rigs being operated through the Mexican JV. The Mexican JV may be used to provide integrated well and/or drilling services utilizing other rigs owned by our subsidiaries and/or subsidiaries of CME and, if we enter into further contracts with Pemex to provide integrated well and/or drilling services, we may enter into other joint venture structures with CME in order to provide such services.

GEOGRAPHICAL FOCUS

We bid for contracts globally, however our current geographical focus is on the Middle East, North Sea, West Africa, South East Asia and Gulf of Mexico regions. This is based on our current assessment of potential contracting opportunities, including, pre-tender and tender activity. Several countries within these regions, such as Nigeria, have laws that regulate operations and/or ownership of rigs operating within their jurisdiction, including local content and/or local partner requirements. In order to comply with these regulations, and successfully secure contracts to operate in these regions, we have employed personnel with long experience from securing contracts and operation rigs in countries within these regions. Adapting to the above-mentioned factors is, and will be, part of our business. The percentage of operating revenues earned by each geographical region for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

 
 
For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
For the Year
Ended December 31,
 
2019
2018
2018
2017 (1)
 
(in % of Operating revenues)
Middle East
 
20.2
%
 
4.7
%
 
25.0
%
 
 
North Sea Region
 
48.9
%
 
6.6
%
 
45.3
%
 
 
West Africa
 
22.2
%
 
88.7
%
 
27.1
%
 
 
South East Asia
 
6.7
%
 
 
 
2.6
%
 
 
Other
 
2.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) We have provided no data for the percentage of operating revenues earned by each geographical region identified above for the year ended December 31, 2017 because only one of our jack-up rigs was in operation for approximately one day at the end of December 2017 (in West Africa), with the exception of those jack-up rigs under contract upon closing of the Transocean Transaction for which Transocean, as the seller, retained the associated revenue, expenses and cash flows. See “Business—History and Development—Acquisition from Transocean” for more information.

SUPPLIERS

Our material supply needs include labor agencies, insurance brokers, maintenance providers, shipyard access and drilling equipment.

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our senior management team has extensive experience in the oil and gas industry in general, and in the offshore drilling industry in particular and has built an extensive industry network. We believe that our relationships with our key suppliers and service providers is critical as it allows us to benefit from economies of scale in the procurement of goods and services and sub-contracting work.

We maintain commercial relationships with certain affiliates of Schlumberger, our principal shareholder and any reduction in such shareholding may reduce our ability to realize certain benefits from our relationship with them. To date, we have been able to obtain the services, equipment, materials and supplies necessary to support our operations on a timely basis. We believe that we will be able to make satisfactory alternative arrangements in the event of any interruption in the supply of these services, equipment and/or materials by any of our suppliers, as we have established alternative vendors for all critical products for our business. In addition, in several of the countries in which we operate, we assisted suppliers in developing manufacturing capability and obtaining original equipment manufacturer certification.

COMPETITION

The shallow-water offshore contract drilling industry is highly competitive. We compete on a worldwide basis and competition varies by region at any particular time. Our competition ranges from large international companies offering a wide range of drilling and other oilfield services to smaller, locally owned companies. Some of our competitors’ fleets comprise a combination of offshore, onshore, shallow, midwater and deepwater rigs. We seek to differentiate our company from most of our competitors, which have mixed fleets, by exclusively focusing on shallow-water drilling which we believe allows us to optimize our size and scale and achieve operational efficiency.

Drilling contracts are traditionally awarded on a competitive basis, whether through tender or private negotiations. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the markets we serve are pricing, technical capability of service and equipment, condition and age of equipment, rig availability, rig location, safety record, crew quality, operating integrity, reputation, industry standing and customer relations. We have developed a strong balance sheet as a result of significant equity investment in our jack-up rigs and have a fleet consisting of premium jack-up rigs with proven design and quality equipment, acquired at what we believe are attractive prices. We believe we have strong capital structure and high-quality jack-up rigs, which allow us to competitively bid on industry tenders on the basis of the modern technical capability, condition and age of our jack-up rigs. In addition, we believe our focus on QHSE performance will complement our modern fleet, further allowing us to competitively bid for drilling contracts.

SEASONALITY

In general, seasonal factors do not have a significant direct effect on our business. However, we have operations in certain parts of the world where weather conditions during parts of the year could adversely impact the operational utilization of the rigs and our ability to relocate rigs between drilling locations, and as such, limit contract opportunities in the short term. Such adverse weather could occur during, among other times, the winter season in the North Sea and the monsoon season in Southeast Asia.

EMPLOYEES

As of March 31, 2019, we had 658 employees with 523 working offshore and 135 working onshore. In addition, we engaged 755 contractors, of which 706 worked offshore and 49 worked onshore in the first quarter of 2019.

As at December 31, 2018, we had approximately 593 employees with 463 working offshore and 130 working onshore; compared to December 31, 2017 when we had approximately 98 employees with 54 working offshore and 44 working onshore. In addition, we engaged 664 contractors, of which 606 worked offshore and 58 worked onshore in 2018 and 190 contractors, of which 158 worked offshore and 32 worked onshore in 2017. These employees and contractors have extensive technical, operational and management experience in the jack-up segment of the shallow-water offshore drilling industry.

As of March 31, 2019, Borr Drilling Management Dubai has 52 full-time employees. In addition, Paragon Offshore (Land Support) Limited and Paragon Offshore (Nederlands) B.V., in Aberdeen and Beverwijk, have 27 and 10 full-time employees, respectively. In addition, Borr Drilling Eastern Peninsula has five full-time

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

employees and has, in addition, engaged 12 consultants in Singapore. Through our acquisition of Paragon we also obtained a number of employees who have extensive technical, operational and management experience in the jack-up segment of the shallow-water offshore drilling industry.

Some of our employees and our contracted labor are represented by collective bargaining agreements. As part of the legal obligations in some of these agreements, we are required to contribute certain amounts to retirement funds and pension plans and have restricted ability to dismiss employees. In addition, many of these represented individuals are working under agreements that are subject to salary negotiation. These negotiations could result in higher personnel costs, other increased costs or increased operating restrictions that could adversely affect our financial performance. We consider our relationships with the various unions as stable, productive and professional.

The table below presents our employees and contractors by function as of March 31, 2019:

 
Company
Employees
Contractors
Total
Rig-based
 
523
 
 
706
 
 
1,229
 
Shore-based
 
67
 
 
41
 
 
108
 
Corporate
 
68
 
 
8
 
 
76
 
Total
 
658
 
 
755
 
 
1,413
 

We seek to employ national employees and contractors wherever possible in the markets in which our rigs operate. This enables us to strengthen customer and governmental relationships, particularly with NOCs, and results in a more competitive cost base as well as relatively lower employee turnover.

RISK OF LOSS AND INSURANCE

Our operations are subject to hazards inherent in the drilling of oil and gas wells, including blowouts, punch through, loss of control of the well, abnormal drilling conditions, mechanical or technological failures, seabed cratering, fires and pollution, which could cause personal injury, suspend drilling operations, or seriously damage or destroy the equipment involved. Offshore drilling contractors such as us are also subject to hazards particular to marine operations, including capsizing, grounding, collision and loss or damage from severe weather. Litigation arising from such an event may result in us being named a defendant in lawsuits asserting large claims.

As is customary in the drilling industry, we attempt to mitigate our exposure to some of these risks through indemnification arrangements and insurance policies. We carry insurance coverage for our operations in line with industry practice and our insurance policies provide insurance cover for physical damage to the rigs, loss of income for certain rigs and third-party liability, including:

Physical Damage Insurance: Hull and Machinery Insurance

We purchase hull and machinery insurance for all of our fleet and fleet equipment to cover the risk of physical damage to a rig. The level of coverage for each rig reflects its agreed value when the insurance is placed. We effectively self-insure part of the risk as any claim we make under our insurance will be subject to a deductible. The deductible for each rig reflects the market value of the rig and is currently a weighted average maximum of approximately $1.1 million per claim (with the actual deductible reflecting the rig value).

War Risk Insurance

We maintain war risk insurance for our rigs up to a maximum amount of $500 million per rig depending on the value of the protection and indemnity and hull and machinery insurance policies for each rig and subject to certain coverage limits, deductibles and exclusions. The terms of our war risk policies include a provision whereby underwriters can, upon service of seven days’ prior written notice to the insured, cancel the policies in the event that the insured has or may have breached sanctions. Further, the policies will automatically terminate 30 days after the outbreak of war, or war-like conditions, between two or more of China, the United States of America, the United Kingdom, Russia and France, with the insurers’ liability during the 30-day period being capped at an aggregate value of $1 billion.

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Loss of Hire Insurance

We maintain loss of hire insurance for a limited number of our jack-up rigs (currently four jack-up rigs) to cover loss of revenue in the event of extensive downtime caused by physical damage covered by our hull and machinery insurance policies. Provided such downtime continues for more than 45 days, the policies will cover an agreed daily rate of hire for such downtime up to a maximum of 180 days, not to exceed 100% of the daily loss of hire for such period. The decision to obtain loss of hire insurance is taken on a case-by-case basis whenever a rig is contracted for drilling operations and the amount covered under a loss of hire policy will depend on, among other things, the duration of the contract, the contract rates and other terms of the relevant drilling contract.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

We purchase protection and indemnity insurance and excess liability insurance. Our protection and indemnity insurance covers third-party liabilities arising from the operation of our rigs, including personal injury or death (for crew and other third-parties), collisions, damage to fixed and floating objects and statutory liability for oil spills and the release of other forms of pollution, such as bunkers, and wreck removal. The protection and indemnity insurance policies, together with our excess umbrella policy, cover claims up to the maximum of the agreed total claim amount, but not exceeding the maximum of $500 million (for our operational rigs) or $200 million (for our stacked rigs), as applicable, depending on the type of jack-up rig, related contractual obligations and area of operation. The excess umbrella insurance policy referred to above covers an additional $100 million to $300 million per event, in addition to our protection and indemnity insurance policies, as part of our overall combined maximum insurance coverage. If the aggregate value of a claim against one of our rig-owning subsidiaries under a protection and indemnity insurance policy exceeds the maximum of $200 million, the excess umbrella insurance policy will cover an additional agreed amount, including (i) between $200 million for stacked jack-up rigs or (ii) such amount as provides aggregate coverage between $300 million and $500 million for our operational jack-up rigs, as agreed for each individual operating rig. We are self-insured for costs in excess of the overall combined maximum limit of coverage, or $200 million for a stacked rig and the agreed aggregate limit between $300 million and 500 million for an operational rig, as agreed for each individual rig. In addition, the excess insurance policies cover an additional $100 million per claim. If the aggregate value of a claim against one of our subsidiaries under a protection and indemnity insurance policy exceeds $200 million, the excess policy will cover an additional $100 million, meaning that we are self-insured for costs in excess of $300 million. We retain the risk for the deductible of up to $25,000 per claim relating to protection and indemnity insurance or up to $250,000 for claims made in the United States.

We also maintain insurance policies and excess insurance policies against general liability and public liability for onshore statutory and contractual risks, mainly related to employment but also in respect of onshore third-party liabilities. The insured value under each policy is $5 million. We also have a global, aggregate excess policy of $50 million per annum.

Management considers our level of insurance coverage to be appropriate for the risks inherent to our business. The determination of the appropriate level of insurance coverage is made on an individual asset basis taking into account several factors, including the age, market value, cash flow value and replacement value of our jack-up rigs, their location and operational status.

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

A full list of our significant management, operating and rig-owning subsidiaries is shown in Exhibit 22.1 to the registration statement to which this Prospectus forms a part and the following diagram depicts our simplified organizational and ownership structure:


* As more fully described herein, our subsidiary Borr Mexico Ventures Limited also holds a 49% interest in two Mexican entities and our local operating partner in Mexico holds the remaining 51% interest.
** 1% of the interest in our Mexican JV subsidiaries is held by Borr Brage Limited, which is wholly owned by Borr Drilling Limited.
*** As more fully described herein, 10% of our subsidiary Borr Jack-up XVI Inc. is held by our local operating partner in Nigeria.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Our principal executive offices are located at S. E. Pearman Building, 2nd Floor, 9 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda. The operational headquarters of Borr Drilling Management DMCC in Dubai in the United Arab Emirates and our other offices, including in Singapore, Aberdeen and London in the United Kingdom, Beverwijk in the Netherlands, Abu Dhabi in the United Arab Emirates, Port Gentile in Gabon, Port Harcourt in Nigeria and Bangkok in Thailand, are leased.

We own a substantially modern fleet of jack-up rigs. See “—Our Fleet” for a table setting forth the jack-up rigs that we own or are under construction as of May 29, 2019. Available jack-up rigs include rigs that may be cold or warm stacked or held for sale.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are from time to time involved in various litigation matters, and we anticipate that we will be involved in litigation matters from time to time in the future. The operating hazards inherent in our business expose us to litigation, including personal injury litigation, environmental litigation, contractual litigation with customers, intellectual property litigation, tax or securities litigation and maritime lawsuits, including the possible arrest of our jack-up rigs. Risks associated with litigation include potential negative outcomes, the costs associated with asserting our claims or defending such lawsuits, and the diversion of management’s attention to these matters. We may also be subject to significant legal costs in defending these actions, which we may or may not be able to recoup depending on the results of such claim.

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REGULATION

We are an international company that is registered under the laws of Bermuda. Our principal executive offices are located in Bermuda and the operational headquarters of Borr Drilling Management Dubai are located in the United Arab Emirates, while we have business operations in various countries and regions around the world where our rigs and services are available for contract. As a result of this organizational structure and the scope of our operations, we are subject to a variety of laws in different countries, including those related to the environment, health and safety, personal privacy and data protection, content restrictions, telecommunications, intellectual property, advertising and marketing, labor, foreign exchange, competition and taxation. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving and may be interpreted, implemented or amended in a manner that could harm our business. It also is likely that if our business grows and evolves and our rigs and services are used more globally, we will become subject to laws and regulations in additional jurisdictions. This section sets forth the summary of material laws and regulations relevant to our business operations.

ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REGULATIONS IN THE OFFSHORE DRILLING INDUSTRY

Our operations are subject to numerous QHSE laws and regulations in the form of international treaties and maritime regimes, flag state requirements, national environmental laws and regulations, navigation and operating permits requirements, local content requirements, and other national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our jack-up rigs operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our jack-up rigs. See the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Applicable Laws and Regulations—We are subject to complex environmental laws and regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.”

Class and Flag State Requirements

All of our jack-up rigs are subject to regulatory requirements of the flag state where the rig is registered.

Flag state requirements reflect international maritime requirements and are in some cases further interpolated by the flag state itself. These include engineering, safety and other requirements related to offshore industries, generally. In addition, in order to operate, each of our jack-up rigs must be certified by a classification society as being “in-class,” signifying that such drilling rig has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the flag state and the international conventions to which that country is a party. Maintenance of class certification requires expenditure of substantial sums and can require taking a jack-up rig out of service from time to time for repairs or modifications to meet class requirements. Our jack-up rigs are certified as being “in-class” by the ABS and DNV GL and comply with the mandatory requirements of the national authorities in the countries in which our jack-up rigs operate. In addition, for some of the internationally required class certifications, such as the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units certificate, the classification society will act on a flag state’s behalf.

International Maritime Regimes

Applicable international maritime regime requirements include, but are not limited to, the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage of 2001 (ratified in 2008), the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units, 2009 and the BWM Convention. These conventions have been widely adopted by U.N. member countries, and in some jurisdictions in which we operate, these regulations have been expanded upon. These various conventions regulate air emissions and other discharges to the environment from our jack-up rigs worldwide, and we may incur costs to comply with these regimes and continue to comply with these regimes as they may be amended in the future. In addition, these conventions impose liability for certain discharges, including strict liability in some cases.

Annex VI to MARPOL sets limits on sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances. Annex VI applies to all ships and, among other things, imposes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for specialized areas to be established

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

internationally with even more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. For vessels 400 gross tons and greater, platforms and drilling rigs, Annex VI imposes various survey and certification requirements. Moreover, Annex VI regulations impose progressively stricter limitations on sulfur emissions from ships. Since January 1, 2015, these limitations have required that fuels of vessels in covered ECAs, including the Baltic Sea, North Sea, North America and United States Sea ECAs, contain no more than 0.1% sulfur. For non-ECA areas, the capped sulfur limitations decrease progressively until they reach the global limit of 0.5% that applies on and after January 1, 2020. Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. All of our rigs are in compliance with these requirements.

The BWM Convention calls for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements (beginning in 2009), to be replaced in time with a requirement for mandatory ballast water treatment. The BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017. Under its requirements, for jack-up rigs with a ballast water capacity of more than 5,000 cubic meters that were constructed in 2011 or before, only ballast water treatment will be accepted by the BWM Convention. All of our jack-up rigs considered in operational status are in full compliance with the staged implementation of the BWM Convention by IMO guidelines.

Environmental Laws and Regulations

Applicable environmental laws and regulations include the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the U.S. Clean Water Act, the U.S. Clean Air Act, the U.S. Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, the Basel Convention, the Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, 2009, European Union regulations, including the E.U. Directive 2013/30 on the Safety of Offshore Oil and Gas Operations, Regulation (EC) No 1013/2006 on Shipments of Waste and Regulation (E.U.) No 1257/2013 on Ship Recycling and Brazil’s National Environmental Policy Law (6938/81), Environmental Crimes Law (9605/98) and Federal Law (9966/2000) relating to pollution in Brazilian waters. These laws govern the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relate to environmental protection. In certain circumstances, these laws may impose strict liability, rendering us liable for environmental and natural resource damages without regard to negligence or fault on our part. Implementation of new environmental laws or regulations that may apply to jack-up rigs may subject us to increased costs or limit the operational capabilities of our rigs and could materially and adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

Safety Requirements

Our operations are subject to special safety regulations relating to drilling and to the oil and gas industry in many of the countries where we operate. The United States undertook substantial revision of the safety regulations applicable to our industry following the Macondo well blowout situation that led to the 2010 Deepwater Horizon Incident (to which we were not a party). Other countries are also undertaking a review of their safety regulations related to our industry. These safety regulations may impact our operations and financial results by adding to the costs of exploring for, developing and producing oil and gas in offshore settings. For instance, in April 2016, BSEE published a final rule that sets more stringent design requirements and operational procedures for critical well control equipment used in offshore oil and gas drilling. The rule adds new requirements and amends existing ones to, among other things, set new baseline standards for the design, manufacture, inspection, repair and maintenance of blowout preventers and the use of double shear rams. The rule contains a number of other requirements, including third-party verification and certifications, real-time monitoring of deepwater and certain other activities, and sets criteria for safe drilling margins. In December 2017, BSEE proposed to revise or eliminate certain of the requirements under the rule. To the extent these requirements remain in effect, they are likely to increase the costs of our operations and may lead our customers to not pursue certain offshore opportunities because of the increased costs, delays and regulatory risks. In July 2016, BOEM issued a final Notice to Lessees and Operators substantially revising and making more stringent supplemental bonding procedures for the decommissioning of offshore wells, platforms, pipelines, and other facilities. In June 2017, BOEM announced that the implementation timeline would be extended, except in circumstances where there is a substantial risk of nonperformance of such obligations. In addition, in December 2015, BSEE announced the launch of a pilot risk-based inspection

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

program for offshore facilities. New requirements resulting from the program may cause us to incur costs and may result in additional downtime for our jack-up rigs in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. Also, if material spill events similar to the 2010 Deepwater Horizon Incident (to which we were not a party) were to occur in the future, the United States or other countries could elect to again issue directives to temporarily cease drilling activities and, in any event, may from time to time issue additional safety and environmental laws and regulations regarding offshore oil and gas exploration and development. The E.U. has also undertaken a significant revision of its safety requirements for offshore oil and gas activity through the issuance of the E.U. Directive 2013/30 on the Safety of Offshore Oil and Gas Operations.

Navigation and Operating Permit Requirements

Numerous governmental agencies issue regulations to implement and enforce the laws of the applicable jurisdiction, which often involve lengthy permitting procedures, impose difficult and costly compliance measures, particularly in ecologically sensitive areas, and subject operators to substantial administrative, civil and criminal penalties or may result in injunctive relief for failure to comply. Some of these laws contain criminal sanctions in addition to civil penalties.

Local Content Requirements

Governments in some countries have become increasingly active in local content requirements on the ownership of drilling companies, local content requirements for equipment utilized in operations within the country and other aspects of the oil and gas industries in their countries. These regulations include requirements for participation of local investors in our local operating subsidiaries, including in Nigeria. Some foreign governments favor or effectively require (i) the awarding of drilling contracts to local contractors or to drilling rigs owned by their own citizens, (ii) the use of a local agent or (iii) foreign contractors to employ citizens of, or purchase supplies from, a particular jurisdiction. These practices may adversely affect our ability to compete in those regions. Although these requirements have not had a material impact on our operations in the past, they could have a material impact on our earnings, operations and financial condition in the future.

Data Protection Laws and Regulations

We are subject to rules and regulations governing data protection including the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679, repealing the 1995 European Data Protection Directive (Directive 95/46/EC) (the “GDPR”). Data protection legislation, including the GDPR, regulates the manner in which we may hold and communicate personal data of our employees and third parties.

The companies within our Group which are employers are “data controllers” for the purposes of the GDPR, meaning that they are required to ensure that personal data collected from our employees is safely stored, that its accuracy is maintained (meaning that inaccurate data is corrected) and that personal data is only stored for as long as necessary further to the purpose for which it was collected. With respect to transfers of our employees’ personal data that is subject to the GDPR, whether externally to third parties or internally within our Group, the GDPR requires that we establish safeguards to ensure that personal date is safely transferred and that the rights of the data subject are respected and upheld.

The companies within our Group which communicate with third parties, in connection with contracts or otherwise, may be “data controllers” or “data processors” for the purposes of the GDPR and are required to handle any personal data received from third parties in accordance with the provisions of the GDPR.

The GDPR applies primarily to our companies in Europe but may also apply to other companies in the Group to the extent that their business involves personal data of persons within the E.U. Noncompliance with the GDPR can lead to the imposition of fines, currently up to a maximum of the greater of €20 million and 4% of our global turnover, as well as an obligation to compensate the relevant individual for financial or non-financial damages claimed under Article 82 of the GDPR. A breach of the GDPR (or other applicable data protection legislation) could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Laws and Regulations

In addition to the requirements described above, our international operations in the offshore drilling segment are subject to various other international conventions and laws and regulations in countries in which we operate, including laws and regulations relating to the importation of, and operation of, jack-up rigs and equipment, currency conversions and repatriation, oil and gas exploration and development, taxation of offshore earnings, taxation of the earnings of expatriate personnel, the use of local employees and suppliers by foreign contractors and duties on the importation and exportation of our rigs and other equipment. There is no assurance that compliance with current laws and regulations or amended or newly adopted laws and regulations can be maintained in the future or that future expenditures required to comply with all such laws and regulations in the future will not be material.

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers.

Directors and Executive Officers
Age
Position/Title
Tor Olav Trøim
56
Director and Chairman of the Board
Fredrik Halvorsen
45
Director
Jan A. Rask
63
Director
Patrick Schorn
50
Director
Kate Blankenship
54
Director
Georgina Sousa
68
Director and Company Secretary
Svend Anton Maier
54
Chief Executive Officer, Borr Drilling Management DMCC
Rune Magnus Lundetræ
42
Chief Financial Officer and Deputy CEO, Borr Drilling Management DMCC

The business address of the directors and officers is S. E. Pearman Building, 2 nd Floor, 9 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda.

Biographies

Certain biographical information about each of our directors, executive officers and key officers is set forth below:

Tor Olav Trøim has served as a Director on our Board since our incorporation and was our founder. He became the Chairman of the Board on August 30, 2017. Mr. Trøim is the founder and sole shareholder of Magni Partners. He is the senior partner (and an employee) of Magni Partners’ subsidiary, Magni Partners Limited, in the U.K. Mr. Trøim is a beneficiary of the Drew Trust, the sole shareholder of Drew. Mr. Trøim has 30 years of experience in energy related industries in various positions. Before founding Magni Partners in 2014, Mr. Trøim was a director of Seatankers Management Co. Ltd. from 1995 until September 2014. He was the Chief Executive Officer of DNO AS from 1992 to 1995 and an Equity Portfolio Manager with Storebrand ASA from 1987 to 1990. Mr. Trøim graduated with an MSc degree in naval architecture from the University of Trondheim, Norway in 1985. Mr. Trøim is a Norwegian citizen and a resident of the U.K.

Current directorship and senior management positions include:
Magni Partners (Bermuda) Limited (Founding Partner);
Golar LNG Limited (Chairman);
Golar LNG Partners LP (Chairman);
Golar LNG Energy Limited (Chairman);
Stolt-Nielsen SA. (Director);
Vålerenga Football AS (Director); and
Magni Sports AS

Fredrik Halvorsen has served as a Director on our Board since December 12, 2016. Mr. Halvorsen founded Ubon Partners AS, a private investment company focused on technology and growth companies. He was the founder and Chairman of Acano until its sale to Cisco Systems Inc. in 2016 and earlier in his career the CEO of Tandberg until it was acquired by Cisco Systems Inc. in 2010. He worked for Frontline Corporate Services Ltd from October 2010 until July 2013 and in this capacity acted as transitional CEO and President of Seadrill Management UK Limited from January to July 2013. In addition, Mr. Halvorsen has held senior positions at Cisco Systems Inc. as well as McKinsey & Company and served as a director of Golar LNG Limited until September 2018. Mr. Halvorsen graduated from the Norwegian School of Business Economics in 1997. Mr. Halvorsen is a Norwegian citizen and a resident of Oslo, Norway.

Current directorship and senior management positions include:
Jazz Networks Ltd. (Chairman); and
Ubon Partner AS (Founder and Partner).

Jan A. Rask has served as a Director on our Board since August 30, 2017. Mr. Rask has worked in the shipping and oil service industries for approximately 30 years and has held a number of positions of

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

responsibility in finance, chartering and operations. Mr. Rask possesses particular knowledge of and experience in the offshore drilling industry. Mr. Rask also has extensive knowledge of international operations, leadership of complex organizations and other aspects of operating a major corporation. He has held a number of executive positions including president, CEO and Director of TODCO, Managing Director, Acquisitions and Special Projects, of Pride International, President, CEO and director of Marine Drilling Companies, Inc. and President and CEO of Arethusa (Off-Shore) Limited. Mr. Rask holds a Bachelor degree from Stockholm School of Economics and Business Administration. Mr. Rask is a U.S. citizen and resident.

Current directorship and senior management positions include:
Helix Energy Solutions Inc. (Director).

Patrick Schorn has served as a Director on our Board since January 10, 2018. Mr. Schorn is the Executive Vice President of Wells for Schlumberger Limited. Prior to his current role, he held various global management positions including President of Operations for Schlumberger Limited, President Production Group, President of Well Services, President of Completions and GeoMarket Manager Russia. He began his career with Schlumberger Limited in 1991 as a Stimulation Engineer in Europe and held various management and engineering positions in France, United States, Russia, U.S. Gulf of Mexico and Latin America. Mr. Schorn holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Oil and Gas Technology from the University “Noorder Haaks” in Den Helder, the Netherlands. Mr. Schorn is a Dutch citizen and a resident of the U.K.

Current directorship and senior management positions include:
Schlumberger Limited (Executive Vice President, Wells); and
OneLNG (Director).

Kate Blankenship has served as a Director on our Board and our sole Audit Committee member since February 26, 2019. Mrs. Blankenship is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and graduated from the University of Birmingham with a Bachelor of Commerce in 1986. Mrs. Blankenship joined Frontline Ltd in 1994 and served as its Chief Accounting Officer and Company Secretary until October 2005. Among other positions, she has served on the board of numerous companies, including as director and audit committee Chairperson of North Atlantic Drilling Ltd. from 2011 to 2018, Archer Limited from 2007 to 2018, Golden Ocean Group Limited from 2004 to 2018, Frontline Ltd. from August 2003 to 2018, Avance Gas Holding Limited from 2013 to 2018, Ship Finance International Limited from October 2003 to 2018, Golar LNG Limited from 2003 to 2015, Golar LNG Partners LP from 2007 to 2015, Seadrill Limited from 2005 to 2018 and Seadrill Partners LLC from 2012 to 2018. Mrs. Blankenship is a U.K. citizen and resident.

Current directorship and senior management positions include:
2020 Bulkers Ltd. (Director and audit committee Chairperson);
Cool Company Ltd (Director); and
Diamond S Shipping Inc (Director and audit committee Chairperson).

Georgina Sousa has served as a Director on our Board and our Company Secretary since February 27, 2019. Ms. Sousa was employed by Frontline Ltd. as Head of Corporate Administration from February 2007 until December 2018. She previously served as a director of Frontline from April 2013 until December 2018, Ship Finance International Limited from May 2015 until September 2016, North Atlantic Drilling Ltd. from September 2013 until June 2018, Sevan Drilling Limited from August 2016 until June 2018, Northern Drilling Ltd. from March 2017 until December 2018 and FLEX LNG LTD. from June 2017 until December 2018. Ms. Sousa also served as a Director of Seadrill Limited from November 2015 until July 2018, Knightsbridge Shipping Limited (the predecessor of Golden Ocean Group Limited) from 2005 until 2015 and Golar LNG Limited from 2013 until 2015. Ms. Sousa served as Secretary for all of the abovementioned companies at various times during the period between 2005 and 2018. She served as secretary of Archer Limited from 2011 until December 2018 and Seadrill Partners LLC from 2012 until 2017. Until January 2007, she was Vice-President Corporate Services of Consolidated Services Limited, a Bermuda Management Company, having joined the firm in 1993 as Manager of Corporate Administration. From 1976 to 1982 Ms. Sousa was employed by the Bermuda law firm of Appleby, Spurling & Kempe as company secretary and from 1982 to 1993 she was employed by the Bermuda law firm of Cox & Wilkinson as senior company secretary. Ms. Sousa is a U.K. citizen and a resident of Bermuda.

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Current directorship and senior management positions include:
2020 Bulkers Ltd. (Director and Secretary).

Svend Anton Maier joined Borr Drilling Management AS (Oslo) on December 19, 2016. He transferred to the employment of Borr Drilling Management Dubai on August 1, 2017. He served as our chief operating officer until March 22, 2018 when he was appointed as our chief executive officer from the same date. Mr. Maier has more than three decades of experience within the oil and gas industry. He worked for Seadrill Limited serving as its Senior Vice President for Africa and the Middle East between 2007 and 2016. Prior to this, Mr. Maier worked for leading drilling companies such as Transocean and Ross Offshore. He holds a degree in Marine Engineering from Tønsberg Maritime Academy. Mr. Maier is a Norwegian citizen and a resident of the United Arab Emirates.

Current directorship and senior management positions include:
Prosafe SE (Director).

Rune Magnus Lundetræ joined Borr Drilling Management AS (Oslo) on December 19, 2016. He served as our chief executive officer until July 31, 2017. With effect from August 1, 2017 he was appointed as our deputy chief executive officer and chief financial officer. Before joining Borr Drilling Management AS (Oslo), Mr. Lundetræ worked as a Managing Director of DNB Markets, Inc from 2015 until 2016. He previously worked at Seadrill Limited for eight years, serving as its chief financial officer from 2012 to 2015. Mr. Lundetræ holds an MSc of Accounting and Finance from the Norwegian School of Business and Economics (NHH) and London School of Economics. Mr. Lundetræ is a Norwegian citizen and a resident of the United Arab Emirates.

Current directorship and senior management positions include:
Primato AS (Chairman);
Primato Eiendom AS (Chairman);
Steinkargt 24 AS (Chairman);
Terrebrune AS (Chairman);
Øvre Holmegate 34 AS (Chairman); and
Montaag AS (Chairman).

BOARD OF DIRECTORS & BOARD PRACTICES

Our Board consists of six directors. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company by way of qualification. A director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with our company is required to declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of our directors. A director may vote in respect of any contract, proposed contract, or arrangement notwithstanding that he or she may be interested therein, and if he or she does so, their vote shall be counted and may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of our directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement is considered. The directors may exercise all of our powers to borrow money, mortgage our undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any of our obligations or of any third party.

Our Board is elected annually by a vote of a majority of the common shares represented at the meeting at which at least two shareholders, present in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote (whatever the number of shares held by them) constitutes a quorum. In addition, the maximum and minimum number of directors is determined by a resolution of our shareholders, but no less than two directors shall serve at any given time. Each director shall hold office until the next annual general meeting following his or her election or until his or her successor is elected.

There are no service contracts between us and any member of our Board providing for the accrual of benefits, compensation or otherwise, upon termination of their employment or service.

Our Board has determined that a majority of our directors are considered independent under the NYSE independence standards.

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Board Committees & Corporate Governance

Under an exception to the NYSE listing standards available to foreign private issuers, we are not required to comply with all of the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards. Under Section 303A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, we are required to list the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the NYSE standards applicable to listed U.S. companies. Set forth below is a list of those differences.

Independence of directors

The NYSE requires that a U.S. listed company maintain a majority of independent directors. As permitted under Bermuda law and our articles, upon the completion of this Offering, a majority of the members of our Board will be independent according to the NYSE’s standards for independence.

Audit committee

The NYSE requires, among other things, that a listed U.S. company have an audit committee with a minimum of three members all of whom must be independent. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules of the NYSE and are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the relevant provisions of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. Consistent with our status as a foreign private issuer and the jurisdiction of our incorporation (Bermuda), our audit committee currently consists of one member, Mrs. Blankenship, who will be independent under the NYSE listing standards and U.S. securities laws relating to audit committees. Under our audit committee charter, the audit committee is responsible for overseeing the quality and integrity of our Consolidated Financial Statements and our accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices; reviewing, evaluating and advising the Board concerning the adequacy of our accounting systems and maintenance of our books and records and our internal controls; our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; the independent auditor’s qualifications, independence and performance; and our internal audit function.

Compensation committee

The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company have a compensation committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee. Consistent with our status as a foreign private issuer and the jurisdiction of our incorporation (Bermuda), we have established a compensation committee and the members are currently Mrs. Blankenship and Mr. Shorn, both of whom are independent directors. The compensation committee is responsible for establishing general compensation guidelines and policies for executive employees. The compensation committee determines the compensation and other terms of employment for executive employees (including salary, bonus, equity participation, benefits and severance terms) and reviews, from time to time, our compensation strategy and compensation levels in order to ensure we are able to attract, retain and motivate executives and other employees. The compensation committee is also responsible for approving any equity incentive plans or arrangements and any guidelines or policies for the grant of equity incentives thereunder to our employees. It oversees and periodically reviews all annual bonuses, long-term incentive plans, stock options, employee pension and welfare benefit plans and also reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of directors for their services to the Board.

Nominating and governance committee

The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company have a nominating/corporate governance committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee. We have established a nominating and corporate governance committee comprised of Mr. Rask and Mr. Halvorsen, both of whom are independent directors according to the NYSE’s standards for independence. The nominating and governance committee is appointed by the Board to assist the Board in (i) identifying individuals qualified to become members of the Board, consistent with criteria approved by the Board, (ii) recommending to the Board the director nominees to stand for election at the next general meeting of shareholders, (iii) developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance principles applicable to our directors and employees, (iv) recommending committee structure, operations and reporting obligations to the Board, (v) recommending committee assignments for directors to the Board and (vi) overseeing an annual review of Board performance.

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Executive sessions

The NYSE requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management. The NYSE also requires that, if such executive sessions include any non-management directors who are not independent, all independent directors also meet in an executive session at least once a year. As permitted under Bermuda law and our Bye-Laws, neither our non-management directors nor our independent directors regularly hold executive sessions without management and we do not expect them to do so in the future.

Corporate governance guidelines

The NYSE requires U.S. companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The guidelines must address, among other things: director qualification standards, director responsibilities, director access to management and independent advisers, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and an annual performance evaluation. We are not required to adopt such guidelines under Bermuda law and we have not adopted such guidelines.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Our Board is responsible for determining the strategic vision and ultimate direction of our business, determining the principles of our business strategy and policies and promoting our long-term interests. Our Board possesses and exercises oversight authority over our business and, subject to our governing documents and applicable law, generally delegates day-to-day management of the Company to our senior management team. Viewed from this perspective, our Board generally oversees risk management and our senior management team generally manage the material risks that we face. The Board must, however, be consulted on all matters of material importance and/or of an unusual nature and, for such matters, will provide specific authorization to personnel in our senior management to act on its behalf.

The senior management team responsible for our day-to-day management has extensive experience in the oil and gas industry in general and in the offshore drilling area in particular. The Board has defined the scope and terms of the services to be provided by our senior management. Management services are provided to the Group by Borr Drilling Management DMCC and Borr Drilling Management (UK) Limited, subsidiaries of Borr Drilling incorporated in the United Arab Emirates and England and Wales, respectively. For more information on management practice and related parties, please see the sections entitled “Management—Board of Directors & Board Practices” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Our Board has established a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers. Any waiver of this code may be made only by our Board and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

COMPENSATION

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we paid our directors and executive officers aggregate compensation of $8.3 million, including compensation in the form of 14,285 Shares valued at $250,000 issued to Jan A. Rask and any in-kind benefits provided to such persons.

In addition to cash compensation, during 2018 we also recognized an expense of $1.3 million relating to stock options for Shares and restricted stock units granted to certain of our directors and executive officers.

We did not incur any costs related to the provision of pension, retirement or similar benefits to our directors and executive officers.

126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Long-term Incentive Program

We have adopted a long-term incentive plan and have authorized the issuance of up to 3,494,000 options pursuant to awards under our long-term incentive program, of which 419,000 options remain unallocated for further awards and recruitments. Any person who is contracted to work at least 20 hours per week in our service, the members of our Board and any person who is a member of the board of any of our subsidiaries are eligible to participate in our long-term incentive plan. The purpose of our long-term incentive program is to align the long-term financial interests of our employees and directors with those of our shareholders, to attract and retain those individuals by providing compensation opportunities that are competitive with other companies, and to provide incentives to those individuals who contribute significantly to our long-term performance and growth. To accomplish this, our long-term incentive plan permits the issuance of our Shares.

We also held 1,459,714 treasury shares as of December 31, 2018 and 1,459,714 treasury shares as of March 31, 2019, which we may use for issuances under our long-term incentive program and for other purposes.

AUDITORS

PricewaterhouseCoopers AS served as our independent registered public accounting firm for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The offices of PricewaterhouseCoopers AS are located at Dronning Eufemias, Gate 71, 0194 Oslo, Norway.

127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

Except as specifically noted, the following table sets forth information as of       , 2019 with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares by:

each of our directors and executive officers;
all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our total common shares.

The calculations in the table below are based on 105,068,351 common shares outstanding on an as-converted basis and        common shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this Offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed in the table below, are entitled to one vote for each Share held.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 
Common Shares
Beneficially Owned Prior
to This Offering (1)
Common Shares
Beneficially Owned After
This Offering (1)
 
Number
%
Number
%
Directors and Executive Officers:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tor Olav Trøim (2)
 
8,882,117
 
 
8.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fredrik Halvorsen
 
2,254,220
 
 
2.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patrick Schorn
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Jan A. Rask
 
14,286
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kate Blankenship
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Georgina Sousa
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Svend Anton Maier (3)
 
454,500
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rune Magnus Lundetræ (4)
 
441,500
 
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group
 
12,046,623
 
 
11.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Shareholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schlumberger Oilfield Holdings Limited
 
15,131,700
 
 
14.2
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Folketrygdfondet (5)
 
8,250,860
 
 
7.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tor Olav Trøim (2)
 
8,882,117
 
 
8.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allan & Gill Gray Foundation (6)
 
5,352,268
 
 
5.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Our post-Reverse Share Split Shares began to trade on the Oslo Børs on June 26, 2019. The table above reflects our Reverse Share Split.
(2) Represents shares beneficially owned by Tor Olav Trøim, including those held by Drew Holdings Ltd., Magni Partners (Bermuda) Ltd and their respective subsidiaries and affiliates, as the context may require.
(3) Includes (i) options to purchase 192,000 shares exercisable at a price of $10.00 per share, (ii) options to purchase 129,000 shares exercisable at a price of $17.50 per share and which expire on June 12, 2022 and options to purchase 60,500 shares exercisable at a price of $17.50 per share and which expire on July 6, 2022.
(4) Includes (i) options to purchase 192,000 shares exercisable at a price of $10.00 per share, (ii) options to purchase 129,000 shares exercisable at a price of $17.50 per share and which expire on June 12, 2022 and options to purchase 60,500 shares exercisable at a price of $17.50 per share and which expire on July 6, 2022.
(5) To the best of the our knowledge, voting and decision making authority over shares held by Folketrygdfondet is held by the board of directors and management, under the direction of the Norwegian Ministry of Finance.
(6) To the best of our knowledge, represents shares beneficially owned by the Allan & Gill Gray Foundation, including (i) 4,342,755 shares held or controlled by Orbis Allan Gray Limited, Allan Gray (Holdings) Pty Limited, Orbis Holdings Limited, Allan Gray Australia Pty Limited and Orbis Investment Management Limited and (ii) 1,009,513 shares issuable upon the conversion of the principal amount outstanding of our Convertible Bonds which is held by the Allan & Gill Gray Foundation and related entities.
* Represents ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding Shares.

As of July 5, 2019, a total of 11,319,992 shares are held by 70 record holders in the United States, representing 10.7% of our total outstanding shares on an as-converted basis.

We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company. See the section entitled “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances” for historical changes in our shareholding structure.

128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Borr Drilling and its affiliates are party to a number of significant contractual arrangements with related parties. In addition to the information contained in this section, you should carefully review the notes to our financial statements included in this Prospectus.

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed in the section entitled “Management—Compensation,” the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2017 to which we have been a party and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common shares, or their immediate family members or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We have effected a conversion of each of our Shares into 0.20 Shares, resulting in a reverse share split at a ratio of 5-for-1. The share and per share data discussed in the section below is adjusted to reflect our Reverse Share Split and is approximate due to rounding.

AGREEMENTS AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS WITH DREW HOLDINGS LIMITED (“DREW”) AND TARAN HOLDINGS LIMITED (“TARAN”)

Drew is a trust established for the benefit of Tor Olav Trøim, chairman of our Board. Drew is, following its merger with Taran in 2017, one of our largest shareholders.

Loans & Related Facilities

A short-term loan of $13.0 million was provided by Taran to us on December 2, 2016 to finance the deposit payable for the Hercules Rigs (Hercules Triumph and Hercules Resilience), which was completed in January 2017. The loan was repaid with no interest accruing by way of set-off against Taran’s subscription of shares in our first private placement in December 2016.

Taran also provided us with a revolving credit facility of $20.0 million on December 12, 2016. The facility was never utilized and expired in May 2017.

A short-term loan of $12.75 million was provided to us by Taran on March 15, 2017, to finance a deposit payable pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreement for the Transocean jack-up fleet which was completed in May 2017. The loan was repaid with no interest accrued by way of set-off against Taran’s payment obligations for its subscription of shares in our private placement in March 2017.

Other

On March 22, 2018, it was announced that we would raise up to $250 million in an equity offering divided in two tranches. In order to complete settlement of tranche 1 of the March 2018 Private Placement (as defined below), we accepted a loan of 332,065 shares from Magni, which were to be settled by the issuance of the same number of new shares to Drew in connection with the settlement of tranche 2 of the March 2018 Private Placement. In connection with the settlement of tranche 2, $27.7 million was registered as liability to shareholders, including $20.0 million to Drew as of March 31, 2018 as our authorized share capital was insufficient to issue the shares required pursuant to Drew’s subscription. Tranche 2 of the March 2018 Private Placement was subject to approval by the special general meeting held on April 5, 2018 and subsequent share issue. On May 30, 2018, the 1,528,065 new shares allocated in tranche 2 of the equity offering were validly issued and fully paid and the related liabilities settled. 870,000 new shares were purchased by Drew in the March 2018 Private Placement at a price of $23.00 per share.

AGREEMENTS AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS WITH MAGNI PARTNERS LIMITED

Mr. Tor Olav Trøim is the chairman of our Board and is the sole owner of Magni.

Corporate Support Agreement

Magni is party to a Corporate Support Agreement with Borr Drilling Limited pursuant to which it is providing strategic advice and assistance in sourcing investment opportunities, financing etc. This agreement was formalized on March 15, 2017.

Magni received cash compensation of $1.4 million for various commercial services provided in connection with the acquisition of the Hercules Rigs (“Hercules Triumph” and “Hercules Resilience”) which

129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

was completed in the first quarter of 2017. Of this amount $1.0 million has been capitalized within drilling rigs, $0.3 million has been offset against additional paid in capital as equity issuance cost and $0.07 million has been recognized within general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2016. In the third quarter of 2017, $2.0 million was paid to Magni for its assistance in the March 2017 Private Placement (as defined below) ($1.75 million) and Transocean Transaction ($0.25 million). The total cost for the March 2017 Private Placement (including the payment to the investment banks and Magni) was $8.75 million, or 1.1% of the gross proceeds. In the fourth quarter of 2017, $1.5 million was paid to Magni for its assistance in the October Private Placement (as defined below) ($1.25 million) and PPL Acquisition ($0.25 million). The total cost for the October Private Placement (including the payment to the investment banks and Magni) was $8.75 million, or 1.3% of the gross proceeds.

Warrants

On December 9, 2016, our Board issued 1,550,000 warrants to Magni to subscribe for our common shares at a price of $0.05 per share. The issue of the warrants to Magni was made in recognition of its role in relation to the identification, negotiation and conclusion of the purchase agreement for the two Hercules jack-up rigs, its commitment to subscribe in the March 2017 Private Placement and the provision of general and administrative services to us.

On the date of issuance, the warrants issued to Magni were valued at $8.6 million and were deemed to have vested on the basis that Magni had fulfilled all of its performance criteria. The amount recognized as additional paid in capital with respect to the warrants issued to Magni was $8.6 million, while $6.0 million has been capitalized within drilling rigs, $2.1 million has been allocated against equity as issuance costs and $0.4 million has been allocated to general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

AGREEMENTS AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS WITH UBON PARTNERS AS (“UBON”)

Mr. Fredrik Halvorsen owns 50% of the shares in Ubon and is a director on our Board.

Warrants

On December 9, 2016, our Board issued 387,500 warrants to Ubon to subscribe for our common shares at a price of $0.05 per share. The issue of the warrants to Ubon was made in recognition of its commitment to subscribe in the March 2017 Private Placement and the provision of general and administrative services to us. On the date of issuance, the warrants issued to Ubon were valued at $2.1 million and were deemed to have fully vested on the basis that Ubon had fulfilled all its performance criteria.

Other

326,000 new shares were purchased by Ubon in the March 2018 Private Placement at a price of $23.00 per share.

AGREEMENTS AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS WITH SCHLUMBERGER

Schlumberger is our principal shareholder and Patrick Schorn, Executive Vice President of Wells in Schlumberger Limited, is a director on our Board.

Collaboration Agreement

On March 26, 2017, we signed a preliminary collaboration agreement with Schlumberger in which we agreed to discuss a collaborative initiative whereby we would work together on a “joint service model” to facilitate the provision of a combined offering portfolio of integrated drilling services to customers and established a framework for entering into a definitive agreement defining each party’s key contributions to the collaboration. The commercial principle that we would work with Schlumberger, on a non-exclusive basis, and the aspects of our respective businesses which we agreed to approach on a collaborative basis were subsequently established in an enhanced collaboration agreement entered into on October 6, 2017. The Collaboration Agreement provides for the provision of streamlined, integrated drilling services to customers and the sharing of infrastructure and improving technology.

130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under the Collaboration Agreement, we have agreed to meet with Schlumberger annually to define a strategic plan for the upcoming year, including key milestones, which is then presented to our respective management teams for approval. In addition, we have agreed to work together, on a non-exclusive basis, in the following areas:

Schlumberger will be the preferred provider to us for training our employees, where available within a specific geographic region, and the development of a “next generation” curriculum for the training of our employees;
The sharing of office space, warehouses, employee accommodations and other similar resources with a view toward reducing costs for and increasing the competitiveness of each party;
Improving drilling performance and wellsite outcomes, which may include joint technology projects and field trials of new equipment, software and techniques (although no such projects have taken place to date);
Schlumberger will be the preferred provider of certain equipment and services required by us, including Cement Units, Solids Control Equipment, Tubular Management, Managed Pressure Drilling, Well Control and Drilling Systems and Testing Services; and
The submission of tenders to provide drilling services on an integrated basis.

The Collaboration Agreement shall remain in force until terminated by either party upon 45-days’ notice. The key contributions of each party were to be defined subsequent to execution of the Collaboration Agreement, but have not yet been agreed. We were recently awarded a contract to deliver integrated drilling services to Pemex in Mexico and are working to finalize definitive documentation related thereto.

Warrants

On March 21, 2017, we issued 947,377 warrants to subscribe for our common shares at a price of $17.50 plus 4% per annum per share to Schlumberger for its role, support and participation in the March 2017 Private Placement. At the grant date, the warrants issued to Schlumberger were valued at $3.01 million and were deemed to have vested on the basis that Schlumberger had fulfilled all of its performance criteria.

In October 2017, we issued a further 947,377 warrants to subscribe for our common shares at a price of $17.50 plus 4% per annum per share to Schlumberger as a consequence of the Collaboration Agreement between Schlumberger and us being signed. The warrants were valued at $4.7 million which was charged to the statement of operations in the fourth quarter of 2017. Immediately thereafter, we agreed to repurchase all of 1,894,754 warrants held by Schlumberger at a price of $2.50 per warrant, $4.7 million in total. Consequently, all related warrants were then cancelled.

Commercial Arrangements

We have obtained certain rig and other operating supplies from Schlumberger and/or its affiliates and may continue to obtain such supplies in the future. Purchases from Schlumberger were $8.5 million during 2018 and $0.1 million during 2017. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had outstanding liabilities to Schlumberger of $0.4 million and $nil, respectively. Purchases from Schlumberger were $6.1 million during the first quarter of 2019, compared to $0.6 million during the first quarter of 2018, and we had outstanding liabilities to Schlumberger of $0.8 million and $0.4 million as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

OTHER RELATIONS HIPS

Indemnification Agreements

In connection with this Offering, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors to contain customary terms for public companies.

131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Option Agreements

On December 18, 2016 Rune Magnus Lundetræ (then-CEO) and Svend Anton Maier (then-COO) entered into option agreements to buy 192,000 shares each from Magni and Ubon (“Grantors”) through their individual companies, Primato AS (Rune Magnus Lundetræ) and SAM International Offshore Consulting (Svend Anton Maier). The strike price per share was $10.00. The employees’ companies paid an option premium to the Grantors an amount of $192,414 as consideration for the option to buy shares in us. This has been calculated by an independent third party and reflects market terms or the fair value of the instrument.

STATEMENT OF POLICY REGARDING TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

Prior to the consummation of this Offering, our Board will adopt a written policy for the review by the audit committee of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we are a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common shares (or their immediate family members), each of whom we refer to as a “related person,” has a direct or indirect material interest. If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a “related person transaction,” the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to the chairperson of our audit committee. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by the audit committee. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee will be required to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transaction, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in good faith. In the event that any member of our audit committee is not a disinterested person with respect to the related person transaction under review, that member will be excluded from the review and approval or rejection of such related person transaction and another director may be designated to join the committee for purposes of such review. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entering into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the audit committee will review and may, in its discretion, ratify the related person transaction retroactively.

132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We are an exempted company limited by shares incorporated in Bermuda and our corporate affairs are governed by our Memorandum and Bye-Laws, the Companies Act and the common law of Bermuda.

Our authorized share capital is $6,250,000 divided into 125,000,000 common shares of par value of $0.05 each, of which all are designated as common shares. All of our issued and outstanding Shares are fully paid. We have effected a conversion of each of our Shares into 0.20 Shares, resulting in a reverse share split at a ratio of 5-for-1. Our post-Reverse Share Split Shares began to trade on the Oslo Børs on June 26, 2019. Immediately upon the completion of this Offering, there will be        Shares outstanding, assuming the underwriters do not exercise the option to purchase additional Shares.

OUR MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION AND BYE-LAWS

Our Memorandum is filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this registration statement. Our Bye-Laws, which were adopted on August 25, 2017 are filed as Exhibit 3.2 to this registration statement. The following are summaries of material provisions of our Memorandum and Bye-Laws, insofar as they relate to the material terms of our Shares.

Objects of Our Company

We were incorporated by registration under the Companies Act. Our business objects are unrestricted and we have all the powers of a natural person.

Common Shares Ownership

Our Memorandum and Bye-Laws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders. The Bermuda Monetary Authority has given a general permission for us to issue shares to nonresidents of Bermuda and for the free transferability of our Shares among nonresidents of Bermuda, for so long as our Shares are listed on an appointed stock exchange. There are no limitations on the right of non-Bermudians or non-residents of Bermuda to hold or vote our common shares.

Dividends

As a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares, we are subject to Bermuda law relating to the payment of dividends. We may not pay any dividends if, at the time the dividend is declared or at the time the dividend is paid, there are reasonable grounds for believing that, after giving effect to that payment:

we will not be able to pay our liabilities as they fall due; or
the realizable value of our assets is less than our liabilities.

In addition, since we are a holding company with no material assets, and conduct our operations through subsidiaries, our ability to pay any dividends to shareholders will depend on our subsidiaries’ distributing to us their earnings and cash flow. Some of our loan agreements currently limit or prohibit our subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions to us and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.

Voting Rights

Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of holders of common shares. Unless a different majority is required by law or by our Bye-Laws, resolutions to be approved by holders of common shares require approval by a simple majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

Majority shareholders do not generally owe any duties to other shareholders to refrain from exercising all of the votes attached to their shares. There are no deadlines in the Companies Act relating to the time when votes must be exercised. However, our Bye-Laws provide that where a shareholder or a person representing a shareholder as a proxy wishes to attend and vote at a meeting of our shareholders, such shareholder or person must give us not less than 48 hours’ notice in writing of their intention to attend and vote.

The key powers of our shareholders include the power to alter the terms of our Memorandum and to approve and thereby make effective any alterations to our Bye-Laws made by the directors. Dissenting shareholders holding 20% of our Shares may apply to the court to annul or vary an alteration to our

133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Memorandum. A majority vote against an alteration to our Bye-Laws made by the directors will prevent the alteration from becoming effective. Other key powers are to approve the alteration of our capital, including a reduction in share capital, to approve the removal of a director, to resolve that we will be wound up or discontinued from Bermuda to another jurisdiction or to enter into an amalgamation, merger or winding up. Under the Companies Act, all of the foregoing corporate actions require approval by an ordinary resolution (a simple majority of votes cast), except in the case of an amalgamation or merger transaction, which requires approval by 75% of the votes cast, unless our Bye-Laws provide otherwise, which our Bye-Laws do. Our Bye-Laws provide that the Board may, with the sanction of a resolution passed by a simple majority of votes cast at a general meeting with the necessary quorum for such meeting of two persons at least holding or representing 33.33% of our issued Shares (or the class of securities, where applicable), amalgamate or merge us with another company. In addition, our Bye-Laws confer express power on the Board to reduce its issued share capital selectively with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the shareholders.

The Companies Act provides that a company shall not be bound to take notice of any trust or other interest in its shares. There is a presumption that all the rights attaching to shares are held by, and are exercisable by, the registered holder, by virtue of being registered as a member of the company. Our relationship is with the registered holder of its shares. If the registered holder of the shares holds the shares for someone else (the beneficial owner), then the beneficial owner is entitled to the shares and may give instructions to the registered holder on how to vote the shares. The Companies Act provides that the registered holder may appoint more than one proxy to attend a shareholder meeting, and consequently where rights to shares are held in a chain the registered holder may appoint the beneficial owner as the registered holder’s proxy.

Meetings of Shareholders

The Companies Act provides that a company must have a general meeting of its shareholders in each calendar year unless that requirement is waived by resolution of the shareholders. Under our Bye-Laws, annual shareholder meetings will be held in accordance with the Companies Act at a time and place selected by the Board. Special general meetings may be called at any time at the discretion of the Board.

Annual shareholder meetings and special meetings must be called by not less than seven days’ prior written notice specifying the place, day and time of the meeting. The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining those shareholders eligible to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting.

The quorum at any annual or general meeting is equal to at least two shareholders, present in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote (whatever the number of shares held by them). The Companies Act specifically imposes special quorum requirements where the shareholders are being asked to approve the modification of rights attaching to a particular class of shares (33.33%) or an amalgamation or merger transaction (33.33%) unless in either case the bye-laws provide otherwise.

The Companies Act provides shareholders holding 10% of a Company’s voting shares the ability to request that the Board shall convene a meeting of shareholders to consider any business which the shareholders wish to be discussed by the shareholders including (as noted below) the removal of any director. However, the shareholders are not permitted to pass any resolutions relating to the management of our business affairs unless there is a pre-existing provision in the company’s bye-laws which confers such rights on the shareholders. Subject to compliance with the time limits prescribed by the Companies Act, shareholders holding 5% of the voting shares (or alternatively, 100 shareholders) may also require the directors to circulate a written statement not exceeding 1,000 words relating to any resolution or other matter proposed to be put before, or otherwise considered during, the annual general meeting of the company.

Election, Removal and Remuneration of Directors

The Companies Act provides that the directors shall be elected or appointed by the shareholders. A director may be elected by a simple majority vote of shareholders. A person holding more than 50% of the voting shares of the company will be able to elect all of the directors, and to prevent the election of any person whom such shareholder does not wish to be elected. There are no provisions for cumulative voting in the Companies Act or the Bye-Laws. Further, our Bye-Laws do not contain any super-majority voting requirements relating to the appointment or election of directors. The appointment and removal of directors is covered by Bye-Laws 97, 98 and 99.

134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There are procedures for the removal of one or more of the directors by the shareholders before the expiration of his term of office. Shareholders holding 10% or more of our voting shares may require the Board to convene a shareholder meeting to consider a resolution for the removal of a director. At least 14 days’ written notice of a resolution to remove a director must be given to the director affected, and that director must be permitted to speak at the shareholder meeting at which the resolution for his removal is considered by the shareholders. Any vacancy created by such a removal may be filled at the meeting by the election of another person by the shareholders or in the absence of such election, by the Board.

The Companies Act stipulates that an undischarged bankruptcy of a director (in any country) shall prohibit that director from acting as a director, directly or indirectly, and taking part in or being concerned with the management of a company, except with leave of the court. Bye-Law 101 is more restrictive in that it stipulates that the office of a Director shall be vacated upon the happening of any of the following events:

If he resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the registered office or tendered at a meeting of the Board;
If he becomes of unsound mind or a patient for any purpose of any statute or applicable law relating to mental health and the Board resolves that his office is vacated;
If he becomes bankrupt or compounds with his creditors;
If he is prohibited by law from being a Director; or
If he ceases to be a Director by virtue of the Companies Act or is removed from office pursuant to the company’s bye-laws.

Under our Bye-Laws, the minimum number of directors comprising the Board at any time shall be two. The Board currently consists of six directors. The minimum and maximum number of directors comprising the Board from time to time shall be determined by way of an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. The shareholders may, at the annual general meeting by ordinary resolution, determine that one or more vacancies in the Board be deemed casual vacancies. Our directors are not required to retire because of their age, and the directors are not required to be holders of our Shares. Directors serve for one year terms, and shall serve until re-elected or until their successors are appointed at the next annual general meeting. The Board, so long as a quorum remains in office, shall have the power to fill such casual vacancies. Each director will hold office until the next annual general meeting or until his successor is appointed or elected. There is no requirement for our Directors to hold our shares to qualify for appointment.

Director Transactions

Our Bye-Laws do not prohibit a director from being a party to, or otherwise having an interest in, any transaction or arrangement with our Company or in which our Company is otherwise interested. Our Bye-Laws provide that a director who has an interest in any transaction or arrangement with us and who has complied with the provisions of the Companies Act and with our Bye-Laws with regard to disclosure of such interest shall be taken into account in ascertaining whether a quorum is present, and will be entitled to vote in respect of any transaction or arrangement in which he is so interested.

Bye-Law 112 provides our Board the authority to exercise all of our powers to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of our property and assets as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation. However, under the Companies Act, companies may not lend money to a director or to a person connected to a director who is deemed by the Companies Act to be a director (a “Connected Person”), or enter into any guarantee or provide any security in relation to any loan made to a director or a Connected Person without the prior approval of the shareholders of the company holding in aggregate 90% of the total voting rights in the company.

Our Bye-Laws provide that no director, alternate director, officer, person or member of a committee, if any, resident representative, or his heirs, executors or administrators, which we refer to collectively as an indemnitee, is liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other such person or any person involved in our formation, or for any loss or expense incurred by us through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by us, or for the insufficiency of deficiency of any security in or upon which any of our monies shall be invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any monies, securities or effects shall be deposited, or for any loss occasioned by any error of judgment,

135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

omission, default or oversight on his part, or for any other loss, damage or other misfortune whatever which shall happen in relation to the execution of his duties, or supposed duties, to us or otherwise in relation thereto. Each indemnitee will be indemnified and held harmless out of our funds to the fullest extent permitted by Bermuda law against all liabilities, loss, damage or expense (including but not limited to liabilities under contract, tort and statute or any applicable foreign law or regulation and all reasonable legal and other costs and expenses properly payable) incurred or suffered by him as such director, alternate director, officer, person or committee member or resident representative (or in his reasonable belief that he is acting as any of the above). In addition, each indemnitee shall be indemnified against all liabilities incurred in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in such indemnitee’s favor, or in which he is acquitted. We are authorized to purchase insurance to cover any liability it may incur under the indemnification provisions of our Bye-Laws. Each shareholder has agreed in Bye-Law 167 to waive to the fullest extent permitted by Bermuda law any claim or right of action he might have whether individually or derivatively in the name of the company against each indemnitee in respect of any action taken by such indemnitee or the failure by such indemnitee to take any action in the performance of his duties to us.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common shares are entitled to share in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities, subject to any liquidation preference on any outstanding preference shares.

Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares

Subject to certain balance sheet restrictions, the Companies Act permits a company to purchase its own shares if it is able to do so without becoming cash flow insolvent as a result. The restrictions are that the par value of the share must be charged against the company’s issued share capital account or a company fund which is available for dividend or distribution or be paid for out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares. Any premium paid on the repurchase of shares must be charged to the company’s current share premium account or charged to a company fund which is available for dividend or distribution. The Companies Act does not impose any requirement that the directors shall make a general offer to all shareholders to purchase their shares pro rata to their respective shareholdings. Our Bye-Laws do not contain any specific rules regarding the procedures to be followed by us when purchasing our Shares, and consequently the primary source of our obligations to shareholders when we tender for our Shares will be the rules of the listing exchanges on which our Shares are listed. Our power to purchase our shares is covered by Bye-Law 8, 9 and 10.

Issuance of Additional Shares

Bye-Law 4 confers on the directors the right to dispose of any number of unissued shares forming part of our authorized share capital without any requirement for shareholder approval.

The Companies Act and our Bye-Laws do not confer any pre-emptive, redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights attached to our common shares. Bye-Law 15 specifically provides that the issuance of more shares ranking pari passu with the shares in issue shall not constitute a variation of class rights, unless the rights attached to shares in issue state that the issuance of further shares shall constitute a variation of class rights.

Inspection of Books and Records

The Companies Act provides that a shareholder is entitled to inspect the register of shareholders and the register of directors and officers of the company. A shareholder is also entitled to inspect the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders of the company, and the annual financial statements of the company. Our Bye-Laws do not provide shareholders with any additional rights to information, and our Bye-Laws do not confer any general or specific rights on shareholders to inspect our books and records.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our Bye-Laws provide that the Board may, with the sanction of a resolution passed by a simple majority of votes cast at a general meeting with the necessary quorum for such meeting of two persons at least holding or representing 33.33% of our issued Shares (or the class of securities, where applicable), amalgamate or merge us with another company. In addition, our Bye-Laws confer express power on the board to reduce its issued share capital selectively with the authority of a resolution of the shareholders.

136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

We are considered a “foreign private issuer.” As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our common shares. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until the first day after we cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer if, on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, more than 50.0% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (i) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50.0% of our assets are located in the United States or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting and other requirements in this Prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold equity securities.

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

We are also an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act enacted in April 2012. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related disclosure in our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Prospectus; and
not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

To the extent that we cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer but remain an emerging growth company, we may also take advantage of (i) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements (if any) and registration statements and (ii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We intend to take advantage of the reduced reporting requirements and exemptions to the extent we cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer but remain an emerging growth company. Notwithstanding our status as an emerging growth company, we have not elected to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards and, in accordance with SEC standards applicable to emerging growth companies, such election is irrevocable. For more information, please see the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Applicable Laws and Regulations—If we fail to comply with requirements relating to being a public company in the United States when obligated to do so, our business could be harmed and our Share price could decline.”

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our gross revenues for any fiscal year equal or exceed $1.07 billion (as adjusted for inflation under SEC rules from time to time) or we issue more than $1.0 billion of nonconvertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

137

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN BERMUDA COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Memorandum and Bye-Laws as described above, the Companies Act 1981 and the common law of Bermuda. You should be aware that the Companies Act differs in certain material respects from the laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware. Accordingly, you may have more difficulty protecting your interests under Bermuda law in the face of actions by management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction, such as the State of Delaware. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the Companies Act and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

BERMUDA
DELAWARE
   
 
Shareholder Meetings and Voting Rights
   
 
Shareholder meetings may be held at such times and places as designated in the bye-laws.
Shareholder meetings may be held at such times and places as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bye-laws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.
   
 
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors at any time. A special shareholder meeting may be called at the request of shareholders holding at least 10% of paid-up share capital carrying the right to vote at general meetings.
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bye-laws.
   
 
A minimum of five days’ notice of an annual meeting or special meeting must be given to each shareholder. Accidental failure to give notice will not invalidate proceedings at a meeting.
Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting. Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.
   
 
Shareholder meetings may be held in or outside of Bermuda.
Shareholder meetings may be held within or without the State of Delaware.
   
 
Shareholders may take action by written consent if such consent is signed by (a) the shareholders who represent such majority of votes as would be required if the resolution had been voted on at a meeting of the shareholders or (b) by 100% of the shareholders or such other majority of the shareholders as may be provided by the bye-laws.
Any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent for such action is in writing and is signed by shareholders having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
   
 
Transactions with Significant Shareholders
   
 
A company may enter into certain business transactions with its significant shareholders, including asset sales, in which a significant shareholder receives, or could receive, a financial benefit that is greater than that received, or to be received, by other shareholders with prior approval from our board of directors but without obtaining prior approval from our shareholders.
Subject to certain exceptions and conditions, a corporation may not enter into a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of three years from the time the person became an interested shareholder without prior approval from shareholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock which is not owned by such interested shareholder.

138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BERMUDA
DELAWARE
   
 
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal
   
 
In the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder’s shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.
Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed stock is the offered consideration.
   
 
Shareholders’ Suits
   
 
Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. However, the Bermuda courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedent, which would permit a shareholder to commence an action in our name to remedy a wrong done to us where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond our corporate power or is illegal or would result in the violation of a company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by the court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of shareholders than actually approved it.
Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder or a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter developed upon such shareholder by operation of law.
   
 
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
   
 
A company’s bye-laws may contain provisions excluding personal liability of a director, alternate director, officer, member of a committee authorized under the company’s bye-laws, resident representative or their respective heirs, executors or administrators to the company for any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the officer or person may be guilty. Companies also have the power, generally, to indemnify directors, alternate directors and officers of a company and any member of a committee authorized under the company’s bye-laws, resident representatives or their respective heirs, executors or administrators if any such person was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, alternate director or officer of the company or member of a
A corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if (i) such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BERMUDA
DELAWARE
committee authorized under the company’s bye-laws, resident representative or their respective heirs, executors or administrators or was serving in a similar capacity for another entity at the company’s request.
 
   
 
Directors
   
 
The board of directors must consist of at least one member, although the minimum number of directors may be set higher.
The board of directors must consist of at least one member.
   
 
The maximum number of directors may be set by the shareholders at a general meeting or in accordance with the Bye-Laws. The maximum number of directors is usually fixed by the shareholders at the annual general meeting and may be fixed at a special general meeting. Only the shareholders may increase or decrease the number of directors’ seats last approved by the shareholders. If the maximum number of directors fixed by the shareholders has not been elected by the shareholders, the shareholders may authorize the board of directors to fill any vacancies.
Number of board members shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided by, the bye-laws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate of incorporation.
   
 
Duties of Directors
   
 
Members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company, and to exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly.
The business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders.

HISTORY OF SECURITIES ISSUANCES

The following is a summary of our securities issuances from our inception through June 30, 2019:

On December 9, 2016, (i) we completed the private placement of 15,500,000 Shares at a subscription price of $10.00 per share raising gross proceeds of $155 million to finance the Hercules Acquisition and (ii) our Board issued a total of 1,937,500 share warrants. 1,550,000 warrants were issued to Magni and 387,500 warrants were issued to Ubon. The issue of the warrants to Magni and Ubon was done in recognition of their respective role in relation to the identification, negotiation and conclusion of the purchase agreement for the two Hercules jack-up rigs, their commitment to subscribe in the March 2017 Private Placement and the provision of general and administrative services to us. At the issuance date, the warrants issued to Magni were valued at $8.6 million and were deemed to have vested on the basis that Magni had fulfilled all of its performance criteria. At the issuance date, the warrants issued to Ubon were valued at $2.1 million and were deemed to have fully vested on the basis that Ubon had fulfilled all of its performance criteria.
On March 21, 2017, we completed the private placement of 45,720,000 shares at a subscription price of $17.50 per share raising gross proceeds of $800 million (the “March 2017 Private Placement”) to finance, in part, the Transocean Transaction.

140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On March 21, 2017, we issued 947,377 warrants to subscribe for new shares at a subscription price of $17.50 plus 4% per annum per share to Schlumberger for its role, support and participation in the March 2017 Private Placement. At the grant date, the warrants issued to Schlumberger were valued at $3.01 million and were deemed to have vested on the basis that Schlumberger had fulfilled all of its performance criteria.
On October 8, 2017, we completed the offering of 32,500,000 new shares at a subscription price of $20.00 per share raising gross proceeds of $650 million (the “October Private Placement”) to finance, in part, the PPL Acquisition.
In October 2017, we issued a further 947,377 warrants to Schlumberger as a consequence of the Collaboration Agreement signed by Schlumberger and us. The warrants were valued at $4.7 million which was charged to the statement of operations in the fourth quarter of 2017.
On March 23, 2018, we completed the private placement of 10,869,565 shares at a subscription price of $23.00 per share raising gross proceeds of $250 million to finance the acquisition of shares in Paragon Offshore Limited and for general corporate purposes (the “March 2018 Private Placement”).
On May 23, 2018, we issued our 3.875% Convertible Bonds due 2023 with a principal amount of $350 million in a private placement, raising gross proceeds of $350 million. The bonds have a conversion premium of 37.5%, above a reference price of $24.35 per share. In connection with the placement, we entered into the Call Spread Transactions, which increases the effective conversion premium 75% above the reference price.

141

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this Offering, we will have        Shares outstanding, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional Shares. All of the Shares sold in this Offering will be freely transferable by persons other than by our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our Shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Shares. Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market in the United States for our Shares. We intend to apply to list the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, but we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the Shares.

Certain of our Shares that will be outstanding upon the completion of this Offering, other than those Shares sold in this Offering, may be “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and therefore may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. Moreover, other Shares that have been acquired by a person who is not an affiliate of ours on the Oslo Børs or otherwise in the public market prior to this Offering and that will be outstanding upon completion of this Offering are not “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and will be eligible for resale immediately upon consummation of this Offering without restriction.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

We, the members of our Board, our executive management team and certain of our shareholders have or will have signed lock-up agreements under which we or they have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or to enter into any hedging transactions with respect to, or effect certain other transactions in, our Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Shares for a period of     days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters in this Offering. For more information, see the section entitled “Underwriting.”

RULE 144

Pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act as in effect on the date of this Prospectus, beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of a sale or at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has held their Shares for at least six months, as measured by SEC rules, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell Shares without restriction, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of a sale or at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has held their Shares for at least one year, as measured by SEC rules, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of Shares immediately upon consummation of this Offering without restriction, including whether or not current public information about us is available.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, persons who are our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months may sell a number of restricted securities within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of the following:

1% of the-then outstanding common shares of the same class, in the form of Shares or otherwise, that immediately after this Offering will equal        common shares, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional Shares; or
the average weekly trading volume of our common shares of the same class during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us.

142

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RULE 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our common shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this Offering is eligible to resell those common shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

REGULATION S

Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”) provides an exemption from registration requirements in the United States for offers and sales of securities that occur outside the United States. Rule 903 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a sale by an issuer, a distributor, their respective affiliates or anyone acting on their behalf, while Rule 904 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a resale by persons other than those covered by Rule 903. In each case, any sale must be completed in an offshore transaction, as that term is defined in Regulation S, and no directed selling efforts, as that term is defined in Regulation S, may be made in the United States.

We are a foreign issuer as defined in Regulation S. As a foreign issuer, securities that we sell outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S are not considered to be restricted securities under the Securities Act, and, subject to any applicable distribution compliance period under Regulation S, are freely tradable without registration or restrictions under the Securities Act, unless the securities are held by our affiliates.

In addition, subject to certain limitations, holders of our restricted securities who are not our affiliates, or who are our affiliates solely by virtue of their status as an officer or director of Borr Drilling, may, under Regulation S, resell their restricted shares in an “offshore transaction” if none of the seller, its affiliate or any person acting on their behalf engages in directed selling efforts in the United States and, in the case of a sale of our restricted securities by an officer or director who is our affiliate solely by virtue of holding such position, no selling concession, fee or other remuneration is paid in connection with the offer or sale other than the usual and customary broker’s commission that would be received by a person executing such transaction as agent. Additional restrictions are applicable to a holder of our restricted securities who is our affiliate other than by virtue of his or her status as an officer or director of Borr Drilling.

143

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion of the Bermuda and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our common shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this registration statement, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our common shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state and local tax laws or under the tax laws of jurisdictions other than Bermuda and the United States.

BERMUDA TAXATION

While we are incorporated in Bermuda, we are not subject to taxation under the laws of Bermuda. Distributions we receive from our subsidiaries also are not subject to any Bermuda tax. There is no Bermuda income, corporation or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax or estate duty or inheritance tax payable by nonresidents of Bermuda in respect of capital gains realized on a disposition of our Shares or in respect of distributions they receive from us with respect to our Shares. This discussion does not, however, apply to the taxation of persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda. Bermuda shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding possible Bermuda taxes with respect to dispositions of, and distributions on, our Shares. We have received from the Minister of Finance under The Exempted Undertaking Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to us or to any of our operations or shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 31, 2035. This assurance is subject to the proviso that it is not to be construed to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967. The assurance does not exempt us from paying import duty on goods imported into Bermuda. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda government. We and our subsidiaries incorporated in Bermuda pay annual government fees to the Bermuda government. Bermuda currently has no tax treaties in place with other countries in relation to double-taxation or for the withholding of tax for foreign tax authorities.

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our common shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below) that acquires our Shares in this Offering and holds our Shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the Code. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (“Regulations”), published positions of the IRS, court decisions and other applicable authorities, all as currently in effect as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). No ruling has been sought from the IRS with respect to any U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. This discussion does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, including investors subject to special tax rules (including, for example, banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, broker-dealers, dealers in securities or foreign currency, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations), entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or partners therein), holders who are not U.S. Holders, U.S. expatriates, holders who own (directly, indirectly or constructively) 10% or more of our stock (by vote or value), holders who acquire their common shares pursuant to any employee share option or otherwise as compensation, investors that will hold their common shares as part of a straddle, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes or investors who have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those discussed below). This discussion, moreover, does not address the U.S. federal estate and gift tax or alternative minimum tax consequences of the acquisition or ownership of our common shares or the Medicare tax on net investment income. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of an investment in our common shares.

144

TABLE OF CONTENTS

General

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our common shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created in, or organized under the laws of, the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source or (iv) a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has otherwise validly elected to be treated as a U.S. person under the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common shares and their partners are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our common shares.

Dividends

Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” any cash distributions (including the amount of any tax withheld) paid on our common shares out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, will generally be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder. Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of U.S. federal income tax principles, any distribution we pay will generally be treated as a “dividend” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A non-corporate U.S. Holder will be subject to tax on dividend income from a “qualified foreign corporation” at a lower applicable capital gains rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income; provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met. A non-U.S. corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) will generally be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (i) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information program, or (ii) with respect to any dividend it pays on stock which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. We intend to apply to list the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange. Provided the listing is approved on the New York Stock Exchange, which is an established securities market in the United States, the Shares are expected to be readily tradable. There can be no assurance that our Shares will continue to be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in later years.

Dividends will generally be treated as income from foreign sources for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes and will generally constitute passive category income. Depending on the U.S. Holder’s individual facts and circumstances, a U.S. Holder may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit not in excess of any applicable treaty rate in respect of any foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends received on our common shares. A U.S. Holder who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholding, but only for a year in which such holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex and their outcome depends in large part on the U.S. Holder’s individual facts and circumstances. Accordingly, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

Sale or Other Disposition of our Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” a U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in such common shares. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term if the common shares have been held for more than one year and will generally be U.S. source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

145

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of a capital loss may be subject to limitations. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of our common shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

A non-U.S. corporation, such as the Company, will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, if, in the case of any particular taxable year, either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash and assets readily convertible into cash are categorized as a passive asset and the company’s goodwill and other unbooked intangibles associated with active business activities may generally be classified as active assets. Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties and gains from the disposition of passive assets. However, passive income does not include income derived from the performance of services. We will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock.

Based upon our current and projected income and assets, including the proceeds from this Offering, and projections as to the value of our assets, we do not believe we were a PFIC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2018, and we do not expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. In making this determination, we believe that any income we receive from offshore drilling service contracts should be treated as “services income” as opposed to passive income under the PFIC rules. In addition, the assets we own and utilize to generate this “services income” should not be considered passive assets for purposes of the PFIC rules. However, because these determinations are based on the nature of our income and assets from time to time, as well as involving the application of complex tax rules, and because our view is not binding on the courts or the IRS, no assurances can be provided that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current, or any past or future tax year. While we do not expect to be or become a PFIC in the current or future taxable years, the determination of whether we are or will become a PFIC will depend on our income, assets and activities in each year. No assurance can be given that the composition of our income or assets will not change in a manner that could make us a PFIC in the future. Under circumstances where we determine not to deploy significant amounts of cash for capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, our risk of becoming classified as a PFIC may substantially increase.

Because determination of PFIC status is a fact-intensive inquiry made on an annual basis and will depend upon the composition of our assets and income, and the continued existence of our goodwill at that time, no assurance can be given that we are not or will not become classified as a PFIC. If we are classified as a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our common shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder holds our common shares, regardless of whether we meet the PFIC tests described above.

If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our common shares, and unless the U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election (as described below), the U.S. Holder will generally be subject to special tax rules that have a penalizing effect, regardless of whether we remain a PFIC, on (i) any excess distribution that we make to the U.S. Holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares) and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition, including an indirect disposition such as a pledge, of common shares. Under the PFIC rules:

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common shares;
the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we are classified as a PFIC (each, a “pre-PFIC year”), will be taxable as ordinary income;

146

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax at the highest marginal tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that year; and
the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the tax attributable to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our common shares and any of our subsidiaries is also a PFIC, such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such stock, provided that such stock is regularly traded. For those purposes, our Shares will be treated as marketable stock upon their listing on the New York Stock Exchange. We anticipate that our Shares should qualify as being regularly traded, but no assurances may be given in this regard. If a U.S. Holder makes this election, the holder will generally (i) include as ordinary income for each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of Shares held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such Shares and (ii) deduct as an ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the Shares over the fair market value of such Shares held at the end of the taxable year, but such deduction will only be allowed to the extent of the amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Shares would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of our Shares and we cease to be classified as a PFIC, such U.S. Holder will not be required to take into account the gain or loss described above during any period that we are not classified as a PFIC. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale or other disposition of our Shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but such loss will only be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

Because a mark-to-market election can be made only with respect to marketable stock, such election generally will not be available for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own. Therefore, if we are treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above.

If a U.S. Holder owns our common shares during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, the holder must generally file an annual IRS Form 8621 or such other form as is required by the U.S. Treasury Department. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisor regarding the potential tax consequences to such holder if we are or become a PFIC, including the possibility of making a mark-to-market election.

Foreign Financial Asset Reporting

Certain U.S. Holders are required to report information to the IRS relating to an interest in “specified foreign financial assets,” including shares issued by a non-U.S. corporation, for any year in which the aggregate value of all specified foreign financial assets held by such U.S. Holder exceeds $50,000 (or a higher dollar amount prescribed by the IRS), subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in custodial accounts maintained with a U.S. financial institution). These rules also impose penalties if a U.S. Holder is required to submit such information to the IRS and fails to do so.

In addition, U.S. Holders may be subject to information reporting to the IRS with respect to dividends on and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common shares. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult with its tax advisor regarding the application of the United States information reporting rules to their particular circumstances.

147

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

The Company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of common shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and DNB Markets, Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
Number of Common
Shares
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
 
        
 
DNB Markets, Inc.
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the common shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the common shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional      common shares from the Company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of common shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any common shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase common shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per common share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the Company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional      common shares.

Paid by the Company

 
No Exercise
Full Exercise
Per Share
$
    
 
$
    
 
Total
$
 
 
$
 
 

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $    . We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of the Offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $    .

Common shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any common shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $     per common share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the common shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the common shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The Company and its executive officers, directors, and certain shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date     days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market in the United States for our common shares. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the common shares will be determined by negotiations among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are the trading price of our common shares on the Oslo Børs, our results of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that our common shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

148

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We expect to apply to list the common shares on the NYSE under the symbol “BORR.”

In connection with the Offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of common shares than they are required to purchase in the Offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional common shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common shares or purchasing common shares in the open market. In determining the source of common shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional common shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional common shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the Offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the Offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased common shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Company’s common shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common shares. As a result, the price of the common shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The Company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

In addition, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and DNB Markets, Inc. are acting as the representatives for the underwriters in connection with this Offering. Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, is party to, and has acted as lender under, our Syndicated RCF. DNB Bank ASA, an affiliate of DNB Markets, Inc, is party to, and has acted as lender under, our Syndicated RCF and our New Bridge RCF.

149

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this Offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, and the stock exchange application and listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

SEC Registration Fee
$
      
 
FINRA Fee
 
 
 
Stock Exchange Application and Listing Fee
 
 
 
Printing and Engraving Expenses
 
 
 
Legal Fees and Expenses
 
 
 
Accounting Fees and Expenses
 
 
 
Miscellaneous
 
 
 
Total
$
 
 

150

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

We are being represented by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (UK) LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The underwriters are being represented by Baker Botts L.L.P., Washington D.C., with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The validity of the common shares offered in this Offering, and certain legal matters as to Bermuda law, will be passed upon by MJM Limited. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (UK) LLP and Baker Botts L.L.P., Washington D.C., may rely upon MJM Limited with respect to matters governed by Bermuda law.

151

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Borr Drilling Limited and subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 2018 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the matters that alleviate previous substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements and an explanatory paragraph relating to the restatement of previously issued financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers AS, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Paragon Offshore Limited as of March 28, 2018 and for the period from January 1, 2018 to March 28, 2018 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company's ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers AS, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Paragon Offshore Limited as of December 31, 2017 and for the period July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017 (Successor) and the financial statements for the period January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017 (Predecessor) included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports (which contain explanatory paragraphs relating to the Predecessor’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in note 1 to the Predecessor financial statements and the Successor’s transfer of certain direct and indirect subsidiaries and certain other assets on July 18, 2017 as described in note 1 to the financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent accountant, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The section in this Prospectus entitled “Industry Overview,” the other information appearing in this Prospectus as attributed to Rystad Energy and the additional information based on such section and on such other information has been reviewed by Rystad Energy, which has confirmed to us that such section, such other information and such additional information accurately describes the offshore exploration, development and production industry and the contract drilling services industry, subject to the availability and reliability of the data supporting the statistical and graphical information presented in this Prospectus, including ours and other companies’ relative performance and position in the contract drilling services industry, as indicated in the consent of Rystad Energy filed as an exhibit to this registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of which this Prospectus is a part. The address of Rystad Energy is Fjordalléen 16, 0250 Oslo, Norway.

152

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES AGAINST FOREIGN PERSONS

We are a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law and our Memorandum and Bye-Laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. We were incorporated in Bermuda in order to run the business and enjoy certain benefits, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in Bermuda. These disadvantages include a less developed body of Bermuda securities laws that provide significantly less protection to investors as compared to the laws of other jurisdictions, such as the United States or any state, and the potential lack of standing by Bermuda companies to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Many of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this Prospectus are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws or of any state of the United States.

We have appointed Puglisi & Associates as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the laws of the United States. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

153

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement, including relevant exhibits, with the SEC on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Shares to be sold as contemplated by this Prospectus. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement on Form F-1, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read our registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto for further information with respect to us and our Shares.

Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form F-1 of which this Prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

In addition, following the closing of this Offering, we will make the information filed with or furnished to the SEC available free of charge through our website (www.borrdrilling.com) or by calling us at +1 (441) 737-0152 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The information contained on our website is not a part of this Prospectus.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements. While we furnish proxy statements to shareholders in accordance with the rules of any stock exchange on which our common shares may be listed in the future, those proxy statements will not conform to Schedule 14A of the proxy rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are also exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in section 16 of the Exchange Act. Although we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, we will furnish holders of our Shares with annual reports containing audited financial statements and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm and intend to make available quarterly reports containing selected unaudited financial data for the first three quarters of each fiscal year. The audited financial statements will be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and those reports will include a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section for the relevant periods.

154

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Page
Borr Drilling Limited U naudited C ondensed C onsolidated I nterim Financial Statements for the Three Months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Borr Drilling Limited Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Paragon Offshore Limited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Predecessor as of and for the period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017 and the Successor for the period from July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Paragon Offshore Limited Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the period from January 1, 2018 to March 28, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(In $ millions except per share data)

 
Notes
Three months ended
March 31,
2019
Three months ended
March 31,
2018
Operating revenues
3
 
51.9
 
 
10.6
 
Gain from bargain purchase
11
 
 
 
38.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rig operating and maintenance expenses
 
 
(57.1
)
 
(22.5
)
Depreciation of non-current assets
7
 
(23.9
)
 
(12.2
)
Impairment of non-current assets
7
 
(11.4
)
 
 
Amortisation of contract backlog
11
 
(7.4
)
 
 
General and administrative expenses
19
 
(10.1
)
 
(10.2
)
Restructuring costs
11
 
 
 
(17.9
)
Total operating expenses
 
 
(109.9
)
 
(62.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating loss
 
 
(58.0
)
 
(14.1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other income (expenses), net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
 
0.3
 
 
0.5
 
Interest expense
18
 
(13.0
)
 
 
Other, net
4, 14
 
14.5
 
 
(20.2
)
Total other income (expenses) , net
 
 
1.8
 
 
(19.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
 
 
(56.2
)
 
(33.8
)
Income tax expense
5
 
(0.2
)
 
 
Net loss
 
 
(56.4
)
 
(33.8
)
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests
 
 
(1.5
)
 
(0.1
)
Net loss attributable to shareholders of Borr Drilling Limited
 
 
(54.9
)
 
(33.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic loss per share
6
 
(0.5 2
)
 
(0.35
)
Diluted loss per share
6
 
(0.5 2
)
 
(0.35
)
Weighted-average shares outstanding
 
 
105,068,351
 
 
96,498,185
 

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In $ millions)

 
Notes
Three months ended
March 31,
2019
Three months ended
March 31,
2018
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss after income taxes
 
 
 
 
(56.4
)
 
(33.8
)
Unrealised gain (loss) from marketable securities
13
 
(7.3
)
 
 
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
(7.3
)
 
 
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
(63.7
)
 
(33.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive loss for the period attributable to
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders of Borr Drilling Limited
 
 
(62.2
)
 
(33.7
)
Non-controlling interests
 
 
(1.5
)
 
(0.1
)
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
(63.7
)
 
(33.8
)

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(In $ millions)

 
Notes
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
29.4
 
 
27.9
 
Restricted cash
12
 
29.4
 
 
63.4
 
Trade accounts receivables
 
 
25.7
 
 
25.1
 
Jack-up drilling rigs held for sale
7
 
 
 
 
Marketable securities
13
 
26.8
 
 
4.2
 
Prepaid expenses
 
 
10.0
 
 
10.8
 
Acquired contract backlog
 
 
12.8
 
 
20.2
 
Deferred mobilization costs
 
 
18.2
 
 
6.0
 
Accrued revenue
 
 
18.5
 
 
18.9
 
Tax retentions receivable
 
 
11.6
 
 
11.6
 
Other current assets
15
 
27.1
 
 
20.5
 
Total current assets
 
 
209.5
 
 
208.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
 
7.1
 
 
9.5
 
Jack-up drilling rigs
7
 
2,416.1
 
 
2,278.1
 
Newbuildings
8
 
432.5
 
 
361.8
 
Deferred mobilization costs
 
 
7.5
 
 
5.1
 
Marketable securities
13
 
 
 
31.0
 
Other long-term assets
16
 
25.7
 
 
19.6
 
Total non-current assets
 
 
2,888.9
 
 
2,705.1
 
Total assets
 
 
3,098.4
 
 
2,913.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade accounts payables
 
 
14.7
 
 
9.6
 
Amounts due to related parties
22
 
0.8
 
 
0.4
 
Unrealized loss on forward contracts
 
 
23.6
 
 
35.1
 
Accrued expenses
 
 
66.8
 
 
63.7
 
Onerous contracts
 
 
 
 
3.2
 
Current portion of long-term debt
18
 
58.5
 
 
 
Other current liabilities
21
 
18.4
 
 
7.3
 
Total current liabilities
 
 
182.8
 
 
119.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non- c urrent liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
18
 
1,356.9
 
 
1,174.6
 
Other liabilities
 
 
15.6
 
 
8.0
 
Onerous contracts
17
 
71.3
 
 
78.3
 
Total non-current liabilities
 
 
1,443.8
 
 
1,260.9
 
Total liabilities
 
 
1,626.6
 
 
1,380.2
 
Commitments and contingencies
23
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(In $ millions)

 
Notes
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shares of par value $0.05 per share: authorized 125,000,000 (2018: 125,000,000) shares, issued 106,528,065 (2018:106,528,065) shares and outstanding 105,068,351 (2018: 105,068,351) shares at March 31, 2019
 
 
5.3
 
 
5.3
 
Additional paid in capital
 
 
1,839.5
 
 
1,837.5
 
Treasury shares
 
 
(26.2
)
 
(26.2
)
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
(12.9
)
 
(5.6
)
Accumulated deficit
 
 
(334.1
)
 
(279.2
)
Equity attributable to the Company
 
 
1,471.6
 
 
1,531.8
 
Non-controlling interest
 
 
0.2
 
 
1.7
 
Total equity
 
 
1,471.8
 
 
1,533.5
 
Total liabilities and equity
 
 
3,098.4
 
 
2,913.7
 

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(In $ millions)

 
Notes
Three months ended
March 31,
2019
Three months ended
March 31,
2018
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss)/income
 
 
 
 
(56.4
)
 
(33.8
)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss)/income to net cash (used in)/ provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-cash compensation expense related to stock options and warrants
19
 
2.0
 
 
0.4
 
Depreciation of non-current assets
7
 
23.9
 
 
12.2
 
Impairment of non-current assets
7
 
11.4
 
 
 
Amortisation of acquired contract backlog
11
 
7.4
 
 
 
Unrealized (gain) loss on financial instruments
4
 
(15.1
)
 
20.0
 
Bargain purchase gain
11
 
 
 
(38.1
)
Deferred income tax
5
 
(0.3
)
 
 
Change in other current and non-current assets
 
 
(2.0
)
 
(10.6
)
Change in current and non-current liabilities
 
 
15.2
 
 
4.5
 
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities
 
 
(13.9
)
 
(45.4
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of plant and equipment
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
 
 
0.6
 
 
 
Purchase business combination (acquisition), net of cash acquired
9
 
 
 
(194.1
)
Purchase of marketable securities
13
 
(4.0
)
 
 
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities
13
 
4.2
 
 
 
Additions to newbuildings
8
 
(129.0
)
 
(0.6
)
Additions to jack-up rigs
7
 
(43.9
)
 
(4.1
)
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities
 
 
(172.1
)
 
(198.8
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from share issuance, net of issuance costs and conversion of shareholders loans
 
 
 
 
211.5
 
Proceeds from related party shareholder loan
22
 
 
 
27.7
 
Purchase of treasury shares
 
 
 
 
(2.3
)
Repayment of long-term debt
9
 
 
 
(89.3
)
Purchase of financial instruments
13
 
 
 
 
Proceeds, net of deferred loan costs, from issuance of long-term debt
18
 
95.0
 
 
 
Proceeds, net of deferred loan costs, from issuance of short-term debt
18
 
58.5
 
 
 
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
 
 
153.5
 
 
147.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
 
(32.5
)
 
(96.6
)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the period
 
 
91.3
 
 
203.1
 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of period
 
 
58.8
 
 
106.5
 
Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest
 
 
(8.7
)
 
 
Income taxes paid
 
 
(1.7
)
 
 
Issuance of long-term debt as non-cash settlement for newbuild delivery instalment
18
 
87.0
 
 
 
 
Non-cash payments and cost in respect of jack-up rigs
7
 
17.0
 
 
 

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In $ millions except share data)

 
Number of
shares
Common
shares
Treasury
shares
Additional
paid in
capital
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Accumulated
Deficit
Non-
controlling
interest
Total
equity
Consolidated balance at December 31, 2017
 
95,264,500
 
 
4.8
 
 
(6.7
)
 
1,587.8
 
 
(6.2
)
 
(88.8
)
 
2.0
 
 
1,492.9
 
Issue of common shares
 
9,341,500
 
 
0.4
 
 
 
 
214.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
214.7
 
Equity issuance costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3.3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3.3
)
Other transactions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share-based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.4
 
Purchase of treasury shares
 
(100,000
)
 
 
 
(2.3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2.3
)
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(33.7
)
 
(0.1
)
 
(33.8
)
Non-controlling interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.3
 
 
1.3
 
Other, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.1
 
Consolidated balance at March 31, 2018
 
104,506,000
 
 
5. 2
 
 
(9.0
)
 
1,799.3
 
 
(6.2
)
 
(122.5
)
 
3.2
 
 
1,670. 0
 
Issue of common shares
 
1,528,065
 
 
0.1
 
 
 
 
35.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35.2
 
Equity issuance costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(0.1
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(0.1
)
Other transactions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.4
 
Settlement of directors’ fees
 
 
 
 
 
0.2
 
 
(0.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of treasury shares
 
(1,359,714
)
 
 
 
(17.4
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(17.4
)
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.6
 
 
(156.8
)
 
(0.4
)
 
(156.6
)
Non-controlling interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.1
 
 
(1.1
)
 
(1.0
)
Other, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance at December 31, 2018
 
105,068,351
 
 
5.3
 
 
(26.2
)
 
1,837.5
 
 
(5.6
)
 
(279.2
)
 
1.7
 
 
1,533.5
 
Stock-based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.0
 
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7.3
)
 
(54.9
)
 
(1.5
)
 
(63.7
)
Other, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance at March 31, 2019
 
105,068,351
 
 
5.3
 
 
(26.2
)
 
1,839.5
 
 
(12.9
)
 
(334.1
)
 
0.2
 
 
1,471.8
 

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 - General information

Borr Drilling Limited was incorporated in Bermuda on August 8, 2016. The Company is listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange, under the ticker BDRILL. Borr Drilling Limited is an international offshore drilling contractor providing services to the oil and gas industry, with the ambition of acquiring and operating modern jack-up drilling rigs. As of March 31, 2019, the total fleet consisted of 27 jack-up rigs and one semi-submersible drilling rig, and an additional 8 jack-up rigs that are scheduled for delivery between 2019 and 2020.

As used herein, and unless otherwise required by the context, the term “Borr Drilling” refers to Borr Drilling Limited and the terms “Company,”, “Borr”, “we,” “Group,” “our” and words of similar import refer to Borr Drilling and its consolidated companies. The use herein of such terms as “group”, “organisation”, “we”, “us”, “our” and “its”, or references to specific entities, is not intended to be a precise description of corporate relationships.

Basis of presentation

We have prepared our accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S.”) for interim financial information. Pursuant to such rules and regulations, these financial statements do not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. for complete financial statements. The condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2019, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2019, or for any future period. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto including the Company’s annual report for the year ended December 31, 2018. The amounts are presented in millions of United States dollars (U.S. dollar), unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to current presentation, including the bargain purchase gain reported in the first quarter of 2018 that has been reclassified as part of operating items. Such reclassifications did not have a material effect on our consolidated statement of financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements present the financial position of Borr Drilling Limited and its subsidiaries. Investments in companies in which the Company controls, or directly or indirectly holds more than 50% of the voting control are consolidated in the financial statements.

Subsequent events have been reviewed from the period end to June 7, 2019.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the assets and liabilities of the Company. All intercompany balances, transactions and internal sales have been eliminated on consolidation. Unrealized gains and losses arising from transactions with affiliates are eliminated to the extent of the Company’s interest in the entity. The non-controlling interests of subsidiaries were included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Operations as “Non-controlling interests”. Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income are attributed to the equity holders of the parent of the Group and to the non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

Going concern

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Company has, as of June 28, 2019 finalized and partly drawn on secured financing arrangements in the total amount of $645 million, which were used to refinance all of its credit facilities of $510 million. The Company’s new financing arrangements include a $195 million senior secured term loan facility agreement with funds

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

managed by Hayfin Capital Management LLP, as lenders, among others, a $450 million senior secured credit facilities agreement with DNB Bank ASA, Danske Bank, Citibank N.A., Jersey Branch and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as lenders, among others (consisting of a $230 million credit facility, $50 million newbuild facility, $70 million for the issuance of guarantees and other trade finance instruments as required in the ordinary course of business and a $100 million incremental facility) and a $100 million senior secured revolving facility agreement with Danske Bank and DNB Bank ASA, as lenders, among others. The financing arrangements contain certain financial and non-financial covenants, including restrictions that require the approval of our lenders prior to the distribution of any dividend. The outstanding obligations under the new financing arrangements will mature in 2022. Based on the execution of the financing arrangements, we believe the prior conclusion on April 29, 2019 of substantial doubt over going concern has been alleviated.

Reverse Share Split

We have effected a conversion of each of our Shares into 0.20 Shares, resulting in a reverse share split at a ratio of 5-for-1. Our post-Reverse Share Split Shares began to trade on the Oslo Børs on June 26, 2019.

Use of estimates

Preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Note 2 - Accounting policies

The accounting policies used in the preparation of the condensed interim consolidated financial statements are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018. None of the new accounting standards or amendments that were adopted as of the first quarter of 2019 had a significant effect on the condensed interim consolidated financial statements, except as described below.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Adoption of new accounting standards

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02 (Topic 842, “Leases”), as amended, which generally requires lessees to recognize operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use (ROU) assets on the balance sheet and to provide enhanced disclosures surrounding the amount, time and uncertainty of cash flows arising from lease agreements. We adopted this standard, on a modified retrospective basis, effective January 1, 2019 and will not restate comparative periods. With respect to leases in which we are the lessee, we recognized a lease liability of $12.1 million and a corresponding right-of-use asset of approximately $2.0 million as of January 1, 2019. Adoption of this standard did not materially impact our Consolidated Statement of Operations and had no impact on our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

We have elected the package of practical expedients that permits us to not reassess (1) whether previously expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (3) any initial direct costs for any existing leases as of the effective date. In addition, we have elected the hindsight practical expedient in connection with our adoption of the new lease standard. As lessee, we have made the accounting policy election to not recognize a right-of-use asset lease and lease liability for leases with a term of 12 months or less. We will recognize lease payments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We have also elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components.

Many of our leases contain variable non-lease components such as maintenance, taxes, insurance, and similar costs for the spaces we occupy. For new and amended leases beginning in 2019 and after, the

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Company has elected the practical expedient not to separate these non-lease components of leases for classes of all underlying assets and instead account for them as a single lease component for all leases. We straight-line the net fixed payments of operating leases over the lease term and expense the variable lease payments in the period in which we incur the obligation to pay such variable amounts. These variable lease payments are not included in our calculation of our ROU assets or lease liabilities.

As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Certain of our lease agreements include options to extend or terminate the lease, which we do not include in our minimum lease terms unless management is reasonably certain to exercise.

Our drilling contracts contain a lease component related to the underlying drilling equipment, in addition to the service component provided by our crews and our expertise to operate such drilling equipment. We have concluded the non-lease service of operating our equipment and providing expertise in the drilling of the client’s well is predominant in our drilling contracts. We have applied the practical expedient to account for the lease and associated non-lease components as a single component. With the election of the practical expedient, we will continue to present a single performance obligation under the new revenue guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.”

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share Based-Payment Accounting. This ASU intends to improve the usefulness of information provided and reducing the cost and complexity of financial reporting. A main objective of this ASU is to substantially align the accounting for share-based payments to employees and non-employees. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for public entities, including interim periods within that period. Our adoption did not have a material effect on our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Issued not effective accounting standards

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which revises guidance for the accounting for credit losses on financial instruments within its scope. The new standard introduces an approach, based on expected losses, to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments and modifies the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities. The guidance will be effective January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Entities are required to apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. We continue to evaluate the requirements and do not expect our adoption to have a material effect on our condensed consolidated statements of financial position, operations or cash flows or on the disclosures contained in our notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

Note 3 - Revenues

In the three months ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, the Company recognised revenues of $51.9 million and $10.6 million, respectively, primarily relating to dayrates.

To obtain contracts with our customers, the Company incurs costs to prepare a rig for contract and deliver or mobilise a rig to the drilling location. The Company defers pre-operating costs, such as contract preparation and mobilisation costs, and recognise such costs on a straight-line basis, consistent with the general pace of activity, in rig operating and maintenance costs over the estimated firm period of drilling. In the three months ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, the Company recognised $0.5 million and $4.2 million, respectively, of pre-operating expenses included in rig operating and maintenance expenses in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company has one operating segment, and this is reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker, which is the Board, as an aggregated sum of assets, liabilities and activities that exists to generate cash flows.

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Geographic data

Revenues are attributed to geographical location based on the country of operations for drilling activities, i.e. the country where the revenues are generated.

The following presents our revenues by geographic area:

(In $ millions)
Three months ended
March 31,
2019
Three months ended
March 31,
2018
North Sea
 
25.4
 
 
0.7
 
West Africa
 
11.5
 
 
9.4
 
Middle East
 
10.5
 
 
0.5
 
South East Asia
 
3.5
 
 
 
Mexico
 
1.0
 
 
 
Total
 
51.9
 
 
10.6
 

Major customers

The following customers accounted for more than 10% of our contract revenues:

(In % of operating revenues)
Three months ended
March 31,
2019
Three months ended
March 31,
2018
National Drilling Company (ADOC)
 
20
%
 
3
%
TAQA Bratani Limited
 
17
%
 
2
%
Perenco Oil Company
 
14
%
 
 
Total S.A.
 
13
%
 
32
%
Tulip Oil
 
11
%
 
 
Centrica North Sea Limited (Spirit Energy)
 
10
%
 
1
%
Total
 
85
%
 
38
%

Fixed Assets — Jack-up rigs (1)

The following presents the net book value of our jack-up rigs by geographic area

(In $ millions)
As of
March 31,
2019
As of
December 31,
2018
Middle East
 
42.2
 
 
42.0
 
North Sea
 
308.4
 
 
320.0
 
West Africa
 
663.2
 
 
203.0
 
South East Asia
 
1,284.8
 
 
1,713.1
 
Mexico
 
117.5
 
 
 
Total
 
2,416.1
 
 
2,278.1
 
(1) The fixed assets referred to in the table above exclude assets under construction. Asset locations at the end of a period are not necessarily indicative of the geographic distribution of the revenues or operating profits generated by such assets during such period.

Contract balances

Accounts receivable are recognized when the right to consideration becomes unconditional based upon contractual billing schedules.

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Payment terms on invoiced amounts are typically 30 days. Current contract asset balances are included in “Deferred mobilization costs, Acquired contract backlog and Accrued revenue” and non-current contract assets are included in “Other assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table provides information about contract assets from contracts with customers:

(In $ millions)
As of
March 31,
2019
As of
December 31,
2018
Current contract assets
 
49.5
 
 
45.1
 
Non-current contract assets
 
7.5
 
 
5.1
 
Total contract assets
 
57.0
 
 
50.2
 

Significant changes in the remaining performance obligation contract assets balances for the period ended March 31, 2019 are as follows:

(In $ millions)
Contract assets
Net balance at January 1, 2019
 
50.2
 
Additions to deferred costs, acquired contract backlog and accrued revenue
 
33.2
 
Amortization of deferred costs
 
(26.4
)
Total contract assets
 
57.0
 

Contract Costs

Certain direct and incremental costs incurred for upfront preparation, initial rig mobilization and modifications are costs of fulfilling a contract and are recoverable. These recoverable costs are deferred and amortized ratably to contract drilling expense as services are rendered over the initial term of the related drilling contract. Costs incurred for the demobilization of rigs at contract completion are recognized as incurred during the demobilization process.

Note 4 - Other income (expenses) , net

Other income (expenses), net is comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
Three months ended
March 31,
2019
Three months ended
March 31,
2018
Foreign exchange loss, net
 
0.2
 
 
(0.2
)
Other financial expenses
 
(0.8
)
 
 
Change in unrealised (loss)/gain on call spread (note 14)
 
3.6
 
 
 
(Loss)/gain on forward contracts (note 14)
 
11.5
 
 
(20.0
)
Total
 
14.5
 
 
(20.2
)

(Loss)/gain on forward contracts is presented net for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company did not realize any gains or losses in the first quarter of 2019.

Note 5 - Taxation

Borr Drilling Limited is a Bermuda company not required to pay taxes in Bermuda on ordinary income or capital gains as it qualifies as an Exempted Company. We operate through various subsidiaries in numerous countries throughout the world and are subject to tax laws, policies, treaties and regulations, as well as the interpretation or enforcement thereof, in jurisdictions in which we or any of our subsidiaries operate, were incorporated, or otherwise considered to have a tax presence. Our income tax expense is based upon our interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various countries at the time that the expense was incurred.

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The change in the effective tax rate from period to period is primarily attributable to changes in the profitability or loss mix of our operations in various jurisdictions. As our operations continually change among numerous jurisdictions, and methods of taxation in these jurisdictions vary greatly, there is little direct correlation between the income tax provision or benefit and income or loss before taxes. We used a discrete effective tax rate method to calculate income taxes.

Income tax expense is comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
Three months ended
March 31,
2019
Three months ended
March 31,
2018
Current tax
 
0.5
 
 
 
Change in deferred tax
 
(0.3
)
 
 
Total
 
0.2
 
 
 

Note 6 - Earnings/(Loss) per share

The computation of basic earnings/(loss) per share (“EPS”) is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS does not include the effect of the assumed conversion of potentially dilutive instruments which are 3,075,000 share options outstanding issued to employees and directors and convertible bonds with a conversion price of $33.4815 for a total of 10,453,534 shares. Due to the Company’s current loss-making position these are deemed to have an anti-dilutive effect on the EPS of the Company.

 
Three months ended
March 31,
2019
Three months ended
March 31,
2018
Basic loss per share
$
(0.52
)
$
(0.35
)
Diluted loss per share
 
(0.52
)
 
(0.35
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issued ordinary shares at the end of the period
 
106,528,065
 
 
105,000,000
 
Weighted average numbers of shares in issue for the period
 
105,068,351
 
 
96,498,185
 

The number of share options that would be considered dilutive under the “if converted method” for the three months ended March 31, 2019 is 107,426 (three months ended March 31, 2018: 138,915.

Note 7 - Jack-up rigs

(In $ millions)
Cost
Accumulated
depreciation
Net carrying
value
Balance at December 31, 2018
 
2,366.6
 
 
(88.5
)
 
2,278.1
 
Additions
 
26.9
 
 
 
 
26.9
 
Asset transfers (note 8)
 
146.0
 
 
 
 
146.0
 
Depreciation and amortisation
 
 
 
(23.5
)
 
(23.5
)
Impairment
 
(11.4
)
 
 
 
(11.4
)
Balance at March 31, 2019
 
2,528.1
 
 
(112.0
)
 
2,416.1
 

The Company took delivery of the “Njord” in the first quarter of 2019. The final delivery instalment was funded by delivery financing from PPL Shipyard of $87.0 million.

The Company entered into a sale agreement for the “Baug”, “Paragon C20051” and “Eir” subsequent to March 31, 2019. See note 24. An impairment loss of $11.4 million was recognized for the “Eir” in the first quarter of 2019 as a result of entering into the sale agreement. As of March 31, 2019, management does not consider conditions of held for sale presentation to be achieved and the rigs are recognized under jack-up rigs.

In addition, the Company recorded a depreciation charge of $0.4 million in the first quarter of 2019, and $ nil in the first quarter of 2018 related to property, plant and equipment.

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8 - Newbuildings

(In $ millions)
March 31,
2019
March 31,
2018
Opening balance
 
361.8
 
 
642.7
 
Additions
 
210.9
 
 
174.4
 
Capitalized interest
 
5.8
 
 
2.7
 
Asset transfers (note 7)
 
(146.0
)
 
(420.7
)
Total
 
432.5
 
 
399.1
 

The Company took delivery of the “Njord” in the first quarter of 2019. The delivery instalment was funded by delivery financing from PPL Shipyard Ltd of $87.0 million. Also in the first quarter of 2019, the Company entered into a novation agreement to acquire Hull No. B378 from Keppel Shipyard Ltd (see note 10) for a purchase price of $122.1 million. The acquisition was partly funded by a new bridge financing facility from Danske Bank A/S and partly by drawing down on the $160 million Senior secured revolving loan facility entered into in the first quarter of 2019 (see note 18).

Note 9 - Leases

We have operating leases expiring at various dates, principally for real estate, office space, storage facilities and operating equipment. For our Houston office space, we have previously deemed the lease as an onerous lease as a result of change in our operating strategy, it is expected that the lease will expire on March 1, 2022. For this operating lease, upon adoption of the new standard, we offset the right-of-use asset of the lease by the existing carrying amount of the liability previously recorded on the date of adoption. We have subleased a section of our Houston office space as an operating lease for an amount of approximately $50,000 per month.

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

(In $ millions)
January 1,
2019
March 31,
2019
Operating leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating leases right-of-use assets
 
2.0
 
 
1.7
 
Current operating lease liabilities
 
4.1
 
 
3.7
 
Long-term operating lease liabilities
 
8.0
 
 
7.4
 

The current portion of the ROU asset is recognized within other current assets (see note 15) and the non-current portion is recognized within other long-term assets (see note 16). The current lease liabilities are recognized within other current liabilities (see note 21) and the non-current lease liabilities are recognized within other liabilities.

Components of lease cost is comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
March 31,
2019
Operating lease cost
 
0.5
 
Short-term lease cost
 
2.3
 
Variable lease cost
 
 
Total lease cost
 
2.8
 
Sublease income
 
0.2
 

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

(In $ millions)
March 31,
2019
Cash payments for onerous lease contracts
 
0.9
 
Operating cash flows from operating leases
 
0.3
 
Total lease payments
 
1.2
 
Weighted average remaining lease term for operating leases (years)
 
9.45
 
Weighted average discount rate for operating leases
 
6.38
%

Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:

(In $ millions)
March 31,
2019
2019
 
4.6
 
2020
 
4.0
 
2021
 
3.5
 
2022
 
 
2023
 
 
Thereafter
 
 
Total lease payments
 
12.1
 
Less interest
 
1.0
 
Present value of lease liability
 
11.1
 

As at December 31, 2018, our nominal lease payment maturities under the previous operating lease standard were as follows:

(In $ millions)
December 31,
2018
2019
 
4.6
 
2020
 
3.6
 
2021
 
3.6
 
2022
 
0.5
 
2023
 
 
Thereafter
 
 
Total lease payments
 
12.3
 

Note 10 - Asset acquisition

Acquisition of Keppel’s Hull B378

In March 2019, the Company entered into an assignment agreement with the original owner for the assignment of the rights and obligations under a construction contract to take delivery of one KFELS Super B Bigfoot premium jack-up rig identified as Keppel’s Hull No. B378 from Keppel for a purchase price of $122.1 million. The construction contract was, at the same time, novated to our subsidiary, Borr Jack-Up XXXII Inc., and amended. Borr Jack-Up XXXII Inc. took delivery of the rig on May 9, 2019 (see note 24). The rig has been named “Thor.”

Note 11 - Business acquisition

Paragon Offshore Limited

The Company announced a binding tender offer agreement (the “Tender Offer Agreement”) on February 21, 2018 to offer to purchase all outstanding shares in Paragon Offshore Limited (“Paragon”) (“the Offer”). The total acquisition price to purchase all outstanding shares was $241.3 million. The transaction was subject to the satisfaction of the offer conditions, customary closing conditions, including, among other

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

customary conditions, that (a) at least 67% of the outstanding Paragon shares were validly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration date, (b) no material adverse change shall have occurred prior to closing, and (c) Paragon shall have completed all actions necessary to acquire ownership of certain Prospector drilling rigs and legal entities currently subject to Chapter 11 proceedings in the United States Bankruptcy Court in the District of Delaware. On March 29, 2018, all of the conditions to the Offer were satisfied and the transaction closed. Shareholders holding 99.41% of the shares accepted the offer for a total payment of approximately $240.0 million.

Note 12 - Restricted cash

(In $ millions)
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Opening balance
 
63.4
 
 
39.1
 
Transfer to (from) restricted cash
 
(34.0
)
 
24.3
 
Total
 
29.4
 
 
63.4
 

All restricted cash is classified as current assets and consist of deposits in margin accounts and bank deposits in relation to forward contracts and deposits made for issued guarantees.

Note 13 - Marketable Securities

Our marketable securities consist of debt securities and equity securities. Debt securities are marked to market, with changes in fair value recognised in “Other comprehensive income” (“OCI”). Equity securities are re-measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recognized under other income (expenses), net. In the first quarter 2019, the Company purchased debt securities for approximately $3.1 million.

As of December 31, 2018, an accumulated unrealised loss of $5.6 million was recognised in OCI for the non-current marketable securities. In the first quarter of 2019, we recorded an unrealised loss of $7.3 million through OCI.

The following table sets forth Marketable securities, non-current

(In $ millions)
Three months ended
March 31,
2019
Opening balance
 
31.0
 
Purchase of marketable securities
 
3.1
 
Unrealized gain/(loss) on marketable securities
 
(7.3
)
Reclassification to marketable securities, current
 
(26.8
)
Total marketable securities, non-current
 
 

The following table sets forth Marketable securities, current

(In $ millions)
Three months ended
March 31,
2019
Opening balance
 
4.2
 
Purchase of marketable securities
 
 
Sale of marketable securities
 
(4.2
)
Reclassification from marketable securities, non-current
 
26.8
 
Total marketable securities, current
 
26.8
 

We have reclassified $26.8 million of our debt securities from non-current to current in the first quarter of 2019 due to recent developments in the issuer of the debt securities. Realization of the investment is estimated to take place within the next 12 months.

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

During the first quarter of 2019, the Company sold its shares acquired in the fourth quarter of 2018 and generated a gain of $0.0 million.

Note 14 - Financial Instruments

Forward contracts

As of March 31, 2019, the Company has forward contracts to purchase shares in listed drilling companies for an aggregate amount of approximately $90.4 million. The forward contracts consist of forward assets of $66.8 million and forward liabilities of $90.4 million and are presented as net unrealized loss of $23.6 million under accrued expenses and other current liabilities (see note 20) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2019. During the first quarter of 2019, the Company sold shares resulting in net cash proceeds of $4.2 million (see note 13) and simultaneously purchased forward contracts with exposure to the same amount.

Call Spread

Fair value adjustments during the first quarter of 2019 resulted in an unrealised gain recognised in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations in other income (expense), net, of $3.6 million. As of March 31, 2019, aggregated fair value adjustments were unrealised loss of $22.2 million related to one-off costs for entering the position and subsequent fair value adjustments. The Call Spread is presented under other long-term assets, see note 16.

Note 15 - Other current assets

Other current assets are comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Client rechargeable
 
9.6
 
 
5.1
 
Other receivables
 
7.5
 
 
7.9
 
Current taxes receivable
 
6.3
 
 
4.3
 
Deferred financing fee
 
2.8
 
 
3.2
 
Right-of-use lease asset, current
 
0.9
 
 
 
Total
 
27.1
 
 
20 .5
 

Note 16 - Other long-term assets

Other long-term assets are comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Other receivables
 
1.4
 
 
0.5
 
Deferred tax asset
 
2.9
 
 
2.6
 
Call Spread (note 14)
 
6.4
 
 
2.8
 
Tax refunds
 
4.2
 
 
4.2
 
Prepaid fees
 
10.0
 
 
9.5
 
Right-of-use lease asset, non-current
 
0.8
 
 
 
Total
 
25.7
 
 
19 . 6
 

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 17 - Onerous contracts

(In $ millions)
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Onerous lease commitments
 
 
 
10.2
 
Onerous rig contracts
 
71.3
 
 
71.3
 
Total
 
71.3
 
 
81 . 5
 

Onerous contracts for Hull B366 (TBN “Tivar”) of $16.8 million, Hull B367 (TBN “Vale”) of $26.9 million and Hull B368 (TBN “Var”) of $27.6 million, in total $71.3 million, relate to the estimated excess of remaining shipyard instalments to be made to Keppel FELS over the value in use estimate for the jack-up drillings rigs to be delivered. Remaining shipyard instalments and onerous contract are expected to be settled when the newbuildings are delivered and paid in 2020. As a result of the adoption of the new lease standard from January 1, 2019, the onerous lease commitments for our office space in Houston and Beverwijk are now included in our lease liabilities (see note 9 and 21).

Note 18 - Long-term debt

Long-term debt is comprised of the following:

 
Carrying amount
Principal amount
Back end fee
(In $ millions)
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
$120 Bridge Facility
 
58.5
 
 
 
 
60.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$160 DC Revolving Credit Facility
 
60.0
 
 
 
 
60.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$200 DNB Revolving Credit Facility
 
165.0
 
 
130.0
 
 
165.0
 
 
130.0
 
 
 
 
 
$350 Convertible bonds
 
345.6
 
 
346.5
 
 
350.0
 
 
350.0
 
 
 
 
 
PPL Delivery Financing
 
786.3
 
 
698.1
 
 
753.3
 
 
669.6
 
 
29.6
 
 
26.1
 
Total
 
1,415.4
 
 
1,174.6
 
 
1,388.3
 
 
1,149.6
 
 
29.6
 
 
26.1
 

At March 31, 2019 the scheduled maturities of our debt were as follows:

(In $ millions)
Maturities
2019
 
60.0
 
2020
 
225.0
 
2021
 
 
2022
 
83.7
 
2023
 
935.9
 
2024
 
83.7
 
Thereafter
 
 
Total principal amount of debt
 
1,388.3
 
Total debt-related balances, net
 
27.1
 
Total carrying amount of debt
 
1,415.4
 

$200 million DNB Revolving Credit Facility and Guarantee Facility

The DNB Revolving Credit Facility matures in May 2020 and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a specified margin.

In January 2019, we executed an amendment to the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement which allows us to procure the issuance of guarantees as required in the ordinary course of business, typically for bid bonds, import bonds and performance bonds, up to an aggregate amount of $30 million. Our obligations to reimburse the bank for any payment made under such guarantees is secured by the guarantees, security

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

over the rigs, insurances and shares provided under the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement. This amendment replaced the cash collateral required by the common terms agreement with DNB Bank ASA, which we refer to as the Guarantee Facility, and resulted in the release of $25.0 million of cash that was categorized as restricted as of December 31, 2018.

As of March 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018 we had $165.0 million and $130 million outstanding, respectively under the facility. As of March 31, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement. We expect to remain in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement in 2019.

As of March 31, 2019, “Frigg”, “Idun”, “Norve”, “Prospector 1” and “Prospector 5” were pledged as collateral for the DNB Revolving Credit Facility. Total book value of the encumbered rigs was $476.8 million as of March 31, 2019.

$ 160 million DC Revolving Credit Facility and Guarantee Facility

In March 2019, we entered into a $160 million revolving credit facility and guarantee facility agreement with Danske Bank A/S and Citigroup Global Markets Limited (“DC Revolving Credit Facility”) (consisting of a $100.0 million credit facility and $60.0 million for the issuance of guarantees as required in the ordinary course of business), secured by mortgages over four of our jack-up rigs, assignments, pledges or charges of rig insurances, earnings, earnings accounts, shares and intra-group loans, as applicable, as well as guarantees from certain of our rig-owning subsidiaries providing the security as owners of the mortgaged rigs.

Our DC Revolving Credit Facility matures in May 2020 and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a specified margin. Our DC Revolving Credit Facility agreement contains various financial covenants, including requirements that we maintain a minimum book equity ratio of 40%, positive working capital and minimum liquidity equal to the greater of $50 million and 5% of net interest-bearing debt (including a contractual right to reduce this requirement to 4% in the event the liquidity covenant in the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement is amended to this effect). Our DC Revolving Credit Facility agreement also contains a loan to value clause requiring that the fair market value of our rigs shall at all times cover at least 175% of the aggregate outstanding facility amount and any undrawn and uncancelled part of the facility. Our DC Revolving Credit Facility agreement also contains various restrictive covenants, including, among others, restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness; restrictions on paying dividends; restrictions on us repurchasing our Shares; restrictions on changing the general nature of our business; and restrictions on removing Tor Olav Trøim from our Board. Furthermore, Tor Olav Trøim is required to maintain ownership of at least six million Shares (subject to adjustment for certain transactions). The DC Revolving Credit Facility agreement also contains events of default which include non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes which have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under the DC Revolving Credit Facility agreement or security documents, or jeopardize the security. If there is an event of default, the lenders under our DC Revolving Credit Facility may have the right to declare a default or may seek to negotiate changes to the covenants and/or require additional security as a condition of not doing so. The lenders under our DC Revolving Credit Facility may also require replacement or additional security if the fair market value of the jack-up rigs over which security is provided is insufficient to meet our market value-to-loan covenant. In addition, the DC Revolving Credit Facility agreement contains a “Most Favored Nation” clause giving the lenders a right to amend the financial covenants to reflect any more lender-favorable covenants in any other agreement pursuant to which loan or guarantee facilities are provided to us, including amendments to our Financing Arrangements. As of March 31, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the DC Revolving Credit Facility Agreement. We expect to remain in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the DC Revolving Credit Facility agreement in 2019.

As of March 31, 2019, “Odin”, “Mist”, “Ran” and “Saga” were pledged as collateral for the $160 million senior secured revolving loan facility. Total book value of the encumbered rigs was $392.8 million as of March 31, 2019.

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

$ 120 million Bridge Facility

In March 2019, we entered into a $120.0 million senior secured term loan facilities agreement, consisting of two facilities (Facility A and Facility B) of $60.0 million each, with Danske Bank A/S and DNB Bank ASA (“Bridge Facility”), secured by a mortgage over one of our currently owned jack-up rigs, with another mortgage to be taken out over the rig “Thor” upon delivery, an assignment of rig insurances and a pledge over the shares of certain of our rig-owning subsidiaries providing the security as owners of the mortgaged rigs. Our Bridge Facility matures on September 30, 2019 and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a specified margin. As of March 31, 2019, Facility A had been utilized in the amount of $60.0 million, and $60.0 million in Facility B remained undrawn. The availability period of Facility B expires June 30, 2019. Our Bridge Facility contains various financial covenants, including requirements that we maintain a minimum book equity ratio of 40% and minimum liquidity equal to the greater of $50 million and 5% of net interest-bearing debt.

Our Bridge Facility also contains various covenants, including, among others, restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness; restrictions on paying dividends; restrictions on us repurchasing our Shares; restrictions on changing the general nature of our business; restrictions on making certain investments; and restrictions on removing Tor Olav Trøim from our Board. Furthermore, Tor Olav Trøim is required to maintain ownership of at least six million Shares (subject to adjustment for certain transactions). The Bridge Facility agreement also contains events of default which include non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes which have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under the Bridge Facility or security documents, or jeopardize the security. If there is an event of default, the lenders under our Bridge Facility may have the right to declare a default or may seek to negotiate changes to the covenants and/or require additional security as a condition of not doing so. In addition, the Bridge Facility contains a “Most Favored Nation” clause giving the lenders a right to amend the financial covenants to reflect any more lender-favorable covenants in any other agreement pursuant to which loan or guarantee facilities are provided to us, including amendments to our Financing Arrangements. As of March 31, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the Bridge Facility. We expect to remain in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the Bridge Facility in 2019.

As of March 31, 2019, “Skald” and “Thor” were pledged as collateral for the $120 million bridge loan facility. Total book value of the encumbered rigs was $252.5 million as of March 31, 2019.

$350 million Convertible Bonds

In May 2018 we raised $350.0 million through the issuance of our Convertible Bonds, which mature in 2023. The initial conversion price (which is subject to adjustment) is $33.4815 per Share, for a total of 10,453,534 Shares. The Convertible Bonds have a coupon of 3.875% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears in equal instalments. The terms and conditions governing our Convertible Bonds contain customary events of default, including failure to pay any amount due on the bonds when due, and certain restrictions, including, among others, restrictions on our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur secured capital markets indebtedness. The Company has entered into Call Spreads to mitigate the effect of conversion – see note 14 for details.

As of March 31, 2019, we were compliant with the covenants and our obligations under our Convertible Bonds. We expect to remain compliant with our obligations under our Convertible Bonds in 2019.

Our Delivery Financing Arrangements

In addition to two jack-up rigs which we have taken delivery from Keppel against full payment, we have contracts with Keppel to purchase nine jack-up rigs under construction. We have the option to accept delivery financing for two of the jack-up rigs to be delivered from Keppel. For five of our newbuild jack-up rigs under construction and nine additional jack-up rigs which have been delivered from PPL, we have agreed to accept and accepted, respectively, delivery financing from PPL and Keppel subject to the terms described below:

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PPL Newbuild Financing

In October 2017, we agreed to acquire nine premium “Pacific Class 400” jack-up rigs from PPL (the “PPL Rigs”). We accepted delivery of eight of the PPL Rigs as of December 31, 2018 and all nine PPL Rigs had been delivered as of January 31, 2019. In connection with delivery of the PPL Rigs, our rig-owning subsidiaries as buyers of the PPL Rigs agreed to accept delivery financing for a portion of the purchase price equal to $87.0 million per jack-up rig (the “PPL Financing”). The PPL Financing for each PPL Rig is an interest-bearing secured seller’s credit, guaranteed by the Company which matures on the date falling 60 months from the delivery date of the respective PPL Rig.

The PPL Financing for each respective PPL Rig is secured by a mortgage on such PPL Rig and an assignment of the insurances in respect of such PPL Rig. The PPL Financing also contains various covenants and the events of default include non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes which have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under the PPL Financing agreements or security documents, or jeopardize the security. In addition, each rig-owning subsidiary is subject to covenants which management considered to be customary in a transaction of this nature.

As of March 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, we had $782.6 and $695.6 million, respectively, of PPL Financing outstanding and were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the PPL Financing agreements. We expect to remain in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the PPL Financing agreements in 2019. We expect to satisfy our obligations under the PPL Financing for each respective PPL Rig with cash flow from operations when due.

As of March 31, 2019, “Galar”, “Gerd”, “Gersemi”, “Grid”, “Gunnlod”, “Groa”, “Gyme”, “Natt” and “Njord” were pledged as collateral for the PPL financing. Total book value for the encumbered rigs was $1,306.7 million as of March 31, 2019.

Interest

Average interest rate for all our interest-bearing debt, excluding the Convertible Bonds, was 6.09% for the period ended March 31, 2019.

Note 19 - Share-based compensation

Share-based payment charges for the period ending:

(In $ millions)
Three Month s Ended
March 31,
2019
Three Month s Ended
March 31,
2018
Total
 
2.0
 
 
0.4
 

At March 11, 2019, the Company issued 460,000 share options to certain employees and directors of the Company. The awards were granted under the existing approved share option scheme. The options have a strike price of $17.50 per share, which compares to the Company’s share’s closing price of $14.20 on March 8, 2019. The options will expire after five years and have a four-year vesting period. Expected life after vesting is estimated at two years. Risk free interest rate is set to 2% and expected future volatility is estimated at 32%. Total number of options authorised by the Board is 3,494,000 and 3,075,000 have been awarded as of March 31, 2019.

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 20 - Fair values of financial instruments

The carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company’s cash and financial instruments were as follows:

 
 
As at March 31,
2019
(In $ millions)
Hierarchy
Fair value
Carrying
value
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
1
 
29.4
 
 
29.4
 
Restricted cash
1
 
29.4
 
 
29.4
 
Marketable securities – non-current
1
 
 
 
 
Marketable securities – current
1
 
26.8
 
 
26.8
 
Trade receivables
1
 
25.7
 
 
25.7
 
Accrued revenue
1
 
18.5
 
 
18.5
 
Tax retentions receivable
1
 
11.6
 
 
11.6
 
Other current assets (excluding prepayments and deferred costs)
1
 
23.4
 
 
23.4
 
Forward contracts (note 14)
2
 
66.8
 
 
66.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term liabilities
2
 
1,320.1
 
 
1,356.9
 
Current portion of long-term debt
 
 
58.5
 
 
58.5
 
Trade payables
1
 
14.7
 
 
14.7
 
Accruals and other current liabilities
1
 
85.2
 
 
85.2
 
Forward contracts (note 14)
2
 
90.4
 
 
90.4
 

Financial instruments included in the consolidated accounts within ‘Level 1 and 2’ of the fair value hierarchy are valued using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency.

Included in “Level 1” are cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade receivables, marketable securities, other current assets (excluding prepayments and deferred costs), trade payables, accruals and other current liabilities. The carrying value of any accounts receivable and payables approximates fair value due to the short time to expected payment or receipt of cash.

Included in “Level 2” are forward contracts and Call Spread (note 14). No assets or liabilities have been transferred from one level to another during the three month ended March 31, 2019.

Note 21 - Other current liabilities

Accruals and other current liabilities are comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
March 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Accrued payroll and severance
 
11.1
 
 
3.1
 
Taxes payable
 
3.6
 
 
4.2
 
Operating lease liability, current
 
3.7
 
 
 
Total accruals and other current liabilities
 
18.4
 
 
7.3
 

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 22 - Related party transactions

Transactions with those holding significant influence over the Company

Equity offering

At March 22, 2018, the Company announced that it would raise up to $250 million in an equity offering divided in two tranches. Tranche 2 of (the “Equity Offering”) was subject to approval by the extraordinary general meeting to be held on 5 April 2018 and subsequent share issue. In connection with the settlement of Tranche 2, $27.7 million was registered as liability to shareholders including $20.0 million to Drew Holdings Ltd (“Drew”) as of March 31, 2018. Drew is a trust established for the benefit of Tor Olav Trøim, the Chairman of the Company. As of May 30, 2018, the 1,528,065 new shares allocated in Tranche 2 of the Equity Offering were validly issued and fully paid.

Director fee

On November 20, 2018, the Company transferred 14,285 of its treasury shares to Mr. Jan A. Rask. Following this transaction, Mr. Rask owns a total of 14,285 shares in the Company. Mr Jan A. Rask received treasury shares during fourth quarter of 2018 as settlement of his director fee for the period from the Company’s Annual General Meeting in 2017 until the Annual General Meeting in 2018. In accordance with the agreement, settlement of treasury shares was valued at $17.50 per share, being the share price at the time Mr Rask was elected as an independent director of the Board on August 31, 2017.

Commercial Arrangements

We have obtained certain rig and other operating supplies from Schlumberger and may continue to obtain such supplies in the future. Purchases from Schlumberger were $6.1 million during the first quarter of 2019 and $0.6 million during the first quarter of 2018. $0.8 million and $0.4 million were outstanding at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Note 23 - Commitments and contingencies

The Company has the following commitments as of March 31, 2019:

(in $ millions)
Delivery installment
Back-end fee
Delivery installments for jack-up drilling rigs
 
880.2
 
 
22.5
 

In addition, under the PPL Financing, PPL Shipyard is entitled to certain fees payable in connection with the increase in market value of the relevant PPL Shipyard Rig from October 31, 2017 until the repayment date, less the relevant rig owner’s equity cost of ownership of each jack-up rig and any interest paid on the delivery financing. No provision has been made for such fees as of March 31, 2019.

The following table sets forth when our commitments fall due as of March 31, 2019

(In $ millions)
Less than
1 year
1-3 years
3-5 years
More than
5 years
Total
Delivery installments for jack-up rigs
 
172.8
 
 
707.4
 
 
0.0
 
 
0.0
 
 
880.2
 

Other commercial commitments

We have other commercial commitments which contractually obligate us to settle with cash under certain circumstances. Surety bonds and parent company guarantees entered into between certain customers and governmental bodies guarantee our performance regarding certain drilling contracts, customs import duties and other obligations in various jurisdictions.

The principal amounts of the outstanding surety bonds were $82.5 million and $13.2 million as of March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. In addition, we had outstanding bank guarantees and performance bonds amounting to $11.5 million as of March 31, 2019 and $9.8 million as of December 31, 2018.

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of March 31, 2019, these obligations and their expiration dates are as follows:

(In $ millions)
1 year
1-3 years
3-5 years
Thereafter
Total
Surety bonds and other guarantees
 
69.4
 
 
24.0
 
 
 
 
0.6
 
 
94.0
 

Note 24 - Subsequent events

Delivery of Thor

The Company took delivery of “Thor” on May 9, 2019 from Keppel Shipyard. The rig was acquired from BOTL Lease Co. Ltd. in March 2019. In connection with the delivery, the Company drew down $60 million on the $120 million bridge loan facility (see notes 8, 10 and 18).

Sale of rigs

In May 2019, the Company entered into binding sale and purchase agreements for the sale of the “Eir”, “Baug” and “Paragon C20051”, none of which were on contract at the end of the first quarter 2019. The rigs will be sold to an undisclosed, private buyer for non-drilling purposes for a consideration of $3.0 million each, therefore a total consideration of $9.0 million. The sale of “Baug” and “Paragon C20051” closed in May 2019, and we expect the sale of “Eir” to close in early 2020. The Company recorded an impairment of $11.4 million in the first quarter of 2019 in connection with its entry into an agreement for the sale of the “Eir” (see also note 7).

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the board of directors and shareholders of Borr Drilling Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Borr Drilling Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has restated its 2017 financial statements to correct a misstatement.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Substantial Doubt About the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern Has Been Removed

Management and we previously concluded there was substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1, management has subsequently taken certain actions, which management and we have concluded remove that substantial doubt.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers AS
Stavanger, Norway
April 29, 2019, except with respect to the matters that alleviate previous substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern discussed in Note 1 and the effects of the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is July 10, 2019

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2016.

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

for the Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
(In $ millions, except per share data)

 
Notes
2018
2017
Operating revenues
3
 
164.9
 
 
0.1
 
Gain from bargain purchase
14
 
38.1
 
 
 
Gain on disposals
4
 
18.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rig operating and maintenance expenses
 
 
(180.1
)
 
(36.2
)
Depreciation of non-current assets
11
 
(79.5
)
 
(21.2
)
Impairment of non-current assets
11
 
 
 
(26.7
)
Amortization of acquired contract backlog
 
 
(24.2
)
 
 
General and administrative expenses
14, 23
 
(38.7
)
 
(21.0
)
Restructuring costs
14
 
(30.7
)
 
 
Cost for issuance of warrants
25
 
 
 
(4.7
)
Total operating expenses
 
 
(353.2
)
 
(109.8
)
Operating loss
 
 
(131.4
)
 
(109.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other income (expense s ), net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
 
 
1.2
 
 
3.2
 
Interest expenses, net of amounts capitalized
 
 
(13.7
)
 
(0.5
)
Other, net
5
 
(44.5
)
 
19.0
 
Total other income (expense s ), net
 
 
(57.0
)
 
21.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
 
 
(188.4
)
 
(88.0
)
Income tax expense
6
 
(2.5
)
 
 
Net loss
 
 
(190.9
)
 
(88.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests
22
 
(0.4
)
 
 
Net (loss) attributable to shareholders of Borr Drilling Limited
 
 
(190.5
)
 
(88.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings (loss) per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic loss per share
7
 
(1.85
)
 
(1.70
)
Diluted loss per share
7
 
(1.85
)
 
(1.70
)
Weighted-average shares outstanding
7
 
102,877,501
 
 
51,726,288
 

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

for the Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
(In $ millions)

 
Notes
2018
2017
Loss after income taxes
 
 
(190.9
)
 
(88.0
)
Unrealized gain (loss) from marketable securities
15
 
0.6
 
 
(6.2
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
0.6
 
 
(6.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
(190.3
)
 
(94.2
)
Comprehensive loss attributable to
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders of Borr Drilling Limited
 
 
(189.9
)
 
(94.2
)
Non-controlling interests
 
 
(0.4
)
 
 
Total c omprehensive loss
 
 
(190.3
)
 
(94.2
)

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

as of December 31, 2018 and 2017
(In $ millions, except number of shares)

 
Notes
2018
2017
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
27.9
 
 
164.0
 
Restricted cash
8
 
63.4
 
 
39.1
 
Trade accounts receivables
9
 
25.1
 
 
 
Marketable securities
15
 
4.2
 
 
 
Prepaid expenses
 
 
10.8
 
 
2.6
 
Acquired contract backlog
14
 
20.2
 
 
 
Deferred mobilization costs
 
 
6.0
 
 
10.3
 
Accrued revenue
 
 
18.9
 
 
 
Tax retentions receivable
 
 
11.6
 
 
 
Other current assets
10
 
20.5
 
 
9.5
 
Total current assets
 
 
2 08.6
 
 
225.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
 
9.5
 
 
0.1
 
Jack-up drilling rigs
11
 
2,278.1
 
 
783.3
 
Newbuildings
12
 
361.8
 
 
642.7
 
Marketable securities
15
 
31.0
 
 
20.7
 
Other long-term assets
17
 
24.7
 
 
 
Total non-current assets
 
 
2,70 5 . 1
 
 
1,446.8
 
Total assets
 
 
2,913.7
 
 
1,672.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade accounts payables
 
 
9.6
 
 
9.6
 
Amounts due to related parties
 
 
0.4
 
 
 
Unrealized loss on forward contracts
16
 
35.1
 
 
 
Accrued expenses
 
 
63.7
 
 
11.5
 
Onerous contracts
20
 
3.2
 
 
 
Other current liabilities
18
 
7.3
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
 
 
119.3
 
 
21.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non- c urrent liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
19
 
1,174.6
 
 
87.0
 
Other liabilities
 
 
8.0
 
 
 
Onerous contracts
20
 
78.3
 
 
71.3
 
Total non-current liabilities
 
 
1,260.9
 
 
158.3
 
Total liabilities
 
 
1,380.2
 
 
179.4
 
Commitments and contingencies
21
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 
Notes
2018
2017
Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common shares of par value $0.05 per share: authorized 125,000,000 (2017: 105,000,000) shares, issued 106,528,065 (2017: 95,658,500) shares and outstanding 105,068,351 (2017: 95,264,500) shares at December 31, 2018
 
 
5.3
 
 
4.8
 
Treasury shares
 
 
(26.2
)
 
(6.7
)
Additional paid in capital
 
 
1,837.5
 
 
1,587.8
 
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
(5.6
)
 
(6.2
)
Accumulated deficit
 
 
(279.2
)
 
(88.8
)
Equity attributable to the Company
 
 
1,531.8
 
 
1,490.9
 
Non-controlling interest
 
 
1.7
 
 
2.0
 
Total equity
 
 
1,533.5
 
 
1,492.9
 
Total liabilities and equity
 
 
2,913.7
 
 
1,672.3
 

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

for the Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
(In $ millions)

 
Notes
2018
2017
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Restated
)
Net (loss)
 
 
(190.9
)
 
(88.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-cash compensation expense related to stock options and warrants
23
 
3.7
 
 
8.2
 
Depreciation of non-current assets
11
 
79.5
 
 
21.2
 
Impairment of non-current assets
11
 
 
 
26.7
 
Amortization of acquired contract backlog
 
 
24.2
 
 
 
Payments related to onerous contracts
 
 
 
 
(152.2
)
Gain on sale of rigs
4
 
(18.8
)
 
 
Unrealized (gain) loss on financial instruments
16
 
65.2
 
 
(4.4
)
Bargain purchase gain
14
 
(38.1
)
 
 
Deferred income tax
6
 
(0.5
)
 
 
Change in other current and non-current assets
 
 
(24.8
)
 
(16.5
)
Change in current and non-current liabilities
 
 
(34.7
)
 
20.1
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
 
(135.2
)
 
(184.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of plant and equipment
 
 
(7.8
)
 
(0.1
)
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
4
 
41.6
 
 
 
Purchase business combination (acquisition), net of cash acquired
14
 
(195.1
)
 
(324.5
)
Purchase of marketable securities
15
 
(13.0
)
 
(26.9
)
Additions to newbuildings
12
 
(362.4
)
 
(785.2
)
Additions to jack-up drilling rigs
11
 
(23.4
)
 
(119.8
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
(560.1
)
 
(1,256.5
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from share issuance, net of issuance costs and conversion of shareholders loans
 
 
218.9
 
 
1,415.0
 
Proceeds from related party shareholder loan
26
 
27.7
 
 
12.7
 
Purchase of treasury shares
28
 
(19.7
)
 
(8.4
)
Repayment of long-term debt
14
 
(89.3
)
 
 
Purchase of financial instruments
 
 
(28.5
)
 
 
Proceeds, net of deferred loan costs, from issuance of long-term debt
19, 12, 13
 
474.4
 
 
87.0
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
 
583.5
 
 
1,506.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (decrease) increase in cash, restricted cash and cash equivalents
 
 
(111.8
)
 
65.0
 
Foreign exchange translation difference
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the period
 
 
203.1
 
 
138.1
 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of period
 
 
91.3
 
 
203.1
 
Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest
 
 
(8.6
)
 
 
Income taxes paid
 
 
(3.2
)
 
 
Issuance of long-term debt as non-cash settlement for newbuild delivery instalment
 
 
609.0
 
 
 
Non-cash settlement of shareholder loan with issuance of shares
 
 
27.7
 
 
 

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

for the Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
(In $ millions, except share and per share data)

 
Number of
outstanding
shares
Common
shares
Treasury
shares
Additional
paid in
capital
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss)/Income
Accumulated
Deficit
Non-
controlling
interest
Total
equity
Consolidated balance at December 31, 2016
 
15,501,000
 
 
0.8
 
 
 
 
157.8
 
 
 
 
(0.8
)
 
 
 
157.8
 
Issue of common shares
 
78,220,000
 
 
3.9
 
 
 
 
1,446.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,450.1
 
Equity issuance costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(17.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(17.8
)
Other transactions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise of warrants
 
1,937,500
 
 
0.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.1
 
Fair value of warrants issued
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.7
 
Equity issuance costs, warrants
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3.0
)
Purchase of warrants
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4.7
)
Stock based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
1.7
 
 
1.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.5
 
Purchase of treasury shares
 
(394,000
)
 
 
 
 
(8.4
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8.4
)
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6.2
)
 
(88.0
)
 
 
 
(94.2
)
Sale of shares to non-controlling interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.0
 
 
2.0
 
Other, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(0.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(0.2
)
Consolidated balance at December 31, 2017
 
92,264,500
 
 
4.8
 
 
(6.7
)
 
1,587.8
 
 
(6.2
)
 
(88.8
)
 
2.0
 
 
1,492.9
 
Issue of common shares (03.23.18)
 
9,341,500
 
 
0.4
 
 
 
 
214.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
214.7
 
Equity issuance costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3.2
)
Issue of common shares (05.30.18)
 
1,528,065
 
 
0.1
 
 
 
 
35.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35.2
 
Other transactions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.7
 
Settlement of directors’ fees
 
 
 
 
 
0.2
 
 
(0.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of treasury shares
 
(1,459,714
)
 
 
 
(19.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(19.7
)
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.6
 
 
(190.5
)
 
(0.4
)
 
(190.3
)
Non-controlling interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.1
 
 
0.1
 
 
0.2
 
Other, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance at December 31, 2018
 
105,068,351
 
 
5. 3
 
 
(26.2
)
 
1,837.5
 
 
(5.6
)
 
(279.2
)
 
1.7
 
 
1,533.5
 

See accompanying notes that are an integral part of these Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 – General i nformation

Borr Drilling Limited was incorporated in Bermuda on August 8, 2016. The company is listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange, under the ticker symbol “BDRILL.” Borr Drilling Limited is an international offshore drilling contractor providing services to the oil and gas industry, with the objective of acquiring and operating modern jack-up drilling rigs. As of December 31, 2018, we had 27 total jack-up rigs, including 10 rigs “warm stacked” and 4 rigs “cold stacked,” and had agreed to purchase 9 additional premium jack-up rigs under construction.

As used herein, and unless otherwise required by the context, the term “Borr Drilling” refers to Borr Drilling Limited and the terms “Company,” “we,” “Group,” “our” and words of similar import refer to Borr Drilling and its consolidated companies. The use herein of such terms as “group”, “organization”, “we”, “us”, “our” and “its”, or references to specific entities, is not intended to be a precise description of corporate relationships.

Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The amounts are presented in United States Dollars (“U.S. dollar or $”) rounded to the nearest million, unless otherwise stated.

Operating results for the years ending December 31, 2018 and 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

The consolidated financial statements present the financial position of Borr Drilling Limited and its subsidiaries. Investments in companies in which the Company controls, or directly or indirectly holds more than 50% of the voting control are consolidated in the financial statements.

Subsequent events have been reviewed from the period end to the date at which the financial statements were made available for issue, which is April 29, 2019.

Restatement of Comparative Consolidated Statement s of Cash Flows

We have restated our Consolidated Financial Statements to correct an error within our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. In the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements for 2018, we identified an error for the year ended December 31, 2017, of approximately $152.2 million between Net cash used in operating activities and Net cash used in investing activities sections of our statement of cash flows related to the extinguishment of the onerous contract related to the Keppel Rigs (as defined below). The following table presents the effect of the correction on the selected line items previously reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2017:

(In $ millions)
2017
Adjustments
2017
 
 
 
(Restated)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss)
 
(88.0
)
 
 
 
(88.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of onerous contracts
 
 
 
(152.2
)
 
(152.2
)
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(32.6
)
 
(152.2
)
 
(184.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additions to newbuildings
 
(937.4
)
 
152.2
 
 
(785.2
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(1,408.7
)
 
152.2
 
 
(1,256.5
)

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

There was no impact to net cash provided by financing activities within our consolidated statements of cash flows and there was no impact to the net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents resulting from the restatement. In addition, there was no impact to our consolidated statement of operations or financial position.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the assets and liabilities of the Company. All intercompany balances, transactions and internal sales have been eliminated on consolidation. Unrealized gains and losses arising from transactions with associates are eliminated to the extent of the Company’s interest in the entity. The non-controlling interests of subsidiaries were included in the consolidated balance sheet and Statements of Operations as “Non-controlling interests”. Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income are attributed to the shareholders of the Company and to the non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

Going concern

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Company has, as of June 28, 2019 finalized and partly drawn on secured financing arrangements in the total amount of $645 million, which were used to refinance all of its credit facilities of $510 million. The Company’s new financing arrangements include a $195 million senior secured term loan facility agreement with funds managed by Hayfin Capital Management LLP, as lenders, among others, a $450 million senior secured credit facilities agreement with DNB Bank ASA, Danske Bank, Citibank N.A., Jersey Branch and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as lenders, among others (consisting of a $230 million credit facility, $50 million newbuild facility, $70 million for the issuance of guarantees and other trade finance instruments as required in the ordinary course of business and a $100 million incremental facility) and a $100 million senior secured revolving facility agreement with Danske Bank and DNB Bank ASA, as lenders, among others. The financing arrangements contain certain financial and non-financial covenants, including restrictions that require the approval of our lenders prior to the distribution of any dividend. The outstanding obligations under the new financing arrangements will mature in 2022. Based on the execution of the financing arrangements, we believe the prior conclusion on April 29, 2019 of substantial doubt over going concern has been alleviated.

Reverse Share Split

We have effected a conversion of each of our Shares into 0.20 Shares, resulting in a reverse share split at a ratio of 5-for-1. Our post-Reverse Share Split Shares began to trade on the Oslo Børs on June 26, 2019.

Use of estimates

Preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Note 2 – Accounting p olicies

Revenue

The Company performs services that represent a single performance obligation under its drilling contracts. This performance obligation is satisfied over time. The Company earns revenues primarily by performing the following activities: (i) providing the drilling rig, work crews, related equipment and services necessary to operate the rig (ii) delivering the drilling rig by mobilizing to and demobilizing from the drill location, and (iii) performing certain pre-operating activities, including rig preparation activities or equipment modifications required for the contract.

The Company recognizes revenues earned under drilling contracts based on variable dayrates, which range from a full operating dayrate to lower rates or zero rates for periods when drilling operations are

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

interrupted or restricted, based on the specific activities performed during the contract. Such dayrate consideration is attributed to the distinct time period to which it relates within the contract term, and therefore recognized as the Company performs the services. The Company recognizes reimbursement revenues and the corresponding costs as the Company provides the customer-requested goods and services, when such reimbursable costs are incurred while performing drilling operations. Prior to performing drilling operations, the Company may receive pre-operating revenues, on either a fixed lump-sum or variable dayrate basis, for mobilization, contract preparation, customer-requested goods and services or capital upgrades, which the Company recognizes over time in line with the satisfaction of the performance obligation.

The Company incurs costs to prepare a rig for contract and deliver or mobilize a rig to the drilling location. The Company defers pre-operating costs, such as contract preparation and mobilization costs, and recognizes such costs on a straight-line basis, consistent with the general level of activity, in operating and maintenance costs over the estimated firm period of drilling.

Jack-up r igs

The carrying amount of our jack-up rigs is subject to various estimates, assumptions, and judgments related to capitalized costs, useful lives and residual values and impairments. Jack-up rigs and related equipment are recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Jack-up rigs acquired as part of asset acquisitions are stated at fair market value as of the date of the acquisition. The cost of these assets, less estimated residual value, is depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining economic useful lives. The estimated economic useful life of our jack-up rigs and our semi-submersible drilling rig when new, is 30 years.

We determine the carrying values of our jack-up rigs and semi-submersible and related equipment based on policies that incorporate estimates, assumptions and judgments relative to the carrying values, remaining useful lives and residual values. These assumptions and judgments reflect both historical experience and expectations regarding future operations, utilization and performance. The use of different estimates, assumptions and judgments in establishing estimated useful lives and residual values could result in significantly different carrying values for our jack-up rigs and semi-submersible, which could materially affect our balance sheet and results of operations.

The useful lives of our jack-up rigs and semi-submersible and related equipment are difficult to estimate due to a variety of factors, including technological advances that impact the methods or cost of oil and gas exploration and development, changes in market or economic conditions and changes in laws or regulations affecting the drilling industry. We re-evaluate the remaining useful lives of our jack-up rigs and semi-submersible as of and when events occur that may directly impact our assessment of their remaining useful lives. This includes changes the operating condition or functional capability of our rigs as well as market and economic factors.

The carrying values of our jack-up rigs and semi-submersible and related equipment are reviewed for impairment when certain triggering events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. We assess recoverability of the carrying value of an asset by estimating the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the asset, including eventual disposition. If the undiscounted future net cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the difference between the asset’s carrying value and fair value. In general, impairment analyses are based on expected costs, utilization and dayrates for the estimated remaining useful lives of the asset or group of assets being assessed. An impairment loss is recorded in the period in which it is determined that the aggregate carrying amount is not recoverable. Asset impairment evaluations are, by nature, highly subjective. They involve expectations about future cash flows generated by our assets, and reflect management’s assumptions and judgments regarding future industry conditions and their effect on future utilization levels, dayrates and costs. The use of different estimates and assumptions could result in significantly different carrying values of our assets and could materially affect our balance sheet and results of operations.

As of December 2018, management identified certain indicators, among others, that the carrying value of our jack-up rigs and semi-submersible and related equipment may not be recoverable and our market

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

capitalization was lower than the book value of our equity. These market indicators include the reduction in new contract opportunities, decrease in market dayrates and contract terminations. We assessed recoverability of the carrying value of our jack-up rigs and semi-submersible by first evaluating the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows based on projected dayrates and utilizations of the rigs. The estimated undiscounted future net cash flows were found to be greater than the carrying value of our jack-up rigs and semi-submersible, with sufficient headroom. As a result, we did not need to proceed to assess the discounted cash flows of our rigs, and no impairment charges were recorded.

With regard to older jack-up rigs which have relatively short remaining estimated useful lives, the results of impairment tests are particularly sensitive to management’s assumptions. These assumptions include the likelihood of the rig obtaining a contract upon the expiration of any current contract, and our intention for the rig should no contract be obtained, including warm/cold stacking or disposal. The use of different assumptions in the future could potentially result in an impairment of our jack-up rigs, which could materially affect our balance sheet and results of operations. If market supply and demand conditions in the jack-up drilling market do not improve, it is likely that we will be required to impair certain jack-up rigs.

Newbuildings

Jack-up rigs under construction are capitalized, classified as newbuildings and presented as non-current assets. The capitalized costs are reclassified from newbuildings to jack-up rigs when the asset is available for its intended use.

Interest cost capitalized

Interest costs are capitalized on all qualifying assets that require a period of time to get them ready for their intended use. Qualifying assets consist of newbuilding rigs under construction. The interest costs capitalized are calculated using the weighted average cost of borrowings, from commencement of the asset development until substantially all the activities necessary to prepare the assets for its intended use are complete. We do not capitalize amounts beyond the actual interest expense incurred in the period.

Rig operating and maintenance expenses

Rig operating and maintenance expenses are costs associated with operating a rig that is either in operation or stacked, and include the remuneration of offshore crews and related costs, rig supplies, inventory, insurance costs, expenses for repairs and maintenance as well as costs related to onshore personnel in various locations where we operate the jack-up rigs and are expensed as incurred. Stacking costs for rigs are expensed as incurred.

Business combinations

The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations in accordance with ASC 805. The acquisition method requires the total of the purchase price of acquired businesses and any non-controlling interest recognized to be allocated to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired at fair value, with any residual amount being recorded as goodwill as of the acquisition date. Costs associated with the acquisition are expensed as incurred. The Company allocates the purchase price of acquired businesses to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired, with any remaining amount being recorded as goodwill.

The estimated fair value of the jack-up rigs in a business combination is derived by using a market and income-based approach with market participant-based assumptions. When we acquire jack-up rigs there may exist unfavorable contracts which are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. An unfavorable contract is a contract that has a carrying value which is higher than prevailing market rates at the time of acquisition. The net present value of such contracts when lower than prevailing market rates, is recorded as an onerous contract at the purchase date.

In a business combination, contract backlog is recognized when it meets the contractual-legal criterion for identification as an intangible asset when an entity has a practice of establishing contracts with its

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

customers. We record an intangible asset equal to its fair value on the date of acquisition. Fair value is determined by using Multi-Period Excess Earnings Method. The multi-period Excess Earnings Method is a specific application of the discounted cash flow method. The principle behind the method is that the value of an intangible asset is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable only to the subject intangible asset after deducting contributory asset charges. The asset is then amortized over its estimated remaining contract term.

Onerous contracts

Newbuildings: When we acquire rigs there may exist unfavorable contracts which are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. An unfavorable contract is a contract that has a carrying value which is higher than prevailing market rates at the time of acquisition. The net present value of such contracts when lower than prevailing market rates, is recorded as a liability at the purchase date.

Office leases: Onerous contracts are recognized for costs that will continue to be incurred under a contract for its remaining term without economic benefit to the Company. The net present value of such contracts is recorded as a liability at the cease-use date.

Share-based compensation

We have an employee share ownership plan under which our employees, directors and officers may be allocated options to subscribe for new shares in the Company as a form of remuneration. The cost of equity settled transactions is measured by reference to the fair value at the date on which the share options are granted. The fair value of the share options issued under the Company’s employee share option plans are determined at the grant date taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options are granted, and using a valuation technique that is consistent with generally accepted valuation methodologies for pricing financial instruments, and that incorporates all factors and assumptions that knowledgeable, willing market participants would consider in determining fair value. The fair value of the share options is recognized as a general and administrative expense with a corresponding increase in equity over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. Compensation cost is initially recognized based upon options expected to vest, excluding forfeitures, with appropriate adjustments to reflect actual forfeitures.

Marketable s ecurities

Marketable debt securities held by us which do not give us the ability to exercise significant influence are considered to be available-for-sale. These are re-measured at fair value each reporting period with resulting unrealized gains and losses recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. Gains and losses are not realized until the securities are sold or subject to temporary impairment. Gains and losses on forward contracts to purchase marketable equity securities that do not meet the definition of a derivative are accounted for as available-for-sale securities. We analyze our available-for-sale securities for impairment at each reporting period to evaluate whether an event or change in circumstances has occurred in that period that may have a significant adverse effect on the value of the securities. We record an impairment charge for other-than-temporary declines in value when the value is not anticipated to recover above the cost within a reasonable period after the measurement date, unless there are mitigating factors that indicate impairment may not be required. If an impairment charge is recorded, subsequent recoveries in value are not reflected in earnings until sale of the securities held as available for sale occurs.

Where there are indicators that fair value is below the carrying value of our investments, we will evaluate these for other-than-temporary impairment. Consideration will be given to (i) the length of time and the extent to which fair value of the investments is below carrying value, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, and (iii) our intent and ability to hold the investment until any anticipated recovery. Where we determine that there is other-than-temporary impairment, we will recognize an impairment loss in the period.

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Marketable equity securities with readily determinable fair value are re-measured at fair value each reporting period with unrealized gains and losses recognized under total other income (expenses), net.

Legal proceedings

We may, from time to time, be involved in legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. A provision will be recognized in the financial statements only where we believe that a liability will be probable and for which the amounts are reasonably estimable, based upon the facts known prior to the issuance of the financial statements.

Foreign currencies

The Company and the majority of its subsidiaries use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency because the majority of their revenues and expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, the Company’s reporting currency is also U.S. dollars. For subsidiaries that maintain their accounts in currencies other than U.S. dollars, the Company uses the current method of translation whereby the statements of operations are translated using the average exchange rate for the period and the assets and liabilities are translated using the period end exchange rate. Foreign currency translation gains or losses on consolidation are recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transaction. Gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are included in the consolidated statement of operations.

Current and non-current classification

Assets and liabilities (excluding deferred taxes) are classified as current assets and liabilities respectively, if their maturity is within 1 year of the balance sheet date. Otherwise, they are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.

Other intangible assets and liabilities

Other intangible assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition less accumulated amortization. The amounts of these assets and liabilities less the estimated residual value, if any, is generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining economic useful life or contractual period.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, bank deposits and highly liquid financial instruments with original maturities of three months or less.

Restricted cash

Restricted cash consists of margin accounts which have been pledged as collateral in relation to forward contracts and bank deposits which have been pledged as collateral for guarantees issued by a bank or minimum deposits which must be maintained in accordance with contractual arrangements. Restricted cash amounts with maturities longer than one year are classified as non-current assets.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are presented net of allowances for doubtful balances. At each balance sheet date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for purposes of determining the appropriate provision for doubtful accounts.

Fair Value

The Company accounts for fair value in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The Company uses a three-tier hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1. Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2. Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3. Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The first two levels in the hierarchy are considered observable inputs and the last is considered unobservable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, which are held in operating bank accounts, are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. The carrying value of accounts receivable and payables approximates fair value due to the short time to expected payment or receipt of cash.

Income taxes

Borr Drilling Limited is a Bermuda company that has a number of subsidiaries in various jurisdictions. Whilst the Company is resident in Bermuda, it is not subject to taxation under the laws of Bermuda, so currently, the Company is not required to pay taxes in Bermuda on ordinary income or capital gains. The Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates that are Bermuda companies have received written assurance from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing taxes on ordinary income or capital gains, any such tax shall not be applicable to the Company or such subsidiaries and affiliates until March 31, 2035. Certain subsidiaries operate in other jurisdictions where taxes are imposed. Consequently, income taxes have been recorded in these jurisdictions when appropriate. Our income tax expense is based on our income and statutory tax rates in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We provide for income taxes based on the tax laws and rates in effect in the countries in which operations are conducted and income is earned.

The determination and evaluation of our annual group income tax provision involves interpretation of tax laws in various jurisdictions in which we operate and requires significant judgment and use of estimates and assumptions regarding significant future events, such as amounts, timing and character of income, deductions and tax credits. There are certain transactions for which the ultimate tax determination is unclear due to uncertainty in the ordinary course of business. We recognize tax liabilities based on our assessment of whether our tax positions are more likely than not sustainable, based solely on the technical merits and considerations of the relevant taxing authority’s widely understood administrative practices and precedence. Changes in tax laws, regulations, agreements, treaties, foreign currency exchange restrictions or our levels of operations or profitability in each jurisdiction may impact our tax liability in any given year. While our annual tax provision is based on the information available to us at the time, a number of years may elapse before the ultimate tax liabilities in certain tax jurisdictions are determined. Current income tax expense reflects an estimate of our income tax liability for the current period, withholding taxes, changes in prior year tax estimates as tax returns are filed, or from tax audit adjustments.

Income tax expense consists of taxes currently payable and changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities calculated according to local tax rules.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on temporary differences that arise between carrying values used for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for taxation purposes of assets and liabilities and the future tax benefits of tax loss carry forwards.

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our deferred tax expense or benefit represents the change in the balance of deferred tax assets or liabilities as reflected on the balance sheet. Valuation allowances are determined to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. To determine the amount of deferred tax assets and liabilities, as well as of the valuation allowances, we must make estimates and certain assumptions regarding future taxable income, including assumptions regarding where our jack-up rigs are expected to be deployed, as well as other assumptions related to our future tax position. A change in such estimates and assumptions, along with any changes in tax laws, could require us to adjust the deferred tax assets, liabilities, or valuation allowances. The amount of deferred tax provided is based upon the expected manner of settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted at the balance sheet date. The impact of tax law changes is recognized in periods when the change is enacted.

Provisions

A provision is recognized in the balance sheet when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. If the effect is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

Contingencies

We recognize contingencies in the consolidated balance sheet where we have a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. If, and only when the timing of related cash flows is fixed or reliably determinable, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

Related parties

Parties are related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence.

Warrants (Equity-based payments to non-employees)

All non-employee stock-based transactions, in which goods or services are the consideration received in exchange for equity instruments are required to be accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable.

Earnings/(loss) per share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated based on the loss for the period available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for basic EPS for the period. Diluted EPS includes the effect of the assumed conversion of potentially dilutive instruments which for the Company includes share options and warrants. The determination of dilutive earnings per share requires the Company to potentially make certain adjustments to net income and for the weighted average shares outstanding used to compute basic earnings per share unless anti-dilutive.

Interest-bearing debt

Interest-bearing debt is recognized initially at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortized cost. Transaction costs are amortized over the term of the loan.

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Derivatives

We have a Call Spread (as defined below) derivative to mitigate the economic exposure from a potential exercise of conversion rights embedded in the convertible bonds. Call options bought and sold are cash settled European options exercisable only at maturity. The Call Spread derivative is fair value adjusted at each reporting period using a valuation technique that is consistent with generally accepted valuation methodologies for pricing financial instruments, and that incorporates all factors and assumptions that knowledgeable, willing market participants would consider in determining fair value. The fair value adjustments are recognized under total other income (expenses), net with a corresponding increase or decrease in other long-term assets over the duration of the bonds.

Forward contracts that meet the definition of derivative instruments are recognized at fair value. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recorded in total other income (expenses), net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Cash outflows and inflows resulting from economic derivative contracts are presented as cash flows from operations in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Debt and equity issuance costs

Issuance costs are allocated to the debt and equity components in proportion to the allocation of proceeds to those components. Allocated costs are accounted for as debt issuance costs (capitalized and amortized to interest expense using the interest method) and equity issuance costs (charged to shareholders’ equity) recorded as a reduction of the share balance/additional paid-in capital, respectively.

Treasury shares

Treasury shares are recognized at cost as a component of shareholders’ equity.

Adoption of new accounting standards

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance to Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-01 “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business”. The amendments provide guidance on evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as an asset acquisition or a business combination (or disposal). The guidance requires that in order to be considered a business, a transaction must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantial process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output. The guidance removes the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace the missing elements. The revised guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

In March 2017 the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, “Compensation − Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost.” The amendments in this update require that an employer disaggregate the service cost component from the other components of net benefit cost and provide guidance on how to present the service cost component and the other components of net benefit cost in the income statement. The guidance is effective for public company financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The amendment for the service cost component and the other components of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost should be applied retrospectively. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Scope of Modification Accounting, which amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements, provides guidance on the types of changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards to which an entity would be required to apply modification accounting under ASC 718. For all entities, the ASU is effective for annual reporting periods, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Issued not effective accounting standards

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The update requires an entity to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. It also offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. We expect to elect the new optional transition method of adoption. With respect to our drilling contracts, which could contain a lease component, we expect to apply the practical expedient. Our drilling contracts contain a lease component related to the underlying drilling equipment, in addition to the service component provided by our crews and our expertise to operate such drilling equipment. We have concluded that the non-lease service of operating our equipment and providing expertise in the drilling of the customer’s well is predominant in our drilling contracts. We expect to apply the practical expedient to account for the lease and associated non-lease operations as a single component. With the election of the practical expedient, we will continue to present a single performance obligation under the new revenue guidance in ASC 606 and recognize revenues based on the service component, which we have determined is the predominant component of our contracts. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which revises guidance for the accounting for credit losses on financial instruments within its scope. The new standard introduces an approach, based on expected losses, to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments and modifies the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities. The guidance will be effective January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Entities are required to apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this standard update on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13 – Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework –Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This ASU modifies the disclosure requirements in Topic 820 by identifying a narrower set of disclosures about that topic to be required on the basis of, amongst other considerations, an evaluation of whether the expected benefits of entities providing the information justify the expected costs. The amendments are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not intend to early adopt this standard. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share Based-Payment Accounting. This ASU intends to improve the usefulness of information provided and reducing the cost and complexity of financial reporting. A main objective of this ASU is to substantially align the accounting for share-based payments to employees and non-employees. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for public entities, including interim periods within that period, with early adoption permitted. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. This ASU refines and expands hedge accounting for both financial (e.g. interest rate) and commodity risks and creates more transparency around how economic results are presented, both on the face of the financial statements and in the footnotes, for investors and

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

analysts. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for public entities, including interim periods within that period, with early adoption permitted. The Company believes that the adoption will not have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14 – Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans –General (Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans. This amendment modifies disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. The main objective of this ASU is to remove disclosures that are no longer considered cost beneficial, clarify specific requirements of disclosures and to add disclosure requirements that are identified as relevant. The amendments are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not intend to early adopt this standard. The Company believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-18, Collaborative Arrangements (Topic 808), to provide clarity on when transactions between entities in a collaborative arrangement should be accounted for under the new revenue standard, ASC 606. In determining whether transactions in collaborative arrangements should be accounted under the revenue standard, the ASU specifies that entities shall apply unit of account guidance to identify distinct goods or services and whether such goods and services are separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. The accounting update also precludes entities from presenting transactions with a collaborative partner which are not in scope of the new revenue standard together with revenue from contracts with customers. The accounting update is effective January 1, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of the accounting standard on our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, Earnings Per Share, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and Derivatives and Hedging, which changes the classification of certain equity-linked financial instruments with down round features. As a result, a free standing equity-linked financial instrument or an embedded conversion option would not be accounted for as a derivative liability at fair value as a result of existence of a down round feature. For freestanding equity classified financial instruments, the amendment requires the entities to recognize the effect of the down round feature when triggered in its earnings per share calculations. The standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. We are currently not expecting any material impact as a result of the adoption of this accounting standard on our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

Note 3 – Segment i nformation

The Company has one operating segment, and this is reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker, which is the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), as an aggregated sum of assets, liabilities and activities that exists to generate cash flows.

Geographic data

Revenues are attributed to geographical location based on the country of operations for drilling activities, i.e. the country where the revenues are generated. The following presents our revenues by geographic area:

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
(in $ millions)
2018
2017
Middle East
 
41.1
 
 
 
North Sea
 
75.1
 
 
 
West Africa
 
44.4
 
 
0.1
 
South East Asia
 
4.3
 
 
 
 
Total
 
164.9
 
 
0.1
 

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Major c ustomers

In the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the following customers accounted for more than 10% of our contract revenues:

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
(In % of o perating revenues)
2018
2017
National Drilling Company (ADOC)
 
21
%
 
%
TAQA Bratani Limited
 
17
%
 
%
BW Energy Energy Gabon S.A.
 
13
%
 
%
Total S.A.
 
13
%
 
100
%
Centrica North Sea Limited (Spirit Energy)
 
10
%
 
%
Total
 
7 3
%
 
100
%

Fixed Assets — Jack-up rigs (1)

The following presents the net book value of our jack-up rigs by geographic area as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 
As of December 31,
(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Middle East
 
42.0
 
 
42.5
 
North Sea
 
320.0
 
 
122.9
 
West Africa
 
203.0
 
 
169.8
 
South East Asia
 
1,713.1
 
 
448.1
 
Total
 
2,2 78 . 1
 
 
783.3
 
(1) The fixed assets referred to in the table above exclude assets under construction. Asset locations at the end of a period are not necessarily indicative of the geographic distribution of the revenues or operating profits generated by such assets during such period.

Contract balances

Accounts receivable are recognized when the right to consideration becomes unconditional based upon contractual billing schedules. Payment terms on invoiced amounts are typically 30 days. Current contract asset balances are included in “Deferred mobilization costs, Acquired contract backlog and Accrued revenue” and noncurrent contract assets are included in “Other assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table provides information about contract assets from contracts with customers:

 
As of December 31,
(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Current contract assets
 
45.1
 
 
10.4
 
Non-current contract assets
 
5.1
 
 
 
Total contract assets
 
50.2
 
 
10.4
 

Significant changes in the remaining performance obligation contract assets balances for the year ended December 31, 2018 are as follows:

(In $ millions)
Contract assets
Net balance at January 1, 2018
 
10.4
 
Additions to deferred costs, acquired contract backlog and accrued revenue
 
76.1
 
Amortization of deferred costs
 
(36.3
)
Total contract assets
 
50.2
 

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Contract Costs

Certain direct and incremental costs incurred for upfront preparation, initial rig mobilization and modifications are costs of fulfilling a contract and are recoverable. These recoverable costs are deferred and amortized ratably to contract drilling expense as services are rendered over the initial term of the related drilling contract. Costs incurred for the demobilization of rigs at contract completion are recognized as incurred during the demobilization process.

Practical expedient

We have applied the disclosure practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14A(b) and have not included estimated variable consideration related to wholly unsatisfied performance obligations or to distinct future time increments within our contracts, including dayrate revenue. The duration of our performance obligations varies by contract.

Impact of Topic 606 on Financial Statement Line Items

Our revenue recognition pattern under ASC 606 is materially equivalent to revenue recognition under the previous guidance. For the year ended December 31, 2018, there were no material differences, upon adoption of the new standard, to our Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations, or Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Note 4 – Gain on d isposals

We have recognized the following gains on disposal of 18 rigs for the year ended December 31, 2018:

(In $ millions)
Net proceeds /
recoverable
amount
Book value
on disposals
G ain
April 2018
 
4.2
 
 
2.1
 
 
2.1
 
May 2018
 
29.0
 
 
14.3
 
 
14.7
 
June 2018
 
2.0
 
 
1.3
 
 
0.7
 
October 2018
 
2.4
 
 
1.1
 
 
1.3
 
Total
 
37.6
 
 
18.8
 
 
18.8
 

Gain on disposals in 2017

We did not dispose of any jack-up rigs during 2017.

Note 5 – Total o ther income (expense s ), net

Total other income (expenses), net is comprised of the following:

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Foreign exchange loss
 
(1.1
)
 
(0.3
)
Other financial expenses
 
(3.5
)
 
 
(Loss)/gain on forward contracts (note 16)
 
(14.2
)
 
19.3
 
Change in unrealized (loss)/gain on Call Spread (note 16)
 
(25.7
)
 
 
Total
 
(44.5
)
 
19.0
 

(Loss)/gain on forward contracts is presented net. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded an unrealized losses of $35.1 million and reversal of unrealized gains of $4.4 million and partly offset by realized gains of $25.3 million. For the year ended December 31, 2017 the Company recorded an unrealized gain of $4.4 million and realized accounting gain of $14.9 million.

F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 – Taxation

Borr Drilling Limited is a Bermuda company not required to pay taxes in Bermuda on ordinary income or capital gains under a tax exemption granted by the Minister of Finance in Bermuda until March 31, 2035. We operate through various subsidiaries in numerous countries throughout the world and are subject to tax laws, policies, treaties and regulations, as well as the interpretation or enforcement thereof, in jurisdictions in which we or any of our subsidiaries operate, were incorporated, or otherwise considered to have a tax presence. Our income tax expense is based upon our interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various countries at the time that the expense was incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2018, our pre-tax loss in 2018 is all attributable to foreign jurisdictions except for $4 million loss associated with Bermuda.

Income tax expense is comprised of the following:

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Current tax
 
2.0
 
 
 
Change in deferred tax
 
0.5
 
 
 
Total
 
2.5
 
 
 

Our annual effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 was approximately (1.3%), on a pre-tax loss of $188.4 million. Changes in our effective tax rate from period to period are primarily attributable to changes in the profitability or loss mix of our operations in various jurisdictions. As our operations continually change among numerous jurisdictions, and methods of taxation in these jurisdictions vary greatly, there is little direct correlation between the income tax provision/benefit and income/loss before taxes. A reconciliation of the Bermuda statutory tax rate to our effective rate is shown below:

Reconciliation of the Bermuda statutory tax rate to our effective rate:

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2018
2017
Bermuda statutory income tax rate
 
0
%
 
0
%
Tax rates which are different from the statutory rate
 
(1.95
%)
 
 
Adjustment attributable to prior years
 
1.17
%
 
 
Change in valuation allowance
 
(0.26
%)
 
 
Adjustments to uncertain tax positions
 
(0.28
%)
 
 
Total
 
(1.32
%)
 
0
%

The components of the net deferred taxes are as follows:

(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Deferred tax assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net operating losses
 
12.6
 
 
 
Excess of tax basis over book basis of Property, Plant and Equipment
 
75.8
 
 
 
Other
 
2.0
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets
 
90.4
 
 
 
Less: Valuation allowance
 
(87.8
)
 
 
Net deferred tax assets
 
2.6
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
 
Net deferred tax asset (liabilities)
 
2.6
 
 
 

F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The deferred tax assets related to our net operating losses were generated in the United Kingdom and will not expire. We recognize a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable could increase or decrease in the near-term if estimates of future taxable income change.

We conduct business globally and, as a result, we file income tax returns, or are subject to withholding taxes, in various jurisdictions. In the normal course of business we are generally subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including major jurisdictions we operate or used to operate, such as Denmark, Egypt, Gabon, India, Israel, the Netherlands, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Saudi Arabia, the United Kingdom, the United States, and Tanzania. We are no longer subject to examinations of tax matters for Paragon Offshore Limited (“Paragon”) legacy companies prior to 1999.

The following is a reconciliation of the liabilities related to our unrecognized tax benefits:

(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, at January 1,
$
 
 
 
Additions as a result of Paragon acquisition
 
4.8
 
 
 
Unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, at December 31,
 
4.8
 
 
 
Interest and penalties
 
3.4
 
 
 
Unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, at December 31,
$
8.1
 
 
 

We include, as a component of our income tax provision, potential interest and penalties related to liabilities for our unrecognized tax benefits within our global operations. Interest and penalties resulted in an income tax expense of $0.5 million, and $nil million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

At December 31, 2018, the liabilities related to our unrecognized tax benefits, including estimated accrued interest and penalties, totaled $8.1 million, and if recognized, would reduce our income tax provision by $8.1 million. At December 31, 2017, the liabilities related to our unrecognized tax benefits totaled $0 million. It is reasonably possible that our existing liabilities related to our unrecognized tax benefits may increase or decrease in the next twelve months primarily due to the progression of open audits or the expiration of statutes of limitation. However, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential changes in our existing liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits due to various uncertainties, such as the unresolved nature of various audits.

Note 7 – Earnings/(loss) per share

The computation of basic EPS is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS exclude the effect of the assumed conversion of potentially dilutive instruments which are 2,615,000 of share options (2017: 1,711,000) outstanding issued to employees and directors and convertible bonds with a conversion price of $33.4815 for a total of 10,453,534 shares (2017: nil). Due to the current loss-making position these are deemed to have an anti-dilutive effect on the EPS of the Company.

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
2018
2017
Basic loss per share
 
(1.85
)
 
(1.70
)
Diluted loss per share
 
(1.85
)
 
(1.70
)
Issued ordinary shares at the end of the year
 
106,528,065
 
 
95,658,500
 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year
 
102,877,501
 
 
51,726,288
 

The number of share options that would be considered dilutive under the if converted method in 2018 is 153,457 (2017: 87,352).

F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8 – Restricted cash

Restricted cash is comprised of the following:

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Opening balance
 
39.1
 
 
 
Transfer to (from) restricted cash
 
24.3
 
 
39.1
 
Total restricted cash
 
63.4
 
 
39.1
 

All restricted cash is classified as current assets and consist of margin accounts which have been pledged as collateral in relation to forward contracts (see Note 16) and bank deposits which have been pledged as collateral for issued guarantees.

Note 9 – Trade accounts receivable

Trade accounts receivable are presented net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts receivables at December 31, 2018 was $0.1 million (2017: $nil million).

Included within trade receivables as of December 31, 2018 are amounts due from Related Parties of $nil (2017: $nil), see Note 26 for details).

Note 10 – Other current assets

Other current assets are comprised of the following:

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Financial instruments
 
 
 
4.4
 
Client rechargeable
 
5.1
 
 
 
Current taxes receivable
 
4.3
 
 
1.0
 
Deferred financing fee
 
3.2
 
 
 
Other receivables
 
7.9
 
 
4.1
 
Total other current assets
 
20.5
 
 
9.5
 

Note 11 – Jack-up rigs

Set forth below is the carrying value of our jack-up rigs

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Opening balance
 
783.3
 
 
 
Additions
 
307.5
 
 
688.4
 
Transfers from newbuildings (note 12)
 
1,275.7
 
 
142.8
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
(69.6
)
 
(21.2
)
Disposals
 
(18.8
)
 
 
Impairment
 
 
 
(26.7
)
Total
 
2,278.1
 
 
783.3
 

In addition, the Company recorded a depreciation charge of $9.9 million for the full year 2018 related to property, plant and equipment ($ nil in 2017).

F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Impairment assessment of jack-up rigs

Jack-up drilling rigs are reviewed for impairment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Management identified indications of impairment for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and tested recoverable amounts of jack-up drilling rigs.

Future cash flows expected to be generated from the use or eventual disposal of the assets are estimated to determine the amount of impairment, if any. Estimating future cash flows requires management to make judgments regarding long-term forecasts of future revenues and costs. Significant changes to these assumptions could materially alter our calculations and may lead to impairment.

In estimating future cash flows of the jack-up rigs, management has assumed that revenue levels and utilization will be at lower levels in 2019 and thereafter start to increase, ultimately reaching revenue levels and utilization in the lower quartile observed in the jack-up market in the last 10 years.

The Company recognized an impairment of $ nil and $26.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, relating to “Brage” and “Fonn” which were disposed in 2018. We estimated the fair value of the two impaired rigs using estimated scrap values less cost of disposal.

A scenario with a 10% decrease in day rates used when estimating undiscounted cash flows would result in $5.7 million shortfall between the undiscounted cash flow and carrying value for the cold stacked rig “Eir” for the year ended December 31, 2018. No other rigs will have a shortfall with a 10% decrease in day rates.

Note 12 – Newbuildings

The table below set forth our carrying value of our newbuildings:

 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Opening balance
 
642.7
 
 
 
Additions
 
971.4
 
 
785.5
 
Capitalized interest
 
23.4
 
 
 
Transfers to jack-up rigs (note 11)
 
(1,275.7
)
 
(142.8
)
Total
 
361.8
 
 
642.7
 

The table below sets forth information regarding our rigs that were delivered during 2018, together with their final instalment and related financing where applicable

Rig
Delivery date
Final instalment
($ million)
Delivery financing
($ million)
Shipyard
Saga*
January – 18
 
72.5
 
 
 
Keppel
Gerd
January – 18
 
87.0
 
 
87.0
 
PPL
Gersemi
February – 18
 
87.0
 
 
87.0
 
PPL
Grid
April – 18
 
87.0
 
 
87.0
 
PPL
Gunnlod
June – 18
 
87.0
 
 
87.0
 
PPL
Skald
June – 18
 
72.4
 
 
 
Keppel
Groa
July – 18
 
87.0
 
 
87.0
 
PPL
Gyme
September – 18
 
87.0
 
 
87.0
 
PPL
Natt
October – 18
 
87.0
 
 
87.0
 
PPL

The table above does not include first instalment and capitalized interest and will not cast to the transfers to Jack-up Rigs. *The final instalment of $72.5 million for “Saga” was paid in December 2017, before taking delivery of the rig in January 2018.

F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13 – Asset acquisitions

Acquisition of Keppel Rigs

In May 2018, the Company signed a master agreement to acquire five premium newbuild jack-up drilling rigs from Keppel FELS Limited. Total consideration for the transaction will be approximately $742.5 million. In the second quarter of 2018, the Company paid a pre-delivery instalment of $288.0 million. The pre-delivery instalment is secured by a parent guarantee from Keppel Offshore & Marine Ltd. The Company has secured financing of the delivery payment for each Keppel Rig from Offshore Partners Pte. Ltd (formerly Caspian Rigbuilders Pte. Ltd). Each loan is non-amortizing and matures five years after the respective delivery dates. The delivery financing will be secured by a first priority mortgage, an assignment of earnings, an assignment of insurance and a charge over shares and parent guarantee from the Company. The Company expects to take delivery of the first rig in the fourth quarter of 2019, with the remaining rigs scheduled to be delivered quarterly thereafter until the last rig is delivered in the fourth quarter of 2020. The remaining contracted instalments, payable on delivery, for the Keppel newbuilds acquired in 2018 are approximately $454.5 million as of December 31, 2018.

Acquisition of PPL Rigs

In October 2017, the Company signed a master agreement with PPL Shipyard Pte Ltd. (“PPL”) setting forth the terms pursuant to which PPL agreed to sell six premium jack-up drilling rigs and three premium jack-up drilling rigs under construction at its yard in Singapore (together, the “PPL Rigs”) to designated subsidiaries of the Company for a total consideration of approximately $1,300 million, $55.8 million of this was paid per rig on October 31, 2017, and we agreed to accept delivery financing for a portion of the purchase price equal to $87.0 million per rig. The Company entered into loans for the financing of the delivery payment for each PPL Rig from PPL Shipyard Pte. Ltd. Each loan is non-amortizing and matures five years after the delivery date. These loans are secured by a first priority mortgage over the relevant PPL Rig and a guarantee from the Company. In addition, the seller is entitled to certain fees payable in connection with the increase in the market value of the relevant PPL Rig from October 31, 2017 until the repayment date, less the relevant rig owner’s equity cost of ownership of each rig and any interest paid on the delivery financing. The back-end fee, which is included within the portion of the purchase price for which we have agreed to accept delivery financing as described above, will be recognized as part of the cost price for each rig while the fees payable in connection with the increase in value of the relevant PPL Rig, as more fully described above, have not been recognized as of the date of the financial statements. The remaining contracted instalments, payable on delivery, for the PPL newbuilds are approximately $87 million as of December 31, 2018 ($696.0 million as of December 31, 2017).

Acquisition of Hercules Triumph (“Ran”) and Hercules Resilience (“Frigg”)

On December 2, 2016, the Company entered into a purchase and sale agreement with Hercules British Offshore Limited (“Hercules”) to purchase the jack-up drilling rigs “Hercules Triumph” and “Hercules Resilience” (named “Ran” and “Frigg” respectively) for a total consideration of $130.0 million. On the same date, the Company paid $13.0 million which represented 10% of the agreed contractual price for the rigs. On January 23, 2017, the Company took delivery of the rigs, which was considered to be the acquisition date.

The Company considered the guidance in ASC 805 “Business Combinations” and concluded that none of the Keppel, PPL and Hercules transactions listed above constituted a business under ASC 805 and the purchases were therefore accounted for as asset acquisitions.

Note 14 – Business combinations

Paragon Transaction

The Company announced a binding tender offer agreement (the “Tender Offer Agreement”) on February 21, 2018 to offer (“the Offer”) to purchase all outstanding shares in Paragon Offshore Limited (“Paragon”). The total acquisition price to purchase all outstanding shares was $241.3 million. The transaction was subject to the satisfaction of the offer conditions, customary closing conditions, including,

F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

among other customary conditions, that (a) at least 67% of the outstanding Paragon shares were validly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration date, (b) no material adverse change shall have occurred prior to closing, and (c) Paragon shall have completed all actions necessary to acquire ownership of certain Prospector drilling rigs and legal entities currently subject to chapter 11 proceedings in the United States Bankruptcy Court in the District of Delaware. On March 29, 2018, all of the conditions to the Offer were satisfied and the transaction closed. Shareholders holding 99.41% of the shares accepted the offer for a total payment of approximately $240.0 million.

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at fair value:

(In $ millions)
March 29,
2018
Cash and cash equivalents
 
41.7
 
Restricted cash
 
4.2
 
Trade receivables
 
31.0
 
Other current assets (including acquired contract backlog of $31.6 million)
 
53.4
 
Jack-up drilling rigs
 
246.0
 
Assets held for sale
 
15.0
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
16.1
 
Other long-term assets (including acquired contract backlog of $12.8 million)
 
24.8
 
Trade payables
 
(10.5
)
Accruals and other current liabilities
 
(40.9
)
Long term debt
 
(87.7
)
Other non-current liabilities
 
(13.7
)
Total
 
279.4
 
   
 
 
 
Fair value of consideration satisfied by cash:
 
 
 
Payment upon completion by the Company (March 29, 2018)
 
240.0
 
Payment to non-controlling interest
 
1.3
 
Total
 
241.3
 
   
 
 
 
Total fair value of purchase consideration
 
241.3
 
Fair value of net assets acquired
 
279.4
 
Bargain g ain
 
(38.1
)

At the time of the acquisition, Paragon was an international driller with a fleet of 23 drilling units. This fleet included two modern units, the Prospector 1 and Prospector 5 built in 2013 and 2014, respectively. The fleet also included a semi-submersible drilling rig, MSS1, with a long-term contract for TAQA in the North Sea which commenced on March 6, 2018. We disposed of 16 jack-up rigs acquired in the Paragon transaction during 2018.

The Paragon transaction is accounted for as a business combination. The estimated fair value of the individual rigs was derived by using a market and income-based approach with market participant-based assumptions. A bargain purchase gain of $38.1 million was recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. A bargain purchase gain arises when fair value of the net assets acquired is higher than total fair value of purchase consideration.

Immediately following the closing of the Paragon transaction, the Company settled the long-term debt of $87.7 million plus $1.6 million of accrued interest and brokerage fees.

During 2018, the Company purchased the remaining outstanding shares in Paragon Offshore limited for $1.0 million.

F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Restructuring

The table below sets forth the movements in restructuring provisions as a result of Paragon transaction:

(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Non-current
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening balance
 
 
 
 
Onerous office lease (ii)
 
7.0
 
 
 
Non-current restructuring provision (a)
 
7.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
 
 
 
 
 
Opening balance
 
 
 
 
Severance (i)
 
22.8
 
 
 
Severance payments (i)
 
(21.1
)
 
 
Onerous office lease (ii)
 
5.2
 
 
 
Lease payments
 
(2.0
)
 
 
Current restructuring provision (b)
 
4.9
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total (a+b)
 
11.9
 
 
 
(i) Severance payment

As part of the Tender Offer Agreement signed February 21, 2018, the Company initiated a workforce reduction program at closing of the transaction to align the size and composition of the Paragon workforce to Company’s expected future operations and strategy. An agreement was reached with relevant employees of Paragon that specifies the amounts payable to those made redundant. The Company recognized $22.8 million in restructuring expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 related to those employees. As of December 31, 2018, $1.7 million is recognized within other current liabilities as final settlement for Paragon employees still employed by the Company. It is expected that the liability will be settled in 2019 when the employees are no longer employed by the Company.

(ii) Office lease

The Company recognized $7.8 million as restructuring cost for vacating excess Paragon offices as part of the workforce reduction program. The restructuring expense of $7.8 million relates to future lease obligations still present after the cease of use date. The Company’s future lease obligation of $10.2 is recognized under onerous contracts, whereof $4.4 million where recognized by Paragon before the acquisition as part of Paragon’s own restructuring plan. All future payments will be recognized against onerous contracts until February 2022 when the lease obligation is settled. The Company expects no additional cost to be recognized related to the Paragon restructuring after the year ended December 31, 2018.

Paragon pro forma information (unaudited)

Basis of preparation

The unaudited pro forma financial information is based on Borr Drilling’s and Paragon’s historical consolidated financial statements as adjusted to give effect to the acquisition of Paragon. The unaudited revenue and net income (loss) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 give effect to the Paragon acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2017.

 
Pro forma for the Year
Ended December 31,
(In $ millions)
2018
(unaudited)
2017
(unaudited)
Revenue
 
192.1
 
 
185.5
 
Net income (loss)
 
(297.5
)
 
738.0
 

Certain one-time adjustments were included in the pro forma financial information.

For the period from March 29, 2018 until December 31, 2018, Paragon contributed $116.3 million in revenue resulting in loss before income taxes of $42.7 million, excluding bargain purchase gain of $38.1 million.

F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Transocean T ransaction

On March 15, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire fifteen high specification jack-up drilling rigs from Transocean Inc. (“Transocean”). The transaction consisted of Transocean’s entire jack-up fleet, comprising eight rig owning companies (which together owned 10 rigs) and five newbuildings under construction at Keppel FELS Limited’s shipyard in Singapore. Total consideration for the transaction was $1,240.5 million and included jack-up rigs of $547.7 million, onerous contract of $223.7 million, current assets of $0.5 million and future newbuild contracts of $916.0 million.

On March 15, 2017 a deposit of $32.0 million was paid to Transocean. The Company financed the transaction through a private placement of 45,720,000 shares, issued at $17.50 per share.

On May 31, 2017, the acquisition date, the Company completed the transaction with Transocean upon paying further consideration of $288.7 million, in addition to the $32.0 million deposit already paid. As a result of the transaction, the Company acquired 100% ownership of the following established rig owning entities and branches, which have been accounted for as a business combination under ASC 805:

Name of Acquired Entities
New N ame of Acquired Entities
Constellation II Limited
GlobalSantaFe West Africa Drilling Limited
Borr Baug Limited
Transocean Andaman Limited
Borr Idun Limited
Transocean Ao Thai Limited
Borr Mist Limited
Constellation Rig Owner I Limited
Borr Atla Limited
Transocean Drilling Resources Limited
Borr Brage Limited
Transocean Drilling Services Offshore Inc.
Borr Jack-Up XIV Inc.
Transocean Siam Driller Limited
Borr Odin Limited

Three of the Transocean rigs were on contract with an external customer at the time of closing. The rigs ended their contracts in July 2017, March 2018 and October 2018, respectively. While the Company took title and ownership to the rigs at the time of closing, Transocean retained the associated revenue, expenses and cash flow associated with the customer contracts including risks and rewards. The Company agreed that the existing bareboat charters to Transocean for these rigs would continue for the remaining contract periods (the “Transocean Bareboat Charters”). As part of the agreement, the Company agreed to pay Transocean an amount equal to the amounts received by the owners of the three rigs under the Transocean Bareboat Charters to Transocean. As a result of the agreement with Transocean, the bareboat proceeds and payments for these rigs are presented net in the consolidated statement of operations.

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value:

 
May 31,
2017
(In $ millions)
 
Jack-up drilling rigs
 
547.7
 
Current assets
 
0.5
 
Onerous contract (Note 20)
 
(223.7
)
Total
 
324.5
 
   
 
 
 
Fair value of consideration satisfied by cash:
 
 
 
Deposit on March 15, 2017
 
32.0
 
Payment upon completion (May 31, 2017)
 
288.7
 
Balancing payment
 
3.8
 
Total
 
324.5
 
Total fair value of purchase consideration
 
324.5
 
Fair value of net assets acquired
 
324.5
 
Goodwill
 
 

F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The estimated fair value of the jack-up drilling rigs was derived by using a market and income based approach with market participant-based assumptions. An onerous contract liability was recognized with regards to the newbuilding contracts acquired as the carrying value (future commitments) differed from prevailing market rates at the time of acquisition. The net present value of the newbuilding contracts has been recorded as a liability at the purchase date. No goodwill was recognized from the business combination.

Acquisition related transaction costs consisted of various legal, accounting, commissions, valuations and other professional fees which amounted to $3.3 million, which were expensed as incurred and are presented in the statement of operations within general and administrative expenses.

No quantitative pro forma profit and loss information has been prepared for the Transocean transaction, as it is impractical. Post-acquisition, the acquired business contributed $4.2 million and $nil million in operating revenue in the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the period from May 31, 2017 through December 31, 2017, resulting in a loss before income taxes of $52.1 million and $51.8 million, respectively.

In June 2017, the Company paid $275.0 million to Keppel as a second instalment of the contract value for the construction of five new-build jack-up drilling rigs. The payment of $275.0 million made by the Company was allocated first against the relevant part of the onerous contract directly attributable to each hull (newbuild). An adjustment of $38.0 million and $39.2 million was made towards the onerous contract for Hull B364 (TBN “Saga”) and Hull B365 (TBN “Skald”), respectively. A further adjustment of $62.0 million and $60.8 million was capitalized as newbuildings milestone payments for Hull B364 (TBN “Saga”) and Hull B365 (TBN “Skald”), respectively. Of the remaining $75.0 million, $25.0 million was adjusted each towards the onerous contracts for Hull B366 (TBN “Tivar”), Hull B367 (TBN “Vale”) and Hull B368 (TBN “Var”). The remaining contracted instalments as of December 31, 2018, payable on delivery, for the Keppel newbuilds acquired in 2017 are approximately $448.2 million (approximately $515 million as of December 31, 2017).

Note 15 – Marketable s ecurities

Marketable securities are marked to market, with changes in fair value recognized in “Other comprehensive income” (“OCI”).

(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Opening balance
 
20.7
 
 
 
Purchase of marketable securities
 
13.9
 
 
26.9
 
Unrealized gain / (loss) on marketable securities
 
0.6
 
 
(6.2
)
Total
 
35.2
 
 
20.7
 

In 2017, the Company purchased debt securities for approximately $26.9 million. In 2018, the Company purchased additional debt securities for approximately $9.7 million and shares for approximately $4.2 million. An accumulated unrealized gain of $0.6 million was recognized in other comprehensive income in the year ended December 31, 2018 (loss of $6.2 million in 2017).

Note 16 – Financial i nstruments

Forward contracts

As of December 31, 2018, the Company has forward contracts to purchase shares in listed drilling companies for an aggregate amount of approximately $85.4 million. The unrealized loss related to these forward contracts is $35.1 million as of December 31, 2018. The forward contracts are presented net in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 and consist of forward assets of $50.3 million and forward liabilities of $85.4 million. As of December 31, 2018, there is $37.9 million of restricted cash recorded in the balance sheet as collateral for these forward contracts (December 31, 2017: $20.0 million).

F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Call Spread

On May 16, 2018 the Company issued $350.0 million in convertible bonds due in 2023 (the “Convertible Bonds”) (see note 19). The Company has purchased from Goldman Sachs International call options over 10,453,612 shares with an exercise price of $33.4815 per share to mitigate the economic exposure from a potential exercise of the conversion rights embedded in the Convertible Bonds. In addition, the Company sold to Goldman Sachs International call options for the same number of shares with an exercise price of $42.6125 per share. The transactions are referred to as the “Call Spread”. The purpose of the Call Spread is to improve the effective conversion premium for the Company in relation to the Convertible Bonds to 75% over $24.35. The average maturity of the call options purchased and sold is May 14, 2023 with maturities starting on May 16, 2022 and ending on May 16, 2024. The call options bought and sold are European options exercisable only at maturity and are cash settled. Fair value adjustments in 2018 resulted in an unrealized loss of $25.7 million related to one-off costs for entering into the Call Spread and subsequent fair value adjustments recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under total other income (expenses), net.

Note 17 – Other long-term assets

Other long-term assets are comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Other receivables
 
0.5
 
 
 
Deferred tax asset
 
2.6
 
 
 
Call Spread (Note 16)
 
2.8
 
 
 
Tax refunds
 
4.2
 
 
 
Deferred mobilisation costs — long term
 
5.1
 
 
 
Prepaid fees
 
9.5
 
 
 
Total
 
24.7
 
 
 

Note 18 – Accruals and other current liabilities

Accruals and other current liabilities are comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Accrued payroll and severance
 
3.1
 
 
 
Taxes payable
 
4.2
 
 
 
Total accruals and other current liabilities
 
7.3
 
 
 

Note 19 – Long-term debt

Long-term debt is comprised of the following:

 
 
 
 
 
Maturities
As of December 31, 2018
(In $ millions)
Carrying
value
Fair value
Principal
Back end
fee
Less than
6 months
6 months
to 1 year
1-5
years
$200 million senior secured revolving loan facility
 
130.0
 
 
130.0
 
 
130.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
130.0
 
Convertible bonds
 
346.5
 
 
287.9
 
 
350.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
350.0
 
Delivery financing from PPL
 
698.1
 
 
695.7
 
 
669.6
 
 
26.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
695.7
 
Total
 
1,174.6
 
 
1,113.6
 
 
1,149.6
 
 
26.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,175.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturities
As of December 31, 2017
(In $ millions)
Carrying
value
Fair value
Principal
Back end
fee
Less than
6 months
6 months
to 1 year
1-5
years
Delivery financing from PPL
 
87.0
 
 
87.0
 
 
83.7
 
 
3.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
87.0
 
Total
 
87.0
 
 
87.0
 
 
83.7
 
 
3.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
87.0
 

F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

$200 million s enior s ecured r evolving l oan f acility

In May 2018, we entered into a $200 million senior secured revolving loan facility agreement with DNB Bank ASA (the “DNB Revolving Credit Facility”) secured by mortgages over five of our jack-up rigs, assignments of rig insurances, pledges over shares and related guarantees from certain of our rig-owning subsidiaries who provide this security as owners of the mortgaged rigs. As of December 31, 2018, $70 million remained undrawn under our DNB Revolving Credit Facility. Our DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement contains various financial covenants, including requirements that we maintain a minimum book equity ratio of 40%, positive working capital and minimum liquidity equal to the greater of $50 million and 5% of net interest-bearing debt. Our DNB Revolving Credit Facility Agreement also contains a loan to value clause requiring that the fair market value of our rigs shall at all times cover at least 175% of the aggregate outstanding facility amount and any undrawn and uncancelled part of the facility. The facility also contains various covenants, including, among others, restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness and entering into joint ventures; restrictions on paying dividends; and restrictions on the repurchase of our Shares; restrictions on changing the general nature of our business; and restrictions on removing Tor Olav Trøim from our Board. Furthermore, Tor Olav Trøim is required to maintain ownership of at least six million Shares (subject to adjustment for certain transactions). Our DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement also contains events of default which include non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes which have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement or security documents or jeopardize the security provided thereunder. If there is an event of default, DNB Bank ASA may have the right to declare a default or may seek to negotiate changes to the covenants and/or require additional security as a condition of not doing so. DNB Bank ASA may also require replacement or additional security if the fair market value of the jack-up rigs over which security is provided is insufficient to meet our market value-to-loan covenant.

The DNB Revolving Credit Facility matures in May 2020 and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a specified margin.

In January 2019, we executed an amendment to the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement which allows us to procure the issuance of guarantees as required in the ordinary course of business, typically for bid bonds, import bonds and performance bonds, up to an aggregate amount of $30 million. Our obligations to reimburse the bank for any payment made under such guarantees is secured by the guarantees, security over the rigs, insurances and shares provided under the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement. This amendment replaced the cash collateral required by the common terms agreement with DNB Bank ASA, which we refer to as the Guarantee Facility, and resulted in the release of $25.0 million of cash that was categorized as restricted as of December 31, 2018.

As of December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement. We expect to remain in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the DNB Revolving Credit Facility agreement in 2019.

As of December 31, 2018, Frigg, Idun, Norve, Prospector 1 and Prospector 5 were pledged as collateral for the Senior Secured Revolving Loan Facility. Total book value of the encumbered rigs was $482.0 million as of December 31, 2018.

Convertible B onds

In May 2018 we raised $350.0 million through the issuance of our Convertible Bonds, which mature in 2023. The initial conversion price (which is subject to adjustment) is $33.4815 per Share, for a total of 10,453,534 Shares. The Convertible Bonds have a coupon of 3.875% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears in equal installments. The terms and conditions governing our Convertible Bonds contain customary events of default, including failure to pay any amount due on the bonds when due, and certain restrictions, including, among others, restrictions on our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur secured capital markets indebtedness. The Company has entered into Call Spreads to mitigate the effect of conversion – see Note 16 for details.

As of December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under our Convertible Bonds. We expect to remain in compliance with our obligations under our Convertible Bonds in 2019.

F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our Delivery Financing Arrangements

In addition to two jack-up rigs which we have taken delivery of against full payment from Keppel, we have contracts with Keppel to purchase nine jack-up rigs under construction. We have the option to accept delivery financing for two of the jack-up rigs to be delivered from Keppel. For five of our newbuild jack-up rigs under construction and nine additional jack-up rigs which have been delivered from PPL, we have agreed to accept and accepted, respectively, delivery financing from PPL and Keppel subject to the terms described below:

PPL Newbuild Financing

In October 2017, we agreed to acquire nine premium “Pacific Class 400” jack-up rigs from PPL (the “PPL Rigs”). We accepted delivery of eight of the PPL Rigs as of December 31, 2018 and all nine PPL Rigs had been delivered as of January 31, 2019. In connection with delivery of the PPL Rigs, our rig-owning subsidiaries as buyers of the PPL Rigs agreed to accept delivery financing for a portion of the purchase price equal to $87.0 million per jack-up rig (the “PPL Financing”).

The PPL Financing for each PPL Rig is an interest-bearing secured seller’s credit, guaranteed by the Company which matures on the date falling 60 months from the delivery date of the respective PPL Rig.

The PPL Financing for each respective PPL Rig is secured by a mortgage on such PPL Rig and an assignment of the insurances in respect of such PPL Rig. The PPL Financing also contains various covenants and the events of default include non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes which have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under the PPL Financing agreements or security documents, or jeopardize the security. In addition, each rig-owning subsidiary is subject to covenants which management considered to be customary in a transaction of this nature.

As of December 31, 2018, we had $695.6 million of PPL Financing outstanding and were in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the PPL Financing agreements. We expect to remain in compliance with the covenants and our obligations under the PPL Financing agreements in 2019. We expect to satisfy our obligations under the PPL Financing for each respective PPL Rig with cash flow from operations when due.

As of December 31, 2018, Galar, Gerd, Gersemi, Grid, Gunnlod, Groa, Gyme and Natt were pledged as collateral for the PPL financing. Total book value for the encumbered rigs was $1,151.3 million as of December 31, 2018.

Keppel Newbuild Financing

In May 2018, we agreed to acquire five premium KFELS B class jack-up rigs, three completed and two under construction from Keppel (the “Keppel Rigs”). As of December 31, 2018, all five Keppel Rigs remain to be delivered. In connection with delivery of the Keppel Rigs, Keppel has agreed to extend delivery financing for a portion of the purchase price equal to $90.9 million per jack-up rig (the “Keppel Financing”). Separately from the Keppel Financing described below, we may exercise an option to accept delivery financing from Keppel with respect to two additional newbuild jack-up rigs, “Vale” and “Var,” acquired in connection with the Transocean Transaction. We will, prior to delivery of each jack-up rig from Keppel, consider available alternatives to such financing.

The Keppel Financing for each Keppel Rig is an interest-bearing secured facility from the lender thereunder (an affiliate of Keppel), guaranteed by the Company which will be made available on delivery of each Keppel Rig and matures on the date falling 60 months from the delivery date of each respective Keppel Rig.

The Keppel Financing for each respective Keppel Rig will be secured by a mortgage on such Keppel Rig, assignments of earnings and insurances and a charge over the shares of the rig-owning subsidiary which holds each such Keppel Rig. The Keppel Financing agreements also contain a loan to value clause requiring that the fair market value of our rigs shall at all times be at least 130% of the loan and also contains various covenants, including, among others, restrictions on incurring additional indebtedness. Each Keppel Financing agreement also contains events of default which include non-payment, cross default, breach of covenants, insolvency and changes which have or are likely to have a material adverse effect on the relevant obligor’s business, ability to perform its obligations under the Keppel Financing agreements or security documents, or jeopardize the security.

F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2018, we had no Keppel Financing outstanding and were in compliance with our pre-drawdown covenants and obligations under the Keppel Financing agreements. We expect to remain in compliance with our Keppel Financing obligations in 2019. We expect to satisfy our obligations under the Keppel Financing for each respective Keppel Rig with cash flow from operations when due.

Interest

Average interest rate for all our interest-bearing debt was 5.84% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Note 20 – Onerous c ontracts

Onerous contracts are comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Onerous lease commitments
 
10.2
 
 
 
Onerous rig construction contracts acquired
 
71.3
 
 
71.3
 
Total onerous contracts
 
81.5
 
 
71.3
 

Onerous contracts for Hull B366 (TBN “Tivar”) of $16.8 million, Hull B367 (TBN “Vale”) of $26.9 million and Hull B368 (TBN “Var”) of $27.6 million, in total $71.3 million, relate to the estimated excess of remaining shipyard instalments to be made to Keppel FELS over the value in use estimate for the jack-up drillings rigs to be delivered. Remaining shipyard instalments and onerous contract are expected to be amortized when the newbuildings are delivered and paid in 2020.

Note 21 – Commitments and contingencies

The Company has the following commitments:

 
As at December 31, 2018
As at December 31, 2017
(In $ millions)
Delivery
instalment
Back-end
fee
Delivery
instalment
Back-end
fee
Delivery instalments for jack-up drilling rigs
 
963.9
 
 
25.8
 
 
1,190.2
 
 
26.0
 

In addition, under the PPL Financing, PPL is entitled to certain fees payable in connection with the increase in the market value of the relevant PPL Rig from October 31, 2017 until the repayment date, less the relevant rig owner’s equity cost of ownership of each rig and any interest paid on the delivery financing. See note 13.

The following table sets for maturity of our commitments as of December 31, 2018

(In $ millions)
Less than
1 year
1–3 years
3–5 years
More than
5 years
Total
Delivery instalments for jack-up rigs
 
170.1
 
 
793.8
 
 
0.0
 
 
0.0
 
 
963.9
 

Operating l eases

Future minimum lease payments for operating leases for years ending December 31, 2018 are as follows:

(In $ millions)
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total
Minimum lease payments
 
4.6
 
 
3.6
 
 
3.6
 
 
0.5
 
 
 
 
12.3
 

Our leases consist of office leases, warehouses, vehicles and office equipment. The majority of our lease commitments relate to office leases, of which $10.2 million is recognized as onerous lease liability, (see note 20). At the end of the various initial lease terms the Company can renew its leases, usually for a period of one year. As of December 31, 2018, all our leases were classified as operational leases.

F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other c ommercial commitments

We have other commercial commitments which contractually obligate us to settle with cash under certain circumstances. Surety bonds and parent company guarantees entered into between certain customers and governmental bodies guarantee our performance regarding certain drilling contracts, customs import duties and other obligations in various jurisdictions.

The principal amount of the outstanding surety bonds were $13.2 million and $12.9 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In addition, we had outstanding bank guarantees and performance bonds amounting to $9.8 million (2017: $3.0 million).

As of December 31, 2018, these obligations stated in $ equivalent and their expiry dates are as follows:

(In $ millions)
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total
Surety bonds and other guarantees
 
22.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.5
 
 
23.1
 

Rigs pledged as collateral

As of December 31, 2018, Frigg, Idun, Norve, Prospector 1 and Prospector 5 were pledged as collateral for the DNB Revolving Credit Facility. The Total book value of the encumbered rigs was $482.0 million as of December 31, 2018.

As of December 31, 2018, Galar, Gerd, Gersemi, Grid, Gunnlod, Groa, Gyme and Natt were pledged as collateral for the PPL financing. The total book value for the encumbered rigs was $1,151.3 million as of December 31, 2018.

Note 22 – Non-controlling interest

Non-controlling interests consists of a 10% ownership interest in Borr Jack-Up XVI Inc. acquired in late 2017 by Valiant Offshore Contractors Limited.

Note 23 – Share based compensation

Share-based payment charges for the year ending

(In $ millions)
2018
2017
Share-based payment charge
 
3.7
 
 
1.8
 
Total
 
3.7
 
 
1.8
 

In January, April, July, September and October 2018 the Company issued 10,000, 30,000, 1,564,000, 20,000 and 40,000 share options, respectively, to employees of the Company. The options have an exercise price per share $20.00, $21.00, $24.35, $22.95 and $22.75, respectively. Share price at grant date for the 2018 grants was $21.75, $22.85, $22.95, $22.80 and $22.85, respectively. The options will expire after five years and have a four-year vesting period. The total estimated cost of the share option granted in 2018 will be approximately $9.9 million which will be expensed over the requisite service period. The total aggregated number of share options authorized by the Board is 3,494,000. As of December 31, 2018, 2,615,000 share options are outstanding.

In June, July and October 2017, the Company issued 896,000, 560,000 and 375,000 share options, respecively, to employees of the Company. The options expire in five years and vest over a period of three years. Vesting is contingent upon employment on the vesting date. The exercise price is $17.50 per share for the options issued in June and July 2017 and $20.00 per share for the options issued in October 2017. The share price at the grant date for the options issued in October 2017 was $21.80. The Company was not listed when granting options in June and July 2017. The options are non-transferable. The fair values of the share options were calculated at $2.9 million, $1.7 and $2.2 million, respectively, and will be charged to the statement of operations as general and administrative expenses over the vesting period.

F-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

During 2017 the Company transferred 100,000 of its treasury shares to the then-CEO as part of his remuneration package and $1.7 million was charged to the statement of operations in 2017. As part of the CEO’s termination, the Company repurchased 100,000 of its own shares at a price of $23.25 per share for a total consideration of $2.3 million. The Company transferred 14,285 treasury shares to a director as settlement of director’s fees in the fourth quarter of 2018.

The table below sets forth the number of share options granted and weighted average exercise price during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 
2017
2018
Number and weighted average exercise price stock options:
Number
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
(in $)
Number
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
(in $)
Outstanding at January 1
 
 
 
 
 
1,711,000
 
 
18.0
 
Granted during the year
 
1,711,000
 
 
18.0
 
 
1,664,000
 
 
24.0
 
Exercised during the year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited during the year
 
 
 
 
 
760,000
 
 
18.0
 
Outstanding at December 31
 
1,711,000
 
 
18.0
 
 
2,615,000
 
 
22.0
 
Exercisable at December 31
 
 
 
 
 
333,666
 
 
18.0
 

The fair value of equity settled options are measured at grant date using the Black Scholes option pricing model.

Following input is used when calculating fair value:
2017
2018
Expected future volatility
25%
30%
Expected dividend rate
Risk-free rate
1.5% - 2.0%
2.1% - 2.9%
Expected life after vesting
2 years
2 years

In 2017 the expected future volatility was based on peer group volatility due to the short lifetime of the Company. In 2018 volatility was derived by using an average of (i) Historic volatility of the Company’s shares since listing on the Oslo Stock Exchange (ii) Deleveraged peer group volatility (iii) Oslo Energy sector index volatility.

Note 24 – Fair values of financial instruments

The carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company’s cash and financial instruments were as follows:

 
 
As at December 31, 2018
As at December 31, 2017
(In $ millions)
Hierarchy
Fair value
Carrying
value
Fair value
Carrying
value
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
1
 
 
27.9
 
 
27.9
 
 
164.0
 
 
164.0
 
Restricted cash
 
1
 
 
63.4
 
 
63.4
 
 
39.1
 
 
39.1
 
Marketable securities – non-current
 
1
 
 
31.0
 
 
31.0
 
 
20.7
 
 
20.7
 
Marketable securities – current
 
1
 
 
4.2
 
 
4.2
 
 
 
 
 
Other current assets (excluding prepayments and financial instruments)
 
1
 
 
20.5
 
 
20.5
 
 
9.5
 
 
9.5
 
Forward contracts (note 16)
 
2
 
 
50.3
 
 
50.3
 
 
60.6
 
 
60.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long term liabilities
 
2
 
 
1,113.6
 
 
1,174.6
 
 
87.0
 
 
87.0
 
Other non-current liabilities
 
 
 
 
8.0
 
 
8.0
 
 
 
 
 
Trade payables
 
1
 
 
10.0
 
 
10.0
 
 
9.6
 
 
9.6
 
Accruals and other current liabilities
 
1
 
 
71.0
 
 
71.0
 
 
11.5
 
 
11.5
 
Forward contracts (note 16)
 
2
 
 
85.4
 
 
85.4
 
 
56.2
 
 
56.2
 

F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial instruments included in the table above are included within ‘Level 1 and 2’ of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. The forward contracts are presented net in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The carrying value of any accounts receivable and payables approximates fair value due to the short time to expected payment or receipt of cash.

Note 25 – Warrants

Schlumberger Oilfield Holdings Limited

On March 21, 2017, the Company issued 947,377 warrants to subscribe for ordinary shares at a subscription price of $17.50 plus 4% per annum. per share to Schlumberger Oilfield Holdings Limited (“Schlumberger”) for its role, support and participation in the March 2017 Private Placement. At the grant date, the warrants issued to Schlumberger were valued at $3.01 million and were deemed to have vested on the basis that Schlumberger had fulfilled all of its performance criteria. The amount recognized as additional paid in capital with respect to the warrants issued to Schlumberger was $3.01 million in which the entire amount has been allocated against equity as issuance costs within the Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2017. The average contractual term of the warrants was 4 years.

In October 2017, the Company issued 947,377 additional warrants to Schlumberger as a consequence of a final collaboration agreement between the Company and Schlumberger being signed. The warrants were valued at $4.7 million which was charged to the statement of operations in 2017. Immediately thereafter, the Company agreed to repurchase all of 1,894,754 Warrants held by Schlumberger at a price of $2.50 per Warrant, $4.7 million in total. Consequently, all warrants originally issued to Schlumberger were then cancelled.

The warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:

 
Number of
Shares
Outstanding
under
Warrants
Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Share
Average
Contractual
Term
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2016
 
1,937,500
 
$
0.05
 
5 years
Granted
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
1,937,500
 
$
0.05
 
 
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
 
 
Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 

Note 26 – Related party transactions

Agreements and other Arrangements with Drew Holdings Limited (“Drew”)

Drew is a trust established for the benefit of Tor Olav Trøim, chairman of our Board. Drew is, following its merger with Taran Holdings Limited (“Taran”) in 2017, a large shareholder in us.

Loans & Related Facilities

A short-term loan of $13.0 million was provided by Taran to us on December 2, 2016 to finance the deposit payable for the Hercules acquisition, which was completed in January 2017. The loan was repaid with no interest accruing by way of set-off against Taran’s subscription of shares in our first private placement in December 2016.

Taran also provided us with a revolving credit facility of $20.0 million on December 12, 2016. The facility was never utilized and expired at the completion of the Transocean transaction.

F-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Taran provided us with a short-term loan of $12.75 million on March 15, 2017, to finance a deposit payable pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreement for the Transocean Transaction. The loan was repaid with no interest accrued by way of set-off against Taran’s payment obligations for its subscription of shares in our private placement in March 2017.

Other

On March 22, 2018, it was announced that we would raise up to $250 million in an equity offering divided in two tranches. Tranche 2 of the equity offering was subject to approval by the extraordinary general meeting to be held on April 5, 2018 and subsequent share issue. In connection with the settlement of tranche 2, $27.7 million was recorded as a liability to shareholders, including $20.0 million to Drew as of March 31, 2018. On May 30, 2018, the 1,528,065 new shares allocated in tranche 2 of the equity offering were validly issued and fully paid and the related liabilities settled.

Agreements and other Arrangements with Magni Partners Limited (“Magni”)

Mr. Tor Olav Trøim is the chairman of our Board and is the sole owner of Magni.

Corporate Support Agreement

Magni is party to a Corporate Support Agreement with the Company pursuant to which it is providing strategic advice and assistance in sourcing investment opportunities, financing etc. This agreement was formalized on March 15, 2017.

Magni received cash compensation of $1.4 million for various commercial services provided in connection with the acquisition of the Hercules rigs (Hercules Triumph and Hercules Resilience) which completed in the first quarter of 2017. Of this amount $1.0 million has been capitalized within drilling rigs, $0.3 million has been offset against additional paid in capital as equity issuance cost and $0.07 million has been recognized within opening retained earnings.

In the third quarter of 2017, $2.0 million was paid to Magni for its assistance in the March 2017 Private Placement ($1.75 million) and Transocean Transaction ($0.25 million). The total cost for the March 2017 Private Placement (including the payment to the investment banks and Magni) was $8.75 million, or 1.1% of the gross proceeds. In the fourth quarter of 2017, $1.5 million was paid to Magni for its assistance in the October 2017 Private Placement ($1.25 million) and PPL Transaction ($0.25 million). The total cost for the October 2017 Private Placement (including the payment to the investment banks and Magni) was $8.75 million, or 1.3% of the gross proceeds.

Agreements and other Arrangements with Schlumberger Limited (“Schlumberger”)

Schlumberger is our largest shareholder, holding 14,2% at December 31, 2018 and Patrick Schorn, Executive Vice President of Wells at Schlumberger Limited, is a Director on our Board.

Collaboration Agreement

On October 6, 2017, we signed an enhanced collaboration agreement with Schlumberger with the intention of offering performance-based drilling contracts to our clients whereby the required drilling services along with the rig equipment were integrated under a single contract. We believe that this provide us with a competitive advantage while tendering for such work.

Warrants

On March 28, 2017 our Board issued warrants to Schlumberger – see Note 25.

Commercial Arrangements

We have obtained certain rig and other operating supplies from Schlumberger and may continue to obtain such supplies in the future. Purchases from Schlumberger were $8.5 million during 2018 and $0.1 million during 2017. $0.4 million and $ nil were outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

F-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 27 – Risk management and financial instruments

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash deposits. Accounts held at Norwegian finance institutions are insured by Norges Bank (Bank of Norway) up to NOK 2.0 million. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had $91.1 million (December 31, 2017: $202.9 million) in excess of the Norges Bank insured limit. Of the uninsured amount at December 31, 2018, $nil (December 31, 2017: $140.0 million) was held on a short-term time deposit account.

Foreign exchange risk management

The majority of the Company’s transactions, assets and liabilities are denominated in U.S. dollars, the functional currency of the Company. However, the Company has operations and assets in other countries and incurs expenditures in other currencies, causing its results from operations to be affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates, primarily relative to the U.S. dollar. There is thus a risk that currency fluctuations will have a positive or negative effect on the value of the Company’s cash flows. The Company has not entered into derivative agreements to mitigate the risk of fluctuations.

Market risk for forward contracts and marketable securities

The Company’s listed equity securities are susceptible to market price risk arising from uncertainties about future values of the investment securities.

Supplier risk

A supplier risk exists in relation to our vessels undergoing construction with Keppel and PPL. However, we believe this risk is remote as Keppel and PPL are global leaders in the rig and shipbuilding sectors. Failure to complete the construction of any newbuilding on time may result in the delay, renegotiation or cancellation of employment contracts secured for the newbuildings. Further, significant delays in the delivery of the newbuildings could have a negative impact on the Company’s reputation and customer relationships. The Company could also be exposed to contractual penalties for failure to commence operations in a timely manner or experience a loss due to non-payment under refund guarantees issued by Keppel’s and PPL’s respective parent, all of which would adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Concentration of financing risk

There is a concentration of financing risk with respect to our long-term debt to the extent that a substantial amount of our long-term debt is carried or will be carried by Keppel and PPL in the form of shipyard financing. We believe the counterparties to be sound financial institutions. Therefore, we believe this risk is remote.

Note 28 – Common shares

 
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
All shares are common shares of $0.01 par value each
Shares
$ million
Shares
$ million
Authorized share capital
 
125,000,000
 
 
6.3
 
 
105,000,000
 
 
5.3
 
Issued and fully paid share capital
 
106,528,065
 
 
5.3
 
 
95,658,500
 
 
4.8
 
Treasury shares held by the company
 
1,459,714
 
 
(0.1
)
 
394,000
 
 
 
Outstanding shares in issue
 
105,068,351
 
 
5. 3
 
 
95,264,500
 
 
4.8
 

As at December 31, 2018, our shares were listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange.

On March 23, 2018, 9,341,500 new shares were issued at a subscription price of 23.00 per share. On May 30, 2018, 1,528,065 new shares were issued at a subscription price of 23.00 per share. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has a share capital of $5,326,403.27 divided into 106,528,065 shares.

F-62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On August 8, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors approved share repurchase program for the Company’s shares to purchase 494,000 shares in the open market. In the third quarter of 2017, the Company purchased 494,000 shares for $8.4 million, and transferred 100,000 treasury shares to the former CEO of the Company (see note 23). On August 28, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for the Company’s shares, to be purchased in the open market by December 30, 2018 and limited to a total amount of $20.0 million. In the first quarter of 2018, the Company purchased 100,000 treasury shares at a cost of $2.3 million. In the third quarter of 2018, the Company purchased 340,000 treasury shares at a cost of $7.4 million. In the fourth quarter of 2018 the Company purchased 640,000 shares at a cost of $10.0 million. No treasury shares are canceled as of December 31, 2018.

The Company transferred 14,285 treasury shares as settlement of director’s fees in the fourth quarter of 2018. At December 31, 2018 the Company owned 1,459,714 treasury shares. All treasury shares were pledged as collateral for forward contracts at December 31, 2018.

Note 29 – Pension

Defined Benefit Plans

As part of the Paragon acquisition on March 29, 2018, the Company acquired two defined benefit pension plans.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company sponsored two non-U.S. noncontributory defined benefit pension plans, the Paragon Offshore Enterprise Ltd and the Paragon Offshore Nederland B.V. pension plans, which cover certain Europe-based salaried employees. As of January 1, 2017, all active employees under the defined benefit pension plans were transferred to a defined contribution pension plan as related to their future service. The accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans were frozen and all employees became deferred members. The transfer to a defined contribution pension plan was accounted for as a curtailment during the year ended December 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2018 our pension obligations represented an aggregate liability of $140.7 million and an aggregate asset of $141.0 million, representing the funded status of the plans. In the year ended December 31, 2018, aggregate periodic benefit costs showed interest cost of $1.6 million and expected return on plan assets of $1.6 million. Our defined benefit pension plans are recorded at fair value. See Note 2 – Accounting Policies – Adoption of new accounting standards.

A reconciliation of the changes in projected benefit obligations (“PBO”) for our pension plans is as follows:

(In $ millions)
December 31, 2018
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
 
 
Benefit obligation acquired through business combination
 
147.2
 
Service cost
 
 
Interest cost
 
1.6
 
Actuarial loss (gain)
 
4.2
 
Benefits and expenses paid
 
(1.0
)
Foreign exchange rate changes
 
(11.3
)
Benefit obligation at end of period
 
140.7
 

F-63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A reconciliation of the changes in fair value of plan assets is as follows:

(In $ millions)
December 31, 2018
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
 
 
Plan assets acquired through business combination
 
146.5
 
Actual return on plan assets
 
5.8
 
Employer contribution
 
1.0
 
Benefits paid
 
(1.0
)
Plan participants’ contributions
 
0.1
 
Expenses paid
 
 
Foreign exchange rate changes
 
(11.2
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
 
141.0
 

The funded status of the plans is as follows:

(In $ millions)
As of December 31,
2018
Funded status
 
0.3
 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

(In $ millions)
December 31, 2018
Other assets - noncurrent
 
0.3
 
Other liabilities - noncurrent
 
 
Net pension asset (liability)
 
0.3
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss recognized in financial statements
 
 
Net amount recognized
 
0.3
 

Amounts recognized in OCI consist of:

(In $ millions)
December 31, 2018
Net loss
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 

Pension cost includes the following components:

(In $ millions)
2018
Interest cost
 
1.6
 
Expected return on plan assets
 
(1.6
)
Net pension expense
 
 

Defined Benefit Plans - Disaggregated Plan Information

Disaggregated information regarding our pension plans is summarized below:

(In $ millions)
December 31, 2018
Projected benefit obligation
 
140.7
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
 
140.7
 
Fair value of plan assets
 
141.0
 

F-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Defined Benefit Plans Key Assumptions

The key assumptions for the plans are summarized below:

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations
As of December 31,
2018
Discount rate
1.16% to 1.50%
Rate of compensation increase
Not applicable
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost
March 29, 2018 to
December 31, 2018
Discount rate
1.16% to 1.50%
Expected long-term return on plan assets
1.16% to 1.50%
Rate of compensation increase
Not applicable

The discount rates used to calculate the net present value of future benefit obligations are determined by using a yield curve of high-quality bond portfolios with an average maturity approximating that of the liabilities.

We use a portfolio return model to assess the initial reasonableness of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets, we considered the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds), the historical level of risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the target asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets for the portfolio.

Defined Benefit Plans Plan Assets

At December 31, 2018, assets of Paragon Offshore Enterprise Ltd and Paragon Offshore Nederland B.V. pension plans were invested in instruments that are similar in form to a guaranteed insurance contract. The plan assets are based on surrender values. Surrender values are calculated based on the Dutch Central Bank interest curve. This yield curve is based on inter-bank swap rates. There are no observable market values for the assets (Level 3); however, the amounts listed as plan assets were materially similar to the anticipated benefit obligations under the plans.

The actual fair value of our pension assets as of December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 
 
Estimated Fair Value Measurements
(In $ millions)
Carrying
Amount
Quoted
Prices in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Guaranteed insurance contracts
 
140.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
140.7
 
Other
 
0.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.3
 
Total
 
141.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
141.0
 

The following table details the activity related to the guaranteed insurance contract during the years.

 
Fair value
Balance as of January 1, 2018
$
 
Acquisition of plan assets
 
146.5
 
Balance as of March 29, 2018
 
146.5
 
Assets sold/benefits paid
 
0.1
 
Return on plan assets
 
5.8
 
Foreign exchange rate changes
 
(11.3
)
Balance as of December 31, 2018
 
141.0
 

F-65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Defined Benefit Plans Cash Flows

In 2018 we made $1.0 million in contributions to our defined benefit pension plans.

The following table summarizes the benefit payments at December 31, 2018 estimated to be paid within the next ten years by the issuer of the guaranteed insurance contract:

 
 
Payments by Period
 
Total
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Five Years Thereafter
Estimated benefit payments
 
28.2
 
 
1.5
 
 
1.7
 
 
1.9
 
 
2.2
 
 
2.6
 
 
18.3
 

Note 30 – Subsequent events

Delivery of Njord

In January 2019, we took delivery of the “Njord”. The final delivery installment was $87.0 million, which was financed through shipyard financing for the same amount.

Secured $160 million financing

In March 2019, we executed a $160 million financing agreement consisting of a $100 million revolving credit facility and a $60 million guarantee credit line for issuance of guarantees.

Appointment of Directors

The Board of Directors appointed Alexandra Kate Blankenship as director of the Company and Georgina Sousa as director and company secretary on February 27, 2019.

Share option awards

In March 2019, we granted 460,000 options to certain employees and directors of the Company. The awards were granted under the existing approved share option scheme. The options have a strike price of $17.50 per share.

Novation of Thor

In March 2019, we entered into an assignment agreement with BOTL Lease Co. Ltd. (the “Original Owner”) for an assignment, and subsequently a novation and amendment agreement of the rights and obligations to purchase a KFELS Super B Bigfoot premium jack-up drilling rig with hull number B378 being built by Keppel FELS Limited for a purchase price of $122.1 million. We expect to take delivery of the rig from the yard prior to May 31, 2019 and the rig will be named “Thor”.

To finance the rig purchase we entered into a $120 million senior secured term loan facilities agreement, consisting of two facilities (Facility A and Facility B) of $60 million each. The facilities mature on September 30, 2019. As of April 29, 2019, Facility A had been utilized in the amount of $60 million, and $60 million in Facility B remained undrawn. The availability period of Facility B expires June 30, 2019.

F-66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Management of Paragon Offshore Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Paragon Offshore plc and its subsidiaries (the “Predecessor” or “Company”), which comprise the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017.

Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Paragon Offshore plc and its subsidiaries for the period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company filed a petition on February 14, 2016 with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the district of Delaware for reorganization under the provisions of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Company’s Fifth Joint Chapter 11 filing was substantially consummated on July 18, 2017 and the Company emerged from bankruptcy. In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy, the Company adopted fresh start accounting. Also as discussed in Note 1, the Company is in the process of winding down its operations, which raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans are discussed in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to these matters.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
March 8, 2018

F-67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors and Management of Paragon Offshore Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Paragon Offshore Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Successor” or “Company”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows for the period from July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017.

Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Offshore Limited and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on July 18, 2017, Paragon Offshore plc (the “Predecessor”) transferred certain direct and indirect subsidiaries and certain other assets to the Company pursuant to the fifth amended plan of reorganization for debtors filed with the Bankruptcy Court. Also as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company signed a tender agreement on February 22, 2018 to sell all of its outstanding shares to a third party. Our opinion is not modified with respect to these matters.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
March 8, 2018

F-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Successor
Predecessor
 
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Operating revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contract drilling services
$
54,651
 
$
124,663
 
Labor contract drilling services
 
 
 
 
Reimbursables and other
 
1,380
 
 
4,760
 
 
 
56,031
 
 
129,423
 
Operating costs and expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contract drilling services
 
78,702
 
 
96,853
 
Labor contract drilling services
 
 
 
(566
)
Reimbursables
 
936
 
 
3,296
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
24,636
 
 
66,860
 
General and administrative
 
13,778
 
 
17,312
 
Loss on impairments
 
18,745
 
 
391
 
Gain on sale of assets, net
 
(833
)
 
(1,383
)
 
 
135,964
 
 
182,763
 
Operating loss before interest, reorganization items and income taxes
 
(79,933
)
 
(53,340
)
Interest expense, net
 
(2,952
)
 
(39,610
)
Other, net
 
986
 
 
3,452
 
Reorganization items, net
 
 
 
895,931
 
Other non-operating items
 
1,069
 
 
 
Earnings from equity method affiliate
 
1,519
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
(79,311
)
 
806,433
 
Income tax benefit (provision)
 
1,371
 
 
2,078
 
Net income (loss)
$
(77,940
)
$
808,511
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands)

 
Successor
Predecessor
 
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Net income (loss)
$
(77,940
)
$
808,511
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
2,977
 
Adjustments to pension plans
 
 
 
(82
)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net
 
 
 
2,895
 
Total comprehensive income (loss)
$
(77,940
)
$
811,406
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands )

 
Successor
 
December 31,
2017
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
149,096
 
Restricted cash
 
5,776
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts (Note 3)
 
34,037
 
Prepaid and other current assets
 
27,129
 
Total current assets
 
216,038
 
Property and equipment, at cost
 
270,819
 
Accumulated depreciation
 
(22,138
)
Property and equipment, net
 
248,681
 
Investment in equity method affiliate
 
157,908
 
Other long-term assets
 
9,914
 
Total assets
$
632,541
 
   
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
$
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
27,150
 
Accrued payroll and related costs
 
27,347
 
Taxes payable
 
6,733
 
Interest payable
 
1,379
 
Other current liabilities
 
3,167
 
Total current liabilities
 
65,776
 
Long-term debt
 
86,370
 
Deferred income taxes
 
 
Other liabilities
 
10,766
 
Total liabilities
 
162,912
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
 
 
 
Equity
 
 
 
Successor Ordinary Shares, $0.001 par value, 15,000,000 share authorized; with 5,017,556 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017
 
5
 
Successor additional paid-in capital
 
547,564
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(77,940
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
 
469,629
 
Total liabilities and equity
$
632,541
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(In thousands)

 
 
Ordinary Shares
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Earnings
(Deficit)
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
Total
Equity
(Deficit)
 
 
Shares
Amount
Predecessor
Balance as of January 1 , 201 7
 
88,439
 
$
884
 
$
1,438,265
 
$
(2,233,248
)
$
(38,658
)
$
(832,757
)
$
(832,757
)
 
Net income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
808,511
 
 
 
 
808,511
 
 
808,511
 
 
Employee related equity activity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of share-based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
2,981
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,981
 
 
2,981
 
 
Vesting of restricted stock unit awards
 
572
 
 
6
 
 
(31
)
 
 
 
 
 
(25
)
 
(25
)
 
Other comprehensive income, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,895
 
 
2,895
 
 
2,895
 
 
Elimination of Predecessor equity
 
(89,011
)
 
(890
)
 
(1,441,215
)
 
1,424,737
 
 
35,763
 
 
18,395
 
 
18,395
 
 
Issuance of Successor
equity
 
5,000
 
 
5
 
 
546,122
 
 
 
 
 
 
546,127
 
 
546,127
 
Predecessor
Balance as of July 18, 2017
 
5,000
 
$
5
 
$
546,122
 
$
 
$
 
$
546,127
 
$
546,127
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Successor
Balance as of July 18, 2017
 
5,000
 
$
5
 
$
546,122
 
$
 
$
 
$
546,127
 
$
546,127
 
 
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(77,940
)
 
 
 
(77,940
)
 
(77,940
)
 
Employee related equity activity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of share-based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
1,994
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,994
 
 
1,994
 
 
Vesting of restricted stock unit awards
 
18
 
 
 
 
(552
)
 
 
 
 
 
(552
)
 
(552
)
Successor
Balance as of December 31, 2017
 
5,018
 
$
5
 
$
547,564
 
$
(77,940
)
$
 
$
469,629
 
$
469,629
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
Successor
Predecessor
(In thousands)
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Cash flows from operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
(77,940
)
$
(808,511
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
24,636
 
 
66,860
 
Earnings from equity method affiliate
 
(1,519
)
 
 
Loss on impairments
 
18,745
 
 
391
 
Gain on sale of assets, net
 
(833
)
 
(1,383
)
Deferred income taxes
 
(3,174
)
 
(6,385
)
Share-based compensation
 
1,994
 
 
1,348
 
Reorganization items and fresh start related adjustments, net
 
 
 
(895,931
)
Other, net
 
 
 
1,231
 
Net change in other assets and liabilities (Note 17)
 
(21,650
)
 
(65,713
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
(59,741
)
 
(91,071
)
Cash flows from investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(10,500
)
 
(5,413
)
Change in accrued capital expenditures
 
2,802
 
 
(313
)
Proceeds from sale of assets
 
8,363
 
 
2,800
 
Cash outflow related to deconsolidation of equity method affiliate
 
(20,173
)
 
 
Cash outflow related to legal separation of Former Parent Company and its Liquidating Subsidiaries
 
 
 
(6,876
)
Change in restricted cash
 
34,507
 
 
(41,595
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
 
14,999
 
 
(51,397
)
Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repayments on Sale-Leaseback Financing
 
 
 
(32,463
)
Payment of Secured Lender claims
 
 
 
(410,000
)
Payment of Bondholders’ claims
 
 
 
(105,000
)
Tax withholding on restricted stock units
 
 
 
(25
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
 
 
(547,488
)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
 
(44,742
)
 
(689,956
)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
 
193,838
 
 
883,794
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$
149,096
 
$
193,838
 
Supplemental information for non-cash activities (Note 17)
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION, CURRENT EVENTS, AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Paragon Offshore plc (in administration), (the “Former Parent Company”), (together with its subsidiaries) is the “Predecessor” of Paragon Offshore Limited (together with its subsidiaries, the “Successor”), a leading provider of standard specification offshore drilling services. Reference to “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company” throughout these financial statements is intended to mean the contract drilling operations and business conducted by both the Predecessor and Successor.

The Predecessor is a public limited company registered under the Companies Act 2006 of England. In July 2014, Noble Corporation plc (“Noble”) transferred to the Predecessor the assets and liabilities (the “Separation”) constituting most of Noble’s standard specification drilling units and related assets, liabilities and business. On August 1, 2014, Noble made a pro rata distribution to its shareholders of all of the Predecessor’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares (the “Distribution” and, collectively with the Separation, the “Spin-Off”).

The Successor is an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

On July 18, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), the Successor acquired substantially all of the Predecessor’s assets pursuant to the Consensual Plan which became effective and had been confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on June 7, 2017 (as defined and described below). In connection with the Paragon Bankruptcy cases (as defined below) and the Consensual Plan, on and prior to the Effective Date, the Predecessor and certain of its subsidiaries effectuated certain restructuring transactions, pursuant to which the Predecessor formed Paragon Offshore Limited, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Predecessor. On the Effective Date, in order to separate the results and financial position of the Former Parent Company and its Liquidating Subsidiaries from the ongoing operational business, the Predecessor transferred to Paragon Offshore Limited certain direct and indirect subsidiaries and certain other assets of the Predecessor (excluding Prospector Offshore Drilling S.à r.l. (“Prospector Offshore”) and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “Prospector Group”)). In accordance with the Consensual Plan, the Former Parent Company and certain remaining subsidiaries (excluding the Prospector Group) (the “Liquidating Subsidiaries”) will, in due course, be wound down and dissolved by the Joint Administrators (as defined below) in accordance with applicable law. The Successor will constitute the ongoing operational business after the Effective Date.

Our primary business is contracting our rigs, related equipment and work crews to conduct oil and gas drilling and workover operations for exploration and production customers on a dayrate basis around the world. We currently operate in significant hydrocarbon-producing geographies throughout the world, including the North Sea, the Middle East and India. Our fleet includes 22 jackups and one semisubmersible. This includes the Prospector Group’s two high specification heavy duty/harsh environment jackups.

Paragon Offshore plc (in administration) Emergence from Bankruptcy

On February 14, 2016 (the “Petition date”), Paragon Offshore plc (in administration) and its Debtors (the “Debtors”) commenced their chapter 11 cases (the “Paragon Bankruptcy cases”) by filing voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court. During the bankruptcy proceedings, the Debtors operated their business as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court.

On May 2, 2017, as a result of a successful court-ordered mediation process with representatives of the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility (collectively, the “Secured Lenders”) and the holders of the Senior Notes (the “Bondholders”), the Predecessor filed its fifth amended plan of reorganization for the Debtors (the “Consensual Plan”) with the Bankruptcy Court.

On May 17, 2017, the board of directors of the Predecessor filed an administration application with the High Court of Justice, Chancery Division, Companies Court of England and Wales (the “English Court”) for the appointment of two partners of Deloitte LLP, as joint administrators of the Former Parent Company, and on May 23, 2017, the English Court granted an order, pursuant to paragraph 13 of Schedule B1 to the Insolvency Act 1986 appointing these partners as joint administrators (the “Joint Administrators”) of the

F-74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Former Parent Company. The power to manage the affairs, business and property of the Former Parent Company and the Liquidating Subsidiaries is vested in the Joint Administrators. The appointment of the Joint Administrators was a necessary component of the Consensual Plan.

On June 7, 2017, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order (the “Confirmation Order”) confirming the Consensual Plan.

On July 18, 2017, the Effective Date, the Consensual Plan became effective pursuant to its terms and the Debtors emerged from the Paragon Bankruptcy cases.

On the Effective Date, the following events occurred in connection with the effectiveness of the Consensual Plan:

All outstanding obligations under the Senior Notes and the indenture governing such obligations were cancelled and discharged, and the Predecessor and certain of its subsidiaries were released from their respective obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility.
The Predecessor, Successor, certain of the reorganized Debtors and the Joint Administrators entered into a Litigation Trust Agreement (the “Litigation Trust Agreement”) with Drivetrain, LLC, as Litigation Trust management, and certain members of a litigation trust committee, pursuant to which a trust (the “Litigation Trust”) was established for the benefit of certain holders of allowed claims under the Consensual Plan. Pursuant to the Consensual Plan and the Confirmation Order, the Predecessor and the reorganized Debtors transferred to the Litigation Trust certain claims against Noble relating to the Predecessor’s separation from Noble (the “Noble Claims”). In addition, Noble may assert damages against the Predecessor for indemnification amounts that would have been owed to Noble pursuant to the Noble Separation Agreements (as defined in Note 16, “Commitments and Contingencies” ). Pursuant to the terms of the Litigation Trust Agreement, a subsidiary of the Successor agreed to provide the Litigation Trust with an interest-free delayed draw term loan of up to $10 million in cash to fund the reasonable costs and expenses associated with the administration of the Litigation Trust (the “Litigation Trust Term Loan”). The Litigation Trust may prosecute the Noble Claims and conduct such other action as described in and authorized by the Consensual Plan, make timely and appropriate distributions to the beneficiaries of the Litigation Trust and otherwise carry out the provisions of the Litigation Trust Agreement. None of the Predecessor, Successor or any of the reorganized Debtors is a beneficiary to, or investor in, the Litigation Trust.
The Predecessor issued a distribution, pro rata, to each of the Secured Lenders (the “Secured Lender Distribution”) and to each of the Bondholders (the “Bondholder Distribution”). The Secured Lender Distribution consisted of: (i) approximately $410 million in cash, (ii) allocation of new senior first lien debt in the original aggregate principal amount of $85 million maturing in 2022, (iii) 50% of the equity of the Successor, (iv) 50% of certain Class A interests in the Litigation Trust, which are entitled to a preferential right of recovery from the first $10 million of assets of the Litigation Trust (after giving effect to the repayment of the Litigation Trust Term Loan) (the “Class A Litigation Trust Interests”) and (v) 25% of certain Class B interests in the Litigation Trust, which are entitled to distribution of the remaining assets of the Litigation Trust (the “Class B Litigation Trust Interests”). The Bondholder Distribution consisted of: (i) approximately $105 million in cash, (ii) 50% of the equity of the Successor, (iii) 50% of the Class A Litigation Trust Interests, (iv) 75% of the Class B Litigation Trust Interests, (v) payment of certain Bondholder professionals’ fees and expenses and (vi) payment of up to $850,000 of reasonable and documented fees and expenses of the indentured trustee for the Bondholders.
The Prospector Group was not transferred from the Predecessor to the Successor on the Effective Date; however, it will not be wound down and dissolved by the Joint Administrators. As such, the Prospector Group is intended to constitute part of our ongoing operational business after the Effective Date. Therefore, on the Effective Date, the Successor, Predecessor, and the Joint Administrators entered into a management agreement (the “Management Agreement”), pursuant to which the Successor has the economic benefit of and operational control over the Prospector

F-75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Group subject to certain restrictions on the existing share pledges over Prospector Offshore. In addition, the Successor agreed to continue to procure the provision of management services to the Prospector Group while the Prospector Group remains held by the Predecessor. Further, pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Predecessor undertook to transfer the Prospector Group to the Successor at such time as the Successor obtains the consents required by the Sale-Leaseback Transaction to such transfer or such consent is no longer required (as described below). Because the Management Agreement grants the Successor control over the Prospector Group, under the variable interest entity (“VIE”) accounting guidance, the Successor continued to consolidate the Prospector Group in its consolidated financial statements on the Effective Date.

The Predecessor deregistered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and suspended its SEC reporting obligations. The Predecessor’s shares were not cancelled on the Effective Date. These shares do not represent the equity of the Successor nor any right to receive any equity or other interest in (or property of) the Successor as the Predecessor and Successor are two separate and distinct entities. As of the date of this report, the shares of the Successor are not traded on any market and are worthless.

Following the Effective Date, the Predecessor held approximately $11 million of cash on trust to discharge the fees, expenses and disbursements of the administration of the Predecessor, including the fees and expenses of the Joint Administrators, and the wind down of the Former Parent Company and its Liquidating Subsidiaries, excluding the Prospector Group.

Prospector Chapter 11 Filing and Execution of the Settlement Agreement

The Prospector Group has an interest in two high specification jackup units, Prospector 1 and Prospector 5 (collectively, the “Prospector Rigs”) pursuant to two sale-leaseback agreements (the “Lease Agreements”) executed with subsidiaries of SinoEnergy Capital Management Ltd. (the “Lessors”). In connection with the Lease Agreements, the Predecessor’s shares in Prospector Offshore (the “Prospector Shares”) are pledged in favor of the Lessors. In order to transfer the Prospector Group to the Successor as contemplated by the Consensual Plan, the Successor must obtain a consent to the transfer from the Lessors.

On July 20, 2017, the Former Parent Company, Prospector Offshore, Prospector Rig 1 Contracting Company S.à r.l., and Prospector Rig 5 Contracting Company S.à r.l. (collectively, the “Prospector Debtors”) commenced their chapter 11 cases (the “Prospector Bankruptcy cases”) by filing voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court in order to implement a restructuring plan to effectuate the transfer of the Prospector Group to the Successor.

During these proceedings, the Prospector Rigs have continued to be operated by the Successor under the Management Agreement without any impact to customers, suppliers, or employees. The Prospector Debtors have continued to operate their business as “debtors-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

On February 15, 2018, the Former Parent Company entered into a consensual settlement agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) with the Lessors. Under the terms of the Settlement Agreement, the Lessors will be paid certain agreed amounts totaling approximately $135 million, representing the outstanding principal balance on the Lease Agreements with the Lessors, lease termination fees, expenses, and a consent fee, in exchange for which the Lessors will cause ownership of the Prospector Rigs to be transferred to the Successor. On March 5, 2018, the Bankruptcy Court approved the Settlement Agreement. We intend to complete our obligations under the Settlement Agreement, including the pay off of the sale-leaseback and acquisition of the Prospector rigs, and dismiss the related bankruptcy cases, as soon as possible.

Acquisition by Borr Drilling

On February 22, 2018, we signed a tender offer agreement (the “Tender Offer Agreement”) with Borr Drilling Limited (“Borr”), a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange, pursuant to which, on the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, Borr agreed to commence a tender offer to acquire all of our outstanding shares (the “Shares”) at a purchase price

F-76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

of $42.28 per share (the “Offer”). The Offer commenced on February 26, 2018 and will remain open for 20 business days (the “Offer Period”). The Offer Period is expected to expire at 12:01 A.M. Eastern Time on March 24, 2018, unless extended (such date, including any extension, being referred to as the “Expiration Date”). The transaction is expected to close on March 27, 2018, subject to the satisfaction of the Offer conditions. The conditions, among other customary conditions include, that (a) at least 3,361,763 Shares, representing at least 67% of the outstanding Shares have been validly tendered and not withdrawn before the Expiration Date, (b) no material adverse change shall have occurred prior to closing, and (c) we shall have completed all actions necessary to acquire ownership of the Prospector Rigs and the Prospector Group. The Offer is not subject to financing conditions.

In connection with, and as a condition to Borr’s willingness to enter into and perform its obligations under the Tender Offer Agreement, Borr entered into individual tender support agreements (each, a “Tender Support Agreement”), with certain of our shareholders (the “Tendering Shareholders”). Subject to the terms and conditions of each Tender Support Agreement, the Tendering Shareholders have agreed, among other things, to irrevocably tender all of their Shares pursuant to the Offer. The Tendering Shareholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, 3,407,072 Shares, representing approximately 67.9% of the total outstanding Shares as of February 21, 2018.

Basis of Presentation and Fresh-Start Accounting

Upon emergence from bankruptcy on the Effective Date, we adopted fresh-start accounting in accordance with ASC 852 (as defined below), which resulted in the Predecessor becoming a new Successor entity for financial reporting purposes. As such, fresh-start accounting is reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and fresh-start adjustments are included in the accompanying statement of operations for the period from January 1, 2017 through July 18, 2017.

All financial information presented prior to the Effective Date represents the consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Predecessor. All financial information presented after the Effective Date represents the consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Successor. As a result of the application of fresh-start accounting and the effects of the implementation of the Consensual Plan, the Successor’s financial statements subsequent to July 18, 2017 are not comparable to the Predecessor’s financial statements prior to that date.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern and contemplate the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

NOTE 2—NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 (“ASU 2014-09”), which creates ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605 and industry-specific standards that currently exist under U.S. GAAP. The amendments in this ASU are intended to provide a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues, improve comparability of revenue recognition practices and improve disclosure requirements. This ASU can be adopted either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. In March, April, May and November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) , ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing , ASU No. 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, and ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , respectively. These updates clarify important aspects of the guidance and improve its operability and implementation. ASC Topic 606 is effective for private company financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. We are evaluating the provisions of ASU 2014-09, concurrently with the provisions of ASU 2016-02 (defined below) since we have determined that our drilling contracts contain a lease component, and our adoption of ASU 2016-02, therefore, will require that we

F-77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

separately recognize revenues associated with lease and nonlease components. Nonlease components or the provision of contract drilling services will be accounted for under ASU 2014-09. We are in the process of reviewing our revenue streams under these ASUs and have identified a subset of contracts that we believe are representative of our operations and have initiated an analysis of the related performance obligations and pricing arrangements in such contracts. We are still evaluating methods of adoption and what impact the adoption of this guidance will have on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial disclosures which will be based on contract-specific facts and circumstances that could introduce variability to the timing of our revenue recognition relative to current accounting standards.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, which creates ASC Topic 842, Leases ( “ASU 2016-02”). This ASU requires an entity to separate lease components from nonlease components in a contract. The lease components would be accounted for under ASU 2016-02, which requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for capital and operating leases with lease terms greater than twelve months. Lessors must align certain requirements with the updates to lessee accounting standards and potentially derecognize a leased asset and recognize a net investment in the lease. This ASU also requires key qualitative and quantitative disclosures by lessees and lessors to help users of financial statements better understand the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. This update is effective for private company financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim reporting periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. A modified retrospective approach is required. Under this ASU, we have determined that our drilling contracts contain a lease component, and our adoption, therefore, will require that we separately recognize revenues associated with the lease and service components. We are evaluating the provisions of ASU 2016-02, concurrently with the provisions of ASU 2014-09 and expect to adopt both updates concurrently in 2019. We are still evaluating what impact the adoption of this guidance will have on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, which creates ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses . The new guidance introduces new accounting models for expected credit losses on financial instruments and applies to: (1) loans, accounts receivable, trade receivables and other financial assets measured at amortized cost, (2) loan commitments and certain other off-balance sheet credit exposures, (3) debt securities and other financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, and (4) beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. The scope of the new guidance is broad and is designed to improve the current accounting models for the impairment of financial assets. The guidance is effective for private company financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within that reporting period. A modified retrospective approach is required. We are evaluating what impact the adoption of this guidance will have on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial disclosures.

In August 2016 the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , a consensus of the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force. The new guidance is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. The ASU addresses how the following cash transactions are presented: (1) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; (2) settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments; (3) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; (4) proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; (5) proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies; (6) distributions received from equity method investments; and (7) beneficial interests in securitization transactions. The ASU also addresses how to present cash receipts and cash payments that have aspects of multiple cash flow classifications. The guidance is effective for private company financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. The guidance requires application using a retrospective transition method. We do not expect that our adoption will have a material impact on our cash flows or financial disclosures.

F-78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In October 2016 the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory . This ASU requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. Consequently, the amendments in this ASU eliminate the exception for an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory. The guidance is effective for private company financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an annual reporting period for which financial statements (interim or annual) have not been made available for issuance. This ASU should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Predecessor early adopted this guidance on a modified retrospective basis for the quarter ended March 31, 2017, and it had no impact on prior periods as reported in our financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash . This ASU requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash. The new guidance is intended to reduce diversity in practice on the presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows. The guidance is effective for private company financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. This ASU should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. We are evaluating what impact the adoption of this guidance will have on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial disclosures.

In January 2017 the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business . The amendments in this update provide a more robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business. The objective of this ASU is to add guidance that will assist entities in evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses and may affect many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill and consolidations. The guidance is effective for private company financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The amendments in this update should be applied prospectively on or after the effective date. No disclosures are required at transition. We do not expect that our adoption will have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial disclosures and the impact will be based on whether it is necessary for us to determine if we have acquired or sold a business in any period after the effective date.

In February 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-05, Other Income - Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets (Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets which will be effective at the same time as ASC Topic 606. ASU No. 2017-05 clarifies the scope, definition and accounting of a financial asset that meets the definition of an “in-substance nonfinancial asset” and adds guidance for partial sales of nonfinancial assets. We are evaluating what impact the adoption of this guidance will have on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial disclosures.

In March 2017 the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost. The amendments in this update require that an employer disaggregate the service cost component from the other components of net benefit cost and provide guidance on how to present the service cost component and the other components of net benefit cost in the income statement. The guidance is effective for private company financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The amendment for the service cost component and the other components of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost should be applied retrospectively. We do not expect that our adoption will have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial disclosures.

F-79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 3—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Consolidation

We consolidate entities in which we have a majority voting interest and entities that meet the criteria for variable interest entities for which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary for accounting purposes, except for certain subsidiaries that were deconsolidated on July 20, 2017 as a result of their voluntary filing for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court. Accordingly, we apply the equity method of accounting for an investment if we have the ability to exercise significant influence over an entity that meets the variable interest entity (“VIE”) criteria, but for which we are not deemed to be the primary beneficiary. A primary beneficiary requires both the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses and the right to receive benefits from the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, when a subsidiary whose financial statements were previously consolidated becomes subject to the control of a government, court, administrator or regulator (including filing for protection under the Bankruptcy Code), whether solvent or insolvent, deconsolidation of that subsidiary is generally required.

We eliminate intercompany transactions and accounts in consolidation, including certain subsidiaries that were deconsolidated on July 20, 2017 and are reported as “Investment in equity method affiliate” and “Earnings from equity method affiliate” on the Successor’s consolidated financial statements.

Reorganization and Fresh-Start Accounting

In connection with filing chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on February 14, 2016, we are subject to the requirements of FASB ASC 852, Reorganizations (“ASC 852”) . ASC 852 is applicable to companies under bankruptcy protection and requires amendments to the presentation of key financial statement line items. ASC 852 generally does not change the manner in which financial statements are prepared. However, it does require that the financial statements for periods subsequent to the filing of the Paragon Bankruptcy cases distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business.

Revenues, expenses, realized gains and losses, and provisions for losses that can be directly associated with the reorganization of the business and bankruptcy proceedings must be reported separately as reorganization items in the consolidated statements of operations. The balance sheets as of the Petition date and just prior to emergence from bankruptcy, must distinguish pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise from both those pre-petition liabilities that are not subject to compromise and from post-petition liabilities. Liabilities subject to compromise are pre-petition obligations that are not fully secured and that have at least a possibility of not being repaid at the full claim amount by the plan of reorganization. Liabilities subject to compromise must be reported at the amounts expected to be allowed by the Bankruptcy Court, even if they may be settled for lesser amounts as a result of the plan of reorganization.

Upon emergence from bankruptcy on the Effective Date, we adopted fresh-start accounting in accordance with ASC 852, which resulted in the Predecessor becoming a new Successor entity for financial reporting purposes. We qualified for fresh-start accounting because (1) the reorganization value of our assets immediately prior to confirmation was less than the post-petition liabilities and allowed claims and (ii) the holders of existing voting shares of the Predecessor received less than 50% of the voting shares of the post-emergence Successor entity.

Upon adoption of fresh-start accounting, our assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values as of the Effective Date. The Effective Date fair values of our assets and liabilities differed materially from the recorded values of our assets and liabilities as reflected in our historical consolidated balance sheets. The effects of the Consensual Plan and the application of fresh-start accounting were reflected in our consolidated balance sheet as of the Effective Date and the related adjustments thereto were recorded in the Predecessor’s consolidated statement of operations as reorganization items for the period from January 1, 2017 through July 18, 2017.

The Successor’s consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statement of operations subsequent to July 18, 2017 are not comparable to the Predecessor’s consolidated balance sheets and statement of

F-80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

operations prior to the Effective Date. As a result, our consolidated financial statements and related notes are presented with a black line division which delineates the lack of comparability between the amounts presented on or after July 18, 2017 and dates prior. Our financial results for future periods following the application of fresh-start accounting are different from historical trends and differences may be material.

Operating Revenues and Expenses

Our typical dayrate drilling contracts require our performance of a variety of services for a specified period of time. We determine progress towards completion of the contract by measuring efforts expended and the cost of services required to perform under a drilling contract, as the basis for our revenue recognition. Revenues generated from our dayrate basis drilling contracts and labor contracts are recognized on a per day basis as services are performed and begin upon the contract commencement, as defined under the specified drilling or labor contract. Dayrate revenues are typically earned, and contract drilling expenses are typically incurred ratably over the term of our drilling contracts. We review and monitor our performance under our drilling contracts to confirm the basis for our revenue recognition. Revenues from bonuses are recognized when earned.

It is typical in our dayrate drilling contracts to receive compensation and incur costs for mobilization, equipment modification, or other activities prior to the commencement of the contract. Any such compensation may be paid through a lump-sum payment or other daily compensation. Pre-contract compensation and costs are deferred until the contract commences. The deferred pre-contract compensation and costs are amortized, using the straight-line method, into income over the term of the initial contract period, regardless of the activity taking place. This approach is consistent with the economics for which the parties have contracted. Once a contract commences, we may conduct various activities, including drilling and well bore related activities, rig maintenance and equipment installation, movement between well locations or other activities.

We record reimbursements from customers for “out-of-pocket” expenses as revenues and the related direct cost as operating expenses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

We consider all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The following table reflects the short-term and long-term restricted cash balances included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017.

 
Successor
(In thousands)
December 31,
2017
Capital expenditure reserve for Sale-Leaseback Transaction (1)
$
 
Operating reserve for Sale-Leaseback Transaction (1)
 
 
Escrow restricted for the future payment of bankruptcy professional fee claims and general unsecured creditor claims
 
5,108
 
Other
 
668
 
Total short-term restricted cash
$
5,776
 
   
 
 
 
Rental reserve for Sale-Leaseback Transaction (2)
 
 
Outstanding performance bond
 
 
Total long-term restricted cash
$
 
(1) Our short-term restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2017 does not include $8 million related to the restricted cash balance of the deconsolidated Prospector Group held to satisfy the capital expenditure and operating reserve requirements of our Sale-Leaseback Transaction. See Note 6, “ Investment in Equity Method Affiliate .”
(2) Our long-term restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2017 does not include $33 million related to the restricted cash balance of the deconsolidated Prospector Group held to satisfy the rental reserve requirements of our Sale-Leaseback Transaction. See Note 6, “ Investment in Equity Method Affiliate.

F-81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We utilize the specific identification method for establishing and maintaining allowances for doubtful accounts. We review accounts receivable on a quarterly basis to determine the reasonableness of the allowance. We monitor the accounts receivable from our customers for any collectability issues. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established based on reviews of individual customer accounts, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, and other pertinent factors.

In connection with our adoption of fresh-start accounting upon emergence from bankruptcy, the carrying value of our trade receivables was adjusted to fair value, eliminating the Successor’s allowance for doubtful accounts as of July 18, 2017. We had no allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2017. Our Predecessor and Successor had an immaterial amount of bad debt expense and no recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2017. Bad debt expense and recoveries are reported as a component of “Contract drilling services operating costs and expenses” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Long-lived Assets and Impairments

The carrying amount of our property and equipment, consisting primarily of offshore drilling rigs and related equipment, are based on our estimates, assumptions and judgments relative to capitalized costs, useful lives and salvage values of our rigs. These estimates, assumptions and judgments reflect both historical experience and expectations regarding future industry conditions and operations.

Successor property and equipment were recorded at fair value upon adoption of fresh-start accounting. Accumulated depreciation and impairment were therefore reset to zero as of that date. Subsequent purchases of major replacements and improvements have been recorded at cost.

When assets are sold, retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and a gain or loss is recognized. Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as of the date placed in service or date of major refurbishment.

Scheduled maintenance of equipment is performed based on the number of hours operated in accordance with our preventative maintenance program. Routine repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred.

The amount of depreciation expense we record is dependent upon certain assumptions, including an asset’s estimated useful life, rate of consumption and corresponding salvage value. We periodically review these assumptions and may change one or more of these assumptions. Changes in our assumptions may require us to recognize, on a prospective basis, increased or decreased depreciation expense. In connection with the adoption of fresh-start accounting, the useful lives for drilling rigs and equipment were reset based on fair value assumptions and standardization of rig components. The new useful lives of the drilling rig components range between 3 and 30 years.

In accordance with our policy, the estimated useful lives of our property and equipment are as follows:

 
Years
Drilling rigs
7 – 30
Drilling machinery and equipment
3 – 5
Other
3 – 10

We evaluate the impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For assets classified as held and used, we determine recoverability by evaluating the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows based on projected dayrates and utilization. An impairment loss on our long-lived assets exists when the estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount. For property and equipment whose carrying values are determined not to be recoverable, we calculate an impairment loss as a difference between the fair value and carrying amount. We estimate the fair values by applying either an income approach, using projected discounted cash flows, or a market approach.

F-82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Estimates of discounted future cash flows typically include (i) discrete financial forecasts, which rely on management’s estimates of revenue and operating expenses, (ii) long-term growth rates, and (iii) estimates of useful lives of the assets. Such estimates of future discounted cash flows are highly subjective and are based on numerous assumptions about future operations and market conditions. In a market approach, the fair value would be based on unobservable third-party estimated prices that would be received in exchange for the assets in an orderly transaction between market participants.

Fair Value Measurements

We estimate fair value at a price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal market for the asset or liability, respectively. Our valuation techniques require inputs that we categorize using a three-level hierarchy, from highest to lowest level of observable inputs, as follows:

(1) Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets,
(2) Level 2 - Direct or indirect observable inputs, including quoted prices or other market data, for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or identical assets or liabilities in less active markets, and
(3) Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that require significant judgment for which there is little or no market data.

When multiple input levels are required for a valuation, we categorize the entire fair value measurement according to the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement even though we may have also utilized significant inputs that are more readily observable.

Our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are by their nature short-term. As a result, the carrying values included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets approximate fair value. The carrying amount of the Successor’s variable-rate debt, the New Term Loan Facility, approximates fair value as such debt bears short-term, market-based interest rates. The Successor has classified these instruments as Level 2 valuation inputs used for purposes of determining the fair value disclosure are readily available published LIBOR rates.

Foreign Currency

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. All subsidiaries of the Predecessor and Successor maintain their books and records in their functional currency. The functional currency of the Predecessor was primarily the U.S. dollar. The functional currency is the U.S. dollar for all our Successor’s operations. We therefore define foreign currency transactions as any transaction denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are measured to U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange in effect as of each respective period end; items of income and expense are measured at average monthly rates; and property and equipment and other non-monetary assets are measured at historical rates. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are recorded in “Other, net” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Certain Significant Estimates and Contingent Liabilities

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Certain accounting policies involve judgments and uncertainties to such an extent that there is reasonable likelihood that materially different amounts could have been reported under different conditions, or if different assumptions had been used. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to allowance for doubtful accounts, long-lived asset impairment, useful lives for depreciation, income taxes, insurance claims, employment benefits and contingent liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are

F-83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Income Taxes

We operate through various subsidiaries in numerous countries throughout the world. Due to our global presence, we are subject to tax laws, policies, treaties and regulations, as well as the interpretation or enforcement thereof, in the U.K., the U.S., and any other jurisdictions in which we or any of our subsidiaries operate, were incorporated, or otherwise considered to have a tax presence. Our income tax expense is based upon our interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various countries at the time that the expense was incurred. If the taxing authorities do not agree with our assessment of the effects of such laws, policies, treaties and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, this could have a material adverse effect on us including the imposition of a higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings or a reclassification of the tax impact of our significant corporate restructuring transactions.

In certain jurisdictions, we have recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities. Judgment and assumptions are required in determining whether deferred tax assets will be fully or partially utilized. When we estimate that all or some portion of certain deferred tax assets such as net operating loss carryforwards will not be utilized, we establish a valuation allowance for the amount ascertained to be unrealizable. We continually evaluate strategies that could allow for future utilization of our deferred tax assets. Any change in the ability to utilize such deferred tax assets will be accounted for in the period of the event affecting the valuation allowance. If facts and circumstances cause us to change our expectations regarding future tax consequences, the resulting adjustments could have a material effect on our financial results or cash flow.

In certain circumstances, we expect that, due to changing demands of the offshore drilling markets and the ability to redeploy our offshore drilling units, certain units will not reside in a location long enough to give rise to future tax consequences. As a result, no deferred tax asset or liability has been recognized in these circumstances. Should our expectations change regarding the length of time an offshore drilling unit will be used in a given location, we will adjust deferred taxes accordingly.

Subsequent Events

The Company’s consolidated financial statements were evaluated for subsequent events through March 8, 2018, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

NOTE 4 — FRESH-START ACCOUNTING

Upon emergence from bankruptcy on the Effective Date, we adopted fresh-start accounting in accordance with ASC 852, which requires the Successor to allocate its reorganization value to the fair value of assets in conformity with the guidance for the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations.

Reorganization Value

Reorganization value represents the fair value of the Successor’s total assets and is intended to approximate the amount a willing buyer would pay for the assets immediately before restructuring.

Enterprise value represents the estimated fair value of an entity’s interest-bearing debt and shareholders’ equity after adjustment for certain cash items. As part of the Consensual Plan and prior to the Effective Date, an independent financial advisor estimated a range of enterprise values of approximately $550 million and $675 million, with a midpoint of $612.5 million. As discussed below, on the Effective Date, using numerous projections and assumptions, we estimated an enterprise value of $557 million which was within the range provided by the independent financial advisor and approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

F-84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table reconciles the enterprise value to the estimated fair value of the Successor’s ordinary shares issued as of the Effective Date.

(In thousands)
 
Enterprise value
$
556,760
 
Plus: Cash and cash equivalents
 
193,838
 
Plus: Prospector Group long-term restricted cash
 
32,286
 
Less: Fair value of new senior first lien debt issued to the Secured Lenders
 
(85,000
)
Less: Fair value of Sale-Leaseback Transaction
 
(151,757
)
Fair value of Successor ordinary shares issued upon emergence
$
546,127
 

A reconciliation of the reorganization value is provided in the table below. The estimated enterprise value, after adding cash (including long-term restricted cash) plus the estimated fair values of all the Successor’s non-debt liabilities, is intended to approximate the reorganization value.

(In thousands)
 
Enterprise value
$
556,760
 
Plus: Cash and cash equivalents
 
193,838
 
Plus: Prospector Group long-term restricted cash
 
32,286
 
Plus: Current liabilities
 
108,918
 
Plus: Other liabilities
 
11,622
 
Reorganization value of Successor assets
$
903,424
 

Reorganization value and enterprise value were estimated using numerous projections and assumptions that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and resolution of contingencies that are beyond our control. Accordingly, those estimates are not necessarily indicative of actual outcomes, and there can be no assurance that the estimates, projections or assumptions will be realized.

In order to estimate the enterprise value of the Successor, we relied on the net asset value method (the “NAV Method”), a form of cost approach. The NAV Method is a valuation technique commonly used in the valuation of asset intensive businesses and consists of adjusting the book value of the assets and liabilities to fair value. The results of adjusting certain items to fair value is reflected in the column “Fresh-Start Adjustments” in the balance sheets below.

The discounted cash flow method (the “DCF Method”) was used to corroborate our concluded enterprise value under the NAV Method. The DCF Method estimates the value of a business by calculating the present value of expected future unlevered after-tax free cash flows to be generated by such business. This analysis is supported through a comparison of indicated values resulting from the use of other valuation techniques including a comparison of financial multiples implied by the estimated enterprise value to a range of multiples of publicly held companies with similar characteristics.

The financial projections used to estimate the expected future unlevered after-tax free cash flows were based on our 5-year forecast. The projections were prepared by management based on a number of estimates including various assumptions regarding the anticipated future performance of the Successor, industry performance, general business and economic conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond our control. The DCF Method also includes assumptions of the weighted average cost of capital (the “Discount Rate”), an estimate of residual growth for both revenues and expenses to reflect the period beyond the 5-year plan, and a terminal value based on a terminal EBITDA multiple. The Discount Rate is calculated by weighting the after-tax required returns on debt and equity by their respective percentages of total capital and resulted in a Discount Rate of 12.0%. Because we are expected to operate into perpetuity, we calculated a terminal value using an EBITDA multiple that we believe represents the enterprise value at the end of a discrete projection period.

F-85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Effective Date Balance Sheet

The adjustments set forth in the following consolidated balance sheets:

(i) reflect the effect of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Consensual Plan (reflected in the column “Reorganization Adjustments”) which includes the restructuring transactions to wind down and dissolve the Former Parent Company and its Liquidating Subsidiaries by the Joint Administrators in accordance with the applicable law;
(ii) reflect the effect to legally separate the results and financial position of the Former Parent Company and its Liquidating Subsidiaries from the ongoing operational business after the Effective Date. The Former Parent Company and its Liquidating Subsidiaries will, in due course, be wound down and dissolved by the Joint Administrators in accordance with applicable law (reflected in the column “In Administration Restructuring”); and
(iii) reflect the fair value adjustments as a result of the adoption of fresh-start accounting (reflected in the column “Fresh-Start Adjustments”).

The explanatory notes highlight methods used to determine fair values or other amounts of the assets and liabilities as well as significant assumptions or inputs.

(In thousands)
Predecessor
July 18, 2017
Reorganization
Adjustments
In Administration
Restructuring
Fresh-Start
Adjustments
Successor
July 18, 2017
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
778,640
 
$
(577,925
) (a)
$
(6,877
) (i)
$
 
$
193,838
 
Restricted cash
 
6,819
 
 
39,783
(a)  
 
 
 
 
 
46,602
 
Accounts receivable, net
 
52,253
 
 
 
 
(607
) (i)
 
9,408
(j)  
 
61,054
 
Due from Former Parent Company and Liquidating Subsidiaries
 
 
 
11,439
(b)  
 
 
 
 
 
11,439
 
Prepaid and other current assets
 
50,084
 
 
 
 
(12,638
) (i)
 
8,647
(k)
 
46,093
 
Total current assets
 
887,796
 
 
(526,703
)
 
(20,122
)
 
18,055
 
 
359,026
 
Property and equipment, at cost
 
2,330,383
 
 
 
 
(54,985
) (i)
 
(1,763,953
) (l)
 
511,445
 
Accumulated depreciation
 
(1,578,329
)
 
 
 
47,880
(i)
 
1,530,449
(l)
 
 
Property and equipment, net
 
752,054
 
 
 
 
(7,105
)
 
(233,504
) (l)
 
511,445
 
Restricted cash
 
41,560
 
 
(9,274
) (b)
 
 
 
 
 
32,286
 
Other long-term assets
 
22,964
 
 
 
 
(7,826
) (i)
 
(14,471
) (m)
 
667
 
Total assets
$
1,704,374
 
$
(535,977
)
$
(35,053
)
$
(229,920
)
$
903,424
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
$
28,344
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
28,344
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
75,962
 
 
(4,527
) (c)
 
(4,725
) (i)
 
 
 
66,710
 
Accrued payroll and related costs
 
35,207
 
 
 
 
(3,001
) (i)
 
 
 
32,206
 
Taxes payable
 
11,251
 
 
 
 
(5,764
) (i)
 
578
(j)  
 
6,065
 
Interest payable
 
3,272
 
 
(3,261
) (d)
 
 
 
 
 
11
 
Other current liabilities
 
11,160
 
 
 
 
(6,032
) (i)
 
(1,202
) (n)
 
3,926
 
Total current liabilities
 
165,196
 
 
(7,788
)
 
(19,522
)
 
(624
)
 
137,262
 
Long-term debt
 
135,261
 
 
85,000
(e)  
 
 
 
(11,848
) (o)
 
208,413
 
Other liabilities
 
26,528
 
 
 
 
(14,480
) (i)
 
(426
) (n)
 
11,622
 
Liabilities subject to compromise
 
2,379,355
 
 
(2,379,355
) (f)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
2,706,340
 
 
(2,302,143
)
 
(34,002
)
 
(12,898
)
 
357,297
 

F-86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands)
Predecessor
July 18, 2017
Reorganization
Adjustments
In Administration
Restructuring
Fresh-Start
Adjustments
Successor
July 18, 2017
Predecessor ordinary shares
 
890
 
 
 
 
(890
) (i)
 
 
 
 
Successor ordinary shares
 
 
 
5
(g)  
 
 
 
 
 
5
 
Predecessor additional paid-in capital
 
1,441,215
 
 
 
 
(1,441,215
) (i)
 
 
 
 
Successor additional paid-in capital
 
 
 
546,122
(g)  
 
 
 
 
 
546,122
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(2,408,308
)
 
1,220,039
(h)  
 
1,424,737
(i)  
 
(236,468
) (q)
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(35,763
)
 
 
 
16,317
(i)
 
19,446
(p)
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
 
(1,001,966
)
 
1,766,166
 
 
(1,051
)
 
(217,022
)
 
546,127
 
Total liabilities and equity
$
1,704,374
 
$
(535,977
)
$
(35,053
)
$
(229,920
)
$
903,424
 
(a) Reflects payments and the funding of escrow accounts on the Effective Date from implementation of the Consensual Plan:
(In thousands)
 
Payment of Secured Lender claims
$
(410,000
)
Payment of Bondholders’ claims
 
(105,000
)
Payment of final interest to Secured Lenders
 
(3,261
)
Payment of professional fee claims
 
(8,984
)
Payment to operating and contingency escrow accounts of the Joint Administrators
 
(10,702
)
Payment of lending related fees
 
(195
)
Total payments
$
(538,142
)
   
 
 
 
Funding of professional fee claims escrow (Restricted cash)
 
(34,783
)
Funding of general unsecured claims escrow (Restricted cash)
 
(5,000
)
Total funding of escrow accounts (Restricted cash)
$
(39,783
)
Total payment and reclassification of Cash and cash equivalents
$
(577,925
)
(b) Pursuant to the Consensual Plan, following the Effective Date, the Successor maintains claims that are receivable in cash from the Former Parent Company and its Liquidating Subsidiaries, in the amount of $11.4 million. Of this amount, $9.3 million was held as restricted cash by the Former Parent Company.
(c) Reflects adjustment to and reclassification of claims accruals associated with liabilities subject to compromise balance on the Effective Date. Unpaid claims accrual amounts relate to general unsecured creditor, administrative expense and rejected contract claims. Also, reflects payment of professional fees incurred during the pendency of the bankruptcy proceedings as indicated in (a).
(d) Reflects payment of final interest to Secured Lenders as indicated in (a).
(e) Reflects the fair value issuance of new senior first lien debt to the Secured Lenders in the original aggregate principal amount of $85 million maturing in 2022 in connection with the Consensual Plan.
(f) Reflects the settlement of Liabilities subject to compromise in accordance with the Consensual Plan as follows:
(In thousands)
 
Revolving Credit Facility
$
709,100
 
Predecessor Term Loan Facility
 
641,875
 
Senior Notes due 2022, bearing fixed interest at 6.75% per annum
 
456,572
 
Senior Notes due 2024, bearing fixed interest at 7.25% per annum
 
527,010
 
Interest payable on Senior Notes
 
37,168
 
General unsecured creditor claim
 
7,630
 
Liabilities subject to compromise of the Predecessor
$
2,379,355
 
Cash payment of Secured Lender claims
 
(410,000
)
Cash payment of Bondholders’ claims
 
(105,000
)
Fair value of new senior first lien debt issued to the Secured Lenders
 
(85,000
)
Fair value of new equity issued to the Secured Lenders and Bondholders
 
(546,127
)
Adjustment of general unsecured creditor claim and rejected contract claim accruals
 
(4,457
)
Gain on settlement of Liabilities subject to compromise (debt forgiveness)
$
1,228,771
 
(g) Represents the issuance of new equity, 50% of 5,000,000, $0.001 par value shares, to each of the Secured Lenders and the Bondholders, respectively, in connection with the Consensual Plan.

F-87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(h) Reflects the cumulative impact of reorganization adjustments discussed above:
(In thousands)
Earnings/(deficit)
Gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise (f)
$
1,228,771
 
Reorganization expense for the payment of lending related fees (a)
 
(195
)
Reorganization expense for the payment to operating and contingency escrow accounts of the Joint Administrators (a)
 
(10,702
)
Reorganization gain for receivable from Former Parent Company and Liquidating Subsidiaries (b)
 
2,165
 
Net impact to retained earnings
$
1,220,039
 
(i) Reflects the legal separation of the Former Parent Company and its Liquidating Subsidiaries and their related balances as of July 18, 2017. Such balances are removed from the ongoing operational business of the Successor after the Effective Date. The Former Parent Company and its Liquidating Subsidiaries will, in due course, be wound down and dissolved by the Joint Administrators in accordance with applicable law.
(j) Represents adjustment of third party receivable balance and withholding taxes payable to estimated fair value as a result of a signed settlement agreement on outstanding litigation for which collection is considered to be highly probable. Estimated fair value is based on the face amount of the receivable per the settlement agreement due to the short-term nature of the receivable which will be collected in January 2018.
(k) Represents the adjustments of deferred mobilization costs to an estimated zero fair value as well as a fair value adjustment for a favorable contract. A market analysis of all contracts was performed at the Effective Date to determine if we had any off-market contracts. The purchase price adjustment that was recorded on the Prospector 5 contract as of the date of the Predecessor’s acquisition of the Prospector Group was re-evaluated and it was determined that the actual contract dayrate continued to be significantly greater than the current market dayrate as of the Effective Date. The fair value adjustment was determined using the income approach and the estimated Discount Rate. The resulting fair value adjustment will be amortized through Contract Drilling Services Revenue of the Prospector Group on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract through November 2017.
(l) An adjustment of $234 million (after consideration for the separation of the Former Parent Company and Liquidating Subsidiaries’ property and equipment, net balance of approximately $7 million) was recorded to decrease the net book value of property and equipment to estimated fair value. In conjunction with the adjustment to fair value, accumulated depreciation was eliminated and depreciable lives were revised downward to reflect the remaining lives of the assets at fair value. The fair value of our fleet was determined utilizing the income approach and market approach depending on the circumstances of each rig. The DCF Method under the income approach estimates the future cash flows that an asset is expected to generate and was used for those rigs forecasted to operate into the future. Future cash flows are converted to a present value equivalent using the estimated Discount Rate. The key assumptions used for the DCF Method were consistent with those used to determine the reorganization value disclosed above. For rigs in the process of being sold for scrap, management’s estimated salvage values were used as an indication of fair value. For rigs that are currently stacked, and for which management intends to hold for the indefinite future in the hope of future contracts, but without a specific operating forecast, or rigs with a letter of intent from potential buyers, we relied on the market approach using either broker estimates or purchase prices, respectively, to approximate fair value. Drilling machinery and equipment and other includes our capital spares, leasehold improvements, office and technology equipment. The fair value of drilling machinery and equipment and other was based on management’s estimates. The components of property and equipment, net for the Predecessor carrying value as of July 18, 2017 and the Successor fair value at July 18, 2017 are summarized in the following table:
 
Successor
Predecessor
(In thousands)
July 18, 2017
July 18, 2017
Drilling rigs
$
481,530
 
$
685,134
 
Drilling machinery and equipment and other
 
29,915
 
 
66,920
 
Property and equipment, net
$
511,445
 
$
752,054
 
(m) Represents the adjustments of deferred equipment survey and inspection costs, deferred mobilization costs, and the indicated loss recorded on our Sale-Leaseback Transaction to an estimated zero fair value. In addition, amount includes the fair value adjustment for our defined benefit pension plan balance. See (n) below.
(n) Represents the adjustments of deferred mobilization revenue to an estimated zero fair value. In addition, amount includes the fair value adjustment of the liability related to our defined benefit pension plans. See (m) above.
(o) Represents the adjustment of the outstanding capital lease obligation on the Sale-Leaseback Transaction to estimated fair value. The long-term lease agreements were valued by discounting the remaining rental payments based on the rate of return associated with the level of risk of future financing options of the Successor.
(p) Represents the adjustment to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (“AOCL”), including deferred pension actuarial losses and cumulative translation adjustment, to reflect as zero upon emergence.

F-88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(q) Reflects the cumulative impact of fresh-start adjustments, in order of the items discussed above:
(In thousands)
Earnings/(deficit)
Third party receivable balance, net of withholding taxes payable fair value adjustment (j)
$
8,830
 
Deferred mobilization expense write-off (k)(m)
 
(1,534
)
Favorable contract fair value adjustment (k)
 
10,047
 
Property and equipment fair value adjustment (l)
 
(233,504
)
Deferred equipment survey and inspection cost write-off (l)
 
(4,443
)
Indicated loss on Sale-Leaseback Transaction write-off (m)
 
(4,385
)
Deferred mobilization revenue write-off (n)
 
1,329
 
Defined benefit pension plan adjustment (m)(n)
 
(5,210
)
Obligation on Sale-Leaseback Transaction fair value adjustment (o)
 
11,848
 
Adjustment to AOCL - pension actuarial loss (p)
 
(14,410
)
Adjustment to AOCL - cumulative translation adjustment (p)
 
(5,036
)
Net impact to retained earnings (deficit)
$
(236,468
)

NOTE 5—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ASSETS

Property and equipment consists of drilling rigs, drilling machinery and equipment and other property and equipment.

 
Successor
(In thousands)
December 31,
2017
Drilling rigs
$
234,494
 
Drilling machinery and equipment
 
23,933
 
Other
 
12,392
 
Property and equipment, at cost
 
270,819
 
Less: Accumulated depreciation
 
(22,138
)
Property and equipment, net
$
248,681
 

Successor depreciation expense was $25 million for the period from July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017. Predecessor depreciation expense was $67 million for the period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017.

As a result of the deconsolidation of the Prospector Group on July 20, 2017, the Prospector Rigs, our leased drilling rigs under the Sale-Leaseback Transaction, are not consolidated in the Successor’s “Property and equipment, net.” The net book value for the Prospector Rigs, included in “Investment in equity method affiliate” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017 was $215 million. Also excluded from the Successor’s “Property and equipment, net” is approximately $2 million of assets held for sale. This amount is included in “Other current assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and comprises the net book value of the Paragon L1115 and Paragon M842 . The Paragon C20052 , Paragon M821 , Paragon L1116 , Paragon L1113 , Paragon B301 , Paragon L781 , Paragon L1114 , and the Paragon L785 were also classified as assets held for sale with no net book value. The Paragon L1115 was sold in January 2018 to a third party for approximately $2 million. The Paragon M821 , Paragon L1116 , Paragon L1113 , Paragon B301 , Paragon L781 , Paragon L1114 were sold together in February 2018 to a third party for a total of approximately $4 million. The Paragon M842 and Paragon C20052 was also sold in February 2018 to a third party for approximately $5 million.

Amortization of our leased drilling rigs under the Sale-Leaseback Transaction was recorded in depreciation expense during the Predecessor period. Predecessor amortization of the Prospector Rigs was $11 million for January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017. Successor depreciation expense for the Prospector rigs, included in “Earnings from equity method affiliate” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from July 20, 2017 to December 31, 2017 was $2 million.

F-89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our capital expenditures totaled $11 million for the Successor period from July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017 and $5 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017. Included in accounts payable were $5 million of capital accruals as of December 31, 2017.

Loss on Impairment

In connection with the application of fresh-start accounting on July 18, 2017, we recorded fair value adjustments disclosed in Note 4, “Fresh-Start Accounting” .

In addition, during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2017, we identified indicators of impairment, including the failure to secure contract tenders on two jackups and viable options, including letters of intent from potential buyers, to sell other rigs. These indicators required us to perform an impairment assessment of our fleet of drilling rigs. Based on this analysis, we recognized an impairment loss of $19 million on three jackups for the Successor period from July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017. We recorded an impairment loss of $0.4 million on one jackup for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017.

Sales of Assets, net

For the period from July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017, the Successor recorded a pre-tax net gain on the sale of assets of $1 million related to our sales of the Paragon DPDS1 , Paragon DPDS2 , Paragon DPDS3 and the Paragon L1111 subsequent to the Effective Date. The Paragon MDS1 and Paragon MSS3 were also sold subsequent to the Effective Date with no net gain on sale. These rigs were sold to unrelated third parties for total net proceeds of approximately $8 million. For the period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017, the Predecessor recorded a pre-tax net gain on the sale of assets of $1 million related to our sales of the Paragon L782 and Paragon L783 prior to the Effective Date. The Paragon B153 and Paragon MSS2 were also sold prior to the Effective Date with no net gain on sale. These rigs were sold to unrelated third parties for total net proceeds of approximately $3 million.

NOTE 6 — INVESTMENT IN EQUITY METHOD AFFILIATE

The Prospector Group was not transferred from the Predecessor to the Successor on the Effective Date; however, it will not be wound down and dissolved by the Joint Administrators. As such, the Prospector Group is intended to constitute part of our ongoing operational business. On the Effective Date, the Prospector Group remained held by the Predecessor; however, pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Successor has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the Prospector Group’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses and the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the Prospector Group. As a result, the Prospector Group is a VIE for accounting purposes for which the Successor is the primary beneficiary, and as of the Effective Date, the Successor continued to consolidate the Prospector Group in our consolidated financial statements.

On July 20, 2017, the Prospector Debtors commenced the Prospector Bankruptcy cases by filing voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court in order to implement a restructuring plan to effectuate the transfer of the Prospector Group to the Successor. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, when a subsidiary whose financial statements were previously consolidated (as the Prospector Group’s were with ours) becomes subject to the control of a government, court, administrator or regulator (including filing for protection under the Bankruptcy Code), whether solvent or insolvent, deconsolidation of that subsidiary is generally required. Accordingly, the Prospector Group is no longer fully consolidated with the Successor subsequent to the Prospector Debtors’ voluntarily filing for reorganization on July 20, 2017. Our investment in the Prospector Group is recorded under the equity method of accounting effective July 20, 2017. The equity method requires us to present the net assets of the Prospector Group at July 20, 2017 as an investment and recognize the income or loss from the Prospector Group in our results of operations during the reorganization period. As a result of fresh-start accounting on the Effective Date, we did not record a gain or loss on the deconsolidation of the Prospector Group since the Prospector Group’s net assets approximated fair value on July 20, 2017. When the Prospector Group emerges from the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court, the subsequent accounting will be determined based upon the applicable circumstances and facts at such time.

F-90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements below represent the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Prospector Group. The financial statements below have been prepared assuming that the Prospector Group will continue as a going concern and contemplate the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Prospector Group’s ability to continue as a going concern is contingent upon the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of it’s financial restructuring as described above. This represents a material uncertainty related to events and conditions that raises substantial doubt on the Prospector Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and, therefore, the Prospector Group may be unable to utilize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business.

During the period that the Prospector Group is operating as debtors-in-possession under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, it may sell or otherwise dispose of or liquidate assets or settle liabilities, subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court or as otherwise permitted in the ordinary course of business (and subject to restrictions in the Lease Agreements), for amounts other than those reflected in the financial statements below. Further, the results of the financial restructuring could materially change the amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities reported in these financial statements. These financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities or any other adjustments that might be necessary should the Prospector Group be unable to continue as a going concern.

Intercompany transactions among the Prospector Group have been eliminated in the financial statements presented below. Intercompany transactions between the Prospector Group and the Successor are included in the Prospector Group’s financial statements presented below. However, “Investment in equity method affiliate” as reported on the Successor’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017 and “Earnings from equity method affiliate” as reported on the Successor’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Successor period from July 20, 2017 to December 31, 2017 do not include intercompany transactions between the Prospector Group and the Successor, which eliminate upon consolidation of the two, respectively.

F-91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PROSPECTOR GROUP’S CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
(Unaudited)
(In thousands)

 
July 20, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
Operating revenues
 
 
 
Contract drilling services
$
28,902
 
Reimbursables and other
 
1,818
 
 
 
30,720
 
Operating costs and expenses
 
 
 
Contract drilling services
 
11,082
 
Contract drilling services - affiliate
 
6,750
 
Reimbursables
 
1,227
 
Depreciation and amortization (Note 5)
 
6,529
 
General and administrative
 
485
 
 
 
26,073
 
Operating income before interest, reorganization items and income taxes
 
4,647
 
Interest expense, net
 
(5,973
)
Other, net
 
(185
)
Reorganization items, net
 
(3,480
)
Loss before income taxes
 
(4,991
)
Income tax provision
 
(240
)
Net Loss
$
(5,231
)

F-92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PROSPECTOR GROUP’S CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
(Unaudited)
(In thousands)

 
December 31,
2017
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
23,408
 
Restricted cash
 
7,867
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
 
6,858
 
Prepaid and other current assets
 
912
 
Total current assets
 
39,045
 
Property and equipment, at cost
 
221,768
 
Accumulated depreciation
 
(7,168
)
Property and equipment, net (Note 5)
 
214,600
 
Restricted cash
 
33,053
 
Other assets
 
120
 
Total assets
$
286,818
 
   
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 8)
$
25,391
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
6,793
 
Accounts payable - affiliate
 
11,446
 
Accrued payroll and related costs
 
590
 
Taxes payable
 
389
 
Other current liabilities
 
26
 
Total current liabilities
 
44,635
 
Long-term debt (Note 8)
 
94,797
 
Other liabilities
 
924
 
Total liabilities
 
140,356
 
Equity
 
 
 
Total equity
 
146,462
 
Total liabilities and equity
$
286,818
 

NOTE 7—SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

In December 2017, we granted time-vested restricted stock units (“TVRSU’s”) under the Paragon Offshore Limited Long Term Incentive Plan for our employees and directors (the “Employee and Director Plan”).

Shares available for issuance and outstanding restricted stock units under the Employee and Director Plan as of December 31, 2017 are as follows:

(In shares)
Employee and
Directors
Shares available for future awards or grants
 
56,870
 
Outstanding unvested restricted stock units
 
468,443
 

F-93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The TVRSU’s under the Employee and Director Plan are valued on the date of award at an estimated share price. In order to estimate the share price of our TVRSU grant, we estimated the business enterprise value and fair value of equity on a non-controlling, marketable basis using the NAV Method and calculated the marketable fair value per share based on the outstanding and granted shares of the Company. Due to the fact that we are a privately held company and our shares do not trade freely on an open exchange, we then applied a discount for lack of marketability on the marketable fair value per share. In order to determine an appropriate discount for lack of marketability we utilized a protective put analysis, restricted stock studies, and pre-IPO studies.

The total compensation for TVRSU’s that ultimately vests is recognized using a straight-line method over a 2.6 year service period. The shares and related nominal value are recorded when the restricted stock unit vests and additional paid-in capital is adjusted as the share-based compensation cost is recognized for financial reporting purposes.

A summary of restricted stock activity for the Successor period from July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017 is as follows:

 
TVRSU’s
Outstanding
Weighted
Average
Award-Date
Fair Value
Outstanding as of July 18, 2017
 
 
$
 
Awarded
 
498,686
 
 
43.50
 
Vested
 
(30,243
)
 
43.50
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017
 
468,443
 
$
43.50
 

On the Effective Date, all the Predecessor’s TVRSU’s, cash-settled awards (“CS-TVRSU’s”) and performance-vested restricted stock units (“PVRSU’s”) were extinguished and deemed cancelled. No new awards were granted during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017.

The Predecessor recognized all remaining unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to the cancelled awards in “Reorganization items, net” on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from July 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017.

A summary of restricted stock activity for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017 is as follows:

 
TVRSU’s
Outstanding
Weighted
Average
Award-Date
Fair Value
CS-TVRSU’s
Outstanding
Share
Price
PVRSU’s
Outstanding
Weighted
Average
Award-Date
Fair Value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2016
 
1,910,893
 
$
5.31
 
 
1,292,601
 
 
 
 
 
602,219
 
$
5.39
 
Vested
 
(845,107
)
 
5.20
 
 
(530,604
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
(1,065,786
)
 
5.41
 
 
(761,997
)
 
 
 
 
(602,219
)
 
5.39
 
Outstanding as of July 18, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 8 —DEBT

A summary of long-term debt at December 31, 2017

 
Successor
(In thousands)
December 31,
2017
New Term Loan Facility with Secured Lenders
$
85,000
 
New Term Loan Facility with Secured Lenders - PIK Interest (1)
 
1,370
 
Sale-Leaseback Transaction (2)
 
 
Unamortized debt issuance costs
 
 
Total debt
 
86,370
 
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt (2)
 
 
Long-term debt
$
86,370
 
(1) Paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest is calculated on the New Term Loan Facility. We are required to pay a minimum of 1% of interest in cash and the remaining portion of interest payable is reclassified into the outstanding debt balance upon the maturity date of the quarterly LIBOR borrowing.
(2) As a result of the deconsolidation of the Prospector Group on July 20, 2017, the Sale-Leaseback Transaction obligation is not consolidated in the Successor’s “Current maturities of long-term debt” or “Long-term debt” as of December 31, 2017. See Note 6 ,“Investment in Equity Method Affiliate” for the Prospector Group’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017 and the related long-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt balances.

New Term Loan Facility with Secured Lenders

On the Effective Date, we entered into the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Term Loan Facility with lenders to provide for loans in the aggregate principal amount of $85 million, which are deemed outstanding pursuant to the Consensual Plan (the “New Term Loan Facility”). The maturity date of the New Term Loan Facility is July 18, 2022. Until such maturity date, the New Term Loan Facility shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) the alternative base rate plus an applicable margin of 5.00% or (ii) adjusted LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 6.00%.

We may elect to prepay any borrowing outstanding under the New Term Loan Facility without premium or penalty (except with respect to any break funding payments which may be payable pursuant to the terms of the New Term Loan Facility).

The New Term Loan Facility contains restrictions on certain merger and consolidation transactions; our ability to sell or transfer certain assets; payment of dividends; making distributions; redemption of stock; incurrence or guarantee of debt; issuance of loans; prepayment; redemption of certain debt; as well as incurrence or assumption of certain liens.

Predecessor Revolving Credit Facility, Term Loan Facility and Senior Notes

On the Effective Date, in connection with the effectiveness of the Consensual Plan, all outstanding obligations of the Predecessor under the Senior Notes and the indenture governing such obligations were cancelled and discharged, and the Predecessor and certain of its subsidiaries were released from their respective obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility.

On June 17, 2014, the Predecessor entered into the Revolving Credit Agreement with lenders that provided commitments in the amount of $800 million. The Revolving Credit Agreement, which was secured by substantially all of our rigs, had a term of five years and matured in July 2019. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bore interest, at our option, at either (i) an adjusted LIBOR, plus an applicable margin ranging between 1.50% to 2.50%, depending on our leverage ratio, or (ii) a base rate plus an applicable margin ranging between 1.50% to 2.50%. The Predecessor continued to make interest payments on the Revolving Credit Facility in the ordinary course of business, based on Bankruptcy Court approval up to the Effective Date

F-95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Predecessor’s Senior Notes consisted of $500 million of 6.75% senior notes and $580 million of 7.25% senior notes, which matured on July 15, 2022 and August 15, 2024, respectively. The approximate $1 billion balance of the Predecessor’s Senior Notes, accrued pre-petition interest, and unamortized deferred debt issuance costs was classified as liabilities subject to compromise in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016. As interest on the Predecessor’s unsecured Senior Notes subsequent to February 14, 2016 was not expected to be an allowed claim, the Predecessor’s ceased accruing interest on the Senior Notes on this date. Results for the Predecessor periods from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017 and year ended December 31, 2016 would have included contractual interest expense of $39 million and $62 million, respectively. These costs would have been incurred had the unsecured Senior Notes not been classified as subject to compromise.

Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bore interest at an adjusted LIBOR rate plus 2.75%, subject to a minimum LIBOR rate of 1% or a base rate plus 1.75%, at the Predecessor’s option. The Term Loan Facility had a maturity date of July 2021. The loans under the Term Loan Facility were issued with .50% original issue discount. The Predecessor continued to make interest payments on the Term Loan Facility in the ordinary course of business, based on Bankruptcy Court approval up to the Effective Date.

See Note 4 - “ Fresh-Start Accounting” which reflects the settlement of the liabilities subject to compromise balance comprising the Predecessor Debt Facilities as of the Effective Date and in accordance with the Consensual Plan.

Sale-Leaseback Transaction

On July 24, 2015, the Predecessor executed a combined $300 million Sale-Leaseback Transaction with the Lessors for the Prospector Rigs. The Predecessor sold the Prospector Rigs to the Lessors and immediately leased the Prospector Rigs from the Lessors for a period of five year pursuant to the Lease Agreements for each of the Prospector Rigs, respectively. Net of fees and expenses and certain lease prepayments, the Predecessor received net proceeds of approximately $292 million, including amounts used to fund certain required reserve accounts. The Prospector 5 ended its drilling contract with Total S.A. in December 2017. The Prospector 1 is not operating as of December 2017 and has commenced operations under its drilling contract with Oranje-Nassau Energie B.V. in February 2018.

The Sale-Leaseback Transaction has been accounted for as a capital lease.

On July 20, 2017, the Prospector Debtors commenced the Prospector Bankruptcy cases. The commencement of the Prospector Bankruptcy cases constituted an event of default that accelerated the Prospector Group’s obligations under the Sale-Leaseback Transaction and in accordance with U.S. GAAP, resulted in the deconsolidation of the Prospector Group. Any efforts to enforce payments related to these obligations are automatically stayed as a result of the filing of the petitions and are subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. The Prospector Group continues to make lease payments, including interest, to the Lessors in the ordinary course of business.

The following table includes the total minimum annual rental payments. In addition, it includes amounts representing interest on those rental payments using weighted-average effective interest rates of 5.2% for the Prospector 1 and 7.5% for the Prospector 5 and amortization of the fair value adjustment recorded as a discount to the obligation in conjunction with fresh-start accounting. The final payoff amount in 2020 is not reported net of any cash held in reserve accounts required under the Lease Agreements.

(In thousands)
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total
Minimum annual rental payments
$
32,371
 
$
30,660
 
$
83,713
 
$
 
$
 
$
146,744
 
Interest on rental payments
 
(6,980
)
 
(5,395
)
 
(2,075
)
 
 
 
 
 
(14,450
)
Amortization of fair value adjustment
 
(4,721
)
 
(4,721
)
 
(2,664
)
 
 
 
 
 
(12,106
)
 
$
20,670
 
$
20,544
 
$
78,974
 
$
 
$
 
$
120,188
 

F-96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Following the third and fourth anniversaries of the closing dates of the Lease Agreements, the Prospector Group has the option to repurchase each Prospector Rig for an amount as defined in the Lease Agreements. At the end of the lease term, the Prospector Group has an obligation to repurchase each Prospector Rig for a maximum amount of $88 million per rig, less any pre-payments made by us during the term of the Lease Agreements. As of December 31, 2017, the Prospector Group’s 2020 obligation for the Prospector 1 is expected to be $71 million and for the Prospector 5 is expected to be $12 million. These amounts include final rental payments as well as the repurchase amounts of $63 million and $5 million for Prospector 1 and Prospector 5 , respectively, after consideration of the Prospector Group’s prepayments of Excess Cash Amounts (as defined below) pursuant to the Lease Agreement.

 
Successor
Predecessor
(In thousands)
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Prospector 1 - Rental payments
$
7,728
 
$
7,602
 
Prospector 1 - Excess cash sweep payments
 
124
 
 
3,188
 
Prospector 5 - Rental payments
 
13,064
 
 
12,851
 
Prospector 5 - Excess cash sweep payments
 
17,281
 
 
14,379
 
Total payments
$
38,197
 
$
38,020
 

The Lease Agreements obligate the Prospector Group to make certain termination payments upon the occurrence of certain events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, termination of the underlying drilling contract for each rig, covenant defaults, cross-payment defaults, certain events of bankruptcy, material judgments and actual or asserted failure of any credit document to be in force and effect. The Lease Agreements contain certain representations, warranties, obligations, conditions, indemnification provisions and termination provisions customary for sale and leaseback financing transactions. The Lease Agreements contain certain affirmative and negative covenants that, subject to exceptions, limit the Prospector Group’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness, pay inter-company dividends or make other inter-company distributions or repurchase or redeem capital stock, prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt, make loans and investments, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of certain assets, create or incur liens, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets, and enter into new lines of business.

In addition, the Prospector Group is required to maintain a cash reserve of $11.5 million for each of the Prospector Rigs throughout the term of the Lease Agreements. During the term of the initial drilling contract for each of the Prospector Rigs, the Prospector Group was also required to pay to the Lessors any excess cash amounts earned under such contract, after payment of rig rental payments and operating expenses for such Prospector Rig and maintenance of any mandatory reserve cash amounts (the “Excess Cash Amounts”). These excess cash payments represent prepayment for the remaining rental payments under the applicable Lease Agreement (the “Cash Sweep”). See Note 3 - “S ummary of Significant Accounting Policies ” for a discussion on the Prospector Group’s restricted cash balances. Following the conclusion of the initial drilling contract for each Rig, the Cash Sweep was reduced, requiring the Prospector Group to make prepayments to the Lessors of up to 25% of the Excess Cash Amounts. Currently, both the Prospector 1 and the Prospector 5 are subject to lower Cash Sweep prepayments up to 25% of the Excess Cash Amounts.

NOTE 9 —LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO COMPROMISE

See Note 4 - “ Fresh-Start Accounting” which reflects the settlement of the liabilities subject to compromise balance as of the Effective Date in accordance with the Consensual Plan.

F-97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 10 —REORGANIZATION ITEMS

ASC 852 requires that transactions and events directly associated with the reorganization be distinguished from the ongoing operations of the business. We use “Reorganization items, net” on our Consolidated Statements of Operations to reflect the net revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are the direct result of the reorganization of the business for the Predecessor period. The following table summarizes the components included in “Reorganization items, net”:

 
Predecessor
(In thousands)
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise
$
1,228,781
 
Fresh-start adjustments
 
(236,468
)
Professional fees and other
 
(96,382
)
Total Reorganization items, net
$
895,931
 

Included in “Reorganization items, net” for January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017, is approximately $44 million of cash paid for professional fees.

Subsequent to the Effective Date, the Successor incurred a net gain of $1.1 million, directly related to the Paragon Bankruptcy cases. These charges were recorded as “Other non-operating items” in the Successor’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017.

NOTE 11 —INCOME TAXES

Income before income taxes consists of the following:

 
Successor
Predecessor
(In thousands)
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
United States
$
(4,544
)
$
(245,080
)
Non-U.S.
 
(74,767
)
 
1,051,513
 
Total
$
(79,311
)
$
806,433
 

The income tax provision/benefit consists of the following:

 
Successor
Predecessor
(In thousands)
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Current - United States
$
 
$
526
 
Current - Non-U.S.
 
1,803
 
 
3,781
 
Deferred - United States
 
 
 
 
Deferred - Non-U.S.
 
(3,174
)
 
(6,385
)
Total
$
(1,371
)
$
(2,078
)

The Successor’s effective tax rate for the period July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017 was approximately 1.7%, on a pre-tax loss of $79 million. The Predecessor’s effective tax rate for the period January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017 was approximately (0.3%), on pre-tax income of $806 million. The change in our effective tax

F-98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

rate from period to period is primarily attributable to changes in the profitability or loss mix of our operations in various jurisdictions. As our operations continually change among numerous jurisdictions, and methods of taxation in these jurisdictions vary greatly, there is little direct correlation between the income tax provision/benefit and income/loss before taxes.

A reconciliation of the Cayman and U.K. statutory tax rate to our effective rate is shown below:

 
Successor
Predecessor
 
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Cayman/U.K. statutory income tax rate
 
%
 
19.3
%
Tax rates different from the statutory rate
 
(2.0
)%
 
(19.8
)%
Tax effect of asset impairment
 
%
 
%
Change in valuation allowance
 
4.0
%
 
%
Adjustments to uncertain tax positions
 
(0.3
)%
 
0.2
%
Total
 
1.7
%
 
(0.3
)%

The components of the net deferred taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)
Successor
December 31,
2017
Deferred tax assets
 
 
 
Deferred loss on asset dispositions
$
9,558
 
Accrued expenses not currently deductible
 
2,899
 
Net operating losses
 
99,230
 
Excess of tax basis over book basis of Property and Equipment
 
39,296
 
Other
 
4,850
 
Deferred tax assets
 
155,833
 
Less: Valuation allowance
 
(152,123
)
Net deferred tax assets
 
3,710
 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
Other
 
(535
)
Deferred tax liabilities
 
(535
)
Net deferred tax asset (liabilities)
$
3,175
 

The deferred tax assets related to our Successor’s net operating losses were generated in various tax jurisdictions worldwide, a portion of which will expire in 2037 and 2038, if not utilized. We recognize a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable could increase or decrease in the near-term if estimates of future taxable income change.

We conduct business globally and, as a result, we file numerous income tax returns, or are subject to withholding taxes, in various jurisdictions. In the normal course of business we are generally subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including major jurisdictions we operate or used to operate, such as Cyprus, Denmark, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, India, Israel, Luxembourg, Mexico, the Netherlands, Nigeria, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, the United States, and Tanzania. We are no longer subject to examinations of tax matters for years prior to 1999.

F-99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is a reconciliation of the liabilities related to our unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties:

(In thousands)
 
Predecessor
 
 
 
Gross balance at January 1, 2017
$
10,634
 
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
 
 
Additions for tax positions of prior years
 
589
 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
 
 
Expiration of statutes
 
 
Tax settlements
 
 
Gross balance at July 18, 2017
 
11,223
 
Related tax benefits
 
 
Net balance at July 18, 2017
$
11,223
 
   
 
 
 
Successor
 
 
 
Gross balance at July 18, 2017
$
3,920
 
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
 
 
Additions for tax positions of prior years
 
 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
 
 
Expiration of statutes
 
 
Tax settlements
 
 
Gross balance at December 31, 2017
 
3,920
 
Related tax benefits
 
 
Net balance at December 31, 2017
$
3,920
 

The liabilities related to our unrecognized tax benefits comprise the following:

(In thousands)
Successor
December 31,
2017
Unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties
$
3,920
 
Interest and penalties included in “Other liabilities”
 
2,744
 
Unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties
$
6,664
 

We include, as a component of our income tax provision, potential interest and penalties related to liabilities for our unrecognized tax benefits within our global operations. Interest and penalties resulted in an income tax expense of $0.2 and $1 million for the period July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017 for the Successor, and the period January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017 for the Predecessor, respectively.

At December 31, 2017, the liabilities related to our unrecognized tax benefits, including estimated accrued interest and penalties, totaled $6.6 million, and if recognized, would reduce our income tax provision by $6.6 million.

NOTE 1 2 — RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

During 2016 and 2017, we initiated a workforce reduction program across our offshore crews, onshore bases and corporate office to align the size and composition of our workforce with our expected future operating and capital plans and our strategy to focus on fewer markets and utilize a smaller fleet. The workforce reduction program was in response to the lack of significant improvement in the drilling market coupled with our decision to exit operations in certain markets, such as Mexico, Brazil, West Africa and Canada.

F-100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As related to the workforce reduction, appropriate communications to impacted personnel have been completed. As a result, the Predecessor recorded restructuring expense of $4 million for the period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017 and the Successor recorded restructuring expense of $2 million for the period from July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017 consisting of employee severance and other termination benefits which were included in “Contract drilling services”, “Labor contract drilling services” and “General and administrative” operating costs and expenses on our Consolidated Statement of Operations. During 2017, the Predecessor paid approximately $10 million and the Successor paid approximately $2 million in restructuring and employee separation related costs.

We had $4 million of accrued restructuring expense consisting of employee severance and other termination benefits in “Accrued payroll and related costs” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 (Successor).

NOTE 1 3 — EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Benefit Plans

The Predecessor sponsored two non-U.S. noncontributory defined benefit pension plans, the Paragon Offshore Enterprise Ltd and the Paragon Offshore Nederland B.V. pension plans, which cover certain Europe-based salaried employees.

As of January 1, 2017, all active employees under the defined benefit pension plans were transferred to a defined contribution pension plan as related to their future service. The accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans were frozen and all employees became deferred members. Our defined benefit pension plans were recorded at fair value upon adoption of fresh-start accounting on July 18, 2017.

For the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017 pension benefit expense related to our defined benefit pension plans totaled $0.3 million. Information on these plans, based on actuary estimates, is presented in the tables below.

A reconciliation of the changes in projected benefit obligations (“PBO”) for our pension plans is as follows:

 
Successor
Predecessor
(In thousands)
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
$
127,478
 
$
132,214
 
Service cost
 
 
 
42
 
Interest cost
 
896
 
 
1,128
 
Actuarial loss (gain)
 
4,298
 
 
(12,937
)
Benefits and expenses paid
 
(472
)
 
(616
)
Plan participants’ contribution
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange rate changes
 
(247
)
 
7,647
 
Benefit obligation at end of period
$
131,953
 
$
127,478
 

F-101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A reconciliation of the changes in fair value of plan assets is as follows:

 
Successor
Predecessor
(In thousands)
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
$
126,987
 
$
136,668
 
Actual return on plan assets
 
5,194
 
 
(16,942
)
Employer contribution
 
 
 
 
Benefits paid
 
(472
)
 
(616
)
Plan participants’ contributions
 
 
 
 
Expenses paid
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange rate changes
 
(246
)
 
7,877
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
$
131,463
 
$
126,987
 

The funded status of the plans is as follows:

(In thousands)
Successor
December 31, 2017
Funded status
$
(491
)

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

(In thousands)
Successor
December 31, 2017
Other assets - noncurrent
$
921
 
Other liabilities - noncurrent
 
(1,412
)
Net pension asset (liability)
 
(491
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss recognized in financial statements
 
 
Net amount recognized
$
(491
)

Amounts recognized in AOCL consist of:

(In thousands)
Successor
December 31, 2017
Net loss
$
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
$
 

Pension cost includes the following components:

 
Successor
Predecessor
(In thousands)
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Service cost
$
871
 
$
42
 
Interest cost
 
(836
)
 
1,128
 
Expected return on plan assets
 
(30
)
 
(881
)
Amortization of prior service credit
 
 
 
 
Amortization net actuarial loss
 
 
 
25
 
Net curtailment gain
 
 
 
 
Net pension expense
$
5
 
$
314
 

F-102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In 2017, the balance in AOCL, including deferred pension actuarial losses, was reflected as zero upon adoption of fresh-start accounting on July 18, 2017 and recorded to “Reorganization items, net” in the Predecessor’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017.

Defined Benefit Plans - Disaggregated Plan Information

Disaggregated information regarding our pension plans is summarized below:

(In thousands)
Successor
December 31, 2017
Projected benefit obligation
$
131,953
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
 
131,953
 
Fair value of plan assets
 
131,463
 

Defined Benefit Plans - Key Assumptions

The key assumptions for the plans are summarized below:

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations
Successor
December 31, 2017
Discount rate
1.09% to 1.49%
Rate of compensation increase
Not applicable
 
Successor
Predecessor
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Discount rate
1.09% to 1.49%
1.26% to 1.62%
Expected long-term return on plan assets
1.09% to 1.49%
1.03% to 1.06%
Rate of compensation increase
Not applicable
3.6%

The discount rates used to calculate the net present value of future benefit obligations are determined by using a yield curve of high quality bond portfolios with an average maturity approximating that of the liabilities.

We employ third-party consultants who use a portfolio return model to assess the initial reasonableness of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets, we considered the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds), the historical level of risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the target asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets for the portfolio.

Defined Benefit Plans - Plan Assets

At December 31, 2017, assets of Paragon Offshore Enterprise Ltd and Paragon Offshore Nederland B.V. pension plans were invested in instruments that are similar in form to a guaranteed insurance contract. There are no observable market values for the assets (Level 3); however, the amounts listed as plan assets were materially similar to the anticipated benefit obligations that were anticipated under the plans.

F-103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The actual fair value of our pension plans as of December 31, 2017:

 
 
 
Estimated Fair Value Measurements
(In thousands)
Carrying
Amount
Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Successor
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Income securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Bonds
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
 
Other
 
131,463
 
 
 
 
 
 
131,463
 
 
Total
$
131,463
 
$
 
$
 
$
131,463
 

The following table details the activity related to the guaranteed insurance contract during the years.

 
 
Market
Value
 
Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
100,580
 
 
Assets sold/benefits paid
 
(616
)
 
Increase due to Corporate Bonds
 
36,089
 
 
Return on plan assets
 
(9,064
)
 
Balance at July 18, 2017
$
126,989
 
 
 
 
 
 
Successor
Balance as of July 18, 2017
$
126,989
 
 
Assets sold/benefits paid
 
(472
)
 
Return on plan assets
 
4,946
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2017
$
131,463
 

Defined Benefit Plans - Cash Flows

In 2017 we made no contributions to our pension plans. We expect our aggregate minimum contributions to our plans in 2018, subject to applicable law, to be $0.5 million.

The following table summarizes our benefit payments at December 31, 2017 estimated to be paid within the next ten years:

 
 
Payments by Period
 
Total
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Five Years
Thereafter
Estimated benefit payments
$
26,398
 
 
1,367
 
 
1,583
 
 
1,786
 
 
2,009
 
 
2,286
 
 
17,367
 

Other Benefit Plans

We sponsor a 401(k) defined contribution plan and a profit sharing plan. Other post-retirement benefit expense related to these other benefit plans included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations was $0.7 million for the Successor period from July 18, 2017 to December 31, 2017, and $1.5 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017.

NOTE 1 4 —CONCENTRATION OF MARKET AND CREDIT RISK

The market for our services is the offshore oil and gas industry, and our customers consist primarily of government-owned oil companies, major integrated oil companies and independent oil and gas producers. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and do not require material collateral. We maintain reserves for potential credit losses when necessary. Our results of operations and financial condition should

F-104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

be considered in light of the fluctuations in demand experienced by drilling contractors as changes in oil and gas producers’ expenditures and budgets occur. These fluctuations can impact our results of operations and financial condition as supply and demand factors directly affect utilization and dayrates, which are the primary determinants of our net cash provided by operating activities.

Revenues from Total S.A. accounted for approximately 27% of our total operating revenues in 2017. Revenues from Dynamic Drilling accounted for approximately 26% of our total operating revenues in 2017. Revenues from National Drilling Company accounted for approximately 22% of our total operating revenues in 2017. Revenues from Oranje-Nassau Energie accounted for approximately 18% of our total operating revenues in 2017. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total operating revenues in 2017.

NOTE 1 5 —ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)
Defined
Benefit
Pension Items (1)
Foreign
Currency
Items
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
(14,329
)
$
(24,329
)
$
(38,658
)
Activity during period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss before reclassification
 
 
 
2,977
 
 
2,977
 
Amounts reclassified from AOCL
 
(82
)
 
 
 
(82
)
Net other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(82
)
 
2,977
 
 
2,895
 
Elimination of Predecessor AOCL
 
14,411
 
 
21,352
 
 
35,763
 
Balance as of July 18, 2017
$
 
$
 
$
 

Successor
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of July 18, 2017
$
 
$
 
$
 
Activity during period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss before reclassification
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts reclassified from AOCL
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2017
$
 
$
 
$
 
(1) Defined benefit pension items relate to actuarial losses, prior service credits, and the amortization of actuarial losses and prior service credits. In 2017, the balance in AOCL, was reflected as zero upon adoption of fresh-start accounting on July 18, 2017 and recorded to “Reorganization items, net” in Predecessor’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2017 to July 18, 2017. Reclassifications from AOCL were reorganized as expense on our Consolidated Statements of Operations through either “Contract drilling services” or “General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016. See Note 13—“ Employee Benefit Plans ” for additional information.

NOTE 1 6 —COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

Future minimum lease payments for operating leases for years ending December 31 are as follows:

(in thousands)
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total
Minimum lease payments
$
4,291
 
$
2,195
 
$
1,747
 
$
1,683
 
$
1,598
 
$
266
 
$
11,780
 

Total rent expense under operating leases was approximately $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

F-105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Litigation

In March 2018, we entered into a settlement agreement with a former customer relating to an outstanding arbitration award we had against such customer. The settlement agreement contemplates the payment of the settlement amount in two installments, both in March 2018. Under the settlement agreement, we expect to receive approximately $4 million by March 9, 2018 and between $5 million and $9 million by March 20, 2018, depending on certain conditions. If the customer makes all payments required under the settlement agreement, the arbitration award will be settled in full and dismissed. We cannot be certain that our customer will make the payments required under the settlement agreement, and if they fail to make such payments, we will continue enforcement proceedings under the existing arbitration award.

We are a defendant in certain claims and litigation arising out of operations in the ordinary course of business, the resolution of which, in the opinion of management, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. There is inherent risk in any litigation or dispute and no assurance can be given as to the outcome of these claims.

Tax Contingencies

We operate in a number of countries throughout the world and our tax returns filed in those jurisdictions are subject to review and examination by tax authorities within those jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2017, the Successor has tax assessments of approximately $10 million. We have contested, or intend to contest, these assessments, including through litigation if necessary. Tax authorities may issue additional assessments or pursue legal actions as a result of tax audits, and we cannot predict or provide assurance as to the ultimate outcome of such assessments and legal actions.

Insurance

We maintain certain insurance coverage against specified marine perils, which include physical damage and loss of hire for certain units.

We maintain insurance in the geographic areas in which we operate, although pollution, reservoir damage and environmental risks generally are not fully insurable. Our insurance policies and contractual rights to indemnity may not adequately cover our losses or may have exclusions of coverage for some losses. We do not have insurance coverage or rights to indemnity for all risks, including loss of hire insurance on most of the rigs in our fleet or named windstorm perils with respect to our rigs cold-stacked in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. Uninsured exposures may include expatriate activities prohibited by U.S. laws and regulations, radiation hazards, certain loss or damage to property on board our rigs and losses relating to shore-based terrorist acts or strikes. If a significant accident or other event occurs and is not fully covered by insurance or contractual indemnity, it could materially adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Additionally, there can be no assurance that those parties with contractual obligations to indemnify us will necessarily be financially able to indemnify us against all these risks.

Other

As of December 31, 2017, we had letters of credit of $38 million and performance bonds totaling $28 million supported by surety bonds outstanding. Approximately $10 million of the letters of credit related to the Successor activity, and $28 million of the letters of credit back surety bonds that support performance bonds issued by the Predecessor. Under the Consensual Plan, the Successor is not obligated to repay the issuing banks if the letters of credit are drawn by the beneficiaries. On the Effective Date, we entered into the Letter of Credit Agreement (the “LC Agreement”) among lenders and issuing banks of the letters of credit. Pursuant to the LC Agreement, the Successor must pay a 2.5% monthly fee for all letters of credit that were outstanding at the emergence date until such time as the letter of credit is extinguished. The LC Agreement has a term of five years. The performance bonds of $28 million outstanding at December 31, 2017 were primarily obligations of the Predecessor.

F-106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Separation Agreements

In connection with the Spin-Off, the Predecessor entered into several definitive agreements with Noble or its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Noble Separation Agreements”) that, among other things, set forth the terms and conditions of the Spin-Off and provide a framework for the Predecessor’s relationship with Noble after the Spin-Off, including the following agreements:

Master Separation Agreement;
Tax Sharing Agreement;
Employee Matters Agreement;
Transition Services Agreement relating to services Noble and Paragon will provide to each other on an interim basis; and
Transition Services Agreement relating to Noble’s Brazil operations.

On the Effective Date, the Predecessor rejected the Separation Agreements pursuant to the terms of the Consensual Plan. As a result of rejecting the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Predecessor is no longer entitled to indemnity from Noble with respect to the tax liabilities. In addition, Noble may assert claims against the Predecessor for indemnification amounts that would have been owed to Noble pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement.

NOTE 1 7 —SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

The net effect of changes in other assets and liabilities on cash flows from operating activities is as follows:

 
Successor
Predecessor
(In thousands)
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Accounts receivable
$
5,835
 
$
13,391
 
Other current assets
 
19,383
 
 
6,881
 
Other assets
 
(6,129
)
 
2,451
 
Accounts payable and accrued payroll
 
(43,810
)
 
(65,918
)
Other current liabilities
 
3,027
 
 
(19,689
)
Other liabilities
 
44
 
 
(2,829
)
Net change in other assets and liabilities
$
(21,650
)
$
(65,713
)

Additional cash flow information is as follows:

 
Successor
Predecessor
(In thousands)
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Cash paid (refunded) during the period for:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
$
676
 
$
41,247
 
U.S. and Non-U.S. income taxes
 
942
 
 
4,657
 
Supplemental information for non-cash activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued capital expenditures
$
4,565
 
$
1,615
 
Netting of VAT receivables and payables
 
 
 
12,307
 

F-107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 18 —SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

As of December 31, 2017, our contract drilling operations were reported as a single reportable segment, Contract Drilling Services, which reflects how our business is managed, and the fact that all of our drilling fleet is dependent upon the worldwide oil industry. The mobile offshore drilling units that comprise our offshore rig fleet operate in a single, global market for contract drilling services and are often redeployed globally due to changing demands of our customers, which consisted largely of major non-U.S. and government owned/controlled oil and gas companies throughout the world. Our contract drilling services segment currently offers contract drilling operations in the North Sea, the Middle East and India and included operations in Brazil, Mexico, West Africa and Southeast Asia in prior periods.

Operations by Geographic Area

The following table presents revenues and identifiable assets by country based on the location of the service provided:

 
Successor
Predecessor
Revenues
(In thousands)
July 18, 2017
to
December 31, 2017
January 1, 2017
to
July 18, 2017
Country:
 
 
 
 
 
 
India
$
24,817
 
$
31,183
 
United Arab Emirates
 
19,479
 
 
27,477
 
United Kingdom
 
11,735
 
 
70,032
 
Brazil
 
 
 
665
 
The Netherlands
 
 
 
14
 
Mexico
 
 
 
52
 
Other
 
 
 
 
 
$
56,031
 
$
129,423
 
Identifiable Assets
(In thousands)
Successor
December 31,
2017
Country:
 
 
 
USA
$
190,819
 
United Kingdom
 
185,251
 
United Arab Emirates
 
108,910
 
The Netherlands
 
96,111
 
Denmark
 
43,384
 
Qatar
 
4,122
 
India
 
2,621
 
Brazil
 
1,323
 
Other
 
 
 
$
632,541
 

F-108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Report of Independent Auditors

To the board of directors of Borr Drilling Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Paragon Offshore Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of March 28, 2018, and the related consolidated statement of operations, consolidated statement of comprehensive loss, consolidated statement of cash flows and consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity for the period from January 1, 2018 to March 28, 2018.

Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 28 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company is dependent on loans and/or equity issuances to finance its obligations and working capital requirements which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter

/S/ PricewaterhouseCoopers AS
Stavanger, Norway
April 29, 2019

F-109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(In $ millions)

 
Notes
January 1, 2018
to
March 28, 2018
Operating revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contract drilling services
3,15
 
26.6
 
Reimbursable revenue
 
 
0.6
 
Remeasurement gain equity method affiliate
7
 
8.6
 
Total operating revenues
 
 
35.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating cost and expenses
 
 
 
 
Rig operating and maintenance expenses
 
 
(29.2
)
Depreciation of non-current assets
8
 
(10.7
)
Impairment of non-current assets
8
 
(187.6
)
General and administrative expenses
12
 
(34.5
)
Legal Settlement
14
 
15.4
 
Gain on sale of assets, net
 
 
7.9
 
Total operating expenses
 
 
(238.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
Operating loss before interest and income taxes
 
 
(202.9
)
Interest expenses, net
 
 
(1.9
)
Other, net
4
 
0.4
 
Earnings (loss) from equity affiliate
6
 
(46.5
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
 
 
(250.9
)
Income tax expense
5
 
(2.7
)
Net income (loss) for the period
 
 
(253.6
)

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In $ millions)

 
Notes
January 1, 2018
to
March 28, 2018
Net loss for the period
 
 
 
 
(253.6
)
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive loss for the period
 
 
 
 
(253.6
)

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF BALANCE SHEET
(In $ millions except per share data)

 
Notes
March 28, 2018
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
41.7
 
Restricted cash
 
 
 
 
4.2
 
Trade receivables
 
 
 
 
19.5
 
Accrued revenue
 
 
 
 
10.4
 
Other current assets
9
 
20.3
 
Total current assets
 
 
96.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current assets
 
 
 
 
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
8
 
272.2
 
Other long-term assets
10
 
12.0
 
Total non-current assets
 
 
284.2
 
Total assets
 
 
380.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
Trade payables
 
 
10.5
 
Current debt
11
 
87.8
 
Accruals and other current liabilities
13
 
32.2
 
Total current liabilities
 
 
130.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
 
 
9.2
 
Onerous contract
 
 
4.4
 
Total non-current liabilities
 
 
13.6
 
Total liabilities
 
 
144.1
 
Commitments and contingencies
16
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
 
Ordinary Shares, $0.001 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized; with 5,485,989 issued and outstanding as of March 28, 2018
 
 
0.0
 
Additional paid in capital
 
 
567.8
 
Accumulated deficit
 
 
(331.6
)
Total shareholders’ equity
 
 
236.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and equity
 
 
380.3
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(In $ millions)

 
Notes
January 1, 2018
to
March 28, 2018
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
 
 
 
(253.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss)/income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation of non-current assets
8
 
10.7
 
Impairment of non-current assets
8
 
187.6
 
Gain on sale of assets, net
 
 
(7.9
)
Share-based compensation
12
 
20.3
 
Earnings from equity method affiliate
6
 
46.5
 
Remeasurement gain equity method affiliate
7
 
(8.6
)
Recoveries of doubtful accounts
14
 
(6.6
)
Change in other current and non-current assets
8,9,10
 
(81.6
)
Change in current and non-current liabilities
11
 
(32.0
)
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities
 
 
(125.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
 
 
11.1
 
Prospector reconsolidation, net of cash acquired
7
 
5.2
 
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities
 
 
16.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
 
 
(108.9
)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the period
 
 
154.8
 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted at the end of period
 
 
45.9
 
Income taxes paid
 
 
5.4
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In $ millions except per share data)

 
Number of
shares
Common
shares
Additional
paid in capital
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
equity
Consolidated balance at January 1, 2018
 
5,017,556
 
 
0.005
 
 
547.5
 
 
 
 
(78.0
)
 
469.5
 
Net Loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(253.6
)
 
(253.6
)
Amortization of share-based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
20.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.3
 
Vesting of restricted stock units
 
468,433
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance at March 28, 2018
 
5,485,989
 
 
0.005
 
 
567.8
 
 
 
 
(331.6
)
 
236.2
 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Note 1 – General information

Paragon Offshore plc (in administration), (the “Former Parent Company”), (together with its subsidiaries) is the “Predecessor” of Paragon Offshore Limited (together with its subsidiaries, the “Successor”), a leading provider of standard specification offshore drilling services. Reference to “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company” throughout these financial statements (the “consolidated financial statements”) is intended to mean the contract drilling operations and business conducted by both the Predecessor and Successor companies.

The Predecessor is a private limited company registered under the Companies Act 2006 of England. In July 2014, Noble Corporation plc (“Noble”) transferred to the Predecessor the assets and liabilities (the “Separation”) constituting most of Noble’s standard specification drilling units and related assets, liabilities and business. On August 1, 2014, Noble made a pro rata distribution to its shareholders of all of the Predecessor’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares (the “Distribution” and, collectively with the Separation, the “Spin-Off”).

The Successor is an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

On July 18, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), the Successor acquired substantially all of the Predecessor’s assets pursuant to the Consensual Plan which became effective and had been confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on June 7, 2017 (as defined and described below). In connection with the Paragon Bankruptcy cases and the Consensual Plan, on and prior to the Effective Date, the Predecessor and certain of its subsidiaries effectuated certain restructuring transactions, pursuant to which the Predecessor formed Paragon Offshore Limited, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Predecessor. On the Effective Date, in order to separate the results and financial position of the Former Parent Company and its Liquidating Subsidiaries from the ongoing operational business, the Predecessor transferred to Paragon Offshore Limited certain direct and indirect subsidiaries and certain other assets of the Predecessor (excluding Prospector Offshore Drilling S.à r.l. (“Prospector Offshore”) and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “Prospector Group”)). In accordance with the Consensual Plan, the Former Parent Company and certain remaining subsidiaries (excluding the Prospector Group) (the “Liquidating Subsidiaries”) will, in due course, be wound down and dissolved by the Joint Administrators in accordance with applicable law. The Successor will constitute the ongoing operational business after the Effective Date.

Our primary business is contracting our rigs, related equipment and work crews to conduct oil and gas drilling and workover operations for exploration and production customers on a dayrate basis around the world. We currently operate in significant hydrocarbon-producing geographies throughout the world, including the North Sea, the Middle East and India. Our fleet includes 22 jack up rigs and one semisubmersible.

Basis of presentation

We have prepared our accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S.”). The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The amounts are presented in millions of United States dollar (U.S. dollar), unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

Going concern

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. Following the acquisition of the Company by Borr Drilling Limited (“Borr” or the “Borr Drilling Group”), the going concern assumption must be evaluated as part of the Borr Drilling Group. The Company, together with the Borr Drilling Group is dependent on loans and/or equity issuances to finance the remaining payment obligations under its current secured loans and newbuilding contracts and to meet working capital requirements, which raises

F-115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Given the recent execution of the Borr Drilling Group’s March 2019 bank facility, the approval by board of Borr of current plans to increase Borr’s long-term debt, including the receipt of an indicative terms sheet for loan financing up to $550.0 million, and Borr’s track record of raising equity financing, we believe the Company together with the Borr Drilling Group will be able to meet the anticipated liquidity requirements for at least the next twelve months as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. There is no assurance that the Borr Drilling Group will be able to execute this financing.

Basis of Presentation and Fresh-Start Accounting

Upon emergence from bankruptcy on the Effective Date, we adopted fresh-start accounting in accordance with ASC 852, which resulted in the Predecessor becoming a new Successor entity for financial reporting purposes. As such, fresh-start accounting is reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 and fresh-start adjustments are included in the statement of operations for the period from January 1, 2017 through July 18, 2017. All financial information presented prior to the Effective Date represents the consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Predecessor. All financial information presented after the Effective Date represents the consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows of the Successor. As a result of the application of fresh-start accounting and the effects of the implementation of the Consensual Plan, the Successor’s financial statements subsequent to July 18, 2017 are not comparable to the Predecessor’s financial statements prior to that date. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern and contemplate the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

The consolidated financial statements present the financial position of Paragon Offshore Limited and its subsidiaries. Investments in companies in which the Company controls, or directly or indirectly holds more than 50% of the voting control are consolidated in the financial statements.

We consolidate entities in which we have a majority voting interest and entities that meet the criteria for variable interest entities for which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary for accounting purposes, except for certain subsidiaries that were deconsolidated on July 20, 2017 as a result of their voluntary filing for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court. Accordingly, we apply the equity method of accounting for an investment if we have the ability to exercise significant influence over an entity that meets the variable interest entity (“VIE”) criteria, but for which we are not deemed to be the primary beneficiary. A primary beneficiary requires both the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses and the right to receive benefits from the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, when a subsidiary whose financial statements were previously consolidated becomes subject to the control of a government, court, administrator or regulator (including filing for protection under the Bankruptcy Code), whether solvent or insolvent, deconsolidation of that subsidiary is generally required.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the assets and liabilities of the Company. All intercompany balances, transactions and internal sales have been eliminated on consolidation. Unrealized gains and losses arising from transactions with associates are eliminated to the extent of the Company’s interest in the entity. Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income are attributed to the equity holders of the Borr Drilling Group.

Use of estimates

Preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Note 2 – Accounting policies

Operating Revenues and Expenses

Our typical dayrate drilling contracts require our performance of a variety of services for a specified period of time. We determine progress towards completion of the contract by measuring efforts expended and the cost of services required to perform under a drilling contract, as the basis for our revenue recognition. Revenues generated from our dayrate basis drilling contracts and labor contracts are recognized on a per day basis as services are performed and begin upon the contract commencement, as defined under the specified drilling or labor contract. Dayrate revenues are typically earned, and contract drilling expenses are typically incurred ratably over the term of our drilling contracts. We review and monitor our performance under our drilling contracts to confirm the basis for our revenue recognition. Revenues from bonuses are recognized when earned.

It is typical in our dayrate drilling contracts to receive compensation and incur costs for mobilization, equipment modification, or other activities prior to the commencement of the contract. Any such compensation may be paid through a lump-sum payment or other daily compensation. Pre-contract compensation and costs are deferred until the contract commences. The deferred pre-contract compensation and costs are amortized, using the straight-line method, into income over the term of the initial contract period, regardless of the activity taking place. This approach is consistent with the economics for which the parties have contracted. Once a contract commences, we may conduct various activities, including drilling and well bore related activities, rig maintenance and equipment installation, movement between well locations or other activities.

We record reimbursements from customers for “out-of-pocket” expenses as revenues and the related direct cost as operating expenses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

We consider all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We utilize the specific identification method for establishing and maintaining allowances for doubtful accounts. We review accounts receivable on a quarterly basis to determine the reasonableness of the allowance. We monitor the accounts receivable from our customers for any collectability issues. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established based on reviews of individual customer accounts, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, and other pertinent factors.

Long-lived Assets and Impairments

The carrying amount of our property and equipment, consisting primarily of offshore drilling rigs and related equipment, are based on our estimates, assumptions and judgments relative to capitalized costs, useful lives and salvage values of our rigs. These estimates, assumptions and judgments reflect both historical experience and expectations regarding future industry conditions and operations.

Successor property and equipment were recorded at fair value upon adoption of fresh-start accounting. Accumulated depreciation and impairment were therefore reset to zero as of that date. Subsequent purchases of major replacements and improvements have been recorded at cost.

When assets are sold, retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and a gain or loss is recognized. Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as of the date placed in service or date of major refurbishment.

Scheduled maintenance of equipment is performed based on the number of hours operated in accordance with our preventative maintenance program. Routine repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred. The amount of depreciation expense we record is dependent upon certain

F-117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

assumptions, including an asset’s estimated useful life, rate of consumption and corresponding salvage value. We periodically review these assumptions and may change one or more of these assumptions. Changes in our assumptions may require us to recognize, on a prospective basis, increased or decreased depreciation expense. In connection with the adoption of fresh-start accounting, the useful lives for drilling rigs and equipment were reset based on fair value assumptions and standardization of rig components. The new useful lives of the drilling rig components range between 3 and 30 years.

In accordance with our policy, the estimated useful lives of our property and equipment are as follows:

Years

Drilling rigs 7 – 30
Drilling machinery and equipment 3 – 5
Other 3 – 10

We evaluate the impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For assets classified as held and used, we determine recoverability by evaluating the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows based on projected dayrates and utilization. An impairment loss on our long-lived assets exists when the estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount. For property and equipment whose carrying values are determined not to be recoverable, we calculate an impairment loss as a difference between the fair value and carrying amount. We estimate the fair values by applying either an income approach, using projected discounted cash flows, or a market approach. Estimates of discounted future cash flows typically include (i) discrete financial forecasts, which rely on management’s estimates of revenue and operating expenses, (ii) long-term growth rates, and (iii) estimates of useful lives of the assets. Such estimates of future discounted cash flows are highly subjective and are based on numerous assumptions about future operations and market conditions. In a market approach, the fair value would be based on unobservable third-party estimated prices that would be received in exchange for the assets in an orderly transaction between market participants.

Fair Value Measurements

We estimate fair value at a price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal market for the asset or liability, respectively. Our valuation techniques require inputs that we categorize using a three-level hierarchy, from highest to lowest level of observable inputs, as follows:

Level 1. Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets,
Level 2. Direct or indirect observable inputs, including quoted prices or other market data, for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or identical assets or liabilities in less active markets, and
Level 3. Unobservable inputs that require significant judgment for which there is little or no market data.

When multiple input levels are required for a valuation, we categorize the entire fair value measurement according to the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement even though we may have also utilized significant inputs that are more readily observable.

Our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are by their nature short-term. As a result, the carrying values included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets approximate fair value.

Foreign Currency

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. All subsidiaries of the Predecessor and Successor maintain their books and records in their functional currency. The functional currency of the Predecessor was primarily the U.S. dollar. The functional currency is the U.S. dollar for all our Successor’s operations. We therefore

F-118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

define foreign currency transactions as any transaction denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are measured to U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange in effect as of each respective period end; items of income and expense are measured at average monthly rates; and property and equipment and other non-monetary assets are measured at historical rates. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are recorded in “Other, net” on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Certain Significant Estimates and Contingent Liabilities

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Certain accounting policies involve judgments and uncertainties to such an extent that there is reasonable likelihood that materially different amounts could have been reported under different conditions, or if different assumptions had been used. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to allowance for doubtful accounts, long-lived asset impairment, useful lives for depreciation, income taxes, insurance claims, employment benefits and contingent liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions.

Income Taxes

We operate through various subsidiaries in numerous countries throughout the world. Due to our global presence, we are subject to tax laws, policies, treaties and regulations, as well as the interpretation or enforcement thereof, in the U.K., the U.S., and any other jurisdictions in which we or any of our subsidiaries operate, were incorporated, or otherwise considered to have a tax presence. Our income tax expense is based upon our interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various countries at the time that the expense was incurred. If the taxing authorities do not agree with our assessment of the effects of such laws, policies, treaties and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, this could have a material adverse effect on us including the imposition of a higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings or a reclassification of the tax impact of our significant corporate restructuring transactions.

In certain jurisdictions, we have recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities. Judgment and assumptions are required in determining whether deferred tax assets will be fully or partially utilized. When we estimate that all or some portion of certain deferred tax assets such as net operating loss carryforwards will not be utilized, we establish a valuation allowance for the amount ascertained to be unrealizable. We continually evaluate strategies that could allow for future utilization of our deferred tax assets. Any change in the ability to utilize such deferred tax assets will be accounted for in the period of the event affecting the valuation allowance. If facts and circumstances cause us to change our expectations regarding future tax consequences, the resulting adjustments could have a material effect on our financial results or cash flow.

In certain circumstances, we expect that, due to changing demands of the offshore drilling markets and the ability to redeploy our offshore drilling units, certain units will not reside in a location long enough to give rise to future tax consequences. As a result, no deferred tax asset or liability has been recognized in these circumstances. Should our expectations change regarding the length of time an offshore drilling unit will be used in a given location, we will adjust deferred taxes accordingly.

Related parties

Parties are related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence.

F-119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Subsequent Events

The Company's consolidated financial statements were evaluated for subsequent events through April 29, 2019, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Share-based compensation

The TVRSU’s under the Employee and Director Plan are valued on the date of award at an estimated share price. In order to estimate the share price of our TVRSU grant, we estimated the business enterprise value and fair value of equity on a non-controlling, marketable basis using the NAV Method and calculated the marketable fair value per share based on the outstanding and granted shares of the Company. Due to the fact that we are a privately held company and our shares do not trade freely on an open exchange, we then applied a discount for lack of marketability on the marketable fair value per share. In order to determine an appropriate discount for lack of marketability we utilized a protective put analysis, restricted stock studies, and pre-IPO studies.

The total compensation for TVRSU’s that ultimately vests is recognized using a straight-line method over a 2.6 year service period. The shares and related nominal value are recorded when the restricted stock unit vests and additional paid-in capital is adjusted as the share-based compensation cost is recognized for financial reporting purposes.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Adoption of new accounting standards

In January 2017, the FASB issued guidance to ASU 2017-01 “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business”. The amendments provide guidance on evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as an asset acquisition or a business combination (or disposal). The guidance requires that in order to be considered a business, a transaction must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantial process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output. The guidance removes the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace the missing elements. The revised guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Disclosures.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification. The amendments apply to entities that change the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The FASB Accounting Standards Codification currently defines the term modification as “a change in any of the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award”. These amendments require the entity to account for the effects of a modification unless all the following conditions are met:

The fair value (or calculated value or intrinsic value, if such an alternative measurement method is used) of the modified award is the same as the fair value (or value using an alternative measurement method) of the original award immediately before the original award is modified. If the modification does not affect any of the inputs to the valuation technique that the entity uses to value the award, the entity is not required to estimate the value immediately before and after the modification;
The vesting conditions of the modified award are the same as the vesting conditions of the original award immediately before the original award is modified; and
The classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified.

The amendments are effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company has adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 with no impact on the Consolidated financial statements.

F-120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. The amendments require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. As a result, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented and is effective beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company has adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 and has applied the new guidance for restricted cash presentation. Due to this adoption, the Company has included restricted cash of $4.2 million as part of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period ended March 28, 2018.

Issued not effective accounting standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 (“ASU 2014-09”), which creates ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605 and industry-specific standards that currently exist under U.S. GAAP. The amendments in this ASU are intended to provide a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues, improve comparability of revenue recognition practices and improve disclosure requirements. This ASU can be adopted either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. In March, April, May and November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, ASU No. 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, and ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, respectively. These updates clarify important aspects of the guidance and improve its operability and implementation. ASC Topic 606 is effective for private company financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The effective date for this Company is annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods beginning in 2020 and must be adopted using either a full retrospective method or a modified retrospective method We are still evaluating methods of adoption and what impact the adoption of this guidance will have on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial disclosures which will be based on contract-specific facts and circumstances that could introduce variability to the timing of our revenue recognition relative to current accounting standards.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The update requires an entity to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. It also offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. We expect to elect the new optional transition method of adoption. With respect to our drilling contracts, which could contain a lease component, we expect to apply the practical expedient and recognize revenues based on the service component, which we have determined is the predominant component of our contracts. With respect to the lease arrangements under which we are the lessee as of March 28, 2018, we are still evaluating the effects of adoption.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which revises guidance for the accounting for credit losses on financial instruments within its scope. The new standard introduces an approach, based on expected losses, to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments and modifies the

F-121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities. The guidance will be effective January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Entities are required to apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this standard update on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2017 the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost.” The amendments in this update require that an employer disaggregate the service cost component from the other components of net benefit cost and provide guidance on how to present the service cost component and the other components of net benefit cost in the income statement. The guidance is effective for private company financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The amendment for the service cost component and the other components of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost should be applied retrospectively. We do not expect that our adoption will have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial disclosures.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. This ASU refines and expands hedge accounting for both financial (e.g. interest rate) and commodity risks and creates more transparency around how economic results are presented, both on the face of the financial statements and in the footnotes, for investors and analysts. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for public entities, including interim periods within that period, with early adoption permitted. The Company believes that the adoption will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Note 3 – Revenues

In the period January 1, 2018 to March 28, 2018, the Company recognised revenues of $27.2 million, primarily relating to dayrate revnue.

Our typical dayrate drilling contracts require our performance of a variety of services for a specified period of time. We determine progress towards completion of the contract by measuring efforts expended and the cost of services required to perform under a drilling contract, as the basis for our revenue recognition. Revenues generated from our dayrate basis drilling contracts and labor contracts are recognized on a per day basis as services are performed and begin upon the contract commencement, as defined under the specified drilling or labor contract. Dayrate revenues are typically earned, and contract drilling expenses are typically incurred ratably over the term of our drilling contracts. We review and monitor our performance under our drilling contracts to confirm the basis for our revenue recognition. Revenues from bonuses are recognized when earned.

It is typical in our dayrate drilling contracts to receive compensation and incur costs for mobilization, equipment modification, or other activities prior to the commencement of the contract. Any such compensation may be paid through a lump-sum payment or other daily compensation. Pre-contract compensation and costs are deferred until the contract commences. The deferred pre-contract compensation and costs are amortized, using the straight-line method, into income over the term of the initial contract period, regardless of the activity taking place. This approach is consistent with the economics for which the parties have contracted. Once a contract commences, we may conduct various activities, including drilling and well bore related activities, rig maintenance and equipment installation, movement between well locations or other activities.

F-122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Note 4 – Other, net

Financial income (expense), net is comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
January 1, 2018
to
March 28, 2018
Interest income
 
0.4
 
Total
 
0.4
 

Note 5 – Income Taxes

We operate through various subsidiaries in numerous countries throughout the world. Due to our global presence, we are subject to tax laws, policies, treaties and regulations, as well as the interpretation or enforcement thereof, in the U.K., the U.S., and any other jurisdictions in which we or any of our subsidiaries operate, were incorporated, or otherwise considered to have a tax presence. Our income tax expense is based upon our interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various countries at the time that the expense was incurred. If the taxing authorities do not agree with our assessment of the effects of such laws, policies, treaties and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, this could have a material adverse effect on us including the imposition of a higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings or a reclassification of the tax impact of our significant corporate restructuring transactions.

In certain jurisdictions, we have recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities. Judgment and assumptions are required in determining whether deferred tax assets will be fully or partially utilized. When we estimate that all or some portion of certain deferred tax assets such as net operating loss carryforwards will not be utilized, we establish a valuation allowance for the amount ascertained to be unrealizable. We continually evaluate strategies that could allow for future utilization of our deferred tax assets. Any change in the ability to utilize such deferred tax assets will be accounted for in the period of the event affecting the valuation allowance. If facts and circumstances cause us to change our expectations regarding future tax consequences, the resulting adjustments could have a material effect on our financial results or cash flow.

In certain circumstances, we expect that, due to changing demands of the offshore drilling markets and the ability to redeploy our offshore drilling units, certain units will not reside in a location long enough to give rise to future tax consequences. As a result, no deferred tax asset or liability has been recognized in these circumstances. Should our expectations change regarding the length of time an offshore drilling unit will be used in a given location, we will adjust deferred taxes accordingly.

Income tax expense is comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
January 1, 2018
to
March 28, 2018
Current tax
 
2.7
 
Change in deferred tax
 
 
Total
 
2.7
 

The effective tax rate for the period January 1, 2018 to March 28, 2018 was approximately (1.1%) on a pre-tax loss of $250.9 million. The change in our effective tax rate from period to period is primarily attributable to changes in the profitability or loss mix of our operations in various jurisdictions. As our operations continually change among numerous jurisdictions, and methods of taxation in these jurisdictions vary greatly, there is little direct correlation between the income tax provision/benefit and income/loss before taxes.

F-123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

A reconciliation of the Cayman statutory tax rate to our effective rate is shown below:

 
January 1, 2018
to
March 28, 2018
Cayman statutory income tax rate
 
0
%
Tax rates different from the statutory rate
 
(1.0
%)
Change in valuation allowance
 
0
%
Adjustments to uncertain tax positions
 
(0.1
%)
Total
 
(1.1
%)

The components of the net deferred taxes are as follows:

(In $ millions)
March 28, 2018
Deferred tax assets
 
 
 
Net operating losses
 
2.9
 
Excess of tax basis over book basis of Property, Plant and Equipment
 
36.3
 
Other
 
1.3
 
Deferred tax assets
 
40.5
 
Less: Valuation allowance
 
(37.3
)
Net deferred tax assets
 
3.2
 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
 
 
Net deferred tax asset (liabilities)
 
3.2
 

The deferred tax assets related to net operating losses were generated in United Kingdom, which will not expire. We recognize a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable could increase or decrease in the near-term if estimates of future taxable income change.

We conduct business globally and, as a result, we file numerous income tax returns, or are subject to withholding taxes, in various jurisdictions. In the normal course of business we are generally subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including major jurisdictions we operate or used to operate, such as Cyprus, Denmark, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, India, Israel, Luxembourg, Mexico, the Netherlands, Nigeria, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, the United States, and Tanzania. We are no longer subject to examinations of tax matters for years prior to 1999.

There is no change to the liabilities related to our unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, during January 1, 2018 and March 28, 2018.

The liabilities related to our unrecognized tax benefits comprise the following:

(In millions)
January 1, 2018
to
March 28, 2018
Unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties
$
3.9
 
Interest and penalties included in “Other liabilities”
 
2.9
 
Unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties
$
6.8
 

We include, as a component of our income tax provision, potential interest and penalties related to liabilities for our unrecognized tax benefits within our global operations. Interest and penalties resulted in an income tax expense of $0.1 million for the period January 1, 2018 to March 28, 2018.

F-124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

At March 28, 2018, the liabilities related to our unrecognized tax benefits, including estimated accrued interest and penalties, totalled $6.8 million, and if recognized, would reduce our income tax provision by $6.8 million. It is reasonably possible that our existing liabilities related to our unrecognized tax benefits may increase or decrease in the next twelve months primarily due to the progression of open audits or the expiration of statutes of limitation. However, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential changes in our existing liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits due to various uncertainties, such as the unresolved nature of various audits.

Note 6 – Earnings from Equity affiliate

The Prospector Group was not transferred from the Predecessor to the Successor on the Effective Date; however, it will not be wound down and dissolved by the Joint Administrators. As such, the Prospector Group is intended to constitute part of our ongoing operational business. On the Effective Date, the Prospector Group remained held by the Predecessor; however, pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Successor has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the Prospector Group’s economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses and the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the Prospector Group. As a result, the Prospector Group is a VIE for accounting purposes for which the Successor is the primary beneficiary, and as of the Effective Date, the Successor continued to consolidate the Prospector Group in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

On July 20, 2017, the Prospector Debtors commenced the Prospector Bankruptcy cases by filing voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court in order to implement a restructuring plan to effectuate the transfer of the Prospector Group to the Successor. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, when a subsidiary whose financial statements were previously consolidated (as the Prospector Group’s were with ours) becomes subject to the control of a government, court, administrator or regulator (including filing for protection under the Bankruptcy Code), whether solvent or insolvent, deconsolidation of that subsidiary is generally required. Accordingly, the Prospector Group is no longer fully consolidated with the Successor subsequent to the Prospector Debtors’ voluntarily filing for reorganization on July 20, 2017. Our investment in the Prospector Group is recorded under the equity method of accounting. The equity method requires us to present the net assets of the Prospector Group as an investment and recognize the income or loss from the Prospector Group in our results of operations during the reorganization period. As a result of fresh-start accounting on the Effective Date, we did not record a gain or loss on the deconsolidation of the Prospector Group since the Prospector Group’s net assets approximated fair value on July 20, 2017. When the Prospector Group emerges from the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court, the subsequent accounting will be determined based upon the applicable circumstances and facts at such time, see note 13.

The financial statements below represent the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statement of the Prospector Group. The financial statements below have been prepared assuming that the Prospector Group will continue as a going concern and contemplate the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Prospector Group’s ability to continue as a going concern is contingent upon the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of it’s financial restructuring as described above. This represents a material uncertainty related to events and conditions that raises substantial doubt on the Prospector Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and, therefore, the Prospector Group may be unable to utilize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business.

During the period that the Prospector Group is operating as debtors-in-possession under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, it may sell or otherwise dispose of or liquidate assets or settle liabilities, subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court or as otherwise permitted in the ordinary course of business (and subject to restrictions in the Lease Agreements), for amounts other than those reflected in the financial statements below. Further, the results of the financial restructuring could materially change the amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities reported in the financial statement. The financial statement does not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities or any other adjustments that might be necessary should the Prospector Group be unable to continue as a going concern.

F-125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Intercompany transactions among the Prospector Group have been eliminated in the financial statements presented below. Intercompany transactions between the Prospector Group and the Successor are included in the Prospector Group’s financial statements presented below. However, “Investment in equity method affiliate” as reported on the Successor’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 28, 2018 and “Earnings from equity method affiliate” as reported on the Successor’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Successor period from January 1, 2018 to March 28, 2018 include intercompany transactions between the Prospector Group and the Successor, see note 16.

A total of $139.4 million was paid prior to reconsolidation of the Prospector Group as settlement of the sale-leaseback obligation.

Please refer to note 7 Business Combination for change in consolidation of the Prospector group on March 27, 2018 when the Company gained control over the Prospector Group.

PROSPECTOR GROUP’S CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION)
(Unaudited)
(In $ million)

 
January 1, 2018
To
March 27, 2018
Operating Revenues
 
4.0
 
   
 
 
 
Operating cost and expenses
 
 
 
Rig operating and maintenance expenses
 
(10.1
)
Depreciation and impairment of non-current assets
 
(3.8
)
General and administrative expenses
 
(0.5
)
Reorganisation items
 
(33.1
)
Total operating expenses
 
(47.5
)
   
 
 
 
Operating loss
 
(43.5
)
Financial expense, net
 
(2.9
)
   
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
 
(46.4
)
Income tax expense
 
(0.1
)
Net loss for the period
 
(46.5
)

Note 7 – Business combination

On July 20, 2017, the Prospector Group commenced the bankruptcy cases by filing voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court in order to implement a restructuring plan to effectuate the transfer of the Prospector Group to Paragon Offshore Limited. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, when a subsidiary whose financial statements were previously consolidated (as the Prospector Group’s were with ours) becomes subject to the control of a government, court, administrator or regulator (including filing for protection under the Bankruptcy Code), whether solvent or insolvent, deconsolidation of that subsidiary is generally required. Accordingly, the Prospector Group is no longer fully consolidated with Paragon Offshore Limited subsequent to the Prospector Group voluntarily filing for reorganization on July 20, 2017. Our investment in the Prospector Group is recorded under the equity method of accounting effective July 20, 2017. The equity method requires us to present the net assets of the Prospector Group at July 20, 2017 as an investment and recognize the income or loss from the Prospector Group in our results of operations during the reorganization period. When the Prospector Group emerges from the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court, the subsequent accounting will be determined based upon the applicable circumstances and facts at such time.

F-126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

The Prospector Group has an interest in two high specification jackup units, Prospector 1 and Prospector 5 (collectively, the “Prospector Rigs”) pursuant to two sale-leaseback agreements (the “Lease Agreements”) executed with subsidiaries of SinoEnergy Capital Management Ltd. (the “Lessors”). On March 27, 2018, the Prospector Group settled with SinoEnergy Capital Management, thus emerging from the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court. The Prospector Group assets, liabilities, income and loss will be consolidated back into Paragon Offshore Limited financial statements and will no longer be treated as an equity method subsidiary.

On March 27, 2018, the Company gained control over the Prospector Group. No consideration was paid by the Company as part of change of control in the Prospector Group. The Company remeasured its existing equity method investment in the Prospector Group and recorded a remeasurement gain of $8.6 million. The remeasurement gain was attributable to an increase in the value of the Prospector Group rigs.

(In $ millions)
 
Fair value of consideration transferred
 
0
 
Fair value of previously held equity interest
 
206.5
 
Subtotal
 
206.5
 
Recognized value of 100% of the identifiable net assets, as measured in accordance with the Standards
 
206.5
 
Goodwill
 
0
 

Prospector reconsolidation (in $ millions) :

 
March 27, 2018
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
5.2
 
Trade receivables
 
2.8
 
Other current assets
 
0.8
 
Total current assets
 
8.8
 
   
 
 
 
Non-current assets
 
 
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
220.0
 
Other long-term assets
 
0.2
 
Total non-current assets
 
220.2
 
Total assets
 
229.0
 
   
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
Trade payables
 
19.8
 
Accruals and other current liabilities
 
2.7
 
Total current liabilities
 
22.5
 
   
 
 
 
Non-Current liabilities
 
 
 
Other liabilities
 
0.9
 
Total non-current liabilities
 
0.9
 
Total liabilities
 
23.4
 
   
 
 
 
EQUITY
 
 
 
Total equity
 
206.5
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities and equity
 
229.0
 

F-127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the period ended March 28, 2018 to give effect to the Prospector reconsolidation as if it had occurred on January 1, 2018 has not been provided since Paragon Offshore held 100% of the shares prior to the business combination. Application of the equity method and full consolidation would as such not result in a material difference to net income.

Note 8 – Property and equipment and other assets

(In $ millions)
 
Property and equipment and other assets as of January 1, 2018 at cost
 
270.8
 
Additions
 
1.8
 
Prospector reconsolidation (see note 7)
 
220.0
 
Property and equipment and other assets at cost
 
492.6
 
   
 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2018
 
(22.1
)
Less: accumulated depreciation for the period ended March 28, 2018
 
(10.7
)
Less: accumulated impairment
 
(187.6
)
Property and equipment and other assets as of March 28, 2018
 
272.2
 

Impairment assessment of jack-up rigs

Drilling rigs are reviewed for impairment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Management identified indications of impairment for the period ended March 28, 2018. As of March 28, 2018, its more likely than not, our rigs will be sold or otherwise disposed of before the end of their previously estimated useful lives.

In estimating fair value of the jack-up rigs, management has assumed the purchase values set forth in the acquisition by Borr on March 28,2018. Rigs with a carrying value exceeding acquisition value is impaired down to the purchase price set forth in the purchase agreement. As a consequence, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $187.6 million for the period ended March 28, 2018.

Note 9 – Other current assets

Other current assets are comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
March 28, 2018
Prepaid assets
 
5.8
 
Taxes receivable
 
3.1
 
Tax retentions receivable
 
11.4
 
Total
 
20.3
 

Note 10 – Other long-term assets

Other long-term assets are comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
March 28, 2018
Deferred Regulatory Inspection
 
0.4
 
Long term tax refund
 
4.2
 
Litigation trust loan receivable
 
3.5
 
Other receivable
 
0.7
 
Deferred tax asset
 
3.2
 
Total
 
12.0
 

F-128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Note 11 – Current debt

As of March 28, 2018

Current debt is comprised of the following:

 
 
 
 
 
Maturities
(In $ millions)
Carrying
value
Fair
value
Principal
PIK interest
Less than
6 months
6 months
to 1 year
1-5
years
Term loan Facility with Secured Lenders
 
87.8
 
 
87.8
 
 
85.0
 
 
2.8
 
 
87.8
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
87.8
 
 
87.8
 
 
85.0
 
 
2.8
 
 
87.8
 
 
 
 
 

New Term Loan Facility with Secured Lenders

We entered into the Amended and Restated Senior Secured Term Loan Facility with lenders to provide for loans in the aggregate principal amount of $85 million, which are deemed outstanding pursuant to the Consensual Plan (the “Term Loan Facility”). The maturity date of the Term Loan Facility is July 18, 2022. In the event of a change of control, all outstanding loans, including both principal and interest shall become immediately due and payable. The loan is classified as current due to the settlement immediately following the Borr acquisition. Until such maturity date, the Term Loan Facility shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) the alternative base rate plus an applicable margin of 5.00% or (ii) adjusted LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 6.00%. Effective interest rate for the period ended March 28, 2018 was 7.7%.

The following rigs were pledged as collateral for the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility: MSS1, C20051, Dhabi II, B152, HZ1, B391, C461, C462, C463, L784, L785, M825, M826, M1162, M841, M1161, M823, L786, M824, L1112 and M531. As of March 28, 20108, book value of the pledged rigs was $36.1 million.

We may elect to prepay any borrowing outstanding under the Term Loan Facility without premium or penalty (except with respect to any break funding payments which may be payable pursuant to the terms of the Term Loan Facility).

The Term Loan Facility contains restrictions on certain merger and consolidation transactions; our ability to sell or transfer certain assets; payment of dividends; making distributions; redemption of stock; incurrence or guarantee of debt; issuance of loans; prepayment; redemption of certain debt; as well as incurrence or assumption of certain liens.

Note 12 – Share-based compensation

In December 2017, we granted 496,686 time vested restricted stock units (“TVRSU’s”) to the Company's employees. The total estimated cost of the restricted stock will be approximately $21.7 million, which will be expensed over the requisite service period. The share-based payment charge for the period January 1, 2018 to March 28, 2018 was $20.3 million.

Shares available for issuance and outstanding restricted stock units under the Employee and Director Plan as of December 31, 2017 are as follows:

(In shares)
Employee and Directors
Shares available for future awards or grants
 
56,870
 
Outstanding unvested restricted stock units
 
468,443
 

The TVRSU’s under the Employee and Director Plan are valued on the date of award at an estimated share price. In order to estimate the share price of our TVRSU grant, we estimated the business enterprise value and fair value of equity on a non-controlling, marketable basis using the NAV Method and calculated the marketable fair value per share based on the outstanding and granted shares of the Company. Due to the fact that we are a privately held company and our shares do not trade freely on an open exchange, we then

F-129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

applied a discount for lack of marketability on the marketable fair value per share. In order to determine an appropriate discount for lack of marketability we utilized a protective put analysis, restricted stock studies, and pre-IPO studies.

The total compensation for TVRSU’s that ultimately vests is recognized using a straight-line method over a 2.6 year service period. The shares and related nominal value are recorded when the restricted stock unit vests and additional paid-in capital is adjusted as the share-based compensation cost is recognized for financial reporting purposes.

A summary of restricted stock activity for the Successor period from July 18, 2017 to March 28, 2018 is as follows:

 
TVRSU’s
Outstanding
Weighted
Average
Outstanding as of July 18, 2017
 
 
$
 
Awarded
 
498,686
 
 
43.50
 
Vested
 
(30,243
)
 
43.50
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017
 
468,443
 
$
43.50
 
Vested (i)
 
(468,433
)
 
43.50
 
Outstanding as of March 28, 2018
 
 
$
 
(i) All TVRSU’s outstanding were vested due to the acquisition of the Paragon Offshore Limited by Borr Drilling and $21.1million was subsequently paid by Borr Drilling as part of the purchase consideration.

Note 13 – Accruals and other current liabilities

Accruals and other current liabilities are comprised of the following:

(In $ millions)
March 28, 2018
Accrued expenses
 
6.3
 
Accrued payroll and related costs
 
14.8
 
Other taxes payable
 
1.6
 
Income tax payable
 
4.6
 
Interest payable
 
1.4
 
Other current liabilities
 
3.5
 
Total accruals and other current liabilities
 
32.2
 

Note 14 – Legal settlement

In 2015, arbitration was commenced by Paragon arising under an agreement for the charter of a jack-up rig to a customer in Asia. Following the arbitration, in June 2016, a total balance of $6.4 million outstanding receivable and all associated taxes were written off to bad debt expense. In February 2018, a legal settlement was reached with the customer. In March 2018, the Company received payment for receivables previously written off as part of the legal settlement. The gross amount of cash collected was $8.8 million and includes payment of previously written down receivable of $6.4 million and interest and legal fees of $2.4 million. The $15.4 million gain as a result of the legal settlement consists of:

(In $ millions)
 
Net cash collected
 
8.8
 
Taxes paid by counterpart on behalf of Paragon
 
5.2
 
Relief of debit notes
 
1.4
 
Total legal settlement
 
15.4
 

F-130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Note 15 – Concentration of market and credit risk

The market for our services is the offshore oil and gas industry, and our customers consist primarily of government-owned oil companies, major integrated oil companies and independent oil and gas producers. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and do not require material collateral. We maintain reserves for potential credit losses when necessary. Our results of operations and financial condition should be considered in light of the fluctuations in demand experienced by drilling contractors as changes in oil and gas producers’ expenditures and budgets occur. These fluctuations can impact our results of operations and financial condition as supply and demand factors directly affect utilization and dayrates, which are the primary determinants of our net cash provided by operating activities.

Major Customers

For the period ended March 28, 2018 the following customers accounted for more than 10% of our contract revenues:

(in % of Operating revenues)
For the Period Ended
March 28,
2018
ONE
 
13
%
National Drilling Company (ADOC)
 
36
%
Dynamic
 
37
%
Total
 
86
%

Note 16 – Commitments and contingencies

Operating Leases

Future minimum lease payments for operating leases for at March 28, 2018 are as follows:

(In $ millions)
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total
Minimum lease payments
$
4.8
 
$
4.4
 
$
3.9
 
$
3.9
 
$
0.6
 
$
 —
 
$
17.6
 

Of the future minimum lease payment, $4.4 million is recognized as onerous lease liability.

Pledged rigs

The following rigs were pledged as collateral for the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility: MSS1, C20051, Dhabi II, B152, HZ1, B391, C461, C462, C463, L784, L785, M825, M826, M1162, M841, M1161, M823, L786, M824, L1112 and M531. As of March 28, 20108, book value of the pledged rigs as of March 28, 2018 was $36.1 million, see note 11.

Tax Contingencies

We operate in a number of countries throughout the world and our tax returns filed in those jurisdictions are subject to review and examination by tax authorities within those jurisdictions. As of March 28, 2018, the Successor has tax assessments of approximately $10 million. We have contested, or intend to contest, these assessments, including through litigation if necessary. Tax authorities may issue additional assessments or pursue legal actions as a result of tax audits, and we cannot predict or provide assurance as to the ultimate outcome of such assessments and legal actions.

A tax law was enacted in Brazil, effective January 1, 2015, that under certain circumstances would impose a 15% to 25% withholding tax on charter hire payments made to a non-Brazilian related party exceeding certain thresholds of total contract value. Although we believe that our operations are not subject to this law, the tax has been withheld at the source by our customer and we have recorded approximately $8 million withholding tax expense since inception of the law. We have been in discussions with our customer over the applicability of this legislation, and while we have reached a settlement agreement with our customer in regard to the amount withheld, we cannot be certain any of this amount will be collected.

F-131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Other Commercial commitments

We have other commercial commitments which contractually obligate us to settle with cash under certain circumstances. Surety bonds and parent company guarantees entered into between certain customers and governmental bodies guarantee our performance regarding certain drilling contracts, customs import duties and other obligations in various jurisdictions.

The principal amount of the outstanding surety bonds was $28.0 million as of March 28, 2018. In addition, we had performance bonds amounting to $9.8 million.

As of March 28, 2018, these obligations stated in $ equivalent and their expiry dates are as follows:

(In $ millions)
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total
Surety bonds and other guarantees
 
4.9
 
 
32.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.3
 
 
37.8
 

Other commitments and contingencies

The Predecessor, Successor, certain of the reorganized Debtors and the Joint Administrators entered into a Litigation Trust Agreement (the “Litigation Trust Agreement”) with Drivetrain, LLC, as Litigation Trust Management, and certain members of a litigation trust committee, pursuant to which a trust (the “Litigation Trust”) was established for the benefit of certain holders of allowed claims under the Consensual Plan. Pursuant to the Consensual Plan and the Confirmation Order, the Predecessor and the reorganized Debtors transferred to the Litigation Trust certain claims against Noble relating to the Predecessor’s separation from Noble (the “Noble Claims”). In addition, Noble may assert damages against the Predecessor for indemnification amounts that would have been owed to Noble pursuant to the Noble Separation Agreements. Pursuant to the terms of the Litigation Trust Agreement, a subsidiary of the Successor agreed to provide the Litigation Trust with an interest-free delayed draw term loan of up to $10 million in cash to fund the reasonable costs and expenses associated with the administration of the Litigation Trust (the “Litigation Trust Term Loan”). The Litigation Trust may prosecute the Noble Claims and conduct such other action as described in and authorized by the Consensual Plan, make timely and appropriate distributions to the beneficiaries of the Litigation Trust and otherwise carry out the provisions of the Litigation Trust Agreement. None of the Predecessor, Successor or any of the reorganized Debtors is a beneficiary to, or investor in, the Litigation Trust.

Separation Agreements

In connection with the Spin-Off, the Predecessor entered into several definitive agreements with Noble or its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Noble Separation Agreements”) that, among other things, set forth the terms and conditions of the Spin-Off and provide a framework for the Predecessor’s relationship with Noble after the Spin-Off, including the following agreements:

Master Separation Agreement;
Tax Sharing Agreement;
Employee Matters Agreement;
Transition Services Agreement relating to services Noble and Paragon will provide to each other on an interim basis; and
Transition Services Agreement relating to Noble’s Brazil operations.

On the Effective Date, the Predecessor rejected the Separation Agreements pursuant to the terms of the Consensual Plan. As a result of rejecting the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Predecessor is no longer entitled to indemnity from Noble with respect to the tax liabilities. In addition, Noble may assert claims against the Predecessor for indemnification amounts that would have been owed to Noble pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement.

F-132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Note 17 – Related parties

Prospector group

We have invoiced certain labour secondments and onshore management charges from Paragon to the Prospector group. Sales to Prospector group were $4.4 million for the period ended March 28, 2018.

Note 18 – Pension

Defined Benefit Plans

As of March 28, 2018, the Company sponsored two non-U.S. noncontributory defined benefit pension plans, the Paragon Offshore Enterprise Ltd and the Paragon Offshore Nederland B.V. pension plans, which cover certain Europe-based salaried employees. As of January 1, 2017, all active employees under the defined benefit pension plans were transferred to a defined contribution pension plan as related to their future service. The accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans is frozen and all employees are deferred members. The transfer to a defined contribution pension plan was accounted for as a curtailment during the year ended December 31, 2016. Our defined benefit pension plans were recorded at fair value upon adoption of fresh-start accounting on July 18, 2017.

At March 28, 2018 our pension obligations represented an aggregate liability of $147.2 million and an aggregate asset of $146.5 million, representing the funded status of the plans. In the year ended December 31, 2018, aggregate periodic benefit costs showed interest income of $0.5 million, and expected return on plan assets of $0.5 million. See Note 2 - Accounting Policies - Issued not effective accounting standards.

A reconciliation of the changes in projected benefit obligations (“PBO”) for our pension plans is as follows:

(In $ millions)
March 28, 2018
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
 
132.0
 
Service cost
 
 
Interest cost
 
0.5
 
Actuarial loss (gain)
 
0.6
 
Benefits and expenses paid
 
(0.4
)
Plan participants’ contribution
 
 
Foreign exchange rate changes
 
14.5
 
Other: curtailment gain
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at end of period
 
147.2
 

A reconciliation of the changes in fair value of plan assets is as follows:

(In $ millions)
March 28, 2018
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
 
131.5
 
Actual return on plan assets
 
0.9
 
Employer contribution
 
 
Benefits paid
 
(0.3
)
Plan participants’ contributions
 
 
Expenses paid
 
 
Foreign exchange rate changes
 
14.4
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
 
146.5
 

The funded status of the plans is as follows:

(In $ millions)
March 28, 2018
Funded status
 
(0.8
)

F-133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

(In $ millions)
March 28, 2018
Other assets - noncurrent
 
1.0
 
Other liabilities - noncurrent
 
(1.8
)
Net pension asset (liability)
 
(0.8
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss recognized in financial statements
 
 
Net amount recognized
 
0.8
 

Amounts recognized in OCI consist of:

(In $ millions)
March 28, 2018
Net loss
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 

Pension cost includes the following components:

(In $ millions)
January 1, 2018 to
March 28, 2018
Interest cost
 
0.5
 
Expected return on plan assets
 
(0.5
)
Net pension expense
 
 

Defined Benefit Plans - Disaggregated Plan Information

Disaggregated information regarding our pension plans is summarized below:

(In $ millions)
March 28, 2018
Projected benefit obligation
 
147.2
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
 
147.2
 
Fair value of plan assets
 
146.5
 

Defined Benefit Plans - Key Assumptions

The key assumptions for the plans are summarized below:

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations
March 28, 2018
Discount rate
1.09% to 1.49%
Rate of compensation increase
Not applicable
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost
January 1, 2018 to
March 28, 2018
Discount rate
1.09% to 1.49%
Expected long-term return on plan assets
1.09% to 1.49%
Rate of compensation increase
Not applicable

The discount rates used to calculate the net present value of future benefit obligations are determined by using a yield curve of high-quality bond portfolios with an average maturity approximating that of the liabilities.

We employ third-party consultants who use a portfolio return model to assess the initial reasonableness of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets, we considered the current level of expected returns on risk free investments (primarily government bonds), the historical level of risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the target asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets for the portfolio.

F-134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For The Period Ended March 28, 2018

Defined Benefit Plans - Plan Assets

At March 28, 2018, assets of Paragon Offshore Enterprise Ltd and Paragon Offshore Nederland B.V. pension plans were invested in instruments that are similar in form to a guaranteed insurance contract. The plan assets are based on surrender values. Surrender values are calculated based on the Dutch Central Bank interest curve. This yield curve is based on inter-bank swap rates. There are no observable market values for the assets (Level 3); however, the amounts listed as plan assets were materially similar to the anticipated benefit obligations that were anticipated under the plans. As the plan is fully insured, any over or under financing to be covered by the insurer at the time of valuation is presented in the line item “Other” below.

The actual fair value of our pension assets as of March 28, 2018 is as follows:

 
 
Estimated Fair Value Measurements
(In $ millions)
Carrying
Amount
Quoted
Prices in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
March 28, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Income securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Guaranteed insurance contracts
 
147.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
147.2
 
Other
 
(0.8
)
 
 
 
 
 
(0.8
)
Total
 
146.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
146.5
 

The following table details the activity related to the guaranteed insurance contract during the years.

 
Fair market Value
Balance as of January 1, 2018
$
131.5
 
Assets sold/benefits paid
 
(0.4
)
Return on plan assets
 
0.9
 
Foreign exchange rate changes
 
14.4
 
Balance as of March 28, 2018
 
146.5
 

Defined Benefit Plans - Cash Flows

For the period ended March 28, 2018 we made $nil in contributions to our defined benefit plans.

The following table summarizes benefit payments at March 28, 2018 estimated to be paid within the next ten years by the issuer of the guaranteed insurance contract:

 
 
Payments by Period
 
Total
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Five Years Thereafter
Estimated benefit payments
 
27.3
 
 
1.4
 
 
1.6
 
 
1.8
 
 
2.1
 
 
2.4
 
 
18.0
 

Note 1 9 – Subsequent events

Acquisition by Borr Drilling

On February 22, 2018, we signed a tender offer agreement (the “Tender Offer Agreement”) with Borr, a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange. Borr agreed to commence a tender offer to acquire all of our outstanding shares (the “Shares”) at a purchase price of $42.28 per share (the “Offer”). The Offer commenced on February 26. The transaction closed on March 29, 2018.

F-135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares

Borr Drilling Limited

Common Shares

   
   
   
   
   
   


   
   
   
   
   
   

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

DNB Markets

   
   
   
   
   
   

Until                , 2019 (the 25th day after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade Common Shares, whether or not participating in this Offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
   
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

The Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. In addition, the Companies Act provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda.

Our Bye-Laws provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty, and that we shall advance funds to our officers and directors for expenses incurred in their defense upon receipt of an undertaking to repay the funds if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved. Our Bye-Laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company’s directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. The Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for such purpose.

We have agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

The underwriting agreement, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will also provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), but only to the extent that such liabilities are caused by information relating to the underwriters furnished to us in writing expressly for use in this registration statement and certain other disclosure documents.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities. We believe that each of the following issuances was not subject to or exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions or pursuant to section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of securities.

Class of Persons Receiving Securities
Date of Sale or
Issuance
Title and Number of
Securities (1)
Consideration
Non-U.S. Persons (2)
December 6, 2016
15,500,000 common shares
$155,000,000
Non-U.S. Persons (2)
March 21, 2017
45,720,000 common shares
$800,000,000
Non-U.S. Persons (2)
October 8, 2017
32,500,000 common shares
$650,000,000
Non-U.S. Persons (2)
March 23, 2018
10,869,565 common shares
$250,000,000
Non-U.S. Persons (2)
May 16, 2018
Convertible bonds in the aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000
$350,000,000
Certain directors, officers and employees (3)
 
Options to purchase 3,075,000 common shares
Exercise price ranging from $17.50 to $24.35 per share
(1) Our post-Reverse Share Split Shares began to trade on the Oslo Børs on June 26, 2019. The table above reflects our Reverse Share Split.
(2) As defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act.
(3) In reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or the safe harbor provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act, all the options were granted by our company under the share incentive plan that we adopted on March 5, 2017. At the time of each option grant, we were not a reporting company under section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 or an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The share incentive plan is a “compensatory benefit plan” as defined under Rule 701 that we established to provide share incentives to directors, officers and employees of our company and our affiliates who are or who become contracted to work at least 20 hours per week in service to our Group. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.
Item 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index beginning on page II- 4 of this registration statement.

The agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosure that was made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosure of material information regarding material contractual provisions is required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

Item 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
1.1*
Form of Underwriting Agreement
Memorandum of Association of Borr Drilling
Amended and Restated Bye-Laws adopted on August 25, 2017
Form of Opinion of MJM Barristers & Attorneys with respect to certain matters of Bermuda law
Senior Secured Credit Facilities Agreement dated as of June 25, 2019 between Borr Drilling Limited, DNB Bank ASA, Danske Bank, Citibank N.A., Jersey Branch and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, among others.
Bond Terms for Borr Drilling Limited USD 350,000,000 3.875% Senior Unsecured Convertible Bonds 2018/2023
Master Agreement dated as of October 6, 2017 between PPL Shipyard Pte Ltd. and Borr Drilling Limited.
Tender Offer Agreement dated as of February 21, 2018 between Borr Drilling Limited and Paragon Offshore Limited.
U.K. Implementation Agreement dated as of July 6, 2017 between Paragon Offshore PLC (in administration), Paragon Offshore Limited and Neville Kahn and David Soden, in their capacity as joint administrations of Paragon Offshore PLC, as amended.
Master Agreement dated as of April 30, 2018 between Keppel Fels Limited and Borr Drilling Limited
Collaboration Agreement dated as of March 26, 2017 between Borr Drilling Limited and Schlumberger Oilfield Holdings Limited.
Enhanced Collaboration Agreement dated as of October 6, 2017 between Schlumberger Oilfield Holdings Limited and Borr Drilling Limited.
List of Subsidiaries of Borr Drilling Limited
Consent of MJM Barristers & Attorneys (included in 5.1 above)
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers AS
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers AS
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Consent of Rystad Energy
* To be filed by amendment, if applicable.
# Portions of this exhibit have been omitted because such portions are both not material and would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed. The omissions have been indicated by Asterisks (“[***]”).

II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Oslo, Norway on July 10, 2019.

 
Borr Drilling Limited
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Svend Anton Maier
 
 
Name:
Svend Anton Maier
 
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer

II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Svend Anton Maier and Rune Magnus Lundetræ as attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution for him or her in any and all capacities to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of common shares of the registrant (the “Shares”), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the registration statement on Form F-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such common shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such registration statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such registration statement, to any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such registration statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such registration statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Tor Olav Trøim
Chairman of the Board of Directors
July 10, 2019
Tor Olav Trøim
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Svend Anton Maier
Chief Executive Officer
July 10, 2019
Svend Anton Maier
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Rune Magnus Lundetræ
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
July 10, 2019
Rune Magnus Lundetræ
 
 
 
 
/s/ Fredrik Halvorsen
Director
July 10, 2019
Fredrik Halvorsen
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Jan A. Rask
Director
July 10, 2019
Jan A. Rask
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Patrick Schorn
Director
July 10, 2019
Patrick Schorn
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Kate Blankenship
Director
July 10, 2019
Kate Blankenship
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Georgina Sousa
Director
July 10, 2019
Georgina Sousa
 
 

II-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Borr Drilling Limited has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in Newark, Delaware on July 10, 2019.

 
Authorized U.S. Representative
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Donald Puglisi
 
 
Name:
Donald Puglisi
 
 
Title:
Managing Director

II-7


Exhibit 3.1


FORM No. 2



BERMUDA

 

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

Section 7(1) and (2)

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION


OF

 

Magni Drilling Limited

(hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

 

1. The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

2.

We, the undersigned, namely,

 

  Name and Address
Bermudian Status
(Yes or No)
 Nationality
Number of Shares
Subscribed
Randall Krebs
Mintflower Place, 4th Fl.,
  8 Par la Ville Road,
Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda
No
Canadian 1 Common Share

  

do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.


3.

The Company is to be a local/exempted Company as defined by the Companies Act 1981.

 

4.

The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding ___ in all, including the following parcels:-


Not Applicable

 

5.

The authorised share capital of the Company is US$50.00 divided into shares of US$10 each.


6.

The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are unrestricted/restricted as follows:

 

7.

The following are provisions regarding the powers of the Company- [Insert any specific provisions that the Company wishes to make]

 

The Company has the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person

 

Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof:-

 



 

Randall Krebs
 
Witness
     
(Subscribers)   (Witnesses)

 

Subscribed this 4 day of August , 2016


STAMP DUTY (To be affixed)



 


Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYE-LAWS

 

OF

 

BORR DRILLING LIMITED

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY that the within-written Bye-laws are a true copy of the Bye-laws of  Borr Drilling Limited (formerly Magni Drilling Limited) as adopted at the Statutory General Meeting on the 10 th day of August 2016 as amended and restated by the Directors and the Shareholder by Unanimous Written Resolutions on the 12 day of December, 2016 and by the Shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 25 th August, 2017

 
Secretary

 

i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS    

 

DEFINITIONS 1
CONSTRUCTION 4
REGISTERED OFFICE 5
SHARES 5
POWER TO PURCHASE OWN SHARES 5
MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS 6
CERTIFICATES 7
LIEN 8
CALLS ON SHARES 9
FORFEITURE OF SHARES 9
TRANSFER OF SHARES 11
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES 12
REGISTERED HOLDERS AND THIRD PARTY INTERESTS 13
REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS 13
INCREASE OF CAPITAL 14
ALTERATION OF CAPITAL 14
REDUCTION OF CAPITAL 15
GENERAL MEETINGS AND WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS 15
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS 16
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS 17
VOTING 18
PROXIES AND CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES 20
APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS 22
PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS 22
RESIGNATION AND DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS 23
ALTERNATE DIRECTORS 23
DIRECTORS’ FEES AND ADDITIONAL REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES 24
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS 24
POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD 25
DELEGATION OF THE BOARD’S POWERS 26
PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD 26
ii

    

OFFICERS 28
REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 28
MINUTES 29
SECRETARY AND RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVE 29
THE SEAL 29
DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS 30
RESERVES 31
CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS 32
RECORD DATES 32
ACCOUNTING RECORDS 32
AUDIT 33
SERVICE OF NOTICES AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 33
ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS 34
WINDING UP 35
INDEMNITY 35
CONTINUATION 37
ALTERATION OF BYE-LAWS 37
REQUIREMENT TO SUPPLY INFORMATION TO THE COMPANY 37
REMOVAL OF VOTING RIGHTS WHERE DEFAULT 38
 
iii

 

BYE-LAWS

 

OF

 

Magni Drilling Limited

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1. In these Bye-laws, and any Schedule, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Alternate Director ” means such person or persons as shall be appointed from time to time pursuant to Bye-law 103;

 

Annual General Meeting ” means a meeting convened by the Company pursuant to Section 71(1) of the Principal Act;

 

Associate ” means:

 

(a) in respect of an individual, such individual’s spouse, former spouse, sibling, aunt, uncle, nephew, niece or lineal ancestor or descendant, including any step-child and adopted child and their issue and step parents and adoptive parents and their issue or lineal ancestors;

 

(b) in respect of an individual, such individual’s partner and such partner’s relatives (within the categories set out in (a) above);

 

(c) in respect of an individual or body corporate, an employer or employee (including, in relation to a body corporate, any of its directors or officers);

 

(d) in respect of a body corporate, any person who controls such body corporate, and any other body corporate if the same person has control of both or if a person has control of one and persons who are his Associates, or such person and persons who are his Associates, have control of the other, or if a group of two or more persons has control of each body corporate, and the groups either consist of the same persons or could be regarded as consisting of the same persons by treating (in one or more cases) a member of either group as replaced by a person of whom he is an Associate. For the purposes of this paragraph, a person has control of a body corporate if either (i) the directors of the body corporate or of any other body corporate which has control of it (or any of them) are accustomed to acting in accordance with his instructions or (ii) he is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, one-third or more of the votes attaching to all of the issued shares of the body corporate or of another body corporate which has control of it (provided that where two or more persons acting in concert satisfy either of the above conditions, they are each to be taken as having control of the body corporate);

 

1

 

Bermuda ” means the Islands of Bermuda;

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or the Directors present at a meeting of Directors at which there is a quorum;

 

Branch Register ” means a branch of the Register for the shares which is maintained by a Registrar pursuant to the terms of an agreement with the Company;

 

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open for the transaction of general banking business in each of London, United Kingdom and Hamilton, Bermuda;

 

Bye-laws ” means these Bye-laws in their present form or as they may be amended from time to time;

 

the Companies Acts ” means every Bermuda statute from time to time in force concerning companies insofar as the same applies to the Company including, without limitation, the Principal Act;

 

Company ” means the company incorporated in Bermuda under the name of  Magni Drilling Limited on the 9th day of August 2016;

 

Company Website ” means the website of the Company established pursuant to Bye-law 159;

 

Director ” means such person or persons as shall be elected or appointed to the Board from time to time pursuant to these Bye-laws, or the Companies Acts;

 

Electronic Record means a record created, stored, generated, received or communicated by electronic means and includes any electronic code or device necessary to decrypt or interpret such a record;

 

Electronic Transactions Act ” means the Electronic Transactions Act 1999;

 

Finance Officer means such person or persons other than the Resident Representative appointed from time to time by the Board pursuant to Bye-law 119 and 131 to act as the Finance Officer of the Company;

 

General Meeting means an Annual General Meeting or a Special General Meeting;

 

2

 

Listing Exchange ” means any stock exchange or quotation system upon which the shares are listed from time to time;

 

Officer ” means such person or persons as shall be appointed from time to time by the Board pursuant to Bye-law 131;

 

paid up ” means paid up or credited as paid up;

 

Principal Act ” means the Companies Act 1981;

 

Register ” means the Register of Shareholders of the Company and except in the definitions of “Branch Register” and “Registration Office” in this Bye-law and except in Bye-laws 52 and 52A, includes any Branch Register;

 

Registered Office ” means the registered office for the time being of the Company;

 

Registrar ” means such person or body corporate who may from time to time be appointed by the Board as registrar of the Company with responsibility to maintain a Branch Register;

 

Registration Office ” means the place where the Board may from time to time determine to keep the Register and/or the Branch Register and where (except in cases where the Board otherwise directs) the transfer and documents of title are to be lodged for registration;

 

Resident Representative ” means any person appointed to act as the resident representative of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant resident representatives;

 

Resolution ” means a resolution of the Shareholders or, where required, of a separate class or separate classes of Shareholders, adopted either in a General Meeting or by written resolution, in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws;

 

Seal ” means the common seal of the Company, if any, and includes any duplicate thereof;

 

Secretary ” means the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of the secretary of the Company and includes a temporary or assistant Secretary and any person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of the Secretary;

 

Shareholder ” means a shareholder or member of the Company;

 

Special General Meeting ” means a general meeting, other than the Annual General Meeting;

 

3

 

Treasury Shares ” means any share that was acquired and held by the Company, or as treated as having been acquired and held by the Company, which has been held continuously by the Company since it was acquired and which has not been cancelled; and

 

CONSTRUCTION

 

1.2 In these Bye-laws, unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(a) Words importing only the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (a), during periods when the Company has elected or appointed only one (1) Director as permitted by the Principal Act references to “ the Directors ” shall be construed as if they are references to the sole Director of the Company;

 

(c) Words importing only the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders respectively;

 

(d) Words importing persons include companies or associations or bodies of persons, whether corporate or un-incorporate wherever established;

 

(e) For the purposes of these Bye-laws a corporation shall be deemed to be present in person if its representative duly authorised pursuant to the Companies Acts is present;

 

(f) References to a meeting will not be taken as requiring more than one person to be present if the relevant quorum requirement can be satisfied by one person;

 

(g) References to writing shall include typewriting, printing, lithography, facsimile, photography and other modes of reproducing or reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form including electronic transfers by way of e-mail or otherwise and shall include any manner permitted or authorized by the Electronic Transactions Act;

 

(h) Unless otherwise defined herein, any words or expressions defined in the Principal Act in force on the date when these Bye-Laws or any part thereof are adopted shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-Laws or such part (as the case may be);

 

(i) Any reference in these Bye-Laws to any statute or section thereof shall, unless expressly stated, be deemed to be a reference to such statute or section as amended, restated or re-enacted from time to time; and

 

4

 

(j) Headings in these Bye-Laws are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

2. The Registered Office shall be at such place in Bermuda as the Board shall from time to time appoint.

 

SHARES

 

3. At the time these Bye-laws are adopted, the share capital of the Company is divided into one class of 50 ordinary shares of par value USD 10.00 each.

 

4. Subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws, the unissued shares of the Company (whether forming part of the original capital or any increased capital) shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant warrants, options or other securities with rights to convert such securities into shares of the Company over any unissued shares of the Company or otherwise dispose of the Company’s unissued shares to such persons at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may determine.

 

5. The Board may, in connection with the issue of any shares, exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by law.

 

6. No shares shall be issued until they are fully paid except as may be prescribed by an Resolution.

 

7. The holders of the Shares shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

(a) be entitled to one vote per share;

 

(b) be entitled to such dividends or distributions as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

(c) in the event of a winding up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company;

 

(d) generally be entitled to enjoy all the rights attaching to shares.

 

POWER TO PURCHASE OWN SHARES

 

8. The Company shall have the power to purchase shares for cancellation.

 

5

 

9. The Company shall have the power to acquire shares to be held as Treasury Shares.

 

10. The Board may exercise all of the powers of the Company to purchase or acquire shares, whether for cancellation or to be held as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Principal Act.

 

10A. The Board may exercise all powers of the Company to (i) divide its shares into several classes and attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions; (ii) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares; (iii) subdivide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the memorandum, so, however, that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived; and (iv) make provision for the issue and allotment of shares which do not carry any voting rights.

 

11. At any time that the Company holds Treasury Shares, all of the rights attaching to the Treasury Shares shall be suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Company holds Treasury Shares, the Company shall not have any right to attend and vote at a General Meeting including a meeting under Section 99 of the Principal Act or sign written resolutions and any purported exercise of such a right is void.

 

12. The Company may not by virtue of any Treasury Shares held by it participate in any offer by the Company to Shareholders or receive any distribution (including in a winding up) but without prejudice to the right of the Company to sell or dispose of the Treasury Shares for cash or other consideration or to receive an allotment of shares as fully paid bonus shares in respect of the Treasury Shares.

 

13. Except where required by the Principal Act, Treasury Shares shall be excluded from the calculation of any percentage or fraction of the share capital, or shares, of the Company.

 

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

 

14. Subject to the Companies Acts, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to any class of shares for the time being issued may from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be altered or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than seventy five percent of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of such shares voting in person or by proxy. To any such separate general meeting, all the provisions of these Bye-laws as to general meetings of the Company shall mutatis mutandis apply, but so that the necessary quorum shall be two or more persons holding or representing by proxy any of the shares of the relevant class, that every holder of shares of the relevant class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him and that any holder of shares of the relevant class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll; provided, however, that if the Company or a class of Shareholders shall have only one Shareholder, one Shareholder present in person or by proxy shall constitute the necessary quorum.

 

6

 

15. The special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be altered by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

CERTIFICATES

 

16. Subject to the Companies Acts, no share certificates shall be issued by the Company unless the Board has either for all or for some holders of such shares (who may be determined in such manner as the Board thinks fit) determined that the holder of such shares may be entitled to share certificates. In the case of a share held jointly by several persons, delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all.

 

17. Subject to being entitled to a share certificate under the provisions of Bye-law 16, the Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the person to whom the shares have been allotted.

 

18. If a share certificate is defaced, lost or destroyed it may be replaced without fee but on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of the costs and out of pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company.

 

19. All certificates for share or loan capital or other securities of the Company (other than letters of allotment, scrip certificates and other like documents) shall, except to the extent that the terms and conditions for the time being relating thereto otherwise provide, be issued under the Seal or bearing the signature of at least one person who is a Director or Secretary of the Company or a person expressly authorized to sign such certificates on behalf of the Company. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case, that any signatures on any such certificates need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed thereon.

 

19A. Notwithstanding any provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

(a) the Board shall, subject always to the Companies Acts and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any relevant system concerned, have power to implement any arrangements it may, in its absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of uncertificated shares, and to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of these Bye-laws shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding or transfer of shares in uncertificated form; and

 

7

 

(b) unless otherwise determined by the Board and as permitted by the Companies Acts and any other applicable laws and regulations, no person shall be entitled to receive a certificate in respect of any share for so long as the title to that share is evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and for so long as transfers of that share may be made otherwise than by a written instrument.

 

LIEN

 

20. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys, whether presently payable or not, called or payable, at a date fixed by or in accordance with the terms of issue of such share in respect of such share, and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (other than a fully paid share) standing registered in the name of a Shareholder, whether singly or jointly with any other person, for all the debts and liabilities of such Shareholder or his estate to the Company, whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any interest of any person other than such Shareholder, and whether the time for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Shareholder or his estate and any other person, whether a Shareholder or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends payable thereon. The Board may at any time, either generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Bye-law.

 

21. The Company may sell, in such manner as the Board may think fit, any share on which the Company has a lien but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable and giving notice of the intention to sell in default of such payment, has been served on the holder for the time being of the share.

 

22. The net proceeds of sale by the Company of any shares on which it has a lien shall be applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the holder of the share immediately before such sale. For giving effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the share sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the share and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 

8

 

CALLS ON SHARES

 

23. The Board may from time to time make calls upon the Shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the par value of the shares or by way of premium) and not by the terms of issue thereof made payable at a date fixed by or in accordance with such terms of issue, and each Shareholder shall (subject to the Company serving upon him at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times and place so specified the amount called on his shares. A call may be revoked or postponed as the Board may determine.

 

24. A call may be made payable by installments and shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorizing the call was passed.

 

25. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

26. If a sum called in respect of the share shall not be paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the sum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate as the Board may determine, but the Board shall be at liberty to waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

 

27. Any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable on allotment or at any date fixed by or in accordance with such terms of issue, whether on account of the nominal amount of the share or by way of premium, shall for all the purposes of these Bye-laws be deemed to be a call duly made, notified and payable on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable and, in case of non-payment, all the relevant provisions of these Bye-laws as to payment of interest, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

28. The Board may on the issue of shares differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

 

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

29. If a Shareholder fails to pay any call or installment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Board may at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or installment remains unpaid serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or installment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

9

 

30. The notice shall name a further day (not being less than 14 days from the date of the notice) on or before which, and the place where, the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall state that, in the event of non-payment on or before the day and at the place appointed, the shares in respect of which such call is made or installment is payable will be liable to be forfeited. The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Bye-laws to forfeiture shall include surrender.

 

31. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls or installments and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited shares and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

32. When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share; but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice as aforesaid.

 

33. A forfeited share shall be deemed to be the property of the Company and may be sold, re-offered or otherwise disposed of either to the person who was, before forfeiture, the holder thereof or entitled thereto or to any other person upon such terms and in such manner as the Board shall think fit, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Board may think fit.

 

34. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall thereupon cease to be a Shareholder in respect of the forfeited shares but shall, notwithstanding the forfeiture, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares with interest thereon at such rate as the Board may determine from the date of forfeiture until payment, and the Company may enforce payment without being under any obligation to make any allowance for the value of the shares forfeited.

 

35. An affidavit in writing that the deponent is a Director or the Secretary and that a share has been duly forfeited on the date stated in the affidavit shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The Company may receive the consideration (if any) given for the share on the sale, re-allotment or disposition thereof and the Board may authorise some person to transfer the share to the person to whom the same is sold, re-allotted or disposed of, and he shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money (if any) nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the forfeiture, sale, re-allotment or disposal of the share.

 

10

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

36. Subject to the Companies Acts and to such of the restrictions contained in these Bye-Laws as may be applicable, any Shareholder may transfer all or any of his shares.

 

37. Except where the Company’s shares are listed or admitted to trading on a Listing Exchange, shares shall be transferred by an instrument of transfer in the usual common form or in any other form which the Board may approve. The instrument of transfer of an share shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and, where any share is not fully-paid, the transferee.

 

38. The Board may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any share which is not a fully-paid share. The Board may also decline to register any transfer unless:

 

(a) the instrument of transfer is duly stamped (if required) and lodged with the Company, accompanied by the certificate (if any) for the shares to which it relates, and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer,

 

(b) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share.

 

39. Subject to any directions of the Board from time to time in force, the Secretary may exercise the powers and discretions of the Board under Bye-laws 37 and 38.

 

40. Where the Company’s shares are listed or admitted to trading on a Listing Exchange Bye-laws 37 and 38 shall not apply, and shares may be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Listing Exchange. Where applicable, all transfers of uncertificated shares shall be made in accordance with and be subject to the facilities and requirements of the transfer of title to shares in that class by means of any relevant system concerned and, subject thereto, in accordance with any arrangements made by the Board pursuant to Bye-law 18. The Board may also make such additional regulations as it considers appropriate from time to time in connection with the transfer of the Company’s publicly traded shares and other securities.

 

41. Where the shares are not listed or admitted to trading on a Listing Exchange and are traded over-the-counter, shares may be transferred in accordance with the Companies Acts and where appropriate, with the permission of the Bermuda Monetary Authority. The Board shall decline to register the transfer of any shares unless the permission of the Bermuda Monetary Authority has been obtained.

 

42. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof.

 

11

 

43. The Board shall decline to register the transfer of any share, and shall direct the Registrar to decline (and the Registrar shall decline) to register the transfer of any interest in any share held through a Branch Register, to a person where the Board is of the opinion that such transfer might breach any law or requirement of any authority or any Listing Exchange until it has received such evidence as it may require to satisfy itself that no such breach would occur.

 

44. If the Board declines to register a transfer it shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to the transferee notice of such refusal.

 

45. No fee shall be charged by the Company for registering any transfer, probate, letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, distringas or stop notice, order of court or other instrument relating to or affecting the title to any share, or otherwise making an entry in the Register relating to any share.

 

46. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Bye-laws (save for Bye-law 41) the Directors shall not decline to register any transfer of shares, nor may they suspend registration thereof where such transfer is executed by any bank or other person to whom such shares have been charged by way of security, or by any nominee or agent of such bank or person, and whether the transfer is effected for the purpose of perfecting any mortgage or charge of such shares or pursuant to the sale of such shares under such mortgage or charge, and a certificate signed by any officer of such bank or by such person that such Ordinary Shares were so mortgaged or charged and the transfer was so executed shall be conclusive evidence of such facts,

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

47. In the case of the death of a Shareholder, the survivor or survivors, where the deceased was a joint holder, and the estate representative, where he was sole holder, shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to his shares; but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased holder (whether the sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share held by him solely or jointly with other persons. For the purpose of this Bye-law, estate representative means the person to whom probate or letters of administration has or have been granted in Bermuda or, failing any such person, such other person as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine to be the person recognised by the Company for the purpose of this Bye-law.

 

48. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death of a Shareholder or otherwise by operation of applicable law may, subject as hereafter provided and upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Board as to his entitlement, either be registered himself as the holder of the share or elect to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If the person so becoming entitled elects to be registered himself, he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects. If he shall elect to have his nominee registered, he shall signify his election by signing an instrument of transfer of such share in favour of his nominee. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these Bye-laws relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfer of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or instrument of transfer as aforesaid as if the death of the Shareholder or other event giving rise to the transmission had not occurred and the notice or instrument of transfer was an instrument of transfer signed by such Shareholder.

 

12

 

49. A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death of a Shareholder or otherwise by operation of applicable law shall (upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Board as to his entitlement) be entitled to receive and may give a discharge for any dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the share, but he shall not be entitled in respect of the share to receive notices of or to attend or vote at general meetings of the Company or, save as aforesaid, to exercise in respect of the share any of the rights or privileges of a Shareholder until he shall have become registered as the holder thereof. The Board may at any time give notice requiring such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share and if the notice is not complied with within sixty days the Board may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends and other moneys payable in respect of the shares until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

50. Subject to any directions of the Board from time to time in force, the Secretary may exercise the powers and discretions of the Board under Bye-laws 47, 48 and 49.

 

REGISTERED HOLDERS AND THIRD PARTY INTERESTS

 

51. Except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided in these Bye-laws or by law) any other right in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

 

REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

52. The Secretary shall establish and maintain the Register in the manner prescribed by the Companies Acts. Unless the Board otherwise determines, the Register shall be open to inspection in the manner prescribed by the Companies Acts between 10.00 a.m. and 12.00 noon on every working day. Unless the Board otherwise determines, no Shareholder or intending Shareholder shall be entitled to have entered in the Register or any branch register any indication of any trust or any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share and if any such entry exists or is permitted by the Board it shall not be deemed to abrogate any of the provisions of Bye-law 51.

 

13

 

52A. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, the Board may resolve that the Company may keep one or more Branch Registers in any place in or outside of Bermuda, and the Board may make, amend and revoke any such regulations as it may think fit respecting the keeping of such branch registers. The Board may authorise any share on the Register to be included in a Branch Register or any share registered on a Branch Register to be registered on another Branch Register, provided that at all times the Register is maintained in accordance with the Companies Acts.

 

INCREASE OF CAPITAL

 

53. The Company may from time to time increase its capital by such sum to be divided into shares of such par value as the Company by Resolution shall prescribe.

 

54. The Company may, by the Resolution increasing the capital, direct that the new shares or any of them shall be offered in the first instance either at par or at a premium or (subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts) at a discount to all the holders for the time being of shares of any class or classes in proportion to the number of such shares held by them respectively or make any other provision as to the issue of the new shares.

 

55. The new shares shall be subject to all the provisions of these Bye-laws with reference to lien, the payment of calls, forfeiture, transfer, transmission and otherwise.

 

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

56. The Company may from time to time by Resolution:

 

(a) cancel shares which, at the date of the passing of the Resolution in that behalf, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled; and

 

(b) change the currency denomination of its share capital.

 

57. Where any difficulty arises in regard to any division, consolidation, or sub-division of shares, the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient and, in particular, may arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale in due proportion amongst the Shareholders who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to the purchaser thereof, who shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 

14

 

58. Subject to the Companies Acts and to any confirmation or consent required by law or these Bye-laws, the Company may by Resolution from time to time convert any preference shares into redeemable preference shares.

 

REDUCTION OF CAPITAL

 

59. Subject to the Companies Acts, its memorandum of association and any confirmation or consent required by law or these Bye-laws, the Company may from time to time by Resolution authorise the reduction of its issued share capital or any capital redemption reserve fund or any share premium or contributed surplus account in any manner.

 

60. In relation to any such reduction, the Company may by Resolution determine the terms upon which such reduction is to be effected including in the case of a reduction of part only of a class of shares, those shares to be affected.

 

GENERAL MEETINGS AND WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS

 

61. The Board shall convene and the Company shall hold General Meetings as Annual General Meetings in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Acts at such times and places as the Board shall appoint. The Board may, whenever it thinks fit, and shall, when required by the Companies Acts, convene General Meetings other than Annual General Meetings which shall be called Special General Meetings. Any such Annual or Special General Meeting shall be held at the Registered Office of the Company in Bermuda or such other location suitable for such purpose.

 

62. Except in the case of the removal of auditors and Directors and subject to these Bye-laws, anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Shareholders of the Company may, without a meeting be done by resolution in writing, signed by a simple majority of all of the Shareholders (or such greater majority as is required by the Companies Acts or these Bye-laws) or their proxies, or in the case of a Shareholder that is a corporation (whether or not a company within the meaning of the Companies Acts) on behalf of such Shareholder, being all of the Shareholders of the Company who at the date of the resolution in writing would be entitled to attend a meeting and vote on the resolution. Such resolution in writing may be signed by, or in the case of a Shareholder that is a corporation (whether or not a company within the meaning of the Companies Acts), on behalf of, all the Shareholders of the Company, or any class thereof, in as many counterparts as may be necessary.

 

15

 

63. Notice of any resolution to be made under Bye-law 62 shall be given, and a copy of the resolution shall be circulated, to all members who would be entitled to attend a meeting and vote on the resolution in the same manner as that required for a notice of a meeting of members at which the resolution could have been considered, provided that the length of the period of notice of any resolution to be made under Bye-law 62 be not less than 7 days.

 

64. A resolution in writing is passed when it is signed by, or, in the case of a member that is a corporation (whether or not a company within the meaning of the Companies Acts) on behalf of, such number of the Shareholders of the Company who at the date of the notice represent a majority of votes as would be required if the resolution had been voted on at a meeting of Shareholders.

 

65. A resolution in writing made in accordance with Bye-law 62 is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or, if applicable, by a meeting of the relevant class of Shareholders of the Company, as the case may be. A resolution in writing made in accordance with Bye-law 62 shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Companies Acts and these Bye-laws.

 

66. The accidental omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt of a notice by, any person entitled to receive notice of a resolution does not invalidate the passing of a resolution.

 

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

67. An Annual General Meeting shall be called by not less than 7 days’ notice in writing and a Special General Meeting shall be called by not less than 7 days’ notice in writing. The notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is served or deemed to be served and of the day for which it is given, and shall specify the place, day and time of the meeting, and, in the case of a Special General Meeting, the general nature of the business to be considered. Notice of every General Meeting shall be given in any manner permitted by these Bye-laws. Shareholders other than those required to be given notice under the provisions of these Bye-laws or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notice from the Company.

 

68. Notwithstanding that a meeting of the Company is called by shorter notice than that specified in this Bye-law, it shall be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed:

 

(a) in the case of a meeting called as an Annual General Meeting, by all the Shareholders entitled to attend and vote thereat;

 

(b) in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Shareholders having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95 percent in nominal value of the shares giving that right;

 

16

 

provided that notwithstanding any provision of these Bye-Laws, no Shareholder shall be entitled to attend any general meeting unless notice in writing of the intention to attend and vote in person or by proxy signed by or on behalf of the Shareholder (together with the power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which it is signed or a notarially certified copy thereof) addressed to the Secretary is deposited (by post, courier, facsimile transmission or other electronic means) at the Registered Office at least 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the general meeting or adjournment thereof.

 

69. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the notice) the accidental omission to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

69A. The Board may convene a Special General Meeting whenever it thinks fit. A Special General Meeting shall also be convened by the Board on the written requisition of Shareholders holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one tenth in nominal value of the paid-up capital of the Company which as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at a general meeting of the Company. The requisition must state the purposes of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the registered office of the Company, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the requisitionists.

 

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

70. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business, but the absence of a quorum shall not preclude the appointment, choice or election of a chairman, which shall not be treated as part of the business of the meeting. Save as otherwise provided by these Bye-Laws, the quorum at any general meeting shall be constituted by two or more Shareholders, either present in person or represented by proxy, holding shares carrying voting rights entitled to be exercised at such meeting.

 

71. If within five minutes (or such longer time as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened on the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved. In any other case, it shall stand adjourned to such other day and such other time and place as the chairman of the meeting may determine and at such adjourned meeting two Shareholders present in person or by proxy (whatever the number of shares held by them) shall be a quorum provided that if the Company shall have only one Shareholder, one Shareholder present in person or by proxy shall constitute the necessary quorum. The Company shall give not less than 5 days’ notice of any meeting adjourned through want of a quorum and such notice shall state that the sole Shareholder or, if more than one, two Shareholders present in person or by proxy (whatever the number of shares held by them) shall be a quorum.

 

17

 

72. A meeting of the Shareholders or any class thereof may be held by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

73. Each Director shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company.

 

74. The Chairman (if any) of the Board or in his absence the Director who has been appointed as the head of the Board shall preside as chairman at every general meeting. If there is no such Chairman or such Director, or if at any meeting neither the Chairman nor such Director is present within five (5) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or if neither of them is willing to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to take the chair, the persons present and entitled to vote on a poll shall elect one of their number to be chairman.

 

75. The chairman of the meeting may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for three months or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting.

 

76. Save as expressly provided by these Bye-laws, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

VOTING

 

77. Save where a greater majority is required by the Companies Acts or these Bye-laws, any question proposed for consideration at any general meeting shall be decided on by a simple majority of votes cast, provided that any resolution to approve an amalgamation or merger shall be decided on by a simple majority of votes cast and the quorum necessary for such meeting shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy 33 1/3% of the issued shares of the Company (or the class, where applicable).

 

18

 

78. At any General Meeting, a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands or by a count of votes received in the form of electronic records unless (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded by:

 

(a) the chairman of the meeting; or

 

(b) any Shareholder or Shareholders present in person or represented by proxy and holding between them not less than one tenth of the total voting rights of all the Shareholders having the right to vote at such meeting; or

 

(c) a Shareholder or Shareholders present in person or represented by proxy holding shares conferring the right to vote at such meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one tenth of the total sum paid up on all such shares conferring such right.

 

79. Unless a poll is so demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands or on a count of votes received in the form of electronic records, been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority or not carried by a particular majority or lost shall be final and conclusive, and an entry to that effect in the minute book of the Company shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number of votes recorded for or against such resolution.

 

80. If a poll is duly demanded, the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll is demanded.

 

81. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner and either forthwith or at such time (being not later than three months after the date of the demand) and place as the chairman shall direct. It shall not be necessary (unless the chairman otherwise directs) for notice to be given of a poll.

 

82. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded and it may be withdrawn at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier.

 

83. On a poll, votes may be cast either personally or by proxy.

 

84. A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

85. In the case of an equality of votes at a general meeting, whether on a show of hands, a count of votes received in the form of electronic records or on a poll, the chairman of such meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

19

 

86. In the case of joint holders of a share, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding.

 

87. A Shareholder who is a patient for any purpose of any statute or applicable law relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any Court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a receiver, committee or curator bonis appointed by such Court and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person may vote on a poll by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as such Shareholder for the purpose of general meetings.

 

88. No Shareholder shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

89. If (i) any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter or (ii) any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected or (iii) any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted, the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.

 

PROXIES AND CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES

 

90. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney authorised by him in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign the same.

 

91. Any Shareholder may appoint a standing proxy or (if a corporation) representative by depositing at the Registered Office a proxy or (if a corporation) an authorisation and such proxy or authorisation shall be valid for all general meetings and adjournments thereof or, resolutions in writing, as the case may be, until notice of revocation is received at the Registered Office which if permitted by the Principal Act may be in the form of an electronic record. Where a standing proxy or authorisation exists, its operation shall be deemed to have been suspended at any general meeting or adjournment thereof at which the Shareholder is present or in respect to which the Shareholder has specially appointed a proxy or representative. The Board may from time to time require such evidence as it shall deem necessary as to the due execution and continuing validity of any such standing proxy or authorisation and the operation of any such standing proxy or authorisation shall be deemed to be suspended until such time as the Board determines that it has received the requested evidence or other evidence satisfactory to it.

 

20

 

92. Subject to Bye-law 91, the instrument appointing a proxy together with such other evidence as to its due execution as the Board may from time to time require, shall be delivered at the Registered Office which if permitted by the Principal Act may be in the form of an electronic record (or at such place as may be specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any notice of any adjournment or, in either case or the case of a written resolution, in any document sent therewith) prior to the holding of the relevant meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, before the time appointed for the taking of the poll, or, in the case of a written resolution, prior to the effective date of the written resolution and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid.

 

93. Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting or any written resolution forms of instruments of proxy for use at that meeting or in connection with that written resolution. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a written resolution or amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall unless the contrary is stated therein be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 

94. A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Registered Office which if permitted by the Principal Act may be in the form of an electronic record (or such other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other documents sent therewith) one hour at least before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, or the day before the effective date of any written resolution at which the instrument of proxy is used.

 

95. Subject to the Companies Acts, the Board may at its discretion waive any of the provisions of these Bye-laws related to proxies or authorisations and, in particular, may accept such verbal or other assurances as it thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote on behalf of any Shareholder at general meetings or to sign written resolutions.

 

21

 

96. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bye-laws, any Shareholder may appoint an irrevocable proxy by depositing at the Registered Office an irrevocable proxy and such irrevocable proxy shall be valid for all general meetings and adjournments thereof, or resolutions in writing, as the case may be, until terminated in accordance with its own terms, or until written notice of termination is received at the Registered Office signed by the proxy. The instrument creating the irrevocable proxy shall recite that it is constituted as such and shall confirm that it is granted with an interest. The operation of an irrevocable proxy shall not be suspended at any general meeting or adjournment thereof at which the Shareholder who has appointed such proxy is present and the Shareholder may not specially appoint another proxy or vote himself in respect of any shares which are the subject of the irrevocable proxy.

 

APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

97. The number of Directors shall be such number not less than two as the Company by Resolution may from time to time determine and each Director shall, subject to the Companies Acts and these Bye-laws, hold office until the next Annual General Meeting following his election or until his successor is elected.

 

98. The Company shall, at the Annual General Meeting and may in a general meeting by Resolution, determine the minimum and the maximum number of Directors and may by Resolution determine that one or more vacancies in the Board shall be deemed casual vacancies for the purpose of these Bye-laws. Without prejudice to the power of the Company in any general meeting in pursuance of any of the provisions of these Bye-laws to appoint any person to be a Director, the Board, so long as a quorum of Directors remains in office, shall have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any individual to be a Director so as to fill a casual vacancy.

 

99. The Company may in a Special General Meeting called for that purpose remove a Director provided notice of any such meeting shall be served upon the Director concerned not less than fourteen days before the meeting and he shall be entitled to be heard at that meeting. Any vacancy created by the removal of a Director at a Special General Meeting may be filled at the Special General Meeting by the election of another person as Director in his place or, in the absence of any such election by the Board.

 

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

100. The quorum for the transaction for the business of the Directors shall be two.

 

22

 

RESIGNATION AND DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

101. The office of a Director shall be vacated upon the happening of any of the following events:

 

(a) if he resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Registered Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board;

 

(b) if he becomes of unsound mind or a patient for any purpose of any statute or applicable law relating to mental health and the Board resolves that his office is vacated;

 

(c) if he becomes bankrupt or compounds with his creditors;

 

(d) if he is prohibited by law from being a Director;

 

(e) if he ceases to be a Director by virtue of the Companies Acts or is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws.

 

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

102. Director may at any time, by notice in writing signed by him delivered to the Registered Office of the Company or at a meeting of the Board, appoint any person (including another Director) to act as Alternate Director in his place during his absence and may in like manner at any time determine such appointment. If such person is not another Director such appointment unless previously approved by the Board shall have effect only upon and subject to being so approved. The appointment of an Alternate Director shall determine on the happening of any event which, were he a Director, would cause him to vacate such office or if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

103. An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notices of all meetings of Directors, to attend, be counted in the quorum and vote at any such meeting at which any Director to whom he is alternate is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of any Director to whom he is alternate in his absence.

 

104. Every person acting as an Alternate Director shall (except as regards powers to appoint an alternate and remuneration) be subject in all respects to the provisions of these Bye-laws relating to Directors and shall alone be responsible to the Company for his acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of or for any Director for whom he is alternate. An Alternate Director may be paid expenses and shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director. Every person acting as an Alternate Director shall have one vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate (in addition to his own vote if he is also a Director). The signature of an Alternate Director to any resolution in writing of the Board or a committee of the Board shall, unless the terms of his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as the signature of the Director or Directors to whom he is alternate.

 

23

 

DIRECTORS’ FEES AND ADDITIONAL REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES

 

105. The amount, if any, of Directors’ fees shall from time to time be determined by the Company by Resolution and in the absence of a determination to the contrary in general meeting, such fees shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. Each Director may be paid his reasonable travelling, hotel and incidental expenses in attending and returning from meetings of the Board or committees constituted pursuant to these Bye-laws or general meetings and shall be paid all expenses properly and reasonably incurred by him in the conduct of the Company’s business or in the discharge of his duties as a Director. Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purposes of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine, and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Bye-law.

 

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

106. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine, and may be paid such extra remuneration therefor (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine, and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Bye-law.

 

107. A Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as auditor) and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director.

 

108. Subject to the Companies Acts, a Director may notwithstanding his office be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested; and be a Director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is interested. The Board may also cause the voting power conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company to be exercised in such manner in all respects as it thinks fit, including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing the Directors or any of them to be directors or officers of such other company, or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the directors or officers of such other company.

 

24

 

109. So long as, where it is necessary, he declares the nature of his interest at the first opportunity at a meeting of the Board or by writing to the Directors as required by the Companies Acts, a Director shall not by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any office or employment to which these Bye-laws allow him to be appointed or from any transaction or arrangement in which these Bye-laws allow him to be interested, and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any interest or benefit.

 

110. Subject to the Companies Acts and any further disclosure required thereby, a general notice to the Directors by a Director or officer declaring that he is a director or officer or has an interest in a person and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction or arrangement made with that person, shall be a sufficient declaration of interest in relation to any transaction or arrangement so made.

 

POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD

 

111. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts and these Bye-laws the Board shall manage the business of the Company and may pay all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company and may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of these Bye-laws shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made. The powers given by this Bye-law shall not be limited by any special power given to the Board by these Bye-laws and a meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board.

 

112. The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any other persons.

 

113. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for money paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine.

 

114. The Board on behalf of the Company may provide benefits, whether by the payment of gratuities or pensions or otherwise, for any person including any Director or former Director who has held any executive office or employment with the Company or with any body corporate which is or has been a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or a predecessor in the business of the Company or of any such subsidiary or affiliate, and to any member of his family or any person who is or was dependent on him, and may contribute to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or other benefit, or for the insurance of any such person.

 

25

 

115. The Board may from time to time appoint one or more of its body to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine and may revoke or terminate any such appointments. Any such revocation or termination as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such Director may have against the Company or the Company may have against such Director for any breach of any contract of service between him and the Company which may be involved in such revocation or termination. Any person so appointed shall receive such remuneration (if any) (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine, and either in addition to or in lieu of his remuneration as a Director.

 

DELEGATION OF THE BOARD’S POWERS

 

116. The Board may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Bye-laws) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney and of such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

117. The Board may entrust to and confer upon any Director or officer any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

118. The Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to any person or to committees, consisting of such person or persons (whether a member or members of its body or not) as it thinks fit. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed upon it by the Board. Further, the Board may authorize any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any deed, agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.

 

26

 

PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD

 

119. The Board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it thinks fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes the motion shall be deemed to have been lost. A Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Board.

 

120. Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to him personally or by word of mouth or sent to him by post, cable, telex, telecopier, electronic means or other mode of representing or reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form at his last known address or any other address given by him to the Company for this purpose. Written notice of Board meetings shall be given with reasonable notice being not less than 24 hours whenever practicable. A Director may waive notice of any meeting either prospectively or retrospectively.

 

121. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be a majority of the Board present in person or by proxy. Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a meeting of the Board may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of the meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present.

 

122. A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract, transaction or arrangement with the Company and has complied with the provisions of the Companies Acts and these Bye-laws with regard to disclosure of his interest shall be entitled to vote in respect of any contract, transaction or arrangement in which he is so interested and if he shall do so his vote shall be counted, and he shall be taken into account in ascertaining whether a quorum is present.

 

123. So long as a quorum of Directors remains in office, the continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if no such quorum remains, the continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act only for the purpose of calling a general meeting.

 

124. The Chairman (if any) of the Board or, his absence the Director who has been appointed as the head of the Board shall preside as chairman at every meeting of the Board. If there is no such Chairman or Director or if at any meeting the Chairman or Director is not present within five (5) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is not willing to act as chairman, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

125. The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Bye-laws for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board.

 

27

 

126. A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Board or by all the members of a committee for the time being shall be as valid and effectual as a resolution passed at a meeting of the Board or, as the case may be, of such committee duly called and constituted. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of the Directors (or their Alternate Directors) or members of the committee concerned.

 

127. A meeting of the Board or a committee appointed by the Board may be held by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. A meeting of the Board or committee appointed by the Board held in the foregoing manner shall be deemed to take place at the place where the largest group of participating Directors or committee members has assembled or, if no such group exists, at the place where the chairman of the meeting participates which place shall, so far as reasonably practicable, be at the Registered Office of the Company.

 

128. All acts done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting as a Director or member of a committee or any person duly authorised by the Board or any committee, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated their office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director, member of such committee or person so authorised.

 

OFFICERS

 

129. The Board may appoint any person whether or not he is a Director to hold such office as the Board may from time to time determine. Any person elected or appointed pursuant to this Bye-law shall hold office for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine and the Board may revoke or terminate any such election or appointment. Any such revocation or termination shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such officer may have against the Company or the Company may have against such officer for any breach of any contract of service between him and the Company which may be involved in such revocation or termination. Save as provided in the Companies Acts or these Bye-laws, the powers and duties of the officers of the Company shall be such (if any) as are determined from time to time by the Board.

 

28

 

REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

130. The Secretary shall establish and maintain a register of the Directors and Officers of the Company as required by the Companies Acts. Every officer that is also a Director and the Secretary must be listed officers of the Company in the Register of Directors and Officers. The register of Directors and Officers shall be open to inspection in the manner prescribed by the Companies Acts between 10.00 a.m. and 12.00 noon on every working day.

 

MINUTES

 

131. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made and books kept for the purpose of recording:

 

(a) all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

(b) the names of the Directors and other persons (if any) present at each meeting of Directors and of any committee;

 

(c) of all proceedings at meetings of the Company, of the holders of any class of shares in the Company, and of committees;

 

(d) of all proceedings of managers (if any).

 

SECRETARY AND RESIDENT REPRESENTATIVE

 

132. The Secretary and Resident Representative, if necessary, shall be appointed by the Board at such remuneration (if any) and upon such terms as it may think fit and any Secretary so appointed may be removed by the Board.

 

133. The duties of the Secretary shall be those prescribed by the Companies Acts together with such other duties as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board.

 

134. A provision of the Companies Acts or these Bye-laws requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as, or in the place of, the Secretary.

 

THE SEAL

 

135. The Company may, but need not, have a Seal and one or more duplicate Seals for use in any place in or outside Bermuda.

 

136. If the Company has a Seal it shall consist of a circular metal device with the name of the Company around the outer margin thereof and the country and year of incorporation across the centre thereof.

 

29

 

137. The Board shall provide for the custody of every Seal, if any. A Seal shall only be used by authority of the Board or of a committee constituted by the Board. Subject to these Bye-laws, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed by at least one Director or the Secretary, or by any person (whether or not a Director or the Secretary), who has been authorised either generally or specifically to attest to the use of a Seal.

 

138. The Secretary, a Director or the Resident Representative may affix a Seal attested with his signature to certify the authenticity of any copies of documents.

 

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS

 

139. The Board may from time to time declare cash dividends or distributions out of contributed surplus to be paid to the Shareholders according to their rights and interests including such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the position of the Company. The Board may also pay any fixed cash dividend which is payable on any shares of the Company half yearly or on such other dates, whenever the position of the Company, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment.

 

140. Except insofar as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide:

 

(a) all dividends or distributions out of contributed surplus may be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend or distribution is paid, and an amount paid up on a share in advance of calls may be treated for the purpose of this Bye-law as paid-up on the share;

 

(b) dividends or distributions out of contributed surplus may be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid-up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend or distribution is paid.

 

141. The Board may deduct from any dividend, distribution or other moneys payable to a Shareholder by the Company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in respect of shares of the Company.

 

142. No dividend, distribution or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.

 

143. Any dividend, distribution, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid through or any relevant system for such payments, by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his address in the Register or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his registered address as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends, distributions or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.

 

30

 

144. Any dividend or distribution out of contributed surplus unclaimed for a period of six years from the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company and the payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend, distribution, interest or other sum payable on or in respect of the share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

 

145. The Board may direct payment or satisfaction of any dividend or distribution out of contributed surplus wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets, and in particular of paid-up shares or debentures of any other company, and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution or dividend the Board may settle it as it thinks expedient, and in particular, may authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may ignore fractions altogether, and may fix the value for distribution or dividend purposes of any such specific assets and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Shareholders upon the footing of the values so fixed in order to secure equality of distribution and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board. The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Shareholders.

 

RESERVES

 

146. The Board may, before recommending or declaring any dividend or distribution out of contributed surplus, set aside such sums as it thinks proper as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any sums which it may think it prudent not to distribute.

 

31

 

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

147. The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, at any time and from time to time pass a Resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund which is available for distribution or to the credit of any share premium account or any capital redemption reserve fund and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution amongst the Shareholders or any class of Shareholders who would be entitled thereto if distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that the same be not paid in cash but be applied either in or towards paying up amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such Shareholders respectively or in payment up in full of unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid amongst such Shareholders, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and the Board shall give effect to such Resolution, provided that for the purpose of this Bye-law, a share premium account and a capital redemption reserve fund may be applied only in paying up of unissued shares to be issued to such Shareholders credited as fully paid and provided further that any sum standing to the credit of a share premium account may only be applied in crediting as fully paid shares of the same class as that from which the relevant share premium was derived.

 

RECORD DATES

 

148. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bye-Laws, the Directors may fix any date as the record date for:

 

(a) determining the Shareholders entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution;

 

(b) determining the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting of the Company.

 

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

 

149. The Board shall cause to be kept accounting records sufficient to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to show and explain its transactions, in accordance with the Companies Acts.

 

150. The records of account shall be kept at the Registered Office or at such other place or places as the Board thinks fit, and shall at all times be open to inspection by the Directors: PROVIDED that if the records of account are kept at some place outside Bermuda, there shall be kept at an office of the Company in Bermuda such records as will enable the Directors to ascertain with reasonable accuracy the financial position of the Company at the end of each three month period. No Shareholder (other than an officer of the Company) shall have any right to inspect any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board or by Resolution.

 

32

 

151. A copy of every balance sheet and statement of income and expenditure, including every document required by law to be annexed thereto, which is to be laid before the Company in general meeting, together with a copy of the auditors’ report, shall be sent to each person entitled thereto in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Acts. Pursuant to Bye-law 116, the Board may delegate to the Finance Officer responsibility for the proper maintenance and safe keeping of all of the accounting records of the Company and (subject to the terms of any resolution from time to time passed by the Board relating to the extent of the duties of the Finance Officer) the Finance Officer shall have primary responsibility for (a) the preparation of proper management accounts of the Company (at such intervals as may be required) and (b) the periodic delivery of such management accounts to the Registered Office in accordance with the Companies Acts.

 

AUDIT

 

152. Save and to the extent that an audit is waived in the manner permitted by the Companies Acts, auditors shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accordance with the Companies Acts, any other applicable law and such requirements not inconsistent with the Companies Acts as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

SERVICE OF NOTICES AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

 

153. Any notice or other document (including a share certificate) may be served on or delivered to any Shareholder by the Company either personally or by sending it through the post (by airmail where applicable) in a pre-paid letter addressed to such Shareholder at his address as appearing in the Register or by delivering it to or leaving it at such registered address. In the case of joint holders of a share, service or delivery of any notice or other document on or to one of the joint holders shall for all purposes be deemed as sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders. Any notice or other document if sent by post shall be deemed to have been served or delivered two days after it was put in the post, and in proving such service or delivery, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice or document was properly addressed, stamped and put in the post.

 

154. Any notice of a general meeting of the Company shall be deemed to be duly given to a Shareholder if it is sent to him by cable, telex, telecopier or other mode of representing or reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form at his address as appearing in the Register or any other address given by him to the Company for this purpose. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been served twenty-four hours after its despatch.

 

33

 

155. Any notice or other document shall be deemed to be duly given to a Shareholder if it is delivered to such Shareholder by means of an electronic record in accordance with Section 2A of the Principal Act.

 

156. Any notice or other document delivered, sent or given to a Shareholder in any manner permitted by these Bye-laws shall, notwithstanding that such Shareholder is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Shareholder as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the time of the service or delivery of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed as sufficient service or delivery of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

 

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS

 

157. It shall be a term of issue of each share in the Company that each Shareholder shall provide the secretary or the registrar of the Branch Register with an email address for electronic communications by and with the Company and any notice or other document shall be deemed to be duly given to a Shareholder if it is delivered to such Shareholder by means of an electronic record in accordance with Section 2A of the Principal Act. A Shareholder may change such Shareholder’s address for electronic communications by sending a notice to the Secretary.

 

158. The Company may establish an extranet or other similar facility (the “ Company Website ”) and publish on the Company Website the Company’s memorandum of association and Bye-laws, Register, register of directors and officers, notices of annual general meeting and special general meeting, proxy and voting forms, Shareholder resolutions in writing proposed for execution by voting shareholders, financial statements, prospectuses and circulars and any other documents of the Company required by the Principal Act to be provided to or accessible by Shareholders or which the Board wishes to make applicable to Shareholders.

 

159. An email sent to a Shareholder at the email address for such Shareholder provided pursuant to Bye-law 158 above notifying the Shareholder that the Company has published a document on the Company Website and which is otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 2A of the Principal Act shall constitute notice of publication of the document and the Company shall be deemed to have delivered the documents referred in the email to the Shareholder.

 

34

 

WINDING UP

 

160. If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Companies Acts, divide amongst the Shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for such purposes set such values as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Shareholders or different classes of Shareholders. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trust for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Shareholder shall be compelled to accept any shares or other assets upon which there is any liability.

 

INDEMNITY

 

161. Subject to the provisions of Bye-law 171, no Director, Alternate Director, Officer, person or member of a committee authorised under Bye-law 119, Resident Representative of the Company or his heirs, executors or administrators shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects, or defaults of any other such person or any person involved in the formation of the Company, or for any loss or expense incurred by the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by the Company, or for the insufficiency of deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the monies of the Company shall be invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency, or tortious act of any person with whom any monies, securities, or effects shall be deposited, or for any loss occasioned by any error of judgment, omission, default, or oversight on his part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in relation to the execution of his duties, or supposed duties, to the Company or otherwise in relation thereto.

 

162. Subject to the provisions of Bye-law 169, every Director, Alternate Director, Officer, person or member of a committee authorised under Bye-law 119, Resident Representative of the Company and their respective heirs, executors or administrators shall be indemnified and held harmless out of the funds of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by Bermuda law against all liabilities, loss, damage or expense (including but not limited to liabilities under contract, tort and statute or any applicable foreign law or regulation and all reasonable legal and other costs and expenses properly payable) incurred or suffered by him as such Director, Alternate Director, Officer, person or committee member or Resident Representative and the indemnity contained in this Bye-law shall extend to any person acting as such Director, Alternate Director, Officer, person or committee member or Resident Representative in the reasonable belief that he has been so appointed or elected notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election.

 

35

 

163. Every Director, Alternate Director, Officer, person or member of a committee duly authorised under Bye-law 119, Resident Representative of the Company and their respective heirs, executors or administrators shall be indemnified out of the funds of the Company against all liabilities incurred by him as such Director, Alternate Director, Officer, person or committee member or Resident Representative in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favour, or in which he is acquitted, or in connection with any application under the Companies Acts in which relief from liability is granted to him by the court.

 

164. To the extent that any Director, Alternate Director, Officer, person or member of a committee duly authorised under Bye-law 119, Resident Representative of the Company or any of their respective heirs, executors or administrators is entitled to claim an indemnity pursuant to these Bye-laws in respect of amounts paid or discharged by him, the relative indemnity shall take effect as an obligation of the Company to reimburse the person making such payment or effecting such discharge.

 

165. The Board may arrange for the Company to be insured in respect of all or any part of its liability under the provision of these Bye-laws and may also purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Directors, Alternate Directors, Officers, person or member of a committee authorised under Bye-law 119, employees or Resident Representatives of the Company in respect of any liability that may be incurred by them or any of them howsoever arising in connection with their respective duties or supposed duties to the Company. This Bye-law shall not be construed as limiting the powers of the Board to effect such other insurance on behalf of the Company as it may deem appropriate.

 

166. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Principal Act, the Company may advance moneys to an Officer or Director for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Officer or Director in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against them on the condition that the Director or Officer shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved against them.

 

167. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director, Alternate Director, Officer of the Company, person or member of a committee authorised under Bye-law 118, Resident Representative of the Company or any of their respective heirs, executors or administrators on account of any action taken by any such person, or the failure of any such person to take any action in the performance of his duties, or supposed duties, to the Company or otherwise in relation thereto.

 

168. The restrictions on liability, indemnities and waivers provided for in Bye-laws 161 to 168 inclusive shall not extend to any matter which would render the same void pursuant to the Companies Acts.

 

36

 

169. The restrictions on liability, indemnities and waivers contained in Bye-laws 161 to 168 inclusive shall be in addition to any rights which any person concerned may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of applicable Bermuda law.

 

CONTINUATION

 

170. Subject to the Companies Acts, the Company may with the approval of the Board by resolution adopted by a majority of Directors then in office, approve the discontinuation of the Company in Bermuda and the continuation of the Company in a jurisdiction outside Bermuda.

 

ALTERATION OF BYE-LAWS

 

171. These Bye-laws may be amended from time to time in the manner provided for in the Companies Acts, provided that any such amendment shall only become operative to the extent that it has been confirmed by Resolution.

 

REQUIREMENT TO SUPPLY INFORMATION TO THE COMPANY

 

172. (1) It shall be a term of issue of any share in the Company that the Company may by notice in writing requires any registered shareholder to give such further informant as may be required in accordance with Bye-law 172.

 

(2) A notice under this Bye-law 172 may require the person to whom it is addressed:-

 

(a) to give particulars of his own past or present interest in shares comprised in relevant share capital of the Company;

 

(b) where the interest is a present interest and any other interest in the shares subsists to give (so far as lies within his knowledge) such particulars with respect to that other interest as may be required by the notice;

 

(c) where his interest is a past interest, to give (so far as lies within his knowledge) particulars of the identity of the person who held that interest immediately upon his ceasing to hold it.

 

(3) The particulars referred to in Bye-laws 172(2)(a) and 172(2)(b) include particulars of the identity of persons interested in the shares in question and of whether person interested in the same shares are or were parties to any agreement or arrangement relating to the exercise of any rights conferred by the holding of the shares.

 

37

 

(4) A notice under this Bye-law 172 must require any information given in response to the notice to be given in writing within such reasonable time as may be specified in the notice.

 

REMOVAL OF VOTING RIGHTS WHERE DEFAULT

 

173. (1) If any shareholder of the Company, or any other person appearing to be interested in shares held by such shareholder, has been duly served with a notice under Bye-law172 and is in default for the prescribed period in supplying to the Company the information thereby required, then (unless the Board otherwise determines) in respect of:-

 

(a) the shares comprising the shareholding account in the register of members of the company (including any branch register) which comprises or includes the shares in relation to which the default occurred (all or the relevant number as appropriate of such shares being the “default shares”, which expression shall include any further shares which are issued in respect of such shares); and

 

(b) any other shares in the company held by the shareholder; 

 

  the shareholder shall not (for so long as the default continues) nor shall any transferee to whom any of such shares are transferred other than pursuant to an approved transfer pursuant to Bye-law 172 be entitled to vote either personally or by proxy at a shareholders’ meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by virtue of being a shareholder in relation to shareholders’ meetings of the Company.

 

174. (a) Deemed interest where not the registered holder

 

A person is taken to have an interest in shares of:-

 

(a) he enters into a contract for their purchase by him (whether for cash or other consideration); or

 

(b) not being the registered holder, he is entitled to exercise any right conferred by the holding of the shares or is entitled to control the exercise of any such right.

 

(b) Further deemed interests

 

A person is taken to have an interest in shares if, otherwise than by virtue of having an interest under a trust:-

 

(a) he has a right to call for delivery of the shares to himself or to his order; or
 
38

 
(b) he has a right to acquire an interest in shares or is under an obligation to take an interest in shares, 

 

whether in any case the right or obligation is conditional or absolute.

 

(c) Entitlement to exercise rights

 

For purposes of Bye-law 174[ ], a person is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of any right conferred by the holding of shares if he:-

 

(a) has a right (whether subject to conditions or not) the exercise of which would make him so entitled; or

 

(b) is under an obligation (whether so subject or not) the fulfillment of which would make him so entitled.

 

(d) Joint interests

 

Persons  having a joint interest are taken each of them to have that interest.

 

(e) Unidentifiable interests

 

It is immaterial that shares in which a person has an interest are unidentifiable.

 

(f) Restrictions on the exercise of rights ignored

 

A reference to an interest in shares is to be read as including an interest of any kind whatsoever in the shares; and accordingly there are to be disregarded any restraints or restrictions to which the exercise of any right attached to the interest is or may be subject.

 

(g) A transfer of shares is an approved transfer if the Board is satisfied that the transfer is made pursuant to a bona fide sale of the whole of the beneficial ownership of the shares to a party unconnected with the shareholder or with any person appearing to be interested in such shares including any such sale made through the Listing Exchange.

39


Exhibit 5.1


 
 

    July 2019 Ref. 34852.0006  

 

By Email and by Hand

 

 

Borr Drilling Limited

S.E. Pearman Building,

2 nd floor, 9 Par-la-Ville Road

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda 

 

 

Dear Sirs,

 

Borr Drilling Limited ( the “Company” )

 

1. Subject of Opinion

 

We are lawyers duly qualified to practise in Bermuda. This opinion as to the laws of Bermuda is addressed to you in connection with the preparation of a registration statement on Form F-l, as thereafter amended or supplemented, (File No. 333-      ) (the “ Registration Statement ”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on     July 2019 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), with regard to the registration of $50,000,000 of common shares in the share capital of the Company, having a par value of US$0.05 each (the “ Shares ”), including the underwriters’ overallotment option. The Shares are to be offered in the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Offering ”) pursuant to an underwriting agreement to be entered into between Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and DNB Markets, Inc., acting severally on behalf of itself and the several underwriters named therein, and the Company (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

 

2. Documents Examined

 


For the purposes of this opinion we have examined and relied upon the following (collectively, the “ Documents ”):

 

2.1. a copy of the Registration Statement;

  

2.2. a copy of the latest draft of the Underwriting Agreement;

 

2.3. a copy of the following documents of the Company, as certified by the Secretary thereof on     July 2019:

 

(a) Certificate of Incorporation;

 


Page 2
(b) Certificate of Incorporation on Change of Name;

 

(c) Memorandum of Association;

 

(d) Bye-laws;

 

(e) Certificates of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital;

 

(f) Resolutions passed by the Board of Directors of the Company on     July 2019 (the “ Resolutions ”);

 

(g) Tax Assurance; and

 

(h) Register of Directors and Officers;

 

2.4. a Certificate of Compliance issued by the Bermuda Registrar of Companies (“ ROC ”) in respect of the Company dated     July 2019; and

 

2.5. such other documents as we have deemed necessary in order to render this opinion.

 

A reference to a document does not include any other instrument or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto. Except as stated in this paragraph 2, we have not examined any contract, instrument or other document entered into by, or affecting, the Company or any corporate records of the Company and have not made any other enquiries concerning the Company. 

 

3. Opinion Limited to Bermuda Law

 

We have made no investigation of the laws of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda and this opinion is given only with respect to Bermuda law as applied by the courts of Bermuda at the date thereof and is governed by, and should be construed in accordance with, those laws. This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein and does not extend to, and is not intended to be extended by implication to, any other matters. This opinion is issued solely for the purposes of the filing of the Registration Statement by the Company and the issuance of the Shares pursuant to the Offering and may not be relied upon in respect of any other matter.

 

5. Assumptions

 

In giving this opinion we have assumed:

 

5.1. the authenticity, accuracy and completeness of all Documents (including, without limitation, public records) submitted to us as originals and the conformity to authentic original documents of all Documents submitted to us as certified, conformed, notarised or photo static copies;

 

5.2. the genuineness of all seals, signatures and markings on the Documents;

 

5.3. the authority, capacity and power of each of the persons signing the Documents (other than the Company);

 


Page 3

 

5.4. that any representation, warranty or statement of fact or law, other than the laws of Bermuda, made in any of the Documents, is true, accurate and complete;

 

5.5. that each of the Documents which was received by electronic means is complete, intact and in conformity with the transmission as sent;

 

5.6. that there are no provisions of the laws or regulations of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein;

 

5.7. that the Resolutions certified as being true and accurate and provided to us in connection with the giving of this opinion were duly adopted by the duly elected or appointed directors of the Company or any duly constituted committee thereof; that any provisions contained in the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, as amended (the “ Companies Act ”), or the bye-laws of the Company relating to the declaration of directors’ interests and the convening of, the quorum required for, and voting at the meetings of the directors and the adopting of written resolutions of the directors were duly observed; and that such Resolutions have not been amended or rescinded, either in whole or in part, and are in full force and effect;

 

5.8. that at the time the Shares are issued, the common shares of the Company will be listed on an "appointed stock exchange" as defined in the Companies Act;

 

5.9. that upon issue of any Shares the Company will receive consideration for the full issue price thereof which shall be equal to at least the par value thereof;

 

5.11. that, when executed and delivered, the Underwriting Agreement will be in a form which does not differ in any material respects from the draft thereof which we have examined for the purposes of this opinion; and

 

5.12. that all Shares have been issued in compliance with all matters of, and the validity and enforceability thereof under, applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and other laws (other than the laws of Bermuda, in respect of which we are opining).

  

6. Opinion

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and further subject to the reservations mentioned below and to any matters not disclosed to us, we are of the opinion that, as at today’s date, the Shares have been duly authorised and, when issued, sold and paid for as contemplated in the Underwriting Agreement and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

7. Reservations

 

We have the following reservation:

 

7.1. any reference in this opinion to shares being “non-assessable” means, in relation to fully-paid shares of the Company and subject to any contrary provision in any agreement in writing between the Company and the holder of shares, that: no shareholder shall be obliged to contribute further amounts to the capital of the Company, either in order to complete payment for their shares, to satisfy claims of creditors of the Company, or otherwise; and no shareholder shall be bound by an alteration of the Memorandum of Association or Bye-Laws of the Company after the date on which he became a shareholder, if and so far as the alteration requires him to take, or subscribe for additional shares, or in any way increases his liability to contribute to the share capital of, or otherwise to pay money to, the Company.

 


Page 4

 

8. Disclosure

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus attached to the Registration Statement, without admitting that we are “experts” within the meaning of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, with respect to any part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under section 7 of the Act.

 

This opinion speaks as of its date and is strictly limited to the matters stated in it and we assume no obligation to review or update this opinion if applicable law or the existing facts or circumstances should change.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

MJM LIMITED

 


 




PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

Exhibit 10.1

Execution version

25 JUNE 2019

SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES AGREEMENT

between

BORR DRILLING LIMITED
as borrower

THE COMPANIES
listed in Part I of Schedule 1
as guarantors

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Part II of Schedule 1
as original lenders

DANSKE BANK A/S, DNB BANK ASA, and CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED
as hedging banks

DANSKE BANK A/S and DNB BANK ASA
as coordinators

DANSKE BANK A/S, DNB BANK ASA, and CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED
as bookrunners and mandated lead arrangers

DNB BANK ASA
as original issuing bank

DNB BANK ASA
as facility agent

___________________________

USD 450,000,000
___________________________



PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
INDEX

1
INTERPRETATION
1
2
THE FACILITIES
25
3
PURPOSE AND APPLICATION
26
4
CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
26
5
UTILISATION – LOANS
28
6
UTILISATION – TRADE FINANCE INSTRUMENTS
31
7
TRADE FINANCE INSTRUMENTS
34
8
REPAYMENT
36
9
PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
38
10
ESTABLISHMENT OF INCREMENTAL AMOUNTS
43
11
INTEREST
46
12
INTEREST PERIODS
47
13
CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
48
14
FEES
50
15
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
51
16
INCREASED COSTS
55
17
OTHER INDEMNITIES
56
18
MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
58
19
COSTS AND EXPENSES
58
20
SECURITY
59
21
GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY
60
22
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
65
23
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
72
24
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
75
25
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
77
26
RIG UNDERTAKINGS
86
27
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
91
28
CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
95
29
CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
99
30
THE ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGERS, THE COORDINATORS, THE ISSUING BANK AND THE REFERENCE BANKS
101
31
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES AND HEDGING BANKS
109
32
SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
110
ii

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
33
PAYMENT MECHANICS
111
34
SET-OFF
114
35
SUBORDINATION OF INTRA-OBLIGOR LIABILITIES
114
36
NOTICES
115
37
CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
117
38
PARTIAL INVALIDITY
117
39
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
118
40
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
118
41
DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY
120
42
CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS
122
43
ARTICLE 55 OF DIRECTIVE 2014/59/EU – BAIL-IN ACTION
125
44
COUNTERPARTS
126
45
GOVERNING LAW
126
46
CONFLICT
126
47
ENFORCEMENT
126

SCHEDULES

1.
ORIGINAL PARTIES          
 
2.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS          
 
3.
REQUESTS AND NOTICES          
 
4.
FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE          
 
5.
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE          
 
6.
EXISTING RIGS          
 
7.
FORM OF INCREMENTAL NOTICE          
 
iii

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is dated 25 June 2019 and made between:

(1)
BORR DRILLING LIMITED , of S.E. Pearman Building, 2nd Fl., 9 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda, with company registration number 51741, as borrower (the “ Borrower ”);

(2)
THE COMPANIES listed in Part I of Schedule 1 as original guarantors (the “ Original Guarantors ”);

(3)
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 as original lenders (the “ Original Lenders ”);

(4)
DANSKE BANK A/S and DNB BANK ASA , as coordinators (the “ Coordinators ”);

(5)
DANSKE BANK A/S , DNB BANK ASA , and CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED as hedging banks (the “ Hedging Banks ”);

(6)
DANSKE BANK A/S , DNB BANK ASA , and CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED as bookrunners and mandated lead arrangers (the “ Arrangers ”);

(7)
DNB BANK ASA as original issuing bank (the “ Original Issuing Bank ”); and

(8)
DNB BANK ASA , Dronning Eufemias gate 30, 0191 Oslo, Norway, as facility agent (the “ Agent ”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1
INTERPRETATION

1.1
Definitions

In this Agreement:

Accession Letter ” means an accession letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

Additional Guarantor ” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Additional Intermediate Holding Company ” means a company which becomes an Additional Intermediate Holding Company in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Additional Intra-Group Charterer ” means a company which becomes an Additional Intra-Group Charterer in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Additional Rig Owner ” means a company which becomes an Additional Rig Owner in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange ” means:

(a)
the Agent’s spot rate of exchange; or

(b)
(if the Agent does not have an available spot rate of exchange) any other publicly available spot rate of exchange selected by the Agent (acting reasonably), 

for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

Approved Accounting Principles ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and, where used in respect of Obligors other than the Borrower , including IFRS or generally accepted accounting principles in the relevant jurisdiction.

Approved Brokers ” means Arctic Offshore International AS, Fearnleys, Clarkson Valuations Limited, IHS and/or any other ship broker approved by the Agent.

Approved Classification Society ” means DNV GL Group AS, American Bureau of Shipping, Bureau Veritas and Lloyd’s Register Group Limited and/or any other classification society approved by the Lenders.

Approved Ship Registers ” means, the international ship registers of Liberia, the Marshall Islands, Panama and (prior to the Reflagging Date (if a Lender has requested that the reflagging contemplated by Clause 26.14 ( Reflagging ) occurs) and after the Reflagging Date if no such request has been made) Vanuatu and any other jurisdictions approved by the Lenders.

Assignment Agreement ” means each assignment agreement in respect of:

(a)
a first priority assignment of a Rig Owner or Intra-Group Charterer’s claims, rights, title and interest to any Qualifying Employment Contract;

(b)
a first priority assignment of the Earnings;

(c)
a first priority assignment of the Insurances;

(d)
a first priority assignment of any monetary claims in respect of any Hedging Agreements (if applicable); and

(e)
a first priority assignment of Intra-Group Loans (if applicable),

entered into between an Obligor and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) at any time until all amounts outstanding under this Agreement have been irrevocably repaid in full, in such form and substance as the Agent may

Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.
2

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Availability Period ” means:

(a)
in relation to Facility A:


a.
prior to the occurrence of any Establishment Date, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including 31 August 2019; and


b.
following the occurrence of any Establishment Date, and in respect of any amount by which Facility A is increased in accordance with Clause 10 ( Establishment of Incremental Amounts ) only, the period from and including the Establishment Date thereof to and including 30 March 2021;

(b)
in relation to the Newbuild Facility the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the earlier to occur of (i) the Delivery Date and (ii) 30 September 2020, or such later date as the Lenders may agree (following any delay in the Delivery Date as a result of permissible delays in accordance with the Rigbuilding Contract);

(c)
in relation the Trade Finance Facility the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling one (1) month prior to the Termination Date; and

(d)
in relation to any part of the Incremental Revolving Facility the period from and including the Establishment Date thereof to and including the date falling one (1) month prior to the Termination Date.

Available Commitment ” means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment minus the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans.

Available Facility ” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

Back Stop Facility ” means the USD 100,000,000 senior secured revolving credit facility for refinancing of the Incremental Rigs to be dated on or about the date of this Agreement between, among others, the Borrower as borrower and Agent as agent.

Base Currency ” means USD.

Base Currency Amount ” means, in relation to a Utilisation in respect of a Trade Finance Instrument, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by the Borrower for that Utilisation (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three (3) Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request) as adjusted under Clause 6.7 ( Revaluation of Trade Finance Instruments ) as adjusted to reflect any repayment or prepayment of a Utilisation.

Break Costs ” means the amount (if any) by which:

(a)
the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;
3

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
exceeds:

(b)
the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the London interbank market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Bermuda, Dubai, Copenhagen, Oslo, New York, Singapore and London in relation to any payment to be made in USD.

Change of Control ” means:

(a)
if any person or group of persons acting in concert owns more than 1/3 of the total amount of shares or are able to vote for more than 1/3 of the voting shares in the Borrower, other than Tor Olav Trøim and a person or group of persons collaborating or acting in concert with Tor Olav Trøim; and/or

(b)
Tor Olav Trøim ceases to own (directly or indirectly) at least 30,000,000 ordinary shares in the Borrower, as adjusted to 6,000,000 shares following completion of the reverse share split announced by the Borrower on 21 June 2019, and as further adjusted in the event of a future split or reverse split of the shares in the Borrower; and/or

(c)
Tor Olav Trøim ceases to be a member of the board of directors of the Borrower.

For the purpose of the definition of “Change of Control”, “Tor Olav Trøim” means Mr Tor Olav Trøim, companies controlled by him and/or any trust created for the benefit of him (including companies controlled by it).

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Commitment ” means a Facility A Commitment, Newbuild Facility Commitment, Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments or Trade Finance Facility Commitment.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ).

Confidential Information ” means all information relating to any member of the Group, the Finance Documents or a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either:

(a)
any Obligor or any of its respective advisers or Affiliates; or

(b)
another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any Obligor or any of its respective advisers or Affiliates,
4

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:

(i)
information that:

(A)
is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates of Clause 41 ( Disclosure of information and confidentiality ) (for the avoidance of doubt, the disclosure of information by any Obligor or any of its respective advisers or Affiliates to any of its other creditors will not cause such information to become public information); or

(B)
is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Obligor or any of its respective advisers or Affiliates; or

(C)
is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Obligors and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

(ii)
any Reference Bank Rate.

Confidentiality Undertaking ” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA as at the date of this Agreement, or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.

Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 27 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

Delivery Date ” means the date on which the Newbuild Rig is delivered by the Shipyard to Borr Tivar Inc. under the Rigbuilding Contract (and at the date of this Agreement the Delivery Date is scheduled for 15 July 2020).

Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

(a)
a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with a Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

(b)
the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

(i)
from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

(ii)
from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,
5

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Earnings ” means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to any Obligor which arise out of the use of or operation of any of the Rigs, including (but not limited to):

(a)
all freight, hire and passage moneys payable to an Obligor as a consequence of the operation of the Rig;

(b)
any claim under any guarantee in respect of any charterparty, pool agreement or other contract of employment entered into by an Obligor in respect of the Rig or otherwise related to freight, hire or passage moneys payable to an Obligor as a consequence of the operation of the Rig;

(c)
compensation payable to an Obligor in the event of any requisition of the Rig or for the use of the Rig by any government authority or other competent authority;

(d)
remuneration for salvage, towage and other services performed by the Rig and payable to an Obligor;

(e)
demurrage and retention money receivable by an Obligor in relation to the Rig;

(f)
all moneys which are at any time payable under the insurances in respect of loss of Earnings;

(g)
if and whenever the Rig is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within (a) to (e) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Rig; and

(h)
any other money whatsoever due or to become due to an Obligor from third parties in relation to the Rig.

Earnings Accounts ” means any bank accounts in the name of a Guarantor with the Agent as account bank into which all Earnings and insurance proceeds are paid directly in accordance with Clause 25.22 (ii).

Earnings Account Pledge ” means each pledge agreement entered into by an Obligor and the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) at any time until all amounts outstanding under this Agreement has been irrevocably repaid in full, in such form and substance as the Agent may require in respect each Obligor’s Earnings Account(s).

Environmental or Social Claim ” means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority, litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings, or formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental or Social Law.

Environmental or Social Law ” means any applicable law or regulation, convention or treaty in any jurisdiction in which any of the Obligors and/or any Manager conducts business which relates to:

(a)
the pollution or protection of the environment;

(b)
the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;
6

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
the labour or health and safety conditions of the workplace, including employee relations;

(d)
the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the environment, including, without limitation, any waste; or

(e)
operations in environmentally or socially sensitive areas, including but not limited to, National Parks and other protected areas identified by national or international law, sensitive locations or critical habitats of international, national or regional importance, such as the arctic, wetlands, forests or other areas with high biodiversity value, sites that are critical for rare, vulnerable, migratory or endangered species (as defined by the IUCN Red List of Threatened Animals), areas of archaeological or cultural significance, areas of importance for indigenous peoples or other vulnerable groups, and areas, which affected, would have significant impacts on livelihoods, or other fundamental human rights.

Environmental Permits ” means any permit and other Authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental or Social Law for the operation of the business of the Borrower or any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by the Borrower or any member of the Group.

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

Establishment Date ” means, in relation to an Incremental Amount, the later of:

(a)
the proposed Establishment Date specified in the relevant Incremental Notice; and

(b)
the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Incremental Notice.

EU Ship Recycling Regulation ” means Regulation (EU) No. 1257/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 November 2013 on ship recycling and amending Regulation (EC) No. 1013/2006 and Directive 2009/16/EC.

EUROBOND ” means the Loan Note Instrument currently constituting USD100,000,000 Unsecured LIBOR + 7.50% Loan Notes 2024 of Borr (UK) Holdings Limited (as the same may be increased, amended, supplemented or replaced) dated 4 April 2019 and listed on the Cayman Islands Stock Exchange with ISIN GBOOBGRX9G29 and all Notes issued thereunder, including Loan Note having Certificate No. 1 dated 4 April 2019 in the nominal amount of USD 90,000,000 issued to the Borrower.

Event of Default ” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 27 ( Events of Default ).

Equity Raise ” means receipt by the Borrower of cash proceeds of at least USD[***] following an equity issue in the Borrower completed after the date of this Agreement.

Existing Indebtedness ” means the Financial Indebtedness outstanding in respect of the Existing Rigs which shall be refinanced by the first Utilisation under Facility A.

Existing Rigs ” means the rigs listed in Schedule 6 ( Existing Rigs ) and “ Existing Rig ” means any one of them.
7

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Existing Security ” means the Security securing the Existing Indebtedness.

Expiry Date ” means, for a Trade Finance Instrument, the last day of its Term.

Facilities ” means, collectively, Facility A, the Newbuild Facility, the Incremental Revolving Facility and the Trade Finance Facility, and “ Facility ” means any one of them.

Facility A ” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (a) of Clause 2.1 ( The Facilities ) as increased pursuant to Clause 10 ( Establishment of Incremental Amounts ).

Facility A Loan ” means the loan made or to be made under Facility A in connection with the first Utilisation under this Agreement or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Facility A Incremental Loan ” means any loan made or to be made under Facility A following the increase of Facility A pursuant to Clause 10 ( Establishment of Incremental Amounts ).

Facility A Commitment ” means:

(a)

(i)
prior to any Establishment Date, in relation to an Original Lender the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Facility A Commitment” in Schedule 1, Part II ( Lenders and Commitments ) and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(ii)
after the first Establishment Date (if any), in relation to an Original Lender or a Lender (including an Incremental Lender) the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Facility A Commitment” in the first Incremental Notice and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;

(iii)
after the second Establishment Date (if any), in relation to an Original Lender or a Lender (including an Incremental Lender) the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Facility A Commitment” in the second Incremental Notice and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(b)
in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

in each case to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Facility Office ” means:

(a)
the office or offices notified by a Lender or the Issuing Bank to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, following that date, by not less than five (5) Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

(b)
in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.
8

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
FATCA ” means:

(a)
sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

(b)
any treaty, law, regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

(c)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date ” means:

(a)
in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

(b)
in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

Fee Letter ” means any letter or letters between the Agent, the Issuing Bank, and/or the Arrangers and the Borrower setting out any of the fees relating to this Agreement referred to in Clause 14 ( Fees ) and any other document designated as such by the Agent the Issuing Bank, and/or the Arrangers and the Borrower.

Free Liquidity ” shall have the meaning ascribed to in Clause 24.1 ( Financial Definitions ).

Finance Document ” means this Agreement, any Compliance Certificate, any Security Document, any Fee Letter, any Selection Notice, any Utilisation Request, any Incremental Notice and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower and, as long as there is an Event of Default which is continuing and for the purposes of Clause 27 ( Events of Default ) (other than Clause 27.19 ( Acceleration )), Clause 32 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ), Clause 33 ( Payment mechanics ) and Clause 34 ( Set-off ) only, “Finance Document” shall also include any Hedging Agreement.

Finance Parties ” means the Agent, the Arrangers, the Coordinators, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and, as long as there is an Event of Default which is continuing and for the purposes of Clause 27 ( Events of Default ), Clause 32 (Sharing among the Finance Parties), Clause 33 ( Payment mechanics ) and Clause 34 ( Set-off ) only, “ Finance Party ” shall also include the Hedging Banks.

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

(a)
moneys borrowed;
9

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(b)
any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

(c)
any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

(d)
the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles, be treated as a balance sheet liability (other than in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles in force prior to 31 December 2018 have been treated as an operating lease);

(e)
receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

(f)
any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

(g)
any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

(h)
any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

(i)
the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above.

Funding Rate ” means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 13.4 ( Cost of funds ).

Group ” means the Borrower and all its Subsidiaries.

Guarantee Commission ” means a guarantee commission computed at [***]% of the Margin in effect on the date of the relevant Utilisation Request.

Guarantor ” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Hedging Agreement ” means any agreement entered into or to be entered into between an Obligor for the hedging of the interest rate or currency exposure of that Obligor or any part thereof, or any other derivative products that Obligor has or may have with a Hedging Bank.

Holding Company ” means, in relation to any company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.
10

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Incremental Amount ” means the aggregate amount of the increases to Facility A and the Incremental Revolving Facility following any Establishment Date pursuant to Clause 10 ( Establishment of Incremental Amounts ).

Incremental Amount Conditions Precedent ” means, in relation to an Incremental Amount any document and other evidence specified as such in the relevant Incremental Notice.

Incremental Commitment ” means in relation to a Lender which is an Incremental Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Incremental Commitment” in the relevant Incremental Notice.

Incremental Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Incremental Notice ).

Incremental Lender ” means, in relation to an Incremental Commitment, any entity which is listed as such in an Incremental Notice.

Incremental Revolving Facility ” means the revolving loan facility that may be established and made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (d) of Clause 2.1 ( The Facilities ).

Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments ” means:

(a)


(i)
after the first Establishment Date (if any), in relation to an Original Lender or a Lender (including an Incremental Lender) the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment” in the first Incremental Notice and the amount of any other Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;

(ii)
after the second Establishment Date (if any), in relation to an Original Lender or a Lender (including an Incremental Lender) the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment” in the second Incremental Notice and the amount of any other Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(b)
in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Incremental Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

in each case to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Incremental Revolving Loan ” means a loan made or to be made under the Incremental Revolving Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Incremental Rigs ” means the rigs “ Ran ” and “ Odin ”.

Incremental Supplemental Security ” means any documents and other evidence required by the Agent (in its sole discretion) for the purpose of establishing Transaction Security in respect of an Incremental Rig and each Additional Guarantor, Additional Intermediate Holding Company, Additional Rig Owner and Additional Intra-Group Charterer which is required to accede to this Agreement in accordance with sub-paragraphs B, C and D of paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 10.5 ( Conditions to establishment ) on terms corresponding to the Transaction Security established against the Existing Rigs and the Obligors.
11

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Insurance Report ” means a signed report prepared by an independent insurance consultant selected by the Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and at the Borrower’s expense, confirming in accordance with market practice inter alia full details of the insurance in place for the Rigs, the identity of each insurance company, underwriter and/or club providing such insurance and further confirming that adequate insurance is in place in respect of the Rigs and that such insurance is consistent with the terms of Clause 26.1 ( Insurances ).

Insurances ” means, in relation to a Rig, all policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of a Rig in a protection and indemnity or war risk association) which are from time to time in place or taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of a Guarantor (whether in the sole name of a Guarantor or in the joint names of a Guarantor and any other person) in respect of a Rig or otherwise in connection with a Rig and all benefits thereunder (including claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums).

Interest Period ” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 12 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 11.3 ( Default interest ).

Intermediate Holding Company ” means an Original Intermediate Holding Company or an Additional Intermediate Holding Company, unless it has ceased to be an Intermediate Holding Company in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Interpolated Screen Rate ” means, in relation to any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a)
the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

(b)
the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each as of noon Oslo time on the relevant Quotation Day.

Intra-Group Charterer ” means an Original Intra-Group Charterer or an Additional Intra-Group Charterer, unless it has ceased to be an Intra-Group Charterer in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Intra-Group Loans ” means any current or future loan or inter-company balance between a Rig Owner as borrower or lender and another member of the Group as lender or borrower.

Intra-Group Loan Assignment ” means any assignment entered into by any relevant member of the Group (other than a Rig Owner) and the Agent whereby any relevant member of the Group (other than a Rig Owner) assigns to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) all of its monetary claims in respect of any Intra-Group Loan.

Inventory of Hazardous Material ” (previously known as a green passport) means a statement of compliance issued by the relevant classification society/shipyard which includes a list of any and all materials known to be potentially hazardous utilised in the construction of the Rigs.
12

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Issuing Bank ” means:

(a)
the Original Issuing Bank; and

(b)
any Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender which has become a Party as an “ Issuing Bank ” pursuant to Clause 6.9 ( Appointment of Additional Issuing Banks ),

(and if there is more than one such Issuing Bank, such Issuing Banks shall be referred to, whether acting individually or together, as the “ Issuing Bank ”) provided that, in respect of a Letter of Credit issued or to be issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the “ Issuing Bank ” shall be the Issuing Bank which has issued or agreed to issue that Letter of Credit.

Joint Venture ” means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other entity.

Labour or Human Rights Claim ” means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority, litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings, or formal notice or investigation by any person which arises out of, in relation to the Rigs, any incidents related to labour disputes or human rights issues, included, but not limited to, fatalities or major injuries to staff or contractors or the general population, major labour strikes or demonstrations and fines/sanctions from relevant authorities.

L/C Proportion ” means, in relation to a Lender in respect of any Trade Finance Instrument, the proportion (expressed as a percentage) borne by that Lender’s Available Commitment to the Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments immediately prior to the issue of that Trade Finance Instrument, adjusted to reflect any assignment or transfer under this Agreement to or by that Lender.

Legal Reservations ” means:

(a)
the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

(b)
the time barring of claims under any applicable law and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

(c)
similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

(d)
any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the legal opinions delivered pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

Lender ” means:

(a)
any Original Lender; and

(b)
any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
13

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
LIBOR ” means, in relation to any Loan:

(a)
the applicable Screen Rate as of 11:00 a.m. London time on the relevant Quotation Day for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; or

(b)
as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ),

and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

Loan ” means a Term Loan or an Incremental Revolving Loan.

Majority Lenders ” means, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitment aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduces to zero, aggregated more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction.

Managers ” means any company being part of the Group, when acting as commercial and/or technical managers of the Rigs or any of them.

Margin ” means:

(a)
[***] ([***]) per cent. per annum if the Equity Raise has not been completed; and

(b)
[***] ([***]) per cent. per annum if the Equity Raise has been completed,

Market Value ” means, in relation to a Rig, the average fair market value of the Rig determined by calculating the arithmetic mean of two independent valuations of the Rig obtained from two Approved Brokers. Such valuation to be denominated in USD.

If such valuations differ by a margin of more than 10% of the lowest valuation, then a third Approved Broker shall provide a valuation and the Market Value shall be the arithmetic mean of the three valuations.

All valuations to be made on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery, for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing buyer and a willing seller, on an “as is where is” basis free of any existing charter or other contract of employment and/or pool arrangements.

Material Adverse Effect ” means, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders a material adverse effect on:

(a)
the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance or assets of the Group taken as a whole since the date at which its latest audited financial statements were prepared;

(b)
the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents or the Hedging Agreements;

(c)
subject to the Legal Reservations, the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any security granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to, any Finance Document or Hedging Agreement; or

(d)
subject to the Legal Reservations, the right or remedy of a Finance Party or a Hedging Bank in respect of a Finance Document or a Hedging Agreement.
14

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Mortgages ” means, collectively, a first priority cross-collateralized mortgage in respect of each Rig, each in the amount of USD[***] (and a declaration of pledge or a deed of covenants collateral thereto if required by the Agent or by the law of the relevant jurisdiction) executed or to be executed and recorded by the relevant Rig Owner against the relevant Rig in an Approved Ship Register in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks), in such form and substance as the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) may require.

Newbuild Facility ” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (b) of Clause 2.1 ( The Facilities ).

Newbuild Facility Commitment ” means:

(a)

(i)
prior to any Establishment Date, in relation to an Original Lender the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Newbuild Facility Commitment” in Schedule 1, Part II ( Lenders and Commitments ) and the amount of any other Newbuild Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;

(ii)
after the first Establishment Date (if any), in relation to an Original Lender or a Lender (including an Incremental Lender) the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Newbuild Facility Commitment” in the first Incremental Notice and the amount of any other Newbuild Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;

(iii)
after the second Establishment Date (if any), in relation to an Original Lender or a Lender (including an Incremental Lender) the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Newbuild Facility Commitment” in the second Incremental Notice and the amount of any other Newbuild Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(b)
in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Newbuild Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

in each case to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Newbuild Facility Loan ” means the loan made or to be made under the Newbuild Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Newbuild Rig ” means hull no. B366 under construction at the Shipyard which upon the Delivery Date will be named “Tivar” and registered in the ownership of Borr Tivar Inc. in the Liberia registry.

Obligors ” means the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Optional Currency ” means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in Clause 4.4 ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies ).

Original Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the financial year ended 31 December 2017.

Original Intermediate Holding Company ” means each entity listed below the heading “Intermediate Holding Company” in Schedule 6 ( The Existing Rigs ).
15

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Original Intra-Group Charterer ” means each entity listed below the heading “Intra-Group Charterer” in Schedule 6 ( The Existing Rigs ).

Original Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement.

Original Rig Owner ” means each entity listed below the heading “Rig Owner” in Schedule 6 ( The Existing Rigs ).

Party ” means a party to this Agreement.

Permitted Maritime Lien ” means, in relation to a Rig:

(a)
unless a Default is continuing, any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien in respect of that Rig for an amount not exceeding USD5,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

(b)
any lien on that Rig for master’s, officer’s or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of its trading and in accordance with usual maritime practice;

(i)
liens for salvage; or

(ii)
any other lien arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of trading (and not as a result of any default or omission by any Obligor).

Permitted Transaction ” means any disposal required, Financial Indebtedness incurred, guarantee, indemnity or Security given, or other transaction arising, under the Finance Documents.

Qualifying Employment Contract ” means any charterparty or other contract of employment of a Rig, including any pool participation agreement, with a fixed duration of more than twelve (12) months.

Quotation Day ” means in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period.

Reference Bank Quotations ” means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank.

Reference Bank Rate ” means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks

(a)
if:

(i)
the Reference Bank is a contributor to the Screen Rate; and

(ii)
it consists of a single figure,

the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank in USD for the relevant period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

(b)
in any other case, the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in USD for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market.

Reference Banks ” means such banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower and approved by the Lenders.
16

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Reflagging Date ” means the date falling 365 days after the date of this Agreement.

Relevant Nominating Body ” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

Related Fund ” in relation to a fund (the “ first fund ”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed or advised by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Relevant Jurisdiction ” means in relation to an Obligor:

(a)
its Original Jurisdiction;

(b)
any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Transaction Security to be created by it is situated;

(c)
any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

(d)
the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

Relevant Person ” means:

(a)
each member of the Group; and

(b)
each of its directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives.

Renewal Request ” means a written notice delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 6.6 ( Renewal of a Trade Finance Instrument ).

Repeating Representations ” means each of the representations set out in Clause 22 ( Representations and Warranties ).

Replacement Benchmark ” a benchmark rate which is:

(a)
formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

(i)
the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

(ii)
any Relevant Nominating Body,

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

(b)
in the opinion of all of the Lenders and the Borrower, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to that Screen Rate; or
17

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
in the opinion of all the Lenders and the Borrower, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

Replacement Rig ” means one or more jack-up rigs:

(a)
with, in aggregate, an equal or greater Market Value than the relevant Rig(s) to be replaced;

(b)
built in the same year or after the Rigs(s) to be replaced;

(c)
that is/are classed with an Approved Classification Society and registered with an Approved Ship Register;

(d)
that is otherwise acceptable to the Lenders (acting reasonably); and

(e)
that has become a “Replacement Rig” pursuant to Clause 29.5 ( Replacement Rigs )

Resignation Letter ” means an resignation letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

Restricted Party ” means a person:

(a)
that is listed on any Sanctions List or targeted by Sanctions (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of person); or

(b)
that is located, organised or resident in or incorporated under the laws of any country or territory that is, or whose government is, the target of Sanctions broadly prohibiting dealings with such government, country, or territory (including, without limitation, at the date of this Agreement, Crimea/Sevastopol, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria and Sudan);

(c)
that is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf, at the direction or for the benefit of, a person referred to in (a) and/or (to the extent relevant under Sanctions) (b) above;

(d)
with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in a transaction with by any Sanctions; or

(e)
that is otherwise a subject of Sanctions.

Rigbuilding Contract ” means the rigbuilding contract dated 6 November 2013 between Transocean Offshore Deepwater Holdings Limited and the Shipyard as novated to Borr Tivar Inc. pursuant to a novation agreement dated 24 May 2017 between Transocean Offshore Deepwater Holdings Limited as original buyer, Borr Tivar Inc. as new buyer, the Shipyard as builder and Transocean Inc. as original buyer parent (and as novated, amended and supplemented from time to time) for the construction of the Newbuild Rig by the Shipyard as builder to Borr Tivar Inc. as buyer.

Rig Owner ” means an Original Rig Owner and any Additional Rig Owner, unless it has ceased to be a Rig Owner in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

Rigs ” mean, collectively, the Existing Rigs, (following the Delivery Date) the Newbuild Rig, any Replacement Rig, and (following the Establishment Date for the applicable Incremental Amount) any Incremental Rig, and “ Rig ” means any of them.

Sanctions ” means any economic, trade or financial sanctions or embargoes or other restrictive measures implemented, adapted, imposed, administered, enacted and/or enforced by any Sanctions Authority.
18

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Sanctions Authority ” means the Islands of Bermuda, the Norwegian State, the United Nations, the European Union, the United Kingdom, the member states of the European Union, the member states of the European Economic Area, the United States of America, Australia, the Republic of Singapore any country to which any Obligor is bound and any authority acting on behalf of any of them in connection with Sanctions (including (without limitation) the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the U.S. Department of State, the US Department of Commerce and any other agency of the US government, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”) and the United Nations Security Council.

Sanctions List ” means:

(a)
the lists of Sanctions designations and/or targets maintained by any Sanctions Authority (including but not limited to the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons list maintained by OFAC, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets maintained by HMT); and/or

(b)
any other Sanctions designation or target listed and/or adopted by a Sanctions Authority,

in all cases, from time to time.

Screen Rate ” means, in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate), or, on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.

Screen Rate Replacement Event ” means, in relation to a Screen Rate:

(a)
the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of all the Lenders and the Borrower materially changed;

(b)
(i)


(A)
the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or


(B)
information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

(ii)
the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

(iii)
the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or
19

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(iv)
the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used; or

(c)
the administrator of that Screen Rate determines that that Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

(i)
the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of all the Lenders and the Borrower) temporary; or

(ii)
that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than 60 Business Days; or

(d)
in the opinion of all the Lenders and the Borrower, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

Security ” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Security Documents ” means each of the documents referred to in Clause 20 ( Security ) and all such other documents which may be executed by the Obligors or any other relevant member of the Group at any time in favour of the Agent and/or any of the Finance Parties directly as security for the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents or any of them.

Selection Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 ( Requests and Notices ) given in accordance with Clause 12 ( Interest Periods ) in relation to a Term Facility.

Shareholder Loan ” means any loan from any of the Borrower’s shareholders to any of the Obligors.

Share Pledge Agreement ” means the share pledge or charge agreements (as applicable) creating security over 100 per cent. of the shares owned by the Borrower, or (if relevant) an intermediary holding company, in each of the Rig Owners, entered into between, among others, the Borrower and the Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

Shipyard ” means Keppel FELS Limited (Singapore).

Subsidiary ” means an entity of which a person has direct or indirect control (whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise) or owns directly or indirectly more than 50% of the shares and for this purpose an entity shall be treated as controlled by another if that entity is able to direct its affairs and/or to control the composition of the board of directors or equivalent body.

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Term ” means each period determined under this Agreement for which the Issuing Bank is under a liability under a Trade Finance Instrument.

Term Facility ” means Facility A or the Newbuild Facility.

Term Loan ” means a Facility A Loan, a Newbuild Facility Loan or a Facility A Incremental Loan.
20

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Termination Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date falling 36 months after the date of the first Utilisation under this Agreement and (ii) 31 August 2022.

Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitments, the Total Newbuild Facility Commitments, Total Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments and the Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments being USD 350,000,000 on the date of this agreement.

Total Facility A Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments, being USD 230,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Total Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments, being zero at the date of this Agreement.

Total Newbuild Facility Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Newbuild Facility Commitments, being USD 50,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Total Incremental Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Incremental Commitments, being zero at the date of this Agreement.

Total Loss ” means, in relation to a Rig:

(a)
an actual, constructive, compromised, agreed, arranged or other total loss of the Rig;

(b)
any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Rig, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority, excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period against payment of market hire, not exceeding one year without any right to extension, or any arrest, piracy or hijacking of the Rig, unless the Rig is released and restored to the Rig Owner from such piracy, hijacking, arrest, expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition within three (3) months after the occurrence thereof; and

(c)
any condemnation of the Rig by any tribunal or by any person or persons claiming to be a tribunal.

Total Loss Date ” means, in relation to a Rig:

(a)
in the case of an actual loss of the Rig, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Rig was last heard of;

(b)
in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Rig, the earlier of (A) the date on which a notice of the abandonment is given to the insurers; and (B) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of a Rig Owner with the Rig’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Rig as a total loss; and

(c)
in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Trade Finance Facility Commitments, being USD 70,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.
21

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Trade Finance Facility ” means the trade finance facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (c) of Clause 2.1 ( The Facilities ).

Trade Finance Facility Commitment ” means:

(a)

(i)
prior to any Establishment Date, in relation to an Original Lender the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Trade Finance Facility Commitment” in Schedule 1, Part II ( Lenders and Commitments ) and the amount of any other Newbuild Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;

(ii)
after the first Establishment Date (if any), in relation to an Original Lender or a Lender (including an Incremental Lender) the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Trade Finance Facility Commitment” in the first Incremental Notice and the amount of any other Trade Finance Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;

(iii)
after the second Establishment Date (if any), in relation to an Original Lender or a Lender (including an Incremental Lender) the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Trade Finance Facility Commitment” in the second Incremental Notice and the amount of any other Trade Finance Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(b)
in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Trade Finance Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,


in each case to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Trade Finance Instrument ” means:

(a)
a trade finance instrument, in a form requested by the Borrower and agreed by the Agent and the Issuing Bank; or

(b)
any guarantee (bid bond, custom guarantee or performance guarantee), standby letter of credit, letter of credit, indemnity or other instrument in a form requested by the Borrower and agreed by the Agent and the Issuing Bank.

Transaction Security ” means the security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) pursuant to the Security Documents.

Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower.

Transfer Date ” means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

(a)
the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate; and

(b)
the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Transfer Certificate.

Unpaid Sum ” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under any of the Finance Documents.
22

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
USD ” means the single currency unit of the Unites States of America.

Utilisation ” means any utilisation of the Facilities.

Utilisation Date ” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made or the relevant Trade Finance Instrument is to be issued.

Utilisation Request ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part I of Schedule 3 (Requests and Notices).

VAT ” means value added tax as provided for in the Norwegian Value Added Tax Act of 19 June 2009 No. 58 and any other tax of a similar nature.

1.2
Construction

(a)
Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:

(i)
the “ Agent ”, the “ Borrower ”, any “ Coordinator ” any “ Guarantor ”, any “ Obligor ”, any “ Finance Party ”, any “ Arranger ”, any “ Hedging Bank ”, the “ Issuing Bank ”, any “ Lender ” or any “ Party ” shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

(ii)
assets ” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

(iii)
a “ Finance Document ” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time;

(iv)
guarantee ” means (other than in Clause 21 ( Guarantee and indemnity )) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

(v)
indebtedness ” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

(vi)
a “ person ” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

(vii)
a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

(viii)
the “ Interest Period ” of a Trade Finance Instrument shall be construed as a reference to the Term of that Trade Finance Instrument;
23

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(ix)
a Lender’s “ participation ” in relation to a Trade Finance Instrument shall be construed as a reference to the relevant amount that is or may be payable by a Lender in relation to that Trade Finance Instrument;

(x)
a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

(xi)
a time of day is a reference to Oslo time; and

(xii)
unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include plural and vice versa.

(b)
The Borrower providing “ cash cover ” for a Trade Finance Instrument means the Borrower paying an amount in the currency of the Trade Finance Instrument to an interest-bearing account in the name of the Borrower and the following conditions being met:

(i)
the account is with the Issuing Bank;

(ii)
until no amount is or may be outstanding under that Trade Finance Instrument, withdrawals from the account may only be made to pay the relevant Finance Party amounts due and payable to it under this Agreement in respect of that Trade Finance Instrument; and

(iii)
the Borrower has executed a security document, in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Bank, creating a first ranking security interest over that account.

(c)
The Borrower “ repaying ” or “ prepaying ” a Trade Finance Instrument means:

(i)
the Borrower providing cash cover, or other alternative security acceptable to the Lenders, for that Trade Finance Instrument;

(ii)
the maximum amount payable under the Trade Finance Instrument being reduced or cancelled in accordance with its terms; or

(iii)
the Issuing Bank being satisfied that it has no further liability under that Trade Finance Instrument,

and the amount by which a Trade Finance Instrument is repaid or prepaid under paragraphs (i) and (ii) above is the amount of the relevant cash cover, reduction or cancellation.

(d)
An amount borrowed includes any amount utilised by way of Trade Finance Instrument.

(e)
A Lender funding its participation in a Utilisation includes a Lender participating in a Trade Finance Instrument.

(f)
Amounts outstanding under this Agreement include amounts outstanding under or in respect of any Trade Finance Instrument.

(g)
An outstanding amount of a Trade Finance Instrument at any time is the maximum amount that is or may be payable by the Borrower in respect of that Trade Finance Instrument at that time.

(h)
The Borrower’s obligation on Utilisations becoming “due and payable” includes the Borrower repaying any Trade Finance Instrument in accordance with paragraph (c) above.
24

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(i)
Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

(j)
Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

(k)
A Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been waived.

(l)
Incorporation ” or “ jurisdiction of incorporation ” shall be construed where the context requires so as to include “registration” or “jurisdiction of registration” (by way of continuation or otherwise).

2
THE FACILITIES

2.1
The Facilities

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower:

(a)
a secured term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility A Commitments;

(b)
a secured term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Newbuild Facility Commitments;

(c)
a secured trade finance facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments; and

(d)
from the first Establishment Date (if any) a secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments as the same may be increased following the second Establishment Date.

2.2
Incremental Amounts

(a)
Incremental Amounts may be established and made available pursuant to Clause 10 ( Establishment of Incremental Amounts ).

2.3
Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

(a)
The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

(b)
The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in the Facilities or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.
25

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

3
PURPOSE AND APPLICATION

3.1
Purpose

(a)
The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility A (prior to the Establishment Date(s) in respect of any Incremental Amount(s)) to refinance all Financial Indebtedness outstanding in respect of the Existing Rigs and for general corporate purposes of any Obligor and/or the Group.

(b)
The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Newbuild Facility, to part finance the acquisition of the Newbuild Rig.

(c)
The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Trade Finance Facility to issue Trade Finance Instruments.

(d)
The Borrower shall apply any Incremental Amounts borrowed by it under Facility A and the Incremental Revolving Facility towards the repayment of the Financial Indebtedness outstanding under the Back Stop Facility in respect of the Incremental Rig specified in the relevant Incremental Notice.

3.2
Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

4
CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

4.1
Initial conditions precedent

(a)
The Lenders will not be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lender’s Participation ) in relation to any Utilisation of a Facility unless on or before the Utilisation Date for that Facility the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in section Part I of Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent documents ), in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

(b)
The Lenders will not be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lender’s Participation ) in relation to any Utilisation of the Newbuild Facility unless on or before the Utilisation Date for that Facility the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed of Part II Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent documents ), in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

(c)
The Lenders will not be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lender’s Participation ) in relation to any Utilisation in respect of an Incremental Revolving Loan or any Facility A Incremental Loan unless the Agent has received all of the Incremental Amount Conditions Precedent and Incremental Supplemental Security (unless provided in connection with the relevant Establishment Date) in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
26

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
4.2
Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if on the date of the relevant Utilisation Request and on the relevant Utilisation Date:

(a)
no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation; and

(b)
the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

4.3
Maximum number of Loans

The Borrower may not (unless otherwise agreed by the Lenders) deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation:

(a)
more than five (5) Incremental Revolving Loans would be outstanding

(b)
more than ten (10) Trade Finance Instruments would be outstanding;

(c)
more than one (1) Facility A Loan would be outstanding; or

(d)
more than one (1) Newbuild Facility Loan would be outstanding.

(e)
more than two (2) Facility A Incremental Loans would be outstanding.

4.4
Conditions relating to Optional Currencies

(a)
A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Utilisation of a Trade Finance Instrument if:

(i)
it is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the wholesale market for that currency on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation; and

(ii)
it has been approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders who have provided Trade Finance Facility Commitments) on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the relevant Utilisation Request for that Utilisation.

(b)
If the Agent has received a written request from the Borrower for a currency to be approved under paragraph (a)(ii) above, the Agent will confirm to the Borrower by 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Utilisation Date:

(i)
whether or not the Lenders have granted their approval; and

(ii)
if approval has been granted, the minimum amount (and, if required, integral multiples) for any subsequent Utilisation of a Trade Finance Instrument in that currency.
27

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
5
UTILISATION – LOANS

5.1
Delivery of a Utilisation Request

The Borrower may utilise the Term Facilities and the Incremental Revolving Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Lenders) prior to the requested Utilisation Date of such Utilisation.

5.2
Completion of a Utilisation Request

Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

(a)
it identifies the Facility to be utilised;

(b)
the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to that Facility;

(c)
the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount);

(d)
the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 12 (Interest Periods); and

(e)
the Establishment Date for the Incremental Amount has occurred in respect of any Facility A Incremental Loan or Revolving Loan requested in a Utilisation Request.

5.3
Currency and amount

(a)
The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be USD.

(b)
The amount of the proposed Facility A Loan (which will be advanced in one lump sum) must not exceed the lower of:

(i)
USD 230,000,000; and

(ii)
when aggregated with the Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments, 45.0 per cent. of the aggregate Market Value of the Existing Rigs (to be evidenced by valuation certificates issued no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the relevant Utilisation Date).

(c)
The amount of the proposed Newbuild Facility Loan (which will be advanced in one lump sum) must not exceed the lower of:

(i)
USD 50,000,000; and

(ii)
45.0 per cent. of the Market Value of the Newbuild Rig (to be evidenced by valuation certificates issued no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Delivery Date).

(d)
The amount of any proposed Facility A Incremental Loan (which will be advanced in one lump sum) must not exceed the lower of:

(i)
USD 25,000,000; and

(ii)
when aggregated with the Total Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments, the Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments and the Total Facility A Commitments (prior to the relevant Establishment Date), 45.0 per cent. of the aggregate Market Value of the relevant Incremental Rig and the Existing Rigs (to be evidenced by valuation certificates issued no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the relevant Utilisation Date),
28

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
provided that if both Facility A Incremental Loans are utilised on the same Utilisation Date, the amount of the proposed Facility A Incremental Loans (which will be advanced in one lump sum) must not exceed the lower of:

(A)
USD 50,000,000; and

(B)
when aggregated with the Incremental Amounts comprised of Total Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments, the Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments and the Total Facility A Commitments (prior to the relevant Establishment Date), 45.0 per cent. of the aggregate Market Value of the Incremental Rigs and the Existing Rigs (to be evidenced by valuation certificates issued no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the relevant Utilisation Date),

(e)
The amount of the proposed Incremental Revolving Loan must not exceed the Available Facility.

(f)
The amount of the proposed Incremental Revolving Loan must be an amount equal to no less than USD 5,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility.

5.4
Lenders’ participation

(a)
If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Lenders shall make their respective participation in each Loan available by the relevant Utilisation Date through their Facility Office.

(b)
The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

(c)
The Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan, the amount of its participation in that Loan and the amount of that participation to be made available in accordance with Clause 33.1 ( Payments to the Agent ), in each case by 11:00 a.m. on the date falling one (1) Business Day prior to the relevant Utilisation Date.

5.5
Limitations on Utilisations

(a)
Neither the Newbuild Facility nor the Trade Finance Facility shall be available for utilisation if the initial Utilisation of Facility A has not occurred.

(b)
The Newbuild Facility may only be utilised for prepositioning of funds prior to the Delivery Date of the Newbuild Rig in accordance with Clause 5.8 ( Prepositioning of funds ) as long as the Delivery Date does not occur later than the expiry of the Availability Period in relation to the Newbuild Facility.

(c)
No Incremental Revolving Loan or Facility A Incremental Loan may be utilised if the initial Utilisation of Facility A has not occurred.
29

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
5.6
Cancellation of Commitment

(a)
The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

(b)
If on the first proposed Utilisation Date under this Agreement, the aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitments and the Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments exceed 45.0 per cent. of the aggregate Market Value of the Existing Rigs, the amount of the excess shall reduce the Total Facility A Commitments and the Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments on a pro rata basis. Any cancellation under this paragraph (b) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

(c)
If on the proposed Utilisation Date for a Facility Incremental A Loan, the aggregate of the Incremental Amount comprised of Total Facility A Commitments and the Incremental Amount comprised of Total Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments exceed 45.0 per cent. of the aggregate Market Value of the relevant Incremental Rig, the amount of the excess shall reduce the Total Facility A Commitments and the Total Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments on a pro rata basis. Any cancellation under this paragraph (b) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

5.7
Consolidation of loans

On the Utilisation Date in respect of a Facility A Incremental Loan such Facility A Incremental Loan will be consolidated and merged with the Facility A Loan, following such consolidation the portion of the Facility A Loan which was a Facility A Incremental Loan prior to the consolidation will have the same Interest Period as the Facility A Loan.

5.8
Prepositioning of funds

If, in respect of the Utilisation for the Newbuild Rig, the Lenders, at the request of the Borrower and on terms acceptable to all the Lenders and in their absolute discretion, preposition funds with the Shipyard’s bank, the Borrower:

(a)
agrees to pay interest on the amount of the funds so prepositioned at the rate described in Clause 11.1 ( Calculation of interest ) on the basis of successive interest periods of one day calculated for the period on and from the date of the prepositioning of such funds with the Shipyard’s bank until the earlier to occur of (i) the return of such prepositioned funds within the Return Period (as defined below) and (ii) the Delivery Date which, in the case of (ii) shall constitute the Utilisation Date of the Newbuild Facility Loan assuming all the other conditions referred to in Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) have also been met, and so that interest shall be paid together with the first payment of interest on such Loan after the Utilisation Date in respect of it or, if such Utilisation Date does not occur, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent; and

(b)
shall, without duplication, indemnify each Finance Party against any direct costs, loss or liability it may occur in connection with such arrangement,

and any such prepositioning, if accepted by the Lenders in their absolute discretion, shall be made provided that prior to such prepositioning, acceptable terms are agreed by the Agent and the Shipyard’s bank as to the period (the “ Return Period ”) within which such prepositioned funds shall be returned to the Agent for the account of the Lenders if not released to the Shipyard. Such Return Period shall not exceed fifteen (15) days from the scheduled delivery date of the Newbuild Rig and the Obligors remain fully liable for repayment of the prepositioned funds together with accrued interest on the Agent’s first written demand in the event that, for any reason whatsoever, the prepositioned funds are not returned to the Agent for the account of the Lenders by the expiry date of the Return Period.
30

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
6
UTILISATION – TRADE FINANCE INSTRUMENTS

6.1
Trade Finance Facility

(a)
The Trade Finance Facility may only be utilised by way of Trade Finance Instruments.

(b)
Clause 5 ( Utilisation - Loans ) does not apply to Utilisations of the Trade Finance Facility.

(c)
In determining the amount of the Available Facility and a Lender’s L/C Proportion of a proposed Trade Finance Instrument for the purposes of this Agreement the Available Commitment of a Lender will be calculated ignoring any cash cover provided for outstanding Trade Finance Instruments.

6.2
Delivery of a Utilisation Request for Trade Finance Instruments

(a)
The Borrower may request a Trade Finance Instrument to be issued on behalf of itself or any of its Subsidiaries by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the 11:00 a.m. London time on the date falling three (3) Business Days prior to the relevant Utilisation Date.

(b)
The Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, decide whether or not to issue a Trade Finance Instrument requested by the Borrower.

6.3
Completion of a Utilisation Request for Trade Finance Instruments

Each Utilisation Request for a Trade Finance Instrument is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

(a)
it specifies that it is for a Trade Finance Instrument;

(b)
it identifies the Issuing Bank which has agreed to issue the Trade Finance Instrument;

(c)
the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to the Trade Finance Facility;

(d)
the currency and amount of the Trade Finance Instrument comply with Clause 6.4 ( Currency and amount );

(e)
the form of Trade Finance Instrument is attached;

(f)
the Expiry Date of the Trade Finance Instrument falls on or before the Termination Date applicable to the Trade Finance Facility;

(g)
the delivery instructions for the Trade Finance Instrument are specified; and

(h)
the identity of the beneficiary of the Trade Finance Instrument is a beneficiary approved by the Issuing Bank.
31

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
6.4
Currency and amount

(a)
The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

(b)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the amount of the proposed Trade Finance Instrument must be an amount whose Base Currency Amount is not more than the Available Facility and which is:

(i)
if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of USD 1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility; or

(ii)
if the currency selected is an Optional Currency, the minimum amount (and if required, integral multiple) specified by the Agent pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 4.4 ( Conditions relating to Optional Currencies ) or, if less, the Available Facility.

(c)
The maximum aggregate Base Currency Amount of all Trade Finance Instrument shall not exceed the Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments.

6.5
Issue of Trade Finance Instruments

(a)
If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Issuing Bank shall issue the Trade Finance Instrument on the Utilisation Date.

(b)
The Issuing Bank will only be obliged to comply with paragraph (a) above if on the date of the Utilisation Request or Renewal Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

(i)
in the case of a Trade Finance Instrument to be renewed in accordance with Clause 6.6 ( Renewal of a Trade Finance Instrument ), no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation and, in the case of any other Utilisation, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation; and

(ii)
the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

(c)
The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Trade Finance Instrument will be equal to its L/C Proportion.

(d)
The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Trade Finance Instrument which is to be issued in an Optional Currency and shall notify the Issuing Bank and each Lender of the details of the requested Trade Finance Instrument and its participation in that Trade Finance Instrument by 12:00 noon Oslo time on the date falling two (2) Business Days prior to the relevant Utilisation Date.

(e)
The Issuing Bank has no duty to enquire of any person whether or not any of the conditions set out in paragraph (b) above have been met. The Issuing Bank may assume that those conditions have been met unless it is expressly notified to the contrary by the Agent. The Issuing Bank will have no liability to any person for issuing a Trade Finance Instrument based on such assumption.

(f)
The Issuing Bank is solely responsible for the form of the Trade Finance Instrument that it issues. The Agent has no duty to monitor the form of that document.
32

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(g)
Subject to paragraph (i) of Clause 30.7 ( Rights and discretions ), each of the Issuing Bank and the Agent shall provide the other with any information reasonably requested by the other that relates to a Trade Finance Instrument and its issue.

(h)
The Issuing Bank may issue a Trade Finance Instrument in the form of a SWIFT message or other form of communication customary in the relevant market but has no obligation to issue that Trade Finance Instrument in any particular form of communication.

6.6
Renewal of a Trade Finance Instrument

(a)
The Borrower may request that any Trade Finance Instrument issued on behalf of the Borrower be renewed by delivery to the Agent of a Renewal Request in substantially similar form to a Utilisation Request for a Trade Finance Instrument by the by 12:00 noon Oslo time on the date falling two (2) Business Days prior to the relevant Utilisation Date.

(b)
The Finance Parties shall treat any Renewal Request in the same way as a Utilisation Request for a Trade Finance Instrument except that the condition set out in paragraph (d) of Clause 6.3 ( Completion of a Utilisation Request for Trade Finance Instruments ) shall not apply.

(c)
The terms of each renewed Trade Finance Instrument shall be the same as those of the relevant Trade Finance Instrument immediately prior to its renewal, except that:

(i)
its amount may be less than the amount of the Trade Finance Instrument immediately prior to its renewal; and

(ii)
its Term shall start on the date which was the Expiry Date of the Trade Finance Instrument immediately prior to its renewal, and shall end on the proposed Expiry Date specified in the Renewal Request.

(d)
Subject to paragraph (e) below, if the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the Issuing Bank shall amend and re-issue any Trade Finance Instrument pursuant to a Renewal Request.

(e)
Where a new Trade Finance Instrument is to be issued to replace by way of renewal an existing Trade Finance Instrument, the Issuing Bank is not required to issue that new Trade Finance Instrument until the Trade Finance Instrument being replaced has been returned to the Issuing Bank or the Issuing Bank is satisfied either that it will be returned to it or otherwise that no liability can arise under it.

6.7
Revaluation of Trade Finance Instruments

(a)
If any Trade Finance Instruments are denominated in an Optional Currency, the Agent shall at three (3) monthly intervals after the date of this Agreement recalculate the Base Currency Amount of each Trade Finance Instrument by notionally converting into the Base Currency the outstanding amount of that Trade Finance Instrument on the basis of the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of calculation.

(b)
The Borrower shall, if requested by the Agent within fourteen (14) days of any calculation under paragraph (a) above, ensure that within three (3) Business Days sufficient Trade Finance Instrument are prepaid to prevent the Base Currency Amount of the Trade Finance Instrument exceeding the Total Newbuild Facility Commitments following any adjustment to a Base Currency Amount under paragraph (a) above.
33

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
6.8
Reduction or expiry of Trade Finance Instrument

If the amount of any Trade Finance Instrument is wholly or partially reduced or it is repaid or prepaid or it expires prior to its Expiry Date, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent of the details upon becoming aware of them.

6.9
Appointment of additional Issuing Banks

Any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, which has agreed to the Borrower’s request to be an Issuing Bank for the purposes of this Agreement shall become a Party as an “ Issuing Bank ” upon:

(a)
notifying the Agent and the Borrower that it has so agreed to be an Issuing Bank;

(b)
the Agent notifying the Borrower and that Lender or that Affiliate of a Lender that is has consented to that Lender or that Affiliate of a Lender becoming a Party as an “ Issuing Bank ”, (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); and

(c)
in the case of an Affiliate of a Lender only, the accession of that Affiliate of a Lender to this Agreement, by the entry into of an accession agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, between the Agent and that Affiliate of a Lender.

7
TRADE FINANCE INSTRUMENTS

7.1
Immediately payable

If a Trade Finance Instrument or any amount outstanding under a Trade Finance Instrument is expressed to be immediately payable, the Borrower that requested the issue of that Trade Finance Instrument shall repay or prepay that amount immediately.

7.2
Claims under a Trade Finance Instrument

(a)
The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally authorises the Issuing Bank to pay any claim made or purported to be made under a Trade Finance Instrument requested by it and which appears on its face to be in order (in this Clause 7, a “ claim ”).

(b)
The Borrower shall immediately on demand pay to the Agent for the Issuing Bank an amount equal to the amount of any claim.

(c)
The Borrower acknowledges that the Issuing Bank:

(i)
is not obliged to carry out any investigation or seek any confirmation from any other person before paying a claim; and

(ii)
deals in documents only and will not be concerned with the legality of a claim or any underlying transaction or any available set-off, counterclaim or other defence of any person.
34

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(d)
The obligations of the Borrower under this Clause 7 will not be affected by:

(i)
the sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of any claim or any other document; or

(ii)
any incapacity of, or limitation on the powers of, any person signing a claim or other document.

7.3
Indemnities

(a)
The Borrower shall immediately on demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as the Issuing Bank under any Trade Finance Instrument requested by the Borrower.

(b)
Each Lender shall (according to its L/C Proportion) immediately on demand indemnify the Issuing Bank against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Issuing Bank (otherwise than by reason of the Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as the Issuing Bank under any Trade Finance Instrument (unless the Issuing Bank has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

(c)
The Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment it makes to the Issuing Bank under this Clause 7.3 in respect of that Trade Finance Instrument.

(d)
The obligations of each Lender or the Borrower under this Clause are continuing obligations and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by that Lender or the Borrower in respect of any Trade Finance Instrument, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

(e)
If the Borrower has provided cash cover in respect of a Lender’s participation in a Trade Finance Instrument, the Issuing Bank shall seek reimbursement from that cash cover before making a demand of that Lender under paragraph (b) above. Any recovery made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to that cash cover will reduce that Lender’s liability under paragraph (b) above.

(f)
The obligations of any Lender or the Borrower under this Clause 7.3 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any other person) including:

(i)
any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor, any beneficiary under a Trade Finance Instrument or any other person;

(ii)
the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor or any member of the Group;

(iii)
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor, any beneficiary under a Trade Finance Instrument or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;
35

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(iv)
any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor, any beneficiary under a Trade Finance Instrument or any other person;

(v)
any amendment (however fundamental) or replacement of a Finance Document, any Trade Finance Instrument or any other document or security;

(vi)
any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document, any Trade Finance Instrument or any other document or security; or

(vii)
any insolvency or similar proceedings.

7.4
Rights of contribution

No Obligor will be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity from any Finance Party in respect of any payment it may make under this Clause 7.

8
REPAYMENT

8.1
Repayment of the Facility A Loan

The Borrower shall repay the Facility A Loan:

(a)
prior to the first Establishment Date, by:

(i)
[***] instalments each in the amount of USD [***] on each of [***];

(ii)
[***] instalments each in the amount of USD [***] on each of [***]; and

(b)
if applicable, after the first Establishment Date, by:

(i)
[***] instalments each in the amount of USD [***] on each of [***];

(ii)
[***] instalments each in the amount of USD [***] on each of [***]; and

(c)
if applicable, after the second Establishment Date, by:

(i)
[***] instalments each in the amount of USD [***] on each of [***];

(ii)
[***] instalments each in the amount of USD [***] on each of [***]; and

and, in each case, a [***] equal to the remaining principal amount of the Facility A Loan then outstanding (plus accrued interest) on the Termination Date.
36

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
8.2
Repayment of the Newbuild Facility Loan

The Borrower shall repay the Newbuild Facility Loan by:

(a)
[***] instalments each in the amount of USD [***] on each of [***];

(b)
[***] instalments each in the amount of USD [***] on each of [***]; and

(c)
a [***] equal to the remaining principal amount of the Newbuild Facility Loan then outstanding (plus accrued interest) on the Termination Date.

8.3
Repayment of Incremental Revolving Loans

(a)
Each Incremental Revolving Loan shall be repaid on [***].

(b)
Without prejudice to the Borrower’s obligations under paragraph (a) above, if:

(i)
one or more Incremental Revolving Loans are to be made available:


(A)
on the same day that a maturing Incremental Revolving Loan is due to be repaid; and


(B)
in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Incremental Revolving Loan; and

(ii)
the proportion borne by each Lender’s participation in the maturing Incremental Revolving Loan to the amount of that maturing Revolving Facility Loan is the same as the proportion borne by that Lender’s participation in the new Loans to the aggregate amount of those new Revolving Facility Loans,

the aggregate amount of the new Revolving Facility Loans shall, unless the Borrower notifies the Agent to the contrary in the relevant Utilisation Request, be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Incremental Revolving Loan so that:


(C)
if the amount of the maturing Incremental Revolving Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Incremental Revolving Loans:


(1)
the Borrower will only be required to make a payment under Clause 33.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) in an amount equal to that excess; and


(2)
each Lender’s participation in the new Incremental Revolving Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Incremental Revolving Loan and that Lender will not be required to make a payment under Clause 33.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) in respect of its participation in the new Incremental Revolving Loans; and
37

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

(D)
if the amount of the maturing Incremental Revolving Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Incremental Revolving Loans:


(1)
the Borrower will not be required to make a payment under Clause 33.1 ( Payments to the Agent ); and


(2)
each Lender will be required to make a payment under Clause 33.1 ( Payments to the Agent ) in respect of its participation in the new Incremental Revolving Loans only to the extent that its participation in the new Incremental Revolving Loans exceeds that Lender’s participation in the maturing Incremental Revolving Loan and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Incremental Revolving Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Incremental Revolving Loan.

(c)
If the Borrower has not delivered a Utilisation Request in respect of a maturing Incremental Revolving Loan in accordance with Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request ), the maturing Incremental Revolving Loan shall, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, be automatically rolled over with an Interest Period of three (3) months provided that the conditions set out in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) are fulfilled.

For the avoidance of doubt, the above automatic rollover mechanism requires the Borrower to deliver a Utilisation Request in the amount of USD 0 if no automatic rollover is to take place.

8.4
Termination Date

(a)
On the Termination Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Finance Parties all amounts then outstanding and owing by it to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents together with any other amount outstanding and owed by any Obligor to any Finance Party under any Finance Document.

(b)
The Borrower shall (and shall, if relevant, ensure that its Subsidiaries shall) procure that the Issuing Bank is released from its obligations under any Trade Finance Instruments outstanding on the Termination Date. Any Trade Finance Instruments which have not expired on or before the Termination Date shall be repaid on the Termination Date.

9
PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

9.1
Mandatory Prepayment - Illegality

If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Loan or Trade Finance Instrument or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so or it becomes contrary to Sanctions to do the same:

(a)
that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

(b)
upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

(c)
the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan or Trade Finance Instrument occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than one (1) month after the Agent’s notice to the Borrower).
38

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
9.2
Illegality in relation to the Issuing Bank

If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for the Issuing Bank to issue or leave outstanding any Trade Finance Instrument, then:

(a)
the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

(b)
upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Issuing Bank shall not be obliged to issue any Trade Finance Instrument;

(c)
the Borrower shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure the release of each Trade Finance Instrument issued by the Issuing Bank and outstanding at such time on or before the date specified by the Issuing Bank in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than one (1) month after the Agent’s notice to the Borrower) (failing which each Trade Finance Instrument shall be prepaid on or before such date); and

(d)
unless there is more than one Issuing Bank, the Trade Finance Facility shall cease to be available for the issue of Trade Finance Instruments and the Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments shall be cancelled in full on the date on which each Trade Finance Instrument has been prepaid in full.

9.3
Mandatory prepayment - Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control:

(a)
the relevant Obligor shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

(b)
a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation; and

(c)
if a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within 10 Business Days of the Borrower notifying the Agent of the event, the Agent shall, by not less than 10 Business Days’ notice to the Borrower, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding Loans and amounts will become immediately due and payable.

9.4
Mandatory prepayment – sale or Total Loss - replacement

(a)
If a Rig (or the Rig Owner) is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in whole or in part, or a Rig becomes a Total Loss, then the Facilities shall, unless such Rig is to be replaced by a Replacement Rig in accordance with Clause 29.5 ( Replacement Rigs ), be prepaid by an amount equal to the Market Value of the Rig which is sold or lost (or if a Rig Owner is sold, the Market Value of the Rig owned by that Rig Owner), divided by the aggregate Market Value of all Rigs (based on valuations no older than thirty (30) days), multiplied by the amount of the Facilities.
39

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(b)
Such:

(i)
prepayment and cancellation shall be made:

(A)
in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposal of a Rig (or a Rig Owner owning a Rig), on or before the date on which the sale, transfer or other disposal is completed by delivery of the Rig (or shares in the Rig Owner owning the Rig); or

(B)
in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of (A) the date falling one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Total Loss Date, and (B) the date of receipt by the Agent of the proceeds of insurance or requisition for title relating to such Total Loss; and

(ii)
replacement shall be made within 90 days of:

(A)
in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposal of a Rig (or a Rig Owner owning a Rig), of the date on which the sale, transfer or other disposal is completed by delivery of the Rig (or shares in the Rig Owner owning the Rig); or

(B)
in the case of a Total Loss, the Total Loss Date.

(c)
Any prepayment under this Clause 9.4 shall be applied as follows:

(i)
prior to the Utilisation of the Newbuild Facility, to reduce the Total Commitments in respect of Facility A, the Revolving Facility and the Trade Finance Facility on a pro rata basis in the proportion of each Lender’s Commitment thereunder; and

(ii)
after the Utilisation of the Newbuild Facility, to reduce all of the Total Commitments on a pro rata basis in the proportion of each Lender’s Commitment thereunder,

and in each case,

(A)
with respect to the Total Facility A Commitment and the Total Newbuild Facility Commitments, the amounts shall always be applied in accordance with Clause 9.8(j) hereunder; and

(B)
with respect to the Total Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments and the Total Trade Finance Facility Commitments, at the Borrower’s option, (i) the Available Commitments thereunder shall be cancelled by the same amount prepaid in respect of each of the Incremental Revolving Facility and the Trade Finance Facility with the Commitments of the Lenders being rateably reduced under each applicable Facility, or (ii) the amounts shall be applied towards repayment and cancellation of outstanding Loans and Trade Finance Instruments under the Incremental Revolving Facility and the Trade Finance Facility.

(d)
Following prepayment in accordance with the above paragraphs or replacement by a Replacement Rig in accordance with Clause 29.5 (Replacement Rigs), and in case of a sale subject to closing procedure to be agreed between the Borrower and the Agent (in its sole discretion and acting on the instructions of the Lenders), the Agent shall be entitled to release (including taking any steps necessary to giving effect to such release) any Security Documents relating to the relevant Rig or (as applicable) the relevant Guarantors and the release of the relevant Guarantors’ obligations under any Finance Document and the relevant Rig sold or lost shall subsequently no longer be defined as a “Rig” or included in the definition of “Rigs” under this Agreement.
40

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
9.5
Voluntary cancellation

The Borrower may, by giving not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent (or such shorter period as the Agent may agree), cancel the whole or any part of the Available Facilities (but, if in part, in an amount being a minimum of USD 5,000,000, and integral multiples of USD 500,000). Such cancellation shall (A) prior to the Utilisation of the Newbuild Facility, be applied to cancel the Available Facilities in respect of Facility A, the Revolving Facility (if any) and the Trade Finance Facility on a pro rata basis, and (B) after the Utilisation of the Newbuild Facility be applied to all of the Available Facilities on a pro rata basis, and in each case the Commitments of the Lenders shall be rateably reduced under each applicable Facility.

9.6
Voluntary prepayment

The Borrower may by giving not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent (or such shorter period as the Lenders may agree), prepay the whole or any part of the Loans and Trade Finance Instruments (but, if in part, in an amount being a minimum of USD 5,000,000 and integral multiples of USD 500,000), provided always that any prepayment to be applied towards Facility A under this Clause cannot be made until the date falling on the earlier of (i) the last date of the Availability Period for Facility A, and (ii) the date Facility A is utilised. Such prepayment shall (A) prior to the Utilisation of the Newbuild Facility, be applied towards repayment of the outstanding Loans in respect of Facility A, the Revolving Facility (if any) and the Trade Finance Facility on a pro rata basis, and (B) after the Utilisation of the Newbuild Facility, be applied to reduce all of the Available Facilities on a pro rata basis.

9.7
Right of cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender or Issuing Bank

(a)
If:

(i)
any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 15.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or

(ii)
any Lender or Issuing Bank claims indemnification from the Borrower or an Obligor under Clause 15.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 16.1 ( Increased costs ),

the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice:

(A)
(if such circumstances relate to a Lender) of cancellation of the Commitment(s) of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations; or

(B)
 (if such circumstances relate to the Issuing Bank) of repayment of any outstanding Trade Finance Instrument issued by it and cancellation of its appointment as the Issuing Bank under this Agreement in relation to any Trade Finance Instruments to be issued in the future.

(b)
On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender, the Commitment(s) of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.
41

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrower has given notice under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Utilisation together with all interest and other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents.

9.8
Restrictions

(a)
Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 9 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

(b)
Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

(c)
The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

(d)
The Borrower may not reborrow any part of a Term Facility which is prepaid or repaid.

(e)
No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

(f)
If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 9, it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender or Issuing Bank, as appropriate.

(g)
The Borrower shall repay any Loan that exceeds the applicable Available Facility following any cancellation under this Clause 9.

(h)
If all or part of a Term Loan is repaid or prepaid an amount of the Commitments (equal to the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. Any cancellation under this paragraph (h) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

(i)
Any voluntary cancellation and/or prepayment in respect of a Term Facility under this Clause 9 (other than as required by Clause 26.12 ( Minimum value )) shall be applied pro rata against the repayment instalments falling after that cancellation and/or prepayment (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the repayment instalment falling together with the final repayment instalment for the applicable Term Facility).

(j)
Any mandatory cancellation and/or prepayment or any voluntary cancellation and/or prepayment required by Clause 26.12 ( Minimum value ) in respect of a Term Facility under this Clause 9 shall be applied in inverse order of maturity against the repayment instalments falling after that cancellation and/or prepayment (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the repayment instalment falling together with the final repayment instalment for the applicable Term Facility).
42

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
10
ESTABLISHMENT OF INCREMENTAL AMOUNTS

10.1
Selection of Incremental Lenders

The Borrower may in any manner, invite any Lender or other bank or financial institution selected by the Borrower and approved by the Coordinators and which, in each case, is not a member of the Group or an Affiliate of a member of the Group to offer Incremental Commitments.

10.2
Delivery of Incremental Notice

The Borrower and each Incremental Lender may request the establishment of an Incremental Amount by the Borrower delivering to the Agent a duly completed Incremental Notice not later than ten Business Days, or such shorter period as may be agreed between the Borrower and the Incremental Lender, prior to the proposed Establishment Date specified in that Incremental Notice.

10.3
Completion of an Incremental Notice

(a)
Each Incremental Notice is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

(i)
the Total Incremental Commitments specified in an Incremental Notice are no less than USD 50,000,000; and

(ii)
the Incremental Lenders set out in that Incremental Notice have been selected and allocated in accordance with Clause 10.1 (Selection of Incremental Lenders); and

(iii)
the Incremental Notice is received by the Agent prior to 30 April 2021;

(b)
Only one Incremental Amount may be requested in an Incremental Notice.

10.4
Maximum number of Incremental Amounts

The Borrower may not deliver an Incremental Notice if as a result of the establishment of the proposed Incremental Amount more than two Incremental Amounts would have been established under this Agreement.

10.5
Conditions to establishment

(a)
The establishment of an Incremental Amount will only be effected in accordance with Clause 10.6 ( Establishment of Incremental Amount ) if:

(i)
on the date of the Incremental Notice and on the Establishment Date:

(A)
no Default is continuing or would result from the establishment of the proposed Incremental Amount; and

(B)
the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects; and

(ii)
the Agent has received in form and substance satisfactory to it:

(A)
the Incremental Amount Conditions Precedent;
43

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(B)
any Incremental Supplemental Security that the Agent may require to be established on or prior to the Establishment Date;

(C)
such documents, evidence, confirmations, legal opinions, supplemental security, variations of prior registrations and/or amendments to the Finance Documents as are necessary in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the other Finance Parties) as a result of the establishment of that Incremental Amount to (i) maintain the effectiveness of the Security granted for the benefit of the Finance Parties pursuant to the Finance Documents, (ii) ensure that the Security granted prior to the relevant Establishment Date will benefit the Incremental Lenders, and (iii) ensure that the Incremental Supplemental Security will benefit the Finance Parties, including the Incremental Lenders and (it being acknowledged and agreed by the parties to this Agreement that all Security in effect from time to time is intended to and shall be for the benefit of all Finance Parties from time to time, including without limitation Security granted pursuant to a Security Document);

(D)
evidence that the entity which owns the Incremental Rig has acceded to this Agreement as an Additional Rig Owner and Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 29.2 (Additional Guarantors, Intermediate Holding Companies, Rig Owners and/or Intra-Group Charterers);

(E)
evidence that any Group entity which charters the Incremental Rig in connection with a Qualifying Employment Contract has acceded to this Agreement as an Additional Intra-Group Charterer and Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 29.2 ( Additional Guarantors , Intermediate Holding Companies , Rig Owners and/or Intra-Group Charterers ); and

(F)
evidence that any intermediary holding company which owns shares in the relevant Additional Rig Owner has acceded to this Agreement as an Additional Intermediate Holding Company and Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 29.2 ( Additional Guarantors , Intermediate Holding Companies , Rig Owners and/or Intra-Group Charterers ).

(b)
The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied under paragraph (a)(ii) above.

(c)
Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

10.6
Establishment of Incremental Amounts

(a)
If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, the establishment of an Incremental Amount is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent has received an Incremental Notice duly signed by the Borrower and the Lenders and when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Incremental Notice. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Incremental Notice appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Incremental Notice.
44

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(b)
The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Incremental Notice delivered to it by the Borrower once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the establishment of the relevant Incremental Amount.

(c)
On the Establishment Date for the relevant Incremental Amount:

(i)
subject to the terms of this Agreement the Incremental Lenders make available to the Borrower the Total Incremental Commitments specified in the Incremental Notice;

(ii)
each Incremental Lender’s Incremental Commitment shall be applied pro rata (or in such other manner as the Lenders, the Agent and the Borrower may agree) across the Facilities (including as increased or established by the Incremental Amount) and the existing Lenders Commitments and/or participations in each Loan or Trade Finance Instrument under Facility A, the Newbuild Facility and the Trade Finance Facility shall be reduced by a corresponding amount and reallocated across the Facilities so that following the establishment and utilisation of the Incremental Amount the commitments and participations of each Lender (including each Incremental Lender) across the Facilities (including as increased or established by the Incremental Amount) will be allocated rateably as set out in the Incremental Notice related to that Incremental Amount; and

(iii)
the reallocation of commitments and participations as contemplated in paragraph (c) (ii) of this Clause 10.6 shall be applied so that following such reallocation the amount of Incremental Revolving Facility Commitments shall be increased by USD 25,000,000 and the amount of Facility A Commitments shall be increased by USD 25,000,000.

(iv)
each Incremental Lender shall assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to the Commitments specified opposite its name in the Incremental Notice as if it had been an Original Lender;

(v)
each of the Obligors and each Incremental Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and that Incremental Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had that Incremental Lender been an Original Lender;

(vi)
each Incremental Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Incremental Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Incremental Lender been an Original Lender; and

(vii)
each Incremental Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

10.7
Notification of establishment

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the establishment of an Incremental Amount notify the Borrower and the Lenders of that establishment and the Establishment Date of that Incremental Amount.
45

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
10.8
Incremental Amount fees

The Borrower may pay to any Incremental Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Borrower and Coordinators in a Fee Letter, provided that such fees, as expressed as a percentage payable in respect of allocated Incremental Commitments, paid in connection with an Incremental Amount shall not exceed the upfront fee levels for the same original commitment under the Facilities.

10.9
Incremental Amount costs and expenses

The Obligors shall promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by either of them in connection with the establishment of an Incremental Amount under this Clause 10.

10.10
Prior amendments binding

By executing an Incremental Notice, each Incremental Lender will confirm that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the establishment of the Incremental Amount requested in that Incremental Notice became effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as it would have been had it been an Original Lender.

10.11
Limitation of responsibility

Clause 28.5 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 10.11 in relation to any Incremental Lender as if references in that Clause to:

(a)
an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the Establishment Date;

(b)
the “New Lender” were references to an “Incremental Lender”; and

(c)
a “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references respectively to a “transfer” and “assignment”.

11
INTEREST

11.1
Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on the Loans for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

(a)
Margin; and

(b)
LIBOR.

11.2
Payment of interest

The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Loans on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than three (3) months, on the dates falling at three (3) monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).
46

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
11.3
Default interest

(a)
If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 2.00 percentage points higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 11.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

(b)
If any Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

(i)
the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

(ii)
the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2.00 percentage points higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

(c)
Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

(d)
Additionally the rate of interest payable on any amount to which Clause 11.1 ( Calculation of interest ) continues to apply shall increase by 2.00 percentage points on the date following a written notice served by the Agent to the Borrower following an Event of Default and whilst it is continuing.

11.4
Notification of rates of interest

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

11.5
Effective interest rate

Effective interest pursuant to Section 46 of the Norwegian Financial Agreements Act ( Finansavtaleloven ) of 1999 has been calculated by the Agent as set out in a separate effective interest letter from the Agent to the Borrower.

12
INTEREST PERIODS

12.1
Selection of Interest Periods

(a)
The Borrower may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan is a Term Loan and has already been Utilised) in a Selection Notice.

(b)
Subject to this Clause 12, the Borrower may select an Interest Period of six (6), three (3) or one (1) months or any other period agreed between the Borrower and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan), provided however that the Borrower may not select a one (1) month Interest Period for a Loan more than three times during any calendar year.
47

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

(d)
Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the relevant Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

(e)
Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower not later than 12:00 p.m. three (3) Business Days before the start of the relevant Interest Period.

(f)
If the Borrower fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will be three (3) months.

12.2
Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

13
CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

13.1
Unavailability of Screen Rate

(a)
Interpolated Screen Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of a Loan, LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(b)
Reference Bank Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of a Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate, LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of noon on the relevant Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

(c)
Cost of funds : If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for USD or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for that Loan and Clause 13.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

13.2
Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by noon on the relevant Quotation Day, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

(b)
If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

13.3
Market disruption

If before close of business in Oslo on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 50.00 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 13.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.
48

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
13.4
Cost of funds

(a)
If this Clause 13.4 applies, the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

(i)
the Margin; and

(ii)
the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling three (3) Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling two (2) Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

(b)
If this Clause 13.4 applies and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

(c)
Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

(d)
If this Clause 13.4 applies pursuant to Clause 13.3 ( Market disruption ): and

(i)
a Lender’s Funding Rate is less than LIBOR; or

(ii)
a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above,

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR.

13.5
Notification to the Borrower

If Clause 13.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies the Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify the Borrower.

13.6
Break Costs

(a)
The Borrower shall, within ten (10) Business Days of written demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

(b)
Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue, and the Agent shall upon receipt thereof at the written request of the Borrower provide the Borrower with a copy of such certificate.
49

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
14
FEES

14.1
Agency and arrangement fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent and the Arrangers for their own account such fees as are agreed in the Fee Letters in the amounts and at the times specified therein.

14.2
Commitment fee

(a)
For the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and until the Termination Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for further distribution to the Lenders) a commitment fee at an annual rate equal to:

(i)
[***] per cent. of the applicable Margin on the daily undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Total Commitments, other than the Trade Finance Facility Commitments; and

(ii)
[***] per cent. of the applicable Guarantee Commission on the daily undrawn and uncalled amount of the Trade Finance Facility Commitments.

The commitment fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears and on the cancelled amount of the Total Commitments at the time a full cancellation or termination is effective.

14.3
Fees payable in respect of Trade Finance Instruments

(a)
The Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank:

(i)
an establishment fee in an amount of USD[***] for each Trade Finance Instrument requested by it, due and payable on the Issue Date of that Trade Finance Instrument;

(ii)
an amendment fee of USD[***] for each Trade Finance Instrument being amended, due and payable on the date the amendment becomes effective; and

(iii)
a fronting fee of [***] per cent. per annum calculated on the outstanding amount of each Trade Finance Instrument (calculated to be the amount certified by the Issuing Bank to be its maximum aggregate liability (actual or contingent) under that Trade Finance Instrument) requested by it for the period from the issue of that Trade Finance Instrument until its Expiry Date.

(b)
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a Trade Finance Instrument fee in the Base Currency (computed at the rate which is the applicable Guarantee Commission) on the outstanding amount of each Trade Finance Instrument (calculated to be the amount certified by the Issuing Bank to be its maximum aggregate liability (actual or contingent) under that Trade Finance Instrument) requested by it for the period from the issue of that Trade Finance Instrument until its Expiry Date. This fee shall be distributed according to each Lender’s L/C Proportion of that Trade Finance Instrument.

(c)
The accrued Trade Finance Instrument fee and the fronting fee shall be payable in advance on the first day of each period of ninety (90) days (or such shorter period as shall end on the Expiry Date for that Trade Finance Instrument) starting on the date of issue of that Trade Finance Instrument. If the outstanding amount of a Trade Finance Instrument is reduced, any Trade Finance Instrument fee or fronting fee accrued in respect of the amount of that reduction shall be payable on the day that that reduction becomes effective.
50

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(d)
If the Borrower provides cash cover in respect of any Trade Finance Instrument:

(i)
the Trade Finance Instrument fee payable for the account of each Lender and the fronting fee shall continue to be payable until the expiry of the Trade Finance Instrument; and

(ii)
the Borrower shall be entitled to withdraw interest (if any) accrued on the cash cover to pay the fees described in paragraph (i) above.

(e)
The minimum Guarantee Commission payable per annum on a Trade Finance Instrument is USD[***].

15
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

15.1
Definitions

(a)
In this Agreement:

Protected Party ” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

“Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 15.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 15.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

(b)
Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 15 a reference to “ determines ” or “ determined ” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

15.2
Tax gross-up

(a)
Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

(b)
Each Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender or the Issuing Bank shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender or the Issuing Bank. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender or the Issuing Bank it shall notify the Borrower.

(c)
If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.
51

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(d)
If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

(e)
Within thirty (30) days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

(f)
A Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Lender is entitled shall cooperate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

15.3
Tax indemnity

(a)
The Borrower shall (within ten (10) Business Days of written demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

(b)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i)
with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

(A)
under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

(B)
under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

(ii)
to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

(A)
is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 15.2 (Tax gross-up); or

(B)
relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

(c)
A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above must promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.
52

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(d)
A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 15.3, notify the Agent.

15.4
Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

(a)
a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

(b)
that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

15.5
Stamp taxes

The Borrower shall pay and, within ten (10) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

15.6
VAT

(a)
All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

(b)
If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Finance Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “ Subject Party ”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment obtained by the Recipient from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines is in respect of such VAT.

(c)
Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.
53

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
15.7
FATCA information

(a)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

(i)
confirm to that other Party whether it is:

(A)
a FATCA Exempt Party; or

(B)
not a FATCA Exempt Party;

(ii)
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

(iii)
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

(b)
If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

(c)
Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and paragraph (a) (iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

(i)
any law or regulation;

(ii)
any fiduciary duty; or

(iii)
any duty of confidentiality.

(d)
If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

15.8
FATCA Deduction

(a)
Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b)
Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Finance Parties.
54

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
16
INCREASED COSTS

16.1
Increased costs

(a)
Subject to Clause 16.3 ( Exceptions ) the Borrower shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a written demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation, (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement or (iii) implementation of and compliance with Basel III, CRR and CRD IV, or (iv) any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) Basel III, CRR and CRD IV.

(b)
In this Agreement:

Basel III ” means:

(i)
the consultations including the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in such consultations “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented and/or restated;

(ii)
the rules for global systemically important banks contained in the “Globally systemically important banks: assessments, methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirements – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented and/or restated; and

(iii)
any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to Basel III.

CRD IV ” means Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/(//EC and repeating Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

CRR ” means Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012.

Increased   Costs ” means:


(i)
a reduction in the rate of return from the Facilities or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate´s) overall capital;


(ii)
an additional or increased cost; or


(iii)
a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,
55

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document or Trade Finance Instrument.

16.2
Increased cost claims

(a)
A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 16.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower in writing.

(b)
Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

16.3
Exceptions

(a)
Clause 16.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

(i)
attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

(ii)
attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

(iii)
compensated for by Clause 15.3 ( Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 15.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 15.315.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied); or

(iv)
attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

(b)
In this Clause 16, a reference to a “ Tax Deduction ” has the same meaning given to that term in Clause 15.1 ( Definitions ).

17
OTHER INDEMNITIES

17.1
Currency indemnity

(a)
If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “ Sum ”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “ First Currency ”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) for the purpose of:

(i)
making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

(ii)
obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within ten (10) Business Days of written demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.
56

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(b)
Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

17.2
Other indemnities

The Borrower shall, within ten (10) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

(a)
the occurrence of any Event of Default;

(b)
any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Finance Party in any jurisdiction arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the Maritime Labour Convention 2006 or any Environmental or Social Law, provided such claim arises due to breach of such laws by the Borrower and/or any technical and/or commercial manager of a Rig;

(c)
a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 32 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

(d)
funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone);

(e)
issuing or making arrangements to issue a Trade Finance Instrument requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not issued by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone);

(f)
a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower; or

(g)
any civil penalty or fine against, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) incurred by the Agent or any Finance Party solely as a result of a breach by a Relevant Person of any Sanctions.

17.3
Indemnity to the Agent

The Borrower shall on demand indemnify the Agent against:

(a)
any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

(i)
any failure by the Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 19 ( Costs and expenses );

(ii)
investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

(iii)
acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;
57

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(iv)
any default by the Borrower in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Finance Documents;

(v)
the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Transaction Security;

(vi)
the exercise of any of its rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Agent by the Finance Parties or by law; or

(vii)
instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement; and

(b)
any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents.

18
MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

18.1
Mitigation

(a)
Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate (unless the Borrower expressly request it in writing not to do so) any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 9.1 ( Mandatory Prepayment - Illegality ) or in respect of the Issuing Bank, Clause 9.2 ( Illegality in relation to the Issuing Bank ), Clause 15 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or Clause 16 ( Increased costs ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

(b)
Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

18.2
Limitation of liability

(a)
The Borrower shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 18.1 ( Mitigation ).

(b)
A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 18.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

19
COSTS AND EXPENSES

19.1
Transaction expenses

The Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days of demand, pay the Agent and the Issuing Bank the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, internal and external legal and collateral fees and costs relating to operating a secure website for communicating with the Lenders) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

(a)
this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

(b)
any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.
58

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
19.2
Amendment costs

If (i) an Obligor requests the granting of any release, waiver or consent under the Finance Documents, any amendment or variation of any of the Finance Documents or (ii) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 33.9 ( Change of currency ), the Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, internal and external legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

19.3
Enforcement costs

The Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, external legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights of the Finance Parties under, any Finance Document.

For the avoidance of doubt, costs payable by the Borrower under Clause 19.1, Clause 19.2 and Clause 19.3 remain payable whether or not any portion of the Facilities is ever advanced.

20
SECURITY

20.1
Security

(a)
The obligations and liabilities of each of the Obligors under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements, including without limitation any derived liability whatsoever of any Obligor towards the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks in connection therewith, shall be secured, on a cross collateralised basis, by:

(i)
the Mortgages;

(ii)
the Assignment Agreements;

(iii)
the Share Pledge Agreements;

(iv)
any Intra-Group Loan Assignment;

(v)
the Earnings Account Pledges;

(vi)
any Incremental Supplemental Security; and

(vii)
the unconditional and irrevocable on-demand guarantee and indemnity set out in Clause 2121 ( Guarantee and indemnity ) hereof.

(b)
The Obligors’ obligations and liabilities under any Hedging Agreements shall rank on a pari passu basis with the obligations and liabilities of the Obligors under the other Finance Documents also in relation to the Security Documents and any enforcement proceeds shall be distributed in accordance with Clause 32.6 ( Distribution of enforcement proceeds ).

(c)
If requested by the Borrower in order to accommodate the request of charterers or other customers for the employment of any of the Rigs, the Agent shall (on behalf of the Finance Parties) issue such letters of undertaking, on terms and conditions acceptable to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties), in favour of any such charterer or customer assuring the quiet enjoyment of the Rig by the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) as long as no termination event has occurred and is continuing under the applicable charter or employment contract.
59

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
20.2
Further assignments

(a)
In the event that a Rig Owner or Intra-Group Charterer enters into a Qualifying Employment Contract that Rig Owner (and any relevant Guarantor) shall prior to the relevant commencement date assign, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, all its claims, rights, title and interest to any charter rights under that Qualifying Employment Contract and the Earnings accruing thereunder in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

(b)
In the event that an Intra-Group Loan is granted to a Rig Owner or a Rig Owner grants an Intra-Group Loan, that Intra-Group Loan shall promptly after its granting be assigned, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks).

20.3
Security - Hedging Agreements

The Obligors’ obligations and liabilities under any Hedging Agreement, together with all unpaid interest, default interest, commissions, charges, expenses and any other derived liability whatsoever of the Obligors towards a Hedging Bank in connection with a Hedging Agreement, shall at any time until all amounts due to the Hedging Banks under the Hedging Agreements have been paid and/or repaid in full, be secured by the Security Documents and the guarantee liabilities of the Guarantors pursuant to Clause 21 ( Guarantee and indemnity ), however on a subordinated basis to the rights of the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

21
GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

21.1
Guarantee obligations

Each of the Guarantors irrevocably and unconditionally, jointly and severally:

(a)
guarantees to each Finance Party and each Hedging Bank as and for its own debt and not merely as surety the punctual performance by each Obligor of that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements (the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”);

(b)
undertakes with each Finance Party and each Hedging Bank that whenever an Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations, it shall immediately on demand (Nw. påkravsgaranti ) pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor, and no Guarantor shall have any right of reservation or objection to such demand for payment by the Agent and no conflict or dispute of whatsoever nature, including without limitation any defences based on underlying agreements, between the Agent and an Obligor shall have an impact on a Guarantor’s obligation to pay under the guarantee set out in this Clause 21; and

(c)
agrees with each Finance Party and each Hedging Bank that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party and/or and that Hedging Bank immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document or any of the Hedging Agreements on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 21 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.
60

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
21.2
Maximum liability

The liability of each of the Guarantors under this guarantee shall be limited to USD 540,000,000 plus any unpaid amount of interest, fees and expenses in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

21.3
Number of claims

There is no limit on the number of claims that may be made by the Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks under this guarantee.

21.4
Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by the members of the Group in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

21.5
Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any member of the Group or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party or a Hedging Bank in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 21 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

21.6
Waiver of defences

(a)
The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 21 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 21, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 21 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party or a Hedging Bank) including:

(i)
any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any member of the Group or other person;

(ii)
the release of any member of the Group or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

(iii)
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any member of the Group or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

(iv)
any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any member of the Group or any other person;
61

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(v)
any amendment, supplement, extension restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document, the Hedging Agreement or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document, Hedging Agreements or other document or security;

(vi)
any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document, Hedging Agreement or any other document or security; or

(vii)
any insolvency, liquidation, winding up, strike-off or similar proceedings.

(b)
Each Guarantor specifically waives all defences based on the Finance Documents, the Hedging Agreements any relationship or circumstance in connection therewith and any transactions made in connection therewith.

21.7
Financial Agreements Act

Each Guarantor specifically waives all rights under the provisions of the Norwegian Financial Agreements Act of 25 June 1999 No. 46 (as amended) not being mandatory provisions, including (but not limited to) the following provisions (the main contents of the relevant provisions being as indicated in the brackets):

(i)
§ 62 (1) (a) (to be notified of any security the giving of which was a precondition for the making of any Utilisation, but which has not been validly granted or has lapsed);

(ii)
§ 63 (1) - (2) (to be notified of any event of default hereunder and to be kept informed thereof);

(iii)
§ 63 (3) (to be notified of any extension granted to any member of the Group in payment of principal and/or interest);

(iv)
§ 63 (4) (to be notified of any member of the Group’s bankruptcy proceedings or debt reorganisation proceedings and/or any application for the latter);

(v)
§ 65 (3) (that the consent of the Guarantor is required for the Guarantor to be bound by amendments to the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements that may be detrimental to its interest);

(vi)
§ 66 (1) - (2) (that the Guarantor shall be released from its liabilities hereunder if Security which was given, or the giving of which was a precondition for the making of any Utilisation, is released by the Finance Parties without the consent of the Guarantor);

(vii)
§ 66 (3) (that the Guarantor shall be released from its liabilities hereunder if, without its consent, Security the giving of which was a precondition for the making of any Utilisation was not validly granted);

(viii)
§ 67 (1) - (2) (about reduction of the Guarantor’s liabilities hereunder);
62

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(ix)
§ 67 (4) (that the Guarantor’s liabilities hereunder shall lapse after ten (10) years, as the Guarantor shall remain liable hereunder as long as any amount is outstanding in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations);

(x)
§ 70 (as the Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation into the rights of the Finance Parties or a Hedging Bank under the Finance Documents or the Hedging Agreements until and unless the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks shall have received all amounts due or to become due to them in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations);

(xi)
§ 71 (as the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks shall have no liability first to make demand upon or seek to enforce remedies against any member of the Group or any of them or any other Security provided in respect of any member of the Group’s liabilities under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements before demanding payment under or seeking to enforce the guarantee created hereunder);

(xii)
§ 72 (as all interest and default interest due in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be secured hereunder);

(xiii)
§ 73 (1) - (2) (as all costs and expenses related to a default in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be secured hereunder); and

(xiv)
§ 74 (1) - (2) (as the Guarantor shall make no claim against any member of the Group for payment until and unless the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks first shall have received all amounts due or to become due to them in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and all Commitments have been fully cancelled or otherwise ceased in full to be in effect).

21.8
Guarantor intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 21.6 ( Waiver of defences ), each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents, Hedging Agreements and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents or the Hedging Agreements for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

21.9
Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party or any Hedging Bank (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 21. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document or a Hedging Agreement to the contrary.
63

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
21.10
Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the members of the Group under or in connection with the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party, each Hedging Bank (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

(a)
refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party or that Hedging Bank (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantors shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

(b)
hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 21.

21.11
Deferral of Guarantor’s rights

(a)
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the members of the Group under or in connection with the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 21:

(i)
to be indemnified by any member of the Group;

(ii)
to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any member of the Group’s obligations under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements;

(iii)
to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties or the Hedging Banks under the Finance Documents or the Hedging Agreements or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents or the Hedging Agreements by any Finance Party or any Hedging Bank;

(iv)
to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any member of the Group to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under this Clause 21;

(v)
to exercise any right of set-off against any member of the Group; and/or

(vi)
to claim or prove as a creditor of any member of the Group in competition with any Finance Party or any Hedging Bank.

(b)
If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights as referred to in paragraph (a) above, it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties or a Hedging Bank by any member of the Group under or in connection with the Finance Documents or a Hedging Agreement to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties or the Hedging Banks and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 33 ( Payment mechanics ).
64

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
21.12
Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

21.13
Marshall Islands Limitation Language

Each Obligor incorporated in the Marshall Islands and each Finance Party and each Hedging Bank hereby confirms that it is its intention that the guarantee provided herein not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Marshall Islands or other law relating to the grant of security or conveyances in respect of the obligations of third parties. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Obligor incorporated in the Marshall Islands and each Finance Party and each Hedging Bank hereby irrevocably agrees that the obligations guaranteed by such Obligors shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the obligations of such Obligors hereunder not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

22
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 22 to each Finance Party and each Hedging Bank on the date of this Agreement.

22.1
Status

(a)
It is a limited liability company or exempted company with limited liability, duly incorporated, in good standing and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

(b)
It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

22.2
Binding obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations, and each Security Document to which it is a party creates the security interests which that Security Document purports to create and those security interests are valid and effective.

22.3
Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the granting of the Transaction Security pursuant to the Security Documents to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

(a)
any law or regulation applicable to it;

(b)
its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or

(c)
any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.
65

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
22.4
Power and authority

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

22.5
Validity and admissibility in evidence

All Authorisations required:

(i)
to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(ii)
to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions; and

(iii)
otherwise in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and the Finance Documents and any other agreements and instruments required or contemplated hereunder,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect and any condition contained therein or otherwise applicable thereto has been or will at the appropriate time be complied with and fulfilled during the life of this Agreement.

22.6
Authorisations

All Authorisations required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and any other agreements and instruments required or contemplated hereunder have been delivered to the Finance Parties and are in full force and effect, and any condition contained therein or otherwise applicable thereto has been or will at the appropriate time be complied with and fulfilled during the life of this Agreement.

22.7
Governing law and enforcement

Subject to any Legal Reservations:

(a)
the choice of governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions; and

(b)
any judgment obtained in relation to a Finance Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

22.8
Insolvency

No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 27.7 ( Insolvency proceedings ) or Clause 27.8 (Creditors’ process) is currently pending or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to it, and none of the circumstances described in Clause 27.6 (Insolvency) or Clause 27.8 ( Creditors’ process ) applies to it.
66

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
22.9
Deduction of Tax

It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

22.10
No filing or stamp taxes

Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar tax or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents other than:

(i)
registration of the Mortgages in the relevant Approved Ship Register (and payment of associated fees); and

(ii)
payment of Cayman Islands stamp duty if a Finance Document is executed in or is brought to the Cayman Islands.

22.11
No default

(a)
No Event of Default, Default or prepayment event pursuant to Clause 9 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) is existing or continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document.

(b)
No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.12
No misleading information

(a)
Any factual information provided by any Obligor for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

(b)
Any financial projections provided to the Finance Parties in connection with this Agreement have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

(c)
Nothing has occurred or been omitted from the information given to the Finance Parties in connection with this Agreement and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information given to the Finance Parties in connection with this Agreement being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

22.13
Financial statements

(a)
The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles consistently applied, and fairly represent its consolidated financial condition and operations during the relevant financial year.
67

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(b)
There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group) since the date of the financial statements most recently delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 23.1 ( Financial statements ).

22.14
Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

22.15
No Security

None of the Rigs are affected by any Security, and it is not a party to, nor is it or any of the Rigs bound by any order, agreement or instrument under which it is, or in certain events may be, required to create, assume or permit to arise any Security over any of the Rigs, save for the Security created under the Security Documents, for liens arising solely by operation of law and/or in the ordinary course of business or otherwise as permitted pursuant to the terms of Clause 25.14 (Negative pledge).

22.16
No immunity

Neither it, nor any of its assets, are entitled to immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process, and its entry into of the Finance Documents and any Hedging Agreements constitutes, and the exercise of its rights and performance of and compliance with its obligations under the Finance Documents and any Hedging Agreements will constitute, private and commercial acts done and performed for private and commercial purposes.

22.17
No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has or have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it.

22.18
No breach of laws

(a)
It has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)
No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against any Obligor which have or are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.19
Compliance with Environmental or Social Laws and other laws

(a)
It is in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of all Environmental or Social Laws applicable to it and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry).

(b)
No material Environmental or Social Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) is threatened against it or any Manager.
68

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
22.20
Taxation

It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax, unless such payment has been contested in good faith and with due diligence and provided that it maintains adequate reserves in respect of thereof in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles.

22.21
Anti-corruption law

None of the Obligors nor any of their subsidiaries, directors or officers, or, to the best knowledge of the Obligors, any Affiliate, agent or employee of it, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws, regulations or rules in any applicable jurisdiction and the Obligors have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to prevent violation of such laws, regulations and rules.

22.22
Sanctions

(a)
It, each other member of the Group, their Affiliates, their joint ventures, and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives has been and is in compliance with Sanctions;

(b)
Neither it, nor any other member of the Group, their Affiliates, their joint ventures, and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives:

(i)
is a Restricted Party, acts directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Party or is involved in any transaction through which it is likely to become a Restricted Party;

(ii)
is engaging, or has engaged in any transaction, action or conduct that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or breaches or attempts to breach, directly or indirectly, any Sanctions; or

(iii)
is subject to or involved in any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority or any other relevant third party.

(c)
No Utilisation, nor the proceeds from any Utilisation, has been used, directly or indirectly, to lend, contribute, provide or has otherwise been made to fund or finance any business activities or transactions:

(i)
of or with a Restricted Party; or

(ii)
in any other manner which would result in any member of the Group or any Finance Party being in breach of any Sanctions or becoming a Restricted Party.

22.23
Ranking

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the Transaction Security has or will have first ranking priority and it is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.
69

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
22.24
Good title to assets

It and each of its Subsidiaries has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted, including but not limited to the Rigs.

22.25
Legal and beneficial ownership

It is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant Security.

22.26
Group structure chart

The group structure chart delivered to the Agent pursuant to Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent documents ) is true, complete and accurate in all material respects and shows the Borrower and each member of the Group, including its current name, company registration number, jurisdiction of incorporation and shareholders (or other type of participants or owners) and their respective percentage ownership interest in the Obligors and the members of the Group.

22.27
Accounting reference date

The accounting reference date of each Obligor is 31 December in each year.

22.28
Centre of main interest and establishments

For the purposes of Regulation (EU) No. 2015/848 of 20 May 2015 on Insolvency Proceedings (recast) (the “ Regulation ”), the centre of main interest of each of the Obligors (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation), so far as each Obligor is aware without making enquiry, is situated in that Obligor’s Original Jurisdiction and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction; provided that this Clause does not apply to any Obligor that is incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

22.29
No adverse consequences

(a)
It is not necessary under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions:

(i)
in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

(ii)
by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document,

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of its Relevant Jurisdictions.

(b)
No Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its Relevant Jurisdictions by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.
70

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
22.30
The Rigs

Each Rig will on the relevant Utilisation Date be:

(a)
in the absolute ownership of the relevant Rig Owner, free and clear of all encumbrances (other than current crew wages and the relevant Mortgage) and that Rig Owner will be the sole, legal and beneficial owner of that Rig;

(b)
registered in the name of the relevant Rig Owner with an Approved Ship Registry under the laws and flag applicable for the relevant Approved Ship Registry;

(c)
in good and safe condition and state of repair consistent with good operational standards in every way and fit for service (or in accordance with the applicable stacking plan when in stacked mode); and

(d)
classed with an Approved Classification Society, free of all overdue requirements and other recommendations affecting class.

22.31
Financial Indebtedness

It is not in breach of or in default under any agreement or other instrument relating to Financial Indebtedness to which it is a party or by which it is bound (nor would it be with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both).

22.32
Land in the British Virgin Islands

No Obligor is a land owning company for the purposes of Section 242 of the BVI Business Companies Act, 2014 (as amended), meaning that neither an Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has an interest in any land in the British Virgin Islands.

22.33
Shares

The shares of any member of the Group which are subject to the Transaction Security are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The constitutional documents of companies whose shares are subject to the Transaction Security do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on creation or enforcement of the Transaction Security. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of any member of the Group (including any option or right of preemption or conversion).

22.34
Repetition

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on (i) each Utilisation Date, (ii) the first day of each Interest Period, and (iii) the date of delivery of each Compliance Certificate (or, if no such Compliance Certificate is forwarded, on each day such certificate should have been forwarded to the Agent at the latest).
71

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
23
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 23 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements or any Commitment is in force.

23.1
Financial statements

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

(i)
as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its financial years, the Borrower’s audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year together with unaudited accounts of each Rig Owner;

(ii)
as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 75 days after the end of each of its financial quarter, the Borrower’s unaudited consolidated financial statements for that financial quarter;

(iii)
as soon as it becomes available, but in any event by 30 January each year, an annual budget for the financial year; and

(iv)
as soon as they become available, but in any event within 30 days of the end of each financial quarter, updated three year liquidity forecasts, addressing with a reasonable level of detail (1) revenue, operating costs, interest expense, taxes, (2) cashflow from operations, capex, debt repayment and (3) assets, equity, debt and cash balance projections.

23.2
Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

(a)
The Borrower shall supply to the Agent, with each set of consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 23.1 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 24 ( Financial covenants ) and, (in connection with the second quarter and year end compliance certificates only) the Market Value of the Rigs.

(b)
Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by a director or the CFO of the Borrower.

23.3
Requirements as to financial statements

(a)
The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 23.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using the relevant Approved Accounting Principles, accounting practices and policies consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in any relevant Approved Accounting Principles, accounting practices or policies and its auditors deliver to the Agent:

(i)
a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the Approved Accounting Principles, accounting practices and policies upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared; and
72

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(ii)
sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 24 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

23.4
Market valuations

(a)
The Borrower shall together with each Compliance Certificate (in connection with the second quarter and year end compliance certificates only) forward to the Agent updated valuation reports setting out the Market Value of the Rigs.

(b)
If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall deliver such additional valuation reports for the purpose of determining the Market Value of the Rigs at such times as the Agent may require.

(c)
All valuations referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall be addressed to the Agent (unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Lenders, acting reasonably or unless the Approved Broker requires that such valuations are addressed to the Borrower as the entity ordering the valuation report) and obtained at the cost of the Borrower.

(d)
The Agent may, at any time, obtain such additional valuation reports for the purpose of determining the Market Value of the Rigs as it deems appropriate after consultation with the Lenders. Such valuations shall be at the cost of the Lenders.

(e)
For the avoidance of doubt, if additional valuation reports are obtained in accordance with paragraph (b) and/or paragraph (d) above, then the Market Value of the Rigs shall be calculated based on the valuation reports provided in accordance with paragraph (a) and such additional valuation reports, and compliance with Clause 26.12 (Minimum Value) shall be demonstrated based on the Market Value as determined by the average of the valuation reports provided in accordance with paragraph (a) and such additional valuation reports.

23.5
Information: miscellaneous

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

(a)
all documents dispatched by the Borrower to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally;

(b)
promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any material default, litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

(c)
promptly, such information as the Agent may reasonably require about any asset subject to the Transaction Security and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Finance Document;

(d)
such further information regarding the financial condition, assets, business and operations of the Group as the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) may reasonably request;
73

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(e)
such other information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as the Lenders may reasonably request and which can be delivered without breach of any confidentiality undertakings or any applicable law or rules of a securities/regulatory exchange; and

(f)
ensure that any Obligor provides information for any “know your customer” checks required to be carried out by the Agent and/or any of the Lenders.

23.6
Notification of Default and Change of Control

(a)
Each Obligor shall notify the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

(b)
Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two (2) of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

(c)
Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of the occurrence of any Change of Control promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

23.7
“Know your customer” checks

(a)
If:

(i)
the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) or the compliance with any law or regulation after the date of this Agreement;

(ii)
any change in the status of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

(iii)
a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(b)
Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
74

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
24
FINANCIAL COVENANTS

24.1
Financial definitions

In this Agreement:

Book Equity ” means Total Book Assets less Total Book Liabilities.

Book Equity Ratio ” means the ratio of Book Equity to Total Book Assets.

Current Assets ” means the aggregate value of assets, which are treated as current assets in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles.

Current Liabilities ” means the aggregate amount of liabilities, which are treated as current liabilities in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles, but excluding instalments on long-term debt which fall due during the next twelve months.

Debt Service ” means in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles

(i)
interest expenses; plus

(ii)
scheduled debt amortisation.

Debt Service Cover Ratio ” means the ratio of EBITDA to Debt Service on a consolidated basis calculated in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles on a twelve month trailing basis.

EBITDA ” in respect of each trailing twelve month period, on a consolidated basis, the Borrower’s operating profit before interest expenses, tax, depreciation and amortisation on ordinary activities before any extraordinary or exceptional items (all in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles).

Free Liquidity ” means the aggregate value of:


(i)
free and available cash in hand and bank deposits:


(A)
including bank deposits that are pledged, but which the relevant member of the Group may freely operate such as the Earnings Accounts until the occurrence of an Event of Default; and


(B)
not including any Ring Fenced Liquidity; and


(ii)
any Undrawn Revolving Credit Facility; and


(iii)
certificates of deposits or marketable debt securities (included money market funds) with A-rating or better and a maturity of twelve (12) months or less after the relevant date of calculation and which can be realised and applied against the Loans within one month.

Net Interest Bearing Debt ” means the sum of all interest bearing indebtedness plus the amount of any Undrawn Revolving Credit Facility (but otherwise in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles) less Free Liquidity.
75

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
Ring Fenced Liquidity ” means any bank deposits subject to contractual or other restrictions limiting the distribution of bank deposits in the names of Borr Skald Inc. (Marshall Islands, owner of Skald), Borr Jack-Up XXII Inc. (Marshall Islands, owner of Thor) or Borr Saga Inc. (Marshall Islands, owner of Saga) (or any other members of the Group whose bank deposits are subject to substantively similar restrictions) to other members of the Group in a manner which causes such funds to not be considered as free and available liquidity of the Borrower in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles.

Total Book Assets ” means at the date of computation the total assets, calculated in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles.

Total Book Liabilities ” means at the date of computation the total liabilities, calculated in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles.

Undrawn Revolving Credit Facility ” means any available, undrawn and uncancelled amount under the Incremental Revolving Facility and any other revolving credit facilities provided by the Finance Parties or any other third party financial institution with a remaining tenor of at least three (3) months, provided however that the Borrower has provided the Agent with such information about such other revolving credit facilities as the Agent may reasonably request.

Working Capital ” means, on any date, Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

24.2
Calculations

(a)
Except as provided to the contrary in this Agreement, an accounting term used in this Clause 24 is to be construed in accordance with the principles applied in connection with the Original Financial Statements.

(b)
No item must be credited or deducted more than once in any calculation under this Clause 24.

24.3
Book Equity Ratio

The Borrower (on a consolidated level) shall at all times have a Book Equity Ratio equal to or higher than 40%.

24.4
Working Capital

The Working Capital of the Borrower (on a consolidated level) shall at all times be positive.

24.5
Minimum Liquidity

The Borrower (on a consolidated level) shall at all times have a Free Liquidity equivalent to the higher of (i) USD 50,000,000 and (ii) 4.00 per cent of the aggregate of Net Interest Bearing Debt and Ring Fenced Liquidity.

24.6
Debt Service Cover Ratio

The Debt Service Cover Ratio of the Borrower shall at all times from, 31 December 2020, exceed 1.25x.
76

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
24.7
Most Favoured Nation

If the financial covenants provided by or on behalf of the Borrower (on a consolidated basis) in favour of any other creditor should change from time to time or in any way be more favourable than the financial covenants in favour of the Finance Parties, then within thirty (30) days after the time of such changes becoming effective the Borrower shall notify the Agent in writing, which notice shall attach the revised financial covenants and illustrate the changes. If the Agent is of the opinion that the revised financial covenants are more favourable than the current, then the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) has a right to change the financial covenants to reflect the said revisions for the period that the financial covenants in favour of any other bank or financial institutions are in effect.

25
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 25 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or the Hedging Agreements or any Commitment is in force.

25.1
Ownership

Other than following a sale or other disposal of shares in a Guarantor as permitted in accordance with Clause 9.4 ( Mandatory prepayment – sale or Total Loss – replacement ), the Borrower shall procure that each of the Guarantors remain (direct or indirect) wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower at all times.

25.2
Authorisations

(a)
Each Obligor shall promptly:

(i)
obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

(ii)
supply certified copies to the Agent of,

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdiction of any Finance Document.

(b)
Each Obligor shall upon written request by the Agent obtain or cause to be obtained, at the time the same are required, maintain or cause to be maintained in full force and effect and promptly renew or cause to be renewed and comply in all material respects with the conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, every Authorisation required to be obtained and maintained in order to continue the performance and operation of the Rigs under any contract entered into in respect of it and any law and regulation to which it may be subject.

25.3
Environmental compliance

Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each member of the Group will):

(a)
comply with all Environmental or Social Laws;

(b)
obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits; and
77

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental or Social Law,

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

25.4
Environmental or Social claims

Each Obligor shall, promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of:

(a)
any Environmental or Social Claim against it or any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

(b)
any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental or Social Claim being commenced or threatened against it or any member of the Group, where the claim, if determined against it or that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

25.5
Anti-corruption law

(a)
No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facilities for any purpose which would breach any applicable anti-corruption laws.

(b)
Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):

(i)
conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and

(ii)
maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

25.6
Compliance with laws and Sanctions

(a)
Each Obligor shall (and the Obligors shall procure that each Manager will):

(i)
comply in all respect with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, including Sanctions; and

(ii)
without limiting paragraph (i) above, not employ a Rig nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any applicable law or regulation, including but not limited to Sanctions.

(b)
Each Obligor shall (and the Obligors shall procure that parties acting on its behalf will) observe and abide with, including but not limited to, any applicable law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat money laundering (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive 2005/60/EF (Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 October 2005 on the prevention of the use of the financial system for the purpose of money laundering and terrorist financing) amending Council Directive 91/308, as amended from time to time).
78

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
Each Obligor shall ensure that none of them, nor any other member of the Group, respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives or any other persons acting on any of their behalf:

(i)
is or will become a Restricted Party;

(ii)
is in breach of Sanctions;

(iii)
causes (or will cause) a breach of Sanctions by any Finance Party; and/or

(iv)
take any action or make any omission that results, or is reasonably likely to result, in it or any Finance Party becoming a Restricted Party.

(d)
No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other Relevant Person will) take any action or make any omission that results, or is reasonably likely to result, in it or any Finance Party becoming a Restricted Party or otherwise a target of sanctions (“ target of sanctions ”) signifying an entity or person (“ Target ”) that is a target of laws, regulations or orders concerning any trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes by virtue of prohibitions and/or restrictions being imposed on any US person or other legal or natural person subject to the jurisdiction or authority of a US Sanctions Authority which prohibit or restrict them from them engaging in trade, business or other activities with such Target without all appropriate licences or exemptions issued by all applicable US Sanctions Authorities).

(e)
Each Obligor undertakes that it and each director, officer, agent, employee or person acting on behalf of the Obligor, is not a Restricted Party and does not act directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Party.

(f)
No Obligor shall use any revenue or benefit derived from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Party in discharging any obligation due or owing to the Finance Parties and/or the Hedging Banks.

(g)
Each Obligor shall procure that no proceeds from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Party are credited to any bank account held with any Finance Party or any affiliate of a Finance Party in its name.

(h)
No Obligor shall directly or indirectly use the proceeds of a Loan, or lend or contribute or otherwise make available all or any part of such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner, Relevant Person, Affiliate or any other person to fund activities or business of or with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding is a Restricted Party or in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any person (including any person participating in the loan hereunder, whether as a Finance Party or otherwise).

25.7
Taxation

Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

(a)
such payment is being contested in good faith;

(b)
adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Agent under 23.1 ( Financial statements ); and

(c)
such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or its not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
79

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
25.8
Merger

Neither the Borrower nor any Rig Owner shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger or merger, split up, divestment, consolidation with or into any other person or corporate reconstruction.

25.9
Change of business

Neither the Borrower nor any Rig Owner shall change its business, and the Obligors shall procure that there is no change of business or change in the corporate structure of the Group which involves any Rig Owner without the prior written consent of the Agent.

25.10
Restriction on business - Guarantors

No Rig Owner shall carry on any other business than owning and chartering out the Rigs.

25.11
Investments and Acquisitions

(a)
No Obligor shall make any further investments or acquisitions.

(b)
Paragraph (a) does not apply to;

(i)
any investments or acquisitions made with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders;

(ii)
any investments related to the Rigs (or in the case of any Intermediate Holding Company, in relation to any rig owned by any member of the Group) in the ordinary course of business;

(iii)
any interests in equities, forward contracts, debt and/or securities which may be acquired by the Borrower as a substitute for the Borrower’s existing interests in equities, forward contracts, debt and/or other securities issued by Ensco Plc, Oro Negro Drilling Pte. Ltd. and Oro SG Pte. Ltd. provided that the aggregate of all such equities, forward contracts, debt and/or securities does not increase the aggregate total exposure of the Borrower (or the Group) above USD[***]; and

(iv)
the acquisition of any rig(s), in the period from the date of this Agreement to the Termination Date with total purchase price(s) of up to USD[***] (in aggregate) provided that the Equity Raise has been completed.

25.12
Preservation of assets

The Guarantors will hold legal title to and own the entire beneficial interest in the Rigs, the Insurances, the relevant Earnings Account and its Earnings, free of all Security and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those permitted pursuant to Clause 25.14 ( Negative pledge ).

25.13
Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.
80

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
25.14
Negative pledge

(a)
No Obligor shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its present or future assets, rights or revenues being subject to Transaction Security, other than pursuant to the Security Documents.

(b)
No Rig Owner shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets other than pursuant to the Security Documents.

(c)
No Guarantor shall:

(i)
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

(ii)
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

(iii)
enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

(iv)
enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

(d)
The Borrower shall not, and will procure that each member of the Group shall not, create or permit to subsist any Security over rigs “Atla” and “Balder”.

(e)
Paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) above do not apply to any of the following:

(i)
any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the relevant Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

(ii)
any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and securing obligations not more than thirty (30) days overdue;

(iii)
any Security entered into pursuant to any Finance Document or Hedging Agreement;

(iv)
until the first Utilisation of Facility A; the Existing Security;

(v)
any Permitted Maritime Lien, or Permitted Transaction; or

(vi)
Security consented to in writing by the Agent (acting upon instructions from the Lenders).

25.15
Market terms

Each Obligor shall ensure that all agreements and transactions entered into by an Obligor with an Affiliate, a shareholder or an Affiliate of a shareholder shall be entered into and made in accordance with market values and terms.
81

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
25.16
Financial Indebtedness

(a)
Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Guarantor shall incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.

(b)
Paragraph (a) above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness which:

(i)
until the first Utilisation of Facility A, is Existing Indebtedness;

(ii)
is incurred under the Finance Documents or any Hedging Agreement;

(iii)
is incurred by way of an Intra-Group Loan, provided always that (a) no Default is then in existence or will occur from such disposition, (b) after giving effect to such disposition, the Borrower will be in compliance with the financial covenants in Clause 21 (Financial covenants), (c) Intra-Group Loans shall be fully subordinated to the Facilities and any obligations under the Hedging Agreements and (d) any creditor of an Intra-Group Loan assigns by way of security its claims under that Intra-Group Loan to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) on the establishment of that Intra-Group Loan;

(iv)
is incurred by an Intermediate Holding Company under (i) the EUROBOND or (ii) under any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and the amount of any liability in respect of any such guarantee or indemnity; or

(v)
is incurred with the consent of the Lenders.

25.17
Financial Support

No Rig Owner shall make or grant any loans, guarantees or any other form of financial support, except financial support arising:

(a)
by operation of cash pooling arrangements within the Group;

(b)
in the ordinary course of operation of the Rigs; or

(c)
under (i) any Intra-Group Loan or (ii) any other loan or credit which is fully subordinated to the Facilities and any obligations under the Hedging Agreements provided that (A) no Default is then in existence or will occur from such disposition (B) after giving effect to such disposition, the Borrower will be in compliance with the financial covenants in Clause 24 (Financial covenants);

25.18
Financial assistance

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with any applicable financial assistance regulations any relevant jurisdictions including in relation to the execution of the Security Documents and payment of amounts due under this Agreement.
82

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
25.19
Insurance

(a)
Each Obligor shall maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business.

(b)
All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters.

25.20
Further assurance

(a)
Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall procure that each other member of the Group that is a provider of Transaction Security will) promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Agent may reasonably require in favour of the Agent or its nominee(s)):

(i)
to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Agent or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

(ii)
to confer on the Agent or confer on the Finance Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents; and/or

(iii)
to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

(b)
Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall procure that each other member of the Group that is a provider of Transaction Security will) take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Agent or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(c)
Each Obligor must use, and must procure that any other member of the Group that is a provider of Transaction Security uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid or mitigate the constraints on the provision of Security provided for in this Agreement.

25.21
Dividends and share redemption

The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders):

(a)
declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its issued shares (or any class of its issued shares) or share capital (or any class of its share capital) (as applicable);

(b)
repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve;
83

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
repay any Shareholder Loans; or

(d)
redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its issued shares or share capital (as applicable) or resolve to do so,

(any such transaction referred in paragraphs (a) to (d) above a “ Distribution ”)

unless:

(i)
the first repayment instalments of the Term Loans have been made in accordance Clause 8 ( Repayment ) have been made;

(ii)
the Back Stop Facility has been repaid in full;

(iii)
Free Liquidity will be no less than USD 75,000,000 following such Distribution;

(iv)
such Distribution does not exceed 50% of the Borrower’s consolidated net profit in accordance with the Approved Accounting Principles according to the latest relevant financial statement(s); and

(v)
no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the making of such Distribution.

25.22
Bank accounts

The Guarantors shall:

(a)
 hold and maintain the Earnings Accounts with the Agent; and

(b)
ensure that all Earnings and insurance proceeds are paid directly to the relevant Earnings Account without deductions.

25.23
Listing

The Borrower shall remain listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange or another reputable stock exchange acceptable to all of the Lenders.

25.24
Derivate Transactions

(a)
No Obligor shall enter into any secured interest rate or currency hedging transactions related to the Rigs and the Facilities with other parties than the Hedging Banks.

(b)
No Obligor shall enter into any speculative hedging transactions.

25.25
No change of name etc.

No Obligor shall change:

(a)
the end of its fiscal year;

(b)
its nature of business;
84

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
its constitutional documents, except for such changes as are necessary to reflect transactions or corporate actions which are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

(d)
its legal name

(e)
its type of organization; or

(f)
its jurisdiction;

without the prior written consent of the Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

25.26
Subordination

(a)
Each Rig Owner shall procure that all Intra-Group Loans are fully subordinated to the interest of the Finance Parties hereunder and the Hedging Banks under the Hedging Agreements and assigned pursuant to an Assignment Agreement or Intra-Group Loan Assignment Agreement.

(b)
The Borrower shall procure that all Shareholder Loans are fully subordinated to the interest of the Finance Parties hereunder and the Hedging Banks under the Hedging Agreements.

(c)
Each Guarantor (other than a Rig Owner) shall procure that any loans or credit in respect of which it is a debtor are fully subordinated to the interest of the Finance Parties hereunder and the Hedging Banks under the Hedging Agreements.

(d)
Each Guarantor shall procure that all amounts payable to and/or claims against it from the Managers and/or any manager are fully subordinated to the interest of the Finance Parties hereunder and the Hedging Banks under the Hedging Agreements.

25.27
Compliance with constitutional documents etc.

Each Obligor shall, and shall ensure that its Subsidiaries shall, comply with all laws or constitutional documents and in all material respects with agreements to which an Obligor is a party.

25.28
No disposals

No Rig Owner shall, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, enter into a single transaction or series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of an asset (other than as permitted pursuant to Clause 9.4 ( Mandatory prepayment – sale or Total Loss - replacement )), provided always that the Majority Lenders shall not unreasonably withhold or delay consent to any request for a waiver of the provisions of this Clause 25.28 to enable a Rig Owner to structure ownership of its Rig in order to comply with the requirements of a customer, a contract, or local requirements where a Rig is to be employed or otherwise to accommodate the preferred contracting and ownership structure for its Rig’s employment.

25.29
No Joint Ventures

No Rig Owner shall, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders:

(a)
enter into, invest in or acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or interest in any Joint Venture; or
85

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(b)
transfer any assets or lend to or guarantee or give an indemnity for or give Security for the obligations of a Joint Venture or maintain the solvency of or provide working capital to any Joint Venture (or agree to do any of the foregoing),

provided always that the Majority Lenders shall not unreasonably withhold or delay consent to any request for a waiver of the provisions of this Clause 25.29 to enable a Rig Owner to structure ownership of its Rig in order to comply with the requirements of a customer, a contract, or local requirements where a Rig is to be employed or otherwise to accommodate the preferred contracting and ownership structure for its Rig’s employment.

26
RIG UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 26 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements or any Commitment is in force.

26.1
Insurances

(a)
Each Rig Owner shall procure that its Rig is fully insured on an agreed value basis against such risks (including, but not limited to:

(i)
Hull and Machinery, Hull Interest, and Freight Interest;

(ii)
Loss of Hire (in respect of contracts of employment with a duration of nine (9) months or more);

(iii)
Protection & Indemnity (including cover for pollution liability within limits according to the industry practice); and

(iv)
War Risk (including terrorism, piracy, hijacking and confiscation)),

all in such amounts, on such terms (always applying Norwegian law and including the terms of the Nordic Marine Insurance Plan of 2013 (as amended from time to time) or such other terms as the Agent (acting reasonably) may approve in relation to losses payable thereunder) and with such first class insurance brokers and first class insurers as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) may approve. Each Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer will procure that the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) is noted as first priority mortgagee under the insurances together with a confirmation from the relevant broker, lead underwriter or the underwriters to the Agent thereof that the notice of assignment with regards to the insurances and the loss payee clauses as per the Plan are noted under the insurances and that letters of undertaking are issued by the insurers or brokers (as applicable) also if the insurances are effected by a charterer of its Rig.

(b)
The aggregate insured value for Hull & Machinery combined with Hull Interest and/or Freight Interest of the Rigs shall at all times be equal to or greater than 120% of the aggregate outstanding Loans and any undrawn and uncancelled part of the Facilities. The agreed insured value for Hull & Machinery combined with Hull Interest for each Rig shall at all times be equal to or larger than the Market Value of the relevant Rig. The Hull and Machinery insured value of each Rig shall at all times be equal to or larger than 80% of the Market Value of the relevant Rig, while the remaining cover may be taken out by way of Hull Interest only, or by way of Hull Interest and Freight Interest insurances.
86

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
In addition to the insurances specified above, the Agent will take out (i) Mortgagee Interest Insurance and (ii) Mortgagee Interest Additional Perils Pollution Insurance, in each case on regular market terms, each such insurance to be taken out in an amount covering up to 120% of the outstanding Loans and any undrawn and uncancelled part of the Facilities, and the Borrower shall reimburse to the Agent any and all sums paid as premium in respect of such insurance cover.

(d)
If any of the insurances referred to in paragraph (a) above form part of a fleet cover, the Borrower shall procure that the insurers or brokers (as applicable) shall undertake to the Agent that they shall neither set-off against any claims in respect of a Rig any premiums due in respect of other rigs under such fleet cover or any premiums due for other insurances, nor cancel any insurances in relation of a Rig for reason of non-payment of premiums for other rigs under such fleet cover or of premiums for such other insurances, and shall undertake to issue a separate policy in respect of each Rig if and when so requested by the Agent.

(e)
Not later than seven (7) days before the expiry date of the relevant insurances, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a confirmation from the insurance companies and/or broker(s) through whom the insurances relevant to the Rigs have been placed, evidencing that all insurances referred to in paragraph (a) above have been renewed and/or is in the process of being taken out in respect of the Rigs with insurance values as required by paragraph (b) above, that such insurances will be in full force and effect immediately upon the expiry of the expiring insurances and that the interests of the Finance Parties therein have been noted by the relevant insurers. The Borrowers shall procure that letters of undertaking, as required by the Agent, and copies of all insurance policies, cover notes and certificates of entry are delivered to the Agent.

(f)
Each Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall procure that its Rig is always employed in conformity with the terms of the instruments of insurance (including any expressed or implied warranties) applicable to it and shall comply with such requirements as to payment of premiums, any extra premium, calls, contributions or any other sums payable in respect of the insurances or otherwise as the insurers may prescribe.

(g)
The Agent may, on an annual basis and for the account of the Borrower, appoint an independent and well reputed insurance consultant to consider and determine whether each Rig is fully and properly insured and employed in accordance with paragraphs (a) – (f) above. If at any time the contrary is so determined, each Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall, following a written request to the Borrower from the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) immediately ensure that its Rig(s) is fully and properly insured and employed as set out in paragraphs (a) – (f) above and provide the Agent with evidence in a form and substance satisfactory to it thereof.

26.2
Notification

Each Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall immediately upon becoming aware of it, notify the Agent in writing of:

(a)
any occurrence as a result of which its Rig has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

(b)
the occurrence of any Environmental or Social Claim, Labour or Human Rights Claim or any Social Claim against an Obligor or any Manager which is likely to be determined adversely to it, or any incident, event or circumstances which is likely to give rise to any such Environmental or Social Claim, Labour or Human Rights Claim or Social Claim and which, if so adversely determined or otherwise, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
87

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
any capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention of, or the exercise or purported exercise of any lien on, the Rigs, its insurances, its Earnings or any other assets of a Rig Owner or, in the case of any Intra-Group Charterer, assets subject to the Transaction Security,.

26.3
Compliance with laws etc.

Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, as well as any Manager, to the extent applicable, shall):

(a)
comply with all laws or regulations:

(i)
applicable to its business; or

(ii)
in the case of a Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer, applicable to the relevant Rig, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

including all Environmental or Social Laws, and the laws of the flag of the Rigs; and

(b)
obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Permits,

and without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ any Rig nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner, contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to compliance with any maritime safety regulation relevant to the operation and maintenance of the Rigs, all Environmental Laws and Sanctions to which it may be subject and upon request provides copies of certificates evidencing such compliance to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) as soon as they become available.

26.4
Inventory of Hazardous Material

Each Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall from the earlier of (i) the entry into force of The Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, 2009, (ii) the entry into force of the EU Ship Recycling Regulation 2013, or (iii) the next dry docking of its Rig procure that such Rig has an Inventory of Hazardous Material.

26.5
Sustainable and socially responsible dismantling of Rigs

The Borrower and each Rig Owner confirms that as long as it is in a lending relationship with the Finance Parties, it will ensure that the Rigs and any other rig controlled by it or sold to an intermediary with the intention of being scrapped, is recycled at a recycling yard which conducts its recycling business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner and in accordance with the provisions of The Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, 2009 and/or EU Ship Recycling Regulation 2013.

26.6
Arrest

Each Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall promptly pay and discharge:

(a)
all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against its Rig, its Earnings or its Insurances;
88

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(b)
all tolls, taxes, dues, fines, penalties and other amounts charged in respect of its Rig, its Earnings or its Insurances; and

(c)
all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of its Rig, its Earnings or its Insurances; and forthwith upon receiving a notice of arrest or seizure of its Rig, or her detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall procure its release by providing bail or providing the provision of security or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

26.7
Flag, name and registry

The Guarantors shall procure that the Rigs are registered in an Approved Ship Register, in the name of the relevant Guarantor, keep the Rigs registered in such register and not do or suffer to be done anything, or omit to do anything the doing or omission of which could or might result in such registration being forfeited or imperilled. No Guarantor shall change the flag, name or registry of a Rig, or register a Rig simultaneously in more than one registry, without the prior written consent of the Lenders, provided always that the Majority Lenders shall not unreasonably withhold or delay consent to any request for a waiver of the provisions of this Clause 26.7 to enable a Rig Owner to structure ownership of its Rig in order to comply with the requirements of a customer, a contract, or local requirements where a Rig is to be employed or otherwise to accommodate the preferred contracting and ownership structure for its Rig’s employment.

26.8
Class

(a)
Each Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall procure that its Rig:

(i)
is classified with an Approved Classification Society;

(ii)
has a class certification acceptable to the Agent;

(iii)
is free of any material and overdue recommendations or adverse notations affecting class; and

(iv)
complies with the rules and regulations of the relevant classification society.

(b)
No Rig Owner or if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall change the classification society for its Rig without the prior written consent of the Lenders, other than to another Approved Classification Society.

(c)
Each Rig Owners and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall procure that the classification society sends to the Agent, following receipt of a written request from the Agent, copies of all class records held by the classification society in relation to the Rigs.

(d)
Each Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall at all times ensure compliance in all material respects with all applicable international conventions and regulations, including the SOLAS conventions, the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, the International Ship and Port Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organisation and the Maritime Labour Convention 2006. In particular, the Rig Owners and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall each ensure that any charterer of its Rig and any company performing management services in respect of a Rig complies with said conventions and regulations.
89

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(e)
No Rig Owner or if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall not permit its Rig to enter the territorial waters of the US unless a valid Certificate of Financial Responsibility as required by the United States Coast Guard has been obtained for that Rig in advance.

(f)
No Rig Owner or if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall, without the prior written consent of the Agent, bring a Rig or allow a Rig to be brought to any yard for repairs or for the purpose of work being done upon her where the costs of such repairs or work is likely to exceed USD 5,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any other currency), unless such person shall first have given to the Agent (in terms reasonably satisfactory to it) a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Rig or its Insurances or Earnings for the cost of such repairs or work or otherwise;

26.9
Repair and maintenance

Each Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall procure that its Rig is kept in a good and safe condition and state of repair consistent with good ownership and operational standards, that its Rig is operated and maintained in accordance with the requirements of any employment contract entered into in respect of it, and any Rig that is in lay-up is subject to prudent management, crew and maintenance during the lay-up period.

26.10
Inspection

(a)
Each Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall permit, and shall procure that any manager or charterer permits, the Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board each Rig once a year and with prior notice to the Rig Owner or if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer, and provided that such inspection does not unreasonably interfere with the relevant Rig Owner’s or end user’s normal operations (unless a Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case such inspections may be conducted at any time and on any number of occasions) and the Agent and such person signing usual indemnities given by third parties boarding the Rig, to inspect its condition or to satisfy itself about proposed or executed repairs, and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.

(b)
Any such inspection made once a year, or in the event that a Default has occurred and is continuing, shall be made at the cost of the Borrower, and in any other event such costs shall be carried by the Lenders.

26.11
Management

(a)
Each Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall procure that commercial and technical management of is Rig is at all times performed by a Manager or, if required due to local law requirements or by any charterer or end user of its Rig, another company approved by the Agent.

(b)
No change of management shall take place without the prior written consent of the Lenders, unless to another Manager.
90

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
If a change in the commercial or technical management of a Rig occurs in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) above, the relevant Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer shall procure that such new Manager or other company issues a manager’s subordination undertaking substantially in the same form as provided on or about the date hereof.

26.12
Minimum value

(a)
The Borrower shall procure that the aggregate Market Value of the Rigs (plus any additional security previously provided by an Obligor under paragraph (b) below) is at all times at least equal to 175% of the aggregate outstanding Loans and any undrawn and uncancelled part of the Facilities.

(b)
The Borrower shall, if the Market Value does not at any time comply with the requirements set out in paragraph (a) above, within fourteen (14) days from receipt of a written demand from the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) either make a cancellation or, if required, prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Clause 9.5 ( Voluntary cancellation ), or provide the Finance Parties with cash or other additional Security, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders, required to restore the aforesaid ratio.

26.13
Chartering

No Rig Owner or Intra-Group Charterer shall charter a Rig to a Subsidiary, unless that party is an Intra-Group Charterer or has acceded to this Agreement as an Additional Intra-Group Charterer in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Obligors ).

26.14
Reflagging

The Borrower shall procure, at its own expense (or at the expense of the relevant Rig Owner and if applicable any Intra-Group Charterer), that as soon as operationally practicable and in any event no later than the Reflagging Date each Rig registered in the Vanuatu international ship register is transferred to an Approved Ship Register (other than Vanuatu) and that such replacement security documents and legal opinions satisfactory to the Lenders are provided in connection with each such transfer.

27
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 27 is an Event of Default (save for Clause 27.16 ( Acceleration )).

27.1
Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

(a)
its failure to pay is caused by:

(i)
a one-off administrative or technical error; or

(ii)
a Disruption Event; and

(b)
payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date.
91

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
27.2
Financial covenants etc.

Any requirement of Clause 24 ( Financial covenants ), Clause 26.3 ( Compliance with laws and Sanctions ) and 26.1 ( Insurances ) is not satisfied.

27.3
Other obligations

(a)
An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 27.1 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 27.2 ( Financial covenants etc. )).

(b)
No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within ten (10) Business Days of the earlier of:

(i)
the Agent giving notice to the Borrower; and

(ii)
an Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

27.4
Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of an Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

27.5
Cross-default

(a)
Any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

(b)
Any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

(c)
Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of an Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor as a result of an event of default (however described).

(d)
Any creditor of an Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

(e)
No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 27.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than USD 10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currencies).

27.6
Insolvency

(a)
An Obligor:

(i)
is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

(ii)
suspends making payments on any of its debts; or
92

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(iii)
by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling its indebtedness.

(b)
The value of the assets of an Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

(c)
A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of an Obligor.

27.7
Insolvency proceedings

(a)
Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

(i)
the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, liquidation, winding-up, strike-off, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of an Obligor;

(ii)
a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of an Obligor;

(iii)
the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer (including, without limitation, any receiver and/or manager and/or administrative receiver appointed in the British Virgin Islands) in respect of an Obligor or any of its assets;

(iv)
enforcement of any Security over any assets of an Obligor,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

(b)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is being contested in good faith and with due diligence and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 21 days of commencement.

27.8
Creditor’s process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, lien, arrest, distress or execution affects any assets of an Obligor and is not discharged within 21 days of commencement.

27.9
Unlawfulness and invalidity

(a)
It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Transaction Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective.

(b)
Any obligation or obligations of an Obligor under any Finance Documents are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

(c)
Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or any Transaction Security ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.
93

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
27.10
Repudiation and rescission

(a)
An Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Finance Document or any Transaction Security.

(b)
Any Finance Document ceases to exist, is or becomes contested, invalid, non-binding or unenforceable or is otherwise jeopardized in full or in part.

27.11
Material adverse change

Any event or circumstance occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

27.12
Failure of effectiveness of the Security Documents

The Security constituted by any Security Document becomes contested, invalid or unenforceable or is otherwise jeopardised in full or in part.

27.13
The Rigs

(a)
Class certification of a Rig is withdrawn.

(b)
There is an instability affecting a country of flag which could reasonably be expected to jeopardise the Transaction Security and each affected Rig is not transferred to another Approved Ship Registry promptly upon a reasonable request by the Agent.

27.14
Sanctions

(a)
Any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries becomes a Restricted Party or becomes owned or controlled by, or acts directly or indirectly on behalf of, a Restricted Party or any of such persons becomes the owner or controller of a Restricted Party;

(b)
Any proceeds of a Loan are made available, directly or indirectly, to fund any trade, business or other activities involving or for the benefit of a Restricted Party or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is a sanctioned country or otherwise is, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by a Finance Party or any Obligor or for any purpose prohibited by Sanctions; or

(c)
Any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries takes any action resulting in a violation by such persons of Sanctions or which constitutes or would constitute any such violation by a Finance Party or any Obligor.

27.15
Guarantors

A Guarantor ceases to be wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, unless the Loans are prepaid in accordance with Clause 9.4 ( Mandatory prepayment – Sale or Total Loss ) in connection therewith.
94

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
27.16
Cessation of business

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

27.17
Expropriation

The authority or ability of any member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action;

27.18
Litigation

Litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings or investigations in relation to the Finance Documents, or any member of the Group which are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

27.19
Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:

(a)
cancel all or any part of the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

(b)
declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable;

(c)
declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Lenders;

(d)
declare that cash cover in respect of each Trade Finance Instrument is immediately due and payable whereupon it shall become immediately due and payable;

(e)
declare that cash cover in respect of each Trade Finance Instrument is payable on demand at which time it shall immediately become due and payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of any Lender; and/or

(f)
exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

28
CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

28.1
Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this Clause 28, a Lender (the “ Existing Lender ”) may:

(a)
assign any of its rights; or

(b)
transfer any of its rights and obligations,
95

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “ New Lender ”).

28.2
Borrower consultation

An Existing Lender will consult with the Borrower for a period of five (5) Business Days before making any assignment or transfer to a New Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is:

(a)
to another Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender;

(b)
to a fund which is a Related Fund of that Existing Lender;

(c)
without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender and made in connection with the facilitation of either the primary syndication of any Facility or first utilisation under this Agreement or first utilisation of an Incremental Facility; or

(d)
made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

28.3
Other conditions of assignment or transfer

(a)
An assignment or transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.

(b)
The consent of the Issuing Bank is required for any assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under the Trade Finance Facility.

(c)
If:

(i)
a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

(ii)
as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 15 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or Clause 16 ( Increased Costs ),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

(d)
Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.
96

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
28.4
Assignment or transfer fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which a transfer or assignment takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of USD 5,000.

28.5
Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

(a)
Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

(i)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

(ii)
the financial condition of any Obligor;

(iii)
the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

(iv)
the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

(b)
Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

(i)
has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and

(ii)
will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

(c)
Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

(i)
accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations transferred under this Clause 28;

(ii)
support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

28.6
Procedure for transfer

(a)
Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 28.3 ( Other conditions of assignment or transfer ) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.
97

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(b)
The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

(c)
On the Transfer Date:

(i)
to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the “ Discharged Rights and Obligations ”);

(ii)
each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

(iii)
the Agent, the New Lender, the Issuing Bank and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

(iv)
the New Lender shall become a Party as a “ Lender ”.

28.7
Copy of Transfer Certificate to the Borrower

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate.

28.8
Security over Lenders’ rights

In addition to the other rights provided to the Lenders under this Clause 28, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

(a)
 any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

(b)
in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or security shall:

(c)
release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or
98

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(d)
require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

29
CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

29.1
Assignments and transfer by Obligors

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

29.2
Additional Guarantors, Intermediate Holding Companies, Rig Owners and/or Intra-Group Charterers

(a)
Subject to completion of any “ know your customer ” checks required by the Finance Parties, the Borrower may (A) in connection with the replacement of a Rig or a Replacement Rig pursuant to Clause 28.5 ( Replacement Rigs ), (B) in connection with the chartering of a Rig to a Subsidiary that is not an Intra-Group Charterer pursuant to Clause 26.13 ( Chartering ) or (C) in connection with the establishment of any Incremental Amount pursuant to Clause 10.5 ( Conditions to Establishment ) request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries/that Subsidiary become an Additional Guarantor and an Additional Rig Owner, an Additional Intermediate Holding Company or an Additional Intra-Group Charterer (as the case may be). That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Guarantor and an Additional Rig Owner, an Additional Intermediate Holding Company or an Additional Intra-Group Charterer (as the case may be) if:


i.
the Borrower delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; and


ii.
the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in paragraph 1 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in relation to that Additional Guarantor and Additional Rig Owner, Additional Intermediate Holding Company or an Additional Intra-Group Charterer (as the case may be), each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

(b)
The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in paragraph 1 of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

29.3
Repetition of Representations

Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

29.4
Resignation of a Guarantor, a Rig Owner, an Intermediate Holding Company or an Intra-Group Charterer

(a)
The Borrower may in connection with (A) the replacement of a Rig or a Replacement Rig pursuant to Clause 29.5 ( Replacement Rigs ) or (B) the expiry of a charter to which an Intra-Group Charterer is a part, request that a Guarantor, a Rig Owner, an Intermediate Holding Company and/or an Intra-Group Charterer or that Intra-Group Charterer ceases to be a Guarantor, a Rig Owner, an Intermediate Holding Company or an Intra-Group Charterer by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.
99

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(b)
The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Borrower and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

(i)
no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Borrower has confirmed this is the case);

(ii)
all the Lenders have consented to the Borrower’s request; and

(iii)
the Guarantor, the Rig Owner, the Intermediate Holding Company or the Intra-Group Charterer is replaced by an Additional Guarantor, and Additional Intermediate Holding Company, an Additional Rig Owner or an Additional Intra-Group Charterer (as the case may be) pursuant to Clause 29.2 ( Additional Guarantors, Intermediate Holding Companies, Rig Owners and/or Intra-Group Charterers ) and Clause 29.5 ( Replacement Rigs ).

29.5
Replacement Rigs

(a)
A Rig may be exchanged with one or more Replacement Rigs.

(b)
A replacement of a Rig by a Replacement Rig will only be effective once:

(i)
the entity which owns the Replacement Rig has acceded to this Agreement as an Additional Rig Owner and Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 29.2 ( Additional Guarantors, Intermediate Holding Companies, Rig Owners and/or Intra-Group Charterers );

(ii)
any Group entity which charters the Replacement Rig has acceded to this Agreement as an Additional Intra-Group Charterer and Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 29.2 ( Additional Guarantors, Intermediate Holding Companies, Rig Owners and/or Intra-Group Charterers );

(iii)
any intermediary holding company which owns shares in the relevant Additional Rig Owner has acceded to this Agreement as an Additional Intermediate Holding Company and an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 29.2 ( Additional Guarantors, Intermediate Holding Companies, Rig Owners and/or Intra-Group Charterers );

(iv)
the relevant Additional Guarantor, Additional Intermediate Holding Company and Additional Rig Owner or Additional Intra-Group Charterers have entered into all relevant Security Documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and

(v)
the Borrower or (if relevant) any intermediary holding company which owns shares in the relevant Additional Rig Owner has granted a Share Pledge over the shares in the relevant Additional Rig Owner, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

(c)
A Rig may only be replaced by a Replacement Rig on the occurrence of a Total Loss or sale of such Collateral Rig or its removal following designation by the Borrower for other purposes (in the Borrower’s sole discretion).
100

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
30
THE ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGERS, THE COORDINATORS, THE ISSUING BANK AND THE REFERENCE BANKS

30.1
Appointment of the Agent

(a)
Each other Finance Party and Hedging Bank appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements.

(b)
Each other Finance Party and each Hedging Bank authorises the Agent:

(i)
to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions;

(ii)
to execute each of the Security Documents and all other documents that may be approved by the Majority Lenders for execution by it; and

(iii)
to act as its security agent and (to the extent permitted under any applicable law) trustee under and in connection with the Security Documents.

30.2
Instructions

(a)
The Agent shall:

(i)
unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

(A)
all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

(B)
in all other cases, the Lenders; and

(ii)
not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph (i) above.

(b)
The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion. The Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

(c)
Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Agent by the Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

(d)
The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.
101

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(e)
In the absence of instructions, the Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

(f)
The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (f) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

30.3
Duties of the Agent

(a)
The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

(b)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

(c)
Without prejudice to Clause 28.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate to the Borrower ), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate.

(d)
Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

(e)
If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(f)
If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(g)
The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

30.4
Role of the Arrangers

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, neither the Arrangers nor the Coordinators have any obligation of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

30.5
No fiduciary duties

(a)
Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Agent, any Arranger, or the Issuing Bank as fiduciary of any other person.

(b)
Neither the Agent, any Arranger nor the Issuing Bank shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.
102

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
30.6
Business with the Group

The Agent, the Arrangers and the Issuing Bank may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Obligor and/or member of the Group.

30.7
Rights and discretions

(a)
The Agent and the Issuing Bank may:

(i)
rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

(ii)
assume that:

(A)
any instructions received by it from the Lenders, any Lender or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

(B)
unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

(iii)
rely on a certificate from any person:

(A)
as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

(B)
to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

(b)
The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

(i)
no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 27.1 ( Non-payment ));

(ii)
any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised; and

(iii)
any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

(c)
The Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

(d)
Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be necessary.
103

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(e)
The Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

(f)
The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents.

(g)
Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

(h)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

(i)
Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent or the Issuing Bank is obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

30.8
Responsibility for documentation

Neither the Agent nor the Issuing Bank or any Arranger is responsible or liable for:

(a)
the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, an Obligor or any other person in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents;

(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; or

(c)
any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

30.9
No duty to monitor

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

(a)
whether or not any Default has occurred;

(b)
as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

(c)
whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.
104

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
30.10
Exclusion of liability

(a)
Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent or the Issuing Bank), neither the Agent nor the Issuing Bank will not be liable for:

(i)
any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(ii)
exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document, other than by reason of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or

(iii)
without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of:

(A)
any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

(B)
the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

(b)
No Party (other than the Agent or the Issuing Bank (as applicable)) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent or the Issuing Bank in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent or the Issuing Bank may rely on this Clause.

(c)
The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

(d)
Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent to carry out:

(i)
any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

(ii)
any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender,
105

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent.

(e)
Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

30.11
Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three (3) Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

30.12
Resignation of the Agent

(a)
The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Borrower.

(b)
Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving thirty (30) days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower, in which case the Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent.

(c)
If the Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within twenty (20) days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent.

(d)
If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 30 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

(e)
The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.
106

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(f)
The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

(g)
Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 17.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ) and this Clause 30 and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

(h)
After consultation with the Borrower, the Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

(i)
The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three (3) months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

(i)
the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 15.7 ( FATCA information ) and a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

(ii)
the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 15.7 ( FATCA information ) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

(iii)
the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

30.13
Confidentiality

(a)
In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

(b)
If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.
107

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
30.14
Relationship with the Lenders

(a)
The Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

(i)
entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

(ii)
entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b)
Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 (Addresses) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

30.15
Credit appraisal by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and the Issuing Bank confirms to the Agent and the Issuing Bank that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

(a)
the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor;

(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

(c)
whether that Lender or Issuing Bank has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

(d)
the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and
108

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(e)
the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the assets subject to the Transaction Security, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any security affecting the assets subject to the Transaction Security.

30.16
Agent’s management time

Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 17.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 19 ( Costs and expenses ) and Clause 30.11 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 14 ( Fees ) or in any Fee Letter.

30.17
Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

30.18
Reference Banks

(a)
If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrower) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

(b)
No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

(c)
No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(d)
No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 30.18.

31
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES AND HEDGING BANKS

No provision of this Agreement will:

(a)
interfere with the right of any Finance Party or any Hedging Bank to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

(b)
oblige any Finance Party or any Hedging Bank to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

(c)
oblige any Finance Party or any Hedging Bank to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.
109

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
32
SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

32.1
Payments to the Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a “ Recovering Finance Party ”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 33 ( Payment mechanics ) (a “ Recovered Amount ”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

(a)
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three (3) Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

(b)
the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 3333 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

(c)
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “ Sharing Payment ”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 33.5 (Partial payments).

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any amount received or recovered by the Issuing Bank in respect of any cash cover provided for the benefit of the Issuing Bank.

32.2
Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “ Sharing Finance Parties ”) in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

32.3
Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 32.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

32.4
Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

(a)
each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the “ Redistributed Amount ”); and
110

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(b)
as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

32.5
Exceptions

(a)
This Clause 32 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

(b)
A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

(i)
it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

(ii)
that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

32.6
Distribution of enforcement proceeds

All moneys from time to time received or recovered by the Agent in connection with the realisation and enforcement of all or any part of the Transaction Security shall be held by the Agent on trust to apply them as soon as reasonably practicable and to the extent permitted by applicable law, in the following order of priority:

(a)
firstly, in or towards payment of costs and expenses incurred by the Agent and the other Finance Parties in connection with such realisation and enforcement;

(b)
secondly, in the order of priority set out at Clause 33.5 ( Partial Payments ).

33
PAYMENT MECHANICS

33.1
Payments to the Agent

(a)
On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

(b)
Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies.

33.2
Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 33.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and Clause 33.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.
111

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
33.3
Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 34 ( Set-Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

33.4
Clawback

(a)
Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

(b)
If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

33.5
Partial payments

(a)
If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due in respect of any Finance Document or Hedging Agreement that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under that Finance Document or Hedging Agreement, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents and the Hedging Agreements in the following order:

(i)
first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent or the Issuing Bank (other than any amount under Clause 7.2 ( Claims under a Trade Finance Instrument ) or, to the extent relating to the reimbursement of a claim (as defined in Clause 7 ( Trade Finance Instruments ), Clause 7.3 ( Indemnities )) under those Finance Documents;

(ii)
secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

(iii)
thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement and any amount due but unpaid under Clauses 7.2 ( Claims under a Trade Finance Instrument ) and 7.3 ( Indemnities );

(iv)
fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Agreement); and

(v)
fifthly, in or towards payment of any sum due but unpaid under the Hedging Agreements, pro rata in accordance with the amount of outstanding liabilities under the respective Hedging Agreements (after application of any netting arrangements in respect thereof).
112

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(b)
The Agent shall, if so directed by the Lenders and the Hedging Banks, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

(c)
Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

33.6
No set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

33.7
Business Days

(a)
Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

(b)
During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

33.8
Currency of account

(a)
Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, USD is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

(b)
Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

(c)
Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than USD shall be paid in that other currency.

33.9
Change of currency

(a)
Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

(i)
any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and

(ii)
any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

(b)
If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the relevant interbank market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.
113

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
34
SET-OFF

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

35
SUBORDINATION OF INTRA-OBLIGOR LIABILITIES

35.1
Definitions

In this Agreement:

Intra-Obligor Creditor ” means each Obligor in its capacity as creditor of any Intra-Obligor Liabilities.

Intra-Obligor Liabilities ” means all present and future liabilities and obligations at any time of any Obligor to any Intra-Obligor Creditor under any present and future loan agreement or other agreement or instrument, both actual and contingent and whether incurred solely or jointly or as principal or surety or in any other capacity, and including for the avoidance of doubt any recourse claim, indemnity or other rights occurring as a consequence of the enforcement of any Transaction Security and/or guarantee granted by such Intra-Obligor Creditor.

35.2
Subordination of Intra-Obligor Liabilities

Each Intra-Obligor Creditor hereby undertakes as follows in favour of each Finance Party:

(i)
if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, it will not make any claim for, or accept, payment of any kind from any Obligor under or in relation to Intra-Obligor Liabilities, including but not limited to any principal amount, interest, fee or charge outstanding or due thereunder;

(ii)
it will not take any Security from any Obligor in relation to any Intra-Obligor Liabilities;

(iii)
it will not assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its rights or obligations under any Intra-Obligor Liabilities;

(iv)
it will not take any action to petition for bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings of any Obligor, or enforce any claim under any Intra-Obligor Liabilities;

(v)
if so required by any Finance Party it will enter into an assignment agreement in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) pursuant to which any such Intra-Obligor Liabilities to which it is a creditor is assigned as security for the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents; and

(vi)
any monies received by it in conflict with this Clause 35.2 ( Subordination of Intra-Obligor Liabilities ), shall forthwith be paid to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) until all sums due and to become due to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents have been fully paid and discharged.
114

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
35.3
Agent’s right to discharge Intra-Obligor Liabilities

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Agent is irrevocably authorised by and on behalf of each Intra-Obligor Creditor (at the cost of the relevant Intra-Obligor Creditor and without any consent, authority or further confirmation from any Obligor) to release any of the Obligors from any Intra-Obligor Liabilities owed to an Intra-Obligor Creditor to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations.

36
NOTICES

36.1
Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by e-mail or letter.

36.2
Addresses

The postal address and e-mail address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of the Agent and the Borrower for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

of the Agent:

DNB Bank ASA
P.O.Box 1600, Sentrum
0021 Oslo
Norway

E-mail:
Attn:
agentdesk@dnb.no
Credit Middle Office and Agency

of the Borrower:

Borr Drilling Limited
S.E. Pearman Building, 2nd Fl.
9 Par-la-Ville Road
Hamilton HM11
Bermuda
 
Attention:
E-mail:
[***]
[***]@borrdrilling.com
[***]@borrdrilling.com
[***]@borrdrilling.com
Attn.: Head of Finance and Treasury Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary
115

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
of the Issuing Bank

DNB Bank ASA
P.O.Box 1600, Sentrum
0021 Oslo
Norway
 
E-mail:
Attn:
agentdesk@dnb.no
Credit Middle Office and Agency

or any substitute postal address or e-mail address or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by the giving of not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice.

36.3
Delivery

(a)
Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

(i)
if by way of e-mail, when received in legible form; or

(ii)
if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address;

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

(b)
All notices from or to the Borrower shall be sent through the Agent.

(c)
Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

(d)
Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (c) above, after 4:00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

36.4
Notification of postal address and e-mail address

Promptly upon receipt of notification of a postal address or e-mail address or change of postal address or e-mail address pursuant to Clause 36.2 (Addresses) or changing its own postal address or e-mail address, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

36.5
Electronic communication

(a)
Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two Parties:

(i)
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
116

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(ii)
notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice.

(b)
Any electronic communication specified in (a) above to be made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

(c)
Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 4.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

36.6
English language

(a)
Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

(b)
All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

(i)
in English; or

(ii)
if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

37
CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

37.1
Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

37.2
Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

37.3
Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the relevant interbank market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

38
PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.
117

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
39
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

40
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

40.1
Required consents

(a)
Subject to Clause 40.2 ( Exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

(b)
The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 40.

40.2
Exceptions

(a)
An amendment or waiver of any terms of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

(i)
the definitions of “Approved Ship Registry”, “Majority Lenders”, “Relevant Person”, “Restricted Party”, “Sanctions”, “Sanctions Authority”, and “Sanctions List” in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

(ii)
an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

(iii)
a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

(iv)
an increase in or an extension of any Commitment;

(v)
a change to the Borrower or the Guarantors (other than in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Obligors ));

(vi)
any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

(vii)
Clauses 2.2 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), Clause 25.6 ( Compliance with laws and Sanctions ), Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ), Clause 29 ( Changes to the Obligors ), this Clause 40, Clause 45 ( Governing law ) or Clause 47.1 ( Jurisdiction );

(viii)
(other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of:


(i)
the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 21 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );


(ii)
the assets which are subject to Transaction Security; or
118

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

(iii)
the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed

(except in the case of paragraphs (ii) and (iii) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);


(ix)
the release of any guarantee and indemnity granted or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document; or


(x)
prior to the completion of the Equity Raise, Clause 24 (Financial Covenants),

may not be effected without the consent of all the Lenders and all the Hedging Banks.

(b)
An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, an Arranger, a Reference Bank, the Issuing Bank or a Hedging Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, that Arranger, that Reference Bank, the Issuing Bank or that Hedging Bank, as the case may be.

40.3
Replacement of Screen Rate

Subject to paragraph (a) (iii) of Clause 40.2 (Exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Screen Rate for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

(a)
providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and

(b)


(i)
aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

(ii)
enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

(iii)
implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

(iv)
providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

(v)
adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),
119

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) and the Borrower.

40.4
Excluded Commitments

If any Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within 20 Business Days of that request being made (unless the Borrower and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request):

(a)
its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

(b)
its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

41
DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY

(a)
Each of the Finance Parties may disclose to each other or to their professional advisers any kind of information which the Finance Parties have acquired under or in connection with any Finance Document. Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by this Clause 41, and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information. This confidentiality obligation shall not apply to any information which:

(i)
is publicised by a Finance Party as required by applicable laws and regulations;

(ii)
has entered the public domain or is publicly known, provided that such information is not made publicly known by the receiving Finance Party of such information; or

(iii)
was or becomes, as the Finance Party is able to demonstrate by supporting documents, available to such Finance Party on a non-confidential basis prior to the disclosure thereof.

(b)
Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (a) above to the contrary, the Lenders may publicise key information about the transaction, inter alia information relating to:

(i)
the Obligors’ names and countries of residence;

(ii)
the date of this Agreement;

(iii)
the loan and guarantee amounts available hereunder; and

(iv)
the type of Rig financed hereunder,

and in connection with such publication, use the Borrower’s logo and trademark.
120

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(c)
Furthermore, any Finance Party may disclose:


(a)
to any of its Affiliates and related funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;


(b)
to any person:


(i)
to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Agent and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, related funds, representatives and professional advisers;


(ii)
with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, related funds, representatives and professional advisers;


(iii)
appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 30.14 ( Relationship with the Lenders ));


(iv)
who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;


(v)
to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;


(vi)
to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;


(vii)
to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 28.8 ( Security over Lenders’ rights );


(viii)
who is a Party; or


(ix)
with the consent of the Borrower;
121

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:


(A)
in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and b(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;


(B)
in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;


(C)
in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and

(d)
to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party; and

(e)
to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors.

42
CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

42.1
Disclosure of Confidential Information

(a)
The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

(b)
The Agent may disclose:

(i)
any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and
122

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(ii)
any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(c)
The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

(i)
any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

(ii)
any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

(iii)
any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

(iv)
any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(d)
The Agent’s obligations in this Clause 42 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 11.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)0 above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

42.2
Disclosure to numbering service providers

(a)
Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

(i)
names of Obligors;
123

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(ii)
country of domicile of Obligors;

(iii)
place of incorporation of Obligors;

(iv)
date of this Agreement;

(v)
Clause 45 ( Governing law );

(vi)
the names of the Agent and the Arrangers;

(vii)
date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

(viii)
amounts of, and names of, the Facilities (and any tranches);

(ix)
amount of Total Commitments;

(x)
currency of the Facilities;

(xi)
type of Facilities;

(xii)
ranking of Facilities;

(xiii)
Termination Date for the Facilities;

(xiv)
changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xiii) above; and

(xv)
such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrower,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

(b)
The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

(c)
Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (i) to (xv) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

(d)
The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the other Finance Parties of:

(i)
the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors; and

(ii)
the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.
124

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
43
ARTICLE 55 OF DIRECTIVE 2014/59/EU – BAIL-IN ACTION

43.1
Definitions

In this Clause 43:

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Bail-In Legislation ” means, in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, including but not limited to the Norwegian Act on Financial Institutions and Financial Groups of 2015 no. 17 (Nw. Finansforetaksloven ) and Norwegian Regulation of 2016 no. 1502 (Nw. Finansforetaksforskriften ), and any further regulation issued by the Financial Supervisory Authority of Norway (Nw. Finanstilsynet) pursuant thereto.

EEA Member Country ” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

Resolution Authority ” means anybody which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Write-down and Conversion Powers ” means, in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, including without limitation any write-down, conversion, transfer, modification or suspension power existing from time to time under, and exercised in compliance with, any law or regulation in effect in Norway, relating to the transposition of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution or credit institutions and investments firms, including but not limited to the Bail-In Legislation and the instruments, rules and standards created thereunder, pursuant to which:

(a)
any obligation of a bank or investment firm or Affiliate of a bank or investment firm can be reduced, cancelled, modified or converted into shares, other securities or other obligations of such entity or any other person (or suspended for a temporary period); and

(b)
any right in a contract governing an obligation of a bank or investment firm or Affiliate of a bank or investment firm may be deemed to have been exercised.

43.2
Contractual recognition of bail-in

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

(a)
any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

(i)
a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;
125

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(ii)
a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it: and

(iii)
a cancellation of any such liability; and

(b)
a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

44
COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

45
GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement is governed by Norwegian law.

46
CONFLICT

In the event of conflict between any provision of this Agreement and a Security Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

47
ENFORCEMENT

47.1
Jurisdiction

(a)
The courts of Norway, with the Oslo district court as the court of first instance, have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement (a “ Dispute ”).

(b)
This Clause 47.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

47.2
Service of process

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor:

(a)
irrevocably appoints Borr Drilling Management AS as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the Norwegian courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

(b)
agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
126

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
SCHEDULE 1

PART I – THE ORIGINAL GUARANTORS

Guarantor
Jurisdiction of
incorporation
Registration number
(or equivalent)
     
Borr Jack-Up I Inc.
Marshall Islands
85684
     
Borr Idun Ltd.
Cayman Islands
274802
     
Borr Jack-Up XIV Inc.
British Virgin Islands
1633467
     
Prospector Rig 1 Contracting Company Limited
Cayman Islands
339040
     
Prospector Rig 5 Contracting Company Limited
Cayman Islands
339041
     
Borr Mist Limited
Cayman Islands
274800
     
Borr Holdings Limited
Cayman Islands
338105
     
Borr Tivar Inc.
Marshall Islands
89740
127

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
PART II – THE ORIGINAL LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

Original Lender:
Facility A Commitment:
Newbuild Facility Commitment:
Trade Finance
Facility Commitment:
       
DNB Bank ASA
[***]
[***]
[***]
       
Danske Bank,
Norwegian Branch
Søndre Gate 13 – 15
7466 Trondheim, Norway
[***]
[***]
[***]
       
Citibank N.A., Jersey Branch PO Box 728
38 Esplanade, St Helier
Jersey, JE4 8ZT
[***]
   
       
Goldman Sachs Bank USA
200 West Street,
New York, NY 10282-2198
[***]
   
       
Total Commitment:
230,000,000
50,000,000
70,000,000
128

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

PART I – IN RESPECT OF THE FIRST UTILISATION

1.
In respect of each Obligor, copies of:

(i)
its memorandum and articles of association (or other organisational documents);

(ii)
its certificate of incorporation (or equivalent, and including any certificates of incorporation on change of name);

(iii)
if applicable, its register of members, register of directors and officers and register of mortgages and charges;

(iv)
a certificate signed by a director or officer of that Obligor:

(A)
stating its directors and officers (or attaching its register of directors and officers);

(B)
 (other than for the Borrower) stating its shareholders (or attaching its register of members);

(C)
attaching copies of the documents listed at paragraphs (i), (ii), (iii) (if applicable and in respect of any applicable register of mortgages and charges, updated to include particulars of any applicable Security Document), (v), (vi) and (vii) and confirming that such documents have not been amended or revoked and remain in full force and effect at the date of the certificate;

(D)
stating that no licences, authorisations, approvals or consents are required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance or validity of the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

(E)
confirming that securing/guaranteeing of the Loans would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on that Obligor to be exceeded.

(v)
the resolutions duly passed by the board of directors, and to the extent required by applicable law, the shareholder of that Obligor evidencing the approval of the terms of and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to which it is a party and authorising to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(vi)
if not included in the resolutions referred to in paragraph (iv) above (and to the extent applicable), a power of attorney to its representatives for the execution and registration of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(vii)
if applicable, the resolutions duly passed by the Borrower, or relevant intermediate holding company as sole shareholder of each of the Guarantors amending the memorandum and articles of association of the relevant Guarantor amending the transfer, forfeiture and lien provisions on a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties);
129

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(viii)
such other documents and evidence as the Agent (or any Lender through the Agent) shall from time to time require, based on law and regulations applicable from time to time and the Lenders’ own internal guidelines applicable from time to time to identify the Obligor and any other identification or similar document any Lender may reasonably require in order to satisfy any “know your customer” requirements applicable to such Lender;

(ix)
a specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolutions referred to in paragraph (v) above who will sign Utilisation Requests (if applicable) and other Finance Documents;

2.
In respect of the Finance Documents:

(i)
this Agreement, duly executed;

(ii)
the Mortgages over each of the Rigs, duly executed by the relevant Guarantors;

(iii)
the Assignment Agreements duly executed by the relevant Obligor, together with such notices, acknowledgements (if applicable) and other documents as may be required thereunder;

(iv)
the Share Pledge Agreements executed by the relevant Obligors, together with:

(A)
such notices, acknowledgements, share certificates, instruments of transfer, resignation letters of directors, authority letters of directors, registered agent letters and other documents as are required to be delivered thereunder; and

(B)
a certified copy of the register of members annotated to include details of the security interest created by the applicable Share Pledge Agreements (if applicable);

(v)
the Fee Letters duly executed; and

(vi)
a letter from the Agent to the Borrower regarding effective interest rate.

3.
In respect of each Existing Rig:

(i)
certificates of valuation from two Approved Brokers addressed to the Borrower;

(ii)
evidence that the Rig is classed in accordance with Clause 26.8 (Class), free of all material overdue recommendations of the relevant Approved Classification Society;

(iii)
evidence by way of a transcript of registry issued by the relevant Approved Ship Register that the Rig is registered in the name of the relevant Guarantor, free from encumbrances, liens, debts whatsoever other than the relevant Mortgage, and that the relevant Mortgage has been registered in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) on first priority;

(iv)
copies of insurance policies/cover notes documenting that insurance cover has been taken out in respect of the Rig in accordance with Clause 26.1 (Insurances);
130

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
(v)
copies of all management agreements, charter parties or other contracts of employment entered into in respect of the Rig;

(vi)
if applicable a subordination undertaking in favour of the Finance Parties duly executed by each manager in respect of the Rig; and

(vii)
evidence that the Earnings Accounts have been opened with the Agent.

4.
Evidence that all fees due and payable under the Agreement on or before the first Utilisation Date have been paid or will be paid on or before the first Utilisation Date.

5.
Evidence that on the Utilisation Date:

(i)
all Existing Indebtedness will be irrevocably repaid in full and all Existing Security released; and

(ii)
all Financial Indebtedness in respect of the USD 120,000,000 senior secured term loan facilities agreement between, among others, the Borrower as borrower and Danske Bank A/S as agent will be irrevocably repaid in full and all Security in relation thereto released.

6.
A copy of the Rigbuilding Contract.

7.
Copies of the Original Financial Statements.

8.
A duly executed Compliance Certificate evidencing compliance with the financial covenants set out in Clause 24 (Financial covenants).

9.
Up-to-date structure chart of the Group.

10.
Evidence of appointment of a process agent, if relevant, for any of the Obligors,

11.
If applicable, each of the following (and if not applicable, if so required by the Agent, a certificate from an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor stating that such item will not be applicable):

(a)
a copy of each loan agreement for each Intra-Group Loan;

(b)
any approvals, authorisations or consents required by any government or other authorities for the Obligors to enter into and perform their obligations under any of the Finance Documents; and

(c)
assurance that any withholding tax will be paid or application to tax authorities is or will be sent.

12.
Where requested, legal opinion certificates in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent’s lawyers in connection with the legal opinions referred to in paragraph 13 below.

13.
Favourable legal opinions in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent from lawyers appointed by the Agent on matters concerning all Relevant Jurisdictions.

14.
An Insurance Report in respect of each Existing Rig and each Incremental Rig.
131

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
15.
A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.
132

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
PART II – IN RESPECT OF THE UTILISATION OF NEWBUILD FACILITY

1.
In respect of the Finance Documents:

(i)
the Mortgage over the Newbuild Rig, duly executed by Borr Tivar Inc.;

(ii)
the other relevant Security Documents duly executed by Borr Tivar Inc., together with such notices, acknowledgements (if applicable) and other documents as may be required thereunder to the extent not provided in connection with the first Utilisation under this Agreement;

2.
In respect of the Newbuild Rig:

(i)
certificates of valuation from two Approved Brokers addressed to the Borrower;

(ii)
evidence that Newbuild Rig is classed in accordance with Clause 26.7 (Class), free of all material overdue recommendations of the relevant Approved Classification Society;

(iii)
evidence by way of a transcript of registry issued by the relevant Approved Ship Register that Newbuild Rig is registered in the name of Borr Tivar Inc., free from encumbrances, liens, debts whatsoever other than the relevant Mortgage, and that the relevant Mortgage has been registered in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedging Banks) on first priority;

(iv)
copies of insurance policies/cover notes documenting that insurance cover has been taken out in respect of Newbuild Rig in accordance with Clause 26.1 ( Insurances );

(v)
copies of all management agreements, charter parties or other contracts of employment entered into in respect of Newbuild Rig;

(vi)
if applicable subordination undertaking in favour of the Finance Parties duly executed by each manager in respect of Newbuild Rig;

(vii)
a copy of the bill of sale issued by the Shipyard to Borr Tivar Inc.;

(viii)
a copy of the protocol of delivery and acceptance of duly signed by the Shipyard and Borr Tivar Inc.;

(ix)
a copy of the commercial invoice issued by Shipyard to Borr Tivar Inc.

(x)
evidence that the equity portion of the purchase price payable under the Rigbuilding Contract has been paid to the Shipyard; and

(xi)
evidence that the Earnings Account for Borr Tivar Inc has been opened with the Agent.

3.
A duly executed Compliance Certificate evidencing compliance with the financial covenants set out in Clause 24 ( Financial covenants ).

4.
Evidence of appointment of a process agent, if relevant.

5.
Where requested, legal opinion certificates in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent’s lawyers in connection with the legal opinions referred to in paragraph 6 below.
133

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
6.
Favourable legal opinions in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent from lawyers appointed by the Agent on matters concerning all Relevant Jurisdictions.

7.
An Insurance Report in respect of the Newbuild Rig.

8.
A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document, including but not limited to updated forms or supplements to any of the documents delivered under Part A above.
134

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
SCHEDULE 3

PART 1 - FORM OF UTILISATION REQUEST

To:
DNB BANK ASA as Agent
   
 
Attn:
   
Date:
[   ]

USD 350,000,000 SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 25 June 2019 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

2.
We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

Proposed Utilisation Date:
[   ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
   
Facility to be utilised:
[Facility A]/[Newbuild Facility]/ /[Trade Finance Facility]
   
Amount:
USD [   ]
   
Interest Period:
[   ]

3.
We confirm that on the date of this Utilisation Request each condition specified in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied:

(i)
no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and

(ii)
the Repeating Representations are true in all material respects.

4.
[This Loan is to be made in [whole]/[part] for the purpose of refinancing [ identify maturing Loan ]./[The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [ account ]].

5.
This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

By:

BORR DRILLING LIMITED

Authorised signatory
135

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
PART II - FORM OF SELECTION NOTICE

To:
DNB BANK ASA as Agent
   
 
Attn:
   
Date:
[   ]

USD 350,000,000 SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 25 JUNE 2019 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

2.
We refer to the [Facility A Loan] [Newbuild Facility Loan] with an Interest Period ending on [ ].

3.
We request that the next Interest Period for the [Facility A Loan] [Newbuild Facility Loan] shall be is [ ] months.

4.
We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

5.
This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

By:

BORR DRILLING LIMITED

Authorised signatory
136

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF
TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 1

To:
DNB BANK ASA as Agent
   
From:
[ The Existing Lender ] (the “ Existing Lender ”) and [ The New Lender ] (the “ New Lender ”)
   
Dated:
[ ]

USD 350,000,000 SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 25 JUNE 2019 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

2.
We refer to Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for transfer ):

(i)
The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for transfer ) together with a proportional interest in the Security Documents.

(ii)
The proposed Transfer Date is [          ].

(iii)
The Facility Office and address and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

3.
The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 28.5 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

4.
This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

5.
This Transfer Certificate is governed by Norwegian law.

6.
This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.


1
The execution of this Transfer Certificate alone may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Existing Lender’s or New Lender’s jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required to perfect a transfer to it of such a share in the Existing Lender’s interest in such security in any such jurisdiction and, if so, to seek appropriate advice and arrange for execution of the same.
137

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

[Existing Lender]
[New Lender]
   
By:
By:
Name:
Name:
Title:
Title:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [       ].

DNB BANK ASA

By:
Name:
Title:
138

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To:
DNB BANK ASA as Agent
   
 
Attn:
   
Date:
[   ]

USD 350,000,000 SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 25 JUNE 2019 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

We refer to Clause 23.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate ) of the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the same meanings as in the Agreement.

The undersigned hereby confirm that the relevant Obligors are in compliance with the financial covenants set out in Clause 24 ( Financial covenants ), that no Event of Default set out in Clause 27 ( Events of Default ) has occurred or is threatened and that the representations and warranties set out in Clause 22 ( Representations and warranties ) are true in all respects.

Enclosed are copies of the [audited consolidated annual financial statements of the Borrower for the financial year ending 31 December [ ] / unaudited consolidated half-year financial statements of the Borrower for the financial half-year ending [ ]] and the relevant calculations demonstrating compliance with financial covenants.

BORR DRILLING LIMITED

By:
Name:
139

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
[quarterly] [semi-annual] [year]

     
BOOK EQUITY RATIO - Clause 24.3
   
A: Total Book Assets
USD
 
B: Total Book Liabilities
USD
 
C: Book Equity
USD
 
D: Book Equity Ratio
   
__________________
==>
 
Requirement: D to be minimum 40%
 
Compliance: Yes / No
     
     
WORKING CAPITAL – Clause 24.4
   
A: Working Capital
USD
 
B: Current Assets
USD
 
C: Current Liabilities
USD
 
Requirement A = B - C > 0
==>
 
   
Compliance: Yes / No
     
     
[MINIMUM LIQUIDITY – Clause 24.5
   
A: Free Liquidity
USD
 
B: Net Interest Bearing Deb
USD
 
C: Ring-Fenced Liquidity
USD
 
D: 4% of B plus C
USD
 
Requirement: A to be minimum the higher of (i) USD 50,000,000.- and (ii) D.]
==>
Compliance: Yes/No
     
     
DEBT SERVICE COVER RATIO – Clause 24.6
   
A: EBITDA
USD
 
B: interest expenses
USD
 
C: scheduled debt amortization
USD
 
Requirement: A / (B + C) = 1.25 x
==>
Compliance: Yes/No
     
     
MINIMUM VALUE – Clause 26.12 Ref. enclosed valuations reports of the Rigs
   
A: Average Market Value of the Rigs
USD
 
B: Aggregate amount of Loans and any undrawn and uncancelled part of the Facility
USD
 
Requirement: A to B at least 175%
==>
Compliance: Yes/No
140

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
SCHEDULE 6
EXISTING RIGS

 
Rig
 
 
Flag at the date of this Agreement
 
 
Rig Owner
 
 
Intermediate Holding Company
 
 
Intra-Group Charterer
“Frigg”
 
Liberia
 
Borr Jack-Up I Inc.
 
n/a
 
n/a
“Idun”
 
Vanuatu
 
Borr Idun Ltd.
 
n/a
 
n/a
“Norve”
 
Vanuatu
 
Borr Jack-Up XIV Inc.
 
n/a
 
n/a
“Prospector 1”
 
Vanuatu
 
Prospector Rig 1 Contracting Company Limited
 
Borr Holdings Limited
 
n/a
“Prospector 5”
 
Vanuatu
 
Prospector Rig 5 Contracting Company Limited
 
Borr Holdings Limited
 
n/a
“Mist”
 
Vanuatu
 
Borr Mist Limited
 
n/a
 
n/a
141

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
SCHEDULE 7

FORM OF INCREMENTAL NOTICE

To:
DNB Bank ASA as Agent
   
From:
Borr Drilling Limited as Borrower and the entities listed in the Schedule as Incremental Lenders (the “ Incremental Lenders ”)
   
Dated:
[   ]

USD 350,000,000 SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 25 JUNE 2019 (THE “AGREEMENT”)

1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is an Incremental Notice. This Incremental Notice shall take effect as an Incremental Notice for the purposes of the Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Incremental Notice unless given a different meaning in this Incremental Notice.

2.
We refer to Clause 10 ( Establishment of Incremental Amounts ) of the Agreement.

3.
We request the increase of Facility A and the [establishment/increase] of the Incremental Revolving Facility with the following Incremental Amount:

(a)
Total Incremental Commitments : USD [ ]

(b)
Incremental Amount Conditions Precedent :

[       ]]

(c)
Rig : [Ran/Odin]

(d)
Rig Owning Company : [ ]

(e)
Intermediate Holding Company : [ ] / [n/a]

(f)
Intra-Group Charterer : [ ] / [n/a]

4.
The proposed Establishment Date is [ ].

5.
The Borrower confirms that:

(a)
the Incremental Lenders and the Incremental Commitments set out in this Incremental Notice have been selected and allocated in accordance with [Clause 10.1 ( Selection of Incremental Lenders )] of the Agreement; and

(b)
each condition specified in paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 10.5 ( Conditions to establishment )] of the Agreement is satisfied on the date of this Incremental Notice.
142

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
6.
Each Incremental Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Incremental Commitments set opposite its name in the Schedule as if it had been an Original Lender under the Agreement in respect of those Incremental Commitments.

7.
On the Establishment Date each Incremental Lender becomes party to the relevant Finance Documents as a Lender.

8.
Each Incremental Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in Clause 10.11 ( Limitation of responsibility ) of the Agreement.

9.
Each Incremental Lender confirms that it is not an Affiliate of a member of the Group.

10.
The Facility Office and address and attention details for notices of the Incremental Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are:

[      ].

11.
This Incremental Notice is irrevocable.

12.
This Incremental Notice may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Incremental Notice.

13.
This Incremental Notice is governed by Norwegian law.

14.
The courts of Norway have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Incremental Notice and the parties therefore irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Oslo district court ( Oslo tingrett ).

15.
This Incremental Notice has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Incremental Notice.

Note: The execution of this Incremental Notice may not be sufficient for each Incremental Lender to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of each Incremental Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to obtain the benefit of the Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.
143

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
THE SCHEDULE
Incremental Commitments:

Incremental Lender
Incremental Commitment
   
[ ]
 
   
[ ]
 
   
Total Incremental Commitments:
 

Commitments following Establishment Date:

 
Facility A
Commitment:
Newbuild Facility
Commitment:
Incremental
Revolving
Facility
Commitment
Trade Finance
Facility
Commitment
Lender:
       
         
DNB Bank ASA
       
         
Danske Bank,
Norwegian Branch
       
         
Citibank N.A.,
Jersey Branch
       
         
Goldman Sachs Bank USA
       
         
[ ]
       
         
[ ]
       
         
Total Commitment:
       

The Borrower
Borr Drilling Limited
By: …………………………………………..

The Incremental Lenders
[ ]
By: …………………………………………..

This document is accepted as an Incremental Notice for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Establishment Date is confirmed as [ ].

The Agent
DNB Bank ASA
By: ________________________________        

144

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
SIGNATORIES

 
The Borrower :
   
 
BORR DRILLING LIMITED
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
The Original Guarantors :
   
 
BORR JACK-UP I INC.
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
BORR IDUN LIMITED
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
BORR JACK-UP XIV INC.
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
PROSPECTOR RIG 1 CONTRACTING
 
COMPANY LIMITED
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
PROSPECTOR RIG 5 CONTRACTING
 
COMPANY LIMITED
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]
145

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
 
BORR MIST LIMITED
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
BORR HOLDINGS LIMITED
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
BORR TIVAR INC.
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]
146

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
 
The Original Lenders :
   
 
DANSKE BANK, NORWEGIAN BRANCH
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
DNB BANK ASA
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
CITIBANK N.A., JERSEY BRANCH
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
The Arrangers :
   
 
DANSKE BANK A/S
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
DNB BANK ASA
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS
 
LIMITED
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]
147

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
 
The Hedging Banks :
   
 
DANSKE BANK A/S
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
DNB BANK ASA
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS
 
LIMITED
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
The Original Issuing Bank :
   
 
DNB BANK ASA
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]
148

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).
 
The Agent
   
 
DNB BANK ASA
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
The Coordinators :
   
 
DANSKE BANK A/S
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

 
DNB BANK ASA
   
 
By:

 
Name:
[***]
 
Title:
[***]

149


 


Exhibit 10.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION 

 

BOND TERMS

 

FOR

 

BORR DRILLING LIMITED USD 350,000,000 3.875 PER CENT. SENIOR UNSECURED CONVERTIBLE BONDS 2018/2023

 

ISIN NO0010822935

 


 Contents

 

Clause   Page
     
1. INTERPRETATION 4
2. THE BONDS 15
3. THE BONDHOLDERS 16
4. ADMISSION TO LISTING 17
5. REGISTRATION OF THE BONDS 17
6. CONDITIONS FOR DISBURSEMENT 17
7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 19
8. PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF THE BONDS 21
9. INTEREST 23
10. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF BONDS 23
11. PURCHASE AND TRANSFER OF BONDS 26
12. CONVERSION TERMS 26
13. ADJUSTMENT OF THE CONVERSION PRICE 28
14. MERGER AND DE-MERGER 37
15. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS 37
16. GENERAL AND FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS 39
17. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION OF THE BONDS 40
18. BONDHOLDERS’ DECISIONS 43
19. THE BOND TRUSTEE 47
20. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 51
21. MISCELLANEOUS 51
22. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION 53

   

SCHEDULE 1 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE  

 

2 (54)

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE    

 

THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL SECURITIES OR THE SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY SECURITIES.    

 

SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSES OF THE PRODUCT GOVERNANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED WITHIN: (A) EU DIRECTIVE 2014/65/EU ON MARKETS IN FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, AS AMENDED (“MIFID II”); (B) ARTICLES 9 AND 10 OF COMMISSION DELEGATED DIRECTIVE (EU) 2017/593 SUPPLEMENTING MIFID II; AND (C) LOCAL IMPLEMENTING MEASURES (TOGETHER, THE “MIFID II PRODUCT GOVERNANCE REQUIREMENTS”), AND DISCLAIMING ALL AND ANY LIABILITY, WHETHER ARISING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, WHICH ANY “MANUFACTURER” (FOR THE PURPOSES OF THE MIFID II PRODUCT GOVERNANCE REQUIREMENTS) MAY OTHERWISE HAVE WITH RESPECT THERETO, THE BONDS HAVE BEEN SUBJECT TO A PRODUCT APPROVAL PROCESS, WHICH HAS DETERMINED THAT: (I) THE TARGET MARKET FOR THE BONDS IS ELIGIBLE COUNTERPARTIES AND PROFESSIONAL CLIENTS ONLY, EACH AS DEFINED IN MIFID II; AND (II) ALL CHANNELS FOR DISTRIBUTION OF THE BONDS TO ELIGIBLE COUNTERPARTIES AND PROFESSIONAL CLIENTS ARE APPROPRIATE. ANY PERSON SUBSEQUENTLY OFFERING, SELLING OR RECOMMENDING THE BONDS (A “DISTRIBUTOR”) SHOULD TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION THE MANUFACTURERS’ TARGET MARKET ASSESSMENT; HOWEVER, A DISTRIBUTOR SUBJECT TO MIFID II IS RESPONSIBLE FOR UNDERTAKING ITS OWN TARGET MARKET ASSESSMENT IN RESPECT OF THE BONDS (BY EITHER ADOPTING OR REFINING THE MANUFACTURERS’ TARGET MARKET ASSESSMENT) AND DETERMINING APPROPRIATE DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS.

 

THE TARGET MARKET ASSESSMENT IS WITHOUT PREJUDICE TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANY CONTRACTUAL OR LEGAL SELLING RESTRICTIONS IN RELATION TO ANY OFFERING OF THE BONDS.

 

FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, THE TARGET MARKET ASSESSMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE: (A) AN ASSESSMENT OF SUITABILITY OR APPROPRIATENESS FOR THE PURPOSES OF MIFID II; OR (B) A RECOMMENDATION TO ANY INVESTOR OR GROUP OF INVESTORS TO INVEST IN, OR PURCHASE, OR TAKE ANY OTHER ACTION WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE BONDS.

 

THE BONDS ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE MADE AVAILABLE TO AND SHOULD NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE MADE AVAILABLE TO ANY RETAIL INVESTOR IN THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AREA (“EEA”). FOR THESE PURPOSES, A RETAIL INVESTOR MEANS A PERSON WHO IS ONE (OR MORE) OF: (I) A RETAIL CLIENT AS DEFINED IN POINT (11) OF MIFID II; OR (II) A CUSTOMER WITHIN THE MEANING OF DIRECTIVE 2002/92/EC, AS AMENDED (THE “INSURANCE MEDIATION DIRECTIVE”), WHERE THAT CUSTOMER WOULD NOT QUALIFY AS A PROFESSIONAL CLIENT AS DEFINED IN POINT (10) OF ARTICLE 4(1) OF MIFID II. CONSEQUENTLY NO KEY INFORMATION DOCUMENT REQUIRED BY REGULATION (EU) NO 1286/2014, AS AMENDED (THE “PRIIPS REGULATION”) FOR OFFERING OR SELLING THE BONDS OR OTHERWISE MAKING THEM AVAILABLE TO RETAIL INVESTORS IN THE EEA HAS BEEN PREPARED AND THEREFORE OFFERING OR SELLING THE BONDS OR OTHERWISE MAKING THEM AVAILABLE TO ANY RETAIL INVESTOR IN THE EEA MAY BE UNLAWFUL UNDER THE PRIIPS REGULATION.

 

3 (54)

 

BOND TERMS

 

ISSUER:

Borr Drilling Limited, a company existing under the laws of Bermuda with registration number 51741 and LEI code 213800J2JPCTXLHQ5R78.

 

BOND TRUSTEE:

Nordic Trustee AS, a company existing under the laws of Norway with registration number 963 342 624 and LEI code 549300XAKTM2BMKIPT85. 

 

DATED: 18 May 2018
   

These Bond Terms shall remain in effect for so long as there remain any Outstanding Bonds (as defined herein).

 

   

1. INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

 

The following terms will have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any specified person:

 

(a) any person which is a Subsidiary of the specified person;

 

(b) any person who has Control over the specified person (directly or indirectly); and

 

(c) any person which is a Subsidiary of an entity who has Control (directly or indirectly) over the specified person.

 

Annual Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated annual financial statements of the Issuer for any financial year, prepared in accordance with GAAP, such financial statements to include a profit and loss account, balance sheet, cash flow statement and report of the board of directors.

 

Bond Terms ” means these terms and conditions, including all Schedules hereto which shall form an integrated part of the Bond Terms, in each case as amended and/or supplemented from time to time.

 

Bond Trustee ” means the company designated as such in the preamble to these Bond Terms, or any successor, acting for and on behalf of the Bondholders in accordance with these Bond Terms.

 

Bond Trustee Agreement ” means the agreement entered into between the Issuer and the Bond Trustee relating, among other things, to the fees to be paid by the Issuer to the Bond Trustee for its obligations relating to the Bonds.

 

Bondholder ” means a person who is registered in the CSD as directly registered owner or nominee holder of a Bond, subject however to Clause 3.3 ( Bondholders’ rights ).

 

Bondholders’ Meeting ” means a meeting of Bondholders as set out in Clause 18 ( Bondholder’s Decisions ).

 

4 (54)

 

Bondholder Optional Redemption Date ” means the settlement date for the Bondholder Redemption Option pursuant to Clause 10.3 ( Redemption at the Option of a Bondholder due to a Change of Control Event ), being the fifth Business Day following the end of the Change of Control Conversion Period.

 

Bondholder Redemption Option ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 10.3 ( Redemption at the Option of a Bondholder due to a Change of Control Event ).

 

Bonds ” means the debt instruments issued by the Issuer pursuant to these Bond Terms.

 

Business Day ” means a day on which both the relevant CSD settlement system is open, and the relevant Bond currency settlement system is open.

 

Business Day Convention ” means that if the last day of any Interest Period originally falls on a day that is not a Business Day, no adjustment will be made to the Interest Period.

 

CSD ” means the central securities depository in which the Bonds are registered, being the Norwegian Central Securities Depository (No. Verdipapirsentralen ASA, (VPS) ).

 

Change of Control Conversion Date ” means, in respect of a Bondholder, the date falling ten (10) Business Days after an Exercise Date following the occurrence of a Change of Control Event.

 

Change of Control Conversion Period ” means the period commencing on the date on which a Change of Control Event occurs and ending sixty (60) calendar days following such date or, if later, sixty (60) calendar days following the notification of a Change of Control Event (cf. paragraph (i) of Clause 15.4 ( Information: Miscellaneous )).

 

A “ Change of Control Event ” shall occur where a person or a group of persons acting in concert, directly or indirectly (including purchase, merger etc.) have acquired the right to cast, at a general meeting of shareholders of the Issuer, more than 50 per cent of the Voting Rights of the Issuer.

 

Conversion Date ” means the date falling ten (10) Business Days after an Exercise Date.

 

Conversion Period ” means the period commencing on the 41 st Business Day following the Issue Date and ending on the tenth (10 th ) Business Day prior to the Maturity Date or, if earlier, the tenth (10 th ) Business Day prior to the date for redemption of the Bonds, unless there shall be a default in making payment in respect of such Bond on any Repayment Date, in which event the Conversion Right shall extend up to (local time at the place aforesaid) on the date on which the full amount of such payment becomes available for payment and notice of such availability has been duly given in accordance with Clause 21.3 or, if earlier, the Maturity Date or, if the Maturity Date is not a Dealing Day, the immediately preceding Dealing Day; provided that, in each case, if such final date for the exercise of Conversion Rights is not a business day at the place aforesaid, then the period for exercise of Conversion Rights by Bondholders shall end at 5:00p.m. (local time) on the immediately preceding business day at the place aforesaid.

 

Conversion Price ” means USD 6.6963 per Share, subject to any adjustments as provided in Clause 12 ( Conversion Terms ) and Clause 13 ( Adjustment of the Conversion Price ).

 

Conversion Right ” means the right of each Bondholder to convert each of its Bonds, unless previously converted, redeemed, or purchased and cancelled, into Shares during the Conversion Period at the Conversion Price in effect on the relevant Exercise Date.

 

5 (54)

 

Convertible Bond Hedge Transaction ” means the Issuer’s purchase from Goldman Sachs International of a call option on the Shares to mitigate the economic exposure from a potential exercise of the Conversion Rights embedded in the Bonds, and in addition, the Issuer has sold a call option on the Shares to Goldman Sachs International.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a statement substantially in the form as set out in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

Control ” means a person having, as a result of an agreement or through the ownership of shares or interests in another person (directly or indirectly):

 

(a) a majority of the voting rights in that other person; or

 

(b) a right to elect or remove a majority of the members of the board of directors of that other person.

 

Current Market Price ” means, in respect of a Share at a particular date, the average of the Volume Weighted Average Price of a Share for the five (5) consecutive Dealing Days ending on the Dealing Day immediately preceding such date; provided that if at any time during the said five-dealing-day period the Volume Weighted Average Price shall have been based on a price ex-Dividend (or ex- any other entitlement) and during some other part of that period the Volume Weighted Average Price shall have been based on a price cum-Dividend (or cum- any other entitlement), then:

 

(a) if the Shares to be issued or transferred do not rank for the Dividend (or entitlement) in question, the Volume Weighted Average Price on the dates on which the Shares shall have been based on a price cum-Dividend (or cum- any other entitlement) shall for the purpose of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof reduced by an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of any such Dividend or entitlement per Share as at the Effective Date (as defined in paragraph (c) of Clause 13 ( Adjustment to the Conversion Price )) relating to such Dividend (or entitlement), determined on a gross basis and disregarding any withholding or deduction required to be made on account of tax and disregarding any associated tax credit; or

 

(b)
if the Shares to be issued or transferred do rank for the Dividend (or entitlement) in question, the Volume Weighted Average Price on the dates on which the Shares shall have been based on a price ex-Dividend (or ex- any other entitlement) shall for the purpose of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof increased by an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of any such Dividend or entitlement per Share as at the Effective Date (as defined in paragraph (c) of Clause 13 ( Adjustment to the Conversion Price )) relating to such Dividend (or entitlement), determined on a gross basis and disregarding any withholding or deduction required to be made on account of tax and disregarding any associated tax credit,

and provided further that, if on each of the said five Dealing Days the Volume Weighted Average Price shall have been based on a price cum-Dividend (or cum- any other entitlement) in respect of a Dividend (or other entitlement) which has been declared or announced but the Shares to be issued do not rank for that Dividend (or other entitlement) the Volume Weighted Average Price on each of such dates shall for the purposes of this definition be deemed to be the amount thereof reduced by an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of any such Dividend or entitlement per Share as at the date of the first public announcement of such Dividend or entitlement, determined on a gross basis and disregarding any withholding or deduction required to be made on account of tax and disregarding any associated tax credit, and provided further that, if the Volume Weighted Average Price of a Share is not available on one or more of the said five Dealing Days, then the average of such Volume Weighted Average Prices which are available in that five-dealing-day period shall be used (subject to a minimum of two such prices) and if only one, or no, such Volume Weighted Average Price is available in the relevant period the Current Market Price shall be determined in good faith by an Independent Financial Adviser.

 

6 (54)

 

Date of Pricing ” means 16 May 2018.

 

Dealing Day ” means a day on which the Relevant Stock Exchange is open for business (other than a day on which the Relevant Stock Exchange is scheduled to or does close prior to its regular weekday closing time).

 

Default Notice ” means a written notice to the Issuer as described in Clause 17.2 ( Acceleration of the Bonds ).

 

Default Repayment Date ” means the settlement date set out by the Bond Trustee in a Default Notice requesting early redemption of the Bonds.

 

Dividend ” means any dividend or any form of distribution to Shareholders (including a Spin-Off) whether of cash, assets or other property, and whenever paid or made and however described (and for these purposes a distribution of assets includes without limitation an issue of Shares, or other Securities credited as fully or partly paid up by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves) provided that:

 

(a) where a Dividend in cash is announced which is to be, or may at the election of a Shareholder or Shareholders be, satisfied by the issue or delivery of Shares or other property or assets, or where a capitalisation of profits or reserves is announced which is to be, or may at the election of a Shareholder or Shareholders be, satisfied by the payment of the Dividend in cash, then for the purposes of this definition the Dividend in question shall be treated as a cash Dividend of the greater of (i) such cash amount and (ii) the Fair Market Value (on the date of the first public announcement of such Dividend or capitalisation (as the case may be) or if later, the date on which the number of Shares (or amount of property or assets, as the case may be) which may be issued or delivered is determined), of such Shares or other property or assets;

 

(b) any issue of Shares falling within paragraph (b) of Clause 13 ( Adjustment of the Conversion Price ) shall be disregarded;

 

7 (54)

 

(c) a purchase or redemption or buy back of share capital of the Issuer by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer shall not constitute a Dividend unless, in the case of purchases, redemptions or buy backs of Shares by or on behalf of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, the weighted average price per Share (before expenses) on any one day (a “ Specified Share Day ”) in respect of such purchases, redemptions or buy backs (translated, if not in the Relevant Currency, into the Relevant Currency at the Prevailing Rate on such day), exceeds by more than five per cent. (5%) the average of the closing prices of the Shares on the Relevant Stock Exchange (as published by or derived from the Relevant Stock Exchange) on the five Dealing Days immediately preceding the Specified Share Day or, where an announcement (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt for these purposes, any general authority for such purchases approved by a general meeting of Shareholders or any notice convening such a meeting of Shareholders) has been made of the intention to purchase Shares at some future date at a specified price, on the five Dealing Days immediately preceding the date of such announcement, in which case such purchase shall be deemed to constitute a Dividend in the Relevant Currency to the extent that the aggregate price paid (before expenses) in respect of such Shares purchased by the Issuer or, as the case may be, any of its Subsidiaries (translated where appropriate into the Relevant Currency as provided above) exceeds the product of (i) 105 per cent. of the average closing price of the Shares determined as aforesaid and (ii) the number of Shares so purchased, redeemed or bought back;

 

(d) there shall (other than in circumstances subject to proviso (a) above) be any issue or delivery of Shares or other property or assets to Shareholders by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves (including any share premium account or capital redemption reserve) where such issue or delivery is or is expressed to be in lieu of a Dividend in cash (whether or not a cash Dividend equivalent amount is announced) or a Dividend in cash is announced that is to be satisfied by the issue or delivery of Shares or other property or assets; and

 

(e) if the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (or any person on its or their behalf) shall purchase any receipts or certificates representing Shares, the provisions of paragraph (c) shall be applied in respect thereof in such manner and with such modifications (if any) as shall be determined in good faith by an Independent Financial Adviser,

 

determined on a gross basis and disregarding any withholding or deduction required to be made on account of tax and disregarding any associated tax credit.

 

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances specified in Clause 17.1 ( Events of Default ).

 

Exchange ” means a securities exchange or other reputable market place for securities having satisfactory requirements as to listing and trading, where the Bonds and/or the Shares are listed or to which an application for listing of the Bonds and/or the Shares has been submitted.

 

Exercise Date ” means the day the Paying Agent has received an exercise notice delivered pursuant to the provisions set out in Clause 12.4 ( Exercise notice ).

 

8 (54)

 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any property on any date, the fair market value of that property as determined in good faith by an Independent Financial Adviser provided, that (i) the Fair Market Value of a cash Dividend paid or to be paid shall be the amount of such cash Dividend; (ii) the Fair Market Value of any other cash amount shall be the amount of such cash; (iii) where Securities, Spin-Off Securities, options, warrants or other rights are publicly traded in a market of adequate liquidity (as determined by an Independent Financial Adviser), the fair market value (a) of such Securities or Spin-Off Securities shall equal the arithmetic mean of the daily Volume Weighted Average Prices of such Securities or Spin-Off Securities and (b) of such options, warrants or other rights shall equal the arithmetic mean of the daily closing prices of such options, warrants or other rights, in the case of both (a) and (b) during the period of five (5) Dealing Days on the relevant market commencing on such date (or, if later, the first such Dealing Day such Securities or Spin-Off Securities, options, warrants or other rights are publicly traded); and (iv) in the case of (i) converted into the Relevant Currency (if declared or paid in a currency other than the Relevant Currency at the rate of exchange used to determine the amount payable to Shareholders who were paid or are to be paid or are entitled to be paid the cash Dividend in NOK; and in any other case, converted into the Relevant Currency (if expressed in a currency other than the Relevant Currency) at the Prevailing Rate). The Fair Market Value shall be determined on a gross basis and disregarding any withholding or deduction required to be made for or on account of tax.

 

Finance Documents ” means these Bond Terms, the Bond Trustee Agreement, and any other document designated by the Issuer and the Bond Trustee as a Finance Document.

 

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

(a) moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions;

 

(b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

(c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument, including the Bonds;

 

(d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease (meaning that the lease is capitalised as an asset and booked as a corresponding liability in the balance sheet);

 

(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis provided that the requirements for de-recognition under GAAP are met);

 

(f) any derivative transaction entered into and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount shall be taken into account);

 

(g) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution in respect of an underlying liability of a person which is not a Group Company which liability would fall within one of the other paragraphs of this definition;

 

(h) any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the Issuer) before the Maturity Date or are otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP;

 

9 (54)

 

(i) any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement, if (a) the primary reason behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or (b) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 120 calendar days after the date of supply;

 

(j) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise being classified as a borrowing under GAAP; and

 

(k) without double counting, the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items referred to in paragraphs a) to j) above.

 

Financial Reports ” means the Annual Financial Statements and the Interim Accounts.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting practices and principles in the United States of America including, if applicable, International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and guidelines and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (or any predecessor and successor thereof), in force from time to time.

 

Group ” means the Issuer and its Subsidiaries from time to time.

 

Group Company ” means any person which is a member of the Group.

 

Independent Financial Adviser ” means an independent investment bank of international repute or other independent adviser with appropriate expertise, in each case appointed by the Issuer and approved in writing by the Bond Trustee or, if the Issuer fails to make such appointment and such failure continues for a reasonable period (as determined by the Bond Trustee) and the Bond Trustee is indemnified and/or secured as to costs to its satisfaction against the costs, fees and expenses of such adviser, appointed by the Bond Trustee following notification to the Issuer.

 

Insolvent ” means that a person:

 

(a) is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

(b) suspends making payments on any of its debts generally; or

 

(c) is otherwise considered insolvent or bankrupt within the meaning of the relevant bankruptcy legislation of the jurisdiction which can be regarded as its center of main interest as such term is understood pursuant to Council Regulation (EC) no. 1346/2000 on insolvency proceedings (as amended).

 

Interest Payment Date ” means the last day of each Interest Period, the first Interest Payment Date being 23 November 2018 and the last Interest Payment Date being the Maturity Date.

 

Interest Period ” means, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Business Day Convention, the periods between 23 May and 23 November each year, provided however that an Interest Period shall not extend beyond the Maturity Date.

 

Interest Rate ” means 3.875 per cent. per annum.

 

Interim Accounts ” means the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements of the Issuer for the quarterly period ending on each 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each year, prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

10 (54)

 

ISIN ” means International Securities Identification Number – the identification number of the Bonds.

 

Issue Date ” means 23 May 2018.

 

Issuer ” means the company designated as such in the preamble to these Bond Terms.

 

Issuer’s Bonds ” means any Bonds which are owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

Issuer Optional Redemption Date ” means the settlement date for the Issuer’s Redemption Option determined by the Issuer pursuant to Clause 10.2 ( Redemption at the Option of the Issuer ), or a date agreed upon between the Bond Trustee and the Issuer in connection with such redemption of Bonds.

 

Joint Bookrunners ” means Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Clarksons Platou Securities AS, DNB Bank ASA and Goldman Sachs International.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the ability of the Issuer to perform any of its obligations under the Bonds; and/or

 

(b) the business, assets or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means:

 

(a) a Subsidiary of the Issuer the total assets or total revenue of which (unconsolidated where that Subsidiary itself has Subsidiaries) as at the date as at which its latest financial statements were prepared or, as the case may be, for the financial period to which those financial statements relate account for 5 per cent. or more of the consolidated total assets or total revenue of the Group (all as calculated by reference to the latest Annual Financial Statements); or

 

(b) a Subsidiary of the Issuer to which it has been transferred (whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not)) the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of a Subsidiary which immediately prior to such transaction(s) was a Material Subsidiary.

 

For the purposes of this definition:

 

(i) if a Subsidiary becomes a Material Subsidiary under paragraph (b) above, the Material Subsidiary by which the relevant transfer was made shall, subject to paragraph (a) above, cease to be a Material Subsidiary;

 

(ii) if a Subsidiary is acquired by the Issuer after the end of the financial period to which the latest Annual Financial Statements relate, those financial statements shall be adjusted as if that Subsidiary had been shown in them by reference to its then latest audited financial statements until Annual Financial Statements for the financial period in which the acquisition is made have been prepared;

 

11 (54)

 

(iii) if, in the case of any Subsidiary, the latest Annual Financial Statements do not cover such Subsidiary, then the determination of whether or not such Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary shall be determined by reference to the relevant Subsidiary’s unaudited annual financial statements (if any) or on the basis of pro forma financial statements (consolidated or, as the case may be, unconsolidated); and

 

(iv) if the latest annual financial statements of any Subsidiary are not prepared on the basis of the same accounting principles, policies and practices as the latest Annual Financial Statements, then the determination of whether or not such Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary shall be based on pro forma financial statements or, as the case may be, consolidated financial statements of such Subsidiary prepared on the same accounting principles, policies and practices as adopted in the latest consolidated audited financial statements of the Issuer, or an appropriate restatement or adjustment to the relevant financial statements of each Subsidiary.

 

Maturity Date ” means 23 May 2023, adjusted according to the Business Day Convention.

 

Nominal Value ” means the face value of the Shares.

 

Outstanding Bonds ” means any Bonds issued in accordance with these Bond Terms to the extent not redeemed or otherwise discharged.

 

Overdue Amount ” means any amount required to be paid by the Issuer under any of the Finance Documents but not made available to the Bondholders on the relevant Payment Date or otherwise not paid on its applicable due date.

 

Paying Agent ” means the legal entity appointed by the Issuer to act as its paying agent with respect to the Bonds in the CSD, being DNB Bank ASA.

 

Payment Date ” means any Interest Payment Date or any Repayment Date.

 

Prevailing Rate ” means, in respect of any pair of currencies on any day, the spot mid-rate of exchange between the relevant currencies prevailing as at 12 noon (London time) on that date (for the purpose of this definition, the “ Original Date ”) as appearing on or derived from Bloomberg page BFIX (or any successor page) in respect of such pair of currencies, or, if such a rate cannot be so determined, the rate prevailing as at 12 noon (London time) on the immediately preceding day on which such rate can be so determined, provided that if such immediately preceding day falls earlier than the fifth day prior to the Original Date or if such rate cannot be so determined (all as determined in good faith by the Issuer), the Prevailing Rate in respect of the Original Date shall be the rate determined in such other manner as an Independent Financial Adviser shall consider appropriate.

 

Permitted Secured Capital Markets Indebtedness ” means Secured Capital Markets Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding fifteen per cent. (15%) of the sum of the Issuer’s Property, Plant and Equipment, Jack-up drilling rigs and Newbuildings (each such capitalised term as used in the most recent Financial Report at the date of these Bond Terms) by reference to the Issuer’s most recent Annual Financial Statement and tested at each date of incurrence of Secured Capital Markets Indebtedness.

 

Principal Amount ” means the principal amount of each Bond as set out in Clause 2.1 ( Amount, denomination and ISIN of the Bonds ).

 

12 (54)

 

Reference Share Price ” means USD 4.87 per Share, always provided that, in connection with any determination of the Change of Control Conversion Price, the Reference Share Price shall be adjusted pro rata in accordance with the provisions relating to the adjustment of the Conversion Price, pursuant to Clause 12 ( Conversion Terms ) and Clause 13 ( Adjustment of the Conversion Price ).

 

Relevant Currency ” means, at any time, the currency in which the Shares are quoted or dealt in at such time on the Relevant Stock Exchange.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction ” means the country in which the Bonds are issued, being Norway.

 

Relevant Record Date ” means the date on which a Bondholder’s ownership of Bonds shall be recorded in the CSD as follows:

 

(a) in relation to payments pursuant to these Bond Terms, the date designated as the Relevant Record Date in accordance with the rules of the CSD from time to time;

 

(b) for the purpose of casting a vote in a Bondholders’ Meeting, the date falling on the immediate preceding Business Day to the date of that Bondholders’ Meeting being held, or another date as accepted by the Bond Trustee; and

 

(c) for the purpose of casting a vote in a Written Resolution:

 

(i) the date falling 3 Business Days after the Summons have been published; or,

 

(ii) if the requisite majority in the opinion of the Bond Trustee has been reached prior to the date set out in paragraph (i) above, on the date falling on the immediate Business Day prior to the date on which the Bond Trustee declares that the Written Resolution has been passed with the requisite majority.

 

Relevant Stock Exchange ” means the Oslo Stock Exchange or, if at the relevant time, the Shares are not at that time listed and admitted to trading on the Oslo Stock Exchange, the principal stock exchange or securities market on which the Shares are then listed or quoted or dealt in.

 

Repayment Date ” means any Issuer Optional Redemption Date, Default Repayment Date, Bondholder Optional Redemption Date, Tax Redemption Date or the Maturity Date.

 

Schedule ” means the schedule or attachment to these Bond Terms.

 

Securities ” means any securities including, without limitation, Shares, restricted stock units, or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase or acquire Shares.

 

Securities Trading Act ” means the Securities Trading Act of 2007 no.75 of the Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

Security ” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security assignment or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

Shares ” means fully paid ordinary shares of the Issuer, at the date of these Bond Terms listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange, including such ordinary shares of the Issuer which, pursuant to the terms and conditions of these Bond Terms, shall be issued following any Bondholder’s exercise of its Conversion Right.

 

13 (54)

 

Shareholder ” means a holder of a Share.

 

Spin-Off ” means:

 

(a) a distribution of Spin-Off Securities by the Issuer to Shareholders as a class; or

 

(b) any issue, transfer or delivery of any property or assets (including cash or shares or securities of or in or issued or allotted by any entity) by any entity (other than the Issuer) to Shareholders as a class, pursuant in each case to any arrangements with the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Spin-Off Securities ” means equity share capital of an entity other than the Issuer or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase equity share capital of an entity other than the Issuer.

 

Subsidiary ” means a company over which another company has Control.

 

Summons ” means the call for a Bondholders’ Meeting or a Written Resolution as the case may be.

 

Tax Redemption Date ” means the date set out in a notice from the Issuer to the Bondholders pursuant to Clause 10.4 ( Redemption at the Option of a Bondholder for Taxation Reasons ).

 

Voting Rights ” means the right generally to vote at a general meeting of shareholders of the Issuer (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock of any other class or classes shall have, or might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) or to elect the majority of the members of the board of directors or other governing body of the Issuer.

 

Volume Weighted Average Price ” means, in respect of a Share, Security or, as the case may be, a Spin-Off Security on any Dealing Day, the volume-weighted average price of a Share, Security or, as the case may be, a Spin-Off Security published by or derived (in the case of a Share) from Bloomberg page HP (or any successor page) (setting Weighted Average Line or any other successor setting and using values not adjusted for any event occurring after such Dealing Day; and for the avoidance of doubt, all values will be determined with all adjustment settings on the DPDF Page, or any successor or similar setting, switched off) or (in the case of a Security or Spin-Off Security) from the principal stock exchange or securities market on which such Securities or Spin-Off Securities are then listed or quoted or dealt in, if any or, in any such case, such other source as shall be determined to be appropriate by an Independent Financial Adviser on such Dealing Day, provided that if on any such Dealing Day where such price is not available or cannot otherwise be determined as provided above, the Volume Weighted Average Price of a Share, Security or a Spin-Off Security, as the case may be, in respect of such Dealing Day shall be the Volume Weighted Average Price, determined as provided above, on the immediately preceding Dealing Day on which the same can be so determined, and, in each case, if expressed in another currency, converted into the applicable currency by using the Prevailing Rate, and when calculating the Volume Weighted Average Price over several days, each day should apply the Prevailing Rate for that day.

 

References to any issue or offer or grant to Shareholders “as a class” or “by way of rights” shall be taken to be references to an issue or offer or grant to all or substantially all Shareholders other than Shareholders to whom, by reason of the laws of any territory or requirements of any recognised regulatory body or any other stock exchange or securities market in any territory or in connection with fractional entitlements, it is determined not to make such issue or offer or grant.

 

14 (54)

 

In making any calculation or determination of Current Market Price or Volume Weighted Average Price, such adjustments (if any) shall be made as an Independent Financial Adviser considers appropriate to reflect any consolidation or sub-division of the Shares or any issue of Shares by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves, or any like or similar event.

 

Voting Bonds ” means the Outstanding Bonds less the Issuer’s Bonds and a Voting Bond shall mean any single one of those Bonds.

 

Written Resolution ” means a written (or electronic) solution for a decision making among the Bondholders, as set out in Clause 18.5 ( Written Resolutions ).

 

1.2 Construction

 

In these Bond Terms, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) headings are for ease of reference only;

 

(b) words denoting the singular number will include the plural and vice versa;

 

(c) references to Clauses are references to the Clauses of these Bond Terms;

 

(d) references to a time are references to Central European time unless otherwise stated;

 

(e) references to a provision of “ law ” is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted, and to any regulations made by the appropriate authority pursuant to such law;

 

(f) references to a “ regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline by any official body;

 

(g) references to a “ person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, unincorporated organisation, government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity, whether or not having a separate legal personality;

 

(h) references to Bonds being “ redeemed ” means that such Bonds are cancelled and discharged in the CSD in a corresponding amount, and that any amounts so redeemed may not be subsequently re-issued under these Bond Terms;

 

(i) references to Bonds being “ purchased ” or “ repurchased ” by the Issuer means that such Bonds may be dealt with by the Issuer as set out in Clause 11.1 ( Issuer’s purchase of Bonds );

 

(j) references to persons “ acting in concert ” shall be interpreted pursuant to the relevant provisions of the Securities Trading Act; and

 

(k) an Event of Default is “ continuing ” if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

2. THE BONDS

 

2.1 Amount, denomination and ISIN of the Bonds

 

(a) The Issuer has resolved to issue a series of Bonds in the amount of USD 350,000,000.

 

(b) The Bonds are denominated in US Dollars (USD), being the legal currency of the United States of America.

 

15 (54)

 

(c) The Principal Amount of each Bond is USD 200,000.

 

(d) The ISIN of the Bonds is NO0010822935. All Bonds issued under the same ISIN will have identical terms and conditions as set out in these Bond Terms.

 

2.2 Tenor of the Bonds

 

The tenor of the Bonds is from and including the Issue Date to but excluding the Maturity Date.

 

2.3 Use of proceeds

 

The Issuer will use the net proceeds from the issuance of the Bonds for financing the purchase of five rigs from an Asian shipyard, general corporate purposes of the Group and the entry into the Convertible Bond Hedge Transaction.

 

2.4 Status of the Bonds

 

The Bonds will constitute senior debt obligations of the Issuer. The Bonds will rank pari passu between themselves and will rank at least pari passu with all other obligations of the Issuer (save for such claims which are preferred by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application).

 

2.5 Transaction Security

 

The Bonds are unsecured.

 

3. THE BONDHOLDERS

 

3.1 Bond Terms binding on all Bondholders

 

(a) Upon registration of the Bonds in the CSD, the Bondholders shall be bound by the terms and conditions of these Bond Terms and any other Finance Document without any further action or formality being required to be taken or satisfied.

 

(b) The Bond Trustee is always acting with binding effect on behalf of all the Bondholders.

 

3.2 Limitation of rights of action

 

(a) No Bondholder is entitled to take any enforcement action, instigate any insolvency procedures, or take other action against the Issuer or any other party in relation to any of the liabilities of the Issuer or any other party under or in connection with the Finance Documents, other than through the Bond Trustee and in accordance with these Bond Terms, provided, however, that the Bondholders shall not be restricted from exercising any of their individual rights derived from these Bond Terms, including the right to exercise the Bondholder Redemption Option.

 

(b) Each Bondholder shall immediately upon request by the Bond Trustee provide the Bond Trustee with any such documents, including a written power of attorney (in form and substance satisfactory to the Bond Trustee), as the Bond Trustee deems necessary for the purpose of exercising its rights and/or carrying out its duties under the Finance Documents. The Bond Trustee is under no obligation to represent a Bondholder which does not comply with such request.

 

16 (54)

 

3.3 Bondholders’ rights

 

(a) If a beneficial owner of a Bond not being registered as a Bondholder wishes to exercise any rights under the Finance Documents, it must obtain proof of ownership of the Bonds, acceptable to the Bond Trustee.

 

(b) A Bondholder (whether registered as such or proven to the Bond Trustee’s satisfaction to be the beneficial owner of the Bond as set out in paragraph (a) above) may issue one or more powers of attorney to third parties to represent it in relation to some or all of the Bonds held or beneficially owned by such Bondholder. The Bond Trustee shall only have to examine the face of a power of attorney or similar evidence of authorisation that has been provided to it pursuant to this Clause 3.3 ( Bondholder’s rights ) and may assume that it is in full force and effect, unless otherwise is apparent from its face or the Bond Trustee has actual knowledge to the contrary.

 

4. ADMISSION TO LISTING

 

The Issuer will use its reasonable endeavours to obtain admission to trading of the Bonds on an internationally recognised, regularly operating, regulated or non-regulated stock exchange or securities market within thirty (30) days of the Issue Date.

 

5. REGISTRATION OF THE BONDS

 

5.1 Registration in the CSD

 

The Bonds shall be registered in dematerialised form in the CSD according to the relevant securities registration legislation and the requirements of the CSD.

 

5.2 Obligation to ensure correct registration

 

The Issuer will at all times ensure that the registration of the Bonds in the CSD is correct and shall immediately upon any amendment or variation of these Bond Terms give notice to the CSD of any such amendment or variation.

 

5.3 Country of issuance

 

The Bonds have not been issued under any other country’s legislation than that of the Relevant Jurisdiction. Save for the registration of the Bonds in the CSD, the Issuer is under no obligation to register, or cause the registration of, the Bonds in any other registry or under any other legislation than that of the Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

6. CONDITIONS FOR DISBURSEMENT

 

6.1 Conditions precedent for disbursement to the Issuer

 

(a) The net proceeds from the issuance of the Bonds will not be disbursed to the Issuer unless the Bond Trustee has received or is satisfied that it will receive in due time (as determined by the Bond Trustee) prior to such disbursement to the Issuer each of the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bond Trustee:

 

(i) these Bond Terms duly executed by all parties thereto;

 

(ii) certified copies of all corporate resolutions of the Issuer required for the Issuer to issue the Bonds and execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

17 (54)

 

(iii) a certified copy of a power of attorney from the Issuer to relevant individuals for their execution of the Finance Documents to which it is a party, or extracts from the relevant register or similar documentation evidencing such individuals’ authorisation to execute such Finance Documents on behalf of the Issuer;

 

(iv) certified copies of (i) the Certificate of Incorporation or other similar official document for the Issuer (including Certificate of Compliance), evidencing that it is validly existing and in good standing and (ii) the Memorandum of Association or Bye-Laws of the Issuer;

 

(v) copies of the Issuer’s latest Financial Reports (if any);

 

(vi) confirmation from the Joint Bookrunners that the requirements set out in Chapter 7 of the Norwegian Securities Trading Act (implementing the EU prospectus directive (2003/71 EC) concerning prospectuses) have been fulfilled, if applicable;

 

(vii) evidence that an exemption has been obtained from the prospectus requirements under Bermuda law (or confirmation that no such exemption is required to be obtained) and, to the extent necessary, any public authorisations required for the issuance of the Bonds;

 

(viii) confirmation that the Bonds are registered in the CSD;

 

(ix) the Bond Trustee Agreement duly signed by all parties thereto;

 

(x) copies of any written documentation used in marketing the Bonds or made public by the Issuer or any Joint Bookrunner in connection with the issuance of the Bonds;

 

(xi) any other Finance Documents duly signed by all parties thereto; and

 

(xii) any statements or legal opinions as may be required by the Bond Trustee (including in respect of corporate matters relating to the Issuer and the legality, validity and enforceability of these Bond Terms and the Finance Documents).

 

(b) The Bond Trustee, acting in its reasonable discretion, may waive the deadline or the requirements for documentation set out in this Clause 6.1 (C onditions precedent for disbursement to the Issuer ), or decide in its discretion that delivery of certain documents as set out in this Clause 6.1 ( Conditions precedent for disbursement to the Issuer ) shall be made subject to an agreed closing procedure between the Bond Trustee and the Issuer.

 

6.2 Distribution

 

Disbursement of the proceeds from the issuance of the Bonds is conditional on the Bond Trustee’s confirmation to the Paying Agent that the conditions in Clause 6.1 ( Conditions precedent for disbursement to the Issuer ) have been either satisfied in the Bond Trustee’s discretion or waived by the Bond Trustee pursuant to paragraph 6.1(b) above.

 

18 (54)

 

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Issuer makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 7 ( Representations and warranties ), in respect of itself and in respect of each Group Company to the Bond Trustee (on behalf of the Bondholders) at date of these Bond Terms and at the Issue Date and with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

7.1 Status

 

It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing and registered under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

7.2 Power and authority

 

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, these Bond Terms and any other Finance Document to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

7.3 Valid, binding and enforceable obligations

 

These Bond Terms and each other Finance Document to which it is a party constitutes (or will constitute, when executed by the respective parties thereto) its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and (save as provided for therein) no further registration, filing, payment of tax or fees or other formalities are necessary or desirable to render the said documents enforceable against it.

 

7.4 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of these Bond Terms and any other Finance Document to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not conflict with (i) any law or regulation or judicial or official order; (ii) its constitutional documents; or (iii) any agreement or instrument which is binding upon it or any of its assets.

 

7.5 No Event of Default

 

(a) No Event of Default exists or is likely to result from the making of any drawdown under these Bond Terms or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document.

 

(b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (howsoever described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which has or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.6 Authorisations and consents

 

All authorisations, consents, approvals, resolutions, licenses, exemptions, filings, notarisations or registrations required:

 

(a) to enable it to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under these Bond Terms or any other Finance Document to which it is a party; and

 

19 (54)

 

(b) to carry on its business as presently conducted and as contemplated by these Bond Terms, have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

  

7.7 Litigation

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

7.8 Financial Reports

 

Its most recent Financial Reports fairly and accurately represent the assets and liabilities and financial condition as at their respective dates, and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

 

7.9 No Material Adverse Effect

 

Since the date of the most recent Financial Reports, there has been no change in its business, assets or financial condition that is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.10 No misleading information

 

All information which has been presented to the Bond Trustee or the Bondholders in relation to the Bonds is, to the best knowledge of the Issuer, having taken all reasonable measures to ensure the same:

 

(a) true and accurate in all material respects as at the date the relevant information is expressed to be given; and

 

(b) does not omit any material information likely to affect the accuracy of the information as regards the evaluation of the Bonds in any material respects unless subsequently disclosed to the Bond Trustee in writing or otherwise made publicly known.

 

7.11 No withholdings

 

The Issuer is not required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment which it may become obliged to make to the Bond Trustee or the Bondholders under these Bond Terms.

 

7.12 Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under these Bond Terms or any other Finance Document to which it is a party rank at least pari passu as set out in Clause 2.4 ( Status of the Bonds ).

 

20 (54)

 

7.13 Security

 

No Security exists over any of the present assets of any member of the Group in conflict with these Bond Terms.

 

7.14 Share C onversion

 

The Issuer will, during the term of the Bonds, have the authority to issue and allot, free from pre-emption rights and at the Conversion Price, no less than 52,267,670 Shares less such number of Shares that at any time have been issued and allotted upon the exercise of the Bondholders of their Conversion Right.

 

8. PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF THE BONDS

 

8.1 Covenant to pay

 

(a) The Issuer will unconditionally make available to or to the order of the Bond Trustee and/or the Paying Agent all amounts due on each Payment Date pursuant to the terms of these Bond Terms at such times and to such accounts as specified by the Bond Trustee and/or the Paying Agent in advance of each Payment Date or when other payments are due and payable pursuant to these Bond Terms.

 

(b) All payments to the Bondholders in relation to the Bonds shall be made to each Bondholder registered as such in the CSD at the Relevant Record Date, by, if no specific order is made by the Bond Trustee, crediting the relevant amount to the bank account nominated by such Bondholder in connection with its securities account in the CSD.

 

(c) Payment constituting good discharge of the Issuer’s payment obligations to the Bondholders under these Bond Terms will be deemed to have been made to each Bondholder once the amount has been credited to the bank holding the bank account nominated by the Bondholder in connection with its securities account in the CSD. If the paying bank and the receiving bank are the same, payment shall be deemed to have been made once the amount has been credited to the bank account nominated by the Bondholder in question.

 

(d) If a Payment Date or a date for other payments to the Bondholders pursuant to the Finance Documents falls on a day on which either of the relevant CSD settlement system or the relevant currency settlement system for the Bonds are not open, the payment shall be made on the first following possible day on which both of the said systems are open, unless any provision to the contrary have been set out for such payment in the relevant Finance Document.

 

8.2 Default interest

 

(a) Default interest will accrue on any Overdue Amount from and including the Payment Date on which it was first due to and excluding the date on which the payment is made at the Interest Rate plus an additional three (3) per cent. per annum.

 

(b) Default interest accrued on any Overdue Amount pursuant to this Clause 8.2 ( Default interest ) will be added to the Overdue Amount on each Interest Payment Date until the Overdue Amount and default interest accrued thereon have been repaid in full.

 

21 (54)

 

8.3 Partial payments

 

(a) If the Paying Agent or the Bond Trustee receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents (a “ Partial Payment ”), such Partial Payment shall, in respect of the Issuer’s debt under the Finance Documents be considered made for discharge of the debt of the Issuer in the following order of priority:

 

(i)

firstly, towards any outstanding fees, liabilities and expenses of the Bond Trustee; 

     
  (ii) secondly, towards accrued interest due but unpaid; and
     
  (iii) thirdly, towards any Principal Amount of Outstanding Bonds due but unpaid.

 

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, any Partial Payment which is distributed to the Bondholders, shall, after the above mentioned deduction of outstanding fees, liabilities and expenses, be applied (i) firstly towards any Principal Amount of Outstanding Bonds due but unpaid and (ii) secondly, towards accrued interest due but unpaid, in the following situations;

 

(i) the Bond Trustee has served a Default Notice in accordance with Clause 17.2 ( Acceleration of the Bonds ), or

 

(ii) as a result of a resolution according to Clause 18 ( Bondholders’ decisions ).

 

8.4 Taxation

 

(a) All payments made by on or behalf of the Issuer in respect of the Bonds under the Finance Documents will be made free from any restriction or condition and be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of Bermuda or any political subdivision or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax, unless deduction or withholding of such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges is required to be made by law.

 

(b) If any withholding or deduction is required to be made by the Issuer in accordance with Clause 8.4(a), the Issuer shall:

 

(i) gross up the amount of the payment due from the Issuer up to such amount which is necessary to ensure that each Bondholder or the Bond Trustee, as the case may be, receives a net amount which is (after making the required withholding or deduction) equal to the payment which would have been received if no withholding or deduction had been required; and

 

(ii) at the request of the Bond Trustee, deliver to the Bond Trustee evidence that the required tax deduction or withholding has been made.

 

(c) Any public fees levied on the trade of Bonds in the secondary market shall be paid by the Bondholders, unless otherwise provided by law or regulation, and the Issuer shall not be responsible for reimbursing any such fees.

 

22 (54)

 

8.5 Currency

 

(a) All amounts payable under the Finance Documents shall be payable in the denomination of the Bonds set out in Clause 2.1 ( Amount, denomination and ISIN of the Bonds ). If, however, the denomination differs from the currency of the bank account connected to the Bondholder’s account in the CSD, any cash settlement may be exchanged and credited to this bank account.

 

(b) Any specific payment instructions, including foreign exchange bank account details, to be connected to the Bondholder’s account in the CSD must be provided by the relevant Bondholder to the Paying Agent (either directly or through its account manager in the CSD) within five Business Days prior to a Payment Date. Depending on any currency exchange settlement agreements between each Bondholder’s bank and the Paying Agent, and opening hours of the receiving bank, cash settlement may be delayed, and payment shall be deemed to have been made once the cash settlement has taken place, provided, however, that no default interest or other penalty shall accrue for the account of the Issuer for such delay.

 

8.6 Set-off and counterclaims

 

The Issuer may not apply or perform any counterclaims or set-off against any payment obligations pursuant to these Bond Terms or any other Finance Document.

 

9. INTEREST

 

9.1 Calculation of interest

 

(a) Each Outstanding Bond will accrue interest at the Interest Rate on the Nominal Amount for each Interest Period, commencing on and including the first date of the Interest Period, and ending on but excluding the last date of the Interest Period.

 

(b) Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve months of 30 days each and, in case of an incomplete month, the actual number of days elapsed (30/360-days basis).

 

9.2 Payment of Interest

 

Interest shall fall due on each Interest Payment Date for the corresponding preceding Interest Period and, with respect to accrued interest on the principal amount then due and payable, on each Repayment Date.

 

10. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF BONDS

 

10.1 Redemption on the Maturity Date

 

The Outstanding Bonds will mature in full on the Maturity Date and shall be redeemed by the Issuer on the Maturity Date at a price equal to 100 per cent. of the Principal Amount.

 

23 (54)

 

10.2 Redemption at the Option of the Issuer

 

(a) The Issuer may at any time, provided that less than fifteen per cent (15%) of the aggregate Principal Amount of the Bonds issued on the Issue Date remain outstanding, redeem all, but not only some, of the Outstanding Bonds at a price per Bond equal to the Principal Amount plus accrued but unpaid interest to (but excluding) the Issuer Optional Redemption Date (the “ Issuer’s Redemption Option ”).

 

(b) Exercise of the Issuer’s Redemption Option shall be notified by the Issuer in writing to the Bond Trustee and the Bondholders not more than sixty (60) nor less than thirty (30) Business Days before the Issuer Optional Redemption Date. Such notice sent by the Issuer shall specify the Issuer Optional Redemption Date.

 

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, each Bondholder may within the Conversion Period elect to exercise its Conversion Right after having received the Issuer’s Redemption Option notice.

 

(d) On the Issuer Optional Redemption Date, the Issuer shall pay to each of the Bondholders, in respect of each such Bond to be redeemed, the Principal Amount of such Bond and any unpaid interest accrued up to the Issuer’s Optional Redemption Date.

 

10.3 Redemption at the Option of a Bondholder due to a Change of Control Event

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Event, each Bondholder shall at any time during the period commencing on the date on which such Change of Control Event occurred and ending sixty (60) calendar days following such date or, if later, the sixty (60) calendar days period following the notification of such Change of Control Event being given by the Issuer to the Bondholders in accordance with Clause 21.3 (the “ Change of Control Conversion Period ”), be entitled, at its option, either to:

  

(i) require that the Issuer redeems all or some of the Bonds held by that Bondholder at a price equal to 100 per cent. of the Principal Amount (a “ Bondholder Redemption Option ”) plus accrued but unpaid interest up to but excluding the Bondholder Optional Redemption Date; or

 

(ii) convert its Bonds at the “ Change of Control Conversion Price ”, which shall be calculated by the Issuer as set out below, but in each case adjusted, if required by these Bond Terms, under the provisions of Clause 12 ( Conversion Terms ) or Clause 13 ( Adjustment of the Conversion Price ) (provided that no adjustment to the Conversion Price will be made in respect of such Change of Control Event other than pursuant to this Clause 10.3 in respect of exercise of the conversion right in the Change of Control Conversion Period):

 

 

where:

 

COCCP is the Change of Control Conversion Price;

 

RP is the Reference Share Price (adjusted pro rata for any earlier adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to Clause 13);

 

24 (54)

 

OCP is the current Conversion Price on the relevant Exercise Date;

 

N is the number of days from (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) the Maturity Date; and

 

n is the number of days from (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) the date of the Change of Control Event.

 

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Event, where a Conversion Date falls within the Change of Control Conversion Period and the Issuer in respect of the Bonds within 30 days following the end of the Change of Control Conversion Period gives a notice in accordance with paragraph (c) below, the Conversion Price for the purpose of such exercise shall be the Change of Control Conversion Price.

 

(c) To exercise either such option, a Bondholder must, via its account manager, notify the Paying Agent within the Change of Control Conversion Period in accordance with the notice provisions set out in Clause 12.4 ( Exercise notice ). For the avoidance of doubt, the aforesaid is an option exercisable at the sole discretion of each Bondholder, and each Bondholder may elect not to exercise such option and to continue to hold its Bonds.

 

(d) In the event of the conversion of Bonds pursuant to this Clause 10.3, the Issuer shall as soon as possible, but in no event later than on the Change of Control Conversion Date, issue to and in the names of the relevant Bondholder the number of Shares which are necessary in order to fulfil the Issuer’s obligations to issue new Shares to the relevant Bondholder pursuant to its Conversion Rights. The number of Shares required to be issued shall be determined by dividing the Principal Amount of the Bonds by the Change of Control Conversion Price in effect on the relevant Exercise Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Clause 12.5 ( Effectuation of Conversion Rights ) shall apply mutatis mutandis to a conversion of Bonds pursuant to this Clause 10.3.

 

(e) The Bondholders’ rights in accordance with this Clause 10.3 paragraph (a) will not fall away due to subsequent events related to the Issuer.

 

10.4 Redemption at the Option of the Issuer for Taxation Reasons

 

(a) The Issuer will, subject to a Bondholder’s election to receive cash payments pursuant to paragraph (c) below, have the right to redeem all, but not only some, of the Outstanding Bonds at a price equal to 100 per cent. of the Principal Amount plus accrued but unpaid interest up to (but excluding) the Tax Redemption Date if (i) the Issuer satisfies the Bond Trustee immediately prior to the giving of such notice that the Issuer has or will become obliged to pay additional amounts in respect of payments of interest on the Bonds under the Finance Documents pursuant to Clause 8.4(a) as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws or regulations of Bermuda or any political subdivision or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax, or any change in the general application or official interpretation of such laws or regulations, which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the Date of Pricing, and (ii) such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it.

 

25 (54)

 

(b) The Issuer shall give written notice of such redemption to the Bond Trustee and the Bondholders not less than thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Tax Redemption Date, provided that no such notice shall be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obliged to make such withholding or deduction were a payment in respect of the Bonds then due.

 

(c) A Bondholder may, by written notice to the Issuer at any time from receipt of written notice from the Issuer in accordance with paragraph (b) above to and including the day falling ten (10) Business Days prior to the Tax Redemption Date, elect that its Bonds shall not be redeemed and that the provisions of Clause 8.4(a) requiring the Issuer to pay additional amounts shall not apply in respect of any payment of interest to be made on such Bonds which falls due after the relevant Tax Redemption Date, whereupon no additional amounts shall be payable in respect thereof pursuant to Clause 8.4(a) and payment of all amounts under the Finance Documents shall be made subject to the deduction or withholding of any Bermudan taxation required to be withheld or deducted.

 

11. PURCHASE AND TRANSFER OF BONDS

 

11.1 Issuer’s purchase of Bonds

 

The Issuer and its Subsidiaries may purchase and hold Bonds and such Bonds may be retained, sold or cancelled in the Issuer’s sole discretion, including with respect to Bonds purchased pursuant to Clause 10.3 ( Redemption at the Option of a Bondholder due to a Change of Control Event ).

 

11.2 Restrictions

 

(a) Certain purchase or selling restrictions may apply to Bondholders under applicable local laws and regulations from time to time. Neither the Issuer nor the Bond Trustee shall be responsible to ensure compliance with such laws and regulations and each Bondholder is responsible for ensuring compliance with the relevant laws and regulations at its own cost and expense.

 

(b) A Bondholder who has purchased Bonds in breach of applicable restrictions may, notwithstanding such breach, benefit from the rights attached to the Bonds pursuant to these Bond Terms (including, but not limited to, voting rights), provided that the Issuer shall not incur any additional liability by complying with its obligations to such Bondholder.

 

12. CONVERSION TERMS

 

12.1 Exercise of Conversion Rights

 

(a) Each Bondholder may exercise one or more of his Conversion Right(s) at the Conversion Price at any time during the Conversion Period (subject to any applicable fiscal or other laws) provided that notification thereof is given pursuant to Clause 12.4 ( Exercise notice ).

 

(b) A Conversion Right may only be exercised in respect of the whole of the Principal Amount of a Bond.

 

26 (54)

 

(c) Conversion Rights may not be exercised (i) following the giving of notice by the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 17.2 ( Acceleration of Bonds ) or (ii) in respect of a Bond which the relevant Bondholder has exercised its right to require the Issuer to redeem pursuant to the terms set forth in these Bond Terms.

 

12.2 Separation of the Conversion Right

 

The Conversion Right cannot be separated from the Bond.

 

12.3 Number of Shares issued

 

The number of Shares to be issued on exercise of a Conversion Right shall be determined by dividing the Principal Amount of the relevant Bond or Bonds by the Conversion Price in effect on the relevant Exercise Date. The Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Clause 10.3 ( Redemption at the Option of a Bondholder due to a Change of Control Event ), Clause 12 ( Conversion Terms ) and Clause 13 ( Adjustment of the Conversion Price ).

 

12.4 Exercise notice

 

In order to exercise a Conversion Right, the Bondholder shall deliver to the specified office of the Paying Agent (via its account manager) during its usual business hours a duly completed, irrevocable and signed exercise notice and the relevant Bond(s) through the CSD. If such delivery is made after the end of normal business hours or on a day which is not a business day in the place of the specified office of the Paying Agent, such delivery shall be deemed for purposes of these Bond Terms to have been on the next business day following such delivery day. Request for conversion takes place by the Bondholder notifying his account manager of the number of Bonds which shall be converted. The account manager will then promptly forward the request to the Issuer (via the Paying Agent).

 

12.5 Effectuation of Conversion Rights

 

(a) Conversion will be effected by a set-off of the aggregate Principal Amount of the Bonds to be converted against the issuing of the whole number of Shares resulting from dividing the Principal Amount of all the Bonds to be converted by the Conversion Price. Any excess amount beyond the whole number of Shares converted by the Bonds shall fall to the Issuer and accordingly fractions of Shares will not be issued or transferred upon exercise of a Conversion Right and no cash payment will be made in lieu thereof. Where Conversion Rights are exercised by a Bondholder in respect of more than one Bond, the number of Shares to be issued will be determined on the basis of the aggregate Principal Amount of such Bonds.

 

(b) The Issuer shall pay all (if any) taxes and capital, stamp issue and registration duties payable in Norway arising on conversion and on the issue and delivery of Shares upon conversion. A Bondholder exercising Conversion Rights must pay directly to the relevant authorities all (if any) taxes and capital, stamp, issue and registration duties payable in any jurisdictions other than Norway and arising on conversion of the Bonds and on the issue and delivery of Shares upon such conversion. Such Bondholder must also pay all taxes and capital, stamp issue and registration duties (if any) imposed on it and arising by reference to any disposal or deemed disposal of a Bond or any interest therein in connection with the exercise of Conversion Rights by it.

 

27 (54)

 

(c) Interest accrued since the last Interest Payment Date but not due on a Conversion Date, shall not be payable in cash nor kind to the Bondholders, but shall accrue to the Issuer unless the Conversion Date shall fall on a Payment Date or a Bondholder is exercising its Conversion Right following the Issuer having exercised its option to redeem the Bonds under Clause 10.2 or 10.4, in which case interest due shall be paid to the relevant Bondholder.

 

(d) The Issuer shall (if relevant via the Paying Agent) on or prior to or with effect from the Conversion Date (i) carry the conversion into effect by, at its own discretion, issuing the relevant number of new Shares or transferring existing Shares to the converting Bondholder or his nominee, (ii) ensure the due registration of such Shares in the CSD (at the account of the converting Bondholder) and listing of such Shares on the Relevant Stock Exchange and any other stock exchange on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted or dealt in (and shall deliver any such documents and do any acts necessary in relation thereto), but this obligation to list such Shares shall not be considered as being breached as a result of a Change of Control (whether or not recommended or approved by the board of directors of the Issuer) that causes or gives rise to, whether following the operation of any applicable compulsory acquisition provision or otherwise including at the request of the person or persons controlling the Issuer as a result of the Change of Control, a de-listing of the Shares, and (iii) ensure that the Outstanding Bonds shall be written down. Upon the issuance or transfer of the Shares on conversion of any Bonds in accordance with the terms of these Bond Terms, the Issuer shall have no further liability in respect of such Bonds.

 

12.6 Shares to rank pari passu

 

Shares issued or transferred upon conversion of the Bonds will be fully paid and will in all respects rank pari passu with the Shares in issue on the relevant Conversion Date or, in the case of Additional Shares, on the relevant Reference Date, except in any such case for any right excluded by mandatory provisions of applicable law and except that such Shares or, as the case may be, Additional Shares will not rank for any rights, distributions or payments the record date (or other due date for the establishment of entitlement) for which falls prior to the relevant Conversion Date or, as the case may be, the relevant Reference Date.

 

13. ADJUSTMENT OF THE CONVERSION PRICE

 

Upon the occurrence of any of the events described below, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted as follows:

 

(a) If and whenever there shall be a consolidation, reclassification or subdivision affecting the number of Shares in issue, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such consolidation, reclassification or subdivision by the following fraction:

 

 

 

where:

 

A is the aggregate number of Shares in issue immediately before such consolidation, reclassification or subdivision, as the case may be; and

 

B is the aggregate number of Shares in issue immediately after, and as a result of, such consolidation, reclassification or subdivision, as the case may be.

 

28 (54)

 

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date the consolidation, reclassification or subdivision, as the case may be, takes effect.

 

(b) If and whenever the Issuer shall issue any Shares credited as fully paid to the Shareholders by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves (including any share premium account or capital redemption reserve) other than (1) where any such Shares are or are to be issued instead of the whole or part of a Dividend in cash which the Shareholders would or could otherwise have elected to receive, (2) where the Shareholders may elect to receive a Dividend in cash in lieu of such Shares or (3) where any such Shares are or are expressed to be issued in lieu of a Dividend (whether or not a cash Dividend equivalent or amount is announced or would otherwise be payable to Shareholders, whether at their election or otherwise), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue by the following fraction:

 

 

 

where:

 

A is the aggregate Nominal Value of the Shares in issue immediately before such issue; and

 

B is the aggregate Nominal Value of the Shares in issue immediately after such issue.

 

Such adjustment shall become effective on the date of issue of such Shares.

 

(c) If and whenever the Issuer shall pay or make any Dividend to the Shareholders where the Effective Date in respect of which falls on or after the Issue Date, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to the Effective Date by the following fraction:

  

 

 

where:

 

A is the Current Market Price of one Share on the first date on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant Dividend on the Relevant Stock Exchange or, in the case of a purchase of Shares or any receipts or certificates representing Shares by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, is the Current Market Price of one Share on the date on which such Shares are purchased or, in the case of a Spin-Off, is the Current Market Price of one Share on the first date on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant Spin-Off on the Relevant Stock Exchange; and

 

B is the portion of the Fair Market Value, with such portion being determined by dividing the Fair Market Value of the aggregate Dividend by the number of Shares entitled to receive the relevant Dividend (or, in the case of a purchase of Shares or any receipts or certificates representing shares by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, by the number of Shares in issue immediately prior to such purchase), of the Dividend attributable to one Share.

 

29 (54)

 

Such adjustment shall become effective on the first date on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant Dividend on the Relevant Stock Exchange or, in the case of a purchase of Shares or any receipts or certificates representing Shares, on the date such purchase is made or, in the case of a Spin-Off, the first date on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant Spin-Off.

 

Effective Date ” means the later of (i) the first date on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant Dividend on the Relevant Stock Exchange and (ii) the first date upon which the Fair Market Value of the relevant Dividend is capable of being determined as provided herein.

 

(d) If and whenever the Issuer shall issue Shares to Shareholders as a class by way of rights, or issue or grant to Shareholders as a class by way of rights, any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares or any Securities which by their terms carry (directly or indirectly) rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for, Shares (or shall grant any such rights in respect of existing Securities so issued) in each case at a price per Share which is less than ninety five per cent. (95%) of the Current Market Price per Share on the first Dealing Day on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant issue on the Relevant Stock Exchange, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to the Effective Date by the following fraction:

 

 

 

where:

 

A is the number of Shares in issue on the Effective Date;

 

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate amount (if any) payable for the Shares issued by way of rights, or for the Securities issued by way of rights, or for the options or warrants or other rights issued by way of rights and for the total number of Shares deliverable on the exercise thereof, would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and

 

C is the number of Shares issued or, as the case may be, the maximum number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise of such options, warrants or rights calculated as at the date of issue of such options, warrants or rights or upon conversion or exchange or exercise of rights of subscription or purchase in respect thereof at the initial conversion, exchange, subscription or purchase price or rate;

 

provided that if at the time of issue of the relevant Securities or the date of grant of such rights (as used in this Clause 13 paragraph (d), the “ Specified Date ”) such number of Shares is to be determined by reference to the application of a formula or other variable feature or the occurrence of any event at some subsequent time (which may be when such Securities are converted or exchanged or rights of subscription are exercised or at such other time as may be provided) then for the purposes of this Clause 13 paragraph (d), “ C ” shall be determined by the application of such formula or variable feature or as if the relevant event occurs or had occurred as at the Specified Date and as if such conversion, exchange, subscription, purchase or acquisition or other variable feature had taken place on the Specified Date.

 

Such adjustment shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

30 (54)

 

Effective Date ” means, in respect of this Clause 13 paragraph (d), the first date on which the Shares are traded ex-rights, ex-options or ex-warrants on the Relevant Stock Exchange.

 

(e) If and whenever the Issuer shall issue any Securities (other than Shares or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares) to Shareholders as a class by way of rights or grant to Shareholders as a class by way of rights any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Securities (other than Shares or options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase Shares), the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to the Effective Date the following fraction:

  

 

 

where:

 

A is the Current Market Price of one Share on the Effective Date; and

 

B is the Fair Market Value on the Effective Date of the portion of the rights attributable to one Share.

 

Such adjustment shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

Effective Date ” means, in respect of this Clause 13 paragraph (e), the first date on which the Shares are traded ex- the relevant Securities on the Relevant Stock Exchange.

 

(f) If and whenever the Issuer shall issue (otherwise than as mentioned in this Clause 13 paragraph (d)) wholly for cash or for no consideration any Shares (other than Shares issued on conversion of the Bonds or on the exercise of any rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for or purchase of, Shares) or issue or grant (otherwise than as mentioned in this Clause 13 paragraph (d)) wholly for cash or for no consideration any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares (other than the Bonds), in each case at a price per Share which is less than ninety five per cent. (95%) of the Current Market Price per Share on the Effective Date, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue or grant by the following fraction:

 

 

 

where:

 

A is the number of Shares in issue immediately before the issue of such Shares or the grant of such options, warrants or rights;

 

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration (if any) receivable for the issue of such Shares or, as the case may be, for the Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon the exercise of any such options, warrants or rights, would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and

 

C is the number of Shares to be issued pursuant to such issue of such Shares or, as the case may be, the maximum number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise of such options, warrants or rights calculated as at the date of issue of such options, warrants or rights;

 

31 (54)

 

provided that if at the time of issue of the relevant Securities or the date of grant of such rights (as used in this Clause 13 paragraph (f), the “ Specified Date ”) such number of Shares is to be determined by reference to the application of a formula or other variable feature or the occurrence of any event at some subsequent time (which may be when such options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares are converted or exchanged or rights of subscription are exercised or at such other time as may be provided) then for the purposes of this Clause 13 paragraph (f), “ C ” shall be determined by the application of such formula or variable feature or as if the relevant event occurs or had occurred as at the Specified Date and as if such conversion, exchange, subscription, purchase or acquisition or other variable feature had taken place on the Specified Date.

 

Such adjustment shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

Effective Date ” means, in respect of this Clause 13 paragraph (f), the date of issue of such Shares or, as the case may be, the grant of such options, warrants or rights.

 

(g) If and whenever the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or (at the direction or request of or pursuant to any arrangements with the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer) any other company, person or entity (otherwise than as mentioned in this Clause 13 paragraph (d), (e) or (f)) shall issue wholly for cash or for no consideration any Securities (other than the Bonds), which by their terms of issue carry (directly or indirectly) rights of conversion into, or exchange or subscription for, Shares (or shall grant any such rights in respect of existing Securities so issued) or Securities which by their terms might be redesignated as Shares, and the consideration per Share receivable upon conversion, exchange, subscription or redesignation is less than ninety five per cent. (95%) of the Current Market Price per Share on the Effective Date, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to such issue (or grant) by the following fraction:

 

 

 

where:

 

A is the number of Shares in issue immediately before such issue or grant (but where the relevant Securities carry rights of conversion into or rights of exchange or subscription for Shares which have been issued by the Issuer for the purposes of or in connection with such issue, less the number of such Shares so issued);

 

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration (if any) receivable for the Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon conversion or exchange or upon exercise of the right of subscription attached to such Securities or, as the case may be, for the Shares to be issued or to arise from any such redesignation would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share; and

 

C is the maximum number of Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon conversion or exchange of such Securities or upon the exercise of such right of subscription attached thereto at the initial conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate or, as the case may be, the maximum number of Shares which may be issued or arise from any such redesignation;

 

32 (54)

 

provided that if at the time of issue of the relevant Securities or date of grant of such rights (as used in this Clause 13 paragraph (g), the “ Specified Date ”) such number of Shares is to be determined by reference to the application of a formula or other variable feature or the occurrence of any event at some subsequent time (which may be when such Securities are converted or exchanged or rights of subscription are exercised or, as the case may be, such Securities are redesignated or at such other time as may be provided) then for the purposes of this Clause 13 paragraph (g), “ C ” shall be determined by the application of such formula or variable feature or as if the relevant event occurs or had occurred as at the Specified Date and as if such conversion, exchange, subscription, purchase or acquisition or, as the case may be, redesignation had taken place on the Specified Date.

 

Such adjustment shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

Effective Date ” means, in respect of this Clause 13 paragraph (g), the date of issue of such Securities or, as the case may be, the grant of such rights.

 

(h) If and whenever there shall be any modification of the rights of conversion, exchange or subscription attaching to any such Securities (other than the Bonds) as are mentioned in this Clause 13 paragraph (g) (other than in accordance with the terms (including terms as to adjustment) applicable to such Securities upon issue) so that following such modification the consideration per Share receivable has been reduced and is less than ninety five per cent. (95%) of the Current Market Price per Share on the Effective Date, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately prior to the Effective Date by the following fraction:

 

 

 

where:

 

A is the number of Shares in issue immediately before such modification (but where the relevant Securities carry rights of conversion into or rights of exchange or subscription for Shares which have been issued, purchased or acquired by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (or at the direction or request or pursuant to any arrangements with the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer) for the purposes of or in connection with such issue, less the number of such Shares so issued, purchased or acquired);

 

B is the number of Shares which the aggregate consideration (if any) receivable for the Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon conversion or exchange or upon exercise of the right of subscription attached to the Securities so modified would purchase at such Current Market Price per Share or, if lower, the existing conversion, exchange or subscription price of such Securities; and

 

C is the maximum number of Shares which may be issued or otherwise made available upon conversion or exchange of such Securities or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached thereto at the modified conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate but giving credit in such manner as an Independent Financial Adviser shall consider appropriate for any previous adjustment under this Clause 13 paragraph (h) or paragraph (g);

 

33 (54)

 

provided that if at the time of such modification (as used in this Clause 13 paragraph (h), the “ Specified Date ”) such number of Shares is to be determined by reference to the application of a formula or other variable feature or the occurrence of any event at some subsequent time (which may be when such Securities are converted or exchanged or rights of subscription are exercised or at such other time as may be provided) then for the purposes of this Clause 13 paragraph (h), “ C ” shall be determined by the application of such formula or variable feature or as if the relevant event occurs or had occurred as at the Specified Date and as if such conversion, exchange or subscription had taken place on the Specified Date.

 

Such adjustment shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

Effective Date ” means, in respect of this Clause 13 paragraph (h), the date of modification of the rights of conversion, exchange, subscription, purchase or acquisition attaching to such Securities.

 

(i) If and whenever the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or (at the direction or request of or pursuant to any arrangements with the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer) any other company, person or entity shall offer any Securities in connection with which offer Shareholders as a class are entitled to participate in arrangements whereby such Securities may be acquired by them (except where the Conversion Price falls to be adjusted under this Clause 13 paragraph (b), (c), (d), (f) or (g) or Clause 10.3 ( Redemption at the Option of a Bondholder due to a Change of Control Event ) (or would fall to be so adjusted if the relevant issue or grant was at less than ninety five per cent. (95%) of the Current Market Price per Share on the relevant day) or under Clause 13 paragraph (e)) the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in force immediately before the Effective Date by the following fraction:

 

 

where:

 

A is the Current Market Price of one Share on the Effective Date; and

 

B is the Fair Market Value on the Effective Date of the relevant offer attributable to one Share.

 

Such adjustment shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

Effective Date ” means, in respect of this Clause 13 paragraph (i), the first date on which the Shares are traded ex-rights on the Relevant Stock Exchange.

 

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, where the events or circumstances giving rise to any adjustment pursuant to this Clause 13 have already resulted or will result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price or where the events or circumstances giving rise to any adjustment arise by virtue of any other events or circumstances which have already given or will give rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price or where more than one event which gives rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Price occurs within such a short period of time that, in the opinion of the Bond Trustee or the Issuer, a modification to the operation of the adjustment provisions is required to give the intended result, such modification shall be made to the operation of the adjustment provisions as may be advised by an Independent Financial Adviser to be in its opinion appropriate to give the intended result.

 

34 (54)

 

(k) For the purpose of any calculation of the consideration receivable or price pursuant to this Clause 13 paragraphs (d), (f), (g) and (h), the following provisions shall apply:

 

(i) the aggregate consideration receivable or price for Shares issued for cash shall be the amount of such cash;

 

(ii) (x) the aggregate consideration receivable or price for Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon the conversion or exchange of any Securities shall be deemed to be the consideration or price received or receivable for any such Securities and (y) the aggregate consideration receivable or price for Shares to be issued or otherwise made available upon the exercise of rights of subscription attached to any Securities or upon the exercise of any options, warrants or rights shall be deemed to be that part (which may be the whole) of the consideration or price received or receivable for such Securities or, as the case may be, for such options, warrants or rights which are attributed by the Issuer to such rights of subscription or, as the case may be, such options, warrants or rights or, if no part of such consideration or price is so attributed, the Fair Market Value of such rights of subscription or, as the case may be, such options, warrants or rights as at the Effective Date, plus in the case of each of (x) and (y) above, the additional minimum consideration receivable or price (if any) upon the conversion or exchange of such Securities, or upon the exercise of such rights or subscription attached thereto or, as the case may be, upon exercise of such options, warrants or rights and (z) the consideration receivable or price per Share upon the conversion or exchange of, or upon the exercise of such rights of subscription attached to, such Securities or, as the case may be, upon the exercise of such options, warrants or rights shall be the aggregate consideration or price referred to in (x) or (y) above (as the case may be) divided by the number of Shares to be issued upon such conversion or exchange or exercise at the initial conversion, exchange or subscription price or rate;

 

(iii) if the consideration or price determined pursuant to this Clause 13 paragraph (k)(i) or 13 (k)(ii) above (or any component thereof) shall be expressed in a currency other than USD it shall be converted into USD at the Prevailing Rate on the relevant Effective Date; and

 

(iv) in determining consideration or price pursuant to the above, no deduction shall be made for any commissions or fees (howsoever described) or any expenses paid or incurred for any underwriting, placing or management of the issue of the relevant Shares or Securities or otherwise in connection therewith.

 

35 (54)

 

(l) If the Conversion Date in relation to the conversion of any Bond shall be after the record date or other due date for any consolidation or sub-division as is mentioned in this Clause 13 paragraph (a), or after the record date or other due date for the establishment of entitlement for any such issue, distribution, grant or offer (as the case may be) as is mentioned in this Clause 13 paragraph (b), (c), (d), (e) or (i), or after the date of the first public announcement of the terms of any such issue or grant as is mentioned in this Clause 13 paragraph (f) and (g), in any case in circumstances where the relevant Conversion Date falls before the relevant adjustment becomes effective under this Clause 13 (such adjustment, a “ Retroactive Adjustment ”), then the Issuer shall (conditional upon the relevant adjustment becoming effective) procure that there shall be issued or delivered to the converting Bondholder, such additional number of Shares (if any) (the “ Additional Shares ”) as, together with the Shares issued or to be issued or delivered on conversion of the relevant Bond (together with any fraction of a Share not so issued), is equal to the number of Shares which would have been required to be issued or delivered on conversion of such Bond if the relevant adjustment (more particularly referred to in the said provisions of Clause 14 ( Adjustment of the Conversion Price )) to the Conversion Price had in fact been made and become effective immediately prior to the relevant Conversion Date provided that if the relevant Bondholder shall be entitled to receive the relevant Dividend in respect of the Shares to be issued or delivered to it, then no such Retroactive Adjustment shall be made in relation to such Dividend and the relevant Bondholder shall not be entitled to receive Additional Shares in relation thereto. Additional Shares will be delivered to Bondholders not later than ten (10) Business Days following the date the relevant Retroactive Adjustment becomes effective (the “ Reference Date ”).

 

(m) No adjustment will be made to the Conversion Price where Shares or other Securities (including rights, warrants, restricted stock units and options) are issued, offered, exercised, allotted, appropriated, modified or granted to, or for the benefit of, employees, contractors, directors or former employees (including directors holding or formerly holding executive office or the personal service company of any such person) or their spouses or relatives, in each case, of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any associated company or to trustees to be held for the benefit of any such person, in any such case pursuant to any employees’, contractors’ or directors’ share, option or other compensation schemes.

 

(n) On any adjustment, the resultant Conversion Price, if not an integral multiple of USD 0.0001, shall be rounded down to the nearest whole multiple of USD 0.0001. No adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price where such adjustment (rounded down if applicable) would be less than one per cent. (1%) of the Conversion Price then in effect. Any adjustment not required to be made, and/or any amount by which the Conversion Price has been rounded down, shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment, and such subsequent adjustment shall be made on the basis that the adjustment not required to be made had been made at the relevant time.

 

(o) Notice of any adjustments to the Conversion Price shall be given by the Issuer to Bondholders and the Bond Trustee promptly after the determination thereof.

 

(p) The Conversion Price shall not in any event be reduced to below the Nominal Value of the Shares and the Issuer undertakes that it shall not take any action, and shall ensure that no action is taken, that would otherwise result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price to below such Nominal Value.

 

36 (54)

 

(q) If changes are made in the share capital other than those mentioned above, which are unfavourable to the Bondholders compared to the Shareholders, the Bond Trustee and the Issuer shall agree on a new Conversion Price. This also applies to other transactions, which are unfavourable to the Bondholders compared to the Shareholders.

 

(r) If an adjustment of the Conversion Price requires a conversion to USD, the exchange rate shall be the Prevailing Rate on the date triggering such adjustments. For the avoidance of doubt, when calculating weighted averages over several days, each day should apply the Prevailing Rate for that day.

 

14. MERGER AND DE-MERGER

 

14.1 Conversion Rights under Mergers and De-Mergers

 

In the case of any consolidation, amalgamation or merger of the Issuer with any other corporation (other than a consolidation, amalgamation or merger in which the Issuer is the continuing corporation), the Issuer will take such steps as shall be necessary (including the execution of an agreement supplemental to or amending the Bond Terms) to ensure that each Bond then outstanding will (during the period in which Conversion Rights may be exercised) be converted into the class and amount of shares and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation, amalgamation or merger by a holder of the number of Shares which would have been issuable upon exercise of Conversion Rights immediately prior to such consolidation, amalgamation or merger. Such supplemental agreement deed will provide for adjustments which will be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in Clause 13 ( Adjustment of the Conversion Price ). The above will apply, mutatis mutandis to any subsequent consolidations, amalgamations or mergers.

 

14.2 Right to object

 

The provisions in this Clause 14 have no limitation on the creditor’s right of objection to the merger or de-merger.

 

15. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

15.1 Financial Reports

 

(a) The Issuer shall prepare Annual Financial Statements in the English language and make them available on its website (alternatively on another relevant information platform) as soon as they become available, and not later than 120 days after the end of the financial year.

 

(b) The Issuer shall prepare Interim Accounts in the English language and make them available on its website (alternatively on another relevant information platform) as soon as they become available, and not later than 60 days after the end of the relevant interim period.

 

37 (54)

 

15.2 Requirements as to Financial Reports

 

(a) The Issuer shall supply to the Bond Trustee, in connection with the publication of its Financial Reports pursuant to Clause 15.1 ( Financial Reports ), however only once for each relevant reporting period, a Compliance Certificate with a copy of the Financial Report attached thereto. The Compliance Certificate shall be duly signed by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Issuer, certifying i.a that the Financial Statements are fairly representing its financial condition as at the date of those financial statements.

 

(b) The Issuer shall procure that the Financial Reports delivered pursuant to Clause 15.1 ( Financial Reports ) are prepared using GAAP consistently applied.

 

15.3 Change of Control Event

 

The Issuer shall inform the Bond Trustee in writing as soon as possible after becoming aware that a Change of Control Event has occurred.

 

15.4 Information: Miscellaneous

 

The Issuer shall:

 

(a) promptly inform the Bond Trustee in writing of any Event of Default or any event or circumstance which the Issuer understands or could reasonably be expected to understand may lead to an Event of Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it;

 

(b) at the request of the Bond Trustee, report the balance of the Issuer’s Bonds (to the best of its knowledge, having made due and appropriate enquiries);

 

(c) send the Bond Trustee copies of any statutory notifications of the Issuer, including but not limited to in connection with mergers, de-mergers and reduction of the Issuer’s share capital or equity;

 

(d) if the Bonds are listed on an Exchange, send a copy to the Bond Trustee of its notices to the Exchange;

 

(e) if the Issuer and/or the Bonds are rated, inform the Bond Trustee of its and/or the rating of the Bonds, and any changes to such rating;

 

(f) inform the Bond Trustee of changes in the registration of the Bonds in the CSD;

 

(g) within a reasonable time, provide such information about the Issuer’s and the Group’s business, assets and financial condition as the Bond Trustee may reasonably request;

 

(h) of its own accord, inform the Bond Trustee of any event that results in an adjustment of the Conversion Price promptly thereafter; and

 

38 (54)

 

(i) following the occurrence of a Change of Control Event, within 14 calendar days after the Issuer becomes aware of it, notify the Bondholders (via the CSD), the Bond Trustee and (if listed) the Exchange thereof. The notice shall specify (i) the applicable Change of Control Conversion Price and early redemption price, (ii) the Bondholders’ entitlement to exercise their Conversion Rights or to exercise their right to require redemption of the Bonds, (iii) the Change of Control Conversion Period and (iv) relevant details concerning the Change of Control Event.

 

16. GENERAL AND FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

The Issuer undertakes to (and shall, where applicable, procure that the other Group Companies will) comply with the undertakings set forth in this Clause 16.

 

16.1 Compliance with laws

 

The Issuer shall, and shall procure that each other Group Company will, comply in all material respects with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject from time to time, if failure so to comply would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

16.2 Continuation of business etc.

 

The Issuer shall not (either in one action or as several actions), and shall ensure that no member of the Group will:

 

(a) cease to carry on its business;

 

(b) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets (including shares or other securities in any person) or operations (other than to a member of the Group) unless such sale, transfer or disposal is carried out in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c) materially change the general nature of the business from that carried on by the Group at the date of these Bond Terms;

 

(d) carry out any merger or other business combination or corporate reorganisation involving the consolidation of assets and obligations of the Issuer or any other member of the Group with any other person, other than with another member of the Group, or any split of the Group or any member of the Group (demerger) or other corporate reorganisation having the same or equivalent effect as a demerger involving the Issuer and any member of the Group, provided that the foregoing shall not prevent any normal sale of rigs in the ordinary course of business

 

in a manner which (in the reasonable opinion of the Bond Trustee) is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.


16.3 Secured financing covenant

 

So long as any Outstanding Bonds remain, the Issuer will not create or permit to subsist, and will ensure that none of its Subsidiaries will create or permit to subsist, any Security over any of its present or future assets to secure:

 

(a) any present or future Financial Indebtedness which is in the form of, or represented or evidenced by, bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or other securities which for the time being are, or are intended to be or capable of being, quoted, listed or dealt in or traded on any stock exchange or over-the-counter or other securities market; or

 

39 (54)

 

(b) any guarantee or indemnity in respect of any Financial Indebtedness referred to in paragraph (a) above ((a) and (b) together, “ Secured Capital Markets Indebtedness ”), 
     
  provided that this Clause 16.3 shall not prohibit the creation or subsistence of Permitted Secured Capital Markets Indebtedness.  

 

16.4 Related party transactions

 

Without limiting Clause 16.1 ( Compliance with laws ), the Issuer shall conduct all business transactions with any Affiliate at market terms and otherwise on an arm’s length basis.

 

16.5 Special covenants – convertible bonds

 

(a) The Issuer shall ensure that all Shares issued upon exercise of the Conversion Right in respect of the Bonds shall be registered in the CSD on the Conversion Date and shall be listed on the Relevant Stock Exchange and any other stock exchange on which the Shares may then be listed or quoted or dealt in as soon as practicable thereafter (but this covenant shall not be considered as being breached as a result of a Change of Control (whether or not recommended or approved by the board of directors of the Issuer) that causes or gives rise to, whether following the operation of any applicable compulsory acquisition provision or otherwise including at the request of the person or persons controlling the Issuer as a result of the Change of Control, a de-listing of the Shares).

 

(b) The Issuer shall not, until the expiry of ninety (90) days following the Date of Pricing, issue (or agree to issue) any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares or any derivate securities having an equivalent effect, save pursuant to the Issuer’s employee or director share or option scheme or other equity compensation arrangements or pursuant to these Bond Terms, without the prior written consent of the Joint Bookrunners.

 

(c) The Issuer shall use its best endeavours to ensure that the Shares shall remain listed on a Relevant Stock Exchange.

 

(d) The Issuer shall, during the term of the Bonds, maintain and protect its authority to issue and allot, free from pre-emption rights and at the Conversion Price, the requisite number of Shares that at any time may be required to be issued and allotted upon the exercise by the Bondholders of their Conversion Rights.

 

17. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION OF THE BONDS

 

17.1 Events of Default

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 17.1 shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

(a) Non-payment

 

The Issuer fails to pay any amount payable by it under the Finance Documents when such amount is due for payment, unless:

 

(i) its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error in payment systems or the CSD and payment is made within five (5) Business Days following the original due date; or

 

40 (54)

 

(ii) in the discretion of the Bond Trustee, the Issuer has substantiated that it is likely that such payment will be made in full within five (5) Business Days following the original due date.

 

(b) Breach of other obligations

 

The Issuer does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents other than set out under paragraph (a) ( Non-payment ) above, unless such failure is capable of being remedied and is remedied within ten (10) Business Days following the earlier of (i) the Issuer’s actual knowledge thereof and (ii) the date notice thereof is given to the Issuer by the Bond Trustee.

 

(c) Misrepresentation

 

Any representation, warranty or statement (including statements in Compliance Certificates) made under or in connection with any Finance Documents is or proves to have been incorrect, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made, unless the circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation are capable of remedy and are remedied within 20 Business Days of the earlier of the Bond Trustee giving notice to the Issuer or the Issuer becoming aware of such misrepresentation.

 

(d) Cross default

 

If for any Group Company:

 

(i) any Financial Indebtedness is not paid when due nor within any applicable grace period; or

 

(ii) any Financial Indebtedness is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described); or

 

(iii) any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness is cancelled or suspended by a creditor as a result of an event of default (however described); or

 

(iv) any creditor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described),

 

provided however that the aggregate amount of such Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (i) to (iv) above exceeds a total of USD 30,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any other currency).

 

(e) Insolvency and insolvency proceedings

 

The Issuer or a Material Subsidiary:

 

(i) is Insolvent; or

 

(ii) is object of any corporate action or any legal proceedings is taken in relation to:

 

(A) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) other than (in case of a Material Subsidiary) a solvent liquidation or reorganisation; or

 

41 (54)

 

(B) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor; or

 

(C) the appointment of a liquidator (other than, in the case of a Material Subsidiary, in respect of a solvent liquidation), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer of any of its assets; or

 

(D) enforcement of any Security over any of its or their assets having an aggregate value exceeding the threshold amount set out in paragraph 17.1 (d) ( Cross default ) above; or

 

(E) for (A) - (D) above, any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction in respect of any such company,

 

however this shall not apply to any petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 20 Business Days of commencement.

 

(f) Creditor’s process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of any Group Company having an aggregate value exceeding the threshold amount set out in paragraph 17.1 (d) ( Cross default ) above and is not discharged within 20 Business Days.

 

(g) Unlawfulness

 

It is or becomes unlawful for the Issuer to perform or comply with any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

(h) Analogous Event

 

If any event occurs which under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction has an analogous effect to any of the events referred to in any of the foregoing paragraphs of this Clause 17.1.

 

17.2 Acceleration of the Bonds

 

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Bond Trustee may, in its discretion in order to protect the interests of the Bondholders, or upon instruction received from the Bondholders pursuant to Clause 17.3 ( Bondholders’ instructions ) below, by serving a Default Notice:

 

  (a) declare that the Outstanding Bonds, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(b) exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents or take such further measures as are necessary to recover the amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents.

 

42 (54)

 

17.3 Bondholders’ instructions

 

The Bond Trustee shall serve a Default Notice pursuant to Clause 17.2 ( Acceleration of the Bonds ) if:

 

(a) the Bond Trustee receives a demand in writing from Bondholders representing a simple majority of the Voting Bonds, that an Event of Default shall be declared, and a Bondholders’ Meeting has not made a resolution to the contrary; or

 

(b) the Bondholders’ Meeting, by a simple majority decision, has approved the declaration of an Event of Default.

 

18. BONDHOLDERS’ DECISIONS

 

18.1 Authority of the Bondholders’ Meeting

 

(a) A Bondholders’ Meeting may, on behalf of the Bondholders, resolve to alter any of these Bond Terms, including, but not limited to, any reduction of principal or interest and any conversion of the Bonds into other capital classes.

 

(b) The Bondholders’ Meeting cannot resolve that any overdue payment of any instalment shall be reduced unless there is a pro rata reduction of the principal that has not fallen due, but may resolve that accrued interest (whether overdue or not) shall be reduced without a corresponding reduction of principal.

 

(c) The Bondholders’ Meeting may not adopt resolutions which will give certain Bondholders an unreasonable advantage at the expense of other Bondholders.

 

(d) Subject to the power of the Bond Trustee to take certain action as set out in Clause 19.1 ( Power to represent the Bondholders ), if a resolution by, or an approval of, the Bondholders is required, such resolution may be passed at a Bondholders’ Meeting. Resolutions passed at any Bondholders’ Meeting will be binding upon all Bondholders.

 

(e) At least 50% of the Voting Bonds must be represented at a Bondholders’ Meeting for a quorum to be present.

 

(f) Resolutions will be passed by simple majority of the Voting Bonds represented at the Bondholders’ Meeting, unless otherwise set out in paragraph (g) below.

 

(g) Save for any amendments or waivers which can be made without resolution pursuant to Clause 20.1 ( Procedure for amendments and waivers ) paragraph (i) and (ii), a majority of at least 2/3 of the Voting Bonds represented at the Bondholders’ Meeting is required for approval of any waiver or amendment of any provisions of these Bond Terms, including a change of Issuer and change of Bond Trustee.

 

18.2 Procedure for arranging a Bondholders’ Meeting

 

(a) A Bondholders’ Meeting shall be convened by the Bond Trustee upon the request in writing of:

 

(i) the Issuer;

 

(ii) Bondholders representing at least 1/10 of the Voting Bonds;

 

43 (54)

 

(iii) the Exchange, if the Bonds are listed and the Exchange is entitled to do so pursuant to the general rules and regulations of the Exchange; or

 

(iv) the Bond Trustee.

 

The request shall clearly state the matters to be discussed and resolved.

 

(b) If the Bond Trustee has not convened a Bondholders’ Meeting within ten (10) Business Days after having received a valid request for calling a Bondholders’ Meeting pursuant to paragraph (a) above, then the re-questing party may itself call the Bondholders’ Meeting.

 

(c) Summons to a Bondholders’ Meeting must be sent no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed date of the Bondholders’ Meeting. The Summons shall be sent to all Bondholders registered in the CSD at the time the Summons is sent from the CSD. If the Bonds are listed, the Issuer shall ensure that the Summons is published in accordance with the applicable regulations of the Exchange. The Summons shall also be published on the website of the Bond Trustee (alternatively by press release or other relevant information platform).

 

(d) Any Summons for a Bondholders’ Meeting must clearly state the agenda for the Bondholders’ Meeting and the matters to be resolved. The Bond Trustee may include additional agenda items to those requested by the person calling for the Bondholders’ Meeting in the Summons. If the Summons contains proposed amendments to these Bond Terms, a description of the proposed amendments must be set out in the Summons.

 

(e) Items which have not been included in the Summons may not be put to a vote at the Bondholders’ Meeting.

 

(f) By written notice to the Issuer, the Bond Trustee may prohibit the Issuer from acquiring or dispose of Bonds during the period from the date of the Summons until the date of the Bondholders’ Meeting, unless the acquisition of Bonds is made by the Issuer pursuant to Clause 10 ( Redemption and Repurchase of Bonds ).

 

(g) A Bondholders’ Meeting may be held on premises selected by the Bond Trustee, or if paragraph (b) above applies, by the person convening the Bondholders’ Meeting (however to be held in the capital of the Relevant Jurisdiction). The Bondholders’ Meeting will be opened and, unless otherwise decided by the Bondholders’ Meeting, chaired by the Bond Trustee. If the Bond Trustee is not present, the Bondholders’ Meeting will be opened by a Bondholder and be chaired by a representative elected by the Bondholders’ Meeting (the Bond Trustee or such other representative, the “ Chairperson ”).

 

(h) Each Bondholder, the Bond Trustee and, if the Bonds are listed, representatives of the Exchange, or any person or persons acting under a power of attorney for a Bondholder, shall have the right to attend the Bondholders’ Meeting (each a “ Representative ”). The Chairperson may grant access to the meeting to other persons not being Representatives, unless the Bondholders’ Meeting decides otherwise. In addition, each Representative has the right to be accompanied by an advisor. In case of dispute or doubt with regard to whether a person is a Representative or entitled to vote, the Chairperson will decide who may attend the Bondholders’ Meeting and exercise voting rights.

 

44 (54)

 

(i) Representatives of the Issuer have the right to attend the Bondholders’ Meeting. The Bondholders Meeting may resolve to exclude the Issuer’s representatives and/or any person holding only Issuer’s Bonds (or any representative of such person) from participating in the meeting at certain times, however, the Issuer’s representative and any such other person shall have the right to be present during the voting.

 

(j) Minutes of the Bondholders’ Meeting must be recorded by, or by someone acting at the instruction of, the Chairperson. The minutes must state the number of Voting Bonds represented at the Bondholders’ Meeting, the resolutions passed at the meeting, and the results of the vote on the matters to be decided at the Bondholders’ Meeting. The minutes shall be signed by the Chairperson and at least one other person. The minutes will be deposited with the Bond Trustee who shall make available a copy to the Bondholders and the Issuer upon request.

 

(k) The Bond Trustee will ensure that the Issuer, the Bondholders and the Exchange are notified of resolutions passed at the Bondholders’ Meeting and that the resolutions are published on the website of the Bond Trustee (or other relevant electronically platform or press release).

 

(l) The Issuer shall bear the costs and expenses incurred in connection with convening a Bondholders’ Meeting regardless of who has convened the Bondholders’ Meeting, including any reasonable costs and fees incurred by the Bond Trustee.

 

18.3 Voting rules

 

(a) Each Bondholder (or person acting for a Bondholder under a power of attorney) may cast one vote for each Voting Bond owned on the Relevant Record Date, ref. Clause 3.3 ( Bondholders’ rights ). The Chairperson may, in its sole discretion, decide on accepted evidence of ownership of Voting Bonds.

 

(b) Issuer’s Bonds shall not carry any voting rights. The Chairperson shall determine any question concerning whether any Bonds will be considered Issuer’s Bonds.

 

(c) For the purposes of this Clause 18 ( Bondholders’ decisions ), a Bondholder that has a Bond registered in the name of a nominee will, in accordance with Clause 3.3 ( Bondholders’ rights ), be deemed to be the owner of the Bond rather than the nominee. No vote may be cast by any nominee if the Bondholder has presented relevant evidence to the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 3.3 ( Bondholders’ rights ) stating that it is the owner of the Bonds voted for. If the Bondholder has voted directly for any of its nominee registered Bonds, the Bondholder’s votes shall take precedence over votes submitted by the nominee for the same Bonds.

 

(d) Any of the Issuer, the Bond Trustee and any Bondholder has the right to demand a vote by ballot. In case of parity of votes, the Chairperson will have the deciding vote.

 

18.4 Repeated Bondholders’ Meeting

 

(a) Even if the necessary quorum set out in paragraph (d) of Clause 18.1 ( Authority of the Bondholders’ Meeting ) is not achieved, the Bondholders’ Meeting shall be held and voting completed for the purpose of recording the voting results in the minutes of the Bondholders’ Meeting. The Bond Trustee or the person who convened the initial Bondholders’ Meeting may, within ten (10) Business Days of that Bondholders’ Meeting, convene a repeated meeting with the same agenda as the first meeting.

 

45 (54)

 

(b) The provisions and procedures regarding Bondholders’ Meetings as set out in Clause 18.1 ( Authority of the Bondholders’ Meeting ), Clause 18.2 ( Procedure for arranging a Bondholders’ Meeting ) and Clause 18.3 ( Voting rules ) shall apply mutatis mutandis to a repeated Bondholders’ Meeting, with the exception that the quorum requirements set out in paragraph (d) of Clause 18.1 ( Authority of the Bondholders’ Meeting ) shall not apply to a repeated Bondholders’ Meeting. A Summons for a repeated Bondholders’ Meeting shall also contain the voting results obtained in the initial Bondholders’ Meeting.

 

(c) A repeated Bondholders’ Meeting may only be convened once for each original Bondholders’ Meeting. A repeated Bondholders’ Meeting may be convened pursuant to the procedures of a Written Resolution in accordance with Clause 18.5 ( Written Resolutions ), even if the initial meeting was held pursuant to the procedures of a Bondholders’ Meeting in accordance with Clause 18.2 ( Procedure for arranging a Bondholders’ Meeting ) and vice versa.

 

18.5 Written Resolutions

 

(a) Subject to these Bond Terms, anything which may be resolved by the Bondholders in a Bondholders’ Meeting pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Authority of the Bondholders’ Meeting ) may also be resolved by way of a Written Resolution. A Written Resolution passed with the relevant majority is as valid as if it had been passed by the Bondholders in a Bondholders’ Meeting, and any reference in any Finance Document to a Bondholders’ Meeting shall be construed accordingly.

 

(b) The person requesting a Bondholders’ Meeting may instead request that the relevant matters are to be resolved by Written Resolution only, unless the Bond Trustee decides otherwise.

 

(c) The Summons for the Written Resolution shall be sent to the Bondholders registered in the CSD at the time the Summons is sent from the CSD and published at the Bond Trustee’s web site, or other relevant electronic platform or via press release.

 

(d) The provisions set out in Clause 18.1 ( Authority of the Bondholders’ Meeting ), 18.2 ( Procedure for arranging a Bondholder’s Meeting ), Clause 18.3 ( Voting Rules ) and Clause 18.4 ( Repeated Bondholders’ Meeting ) shall apply mutatis mutandis to a Written Resolution, except that:

 

(i) the provisions set out in paragraphs (g), (h) and (i) of Clause 18.2 ( Procedure for arranging Bondholders Meetings ); or

 

(ii) provisions which are otherwise in conflict with the requirements of this Clause 18.5 ( Written Resolution ), shall not apply to a Written Resolution.

 

(e) The Summons for a Written Resolution shall include:

 

(i) instructions as to how to vote to each separate item in the Summons (including instructions as to how voting can be done electronically if relevant); and

 

46 (54)

 

(ii) the time limit within which the Bond Trustee must have received all votes necessary in order for the Written Resolution to be passed with the requisite majority (the “ Voting Period ”), such Voting Period to be at least three (3) Business Days but not more than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of the Summons, provided however that the Voting Period for a Written Resolution summoned pursuant to Clause 18.4 ( Repeated Bondholders’ Meeting ) shall be at least ten (10) Business Days but not more than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of the Summons.

 

(f) Only Bondholders of Voting Bonds registered with the CSD on the Relevant Record Date, or the beneficial owner thereof having presented relevant evidence to the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 3.3 ( Bondholders’ rights ), will be counted in the Written Resolution.

 

(g) A Written Resolution is passed when the requisite majority set out in paragraph (e) or paragraph (f) of Clause 18.1 ( Authority of Bondholders’ Meeting ) has been achieved, based on the total number of Voting Bonds, even if the Voting Period has not yet expired. A Written Resolution may also be passed if the sufficient numbers of negative votes are received prior to the expiry of the Voting Period.

 

(h) The effective date of a Written Resolution passed prior to the expiry of the Voting Period is the date when the resolution is approved by the last Bondholder that results in the necessary voting majority being achieved.

 

(i) If no resolution is passed prior to the expiry of the Voting Period, the number of votes shall be calculated at the close of business on the last day of the Voting Period, and a decision will be made based on the quorum and majority requirements set out in paragraphs (d) to (f) of Clause 18.1( Authority of Bondholders’ Meeting ).

 

19. THE BOND TRUSTEE

 

19.1 Power to represent the Bondholders

 

(a) By virtue of being registered as a Bondholder (directly or indirectly) with the CSD, the Bondholders are bound by these Bond Terms and any other Finance Document, without any further action required to be taken or formalities to be complied with. The Bond Trustee has power and authority to act on behalf of, and/or represent, the Bondholders in all matters, including but not limited to taking any legal or other action, including enforcement of these Bond Terms, and the commencement of bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings against the Issuer, or others.

 

(b) The Issuer shall promptly upon request provide the Bond Trustee with any such documents, information and other assistance (in form and substance satisfactory to the Bond Trustee), that the Bond Trustee deems necessary for the purpose of exercising its and the Bondholders’ rights and/or carrying out its duties under the Finance Documents.

 

19.2 The duties and authority of the Bond Trustee

 

(a) The Bond Trustee shall represent the Bondholders in accordance with the Finance Documents, including, inter alia, by following up on the delivery of any Compliance Certificates and such other documents which the Issuer is obliged to disclose or deliver to the Bond Trustee pursuant to the Finance Documents and, when relevant, in relation to accelerating and enforcing the Bonds on behalf of the Bondholders.

 

47 (54)

 

(b) The Bond Trustee is not obligated to assess or monitor the financial condition of the Issuer or any other Group company unless to the extent expressly set out in these Bond Terms, or to take any steps to ascertain whether any Event of Default has occurred. Until it has actual knowledge to the contrary, the Bond Trustee is entitled to assume that no Event of Default has occurred. The Bond Trustee is not responsible for the valid execution or enforceability of the Finance Documents, or for any discrepancy between the indicative terms and conditions described in any marketing material presented to the Bondholders prior to issuance of the Bonds and the provisions of these Bond Terms.

 

(c) The Bond Trustee is entitled to take such steps that it, in its sole discretion, considers necessary or advisable to protect the rights of the Bondholders in all matters pursuant to the terms of the Finance Documents. The Bond Trustee may submit any instructions received by it from the Bondholders to a Bondholders’ Meeting before the Bond Trustee takes any action pursuant to the instruction.

 

(d) The Bond Trustee is entitled to engage external experts when carrying out its duties under the Finance Documents.

 

(e) The Bond Trustee shall hold all amounts recovered on behalf of the Bondholders on separated accounts.

 

(f) The Bond Trustee will ensure that resolutions passed at the Bondholders’ Meeting are properly implemented, provided, however, that the Bond Trustee may refuse to implement resolutions that may be in conflict with these Bond Terms, any other Finance Document, or any applicable law.

 

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance Documents to the contrary, the Bond Trustee is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation.

 

(h) If the cost, loss or liability which the Bond Trustee may incur (including reasonable fees payable to the Bond Trustee itself) in:

 

(i) complying with instructions of the Bondholders; or

 

(ii) taking any action at its own initiative,

 

will not, in the reasonable opinion of the Bond Trustee, be covered by the Issuer or the relevant Bondholders pursuant to paragraphs (e) and (g) of Clause 19.4 ( Expenses, liability and indemnity ), the Bond Trustee may refrain from acting in accordance with such instructions, or refrain from taking such action, until it has received such funding or indemnities (or adequate security has been provided therefore) as it may reasonably require.

 

(i) The Bond Trustee shall give a notice to the Bondholders before it ceases to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents by reason of the non-payment by the Issuer of any fee or indemnity due to the Bond Trustee under the Finance Documents.

 

(j) The Bond Trustee may instruct the CSD to split the Bonds to a lower Principal Amount in order to facilitate redemptions, restructuring of the Bonds or other situations.

 

48 (54)

 

19.3 Equality and conflicts of interest

 

(a) The Bond Trustee shall not make decisions which will give certain Bondholders an unreasonable advantage at the expense of other Bondholders. The Bond Trustee shall, when acting pursuant to the Finance Documents, act with regard only to the interests of the Bondholders and shall not be required to have regard to the interests or to act upon or comply with any direction or request of any other person, other than as explicitly stated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The Bond Trustee may act as agent, trustee, representative and/or security agent for several bond issues relating to the Issuer notwithstanding potential conflicts of interest. The Bond Trustee is entitled to delegate its duties to other professional parties.

 

19.4 Expenses, liability and indemnity

 

(a) The Bond Trustee will not be liable to the Bondholders for damage or loss caused by any action taken or omitted by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct. The Bond Trustee shall not be responsible for any indirect or consequential loss. Irrespective of the foregoing, the Bond Trustee shall have no liability to the Bondholders for damage caused by the Bond Trustee acting in accordance with instructions given by the Bondholders in accordance with these Bond Terms.

 

(b) Any liability for the Bond Trustee for damage or loss is limited to the amount of the Outstanding Bonds. The Bond Trustee is not liable for the content of information provided to the Bondholders by or on behalf of the Issuer or any other person.

 

(c) The Bond Trustee shall not be considered to have acted negligently in:

 

(i) acting in accordance with advice from or opinions of reputable external experts; or

 

(ii) taking, delaying or omitting any action if acting with reasonable care and provided the Bond Trustee considers that such action is in the interests of the Bondholders.

 

(d) The Issuer is liable for, and will indemnify the Bond Trustee fully in respect of, all losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by the Bond Trustee as a result of negligence by the Issuer (including its directors, management, officers, employees and agents) in connection with the performance of the Bond Trustee’s obligations under the Finance Documents, including losses incurred by the Bond Trustee as a result of the Bond Trustee’s actions based on misrepresentations made by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of the Bonds, the entering into or performance under the Finance Documents, and for as long as any amounts are outstanding under or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(e) The Issuer shall cover all costs and expenses incurred by the Bond Trustee in connection with it fulfilling its obligations under the Finance Documents. The Bond Trustee is entitled to fees for its work and to be indemnified for costs, losses and liabilities on the terms set out in the Finance Documents. The Bond Trustee’s obligations under the Finance Documents are conditioned upon the due payment of such fees and indemnifications. The fees of the Bond Trustee will be further set out in the Bond Trustee Agreement.

 

49 (54)

 

(f) The Issuer shall on demand by the Bond Trustee pay all costs incurred for external experts engaged after the occurrence of an Event of Default, or for the purpose of investigating or considering (i) an event or circumstance which the Bond Trustee reasonably believes is or may lead to an Event of Default or (ii) a matter relating to the Issuer or any of the Finance Documents which the Bond Trustee reasonably believes may constitute or lead to a breach of any of the Finance Documents or otherwise be detrimental to the interests of the Bondholders under the Finance Documents.

 

(g) Fees, costs and expenses payable to the Bond Trustee which are not reimbursed in any other way due to an Event of Default, the Issuer being Insolvent, may be covered by making an equal reduction in the proceeds to the Bondholders hereunder of any costs and expenses incurred by the Bond Trustee in connection therewith. The Bond Trustee may withhold funds received from the Issuer or any other person, and to set-off and cover any such costs and expenses from those funds.

 

(h) As a condition to effecting any instruction from the Bondholders (including, but not limited to, instructions set out in Clause 17.3 ( Bondholders’ instructions ) or Clause 18.2 ( Procedure for arranging a Bondholders’ Meeting )), the Bond Trustee may require satisfactory Security, guarantees and/or indemnities for any possible liability and anticipated costs and expenses from those Bondholders who have given that instruction and/or who voted in favour of the decision to instruct the Bond Trustee.

 

19.5 Replacement of the Bond Trustee

 

(a) The Bond Trustee may be replaced according to the procedures set out in Clause 18 ( Bondholders’ Decision ), and the Bondholders may resolve to replace the Bond Trustee without the Issuer’s approval.

 

(b) The Bond Trustee may resign by giving notice to the Issuer and the Bondholders, in which case a successor Bond Trustee shall be elected pursuant to this Clause 19.5 ( Replacement of the Bond Trustee ), initiated by the retiring Bond Trustee.

 

(c) If the Bond Trustee is Insolvent, or otherwise is permanently unable to fulfil its obligations under these Bond Terms, the Bond Trustee shall be deemed to have resigned and a successor Bond Trustee shall be appointed in accordance with this Clause 19.5 ( Replacement of the Bond Trustee ). The Issuer may appoint a temporary Bond Trustee until a new Bond Trustee is elected in accordance with paragraph (a) above.

 

(d) The change of Bond Trustee’s shall only take effect upon execution of all necessary actions to effectively substitute the retiring Bond Trustee, and the retiring Bond Trustee undertakes to co-operate in all reasonable manners without delay to such effect. The retiring Bond Trustee shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents from the change takes effect, but shall remain liable under the Finance Documents in respect of any action which it took or failed to take whilst acting as Bond Trustee. The retiring Bond Trustee remains entitled to any benefits and any unpaid fees or expenses under the Finance Documents before the change has taken place.

 

(e) Upon change of Bond Trustee the Issuer shall co-operate in all reasonable manners without delay to replace the retiring Bond Trustee with the successor Bond Trustee and release the retiring Bond Trustee from any future obligations under the Finance Documents and any other documents.

 

50 (54)

 

20. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

20.1 Procedure for amendments and waivers

 

The Issuer and the Bond Trustee (acting on behalf of the Bondholders) may agree to amend the Finance Documents or waive a past default or anticipated failure to comply with any provision in a Finance Document, provided that:

 

(i) such amendment or waiver is not detrimental to the rights and benefits of the Bondholders in any material respect, or is made solely for the purpose of rectifying obvious errors and mistakes; or

 

(ii) such amendment or waiver is required by applicable law, a court ruling or a decision by a relevant authority; or

 

(iii) such amendment or waiver has been duly approved by the Bondholders in accordance with Clause 18 ( Bondholders’ Decisions ).

 

20.2 Authority with respect to documentation

 

If the Bondholders have resolved the substance of an amendment to any Finance Document, without resolving on the specific or final form of such amendment, the Bond Trustee shall be considered authorised to draft, approve and/or finalise (as applicable) any required documentation or any outstanding matters in such documentation without any further approvals or involvement from the Bondholders being required.

 

20.3 Notification of amendments or waivers

 

The Bond Trustee shall as soon as possible notify the Bondholders of any amendments or waivers made in accordance with this Clause 20 ( Amendments and waivers ), setting out the date from which the amendment or waiver will be effective, unless such notice obviously is unnecessary. The Issuer shall ensure that any amendment to these Bond Terms is duly registered with the CSD.

 

21. MISCELLANEOUS

 

21.1 Limitation of claims

 

All claims under the Finance Documents for payment, including interest and principal, will be subject to the legislation regarding time-bar provisions of the Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

21.2 Access to information

 

(a) These Bond Terms will be made available to the public and copies may be obtained from the Bond Trustee or the Issuer. The Bond Trustee will not have any obligation to distribute any other information to the Bondholders or any other person, and the Bondholders have no right to obtain information from the Bond Trustee, other than as explicitly stated in these Bond Terms or pursuant to statutory provisions of law.

 

(b) In order to carry out its functions and obligations under these Bond Terms, the Bond Trustee will have access to the relevant information regarding ownership of the Bonds, as recorded and regulated with the CSD.

 

51 (54)

 

(c) The information referred to in paragraph (b) above may only be used for the purposes of carrying out their duties and exercising their rights in accordance with the Finance Documents and shall not disclose such information to any Bondholder or third party unless necessary for such purposes.

 

21.3 Notices, contact information

 

Written notices to the Bondholders made by the Bond Trustee or the Issuer will be sent to the Bondholders via the CSD with a copy to the Issuer and the Exchange (if the Bonds are listed). Any such notice or communication will be deemed to be given or made via the CSD, when sent from the CSD.

 

(a) The Issuer’s written notifications to the Bondholders will be sent to the Bondholders via the Bond Trustee or through the CSD with a copy to the Bond Trustee and the Exchange (if the Bonds are listed).

 

(b) Unless otherwise specifically provided, all notices or other communications under or in connection with these Bond Terms between the Bond Trustee and the Issuer will be given or made in writing, by letter, e-mail or fax. Any such notice or communication will be deemed to be given or made as follows:

 

(i) if by letter, when delivered at the address of the relevant party;
     
  (ii) if by e-mail, when received; and
     
  (iii) if by fax, when received.

 

(c) The Issuer and the Bond Trustee shall each ensure that the other party is kept informed of changes in postal address, e-mail address, telephone and fax numbers and contact persons.

 

(d) When determining deadlines set out in these Bond Terms, the following will apply (unless otherwise stated):

 

(i) if the deadline is set out in days, the first day of the relevant period will not be included and the last day of the relevant period will be included;

 

(ii) if the deadline is set out in weeks, months or years, the deadline will end on the day in the last week or the last month which, according to its name or number, corresponds to the first day the deadline is in force. If such day is not a part of an actual month, the deadline will be the last day of such month; and

 

(iii) if a deadline ends on a day which is not a Business Day, the deadline is postponed to the next Business Day.

 

21.4 Defeasance

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below and provided that:

 

(i) An amount sufficient for the payment of principal and interest on the Outstanding Bonds to the Maturity Date, and always subject to paragraph (c) below (the “ Defeasance Amount ”) is credited by the Issuer to an account in a financial institution acceptable to the Bond Trustee (the “ Defeasance Account ”);

 

52 (54)

 

(ii) the Defeasance Account is irrevocably pledged and blocked in favour of the Bond Trustee on such terms as the Bond Trustee shall request (the “ Defeasance Pledge” ); and

 

(iii) the Bond Trustee has received such legal opinions and statements reasonably required by it, including (but not necessarily limited to) with respect to the validity and enforceability of the Defeasance Pledge, then the Issuer will be relieved from its obligations under Clause 15.2 ( Requirements as to Financial Reports ) paragraph (a), Clause 15.3 ( Change of Control Event ), Clause 15.4 ( Information: miscellaneous ) and Clause 16 ( General and financial undertakings ).

 

(b) The Bond Trustee shall be authorised to apply any amount credited to the Defeasance Account towards any amount payable by the Issuer under any Finance Document on the due date for the relevant payment until all obligations of the Issuer and all amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents are repaid and discharged in full.

 

(c) The Bond Trustee may, if the Defeasance Amount cannot be finally and conclusively determined, decide the amount to be deposited to the Defeasance Account in its discretion, applying such buffer amount as it deems required.

 

A defeasance established according to this Clause 21.4 may not be reversed.

 

22. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

22.1 Governing law

 

These Bond Terms are governed by the laws of the Relevant Jurisdiction, without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

 

22.2 Main jurisdiction

 

The Bond Trustee and the Issuer agree for the benefit of the Bond Trustee and the Bondholders that the City Court of the capital of the Relevant Jurisdiction shall have jurisdiction with respect to any dispute arising out of or in connection with these Bond Terms. The Issuer agrees for the benefit of the Bond Trustee and the Bondholders that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with these Bond Terms against the Issuer or any of its assets may be brought in such court.

 

22.3 Alternative jurisdiction

 

Clause 22 ( Governing law and jurisdiction ) is for the exclusive benefit of the Bond Trustee and the Bondholders and the Bond Trustee have the right:

 

(a) to commence proceedings against the Issuer or its assets in any court in any jurisdiction; and

 

(b) to commence such proceedings, including enforcement proceedings, in any competent jurisdiction concurrently.

 

22.4 Service of process

 

(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Issuer:

 

(i) irrevocably appoints Borr Drilling Management AS (company existing under the laws of Norway with registration number 918 125 043) as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings in connection with these Bond Terms; and

 

53 (54)

 

(ii) agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the Issuer of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

(b) If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Issuer must immediately (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Bond Trustee. Failing this, the Bond Trustee may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

-----000-----


54 (54)



Exhibit 10.3
 
PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).


 
DATED 6 th OCTOBER, 2017
 
PPL SHIPYARD PTE LTD
 
and
 
BORR DRILLING LIMITED.
 
MASTER AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 6 th day of October 2017
 
BETWEEN:
 
(1)
PPL SHIPYARD PTE. LTD. , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Singapore and having its registered office at 21 Pandan Road Singapore 609273 (the “ Seller ”); and
 
(2)
BORR DRILLING LIMITED , a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and having its office at Thistle House, 4 Burnaby Street, Hamilton HM11 Bermuda (“ Buyer Parent ”).
 
(Each of the Seller and the Buyer Parent are hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Party ” and, collectively, the “ Parties ”.)
 
WHEREAS:
 
A.
The Parties entered into a Letter of Agreement dated 6 September 2017 in terms of which they agreed the main terms on which the Seller would sell, and the Buyer Parent would nominate wholly-owned subsidiaries (each a “ Buyer ” and together the “ Buyers ”) to acquire, nine (9) Pacific Class® 400 jack-up drilling rigs, listed in Schedule 1 hereto (each a “ Rig ” and together the “ Rigs ”).
 
B.
Six of the Rigs are complete (each a “ Completed Rig ” and together the “ Completed Rigs ”) with one, namely Hull No. 2053, pending issuance of classification certificate and three of the Rigs are under construction (each a “ Construction Rig ” and together the “ Construction Rigs ”).
 
C.
The Parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement to record the terms and conditions on which they and the Buyers will enter into definitive sale and purchase agreements for the Rigs.
 
NOW THEREFORE , it is hereby agreed as follows:
 
1.
DEFINITIONS
 
1.1
For the purpose of this Agreement, terms defined in the Recitals and elsewhere in this Agreement have the meanings set out therein, and the following words and expressions shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:
 
Business Day ” means any day (which is not a Saturday or a Sunday or any public holiday) on which banks are required to be open in London, Oslo, Singapore and New York.
 
Confidential Information ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 11.
 
Construction Agreement ” refers to the rig construction agreement for the construction and delivery in respect of the sale and purchase of each of the Construction Rigs, to be substantially in the form attached hereto.
 
Delivery Date ” means the date for delivery of a rig as set out in the third column of Schedule 1 or such other delivery date as agreed by the Seller, the relevant Buyer and the Buyer Parent in writing in respect of a Rig.
Page 1

Lien ” means any lien, mortgage, trust, encumbrance, pledge, charge, lease, interest, easement, servitude, right of others, transfer or security interest of any kind, including those arising under any securitisation or any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any other right or arrangement with any creditor to have its claim satisfied out of any property or assets with the proceeds therefrom, prior to the general creditors of the owner thereof (whether or not filed, recorded, perfected or effective).
 
Losses ” means any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable disbursements and legal fees) that are imposed upon or incurred by any Person entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement.
 
Original Buyer ” means a person who was party as “buyer” to an Original Contract, either as the initial contracting buyer or buyer substituted by way of nomination or novation.
 
Original Contract ” means a contract for the design, construction and sale of a Rig by the Seller for an Original Buyer.
 
SPA ” refers to the sale and purchase agreement in respect of the sale and purchase of each of the Completed Rigs, to be substantially in the form attached hereto.
 
Tax ” includes (without limitation) all taxes, levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings of any nature whatsoever, as well as any transfer, recording, registration and other fees, in each case in any jurisdiction and together with all penalties, charges and interest relating to any of them or to any failure to file any return required for the purposes of any of them and “ Taxes ” and “ Taxation ” shall be construed accordingly;
 
2.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF AGREEMENT
 
2.1
This Agreement shall come into effect on the date of execution by both Parties but the obligations and rights of the Parties hereunder shall commence on the date on which the following conditions having been met (the “ Effective Date ”):
 

(a)
the Buyer Parent completing, and confirming its satisfaction with, its due diligence review of the Rigs, the Specifications, class and other documentation specified by the Buyer Parent as being subject to due diligence review;
 

(b)
the Buyer Parent confirms to the Seller that the Buyer Parent has raised sufficient new equity;
 

(c)
the board of each of the Parties unconditionally approves this Master Agreement, the SPAs and the Construction Agreements;
 

(d)
this Master Agreement, the SPAs and the Construction Agreements are duly executed by authorised signatories of both Parties and the Buyers.
 
2.2
If the Effective Date does not occur by 23:59 hours in Oslo on 18 October 2017 this Agreement shall automatically terminate on 19 October 2017 (the “ Termination Date ”) and neither Party (nor any Buyer) shall have any obligation or liability to the other except under Clause 11 (Press Release and Confidential Information).
Page 2

3.
BUYERS
 
3.1
The Buyer Parent has incorporated or shall incorporate wholly-owned single purpose Marshall Islands entities to be the Buyers of the Rigs and will nominate one such Buyer for each Rig.
 
3.2
The SPAs and the Construction Agreements shall be executed on or by 10 October 2017, or such later date as mutually agreed by the Parties.
 
3.3
Each of the SPAs and the Construction Agreements shall be standalone agreements independent of any other SPA or Construction Agreement, and shall bind the Seller, the Buyer and the Buyer Parent (to the extent that they are providing the parent guarantee therefor). The Parties’ respective obligations and liabilities in each of the agreement shall be limited to that stated therein, and there shall not be any cross liability or overlap of obligations between the various agreements.
 
4.
PRICE AND PAYMENT TERMS
 
4.1
The total purchase price for the Rigs shall be United States Dollars One Billion Two Hundred and Fifty-Five Million Five Hundred Thousand (US$1,255,500,000), and the price per Rig as set out in Schedule 1 (the “ Rig Purchase Price ”).
 
4.2
A first instalment of the Rig Purchase Price for each Rig in the amount set out in Schedule 1 shall be payable not later than fifteen (15) Business Days from the Effective Date (the “ First Instalment ”).
 
4.3
If a Rig is delivered pursuant to a SPA or Construction Contract, the balance of the Rig Purchase Price for each Rig shall be due by the relevant Buyer when its Rig is delivered and shall be settled by way of an interest-bearing secured seller’s credit in the amount set out in Schedule 1 payable [***] the date falling 60 months from the date that Buyer actually takes delivery of its Rig (the “ Seller’s Credit ”). The terms of the Seller’s Credit are to be set out in each of the SPAs and Construction Contracts.
 
4.4
For the purpose of clarification and avoidance of doubt, in the event the Buyer takes delivery of the Rig later than the Delivery Date, and such delay in taking delivery is not due to any delay on the part of Seller, the accrual of the interest on the Balance Payment shall commence on the Delivery Date. In the event that a Buyer takes delivery earlier than the Delivery Date, the Balance Payment becomes due and interest starts to accrue on the actual delivery date.
 
4.5
Each Buyer shall during the period from the Effective Date up to the date on which the last Rig is delivered under this Agreement, place orders worth not less than US$[***] for equipment and spares for its Rig by executing and issuing purchase order forms to the Seller. Each Buyer shall be liable to make an additional payment of [***]% on the value of such purchase orders as administrative charges. If the total value of a Buyer’s orders within this period is less than US$[***], Buyer shall pay to Seller [***]% of the shortfall. Each Buyer shall make payment on its orders within 30 days from the date of Seller’s Invoice.
Page 3

5.
SECURITY
 
5.1
Each Buyer’s obligation to pay the part of the Seller’s Credit and the back end fee (as provided in Clause 6.1(A) and (B) herein) which they have to pay under the terms of the SPA or Construction Agreement to which they are a party, shall be secured by a parent guarantee from the Buyer Parent.
 
The Seller’s obligation to refund each First Instalment and any and all other amounts in accordance with the terms of the SPA or the Construction Contract shall be secured by a parent guarantee.
 
5.2
Each Buyer’s obligation to repay its Seller’s Credit and each Buyer’s obligation to pay the back end fee (as provided in Clause 6.1(A) and (B) herein) shall be secured by a first priority mortgage over its Rig and a first party assignment of the insurances and requisition compensation of that Rig (each a “ Mortgage ”).
 
5.3
Seller shall have the right to assign its rights to receive repayment of the Seller’s Credit from the Buyer and its rights to receive payment of the back end fee as stated at Clause 6.1(A) and (B) from the Buyer and its rights to, and interests in, the security in its favour as provided in Clause 5 herein to any third party including any financial institution.
 
6.
BACK END FEE
 
6.1
The Parties have agreed that the Seller shall be entitled to a market based back end fee as follows:
 

(A)
In respect of each Rig, a definite fixed sum of United States Dollars [***] Million [***].
 

(B)
Additionally, in respect of each Rig, Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount to reflect the uplift in value of the Rig at the time when Buyer pays to Seller the Seller’s Credit.
 
The amount to reflect the uplift in value of the Rig shall be calculated as follows:
 
An amount equal to 25% of the increase in value of the Rig obtained from the difference between:
 

(1)
the average of 3 independent broker quotes for the value of the Rig at the time of Buyer’s payment of the Seller’s Credit, and
 

(2)
the Rig Purchase Price stated hereinabove.
 
Less
 

(a)
[***]% per annum of the First Instalment amount for the Rig, calculated from the date of delivery of the Rig by the Seller to the Buyer until the date the Buyer pays the Seller the Seller’s Credit; and
 

(b)
an amount equal to the interest accrued and/or paid by Buyer to Seller in respect of the Seller’s Credit.
 
In the event that the average of the 3 independent broker quotes is lower than the Rig Purchase Price, or if the amount to reflect the uplift in value of the Rig as calculated above results in a negative figure, then no amount under this sub-clause (B) will be payable by either Party to the other.
Page 4

The amounts in (A) and (B) above in respect of each Rig shall be payable by Buyer to Seller together with the repayment of the Seller’s Credit.
 
7.
DELIVERY AND TITLE
 
7.1
Delivery of the Rigs shall take place on the Delivery Date set out in Schedule 1 in accordance with the terms of the respective SPAs and Construction Agreements, and shall be subject to the terms set out therein.
 
7.2
Risk and title (free of Liens other than a Mortgage) to a Rig shall pass to the Buyer at the time and place recorded in a protocol of delivery executed by both the Seller and the relevant Buyer on the Delivery Date for that Rig.
 
7.3
Seller has obtained ABS Class Certificate for Rigs 1, 2, 3, 4 & 6 and these Rigs are presently in lay-up mode at Seller’s yard. Buyer accept Rigs 1, 2, 3, 4 & 6 as per the inspection at the signing of this Agreement. Rigs 1, 2, 3, 4 & 6 will be delivered and taken over in substantially the same condition as at the time of inspection at the signing of this Agreement.
 
ABS has issued a Statement of Fact dated 20 October 2016 for Rig 5 confirming that upon completion of remaining minor scope of work, ABS will issue an interim class certificate for the Rig. ABS Statement of Fact is attached hereto as Schedule 2. Buyer shall accept the condition of Rig 5 when the said Rig have been classed by the ABS Certification Society as evidenced by the attainment by Seller of the interim classification certificate.
 
In the period between the date of signing the SPAs and the Delivery Date, the Rigs will be maintained by the Seller in accordance with the Seller’s preservation regime at the time of inspection.
 
Buyer shall accept the condition of Rigs 7 to 9 when the said Rigs have been classed by the ABS Classification Society as evidenced by the attainment by Seller of the interim classification certificate.
 
7.4
In the event Buyer takes delivery of any of the Rigs later than the Delivery Dates as set out in Schedule 1 hereto, and such delay in taking delivery is not due to any delay on the part of Seller, Buyer shall compensate Seller for the additional costs to keep the Rigs at its yard, including but not limited to the costs of preservation, maintenance, storage and insurance for the Rigs.
 
8.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
8.1
The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer on the date hereof in the terms of the representations and warranties set out below:
 

(a)
it is a company duly organised and validly existing under Applicable Law, and has full corporate power and authority to conduct its business as it is presently being conducted and it has all necessary corporate authority and has taken all corporate action necessary to enter into this Agreement, the SPAs and the Construction Contracts and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to perform its obligations hereunder.
 
Page 5


(b)
neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the SPAs or the Construction Contracts (or any of them) by the Seller nor the performance by the Seller of its obligations hereunder will result in (i) a violation of the memorandum or articles of association of the Seller, or (ii) a violation by the Seller of any applicable law;
 

(c)
no consent, approval or authorisation of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any governmental authority, or any other person, is required to be made or obtained by the Seller in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the SPAs or the Construction Contracts (or any of them) and the performance of its obligations hereunder or thereunder; and
 

(d)
each Original Contract has been duly terminated, and no claims have been asserted or threated by any Original Buyer against the Seller or any of the Rigs.
 
8.2
The Buyer Parent hereby represents and warrants to the Seller on the date hereof in the terms of the representations and warranties set out below:
 

(a)
It is a corporation duly organised and validly existing under applicable law and has full corporate power and authority to conduct its business as it is presently being conducted and has all necessary corporate authority and has taken all corporate action necessary to enter into this Agreement, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to perform its obligations hereunder;
 

(b)
neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the SPAs or the Construction Contracts (or any of them) by the Buyer Parent and/or the Buyers nor the performance by the Buyer Parent or a Buyer of its respective obligations hereunder or thereunder will result in (i) a violation of the constitutional documents of the Buyer Parent or any Buyer or (ii) a violation by the Buyer Parent or a Buyer of any applicable law; and
 

(c)
no consent, approval or authorisation of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any governmental authority, or any other person, is required to be made or obtained by the Buyer Parent or a Buyer in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the SPAs or Construction Contracts or the performance of its obligations hereunder or thereunder.
 
9.
INDEMNIFICATION
 
9.1
The Seller irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to hold harmless (on a full indemnity basis) the Buyer Parent and each Buyer and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against any Losses arising from or by reason of or related to any claim by an Original Buyer against a Buyer, the Parent Buyer or any Rig.
Page 6

10.
EXPENSES
 
10.1
Except as is otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, and without prejudice to any claims for damages, each Party shall pay its own costs and expenses in connection with this Agreement, the SPAs and the Construction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby, including (without limitation) all legal fees and disbursements, accounting fees and other expenses and any Taxes thereon or arising in connection therewith.
 
10.2
The Seller shall be liable for all costs relating the registration of the Mortgage.
 
11.
PRESS RELEASE AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
 
11.1
The Parties shall agree the terms of, and timing of, any and all press releases or other announcements of this Agreement and neither Party shall make any public announcement without the prior written consent of the other Party, unless so required by applicable law or the requirements of a securities exchange or government authority.
 
11.2
The Parties shall, and the Buyer Parent shall procure that each Buyer shall, treat as confidential (and as “ Confidential Information ” for the purposes of this Clause 11) all information received or obtained by it as a result of entering into or performing this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein which is not publicly available (or is publicly available only due to a breach of the provisions of this Clause 11 by one of the Parties).
 
Subject to this Clause 11.1, each of the Parties agrees to keep the Confidential Information concerning the other Party and any of their Affiliates in strict confidence and that, without the prior written consent of the other Party, will not disclose or permit any other person access to the Confidential Information except as provided in this Clause 11.1.
 
Each of the Parties and the Buyers may disclose to its permitted contractors and Affiliates any of the Confidential Information that is reasonably necessary for such permitted contractors to perform their duties with respect to the Rigs; provided, however, that they shall first have required their respective contractors to sign a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably suited to implement the purpose of this Clause 11.1.
 
Each Party shall be responsible for causing its permitted contractors and Affiliates to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information, and each Party acknowledges and agrees that use or disclosure thereof by the receiving Party or any Affiliate, agents, representatives, servants, contractors or employees of such receiving Party, other than in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or as otherwise authorised in writing by a senior officer of the disclosing party, constitutes a material breach of the Agreement or, after the Termination Date, of such disclosing Party’s continuing rights. In such event, the applicable receiving Party acknowledges that such disclosing Party may be immediately and irreparably harmed, that money damages may not provide full and appropriate relief, and that, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, such disclosing Party may therefore immediately seek to terminate this Agreement upon written notice, and to obtain an order for appropriate injunctive relief.
Page 7

11.3
Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Clause 11, a Party and a Buyer may disclose Confidential information:
 

(a)
if and to the extent required by applicable law, any securities exchange or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction, whether or not the requirement for information has the force of law, subject to the other Party agreeing to the terms of any such disclosure (to the extent that such agreement is permitted under the terms of such body), such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
 

(b)
to its employees, professional advisers, auditors and banks who have been informed of the confidentiality of the information prior to disclosure, have a legitimate need to know such information and who will themselves be subject to a duty of confidentiality of similar nature and scope to that contained in this Clause 10;
 

(c)
if and to the extent the information has come into the public domain through no fault of a Party or any person for whose conduct it is responsible or was lawfully in the possession of a Party prior to disclosure to it;
 

(d)
which was received by from a third party without obligation of confidentiality (such Party having acted in good faith and having no reasonable ground to believe that the disclosure is in breach of any duty of confidentiality);
 

(e)
if and to the extent the other Party has given prior written consent to the disclosure provided that such consent shall not be withheld or delayed in respect of any disclosure to any person who has entered into a confidentiality undertaking or agreement of similar nature and scope to that contained in this Clause 11,
 
provided that in respect of (b) and (e) only, the Party who makes such disclosure shall remain liable to the other Party for the compliance of such person with the terms of this Clause 11.
 
11.4
The restrictions contained in this Clause shall continue to apply after the termination of this Agreement without limit in time.
 
12.
RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES
 
Subject to the Buyers being able to enforce their rights as contained herein, no term of this Agreement shall be enforceable, by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or otherwise, by any Person who is not a Party to this agreement. The consent of any Buyer shall not be required for the variation or termination of this Agreement, even if that variation or termination affects the benefit conferred on such Buyer.
 
13.
SURVIVAL
 
Termination or expiry of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any provision of this Agreement which (either expressly or impliedly) is intended to survive such termination or expiry (as the case may be), including without limitation Clauses 9-15 (inclusive).
Page 8

14.
COUNTERPARTS
 
14.1
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts but shall not be effective until each of the Parties has executed at least one counterpart.
 
14.2
Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts together constitute one and the same instrument.
 
15.
GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTES
 
15.1
This Agreement and the rights of the Parties shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
 
15.2
If any dispute between Buyer Parent and Seller arises as to any matter arising under or out of or in connection with this Agreement, the Parties shall in the first instance attempt to settle the dispute amicably by reference of the dispute to the senior management of the Parties for negotiation and resolution.
 
15.3
If the dispute remains unresolved within a fourteen (14) days period from the commencement of such negotiation, the Parties shall attempt to settle such dispute by mediation in accordance with the Mediation Procedure of the Singapore Mediation Centre. Neither Party may terminate the mediation until each Party has made its opening presentation and the mediator has met each Party separately. The mediation shall take place in Singapore and the language of the mediation shall be English. If the dispute remains unresolved within a fourteen (14) days period from the commencement of such negotiation, it shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.
 
15.4
The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
 
15.5
The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A Party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other Party requiring the other Party to appoint its own arbitrator within fourteen (14) calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other Party appoints its own and gives notice that it has done so within the fourteen (14) days specified. If the other Party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the fourteen (14) days specified, the Party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other Party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other Party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both Parties as if the sole arbitrator had been appointed by agreement,
 
15.6
In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of United States Dollars One Hundred Thousand (US$100,000) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
 
15.7
Notwithstanding the above, the Parties may agree at any time to refer to mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
Page 9

15.8
The Buyer Parent, the Buyer and the Seller agree they shall each appoint agent in London for the purpose of accepting service of process in any action, arbitration or proceedings brought against it in England and Wales with respect to this Agreement and that any service on such process agent shall be valid service for such purposes. In this regard, each of the Parties shall deliver to the other Party an appointment of process agent duly issued by it in favour of such process agent together with the acknowledgement issued by such process agent addressed to the other Party within fourteen (14) days of the date of this Agreement. Each of the Parties undertakes not to revoke the authority of such agent and if, for any reason, any agent can no longer serve as its agent to receive service of process, another agent will be immediately appointed and the other Party advised accordingly.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.
 
Signed by [***]
for and on behalf of
 
PPL Shipyard Pte Ltd
 
 
 Signature
 
Signed by [***]
for and on behalf of
 
Borr Drilling Limited
 
 
 Signature
Page 10

SCHEDULE 1

The Rigs
 
Purchase Price / First Instalment / Seller’s Credit for each Rig
 
The purchase price for each Rig shall be United States Dollars One Hundred and Thirty-Nine Million Five Hundred Thousand (US$139,500,000).
 
(i)
the sum of United States Dollars Fifty-Five Million and Eight Hundred Thousand (US$55,800,000) as the First Payment; and
 
(ii)
the balance of the purchase price amounting to United States Dollars Eighty-Three Million and Seven Hundred Thousand (US$83,700,000) as the Seller’s Credit.
 
Interest / Admin Fee / Back-End Fee
 
(1)
interest on Seller’s Credit payable by Buyer quarterly as described in Clause 3(b)(i) to (iii) SPA and Clause 3.2(b)(i) to (iii) Construction Contract.
 
(2)
Admin Fee - as described in Clause 4.5 herein and in Clause 3(d) SPA and Clause 3.6 Construction Contract.
 
(3)
Back-End Fee - consisting of definite payment and uplift between valuation and Purchase Price for each Rig as described in Clause 3(c) SPA and Clause 3.5 Construction Contract.
Page 11

Delivery Date for the Rigs
 
The estimated delivery dates for the Rigs are as follows (Rigs 1-6 being completed Rigs to be sold under SPAs and Rigs 7-9 being Rigs under construction to be sold under Construction Contracts):
 
Rig
Hull No.
Delivery Date
1
P2041
15 November 2017
2
P24,3
04 January 2018
3
P2045
23 February 2018
4
P2046
13 April 2018
5
P2053
1 June 2018
6
P2049
23 July 2018
7
P2047
11 September 2018
8
P2048
31 October 2018
9
P2052
30 January 2019
Page 12

FORM OF SPA
Page 13

SUBJECT TO CONTRACT
 
AGREED FORM
 
AGREEMENT FOR SALE AND PURCHASE OF
PACIFIC CLASS 400 JACK-UP DRILLING RIG BEARING HULL NO. P[2053]
 
This Sale and Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into on [ ] October 2017 Between
 
PPL Shipyard Pte Ltd , a company incorporated under the laws of Singapore and having its registered office at 21, Pandan Road, Singapore 604273 (hereinafter called “ Seller ”),
 
And
 
Borr Jack-Up [ ] Inc. , a company incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands and an office at Thistle House, 4 Burnaby Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (hereinafter called “ Buyer ”).
 
Seller and Buyer shall each be known as “ Party ” or collectively be known as “ Parties ”.
 
The Parties agree that this Agreement is entered into pursuant to the Master Agreement (as defined below) and its effectiveness is subject to the conditions set out in Clause 2 of the Master Agreement, and will become effective, in accordance with the Master Agreement, from the Effective Date. Alternatively, this Agreement will be automatically null and void on the Termination Date (as defined in Clause 2.2 of the Master Agreement).
 
Seller has agreed to sell and Buyer has agreed to buy one unit of Pacific Class 400 jack up drilling rig bearing Hull No. [P2053] at Seller’s shipyard in Singapore ( the Rig ) on the following terms and conditions:
 
1.
Definitions
 
“Average LIBOR”, for any quarter after the Delivery Date, shall mean the average of the Monthly LIBOR for the three (3) months of that quarter or in the event of early repayment of the balance of the purchase price of the Rig as stated in Clause 3 by the Buyer, such average, as appropriately adjusted by the Seller.
 
“Back End Fee” shall mean the sum payable by Buyer to Seller as stated in Clause 3(c).

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
1

“Banking Days” are days on which banks are open in London, Oslo, Singapore and in New York City and excluding days which are Saturday, Sunday or public holidays in any of the places listed above.
 
“Buyer’s Parent Company” means Borr Drilling Limited, a company incorporated in Bermuda, who is the parent company of the Buyer.
 
“Classification Society” or “Class” means the American Bureau of Shipping (ABS).
 
“Delivery Date” means [insert date set out in Schedule 1 to the Master Agreement], subject to terms of Clause 14.1.
 
“Effective Date” has the meaning set out in the Master Agreement.
 
“In writing” or “written” means a letter handed over from Seller to Buyer or vice versa, a registered letter, telex, telefax, email or other modern form of written communication.
 
“Master Agreement” means the master agreement dated [ ] October 2017 between the Seller and the Buyer, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 1.
 
“Monthly LIBOR” means the 3-month USD LIBOR as quoted in Bloomberg on the first New York banking day in a calendar month (or in the event the quotation from Bloomberg is not available, then the quotation from any other financial reporting service as the Seller shall determine), with the first Monthly LIBOR being determined as at the first New York banking day of the calendar month when delivery of the Rig takes place. If LIBOR should cease to be available, it shall be replaced by the reference rate which replaces LIBOR in the London interbank market, or such other rate as the Seller and the Buyer shall agree.
 
“Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee” means the parent company guarantee to be provided by the Buyer’s Parent Company substantially in the form attached as Schedule 4 hereto.
 
“Seller’s Parent Company Guarantee” means the parent company guarantee for payment of the First Payment as described in Clause 3 (f) to be issued by the Seller’s Guarantor substantially in the form attached as Schedule 5 hereto.
 
“Seller’s Guarantor” means Sembcorp Marine Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore, who is the parent company of the Seller issuing the Seller’s Parent Company Guarantee.
 
2.
Purchase Price
 
The purchase price for the Rig shall be United States Dollars One hundred and thirty nine million five hundred thousand (US$139,500,000) (the “Purchase Price”).

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
2

3.
Payment
 
(a)
The said Purchase Price shall be paid in full, free of bank charges, to Seller as follows:
 

(i)
the sum of United States Dollars Fifty Five Million Eight Hundred Thousand (US$55,800,000) (“the First Payment ”) not later than fifteen (15) Banking Days from the Effective Date, provided that the Seller’s Parent Company Guarantee has been issued in favour of Buyer; and
 

(ii)
the balance of the Purchase Price amounting to United States Dollars Eighty three Million Seven Hundred Thousand (US$83,700,000) (“the Balance Payment ”) shall be made available as a seller’s credit, payable [***] the date falling sixty (60) months from the actual delivery date of the Rig. No Balance Payment is due if the Rig is not delivered under this Agreement.
 
(b)
If the Rig is delivered under this Agreement, Buyer shall pay interest on the Balance Payment to Seller, quarterly, as follows:
 

(i)
during the period of 36 months after the Delivery Date, at the rate of [***]% above the Average LIBOR up to the day the balance of the Purchase Price is paid to the Seller;
 

(ii)
during the period of 12 months thereafter, at the rate of [***]% above the Average LIBOR up to the day the balance of the Purchase Price is paid to the Seller; and
 

(iii)
during the period of 12 months thereafter, at the rate of [***]% above the Average LIBOR up to the day the balance of the Purchase Price is paid to the Seller.
 
Seller shall invoice the Buyer in writing, for each quarter in respect of the interest payable for that quarter which interest shall be due and payable on the last Banking Day of that quarter. Seller’s invoices in this regard shall be conclusive evidence of such amount of interest to be payable by Buyer, save for manifest error.
 
For the purpose of clarification and avoidance of doubt, the accrual of the interest on the Balance Payment as provided above shall commence on the actual delivery date of the Rig. In the event Buyer takes delivery of the Rig later than the Delivery Date, and such delay in taking delivery is not due to any delay on the part of Seller, the accrual of the interest on the Balance Payment as provided in this Clause 3(b) shall commence on the Delivery Date. In the event that the Buyer takes delivery earlier than the Delivery Date, interest starts to accrue on the Balance Payment from the actual delivery date.
 
(c)
Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount to reflect the uplift in value of the Rig at the time when Buyer pays to Seller the Balance Payment, to be defined and calculated as follows:
 
(A) A definite fixed sum of USD[***]
 
plus

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
3

(B) 25% of the increase in value of the Rig obtained from the difference between:
 

(1)
the average of 3 independent broker quotes for the value of the Rig at the time of Buyer’s payment of the Balance Payment, and

(2)
the Purchase Price.
 
Less
 

(a)
[***]% per annum of the First Payment, calculated from the date of delivery of the Rig by the Seller to the Buyer until the date the Buyer pays the Seller the Balance Payment; and

(b)
an amount equal to the interest accrued and/or paid by Buyer to Seller in respect of the Balance Payment.
 
In the event that the average of the 3 independent broker quotes is lower than the Purchase Price, or if the amount to reflect the uplift in value of the Rig as calculated above results in a negative figure, then no amount in this sub-clause (B) will be payable by the Buyer, and the Seller has no obligation to reimburse the Buyer for the shortfall.
 
(d)
The Buyer shall during the period from the Effective Date up to 30 January 2019 (or such other date on which the last rig is delivered under the Master Agreement) place orders worth not less than US$[***] for equipment and spares for the Rig by executing and issuing purchase order forms to the Seller. The Buyer shall be liable to make an additional payment of [***]% on the value of such purchase orders as administrative charges. If the total value of Buyer’s orders by 30 January 2019 (or such other date on which the last rig is delivered under the Master Agreement) is less than US$[***], Buyer shall pay to Seller [***]% of the shortfall. Buyer shall make payment on its orders within 30 days from the date of Seller’s invoice.
 
(e)
All payments to be effected by Buyer to Seller pursuant to this Agreement shall be remitted to the following bank account of Seller, free and clear of bank charges;
 
[***]
Swift Address: [***]
FED ABA: [***]
For A/C: UOB Singapore
Swift Code: [***]
For Credit of PPL Shipyard Pte Ltd
US$ current A/C No: [***]
 
or to such other bank account as Seller shall notify Buyer in writing from time to time.
 
(f)
Payment by Buyer of the First Payment in accordance with Clause 3(a) (i) is conditional upon Seller providing Buyer with the Seller’s Parent Company Guarantee.
 
(g)
Buyer’s obligation to pay the Balance Payment (and any interest thereon as provided in Clause 3(b) herein) and Buyer’s obligation to pay the Back End Fee shall be secured by the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee from Borr Drilling Limited.
 
Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
4

(h)
Buyer’s obligation to pay the Balance Payment (and any interest thereon as provided in Clause 3(b) herein) and Buyer’s obligation to pay the Back End Fee shall be secured by a first priority mortgage over the Rig and a first party assignment of the insurances and requisition compensation of the Rig.
 
(i)
Seller shall have the right to assign its rights to receive payment of the Balance Payment (and interest thereon) from the Buyer and its rights to receive payment of the Back End Fee from the Buyer and, in connection therewith, its rights to, and interests in the security documents as hereinafter defined at Clause 11.1 and the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee to any third party including any financial institution with prior written consent of the Buyer Parent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).
 
(j)
Buyer shall at its own cost on execution of this Agreement provide Seller with a corporate guarantee (the “Parent Company Guarantee”) from Borr Drilling Limited in respect of the performance of Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement. The Parent Company Guarantee shall be in the form set out in Schedule 4 of this Agreement.
 
4.
Time and Place of Delivery
 
4.1
Time and place for delivery: The Rig shall be delivered and taken over by Buyer at a safe and accessible berth alongside Seller’s shipyard in Singapore on the Delivery Date.
 
4.2
[For 5 completed Rigs] Seller has obtained ABS Class Certificate and these Rigs are presently laid up at Seller’s yard. Buyer accepts the Rig complete with its present documentation and drawings as per the inspection at the signing of this Agreement. Buyer shall bear the cost and time impact of any changes required by Buyer. The Rig will be delivered and taken over in substantially the same condition as at the time of inspection at the signing of this Agreement, fair wear and tear excepted.
 
[For P2053] The Rig is substantially completed and is presently laid up at Seller’s yard. Most of the remaining minor scope of work requires the Buyer’s information. Buyer shall provide the requisite information as set out in Schedule 2 within 14 days from the date of this Agreement. Buyer accepts the Rig complete with its present documentation and drawings as per the inspection at the signing of this Agreement except for the remaining minor scope of work which Seller will complete upon receiving Buyer’s requisite information. Buyer shall bear the cost and time impact of any changes required by Buyer. The Rig will be delivered and taken over in substantially the same condition as at the time of inspection at the signing of this Agreement, fair wear and tear excepted.
 
In the period between the date of signing this Agreement and the Delivery Date, the Rig will be maintained by the Seller in accordance with the Seller’s preservation regime at the time of inspection.

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
5

4.3
In the event Buyer takes delivery of the Rig later than the Delivery Date, and such delay in taking delivery is not due to any delay on the part of Seller, Buyer shall compensate Seller for the additional costs to keep the Rig at Seller’s yard, including but not limited to the costs of preservation, maintenance, storage and insurance for the Rig.
 
4.4
Should the Rig become an actual, constructive or compromised total loss before delivery, the First Payment shall be refunded by Seller, together with interest thereon at the same rate stated in Clause 3(b)(i) (i.e. US$ LIBOR plus [***]% p.a.) to Buyer and this Agreement shall be terminated and neither Party hereto shall have any claims against the other Party pursuant to, or in connection with, this Agreement other than the Seller’s obligation to refund the First Payment.
 
5.
Equipment/Spares/Bunkers and other items
 
5.1
Seller shall deliver the Rig to Buyer with the equipment as specified in the specifications for the Rig. Spares are not included in this sale. Items on board which are on hire or owned by third parties (if any) are also excluded from the sale.
 
5.2
An inventory of unused lubricating oil, grease, fuel oil or other liquids, supplied by Seller and left on board at delivery of the Rig shall be purchased and paid for by Buyer. Buyer will take over the remaining bunkers and unused lubricating oils in storage tanks and unbroached drums and pay the current market price for the quantities taken over. Payment under this Clause 5 shall be made by Buyer to Seller at the time of delivery of the Rig in the same currency as the Purchase Price.
 
6.
Warranty
 
6.1
Seller does not provide warranty for the Rig but the Buyer shall be assigned the benefit of warranties from suppliers [of equipment purchased pursuant to Clause 3(d) and all other supplier warranties] which have not expired on delivery of the Rig and Buyer shall seek its remedies or enforce its rights against the suppliers in the event of a warranty claim in respect of such warranties which have been assigned to it at its sole cost and expense.
 
7.
Closing/Delivery
 
7.1
The place for dosing of delivery for the Rig shall be at Seller’s office in Singapore.
 
7.2
Buyer shall take delivery of the Rig on the Delivery Date unless this Agreement is terminated by Buyer due to an Event of Default by Seller under Clause 14.
 
7.3
Buyer shall be responsible for registration and documentation of the Rig in the name of Buyer in the Panama Register of Shipping and all expenses incurred with respect thereto shall be paid and be solely for the account of Buyer. In this regard, as soon as practicable after receipt of the First Payment, Seller shall forward, by email or fax, copies of the Builder’s Certificate of the Rig duly notarised, the Class Attestation or Classification Certificate of the Rig and the Tonnage Attestation or Tonnage Certificate of the Rig (collectively “the Provisional Registration Documents”) to enable Buyer to provisionally register the Rig in their name in the Panama Register of Shipping. Buyer shall forward a copy of the provisional certificate of Panamanian Registry of the Rig issued in their name to Seller not later than seven (7) days from the date of receipt by Buyer of the Provisional Registration Documents from Seller.
 
Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
6

7.4
At the time of delivery, Buyer and Seller shall sign and deliver to each other a Protocol of Delivery confirming the date and time of delivery of the Rig from Seller to Buyer.
 
7.5
The Rig is presently built to the requirements of the [Panama / Port Klang Malaysia /Singapore] flag registry. Seller will inform Class of Buyer’s intent to register the Rig under the Panamanian ship registry if it decides to change the flag of the Rig [Port Kiang Malaysia or Singapore only]. In the event that there is any work required to be carried out on the Rig to comply with the requirements of the Panamanian ship registry, such work shall be treated as variation order, and any cost and time impact on Delivery Date shall be borne by Buyer.
 
8.
Documentation
 
8.1
Seller shall deliver the following documents to Buyer at closing on the Delivery Date, to the extent not already delivered pursuant to Clause 7.3:
 

(a)
executed and notarized Bill of Sale for the Rig recordable in Panama and stating that the Rig is free and clear of all liens, security, interests, claims and encumbrances, duly notarised.
 

(b)
executed and notarized Builder’s Certificate, duly notarised.
 

(c)
the classification certificate and the tonnage certificate of the Rig.
 

(d)
Declaration of Warranty of Seller that the Rig and any equipment forming part of the Rig is delivered to Buyer free and clear of all Liens, claims, retention of title arrangements or other encumbrances, and in particular that the Rig is absolutely free of all burdens in the nature of imposts, taxes or charges imposed by local Singapore authorities, as well as, of all liabilities of Seller to its subcontractors, employees, crew and others and of all liabilities arising from the operation of the Rig during trial tests and commission or otherwise prior to Closing.
 

(e)
a commercial invoice for the Balance Payment signed by a director, officer or other person authorised to represent Seller.

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
7


(f)
a commercial invoice for the First Payment marked “Paid” signed by a director, officer or other person authorised to represent Seller.
 

(g)
extract of resolutions of the board of directors of Seller, certified as a true copy by the Company Secretary or a Director of Seller, approving and ratifying the entry into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and appointing a designated person under the said resolutions to sign the Bill of Sale, Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance and the other Seller’s delivery documents (as defined in Clause 11) and to deliver the Rig from Seller, such copy bearing a certificate signed by a director or officer of Seller as to the completeness and validity of the resolution(s).
 

(h)
Drawings, plans and manuals pertaining to the Rig as stipulated in the specifications for the Rig.
 

(i)
Protocol of Trials of the Rig made pursuant to the specifications for the Rig, if applicable.
 

(j)
Protocol of Inventory and Equipment of the Rig, as detailed in the specifications for the Rig.
 

(k)
Protocol of Stores of Consumable Nature, such as fuel oil, lubricating oil and greases, fresh water etc. which are on board and payable by Buyer to Seller.
 

(l)
all certificates, including but not limited to classification certificates, and other documents required to be furnished on delivery pursuant to this Agreement.

In the event that any required certificates are not available at the time of delivery, Buyer shall accept interim certificates provided that Seller, at its cost and expense, provides Buyer with final certificates as promptly as possible.
 

(m)
Certificate of Non-Registration issued by Seller confirming that the Rig is not, on the Delivery Date, registered in any registry or other record Delivery Date.
 

(n)
any other documents reasonably required by Buyer for the purpose of registering the Vessel in Panama, but only to the extent that such document(s) is/are within Seller’s power and control to provide.
 
8.2
Buyer shall deliver the following documents to Seller at closing or the Delivery Date.
 

(a)
A Certificate of Incumbency for Buyer listing the current directors and officers of Buyer signed by a director or other person authorised to represent Buyer under power of attorney.
 

(b)
A certified copy of a resolution of all the members of the board of directors of Buyer, approving the terms of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein and appointing a designated person under power of attorney to sign the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance, the other Buyer’s delivery documents and the Security Documents (as hereinafter defined) and to accept delivery of the Rig from Seller, such copy bearing a certificate signed by a director or officer of Buyer as to the completeness and validity of the resolution(s).
 
Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
8


(c)
an original Power of Attorney of Buyer authorising Buyer’s appointed representative(s) to execute all necessary documents and take all necessary action in order to purchase and complete the purchase and take delivery of the Rig and execute the Security Documents (as hereinafter defined), duly notarised.
 

(d)
the Acceptance of Sale of the Rig, in the requisite Panamanian format, duly notarised.
 
[For Malaysian and Singapore flag rig: Borr has the option to retain Malaysian and/or Singapore flag and all references to Panama will be construed accordingly]
 
8.3
The Parties will deliver each to the other draft copies of their delivery documentation not later than twenty-one (21) days prior to the anticipated date of delivery for each Party to review the other Party’s documents.
 
9.
Encumbrances
 
9.1
Seller warrants that the Rig, at the time of delivery, is free and clear of all liens, security, interests, claims and encumbrances.
 
9.2
Seller hereby undertakes to indemnify Buyer against any claim made against the Rig which have been incurred prior to the time of delivery.
 
10.
Taxes, Fees and Expenses
 
10.1
Any taxes, fees and expenses imposed on Buyer in connection with the purchase and registration of the Rig in Buyer’s nominated flag state shall be for Buyer’s account.
 
10.2
Any taxes, fees and expenses imposed on Seller in connection with this Agreement in relation to the construction and the sale of the Rig prior to Delivery, including tax on wages and salaries and corporate tax, shall be for Seller’s account.
 
10.3
The Seller confirms that there is no GST or similar sales tax or duty payable on the Purchase Price or otherwise in connection with the sale of the Rig.

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
9

11.
Title and Risk/Security
 
11.1
The title to the Rig will be transferred by Seller to Buyer as at the date and time of delivery of the Rig stated in the Protocol of Delivery mentioned in Clause 7.4.
 
As security for the due fulfilment of their obligations to the Seller pursuant to this Agreement, Buyer shall, forthwith upon delivery of the Rig to it pursuant to this Agreement, execute a first preferred Panamanian naval mortgage of the Rig (in such number of sets as required by the Seller) (the “ Mortgage ”) together with any accompanying registration form, as required by the Panama Register of Shipping, and a deed of assignment of the insurances and requisition compensation of the Rig in favour of Seller (collectively “the Security Documents ”). Seller shall, at Buyer’s cost, cause the title to the Rig and the Mortgage (together with any accompanying registration form as required by the Panama Register of Shipping) to be registered with the Panama Register of Shipping.
 
Concurrently with the execution of the Security Documents, Buyer shall deliver to Seller the original hull and machinery, increased value and excess disbursements (if any) and war risks (if any) insurance policies of the Rig, together with a copy of the P&I Certificate of Insurance or Certificate of Entry of the Rig and such other documents as Seller shall reasonably require. Buyer shall also notify Seller of the name and contact details of the Rig’s insurance brokers forthwith upon Seller’s request.
 
11.2
Risk for loss and damage in the Rig shall vest with Seller until delivery and shall pass to Buyer on delivery.
 
11.3
Seller shall be entitled to exercise a lien on the Rig until the Mortgage in favour of Seller on the Rig has been registered with the Panama Register of Shipping.
 
12.
Buyer’s Representative
 
There will be no Buyer’s representative permanently placed on board the Rig in the period between the Effective Date and the Delivery Date, provided however that in the event that at any time after the Effective Date and prior to the Delivery Date, Buyer and its clients need to board the Rig for its clients’ visit, Buyer shall obtain Seller’s written consent, and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and Seller shall accompany Buyer for the visit on the Rig.
 
13.
Buyer’s Default and Termination
 
13.1
The following shall constitute events of default of Buyer under this Agreement:
 

(a)
Should the First Payment not be paid in accordance with Clause 3(a)(i), Seller shall have the right to cancel this Agreement in its sole discretion on notice to Buyer, such cancellation notice having immediate effectiveness, and neither Party shall have any further obligation to the other Party except for obligations under this Agreement that survive termination.
 
Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
10


(b)
If, after the Delivery Date, Buyer fails to pay the Balance Payment as stated in Clause 3(a)(ii), or fails to pay the quarterly interest on the Balance Payment as stated in Clause 3(b), or fails to pay the Back End Fee as stated in Clause 3(c), or if after the Delivery Date, Buyer or Buyer Parent is voluntarily or involuntarily made a part of any receivership, liquidation or bankruptcy proceedings or Buyer or Buyer Parent becomes insolvent or otherwise unable to meet all or part of its financial or other obligations under this Agreement, or if an event of default occurs under the terms of any of the Security Documents; or
 

(c)
If, in the reasonable opinion of the Seller, any of the securities granted to the Seller under the terms of the Security Documents are in jeopardy and notice thereof has been given to the Buyer, or
 

(d)
If, after the Delivery Date, anything is done or omitted to be done by the Buyer’s Parent Company which in the reasonable opinion of the Seller, materially impairs or renders insufficient or inadequate the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee; or
 

(e)
If, after the Delivery Date, there should occur any event or change or series of events which in the reasonable opinion of Seller, would have a material or adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Buyer or the Buyer’s Parent Company or a material or adverse effect on the ability of the Buyer’s Parent Company to perform its obligations under the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee.
 

(f)
If, after the Delivery Date, any indebtedness of an amount more than [***]% of the Buyer’s Parent Company’s tangible net worth, is not paid when due, or is or is declared to be or is capable of being declared due and payable before its normal maturity,
 
Seller shall have the remedies as specified in the Security Documents. In this regard, in the event there is a shortfall in the proceeds of any judicial or mortgagee’s sale of the Rig, Seller shall have the right to claim the balance of the indebtedness due to them pursuant to this Agreement from Buyer. In the event Seller realises a surplus from any mortgagee’s sale of the Rig, Seller shall be entitled to retain such surplus. For the purpose of clarification and avoidance of doubt, in such an event, Seller shall also have the right to appropriate and forfeit the First Payment and any interest already paid by Buyer pursuant to Clause 3(b) (i)-(iii), and the Parties acknowledge that the appropriation and forfeiture of the First Payment and any interest already paid by Buyer pursuant to Clause 3(b) (i)-(iii) by Seller is a reasonable and agreed pre-estimate of the Seller’s loss and not a penalty, and that this is a reasonable allocation of risks between the Parties and that the Purchase Price is established on these terms.

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
11


(g)
If Seller tenders the Rig for delivery in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Buyer fails to take delivery of the Rig within twenty one (21) days of the Delivery Date; or
 

(h)
If prior to the Delivery Date, Buyer or Buyer Parent is voluntarily or involuntarily made a part of any receivership, liquidation or bankruptcy proceedings and such proceedings are not discharged within thirty (30) days or Buyer or Buyer Parent becomes insolvent or otherwise unable to meet all or part of its financial or other obligations under this Agreement and such proceedings are not discharged within thirty (30) days; or
 

(i)
In the event Buyer fails to comply with its obligations under Clause 7.3 and fails to rectify such non-compliance within fourteen (14) days of the Seller’s written notice to Buyer to do so; or
 
[For P2053: (h) In the event Buyer fails to comply with its obligations under Clause 7.3 or Clause 4.2, and fails to rectify such non-compliance within fourteen (14) of the Seller’s written notice to Buyer to do so;]
 

(j)
If, before the Delivery Date, there should occur any event or change or series of events which in the reasonable opinion of Seller, would have a material or adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Buyer or the Buyer’s Parent Company or a material or adverse effect on the ability of the Buyer’s Parent Company to perform its obligations under the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee; or
 

(k)
If, before the Delivery Date, any indebtedness of an amount more than [***]% of the Buyer’s Parent Company’s tangible net worth, is not paid when due, or is or is declared to be or is capable of being declared due and payable before its normal maturity,
 
Seller shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and appropriate and forfeit the First Payment and retain the Rig, and the Parties acknowledge that the appropriation and forfeiture of the First Payment by Seller is a reasonable and agreed pre-estimate of the Seller’s loss and not a penalty, and that this is a reasonable allocation of risks between the Parties and that the Purchase Price is established on these terms.
 
14.
Seller’s Default and Termination
 
14.1
Should Seller fail to be ready to validly complete a legal transfer of the Rig by the Delivery Date, the Buyer shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement, save that in the event the Rig is damaged due to any reason whatsoever prior to the Delivery Date and written notice thereof has been given to Buyer, Buyer shall only be entitled to cancel this Agreement in the event Seller is unable to rectify the damage and deliver the Rig to Buyer in such conditions as required under this Agreement, within 210 days of the event causing the damage. If this 210 days rectification period extends beyond the Delivery Date, the Buyer shall not be entitled to terminate for late delivery until such rectification period has expired. This rectification provision does not apply in the events as described in Clause 4.4. In the event that Buyer elects to cancel this Agreement, the First Payment together with interest thereon at the same rate stated in Clause 3(b)(i) (i.e. US$ LIBOR plus [***]% p.a.) from the date of payment by the Buyer, shall be immediately refunded by Seller to Buyer without the need for further demand or process. When the refund with interest is paid in full, Seller shall have no further liability to Buyer, pursuant to, or in connection with, this Agreement.
 
Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
12

14.2
Without prejudice to the condition for payment of the First Payment as set out in Clause 3(a)(i), if Seller fails to provide the Seller’s Parent Company Guarantee within 10 days of the date of this Agreement, the Buyer shall have the right to cancel this Agreement in its sole discretion on notice to Seller, such cancellation notice having immediate effectiveness and neither Party shall have any further obligation to the other Party.
 
14.3
If, prior to the delivery of the Rig, Seller or the Seller’s Guarantor is voluntarily or involuntarily made a part of any receivership, liquidation or bankruptcy proceedings and provided such proceedings are not discharged within thirty (30) days or Seller or the Seller’s Guarantor becomes insolvent or otherwise unable to meet all or part of its financial or other obligations under this Agreement, Buyer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and the First Payment, together with interest thereon at the rate set out in Clause 3 (b)(i) (i.e. US$ LIBOR plus [***]% p.a.) calculated from the date of payment by the Buyer shall be refunded to Buyer immediately.
 
14.4
The Seller irrevocably agrees that if, following a demand by the Buyer for repayment under this Clause 14, Seller or Seller’s Guarantor does not make immediate refund to Buyer, Buyer shall be entitled to serve notice exercising its right to pay the Balance Payment and the Back End Fee and take delivery of the Rig under this Agreement.
 
15.
Consequential Loss / Liability
 
15.1
Save for Seller’s liability under Clause 9.2 (Encumbrances) above and except for a breach of Clause 16, neither Buyer nor Seller shall be liable to the other under this Agreement (including under any indemnity save as aforesaid) for any of the following (whether direct, indirect or consequential): loss of use of the Rig, loss of time, loss of production, loss of business, loss of contracts, loss of charter hire, loss of opportunity, loss of goodwill or reputation, loss of profits or earnings or anticipated revenue, financing costs, losses or claims resulting from failure to meet any contractual commitments or deadlines and downtime of facilities or equipment or any other property, or for any financial or economic loss, nor shall either Buyer or Seller be liable to the other under this Agreement (including under any indemnity save as aforesaid), for any incidental, indirect, consequential, exemplary, special or punitive losses or damages of any kind whatsoever, howsoever the same may have been caused or arisen whether by way of indemnity or by reason of any breach of warranty, breach of contract, negligence, tort, strict liability, statutory duty or by reason of anything under common law, equity or otherwise, and whether or not foreseeable as at the date of this Agreement.
 
Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
13

15.2
With the exception of Seller’s liability under Clause 9.2 (Encumbrances) above, Seller’s maximum liability to Buyer arising out of or in connection with this Agreement for any loss or damage including but not limited to: costs, claims or expenses, howsoever they may have been caused or arisen, whether arising under common law, contract, negligence, tort, equity, strict liability, statute or otherwise shall be limited in the aggregate to [***] percent ([***]%) of the Purchase Price. Buyer agrees to release Seller, its officers and servants, from and against any liability in excess thereof. For pollution related issues after delivery of the Rig, Buyer shall indemnify and hold Seller harmless, provided however that in the event where within twelve (12) months after the delivery of the Rig, if such pollution issues are caused by Seller’s negligence in the design or construction of the Rig, Seller shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless for an amount up to United States Dollars One Million (US$1,000,000) only. Seller and Buyer agree that this provision is a reasonable allocation of risks between the Parties and that the Purchase Price is established on these terms.
 
16.
Compliance with Laws
 
16.1
Each of Buyer and Seller warrants and undertakes to the other that:
 

(a)
while acting in connection with this Agreement, it will not violate or assist or instigate any other individual or legal entity to violate, any applicable law, including without limitation the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 and the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or any other anti-bribery, anti-corruption anti-terrorism or money laundering law or regulation to which they are subject;
 

(b)
all of their respective officers, employees, consultants, representatives, agents, business partners, joint-ventures and affiliates who are engaged in implementing this Agreement shall:
 

(i)
be knowledgeable regarding the purpose and provisions of all applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-terrorism or money laundering laws;
 

(ii)
comply with applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption, money laundering or anti-terrorism laws; and
 

(iii)
not take, or will refrain from taking, any action which would cause either Buyer or Seller to be in violation of the terms of applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.
 
16.2
Buyer warrants and undertakes to Seller that:
 

(a)
the execution, delivery, and performance of the transaction contemplated under this Agreement shall be in compliance with all applicable laws including, without limitation, all applicable Export and Import Laws (as defined below).

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
14

 

(b)
Buyer is unconditionally responsible for complying with such laws;
 

(c)
neither Buyer nor any of its affiliates, or successor in interest, nor any client/operator or its affiliates, is or will be a person, company, or entity:
 

(i)
with whom Seller is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any law related to the proliferation of nuclear, missile, or chemical/biological weapons, or missiles that deliver such weapons;
 

(ii)
with whom Seller is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any law related to transactions involving countries against which any government of the United Kingdom (“UK”) or the United States of America (“US”), the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”), the European Union or other international organization maintains economic sanctions or embargoes under statute, executive order or regulations;
 

(iii)
appearing on any applicable list of prohibited parties maintained by any of the governments referred to above; or
 

(iv)
acting or purporting to act, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, or an entity owned or controlled by, any party identified in paragraph 14.2(c) above.
 

(d)
it shall not export the Rig and/or any related equipment (including without limitation, any accompanying technology, software or other technical data) directly or indirectly without the necessary authorizations, licenses, permits or approvals from the UK, US or other relevant government authority as required by the relevant Export and Import Laws except that, in the case of any such applicable trade restrictions outside the UK and US laws, only to the extent consistent with such UK or US laws.
 
All laws and regulations that govern the restrictions and prohibitions referenced in paragraphs 16.2(c) and (d) shall be referred to as Export and Import Laws.
 
16.3
Seller shall abide by and comply with all valid laws and regulations of Singapore. Seller will avoid or refrain from doing anything under this Agreement which may be an actual or possible breach of any sanctions, prohibition or requirement imposed by the laws, regulations, resolutions, or administrative orders of the United States of America, United Nations, European Union or any other jurisdiction applicable to any of Seller’s obligations under this Agreement. Where Seller is so prevented from performing any work or obligation under this Agreement, Seller shall have no liability to Buyer for its inability to perform this work or obligation and Seller shall be entitled to deliver the Rig to Buyer without the relevant work or obligation being performed, subject to an appropriate price adjustment. In the case where such prevention occurs after delivery of the Rig, Seller shall be entitled to avoid performing the affected post-delivery work or obligation, if any.
 
Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
15

16.4
Should any governmental law, regulation, ruling and/or policy (including but not limited to import/export restrictions, exchange controls or requirements) effectively prohibit or restrict Seller from receiving payment under this Agreement, then Seller shall promptly notify Buyer of any such restriction or prohibition and the Parties shall discuss to find a mutually acceptable solution.
 
16.5
Where Seller is prevented from performing its obligations under this Agreement by any actions or causes attributable to Buyer, and such prevention continues for more than fourteen (14) days without being resolved, then this Agreement may at Seller’s option be terminated. In the event of such termination, the provisions of Clause 13 shall apply.
 
17.
Miscellaneous
 
17.1
This Agreement and all information exchange between Seller and Buyer, including all prices and any information such as documents, design, drawings, specifications, instructions, manuals, computer programs relating to the design and construction of the Rig which are provided by Seller to Buyer or which may otherwise be acquired by Buyer, regardless of whether they are Seller’s proprietary information, shall not be disclosed to any third party (except as may be required by applicable law, stock exchange, or regulatory authorities) without the prior authorization of Seller. Buyer shall be responsible for keeping confidential all such information, and shall not permit any such information to be shown, reproduced or otherwise disclosed to any third party by itself, its subcontractors or their respective personnel.
 
17.2
Where a provision in this Agreement for any reason becomes unenforceable or invalid, the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Where severance of a non-enforceable provision in the opinion of either Party materially affects the other rights or obligations under the Agreement, the Parties shall endeavour to remedy the situation to their mutual satisfaction.
 
17.3
The Parties have entered into this Agreement freely, willingly, and on equal commercial basis, having had the opportunity to fully consider the contents of the Agreement. It is hereby agreed that no terms or conditions herein shall be construed against a Party simply by reason that the Party had proffered a particular term or condition.
 
17.4
Save as set forth in this Agreement, a person who is not a Party to this Agreement has no right whatsoever to enforce any term of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the application of any statutes which may confer rights on third parties is expressly excluded.
 
17.5
Neither Party may transfer, assign or novate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the other Party which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
 
Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
16

17.6
This Agreement maybe signed on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be treated as an original, but both counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document. Signatures on scanned copy of this Agreement may be exchanged by email, with signatures on the original documents to follow. Each Party agrees to be bound by its own signature on scanned copy of this Agreement and each Party accepts the same of the other Party.
 
17.7
The Parties shall continue to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement that reasonably require some action or forbearance after termination.
 
17.8
This Agreement contains the entire contract and understanding between the Parties hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, understandings and agreements on any subject matter of this Agreement.
 
17.9
Any amendment or modification to the terms of this Agreement shall be of no force or effect unless the same has been reduced to writing and signed by the duly authorized signatories of the Parties. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Parties undertake not to rely on any such amendment or modification unless the same has been made in the manner aforesaid.
 
18.
Notices
 
18.1
All notices and communications required to be given hereunder shall be in the English language and be served by delivering the same by courier or in person to such other Party, or by email with a transmission report evidencing the successful transmission of the same.
 
18.2
Such notices and communications shall be addressed to the respective Party’s authorized representative below.
 
18.3
Notice so given shall be effective if and when (as the case may be) it arrives by courier at the specified address or is delivered in person at the specified address, or is successfully transmitted (as evidenced by a transmission report) by email regardless of the time when it is first personally received or seen by, or otherwise comes to the attention of, the relevant Party, or its authorized representatives.

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
17

Any and all notices and communications in connection with the Agreement shall be addressed as follows:
 
Buyer
BORR JACK-UP [
] INC.
c/o Quorum Services Limited, Thistle House, 4 Burnaby Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda

Telephone:
Email: [***]
Attention: [***], (Chief Operating Officer)
 
Seller
PPL SHIPYARD PTE LTD
21, Pandan Road
Singapore 609273
Telephone No: [***]
Telefax No:          [***]
Email: [***]
Attention: [***]
 
19.
Confidentiality
 
19.1
Except with the consent of both Parties, neither Party shall (whilst ensuring that its affiliates, directors, employees, agents and advisers shall not) disclose the existence of or any of the provisions of this Agreement and the documents attached to it to any third party and shall safeguard, hold in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any third party or use for the purposes of its own business any information, data, documents and materials which it acquires in connection with this Agreement and all matters related to it (“Confidential Information”) except, as may be required by law or by any relevant national or supranational regulatory authority or by the rules of any relevant stock exchange.
 
19.2
Each of the Parties shall however be entitled to disclose the Confidential Information to that Party’s professional, financial advisers, potential investors, equipment vendors and specialist consultants who are required to know the same to carry out their duties including raising funds for the Party in question provided that such Party shall procure that such professional and financial advisers, etc, shall enter into a confidentiality agreement in the same terms as this clause in favour of Seller and/or Buyer (as the case may be).
 
20.
Dispute Resolution
 
20.1
This Agreement shall be governed and construed by and in accordance with English law.
 
20.2
If any dispute between Buyer and Seller arises as to any matter arising under or out of or in connection with this Agreement, the Parties shall in the first instance attempt to settle the dispute amicably by reference of the dispute to the senior management of the Parties for negotiation and resolution.
 
20.3
If the dispute remains unresolved within a fourteen (14) days period from the commencement of such negotiation, it shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.
 
Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
18

20.4
The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
 
20.5
The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A Party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other Party requiring the other Party to appoint its own arbitrator within fourteen (14) calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other Party appoints its own and gives notice that it has done so within the fourteen (14) days specified. If the other Party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the fourteen (14) days specified, the Party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other Party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other Party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both Parties as if the sole arbitrator had been appointed by agreement.
 
20.6
In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$100,000 the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
 
20.7
Notwithstanding the above, the Parties may agree at any time to refer to mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
 
21.
Default Interest
 
If Buyer shall fail to make payment within three (3) Banking Days of the due date of any sum of whatsoever nature payable by Buyer under this Agreement, Buyer shall be liable to pay default interest on such outstanding payment at the rate of [***]% above the interest rate then applicable to the Balance Payment as stated in Clause 3 (b).
 
22.
Assignment
 
Seller shall have the right to assign the payments to be made by Buyer to Seller in respect of the Balance Payment and interest thereon and Clause 3.2 (e) to any party or entity whatsoever. Save as stated, neither of the Parties shall have the right to assign this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other Party.

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
19

23.
Expenses/Activation Charges
 
(a)
In the event that Buyer does not remove the Rig from Seller’s shipyard within fourteen (14) days after delivery, Buyer shall be liable to pay the Seller costs and expenses incurred by Seller as a consequence of such non-removal including but not limited to preservation, maintenance, storage and insurance costs. The Parties will enter into an agreement to specifically regulate this.
 
(b)
All activation charges for the Rig shall be for Buyer’s account.
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have hereunto executed this Agreement in two duplicate originals.
 
Signed by
)
for and on behalf of
)
PPL Shipyard Pte Ltd
)
in the presence of;-
)

Signed by
)
for and on behalf of
)
Borr Jack-Up [ ] Inc.
)
in the presence of.-
)

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
20

EXHIBIT I
COPY OF MASTER AGREEMENT

Sale and Purchase Agreement – Hull Number P[2053]
21

FORM OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Page14

SUBJECT TO CONTRACT
 
Dated this ______ day of October 2017
 
AGREED FORM OF
 
RIG CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
(Pacific Class ® 400 jack up drilling rig)
 
Between
 
BORR JACK-UP [ ] INC.
(as “Buyer”)
 
and
 
PPL SHIPYARD PTE LTD
(as “Builder”)
 
PPL HULL NO. P[2047]

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 1 of 51

RIG CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
 
This agreement for the construction, sale and purchase of a rig (the “Contract”) is made this ___________ day of October 2017
 
BETWEEN
 
BORR JACK-UP [ ] INC. incorporated in Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Thistle House, 4 Burnaby Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (hereinafter called “Buyer”).
 
AND
 
PPL SHIPYARD PTE LTD , a Singapore corporation, with its registered office situated at 21, Pandan Road, Singapore 609273 (hereinafter called “Builder”).
 
WHEREAS
 
A.
Builder is willing to design, build, launch, equip, complete, commission, deliver and sell to Buyer at Builder’s shipyard a PPL Pacific Class Ò 400 jack-up drilling unit (the “Rig”) as hereinafter described; and
 
B.
Buyer desires to purchase from Builder the Rig, take delivery and pay for it;
 
all in accordance with the terms hereinafter set forth.
 
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 2 of 51

DEFINITIONS

In this Contract the following words shall have the meanings set out herein below:-
 
“Article or Articles” means the articles herein
 
“Average LIBOR”, for any quarter after the Contract Delivery Date, shall mean the   average of the Monthly LIBOR for the three (3) months of that quarter or in the event of early repayment of the balance of the purchase price of the Rig as stated in Article 3.2 by the Buyer, such average, as appropriately adjusted by the Builder.
 
“Back End Fee” shall mean the sum payable by Buyer to Builder as stated in Clause 3(c).
 
““Banking Days” are days on which banks are open in London, Singapore, Oslo and in New York City and excluding days which are Saturday, Sunday or public holidays in any of the places listed above.
 
“BFE” means any item, equipment, stores or services ordered directly by Builder from the manufacturer or supplier, which shall not be supplied and/or paid for by Buyer in accordance with the terms of the Contract.
 
“Builder” means PPL SHIPYARD PTE LTD and inclusive of its servants and employee
 
“Builder’s Guarantor” means Sembcorp Marine Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore, who is the parent company of the Builder issuing the Builder’s Parent Company Guarantee.
 
“Builder’s Parent Company Guarantee” means the parent company guarantee for payment of the First Payment as described in Clause 3.8 to be issued by the Builder’s Guarantor substantially in the form attached as Schedule 2 hereto.

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 3 of 51

“Builder’s Representative” means the authorized representative appointed by Builder to act on its behalf pursuant to Article 9.6.
 
“Buyer” means Borr Jack-Up [         ] Inc. and inclusive of its servants and employees.
 
“Buyer’s Parent Company” means Borr Drilling Limited, a company incorporated in Bermuda, who is the parent company of the Buyer.
 
“Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee” means the parent company guarantee to be provided by the Buyer’s Parent Company substantially in the form attached as Schedule 3 hereto.
 
“Buyer’s Representative” means the authorized representative appointed by Buyer pursuant to Article 9.1
 
“Classification Society” or “Class” means the American Bureau of Shipping.
 
“Contract” means the agreement of the parties set out in the Articles herein with its Annexure including Specifications and Drawings, and any amendments thereto.
 
“Contract Delivery Date” means [11 September 2018][31 October 2018][30 January 2019].
 
“Delivery and Acceptance” means the physical delivery of the Rig from the Builder to Buyer.
 
“Delivery Date” means the Contract Delivery Date, as adjusted for Permissible Delay.

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 4 of 51

“Effective Date” means the date when all the conditions under Article 28.2 are met.
 
“Force Majeure” means the contingencies or circumstances described in Article 7.1.
 
“Master Agreement” means an agreement dated [       ] October 2017 between the Builder and the Buyer, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 1
 
“Monthly LIBOR” means the 3-month USD LIBOR as quoted in Bloomberg on the first New York banking day in a calendar month (or in the event the quotation from Bloomberg is not available, then the quotation from any other financial reporting service as the Builder shall determine), with the first Monthly LIBOR being determined as at the first New York banking day of the calendar month when delivery of the Rig takes place. If LIBOR should cease to be available, it shall be replaced by the reference rate which replaces LIBOR in the London interbank market, or such other rate as the Builder and the Buyer shall agree.
 
“OEM” means original equipment manufacturers or vendors who supply any component or equipment forming part of the Rig.
 
“OFE” means the equipment or materials furnished and delivered to Builder’s shipyard by Buyer for Builder to incorporate into the Rig and includes any equipment or materials ordered by the Builder on behalf of the Buyer pursuant to Clause 4.5 of the Master Agreement.
 
“Permissible Delay” means all delays inclusive of Force Majeure Delay, causing delay in the delivery of the Rig which according to the terms of the Contract permit postponement of the Delivery Date.
 
“Purchase Price” means the price stated in Article 3.1 and as adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Contract.

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 5 of 51

“Rig” means the Pacific Class Ò 400 jack-up drilling rig described in the Specifications.
 
“Regulatory Bodies” means the relevant authority imposing rules and regulations with which the construction and delivery of the Rig must comply, which shall include the authorities of the State Flag together with other authorities set out in the Specifications.
 
“Specifications” means the ______________ dated _________ in Annex A and the following:
 
“State Flag” means the State referred to in Article 6.5.
 
“Subcontractor” means any person (not being a servant or employee of the Builder) or company, with whom Builder has entered into contract for the design, construction, manufacture or supply of any item, equipment, work or service for the Rig.
 
“Termination Notice” means the notice given by Builder pursuant to Article 24.2.
 
“Variation” means any change, additions, deletions, alterations, substitution to the Works, or deviation from the Specifications.
 
“Variation Order” means the agreement in writing executed by Buyer and Builder approving a Variation, in the form set out in Annex C as described in Article XIII (Variations).
 
“Warranty Period” means the period of twelve (12) months after the Delivery and Acceptance of the Rig.
 
“Works” shall have the meaning set out in Article 2.1

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 6 of 51

ARTICLE 1

SUBJECT OF THE CONTRACT
 
1.1
Builder agrees for the consideration and on the terms and conditions herein set forth, to design, construct, launch, equip, test and deliver in a good and workmanlike manner one (1) unit of Offshore Jack-up Drilling Rig (hereinafter called “Rig”) and bearing Builder’s Hull number of [P2047] for Buyer at one of the two Builder’s shipyards in Singapore, The Rig is to be constructed in conformity with the Contract and in accordance with the Specifications. The Rig is currently under construction and major equipment have been purchased.
 
1.2
Builder represents and warrants that it is duly authorized with all applicable licences and authorizations from any applicable governmental authority as may be required to design, engineer, build, launch, equip, complete, deliver and sell the Rig and perform in accordance with the Contract. The Builder shall be solely responsible for all aspects of the design and engineering required to build, launch, equip, complete and commission the Rig in accordance with the Contract.
 
1.3
At the time of delivery the Rig shall comply in all respects with its description in the Contract.

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 7 of 51

ARTICLE 2

DELIVERY FREE FROM CLAIMS AND LIENS/BUYER’S OBLIGATIONS
 
2.1
Builder agrees to perform all work necessary to design, construct, launch, equip, test, complete and commission and deliver and sell the Rig, in accordance with this Contract, and to deliver the Rig to Buyer free and clear of all liens, security, interests, claims and encumbrances (except for any liens or encumbrances on OFE provided by Buyer) afloat alongside Builder’s shipyard in Singapore, all of which are herein sometimes referred to generally as the “Works”.
 
2.2
Buyer shall be responsible for registration and documentation of the Rig in the name of Buyer at the Panama Register of Shipping and all expenses incurred with respect thereto shall be paid and be solely for the account of Buyer. In this regard, as soon as practicable after receipt of the First Payment, Builder shall forward copies of the Builder’s Certificate of the Rig duly notarised, the Class Attestation or Classification Certificate of the Rig and the Tonnage Attestation or Tonnage Certificate of the Rig (collectively “the Provisional Registration Documents”) to enable Buyer to provisionally register the Rig in their name at the Panama Register of Shipping. Buyer shall forward a copy of the provisional certificate of Panamanian registry of the Rig issued in their name to Builder not later than seven (7) days from the date of receipt by Buyer of the Provisional Registration Documents from Builder.
 
2.3
The Rig is presently built to the requirements of the Panama flag registry. Builder will inform Class of Buyer’s intent to register the Rig under the Panamanian ship registry. In the event that there is any work required to be carried out on the Rig to comply with the requirements of the Panamanian ship registry, such work shall be treated as variation order, and any cost and time impact on Contract Delivery Date shall be borne by Buyer.
 
2.4
Buyer shall within thirty (30) days after written request from the Builder, provide the complete information/documents listed in Schedule 1 hereto to Builder

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 8 of 51

ARTICLE 3

PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT
 
3.1
In full payment for the Rig and as Builder’s compensation for designing, constructing, launching, equipping, testing, completing, commissioning, delivering and selling the Rig and in the performance of the Works, Buyer agrees to pay Builder a total consideration of United States Dollars One hundred and thirty-nine million five hundred thousand only (US$139,500,000 (hereinafter referred to as the “Purchase Price”) provided however that the Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 (Variations) and this Article 3 (Purchase Price and Payment).
 
3.2
The Purchase Price, shall be paid in full, free of bank charges, to Builder as follows:
 

(a)
the sum of United States Dollars Fifty Five Million Eight Hundred Thousand( US$55,800,000) (“the First Payment”) not later than not later than fifteen (15) Banking Days from the Effective Date provided that the Builder’s Parent Company Guarantee has been issued by the Builder’s Guarantor in favour of the Buyer; and
 

(b)
the balance of the Purchase Price amounting to United States Dollars Eighty three Million Seven Hundred Thousand] (US$83,700,000 (the “Balance Payment”) shall be made available as a seller’s credit, payable [***] the date falling 60 months from the date that Buyer actually takes delivery of the Rig. No balance of the Purchase Price is due if the Rig is not delivered under this Contract.
 
If the Rig is delivered under this Contract, Buyer shall pay interest on the Balance Payment to Builder, quarterly, as follows:-
 

(i)
during the period of 36 months after the Contract Delivery Date, at the rate of [***]% above the Average LIBOR up to the day the balance of the Purchase Price is paid to the Builder;
 

(ii)
during the period of 12 months thereafter, at the rate of [***]% above the Average LIBOR up to the day the balance of the Purchase Price is paid to the Builder; and
 

(iii)
during the period of 12 months thereafter, at the rate of [***]% above the Average LIBOR up to the day the balance of the Purchase Price is paid to the Builder.
 
Builder shall invoice the Buyer in writing, for each quarter in respect of the interest payable for that quarter which interest shall be due and payable on the last Banking Day of that quarter. Builder’s invoices in this regard shall be conclusive evidence of such amount of Interest to be payable by Buyer, save for manifest error.

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 9 of 51

For the purpose of clarification and avoidance of doubt, the accrual of the interest on the Balance Payment as provided above shall commence on the date on which the Rig is actually delivered to the Buyer. In the event Buyer takes delivery of the Rig later than the Contract Delivery Date, and such delay in taking delivery is not due to any delay on the part of Builder, the accrual of the interest on the Balance Payment as provided in this Clause shall commence on the Contract Delivery Date. In the event that the Buyer takes delivery earlier than the Delivery Date, the Balance Payment becomes due and interest starts to accrue on the Balance Payment from the actual delivery date.
 
3.3
Buyer shall fail to make payment within 7 Business Days of the due date of any sum of whatsoever nature payable by Buyer under this Contract, Buyer shall be liable to pay default interest on such outstanding payment at the rate of [***]% above the interest rate then applicable to the Balance Payment as stated in Article 3.2 hereinabove,
 
3.4
If the Builder fails to keep the Builders Parent Company Guarantee in force until delivery and acceptance of the Rig, the Builder shall be in breach of a condition of the Contract and the Buyer shall be entitled to terminate the Contract, in which event the First Payment together with interest at the rate of [***]% above the Average LIBOR calculated from the date of payment to the date of refund and all amounts paid by Buyer to Builder in respect of Variations as well as the cost of any OFE paid by Buyer (unless the OFE is delivered to Buyer) shall be immediately refunded and, until refunded in full are due as a debt by Builder to Buyer.
 
3.5
Buyer shall pay to Builder an amount to reflect the uplift in value of the Rig at the time when Buyer pays to Builder the Balance Payment, to be defined and calculated as follows:
 
(A)            A definite fixed sum of USD[***];
 
plus
 
(B)           25% of the increase in value of the Rig obtained from the difference between:
 

(1)
the average of 3 independent broker quotes for the value of the Rig at the time of Buyer’s payment of the Balance Payment, and
 

(2)
the Purchase Price.
 
Less


(a)
[***]% per annum of the First Payment, calculated from the date of delivery of the Rig by the Builder to the Buyer until the date the Buyer pays the Builder the Balance Payment; and
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 10 of 51


(b)
an amount equal to the interest accrued and/or paid by Buyer to Builder in respect of the Balance Payment.
 
In the event that the average of the 3 independent broker quotes is lower than the Purchase Price, or If the amount to reflect the uplift in value of the Rig as calculated above results in a negative figure, then no amount in this sub-clause (B) will be payable by the Buyer, and the Builder has no obligation to reimburse the Buyer for the shortfall.
 
3.6
The Buyer shall during the period from the Effective Date up to 30 January 2019 (or such other date on which the last rig is delivered under the Master Agreement) place orders worth not less than US$[***] for equipment and spares for the Rig by executing and issuing purchase order forms to the Builder. The Buyer shall be liable to make an additional payment of [***]% on the value of such purchase orders as administrative charges. If the total value of Buyer’s orders by 30 January 2019 (or such other date on which the last rig is delivered under the Master Agreement) is less than US$[***], Buyer shall pay to Builder [***]% of the shortfall. Buyer shall make payment on its orders within 30 days from the date of Builder’s invoice.
 
3.7
All payments to be effected by Buyer to Builder pursuant to this Agreement shall be remitted to the following bank account of Builder, free and clear of bank charges;
 
[***]
Swift Address: [***]
FED ABA: [***]
For A/C: UOB Singapore
Swift Code: [***]
For Credit of PPL Shipyard Pte Ltd
US$ current A/C No: [***]
 
or to such other bank account as Builder shall notify Buyer in writing from time to time.
 
3.8
Payment by Buyer of the First Payment is conditional upon Builder providing Buyer with the Builder’s Parent Company Guarantee.
 
3.9
Buyer’s obligation to pay the Balance Payment (and any interest thereon) and Buyer’s obligation to pay the Back End Fee shall be secured by the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee from the Buyer’s Parent Company.
 
3.10
Buyer’s obligation to pay the Balance Payment (and any interest thereon) and Buyer’s obligation to pay the Back End Fee shall be secured by a first priority mortgage over the Rig and a first party assignment of the insurances and requisition compensation of the Rig.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 11 of 51

3.11
Builder shall have the right to assign its rights to receive repayment of the Balance Payment (and interest thereon) from the Buyer and its rights to receive payment of the Back End Fee from the Buyer, and in connection therewith, its rights to, and interests in the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee and the security documents as hereinafter defined in Article 6.8 to any third party including any financial institution with prior written consent of Buyer’s Parent Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
 
3.12
Buyer shall at its own cost on execution of this Contract provide Builder the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee from the Buyer’s Parent Company in respect of the performance of Buyer’s obligations under this Contract.

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 12 of 51

ARTICLE 4

CHANGE IN LAWS, RULES OR REGULATIONS
 
4.1
It is recognized that should any changes in any international or governmental laws, Regulatory Bodies, Class, rules or regulations be made subsequent to the date Builder made its request for class (“RFC Date”) for the Rig that make it necessary to modify the Specifications and/or detailed construction drawings for the Rig, such modifications shall be treated as a variation pursuant to Article 10 (Variations).
 
4.2
Builder shall notify Buyer of any applicable changes including the extension of time required, if any, to carry out such changes contemplated under this Article. Such changes shall be accepted by Buyer prior to implementation. In the event that Buyer does not accept such changes including the responsibility to pay Builder for the additional costs and/or the need to grant additional time to Builder as required pursuant to Article 10 (Variations), and such changes are required for the construction of the Rig in terms of its certification and compliance to this Contract, Builder shall not proceed with the Variation and be relieved and absolved from any responsibility and the consequences arising there from shall be solely with Buyer

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 13 of 51

ARTICLE 5

PROPERTY/TOTAL LOSS
 
5.1
The Rig including all materials purchased and/or delivered to Builder’s shipyard or incorporated in the Rig shall at all times until Delivery and Acceptance of the Rig be the property of Builder. OFE shall become the property of Builder when it is installed or incorporated in the Rig.
 
Risk for loss or damage to the Rig shall remain with Builder until Delivery and Acceptance of the Rig pursuant to Article 6 (Delivery).
 
Title to and risk for loss or damage to the Rig shall pass to the Buyer upon Delivery and Acceptance thereof by Buyer.
 
5.2
Should the Rig become an actual, constructive or compromised total loss before delivery, the First Payment together with interest at the rate of [***]% above the Average LIBOR calculated from the date of payment to the date of refund and all amounts paid by Buyer to Builder in respect of Variations as well as the cost of any OFE paid by Buyer (unless the OFE is delivered to Buyer) shall be refunded by Builder to Buyer and this Contract shall be terminated and neither Party hereto shall have any claims against the other Party pursuant to, or in connection with, this Contract other than accrued claims.
 
5.3
Prior to the commencement of the Works and until the Delivery of the Rig, Builder shall, at its cost and expense, carry and maintain insurance policies with reputable insurance companies for the types of insurance described below:
 

(a)
Work Injury Compensation Insurance and Employers Liability Insurance in accordance with Singapore law
 

(b)
General Third Party Liability Insurance for death, bodily Injury or property damage.
 

(c)
Construction Risks Insurance in an amount equal to the Purchase Price for loss or damage to the Rig and all machinery, materials and equipment forming part of or intended to be incorporated into the Rig from the time they are delivered to the Builder’s yard.
 
5.4
The Construction Risks Insurance shall (1) be taken out in the name of Builder as the principal assured and include Buyer as an additional or other assured; (2) provide that it will not be cancelled or its coverage reduced except upon twenty (20) days prior written notice to Buyer; and (3) contain waiver of subrogation provisions pursuant to which the insurer waives rights of subrogation against Builder and Buyer

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 14 of 51

ARTICLE 6

DELIVERY
 
6.1
The Rig shall be delivered by Builder and accepted by Buyer in accordance with this Article 6 (Delivery). Before Buyer accepts delivery of the Rig, the Rig shall have been classed by the Classification Society (as evidenced by the attainment by Builder of an interim classification certificate).
 
6.2
Delivery of the Rig shall be on the Delivery Date.
 
6.3
The Rig shall be ready for delivery when Builder has secured the interim classification certificate.
 
6.4
To effect Delivery and Acceptance by Builder and Buyer of the Rig, Builder and Buyer shall perform the following:
 

(a)
Buyer shall provide to Builder a power of attorney (acceptable to Builder) authorizing a person or persons to accept delivery of the Rig for and on behalf of Buyer together with the Acceptance of Sale of the Rig, in the requisite Panamanian format, duly notarised [In Singapore].
 

(b)
Builder shall concurrently release the original Bill of Sale duly notarised, and the Builder’s Certificate duly notarised, to Buyer.
 

(c)
Upon Delivery and Acceptance of the Rig, Builder shall deliver to Buyer the documents listed in Annex F.
 
Builder shall deliver to Buyer the Rig afloat, at Builder’s shipyard.
 
6.5
Builder shall provide, deliver and pay for all certificates necessary for the approval of the Rig, as further set out in the Contract, together with all documents reasonably required by Buyer for the registration of the Rig in Panama (Flag State).
 
6.6
If original certificates are not obtainable at the time of delivery of the Rig, Builder shall furnish Buyer with provisional or interim certificates, and as soon as practicable after delivery, Builder shall submit the original certificates to Buyer.
 
6.7
Buyer shall take possession of the Rig immediately upon Delivery and Acceptance thereof, and shall remove the Rig from the premises of Builder within fourteen (14) days after the Delivery and Acceptance as aforesaid. If Buyer does not remove the Rig within the said period, Buyer shall thereafter pay the Builder costs and expenses Incurred by Builder as a consequence of such non-removal including but not limited to preservation, maintenance, storage and Insurance costs.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 15 of 51

6.8
As security for the due fulfilment of the Buyer’s obligations to pay the Balance Payment to the Builder pursuant to this Contract, Buyer shall, forthwith upon delivery of the Rig to it pursuant to this Contract, execute a first preferred Panamanian naval mortgage of the Rig (in such number of sets as required by the Builder) together with any accompanying registration form or memorandum of particulars as required by the Panama Register of Shipping and a deed of assignment of the insurances and requisition compensation of the Rig in favour of Builder (collectively “the Security Documents”). Builder shall, at Buyer’s cost, cause the title to the Rig and the said first priority naval mortgage of the Rig (together with any accompanying registration form or memorandum of particulars (Evidence of Authority) as required by the Panama Register of Shipping) to be registered with the Panama Register of Shipping.
 
Concurrently with the execution of the Security Documents, Buyer shall deliver to Builder the original hull and machinery, increased value and excess disbursements (if any) and war risks (if any) insurance policies of the Rig, together with a copy of the P&I Certificate of Insurance or Certificate of Entry of the Rig and such other documents as Builder shall reasonably require. Buyer shall also notify Builder of the name and contact details of the Rig’s insurance brokers forthwith upon Builder’s request.
 
6.9
In the event the Rig is damaged due to any reason whatsoever prior to the Delivery Date and written notice thereof has been given to Buyer, Buyer shall only be entitled to cancel this Contract in the event Builder is unable to rectify the damage and deliver the Rig to Buyer in such conditions as required under this Contract within 210 days of the event causing the damage. Builder has 210 days to rectify the damage. If this period extends beyond the Delivery Date, the Buyer shall not be entitled to terminate for late delivery until such period has expired. This clause does not apply in the events where the Rig becomes an actual, constructive or compromised total loss before delivery.
 
6.10
In the event Buyer takes delivery of the Rig later than the Delivery Date, and such delay in taking delivery is not due to any delay on the part of Seller, Buyer shall compensate Seller for the additional costs to keep the Rig at Seller’s yard, including but not limited to the costs of preservation, maintenance, storage and insurance for the Rig.

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 16 of 51

ARTICLE 7

FORCE MAJEURE AND PERMISSIBLE DELAYS
 
7.1
If, at any time before the delivery and acceptance of the Rig, either the construction of the Rig or any performance required under the provisions of this Contract and the Specifications as a prerequisite of delivery of the Rig is delayed due to war, blockade, revolution, insurrections, civil commotions, riots, strikes, sabotage, terrorism, lockouts, plague or other epidemics, quarantines, prolonged failure, shortage or restriction of electric current, or import/export embargoes, fires, accidents or stop work orders imposed by any government; or due to acts of God including, but not limited to, earthquakes, tidal waves, or typhoons (except in the case of each of the foregoing if they are weather conditions which are normal occurrences for the time of year and can reasonably be expected); or by damage or destruction of the shipyard or Works of Builder or its Subcontractors or of the Rig, or any part thereof, by fire, flood, or other causes beyond the control of Builder or its Subcontractors; or by delay in the delivery of machinery, equipment or materials provided they shall have been ordered in time by Builder, or any and all occurrences and/or causes not within the control of Builder or its Subcontractors that delay or hinder the performance of Builder and which Builder, by the exercise of due diligence would not have been able to avoid or overcome, each of such contingencies shall be considered an event of Force Majeure as used in this Contract, and in the event of delays due to the happening of any of the aforementioned contingencies, the Delivery Date shall be extended by the number of days corresponding to the net delay In delivery caused thereby. It is agreed, however, that Builder shall make all reasonable efforts to minimize the delays caused by Force Majeure.
 
7.2
Delays on account of such causes as specified in Article 7.1 or by reason of a breach or an act of prevention by Buyer, or any other delay of a nature which under the terms of this Contract {including but not limited to Articles 4 (Change in Laws, Rules or Regulations), 7 (Force Majeure and Permissible Delays), 10 (Variations), and 25 (Compliance with Laws)} permits postponement of the Delivery Date shall constitute Permissible Delays and shall extend the Delivery Date for any net delay caused thereby.
 
7.3
All other delays shall be considered as non-permissible and unauthorized delays.
 
7.4
Within twenty one (21) days after the date of occurrence of any cause of delay, on account of which Builder claims that it is entitled under this Contract to a postponement of the Delivery Date, Builder shall notify Buyer in writing of the date such cause of delay occurred and the reasons therefore. Likewise, within twenty one (21) days after the date of ending of such cause of delay, Builder shall notify Buyer of the date such cause of delay ended. Builder shall also notify Buyer of the maximum time period by which the time of delivery is postponed by reason of such cause of delay, with all reasonable dispatch and with reasonable evidence to justify the delay, after such cause of delay has ended. Buyer shall upon receipt of any such notification from Builder provide its comments and reasons for objection if any, within twenty one (21) days, and if no such comments or reasons for objection are received by Builder, Buyer shall be deemed to have accepted Builder’s claim for postponement of the Delivery Date.
Page 17 of 51

2.      Failure of Buyer to object to Builder’s claim for postponement of the Delivery Date within twenty one (21) days after receipt by Buyer of such notice of claim shall be deemed to be a waiver by Buyer of its right to object to such postponement of the Delivery Date. Failure by the Builder to notify the Buyer in accordance with this Article 7.2 shall bar the Builder from claiming any extension on the basis of Force Majeure.
 
7.5
Buyer shall not be entitled to use any of the Force Majeure events to delay or avoid its obligation to pay moneys due to Builder under this Contract.

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 18 of 51

ARTICLE 8

DAMAGES FOR DELAYS
 
8.1
Builder agrees to prosecute the Works diligently in an expeditious and workmanlike manner. Builder agrees that subject to the provisions of this Contract (including but not limited to Articles 4 (Change in Laws, Rules and Regulations), 7 (Force Majeure and Permissible Delays), and 10 (Variations)), or by reason of any default in performance or any act of prevention or breach of this Contract by Buyer, it shall make delivery of the Rig on the Delivery Date.
 
8.2
in the event that Buyer has a charter for the Rig and if the delivery of the Rig is delayed beyond the Delivery Date, then Builder shall pay to Buyer as liquidated and agreed damages, the amount of United States Dollars Twenty Thousand Dollars (US$20,000.00) per day for each and every day the delivery of the Rig is so delayed more than sixty (60) days (grace period) beyond the said Delivery Date, subject to a maximum of United States Dollars: Two Million Only (US$2,000,000.00). Such liquidated damages shall be Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy for delay in the delivery of the Rig and shall be in lieu of all losses or damages, which Buyer may suffer or incur by reason of such delay, it being further understood and agreed that, except where expressly provided in this Contract or where due to willful misconduct on the part of the Builder’s senior management, Builder shall not be responsible or liable to Buyer or any third party for any direct, indirect and/or consequential loss or damages (including but not limited to loss of use of the Rig, loss of time, loss of production, loss of profit or earnings, financing costs, loss of other contracts etc.), occasioned by delay in the delivery of the Rig, except for such aforementioned liquidated damages.
 
8.3
Deficiency in variable Loads:
 
Pursuant to the Specifications, the Jacking Variable Load shall be 2,268 metric tons (“MT”), the Drilling Variable Load shall be 3,401 MT, and the Floating Variable Load shall be 2,268 MT. The Jacking Variable Load, the Drilling Variable Load, and the Floating Variable Load are hereafter also referred jointly or separately as the “Variable Loads”.
 
If either one or more of the Variable Loads are not achieved, the Purchase Price may, subject to the decision of Buyer and as an alternative to Buyer requiring the deficiency to be remedied, be reduced as follows:
 

(a)
For each full MT reduction in the Floating Variable Load of more than 100MT but maximum 200MT, a reduction of the Purchase Price with US$15,000 per MT of reduced capacity after giving an allowance to Builder of 100MT,
 

(b)
For each full MT reduction in the Jacking Variable Load of more than 100MT but maximum 200MT, a reduction of the Purchase Price with US$15,000 per MT of reduced capacity after giving an allowance to Builder of 100MT.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 19 of 51


(c)
For each full MT reduction in the Drilling Variable Load of more than 100MT but maximum 200MT, a reduction of the Purchase Price with US$15,000 per MT of reduced capacity after giving an allowance to Builder of 100MT.
 

(d)
The reductions pursuant to (a) to (c) above are not mutually exclusive. The total reduction of the Purchase Price pursuant to this Article shall in any event not exceed US$2,250,000.
 
Every and all downward adjustments of the Purchase Price provided in this Article shall be made by Builder by way of a set off against the balance of the Purchase Price due to Builder on delivery of the Rig.

Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 20 of 51

ARTICLE 9

BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE AND BUILDER’S REPRESENTATIVE
 
9.1
Within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date as described in Article 28 (Effective Date of Contract), Buyer shall appoint and notify Builder in writing the name of Buyer’s Representative. Buyer may from time to time appoint some other person as Buyer’s Representative in place of the person previously so appointed and shall give notice in writing of the name of such other person to Builder without delay. Such appointment shall be made at such a time and in such a manner as to mitigate as far as possible any adverse effect on the progress of the Works. Such appointment shall only take effect upon receipt of such notice in writing by Builder.
 
9.2
Buyer’s Representative shall represent and act for Buyer at all times during the currency of this Contract. All notices, instructions, orders, approvals and all other communications under the Contract shall be given by Buyer’s Representative, except as herein otherwise provided. All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by Builder to Buyer under the Contract shall be given to Buyer’s Representative, except as herein otherwise provided.
 
9.3
Buyer may send to and maintain at Builder’s shipyard, at its own cost and expense, one or more representatives, but only one of whom shall be duly authorized in writing by Buyer to Builder to be Buyer’s Representative to act on behalf of Buyer
 
9.4
Buyer undertakes that         it shall ensure that the Buyer’s Representative and its other representatives carry out their duties in accordance with standard rig building practice and in such a way as to avoid any unnecessary increase in building cost, delay to the construction and delivery of the Rig, and/or disturbance to the construction schedule of Builder.
 
9.5
At all times during the construction of the Rig, Builder shall:
 

(a)
afford the Buyer’s Representative full access to Builder’s shipyard and shall use its best efforts to secure access to the shipyards of its subcontractors, to view the progress of the construction;
 

(b)
provide Buyer’s Representative with separate air-conditioned working office space complete with desks; furniture; cupboards; meeting rooms; common photocopy machine; telephone; facsimile machine; at no extra cost in Builder’s shipyard, as provided in the Specifications (the costs for usage of telephone and facsimile shall be paid by Buyer); and
 

(c)
cooperate with Buyer’s Representative so as to keep him informed as to the progress of the Works.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)
Page 21 of 51

9.6
Within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date as described in Article 28 (Effective Date of Contract), Builder shall appoint Builder’s Representative. Builder may from time to time appoint some other person as Builder’s Representative in place of the person previously so appointed and shall give notice in writing of the name of such other person to Buyer without delay. Such appointment shall be made at such a time and in such a manner as to mitigate as far as possible any adverse effect on the progress of the Works. Such appointment shall only take effect upon receipt of such notice in writing by Buyer.

9.7
Builder’s Representative shall represent and act for Builder at all times during the currency of this Contract and shall give to Buyer all Builder’s notices, Information and all other communications under the Contract. All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by Buyer to Builder under the Contract shall be given to Builder’s Representative, except as herein otherwise provided. No failure by the Buyer or the Buyer’s Representative to discover or notify a non-conformity shall relieve the Builder of any of its obligations under this Contract nor entitle the Builder to any compensation or postponement of the Delivery Date.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 22 of 51

ARTICLE 10

VARIATIONS
 
10.1
All Works shall be performed in accordance with the Contract, except as it may be modified in the Specifications to reflect the changes as herein provided.
 
Without invalidating this Contract, Buyer may request in writing Variations by altering, adding to or deducting from the Works to be performed by Builder hereunder as it is delineated in the Specifications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is, however, agreed that no change or variation shall be made or allowed to the following:
 

(a)
general dimension of the Rig as described in Section 1.02 (General Description) of the Specifications; and
 

(b)
items in Section 3.0 (Design and Performance Data) of the Specifications.
 
Builder may also propose in writing to Buyer any modification to the Specifications, which in Builder’s opinion will improve the quality, efficiency, functionality, and design of the Rig, or the bringing forward of the Delivery Date. Buyer may at its discretion approve or reject Builder’s proposed modifications, and if approved by Buyer, Buyer shall request Builder in writing to proceed with Variation as aforementioned and pursuant to this Article.
 
10.2
Upon receiving a written request for Variation from Buyer. if the Variation so requested can be reasonably undertaken having regard to the stage of construction of the Rig, Builder’s and its subcontractors’ work schedule, and Builder’s other commitments at the shipyard, then Builder will advise Buyer in writing within twenty one (21) working days a quotation of the change in the Purchase Price and/or Delivery Date (if any) as a result of alterations and adjustments required to the Specifications. In particular, after launching of the Rig, Builder has a right in its sole discretion to reject a Variation requested by Buyer which would substantially affect Builder’s work schedule and/or Builder’s other commitments at the shipyard.
 
10.3
Builder may at any time raise a Variation request to Buyer in writing to issue a Variation Order when comments, remarks, amendments or instructions which Buyer may require Builder to carry out, which in Builder’s opinion constitute a Variation, detailing with supporting documents, the change in the Purchase Price and/or Delivery Date, and reasons for Builder considering such comments, remarks, amendments or instructions amounting to Variations.
 
10.4
if any Variation, modification or revision is compulsory for the Rig and its Class, either party shall, upon receipt of such information from the Classification Society or such other Regulatory Bodies, promptly notify the other party in writing, and Builder shall thereupon incorporate such alterations or changes into the Works, subject to the execution of a Variation Order. Any changes required by the Classification Society or regulatory bodies following revisions to the requirements of the Classification Society or Regulatory Bodies which occur after the RFC Date shall be for Buyer’s account.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 23 of 51

10.5
If such amendments, modifications or revisions are not compulsory for the Rig or its classification, but Buyer desires to incorporate such amendments, modifications or revisions into the Specifications or the Works, then Buyer shall notify Builder and Builder shall proceed to perform such amendments, modifications, or revisions, subject to the execution of a Variation Order addressing appropriate adjustments (if any) to the Purchase Price, Delivery Date (based on the principles set out in Article 10.2) and/or any other provisions of this Contract. The costs and expenses incurred by Builder for such amendments, modifications or revisions shall be for Buyer’s account.
 
10.6
For all Variation, the adjustment to the Purchase Price and time for delivery shall be as follows:
 

(a)
based on a fair and reasonable agreed lump sum price and time extension to the Delivery Date, if any; or
 

(b)
based on the Schedule of Rates (Annex B) and an agreed time extension to the Delivery Date, if any.
 
10.7
No Variation shall be made and no additional work shall be performed by Builder until the change in or addition to the work and the adjustments, if any, in the Purchase Price and/or Delivery Date occasioned thereby, have been agreed in writing in a Variation Order in the form set out in Annex C, and signed for identification by authorized representatives of both parties. Such adjustments in the Purchase Price and/or the Delivery Date shall be negotiated in good faith between Buyer and Builder.
 
10.8
Payment for Variation pursuant to this Article 10 (Variations) shall be paid within thirty (30) days from Builder’s invoice, or as agreed in the Variation Order
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 24 of 51

ARTICLE 11

BUYER’S SERVANTS AND REPRESENTATIVE
 
11.1
If Buyer should desire to have any third party or its representatives come into Builder’s and/or Builder’s subcontractor’s shipyard to inspect or assist Buyer in the performance of any work, Builder may impose on Buyer reasonable requirements with regard to said third party’s or Buyer’s representatives’ insurance coverage as a condition for admittance to Builder’s and/or Builder’s subcontractor’s shipyard. Buyer shall bear full responsibility for such third party or Buyer’s representatives and for their acts while in Builder’s and/or Builder’s subcontractor’s shipyard.
 
11.2
Buyer shall be liable for and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Builder against any loss of and/or damage to property and/or injury to or death of any third party (which are not already included in Article 21 Builder’s and Buyer’s Indemnities) where such loss of and/or damage to property and/or injury to and/or death of such third party is howsoever caused by Buyer.
 
11.3
Builder shall be liable for and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Buyer against any loss of and/or damage to property and/or injury to or death of any third party (which are not already included in Article 21 Builder’s and Buyer’s Indemnities) where such loss of and/or damage to property and/or injury to and/or death of such third party is howsoever caused by Builder
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 25 of 51

ARTICLE 12

WARRANTIES
 
12.1
Builder warrants that the workmanship employed in the construction of the Rig shall be free from defects and shall comply with this Contract.
 
12.2
The foregoing warranty of Builder shall be for a period of twelve (12) months (“Warranty Periods”) after the delivery by Builder and acceptance by Buyer of the completed Rig.
 
12.3
If at any time during the Warranty Period, the Rig’s workmanship is defective or found not to comply with the foregoing warranty of Builder, Buyer shall give Builder written notice thereof within fourteen (14) days after Buyer’s discovery of such failure to comply, and Builder shall promptly upon receiving such notice, and at Builder’s cost and expense, repair or replace the same in good and proper operating condition sufficient to meet the requirements of this Contract and of Builder’s said warranties hereunder. Builder shall have no obligation to Buyer for any defects discovered or notified subsequent to the expiry of the Warranty Period.
 
12.4
Any repair or replacement to be carried out by Builder will be treated as priority by Builder and, if possible, be performed while the Rig is on location or at such other points as may be designated by Buyer. Builder shall not be responsible for the following cost: transport of personnel to and from nearest port to the rig, food and accommodation for personnel on board the rig, cost of underwater divers, if any. However, if Builder shall advise Buyer in writing that such repair or replacement can be made only in Builder’s shipyard, then Buyer shall either return the Rig (or the part or item affected where feasible to detach from the Rig) at Buyer’s sole cost to Builder’s shipyard for such repair or replacement, or advise Builder in writing that it is not convenient for Buyer to so return the Rig or component to Builder’s shipyard, in which later event Builder shall pay to Buyer an amount, in lieu of Builder’s making said repair or replacement, equal to the reasonable cost to Buyer of effecting such repair or replacement which cost shall be evidenced by invoice or other written evidence, provided always that Buyer must obtain Builder’s prior consent if it wants to undertake the repair or replacement work itself or by third parties, and Builder shall not be responsible for such work, and provided always that Buyer shall in all circumstances be responsible for the cost of mobilization and transport of the Rig from location to any yard or site, and the cost of dry docking in other yards, if any.
 
12.5
For component or equipment manufactured by OEM installed or incorporated in the Rig, the warranty provided herein by Builder to Buyer shall be identical to that provided by OEM to Builder. Builder shall assign to Buyer all its rights to these warranties from OEM, which have not expired, on the delivery of the Rig and Buyer shall seek its remedies or enforce its rights against the OEM in the event of a warranty claim in respect of such warranties which have been assigned to it at its sole cost and expense.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 26 of 51

12.6
The foregoing warranties are in lieu of all other warranties and/or guarantees and no other warranties and/or guarantees expressed, implied or statutory are given by Builder by virtue of this Contract. The obligations of Builder to Buyer set forth in this Article are the exclusive liabilities of Builder to Buyer for any defects in workmanship and material incorporated in the Rig under the Contract, and Builder shall not be liable to Buyer for any negligence or strict liability, or otherwise in respect of said workmanship and material. Builder shall not be responsible or liable for any defects whatsoever other than the defects specified in this Article. No employee or representative of Builder is authorized to change this warranty in any way or grant any other warranty.
 
12.7
Builder shall not be responsible for any defects in any part of the Rig which have been caused subsequent to delivery of the Rig by any replacement or repair work performed by Buyer or any other contractor, or for any defects to the extent the same have been caused by use in excess of specified design limitations or improper maintenance of the Rig on the part of Buyer, its servants or agents or by ordinary wear and tear.
 
12.8
Except in the case of willful misconduct on the part of the Builder’s senior management, Builder shall in all circumstances not be responsible or liable for any consequential or special losses, damages or expenses (including but not limited to loss of use of the Rig, loss of time, loss of production, loss of profit or earnings, financing costs, loss of other contracts etc.), directly or indirectly howsoever occasioned by Buyer or any third party due to defects specified in this Article, or due to repairs or other work done to remedy such defects, or as a result of the failure of any work or item of material or equipment to meet the above stated warranties of Builder
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 27 of 51

ARTICLE 13

TAXES AND CHARGES
 
13.1
Builder shall pay (without seeking any reimbursement whatsoever from Buyer) all import, export, excise or other taxes, duties and charges, including VAT and GST (“Taxes”) which may be levied or imposed on Builder by the authorities or government in Singapore or elsewhere in connection with the execution and/or performance of all work by Builder or its subcontractors or suppliers under this Contract up to delivery and acceptance of the Rig to Buyer. Buyer shall bear and pay any other Taxes (except for income taxes of Builder) which may be levied or assessed on Buyer outside Singapore in connection with the execution and performance of this Contract except for Taxes imposed upon items to be procured by the Builder under this Contract. Any taxes, fees and expenses imposed on Buyer in connection with the purchase and registration of the Rig in Buyer’s nominated flag state shall be for Buyer’s account.
 
13.2
In the event that one party to this Contract (“Party A”) is obliged to make payment as a result of the failure of the other party to this Contract (“Party B”) to comply with its obligations under Article 13.1, Party B shall fully indemnify Party A upon Party A’s written demand, in respect of all costs which are incurred as a result of Party B’s failure to pay any such Taxes.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 28 of 51

ARTICLE 14

DOCUMENTS TO BE FURNISHED
 
14.1
Upon acceptance of the Rig by Buyer, Builder shall at its cost furnish all detailed construction drawings such as: general arrangement, structural, mechanical, piping system, electrical system and outfitting drawings, plus drawing indexes, corrected to agree with the completed construction of the Rig to Buyer for use by Buyer or its successors or assigns, to be used for the purposes herein designated. Buyer agrees that it shall not release any such information to third parties, except as needed for specific purposes connected with the sale, lease, use, operation, maintenance and repair of the Rig, and review by governmental authorities or underwriters or in accordance with the regulations of any securities exchange. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that Builder shall not be obliged to provide to Buyer any proprietary information relating to the design of the Rig.
 
14.2
Builder further agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer upon acceptance of the Rig by Buyer all necessary certificates, either final, if available or preliminary (if final not available), to clear the Rig through customs and administrative authorities. All fees in respect of the classification and survey of the Rig by the Classification Society shall be paid by Builder. Builder will furnish Buyer with copies of all significant correspondence and documents relating to these classification and survey save for any proprietary and confidential information relating to the design of the Rig.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 29 of 51

ARTICLE 15

CONFLICTS BETWEEN CONTRACT, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DRAWINGS
 
15.1
The intention of the parties is that the provisions of these Articles and the Specifications are meant to supplement each other and be read and interpreted as a whole.
 
However, in the event there is any conflict between any of the provisions in the Articles herein and the Specifications, the provisions of the Articles shall prevail.
 
In the event there is any conflict between the Specifications and the Drawings included in the Specifications, the Specifications shall prevail over the Drawings.
 
In the event of any conflict between any of the Drawings, the later in date shall prevail.
 
In the event of any disputes as to conformity with Classification Society Rules, the decision of the surveyor of the Classification Society shall be final.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047) 
Page 30 of 51

ARTICLE 16

GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION
 
 
16.1
This Contract shall be governed and construed by and in accordance with English law.
 
16.2
If any dispute between Buyer and Builder arises as to any matter arising under or out of or in connection with this Contract or the carrying out of work under this Contract, the parties shall in the first instance attempt to settle the dispute amicably by reference of the dispute to the senior management of the parties for negotiation and resolution.
 
16.3
If the dispute remains unresolved within a fourteen (14) days period from the commencement of such negotiation, it shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.
 
16.4
The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
 
The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within fourteen (14) calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own and gives notice that it has done so within the fourteen (14) days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the fourteen (14) days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both Parties as if the sole arbitrator had been appointed by agreement.
 
In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD100,000 the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
 
Notwithstanding the above, the Parties may agree at any time to refer to mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047) 
Page 31 of 51

ARTICLE 17

TECHNICAL DISPUTES
 
17.1
In the event that a difference of opinion between Buyer and Builder arises concerning any technical matters under this Contract, or in respect of material or workmanship affecting the classification of the Rig, Builder and Buyer agree to be bound by the decision of the surveyor of the Classification Society. The decision of the surveyor of the Classification Society shall be final and binding upon the parties and shall be given within thirty (30) days of receipt of parties’ statements of position.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 32 of 51

ARTICLE 18

SUBCONTRACTING AND SUPPLY
 
18.1
Without in any manner prejudicing the rights and obligations of Builder and Buyer hereunder, it is acknowledged and agreed by Buyer that:
 

(i)
Builder may cause part of the Works to be performed by one or more subcontractors without the prior written consent of the Buyer; and
 

(ii)
Builder shall have the discretion to select appropriate component and equipment for the Rig from OEM.
 
Builder shall keep Buyer informed of all new major subcontract work to be performed, and Builder shall use due care to select competent and efficient subcontractors and OEM. Builder shall be fully responsible for the performance of all subcontractors and any segment of the Works performed by such subcontractors so that all production milestones and quality requirements are met.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047) 
Page 33 of 51

ARTICLE 19

ASSIGNMENT
 
19.1
The Builder shall have the right, by giving prior notice to the Buyer to assign the payments to be made by the Buyer to the Builder pursuant to Article 3.2 and Article 3.5, and in connection therewith, its rights to, and interest in the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee and the Security Documents, to any party, financial institution or entity whatsoever with prior written consent of Buyer’s Parent Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. The Buyer shall be entitled to comply with the terms of such notice without enquiry and payment in accordance with the notice shall be good discharge by the Buyer of its obligations and deemed for all purposes to be satisfaction by the Buyer of Its obligation to the Builder in respect of such assigned payments.
 
19.2
This Contract shall bind and inure for the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties, but, save as stated in Clause 19.1 hereinabove, the rights of either party may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the other party.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 34 of 51

ARTICLE 20

INVENTORIES ON THE RIG AT DELIVERY
 
20.1
An inventory of unused lubricating oil, grease, fuel oil or other liquids, supplied by Builder and left on board at delivery of the Rig shall be purchased and paid for by Buyer. Buyer will take over the remaining bunkers and unused lubricating oils in storage tanks and unbroached drums and pay the current market price for the quantities taken over. Payments therefore shall be made by Buyer to Builder immediately after receipt of invoice from Builder. Spares are not included in this sale. Items on board which are on hire or owned by third parties (if any) are excluded from the sale.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 35 of 51

ARTICLE 21

BUILDER’S AND BUYER’S INDEMNITIES
 
21.1
Builder agrees to protect, indemnify and hold Buyer free and harmless from and against any and all claims or liabilities (including, without limitation, the cost of the suit and reasonable attorney’s fees) arising in favor of any of Builder’s (or its affiliates) employees, agents, officers, invitees, subcontractors (or their servants) or representatives, or any survivor of the foregoing on account of injury to or death of any such parties or damage to any of their property, including the Rig, attributable to the actions (or lack thereof) by any such parties in connection with the Rig and/or work performed pursuant to this Contract, regardless of whether Buyer and/or its subcontractors and/or others may be wholly, partially or solely negligent or otherwise at fault.
 
21.2
Buyer agrees to protect, indemnify and hold Builder and its subcontractors free and harmless from and against any and all claims or liabilities (including, without limitation, the cost of the suit and reasonable attorney’s fees) arising in favor of any of Buyer’s (or its affiliates) employees, agents, officers, invitees, subcontractors (or their servants) or representatives (including Buyer’s Representative), or any survivor of any of the foregoing on account of injury to or death of any such parties or damage to any of their property except as regards Rig attributable to the actions (or lack thereof) by any such parties in connection with the Rig and/or work performed pursuant to this Contract, regardless of whether Builder or its subcontractors and/or others may be wholly, partially or solely negligent or otherwise at fault.
 
21.3
Indemnities reasonably requested by OEMs as a precondition for the supply of its equipment or product, for liability which may arise in connection with export of the Rig from Singapore, shall be provided by Buyer.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 36 of 51

ARTICLE 22

PATENT, TRADEMARKS , COPYRIGHTS
 
22.1
Builder warrants that ownership or operation of the Rig shall not at any time infringe any patent rights, utility model - rights, trade mark rights or copyrights in any country. Builder shall without limit of time defend any claim, suit or proceeding brought against Buyer relating to the infringement of any of the rights aforementioned by reason of Buyer’s possession, ownership or operation of the Rig and Builder shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer from and against any such claim, suit or proceedings. Buyer shall promptly notify Builder of any such claim suit or proceeding and shall permit Builder to take control and settlement of such claim, suit or proceedings; provided however no settlement which purports to acknowledge on Buyer’s behalf the validity of any patent shall be entered into without the Buyer’s written consent. Buyer shall provide information and assistance to Builder as may be reasonably necessary to aid in the conduct and settlement of the claim, suit or proceedings. Buyer shall be entitled to participate in the settlement through its selected representatives and/or attorneys. Provided always that the indemnity provided herein by Builder shall not apply to equipment and materials furnished or supplied by OEM aforementioned in Article 12.5 and to Buyer’s supplies.
 
22.2
Buyer shall, without limitation of time, defend any claim, suit or proceeding brought against Builder, its parent, holding, or affiliated companies, alleging that the construction or use by Builder, pursuant to this Contract, of any design, process, device, apparatus specified or furnished by Buyer and mounted upon or used in connection with the Rig constitutes infringement of any patent, and Buyer shall indemnify, defend and save Builder, its parent, holding and affiliated companies, harmless from and against any such claim, suit or proceeding. Builder shall promptly notify Buyer of any such claim, suit or proceeding and shall permit Buyer to control the conduct and settlement of such claim, suit or proceeding; provided however, no settlement which purports to acknowledge on Builder’s behalf the validity of any patent shall be entered into without Builder’s prior written consent. Builder shall provide information and assistance to Buyer, at Builder’s expense, as may be reasonably necessary to aid in the conduct and settlement of the claim, suit or proceeding. Builder shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the conduct and settlement of such claim, suit or proceeding through its selected representatives and attorneys.
 
22.3
Buyer acknowledges that Builder may disclose to Buyer confidential information and intellectual property relating to the Rig belonging to Builder, including the Rig’s design, construction, engineering and technical specifications, know-how, procedures, processes, drawings and plans, and Buyer agrees not to reproduce, reverse-engineer, decompile, or disassemble in any manner or form any such confidential information or Intellectual property, except with the prior written consent of or express license from Builder.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 37 of 51

ARTICLE 23

USE OF CRANES
 
23.1
Builder has the right to use the Rig cranes forming a part of Builder’s furnished equipment, but only:
 

(a)
for the purpose of construction of the Rig;
 

(b)
in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions; and
 

(c)
using duly qualified crane operators.
 
Any repairs to such cranes made necessary by the use by Builder, shall be for the account of Builder and shall be carried out prior to the Delivery Date.
 
23.2
On delivery of the Rig:
 

(a)
If the fast line wire rope in each crane has been used for more than six hundred (600) hours, Builder shall replace the fast line wire rope in that crane free of charge.
 

(b)
If the main hook wire line in each crane has been used for more than six hundred (600) hours, Builder shall replace the main hook wire line in that crane free of charge.
 
23.3
Prior to delivery of the Rig, Builder shall ensure that the OEM has conducted a full inspection of the Rig cranes with Buyer, and any deficiencies will be rectified prior to delivery.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 38 of 51

ARTICLE 24

EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
24.1
The following shall constitute events of default of Builder under the Contract:
 

(a)
Without prejudice to the condition for payment of the First Payment as set out In Article 3.2(a), if Builder fails to provide the Builder’s Parent Company Guarantee within 10 days of the date of this Agreement, the   Buyer shall have the right to cancel this Agreement in its sole discretion on notice to Builder, such cancellation notice having immediate effectiveness and neither Party shall have any further obligation to the other Party
 

(b)
Builder or Builder’s Guarantor voluntarily or involuntarily being made a part to any receivership, liquidation, or   bankruptcy proceeding (which proceedings are not stayed within thirty (30) days of the service of such proceedings on Builder or Builder’s Guarantor) or becoming insolvent or in the event Builder or Builder’s Guarantor is unable to meet all or part of its financial or other obligations under this Contract or the Builder’s Guarantor (as the case may be) or is unable to or does not pay its debts as they fall due, unless as a sole and direct result of Buyer’s failure to make payments as due under this Contract.
 

(c)
If (i) the total accumulated non-permissible delays (Including the grace period but excluding Permissible Delays as allowed under the terms of this Contract) and (ii) any delays permitted pursuant to Article 6.9 exceeds in aggregate two hundred and forty (240) days.
 

(d)
The Builder’s Parent Company Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect.
 
24.2
The following shall constitute events of default of Buyer under this Contract:
 

(a)
Should the First Payment not be paid in accordance with Article 3.2(a), Builder shall have the right to cancel this Agreement in its sole discretion on notice to Buyer, such cancellation notice having immediate effectiveness, and neither Party shall have any further obligation to the other Party except for obligations under this Agreement that survive termination.
 

(b)
if after the Delivery Date, the Buyer fails to pay the Balance Payment as stated in Article 3.2(b), or fails to pay the quarterly interest on the Balance Payment as stated in Article 3.2(b)(i) to Article 3.2(b)(iii), or fails to pay the Back End Fee as stated in Article 3.5, or, if the Buyer fails to make payment of any Variation, or If after the Contract Delivery Date the Buyer or Buyer Parent Company is voluntarily or Involuntarily made a part of any receivership, liquidation or bankruptcy proceedings, or Buyer or Buyer Parent Company becomes insolvent or otherwise unable to meet or all or part of its financial or other obligations under this Contract or If an event of default occurs under the terms of any of the Security Documents; or
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 39 of 51


(c)
If, in the reasonable opinion of the Builder, any of the securities granted to the Builder under the terms of the Security Documents are in jeopardy and notice thereof has been given to the Buyer; or
 

(d)
If after the Delivery Date, anything is done or omitted to be done by the Buyer’s Parent Company which in the reasonable opinion of the Seller, materially impairs or renders insufficient or inadequate the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee; or
 

(e)
If after the Delivery Date, there should occur any event or change or series of events which in the reasonable opinion of Builder, would have a material or adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Buyer or the Buyer’s Parent Company or a material or adverse effect on the ability of the Buyer’s Parent Company to perform Its obligations under the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee; or
 

(f)
If after the Delivery Date, any indebtedness of an amount more than [***]% of the Buyer’s Parent Company’s tangible net worth, is not paid when due, or is or is declared to be or is capable of being declared due and payable before its normal maturity,
 
the Builder shall have the remedies as specified in the Security Documents. In this regard, in the event there is a shortfall in the proceeds of any judicial or mortgagee’s sale of the Rig and the First Payment retained by the Builder, the Builder shall have the right to claim the balance of the indebtedness due to It pursuant to this Contract from the Buyer. Further, in the event the Builder realises a surplus from any mortgagee’s sale of the Rig, the Builder shall be entitled to retain such surplus. For the purpose of clarification and avoidance of doubt, In such event, Builder shall also have the right to appropriate and forfeit the First Payment and any interest already paid by Buyer pursuant to Article 3.2 (b) (i)-(iii) and any payment for Variation Orders, and the Parties acknowledge that the appropriation and forfeiture of the First Payment and any interest already paid by Buyer pursuant to Article 3.2 (b) (i)-(iii) and any payment for Variation Orders by Builder is a reasonable and agreed pre-estimate of the Builder’s loss and not a penalty, and that this is a reasonable allocation of risks between the Parties and that the Purchase Price is established on these terms.
 

(g)
in the event Buyer fails to take Delivery and Acceptance of the Rig as per Article 6 (Delivery); or
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 40 of 51


(h)
If prior to the Contract Delivery Date, the Buyer or the Buyer’s Parent Company Is voluntarily or involuntarily made a part of any receivership, liquidation or bankruptcy proceedings which proceedings are not stayed within thirty (30) days of the service of such proceedings on Buyer or Buyer’s Parent Company r) [sic] or the Buyer or the Buyer’s Parent Company becomes insolvent or otherwise unable to meet all or part of its financial or other obligations under this Contract, the Builder shall have the right to terminate this Contract and appropriate the First Payment; or
 

(i)
In the event the Buyer fails to comply with its obligations under Article 2.2 and fails to rectify such non-compliance within 14 days of the Builder’s written notice to the Buyer to do so; or
 

(j)
If prior to the Delivery Date, there should occur any event or change or series of events which in the reasonable opinion of Builder, would have a material or adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Buyer or the Buyer’s Parent Company or a material or adverse effect on the ability of the Buyer’s Parent Company to perform its obligations under the Buyer’s Parent Company Guarantee; or
 

(k)
If prior to the Delivery Date, any indebtedness of an amount more than [***]% of the Buyer’s Parent Company’s tangible net worth, is not paid when due, or is or is declared to be or is capable of being declared due and payable before its normal maturity,
 
Builder may at its option by notice In writing (“Termination Notice”) terminate this Contract. Upon receipt by Buyer of the Termination Notice, the Contract shall forthwith become terminated, and in that event, (or any other termination of the Contract by reason of Buyer’s breach), notwithstanding any provision in this Contract herein, property in the Rig and all the materials and equipment forming part of the Rig or intended to be incorporated into it shall in accordance with Article 5.1 herein remain with Builder. Further, in such event, title in any OFE which are already installed or incorporated In the Rig shall remain with Builder. Further, it is understood that Builder shall be entitled to appropriate and forfeit all payments made under the Contract by Buyer to Builder before termination since the Contract is not a simple contract of sale of goods and there will have been no total failure of consideration for those payments. Any OFE which has not been installed or incorporated in the Rig shall be returned by Builder to Buyer. The Parties acknowledge that the appropriation and forfeiture of the First Payment and any payment for Variation Orders by the Builder is a reasonable and agreed pre-estimate of the Builder’s loss and not a penalty, and that this Is a reasonable allocation of risks between the Parties and that the Purchase Price is established on these terms.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047) 
Page 41 of 51

24.3
In the event of default by Builder, Buyer may at its option within fourteen (14) days from the date thereof, elect to proceed on either one of the following options:
 

(a)
terminate this Contract in the manner set out in Article 24.4; or
 

(b)
without prejudice to Buyer’s right to recover liquidated damages for delay pursuant to Article 8 (Damages for Delays), allow Builder to continue to complete the construction of the Rig In the manner set out in Article 24.5.
 
Buyer shall inform Builder in writing of its intention to elect (a) or (b) above, and shall be deemed to have waived its right to terminate this Contract if it fails to do so within fourteen (14) days of the event of default.
 
24.4
In the event that Buyer elects to terminate the Contract pursuant to Article 24.3(a) due to an event of default by Builder:
 

(a)
Buyer shall notify Builder in writing of its intention to do so and such termination shall be effective as of the date when such notice is received by Builder.
 

(b)
Builder shall immediately refund to Buyer the First Payment plus Interest at the rate of [***]% above the Average LIBOR calculated from the date of payment to the date of refund and any other amounts paid under this Contract by Buyer for Variations or otherwise. Builder shall also return Buyer’s OFE, or if they cannot be returned, Builder shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to Buyer’s costs for such equipment
 

(c)
Buyer shall not in the event of the termination of this Contract hereunder be entitled to any liquidated damages under Article 8 (Damages for Delays).
 

(d)
Upon such refund by Builder to Buyer as aforementioned, all obligations, duties and liabilities of each of the parties to the other under this Contract shall be forthwith completely discharged, and Buyer shall have no further claim on Builder.
 
24.5
In the event Buyer elects pursuant to Article 24.3(b) to allow Builder to continue to complete the construction of the Rig, Builder shall pay Buyer the liquidated damages due pursuant to Article 8 (Damages for Delays), and Builder shall work with Buyer to produce an acceptable schedule for the completion of the remaining work on the Rig and work diligently to complete the construction of the Rig.
 
24.6
The Builder irrevocably agrees that if, following a demand by the Buyer for repayment under this Article 24, Builder or Builder’s Guarantor does not make immediate refund to Buyer, Buyer shall be entitled to serve notice exercising its right to pay the Balance Payment and the Back End Fee and take delivery of the Rig under this Agreement.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 42 of 51

24.7
In relation to termination of the Contract under any of Articles 24.2 or 24.4, or repudiatory or other breach of contract or any other reason whatsoever, and whether or not under a term of the Contract, the following shall apply, and notwithstanding any other term of the Contract:
 

(a)
Builder/Buyer each expressly acknowledges that its sole and only remedy under the Contract shall be those provided for in this Contract, namely those set out in Articles 24.2 and, 24.4 (“Termination Remedies”);
 

(b)
Builder and Buyer each expressly waives Its rights to claim damages at large or any other remedy under this Contract or under the general law for or arising out of termination of this Contract. Builder and Buyer hereby expressly acknowledge the adequacy of the remedy provided by the Termination Remedies.
 

(c)
It is further agreed by Buyer that the refund due from Builder pursuant to the Termination Remedies shall constitute an adequate and entire remedy for any loss whatsoever suffered by Buyer, and accordingly, Buyer expressly waives any rights it may have to seek specific performance of the Contract (whether or not the Contract has actually been terminated).
 

(d)
On such termination, the uncompleted Rig, including all OFE installed or incorporated in the Rig, and ail work in progress shall immediately be at the free disposal of Builder, provided that Builder has made any refund due to Buyer and paid for any OFE as may be required by this Contract.
 
Buyer also agrees that it shall not challenge or interfere in any way with the ownership of and free disposal of the Rig, including any OFE installed in or incorporated in the Rig, whether in its completed or uncompleted state, and all work in progress, by Builder (and its successors in title).
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047) 
Page 43 of 51

ARTICLE 25

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
 
25.1
Each of Buyer and Builder warrants and undertakes to the other that:
 

(a)
while acting in connection with this Contract, it will not violate or assist or instigate any other individual or legal entity to violate, any applicable law, including without limitation the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 and the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or any other applicable anti-bribery laws or anti-terrorism laws or money laundering laws;
 

(b)
all of their respective officers, employees, consultants, representatives, agents, business partners, joint-ventures and affiliates who are engaged in implementing this Contract shall:
 

(i)
be knowledgeable regarding the purpose and provisions of all applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws;
 

(ii)
comply with applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws; and
 

(iii)
not take, or will refrain from taking, any action which would cause either Buyer or Builder to be in violation of the terms of applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.
 
25.2
Buyer warrants and undertakes to Builder that:
 

(a)
the execution, delivery, and performance of the transaction contemplated under this Contract shall be in compliance with all applicable laws including, without limitation, all applicable .Export and Import Laws (as defined below).
 

(b)
Buyer is unconditionally responsible for complying with such laws;
 

(c)
neither Buyer nor any of its affiliates, or successor in interest, nor any client/operator or its affiliates, is or will be a person, company, or entity:
 

(i)
with whom Builder is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any law related to the proliferation of nuclear, missile, or chemical/biological weapons, or missiles that deliver such weapons;
 

(ii)
with whom Builder is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any law related to transactions involving countries against which any government of the United Kingdom (“UK”) or the United States of America (“US”), the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”), the European Union or other international organization maintains economic sanctions or embargoes under statute, executive order or regulations;
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 44 of 51


(iii)
appearing on any applicable list of prohibited parties maintained by any of the governments referred to above; or
 

(iv)
acting or purporting to act, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, or an entity owned or controlled by, any party identified in Article 25.2(c) above.
 

(d)
it shall not export the Rig and/or any related equipment (including, without limitation, any accompanying technology, software or other technical data) directly or indirectly without the necessary authorizations, licenses, permits or approvals from the UK, US or other relevant government authority as required by the relevant Export and Import Laws except that, in the case of any such applicable trade restrictions outside the UK and US laws, only to the extent consistent with such UK or US laws.
 
All laws and regulations that govern the restrictions and prohibitions referenced in Article 25.2(c) and Article 25.2(d) shall be referred to as Export and Import Laws.
 
25.3
Builder shall abide by and comply with all valid laws and regulations of Singapore. Builder will avoid or refrain from doing anything under this Contract which may be an actual or possible breach of any sanctions, prohibition or requirement imposed by the laws, regulations, resolutions, or administrative orders of the United States of America, United Nations, European Union or any other jurisdiction applicable to any of Builder’s obligations under this Contract. Where Builder is so prevented from performing any work or obligation under this Contract, Builder shall have no liability to Buyer for Its inability to perform this work or obligation and Builder shall be entitled to deliver the Rig to Buyer without the relevant work or obligation being performed, subject to an appropriate price adjustment. In the case where such prevention occurs after delivery of the Rig, Seller shall be entitled to avoid performing the affected post-delivery work or obligation, if any.
 
25.4
Should any governmental law, regulation, ruling and/or policy (including but not limited to import/export restrictions, exchange controls or requirements) effectively prohibit or restrict Builder from receiving payment under this Contract, then Builder shall promptly notify Buyer of any such restriction or prohibition and the Parties shall discuss to find a mutually acceptable solution.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 45 of 51

25.5
Where Builder is prevented from performing its obligations under this Contract by any actions or causes attributable to Buyer, and such prevention continues for more than fourteen (14) days without being resolved, then this Contract may at Builder’s option be terminated. In the event of such termination, the provisions of Article 24 shall apply.
 
25.6
Builder shall comply with all provisions of the Specifications relating to health, safety and environmental matters and shall provide the Buyer with its Health, Safety & Environmental Protection plan (the “HSE Plan”) within 30 days of the Effective Date.
 
25.7
Without prejudice to the Buyer’s other rights and remedies under the Contract and without the Buyer assuming any responsibility or liability for any obligation to inspect and discover or to require Builder to cease unsafe practices and without diminishing Builder’s sole responsibility to ensure that Work is conducted safely, if the Buyer detects any unsafe procedures or work or any procedures or work which violates any applicable laws, rules or regulations or the HSE Plan, Buyer shall inform Builder and the Parties shall mutually discuss for Builder to remedy any alleged shortcomings in Builder’s HSE practice.
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 46 of 51

ARTICLE 26

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
 
26.1
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein in this Contract but except where due to willful misconduct on the part of the Builder’s senior management or the Buyer’s senior management, neither Builder nor Buyer shall be liable to the other for any of the following (whether direct, indirect or consequential): loss of use of the Rig, loss of data, loss of time, loss of production, loss of business, loss of contracts, loss of charter hire, loss of opportunity, loss of goodwill or reputation, loss of profits or earnings or anticipated revenue, financing costs, losses or claims resulting from failure to meet any contractual commitments or deadlines and downtime of facilities or equipment or any other property, or for any financial or economic loss, or for any incidental, indirect, consequential, exemplary, special or punitive losses or damages of any kind whatsoever, howsoever the same may have been caused or arisen whether by way of indemnity or by reason of any breach of warranty, breach of contract, negligence, tort, strict liability, statutory duty or by reason of anything under common law, equity or otherwise.
 
26.2
Except for Builder’s obligations pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Indemnity), Builder’s maximum liability to Buyer arising out of or in connection with the Contract for any loss or damage including but not limited to: liquidated damages for delay, costs, claims or expenses, howsoever they may have been caused or arisen, whether arising under common law, contract, negligence, tort, equity, strict liability, statute or otherwise shall be limited in the aggregate to [***] percent ([***]%) of the Purchase Price. Buyer agrees to release Builder, its officers and servants, from and against any liability in excess thereof. Builder and Buyer agree that this provision is a reasonable allocation of risks between the Parties and that the Purchase Price is established on these terms.
 
26.3
For pollution related issues after delivery of the Rig, Buyer shall indemnify and hold Builder harmless, provided however that in the event where within twelve (12) months after the delivery of the Rig, if such pollution issues are caused by Builder’s negligence in the design or construction of the Rig, Builder shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless for an amount up to United States Dollars One Million (US$1,000,000) only. Builder and Buyer agree that this provision is a reasonable allocation of risks between the Parties and that the Purchase Price is established on these terms
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 47 of 51

ARTICLE 27

MISCELLANEOUS
 
27.1
Throughout the term of this Contract, Builder shall be an independent contractor in relation to Buyer
 
27.2
The intellectual property rights relating to designs, drawings, Specifications, instructions, manuals, computer programs and other documents created or produced by Builder or Its subsidiaries which are proprietary to Builder, shall be and remain the property of Builder.
 
27.3
This Contract and all information exchange between Builder and Buyer, including all prices and any information such as documents, design, drawings, Specifications, instructions, manuals, computer programs relating to the design and construction of the Rig which are provided by Builder to Buyer or which may otherwise be acquired by Buyer, regardless of whether they are Builder’s proprietary information, shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior authorization of Builder. Buyer shall be responsible for keeping confidential all such information, and shall not permit any such information to be shown, reproduced or otherwise disclosed to any third party by itself, its subcontractors or their respective personnel. Neither party shall make announcements or media release without the consent of the other.
 
27.4
Where a provision in this Contract for any reason becomes unenforceable or invalid, the remainder of the Contract shall remain in full force and effect. Where severance of a non-enforceable provision in the opinion of either party materially affects the other rights or obligations under the Contract, the parties shall endeavor to remedy the situation to their mutual satisfaction.
 
27.5
The parties have entered into this Contract freely, willingly, and on equal commercial basis, having had the opportunity to fully consider the contents of the Contract. It is hereby agreed that no terms or conditions herein shall be construed against a party simply by reason that the party had proffered a particular term or condition.
 
27.6
Save as set forth in this Contract, a person who is not a party to this Contract has no right whatsoever to enforce any term of this Contract. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the application of any statutes which may confer rights on third parties is expressly excluded.
 
27.7
This Contract contains the entire contract and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, understandings and agreements on any subject matter of this Contract.
 
27.8
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047) 
Page 48 of 51

ARTICLE 28

EFFECTIVE DATE OF CONTRACT
 
28.1
This Contract shall become immediately effective and legally binding on the parties on the satisfaction of the conditions set out in the Master Agreement (defined therein as the “Effective Date”) and delivery of the Builder’s Parent Company Guarantee to Buyer.
 
28.2
The date when the above condition is satisfied shall be known hereunder as the “Effective Date”
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 49 of 51

ARTICLE 29

NOTICES
 
29.1
All notices and communications required to be given hereunder shall be in the English language and be served by delivering the same by courier or in person to such other party, by email or by facsimile with a transmission report evidencing the successful transmission of the same.
 
29.2
Such notices and communications shall be addressed to the respective party’s authorized representative {as described in Article 9 (Buyer’s Representative and Builder’s Representative)}.
 
29.3
Notice so given shall be effective if and when (as the case may be) it arrives by courier at the specified address or is delivered in person at the specified address or is successfully transmitted (as evidenced by a transmission report) by email or facsimile to the specified facsimile number, regardless of the time when it is first personally received or seen by, or otherwise comes to the attention of, the relevant party, or Its authorized representatives.
 
29.4
Any and all notices and communications in connection with the Contract shall be addressed as follows:
 
BUYER
c/o BORR JACK-UP [ ] INC
c/o Quorum Services Limited, Thistle House, 4 Burnaby Street,
Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda
Email:[***]
 
Attention:                     [***] __________ (Buyer’s Representative)
 
BUILDER
PPL SHIPYARD PTE LTD
21 Pandan Road
Singapore 609273
Telephone No:          [***]
Telefax No:                [***]
Email:
 
Attention:                   [***]_________________ (Builder’s Representative)
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
Page 50 of 51

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Contract in multiple originals effective as of the day and year first above written.
 
For and on behalf of Buyer
BORR JACK-UP [     ] INC
 
For and on behalf of Builder
PPL SHIPYARD PTE LTD
     
 
 
[***]
MANAGING DIRECTOR

WITNESS :
   
WITNESS :
 

Date:
   
Date:
 
 
Pacific Class® 400 Rig Construction Contract (PPl Hull No. P2047)  
 
Page 51 of 51


Exhibit 10.4
 
EXHIBIT A

 

Execution Version

 

TENDER OFFER AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

BORR DRILLING LIMITED

 

and

 

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED

 

dated as of

 

February 21, 2018


TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

 
Page
ARTICLE I THE OFFER 1
   
Section 1.1 The Offer 1
Section 1.2 Company Actions 6
     
ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY 6
   
Section 2.1 Qualification; Organization; Subsidiaries; and Company Board of Directors 7
Section 2.2 Capitalization 7
Section 2.3 Company Authority 8
Section 2.4 Governmental Consents; No Violation 9
Section 2.5 Litigation 9
Section 2.6 Specific Disclosures 9
Section 2.7 Liens 9
Section 2.8 Finders and Brokers 10
Section 2.9 No Other Representations 10
     
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER 10
   
Section 3.1 Qualification, Organization, etc. 10
Section 3.2 Purchaser Authority 10
Section 3.3 Governmental Consents; No Violation 10
Section 3.4 Availability of Financing 11
Section 3.5 Disclosed Information 11
Section 3.6 Finders and Brokers 11
Section 3.7 No Other Representations 11
     
ARTICLE IV COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE OFFER 12
   
Section 4.1 Conduct of Business by the Parties Pending the Acceptance Time 12
Section 4.2 Superior Proposal 14
     
ARTICLE V ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS 14
   
Section 5.1 Notice of Certain Events 14
Section 5.2 Reasonable Best Efforts and Cooperation 15
Section 5.3 Publicity 16
Section 5.4 Directors and Officers Insurance and Indemnification 16
Section 5.5 Employee Benefits Matters 18
Section 5.6 Employment Matters 18
Section 5.7 Payments at the Acceptance Time 18
Section 5.8 Security Holder Litigation 18
Section 5.9 Prospector Rigs 18
i

Section 5.10
Shareholders Agreement 19
     
ARTICLE VI TERMINATION 19
   
Section 6.1
Termination 19
Section 6.2
Effect of Termination 20
     
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS 21
   
Section 7.1
Amendment and Modification; Waiver 21
Section 7.2
Non-Survival of Representations and Warranties 21
Section 7.3
Expenses 21
Section 7.4
Notices 21
Section 7.5
Interpretation 22
Section 7.6
Counterparts 23
Section 7.7
Entire Agreement; Third-Party Beneficiaries 23
Section 7.8
Severability 23
Section 7.9
Governing Law; Jurisdiction 23
Section 7.10
Waiver of Jury Trial 24
Section 7.11
Assignment 24
Section 7.12
Enforcement; Remedies 25

 

Annex A Certain Definitions  
     
Annex B List of Tendering Members  
     
Annex C Form of Offer to Purchase  
     
Annex D Rig Delivery Protocol  
     
Annex E Closing Payments  
ii

TENDER OFFER AGREEMENT


This TENDER OFFER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of February 21, 2018, is by and between Borr Drilling Limited, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (“ Purchaser ”), and Paragon Offshore Limited, an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”). All capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Annex A or as otherwise defined elsewhere in this Agreement unless the context clearly provides otherwise. Purchaser and the Company are each sometimes referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, it is proposed that Purchaser shall commence a tender offer (the “ Offer ”) to acquire all of the outstanding shares, par value $0.001 per share (or beneficial interests therein), of the Company (the “ Company Shares ”) for the consideration and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company (the “Company Board of Directors” ) (a) approved the execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement, (b) determined that the Offer is in the best interests of the Company and recommended that the holders of Company Shares accept the Offer and tender their Company Shares to Purchaser pursuant to the Offer and (c) approved the acquisition by Purchaser of the Company Shares pursuant to the Offer for purposes of Section 49(a) of the Company Articles and Section 4.02(a) of the Shareholders’ Agreement (the “Company Board Recommendation” );

 

WHEREAS, as an inducement to and condition of Purchaser’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, prior to the entry of the Parties into this Agreement, each of the Company’s members set forth on Annex B (collectively, the “ Tendering Members ”), which Tendering Members collectively beneficially own 3,407,072 Company Shares representing approximately 67.90% of the outstanding Company Shares as of the date hereof, entered into individual Tender Support Agreements with Purchaser, pursuant to which, among other things, the Tendering Members have agreed to tender all Company Shares beneficially owned by such Tendering Members into the Offer; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

THE OFFER

 

Section 1.1          The Offer .

 

(a)           Terms and Conditions of the Offer .

 

(i)         Provided that this Agreement shall not have been terminated pursuant to Article VI , as promptly as practicable after the date hereof (but in no event more than five (5) Business Days after the date hereof), Purchaser shall commence the Offer to purchase any and all of the outstanding Company Shares.

1

(ii)         In the Offer, each Company Share accepted by Purchaser in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer and in compliance with applicable Law shall be exchanged for the right to receive, in each case subject to the other provisions of this Article I and subject to reduction for any applicable withholding taxes in respect thereof, without interest (collectively, the “Tender Offer Consideration” ):

 

(1)        cash in an amount equal to US $42.28 per Company Share; plus

 

(2)        the right to receive from Purchaser cash in an amount equal to the Per Share Jindal Payable Amount, if any.

 

(iii)        The Offer shall be made by means of an Offer to Purchase, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex C (the “Offer to Purchase” ), that is disseminated to all of the holders of Company Shares. Purchaser shall use its reasonable best efforts to consummate the Offer, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and thereof.

 

(iv)        Purchaser’s rights and obligations to accept for payment or pay for any Company Shares that are validly tendered in the Offer and not withdrawn shall be subject only to the following conditions having been satisfied or waived by the Purchaser (collectively, the “Offer Conditions” ):

 

(1)        the condition that, prior to the expiration of the Offer, there be validly tendered and not withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Offer a number of Company Shares that, together with the Company Shares then owned by Purchaser (if any), equals at least 3,361,763 Company Shares, representing at least 67% of all then outstanding Company Shares;

 

(2)       the condition that any pre-closing approvals or clearances reasonably required under any applicable Antitrust Laws shall have been obtained and any applicable waiting periods under any applicable Antitrust Laws shall have expired or been terminated;

 

(3)        the condition that no Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction shall have (A) enacted, issued or promulgated any Law that is in effect as of immediately prior to the expiration of the Offer, or (B) issued or granted any order or injunction that is in effect as of immediately prior to the expiration of the Offer, that, in each case, has the effect of restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Offer;

 

(4)        the condition that the representations or warranties of the Company set forth in Article II shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement and immediately prior to the Acceptance Time, except, in each case, to the extent a representation or warranty is made as of a specific date, then as of such date;

2

(5)        the condition that the Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with its obligations under this Agreement that, by their terms, are to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to the Acceptance Time;

 

(6)        the condition that no Company Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Acceptance Time;

 

(7)        the condition that the Company shall have completed all of the actions contemplated by the Prospector Rig Acquisition in accordance with Section 5.9 (it being agreed that the reference to the use of reasonable best efforts in such section does not apply to determine compliance with this condition);

 

(8)       the condition that the rig delivery protocol set forth in Annex D shall have been completed with respect to each of the Prospector Rigs and delivered to Purchaser immediately prior to the Acceptance Time and, as a result thereof, there shall have been no (A) adverse findings in respect thereof or (B) reporting requirement of the type described in paragraph (4) of Annex D in respect of any incident in respect of either Prospector Rig; and

 

(9)        the condition that this Agreement shall not have been terminated in accordance with Section 6.1 .

 

(v)         In the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6.1 prior to the Acceptance Time, Purchaser shall promptly terminate the Offer without accepting any Company Shares previously tendered and shall promptly return, and shall cause the transfer agent (or any other applicable agent) to promptly return, all tendered share certificates representing Company Shares to the holders thereof.

 

(b)          Waivers and Amendments . Purchaser expressly reserves the right to waive any of the conditions to the Offer, subject to applicable Laws; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth herein, without the prior written consent of the Company, Purchaser may not (i) waive any of the Offer Conditions other than the Offer Conditions set forth in Section 1.1(a)(iv)(4) through Section 1.1(a)(iv)(8) , and (ii) make any change in the terms of or conditions to the Offer that (1) changes the form of consideration to be paid in the Offer, (2) increases or decreases the consideration in the Offer or the number of Company Shares sought in the Offer, (3) extends the Offer, other than in a manner required by the provisions of Section 1.1(d) , (4) imposes conditions to the Offer other than the Offer Conditions, (5) modifies the Offer Conditions, (6) increases or decreases any dealer soliciting fee to be given in connection with the Offer, or (7) amends any other term or condition of the Offer in any manner that is adverse to the holders of Company Shares.

 

(c)          Adjustments to the Offer . The Tender Offer Consideration shall be adjusted appropriately to reflect the effect of any share division or consolidation, stock dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other like change with respect to the number of Company Shares, as applicable, outstanding after the date hereof and prior to Purchaser’s acceptance for payment of, and payment for, Company Shares that are tendered pursuant to the Offer.

3

(d)           Expiration and Extension of the Offer .

 

(i)          Unless the Offer is extended pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement, the Offer shall expire at 12:01 AM, Eastern Time, on the day immediately following the date that is twenty (20) business days (for this purpose calculated to be the later of (1) such date as is required to comply with Rule 14e-1(a) promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) such date as is required to comply with Section 4.03 of the Shareholders’ Agreement) from the date the Offer is first commenced. In the event that the Offer is extended pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement, then the Offer shall expire on the date and at the time to which the Offer has been so extended.

 

(ii)         Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.1(d)(i) or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, without the consent of the Company:

 

(1)        Purchaser shall extend the Offer for any period required by any Law, any rule, regulation, interpretation or position of any applicable Governmental Entity overseeing the enforcement of Laws relating to tender offers, including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or Section 4.03 of the Shareholders’ Agreement; and

 

(2)        without prejudice to its rights under Section 6.1 in the event that any of the Offer Conditions have not been satisfied or waived as of any then scheduled expiration of the Offer (other than those which are only capable of being satisfied as of the Acceptance Time), Purchaser shall extend the Offer for successive extension periods of up to ten (10) Business Days each in order to further seek to satisfy the Offer Conditions;

 

provided, however, that any such extension shall not be deemed to impair, limit, or otherwise restrict in any manner the right of the Parties to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the terms of Article VI ; and, provided further , that Purchaser shall comply with any and all applicable securities Laws, including providing any and all notices required to be given in connection with any such extension.

 

(iii)        Purchaser shall not terminate or withdraw the Offer prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Offer unless this Agreement is validly terminated in accordance with Article VI , in which case Purchaser shall irrevocably and unconditionally terminate the Offer promptly (but in no event more than two (2) Business Days) after such termination of this Agreement.

 

(iv)         Nothing in this Section 1.1(d) shall be deemed to impair, limit or otherwise restrict in any manner the right of the Parties to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the terms of Article VI .

 

(e)           Payment for Company Shares . On the terms and subject to conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Offer, Purchaser shall accept for payment and pay for, all Company Shares that are validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Offer promptly (within the meaning of Rule 14e-1(c) promulgated under the Exchange Act) after the expiration of the Offer (as it may be extended in accordance with Section 1.1(d)(ii) ) (such time, the “ Acceptance Time ”). The cash consideration payable in respect of each Company Share validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Offer shall be paid to the holder thereof in cash, subject to reduction for any applicable withholding taxes payable in respect thereof. The payments of cash by Purchaser to the Company’s members in respect of each such member’s right to receive its Per Member Jindal Payable Amount, if any, shall be made in accordance with Section 1.1(g) herein. As soon as practicable following the Acceptance Time, the Company shall register (and shall instruct its transfer agent to register) the transfer of the Company Shares accepted for payment by Purchaser and shall reasonably cooperate with Purchaser to take all actions necessary to have such Company Shares transferred into Purchaser’s name on the Company’s register of members, to the extent requested by Purchaser.

4

(f)           Jindal Payable Consideration . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

 

(i)           “Per Member Jindal Payable Amount” shall mean, with respect to a member of the Company, the product of the number of Company Shares tendered by such member in the Offer multiplied by the Per Share Jindal Payable Amount.

 

(ii)           “Per Share Jindal Payable Amount” shall mean the quotient of the Aggregate Jindal Payable Amount divided by 5,498,686, as such number may be adjusted pursuant to Section 1.1(c) .

 

(iii)          “Aggregate Jindal Payable Amount” shall mean an amount equal to any and all cash proceeds actually received on or before the day prior to the day on which the Acceptance Time occurs by the Company or any of its Affiliates (a “ Company Party ”) from Jindal Drilling & Industries Limited or any of its Affiliates (collectively, “ Jindal ”) in whole or partial satisfaction of a certain claim a Company Party has against Jindal (the “ Jindal Claim ”).

 

(g)           Timing of Jindal Consideration Payments . Payments of cash by Purchaser to the Company’s members in respect of each such member’s right to receive its Per Member Jindal Payable Amount, if any, and to the holder of each Company Equity Award outstanding as of the Acceptance Time with respect to each such holder’s right to receive such holder’s Equity Award Jindal Payment, if any, shall be made at the Acceptance Time.

 

(h)          Treatment of Company Equity Awards . Each Company Equity Award outstanding as of the Acceptance Time shall immediately become 100% vested pursuant to the change of control provisions in the Company Equity Plan and the Company Equity Awards and the Company’s right to settle vested Company Equity Awards in cash on terms that the Company Equity Awards shall be cancelled in exchange for the right to receive (subject to applicable tax withholding) (i) an amount in cash equal to the product of US $42.28 and the number of Company Shares subject to such Company Equity Award (which the Company agrees, together with the Equity Award Jindal Payment, equals the Fair Market Value as defined in the Company Equity Plan, which shall be paid by the Purchaser at the Acceptance Time (the “ Equity Award Cash Consideration ”) and (ii) an amount in cash equal to the product of (A) the Per Share Jindal Payable Amount, if any, and (B) the number of Company Shares subject to such award, payable in accordance with the terms of Section 1.1(g) (the “ Equity Award Jindal Payment ”).

5

Section 1.2           Company Actions .

 

(a)          Company Determinations, Approvals and Recommendations . The Company hereby approves and consents to the Offer and represents and warrants to Purchaser that, at a meeting duly called and held prior to the execution of this Agreement, the Company Board of Directors has, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein:

 

(i)           approved the execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement;

 

(ii)          determined that the Offer is in the best interests of the Company and recommended that the holders of Company Shares accept the Offer and tender their Company Shares to Purchaser pursuant to the Offer;

 

(iii)         approved the acquisition by Purchaser of the Company Shares pursuant to the Offer for purposes of Section 49(a) of the Company Articles and Section 4.02(a) of the Shareholders’ Agreement; and

 

(iv)        resolved that, immediately following the Acceptance Time, the appointments and employment of all of the officers of the Company shall immediately and automatically be terminated without cause, conditioned solely upon the occurrence of the Acceptance Time and the performance by the Parties of their obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)         The Company hereby consents to the inclusion of the determinations, approvals and resolutions contained in Section 1.2(a)(i) through Section 1.2(a)(iii) in the Offer to Purchase.

 

(c)          Company Information . In connection with the Offer, the Company shall, or shall cause its transfer agent to, promptly furnish Purchaser with such assistance and such information as Purchaser may reasonably request in order to disseminate and otherwise communicate the Offer to the record and beneficial holders of Company Shares. Subject to applicable Laws, and except for such steps as are necessary to disseminate the Offer to Purchase, Purchaser shall, hold in confidence the information provided pursuant to this section, use such information only in connection with the Offer and, if this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Article VI , promptly destroy or return to the Company any and all copies and any extracts or summaries from such information then in its possession or control.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

Except (x) as expressly set forth in the Company Governing Documents or the Shareholders’ Agreement or (y) as disclosed in the disclosure letter delivered by the Company to Purchaser immediately prior to the execution of this Agreement (the “ Company Disclosure Letter ”), the Company represents and warrants to Purchaser as set forth below.

6

Section 2.1           Qualification; Organization; Subsidiaries; and Company Board of Directors .

 

(a)          Each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries (i) is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and, where such concept is recognized, in good standing under the Laws of its respective jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and (ii) is qualified to do business and, where such concept is recognized, is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other entity in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of its assets or properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (ii), where the failure to be so qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity or, where relevant, in good standing, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          All the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of, or other equity interests in, each Company Subsidiary have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, as disclosed in Section 2.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter.

 

(c)          Section 2.1(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter contains an accurate list, as of the date hereof, of the directors serving on the Company Board of Directors and the officers of the Company.

 

(d)         As of the date hereof, each of the directors serving on the Company Board of Directors has delivered to the Company a conditional letter of resignation, resigning from the Company Board of Directors effective as of the Acceptance Time and conditioned solely upon the occurrence of the Acceptance Time and the performance by the Parties of their obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2           Capitalization .

 

(a)          The authorized share capital of the Company consists of 15,000,000 Company Shares. As of the date hereof, (i) (1) 5,017,556 Company Shares were issued and outstanding, (2) no Company Shares were held in treasury and (3) no Company Shares were held by the Company Subsidiaries, and (ii) 538,000 Company Shares were reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company Equity Plan. All the outstanding Company Shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of pre-emptive rights and none of the Company Equity Awards have any voting rights prior to the anticipated Acceptance Time.

 

(b)           Section 2.2(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth, as of the date hereof, (i) the aggregate number of Company Shares that are subject to Company Equity Awards, (ii) the name or identification number of each holder, (iii) the number of Company Shares subject to each Company Equity Award, (iv) the grant date of each Company Equity Award and (v) the vesting schedule of each Company Equity Award. The Company shall provide Purchaser, within three (3) Business Days prior to the anticipated Acceptance Time and again at the Acceptance Time, with an updated complete and correct list, as of each such date, of the information required to be set forth on Section 2.2(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter. No holder of Company Equity Awards has any voting or other rights which can or will vest before the Acceptance Time.

7

(c)          Except as set forth in Section 2.2(a) and Section 2.2(b) above, as of the date hereof: (i) the Company does not have any shares or other voting securities issued or outstanding or reserved for issuance, and (ii) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, puts, calls, exchangeable or convertible securities or other similar rights, agreements or commitments relating to the issuance of capital stock to which the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries is a party obligating the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries to (1) issue, transfer or sell any shares in the capital or other equity interests of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares or equity interests (in each case other than to the Company or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company); (2) grant, extend or enter into any such subscription, option, warrant, put, call, exchangeable or convertible securities or other similar right, agreement or commitment; (3) redeem or otherwise acquire any such shares in its capital or other equity interests; or (4) provide a material amount of funds to, or make any material investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in, any Company Subsidiary that is not wholly owned.

 

(d)         Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other similar obligations, the holders of which have the right to vote (or which are convertible into or exercisable for securities having the right to vote) with the members of the Company on any matter.

 

(e)        There are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party with respect to the voting of the capital stock or other equity interest of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

 

Section 2.3           Company Authority .

 

(a)        The Company has all requisite company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Transactions. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions have been duly and validly authorized by the Company Board of Directors and no other company proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize the consummation of the Transactions and the performance of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)        This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Purchaser, constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that (i) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, examinership, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws, now or hereafter in effect, relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) equitable remedies of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (collectively, the “ Enforceability Limitations ”).

8

Section 2.4           Governmental Consents; No Violation .

 

(a)         Other than in connection with or in compliance with (i) applicable securities Laws, and (ii) any applicable requirements of Antitrust Laws, no authorization, consent or approval of, or filing with, any Governmental Entity is necessary, under applicable Law, for the consummation by the Company of the Transactions, except for such authorizations, consents, approvals or filings that, if not obtained or made, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement do not, and, except as described in Section 2.4(a) , the consummation of the Transactions and compliance with the provisions hereof will not, (i) result in any violation or breach of, or default or change of control (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under any contract, indenture, promissory note, credit facility, mortgage, pledge, security agreement or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties, rights or assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiaries, other than Permitted Liens, (ii) conflict with or result in any violation of any provision of the Company Governing Documents or (iii) conflict with or violate any Laws applicable to the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, other than in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) , any such violation, conflict, default, termination, cancellation, acceleration, right, loss or Lien that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 2.5          Litigation . As of the date hereof, there is no claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether administrative, governmental, arbitrational or of another legal character, pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened by or against the Company or any Company Subsidiary before any court or arbitrator or by any Governmental Entity and neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is subject to any outstanding order, writ, injunction or decree which may interfere with the conduct of its business or the use or ownership of its assets, in each case, other than (a) as included in the Disclosed Information, (b) reserved for in the Company’s financial statements, or (c) such claims, actions, suits, proceedings, orders, writs, injunctions and decrees that are ordinary, routine or incidental to the Company’s business.

 

Section 2.6          Specific Disclosures . The Disclosed Information does not contain any untrue or misleading statement of a material fact and all agreements provided as part of the Disclosed Information are true and complete copies thereof in all material respects. Section 2.6 of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and accurate copy of the following, each of which is also included in the Disclosed Information: (a) the Company’s Backlog as of January 31, 2018, (b) the unaudited, consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of January 31, 2018 and (c) the total severance payments for which the Company and the Company Subsidiaries would be liable, assuming all officers and employees of the Company and each Company Subsidiary were terminated as of April 1, 2018 as a result of a change of control of the Company occurring on such date.

 

Section 2.7          Liens . Section 2.7 of the Company Disclosure Letter contains a true and accurate copy of the Register of Mortgages and Charges of the Company as of the date hereof.

9

Section 2.8          Finders and Brokers . Other than Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has employed any investment banker, broker or finder in connection with the Transactions who might be entitled to any fee or any commission in connection with this Agreement or upon consummation of the Offer.

 

Section 2.9          No Other Representations . Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article III , the Company acknowledges that neither Purchaser nor any Representative of Purchaser makes, and the Company acknowledges that it has not relied upon or otherwise been induced by, any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Purchaser or with respect to any other information provided or made available to the Company in connection with the Transactions, including any information, documents, projections, forecasts or other material made available to the Company or to the Company’s Representatives in expectation of the Transactions.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

 

Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as set forth below:

 

Section 3.1          Qualification, Organization, etc. Purchaser is a Bermuda company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite company power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and is qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of its assets or properties or conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so organized, validly existing, qualified or, in good standing, or to have such power or authority, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.2           Purchaser Authority .

 

(a)         Purchaser has all requisite company or similar power and authority to enter into this Agreement and, to consummate the Transactions, including the Offer. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary company action of Purchaser and no other company proceedings on the part of Purchaser are necessary to authorize the consummation of the Transactions.

 

(b)         This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Purchaser and, assuming this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Limitations.

 

Section 3.3          Governmental Consents; No Violation .

 

(a)      Other than in connection with or in compliance with (i) applicable securities Laws and (ii) any applicable requirements of Antitrust Laws (including requirements in respect of any voluntary filings), no authorization, consent or approval of, or filing with, any Governmental Entity is necessary, under applicable Law, for the consummation by Purchaser of the Transactions, except for such authorizations, consents, approvals or filings that, if not obtained or made, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

10

(b)         The execution and delivery by Purchaser of this Agreement do not, and, except as described in Section 3.3(a) , the consummation of the Transactions and compliance with the provisions hereof will not, (i) result in any violation or breach of, or default or change of control (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under any material contract, indenture, promissory note, credit facility, mortgage, pledge, security agreement binding upon Purchaser or any Purchaser Subsidiary or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties, rights or assets of Purchaser or any Purchaser Subsidiary, other than Permitted Liens, (ii) conflict with or result in any violation of any provision of the memorandum of association and bye-laws of Purchaser, as amended up to the date hereof or (iii) conflict with or violate any Laws applicable to Purchaser or any Purchaser’s Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets, other than in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) , any such violation, conflict, default, termination, cancellation, acceleration, right, loss or Lien that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.4       Availability of Financing . Purchaser is solvent and has, or will have available to it as of the Acceptance Time, sufficient cash to consummate the Transactions, including payment of the Tender Offer Consideration at the Acceptance Time, and the amounts set forth on Annex E and all other related fees and expenses of Purchaser.

 

Section 3.5          Disclosed Information . Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that (a) Purchaser is a sophisticated entity, with knowledge and experience in the business in which the Company is engaged, (b) Purchaser has been afforded the opportunity to investigate and review the Company and its business and the Company has provided Purchaser with the Disclosed Information in response to Purchaser’s requests, and (c) in determining to proceed with the Offer, Purchaser is relying solely on such investigation and the representations and the warranties of Purchaser contained in Article II of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.6        Finders and Brokers . Neither Purchaser nor any Purchaser Subsidiary has employed any investment banker, broker or finder in connection with the Transactions who might be entitled to any fee or any commission in connection with this Agreement or upon consummation of the Offer.

 

Section 3.7        No Other Representations . Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article II , Purchaser acknowledges that neither the Company nor any Representative of the Company makes, and Purchaser acknowledges that it has not relied upon, any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company or any Company Subsidiaries or with respect to any other information provided or made available to Purchaser in connection with the Transactions, including any information, documents, projections, forecasts or other material made available to Purchaser or to Purchaser’s Representatives in expectation of the Transactions.  

11

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS RELATING TO CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE OFFER

 

Section 4.1             Conduct of Business by the Parties Pending the Acceptance Time . The Company agrees that between the date of this Agreement and the Acceptance Time or the date, if any, on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6.1 , except (w) as set forth in Section 4.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter, (x) as specifically required or contemplated by this Agreement, (y) as required by Law or (z) as consented to in writing by Purchaser (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), (1) the Company shall and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, conduct its business in all material respects in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, including by using commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its and their present business organizations and to preserve its and their present relationships with customers, suppliers, Governmental Entities and other Persons with whom it and they have material business relations and (2) without limiting the generality of clause (1), the Company shall and, where applicable, shall cause each applicable Company Subsidiary to:

 

(a)          maintain its assets and make capital expenditures consistent with past practice;

 

(b)         not change its procedures for the payment of accounts payable and collection of receivables (such as cash rebates and terms of payment), the repayment of indebtedness or the payment of Taxes (except as may be necessary or appropriate in response to changes in applicable Tax Laws) nor its accounting practices or procedures;

 

(c)          pay its creditors in accordance with past practices;

 

(d)         comply in all material respects with all applicable Laws, the terms of all permits, approvals or licenses held by it and all agreements and undertakings by which it is bound;

 

(e)          maintain all current insurance policies in force, pay all premiums under such policies when due, and not do, or permit to be done, anything which may cause any insurances to become void or voidable;

 

(f)           file in a timely manner all requisite material Tax returns and pay all material Taxes in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)         not amend, nor permit the amendment of, the Company Governing Documents, the Company Equity Plan or any Company Equity Award, nor permit there to be any change in the composition of the Company Board of Directors such that the members thereof serving on the date hereof cease to constitute a majority of the Company Board of Directors nor amend the Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

(h)         not pay, make or declare any dividend or other distribution, including by way of repurchase of its own shares, other than (i) any such dividend or distribution to the Company or a Company Subsidiary or (ii) in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Prospector Rig Acquisition;

12

(i)          not (i) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money (ii) guarantee or secure the obligations of any Person, other than the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or (iii) agree or consent to the creation of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) over any of its assets, other than, in each case, for (1) intercompany transactions or (2) transactions in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that (A) the Company and any Company Subsidiary may, without Purchaser’s consent but subject to an obligation to disclose the material terms to the Purchaser, enter into negotiations, letters of intent, commitment letters and similar agreements with respect to financing or refinancing the Prospector Rigs provided that such negotiations, letter of intent, commitment letter or agreement does not commit the Company or any Company Subsidiary to any monetary or other obligation (including an obligation to enter into definitive contracts and proceed with the financing) other than a commitment, break-up, termination or similar fee equal to or less than US $2,000,000 in the aggregate and (B) if the Company shall have acquired direct or indirect ownership of the Prospector Rigs and the Acceptance Date shall not have occurred on or prior to April 15, 2018, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and any Company Subsidiary, without Purchaser’s consent, may, following such date, incur indebtedness for borrowed money in an amount up to US $130,000,000 in order to finance or refinance the Company’s direct or indirect ownership of the Prospector Rigs (including the Prospector Contracting Companies and any of their Affiliates acquired in connection with such financing or refinancing), and may grant Liens over the Prospector Rigs or the equity interests of, or any assets owned by, the Prospector Contracting Companies or any of such Affiliates and take other similar related or necessary actions in connection therewith in accordance with market practice for financing of this nature;

 

(j)           not enter into, amend or terminate any agreement in respect of the Prospector Rigs or any other agreement which would adversely affect the Backlog or the cashflow from the Backlog in any material respect, other than, in each case, in connection with the transactions contemplated by Section 5.9 ;

 

(k)          not make or agree to make any capital expenditure other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)           not (i) grant or announce any material increase in the wages, bonuses, incentives, pension or other benefits payable to any of its employees, nor establish any employee benefit plan, except as required by applicable Law or any agreement with any labor union or works council entered into before the date hereof or (ii) terminate the employment of any employee for any reason other than cause without the prior consent of Purchaser;

 

(m)         not settle, release or forgive any claim or litigation or waive any right thereto, other than (i) as anticipated by the Settlement Agreement, (ii) in connection with the Jindal Claim or (iii) otherwise in the ordinary course of business; or

 

(n)         not repay any indebtedness for borrowed money, other than (i) any intercompany indebtedness and (ii) as required by any financing agreements.

13

Section 4.2          Superior Proposal .

 

(a)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if, prior to the Acceptance Time, the Company Board of Directors determines in good faith after consultation with the Company’s outside legal and financial advisors that it has received a Superior Proposal and that the failure to take action to notify members of the terms thereof would reasonably be expected to be inconsistent with the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Law, then the Company may notify the members of the terms of the Superior Proposal provided that, in so doing, it notifies the members that the Company is not entitled to terminate this Agreement, nor is any Tendering Member entitled to terminate its Tender Support Agreement, in order to accept, or otherwise in connection with, the Superior Proposal.

 

(b)         Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit the Company or the Company Board of Directors from (i) complying with any mandatory obligations which require it to disclose to the Company’s members a position contemplated by Rule 14e-2(a) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or (ii) making any disclosure to its members if the Company Board of Directors has reasonably determined in good faith after consideration with the Company’s outside legal counsel that the failure to do so would be inconsistent with the director’s duties under applicable law.

 

ARTICLE V

 

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

Section 5.1          Notice of Certain Events . The Company shall give prompt notice to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall give prompt notice to the Company, (a) of any notice or other communication received by such Party from any Governmental Entity in connection with this Agreement, the Offer or the other Transactions, or from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the Offer or the other Transactions, if the subject matter of such communication or the failure of such Party to obtain such consent could be material to the Company or Purchaser, (b) of any legal proceeding commenced or, to any Party’s knowledge, threatened against, such Party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or otherwise relating to, involving or affecting such Party or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, in each case in connection with, arising from or otherwise relating to the Offer or any other Transaction, and (c) upon becoming aware of the occurrence or impending occurrence of any event or circumstance relating to it or any of the Company Subsidiaries or the Purchaser Subsidiaries, respectively, which would reasonably be expected to render any of the representations or warranties of the Company set out in Article II inaccurate or have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect or a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect, as the case may be, or which would reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay or impede the consummation of the Transactions; provided, however, that the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall not cure any breach of any representation or warranty requiring disclosure of such matter prior to the date of this Agreement or otherwise limit or affect the remedies available hereunder to any Party. The failure to deliver any such notice shall not affect any of the conditions set forth in Section 1.1(a)(iv) or give rise to any right to terminate under Article VI .

14

 

Section 5.2          Reasonable Best Efforts and Cooperation .

 

(a)         Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Party will use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws to consummate the Offer and the other Transactions as soon as practicable after the date hereof, including (i) preparing and filing, in consultation with the other Party and as promptly as practicable and advisable after the date hereof, all documentation to effect all necessary applications, notices, petitions, filings, and other documents and to obtain as promptly as practicable all waiting period expirations or terminations, consents, clearances, waivers, licenses, orders, registrations, approvals, permits, and authorizations necessary or advisable to be obtained from any third party and/or any Governmental Entity in order to consummate the Offer or any of the other Transactions and (ii) using reasonable best efforts to take all steps as may be necessary to obtain all such waiting period expirations or terminations, consents, clearances, waivers, licenses, registrations, permits, authorizations, orders and approvals.

 

(b)         Each of Purchaser and the Company shall, in connection with the efforts referenced in Section 5.2(a) to obtain all waiting period expirations or terminations, consents, clearances, waivers, licenses, orders, registrations, approvals, permits, and authorizations for the Transactions under any Antitrust Law, including any voluntary filing, (i) cooperate in all respects and consult with each other in connection with any filing or submission and in connection with any investigation or other inquiry, including any proceeding initiated by a private party, including by allowing the other Party to have a reasonable opportunity to review in advance and comment on drafts of filings and submissions; (ii) promptly inform the other Party of any communication received by such Party from, or given by such Party to any Governmental Entity, by promptly providing copies to the other Party of any such written communications, and of any material communication received or given in connection with any proceeding by a private party, in each case regarding any of the Transactions; and (iii) permit the other Party to review in advance any communication that it gives to, and consult with each other in advance of any meeting, substantive telephone call or conference with, any Governmental Entity, or, in connection with any proceeding by a private party, with any other Person, and to the extent permitted by any applicable Governmental Entity or other Person, give the other Party the opportunity to attend and participate in any in-person meetings with any Governmental Entity or other Person provided, however, that materials required to be provided pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) may be redacted (1) to remove references concerning the valuation of Purchaser, Company or any of their Subsidiaries, (2) as necessary to comply with contractual arrangements, and (3) as necessary to address reasonable privilege or confidentiality concerns. If any such redactions are made, unredacted materials shall be provided to outside counsel for the other party on an outside counsel only basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing and Section 7.3 , Purchaser shall bear and pay any and all filing fees required to be paid under any Antitrust Laws or any other filing fee paid to any Governmental Entity in connection with obtaining any waiting period expirations or terminations, consents, clearances, waivers, licenses, orders, registrations, approvals, permits, and authorizations from such Governmental Entity.

15

(c)         To the extent requested by Purchaser in writing at least two (2) Business Days prior to the anticipated Acceptance Time, the Company Board of Directors will resolve to conditionally appoint such directors as are designated by Purchaser in such writing to serve on the Company Board of Directors in order to fill the vacancies created by the resignations contemplated by Section 2.1(d) , conditioned solely upon the occurrence of the resignations contemplated by Section 2.1(d) . Promptly following the effectiveness of the appointment of any such directors designated by Purchaser, including following the resignations of directors contemplated by Section 2.1(d) , the Company will provide Purchaser with an updated register of the directors and officers of the Company.

 

Section 5.3         Publicity . So long as this Agreement is in effect, neither the Company nor Purchaser, nor any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives, shall issue or cause the publication of any press release or other public announcement with respect to the Offer or this Agreement without the prior consent of the other Party, unless such Party determines, after consultation with outside counsel, that it is required by applicable Law or by any listing agreement with or the listing rules of a securities exchange or trading market to issue or cause the publication of any press release or other public announcement with respect to the Offer or this Agreement, in which event such Party shall endeavor, on a basis reasonable under the circumstances, to provide a meaningful opportunity to the other Party to review and comment upon such press release or other announcement in advance and shall give due consideration to all reasonable additions, deletions or changes suggested thereto; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required by this Section 5.3 to provide any such review or comment to the other Party in the event of any Superior Offer or any dispute between the Parties relating to this Agreement; provided, further, each Party and their respective Affiliates or Representatives may make statements that are not inconsistent with previous press releases, public disclosures or public statements made by Purchaser and the Company in compliance with this Section 5.3 .

 

Section 5.4          Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance and Indemnification .

 

(a)         For not less than ten (10) years from and after the Acceptance Time, Purchaser shall, and shall cause the Company to, indemnify and hold harmless all past and present directors, officers and employees of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) against any costs or expenses (including advancing reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses directly to the relevant attorney in advance of the final disposition of any actual or threatened claim, suit, proceeding or investigation to each Indemnified Party to the fullest extent permitted by Law; provided such Indemnified Party agrees in advance in writing to return any such funds to which a court of competent jurisdiction has determined in a final, non-appealable judgment such Indemnified Party is not ultimately entitled), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages, liabilities and amounts paid in settlement (on terms consented to by the Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) in connection with any actual or threatened claim, action, investigation, suit or proceeding in respect of acts or omissions occurring or alleged to have occurred at or prior to the Acceptance Time (including acts or omissions occurring in connection with the approval of this Agreement and the consummation of the Offer or any of the other Transactions), whether asserted or claimed prior to, at or after the Acceptance Time, in connection with such persons serving as an officer, director, employee or other fiduciary of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries or of any Person if such service was at the request or for the benefit of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries,  to the fullest extent permitted by Law. The Parties agree that all rights to elimination of liability, indemnification and advancement of expenses for acts or omissions occurring or alleged to have occurred at or prior to the Acceptance Time, whether asserted or claimed prior to, at or after the Acceptance Time, now existing in favor of the Indemnified Parties as provided in the Company Governing Documents, the organizational documents of any Company Subsidiary or any other applicable agreement or document shall survive the consummation of the Offer and shall continue in full force and effect. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any Indemnified Party notifies Purchaser or the Company on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the Acceptance Time of a matter in respect of which such Person may seek indemnification pursuant to this Section 5.4 , the provisions of this Section 5.4 shall continue in effect with respect to such matter until the final disposition of all claims, actions, investigations, suits and proceedings relating thereto.

16

(b)        For ten (10) years after the Acceptance Time, Purchaser shall cause to be maintained in effect the provisions in (i) the Company Governing Documents and the organizational documents of the Company Subsidiaries and (ii) any other agreements of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries with any Indemnified Party, in each case, regarding elimination of liability, indemnification of officers, directors and employees and advancement of expenses that are in existence on the date of this Agreement (the “ Exculpation and Indemnification Agreements ”), including those Exculpation and Indemnification Agreements listed in Section 5.4(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter; and no such provision described in clauses (i) or (ii) shall be amended, and no such provision shall be amended, modified or repealed in any manner that would adversely affect the rights or protections thereunder of any such Indemnified Party in respect of acts or omissions occurring or alleged to have occurred at or prior to the Acceptance Time (including acts or omissions occurring in connection with the approval of this Agreement and the consummation of the Offer or any of the other Transactions).

 

(c)         At or prior to the Acceptance Time, Company shall, using Company’s current insurance broker, purchase a “tail policy” to the Company’s current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy and fiduciary liability policy or policies that provides coverage for events occurring prior to the Acceptance Time, for an aggregate period of not less than ten (10) years from the Acceptance Time (the “ Tail Period ”), for the benefit of the Company’s past and current directors and officers (the “ D&O Insurance ”), which tail policy shall contain the same coverage amounts and shall be no less favorable than the Company’s existing policy or policies or, if insurance coverage that is no less favorable is unavailable, the best available coverage; provided, however, that Purchaser shall not be required to pay a total premium for the D&O Insurance in excess of US $400,000 for the Tail Period. Purchaser shall cause the Company to maintain in effect such D&O Insurance in accordance with its terms throughout the Tail Period.

 

(d)         In the event Purchaser or any of its respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of Purchaser, as the case may be, shall assume the obligations set forth in this Section 5.4 . The rights and obligations under this Section 5.4 shall survive consummation of the Offer and shall not be terminated or amended in a manner that is adverse to any Indemnified Party without the written consent of such Indemnified Party.

17

Section 5.5        Employee Benefits Matters . Following the Acceptance Time, for each Company Employee, Purchaser shall retain and perform all of its mandatory or contractual liabilities and obligations with respect to continuation coverage under COBRA except that, where there is no comparable beneficiary, for purposes of applying the provisions of COBRA, any reference to “similarly situated beneficiaries” (including references to “similarly situated beneficiaries with respect to whom a qualifying event has not occurred”) shall be interpreted to mean similarly situated employees of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries as of immediately prior to the Acceptance Time, with the benefit coverage and premiums determined based on the benefit coverage and premiums applicable to such similarly situated employees as in effect immediately prior to the Acceptance Time. Any COBRA reimbursements or payments due under any employment agreement to which a Company Employee is a party shall be determined based on the provisions of this Section 5.5 .

 

Section 5.6         Employment Matters . Purchaser shall cause the Company and its Affiliates to comply with all requirements under Layoff Laws as of or after the Acceptance Time. Between the date of this Agreement and the Acceptance Time, if Purchaser shall determine (subject to the occurrence of the Acceptance Time) to take any action following the Acceptance Time that would require any notices, give rise to a consultation obligation or otherwise require action pursuant to any Layoff Laws, then Purchaser and Company shall cooperate with each other to provide any required notices, perform any consultation obligations and otherwise take all actions as required by any Layoff Laws in order to limit any liability or penalty, and commence any notice period, arising under any Layoff Laws.

 

Section 5.7          Payments at the Acceptance Time . Effective simultaneously with the Acceptance Time (other than as expressly contemplated in Annex E ), Purchaser and the Company shall pay those amounts set forth on Annex E . Promptly following the Acceptance Time, the Company will provide Purchaser with an updated register of mortgages and charges with respect to the Company that reflects the release of any and all Liens listed therein that were released as of the Acceptance Time.

 

Section 5.8         Security Holder Litigation . Each Party shall provide the other Party prompt notice of any litigation brought by any shareholder or member, as applicable, of that Party against such Party, any of its Subsidiaries and/or any of their respective directors relating to this Agreement, the Offer or any of the other Transactions and shall keep the other Party informed on a prompt and timely basis with respect to the status thereof. The Company shall give Purchaser the opportunity to participate (at Purchaser’s expense) in the defense or settlement of any such litigation, and no such settlement shall be agreed to without Purchaser’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that Purchaser shall not be obligated to consent to any settlement which does not include a full release of Purchaser and its Affiliates or which imposes an injunction or other equitable relief after the Acceptance Time upon Purchaser or any of its Affiliates. In the event of, and to the extent of, any conflict or overlap between the provisions of this Section 5.8 and Section 4.1 or Section 5.2 , the provisions of this Section 5.8 shall control.

 

Section 5.9         Prospector Rigs . The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to, prior to the Acceptance Time, (a) obtain full direct, or indirect through one or more Company Subsidiaries, legal and beneficial title, free and clear from all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, to all of the Prospector Contracting Company Shares; (b) cause all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, on all of the respective assets of the Prospector Contracting Companies to be released and discharged; (c) cause each Prospector Contracting Company to obtain full legal and beneficial title to its respective Prospector Rig, free and clear from all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, as evidenced by a certificate of ownership and encumbrance from the Vanuatu ship register; (d) effect the performance of its related obligations under the Settlement Agreement and the Management Agreement; and (e) cause each debtor in the chapter 11 cases styled In re Prospector Offshore Drilling S.à.r.l, et al ., Case No. 17-11572 (CSS) (the “ Bankruptcy Cases ”) that is acquired by the Company in connection with the Prospector Rig Acquisition, including the Prospector Contracting Companies, to be fully dismissed from the Bankruptcy Cases pursuant to an order of the bankruptcy court, the effectiveness of which order has not been stayed (the actions described in this Section 5.9, collectively, the “ Prospector Rig Acquisition ”).

18

Section 5.10        Shareholders’ Agreement . Purchaser agrees that between the date of this Agreement and the date, if any, on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6.1 , Purchaser shall comply strictly with the terms of Section 4.03 of the Shareholders’ Agreement, and Company agrees and acknowledges that the terms and conditions of the Offer as set forth in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a “Takeover Offer” within the meaning of Section 4.03 of the Shareholders’ Agreement and to comply strictly with the terms of Section 4.03 of the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

TERMINATION

 

Section 6.1          Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the Offer and the other Transactions may be abandoned, at any time before the Acceptance Time, as follows:

 

(a)          by mutual written consent of Purchaser and the Company;

 

(b)         by the Company, in the event that (i) the Company is not then in material breach of this Agreement and (ii) (1) Purchaser shall have materially breached its covenants or agreements under this Agreement, or (2) any of the representations and warranties of Purchaser set forth in this Agreement shall have become inaccurate, which inaccuracy would reasonably be expected to have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect, in each of clauses (1) and (2) to the extent such breach, violation or inaccuracy is incapable of being cured or is not cured by Purchaser within the earlier of (x) thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of written notice from the Company of such breach, violation or inaccuracy or (y) the then-scheduled expiration date of the Offer (provided, for the purposes of this clause (y), Purchaser may irrevocably extend the expiration date of the Offer to the later of (A) the Outside Date or (B) the thirtieth calendar day after the written notice contemplated in clause (x) in order to extend the cure period);

 

(c)         by Purchaser, in the event that (i) Purchaser is not then in material breach of this Agreement and (ii) the Company shall have materially breached its covenants or agreements under this Agreement, or any of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall have become inaccurate, in either case such that the conditions to the Offer set forth in Section 1.1(a) are not capable of being satisfied by the Outside Date;

19

 

(d)         by either Purchaser or the Company, if the Acceptance Time shall not have occurred by 11:59 p.m. New York Time on May 30, 2018 (the “ Outside Date ”); provided, however, that if the conditions set forth in Section 1.1(a)(iv)(2) or Section 1.1(a)(iv)(3) solely with respect to Antitrust Laws shall not have been satisfied on the Outside Date, the Outside Date may be extended by either Party, by written notice to the other Party, up to a date not beyond June 30, 2018; provided, further, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) shall not be available to any Party whose action or failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement proximately caused any of the Offer Conditions having failed to be satisfied and such action or failure to act constitutes a material breach of this Agreement; or

 

(e)         by either the Company or Purchaser if a Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction shall have issued a final, non-appealable order, injunction, decree or ruling in each case permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Offer.

 

Section 6.2          Effect of Termination .

 

(a)         Save as regulated by Section 6.2(b) , in the event of the valid termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 6.1 , written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other Party or Parties specifying the provision hereof pursuant to which such termination is made, and this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and there shall be no liability on the part of Purchaser or the Company, other than any liability for a Willful Breach of this Agreement prior to such termination, which the Parties acknowledge and agree shall not be limited to reimbursement of expenses or out-of-pocket costs.

 

(b)        If the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to (i) Section 6.1(b) or (ii) Section 6.1(d) but, with respect to this clause (ii) only if (1) all of the Offer Conditions have been satisfied or waived, but the Acceptance Time has not occurred as of the Outside Date as a result of Purchaser’s breach of, or failure to fulfill its obligations under, Section 1.1(e) and Section 1.1(g) to accept for payment and pay for all Company Shares that are validly tendered and not withdrawn in the Offer or (2) Purchaser’s action or failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement proximately caused any of the Offer Conditions having failed to be satisfied and such action or failure to act constitutes a material breach of this Agreement, then, in each case, the Purchaser shall be liable to the Company in an amount equal to US $10,000,000, payable in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds (the “ Termination Payment ”) as the Company’s sole and exclusive remedy and as full and complete satisfaction of any liabilities that may be suffered by the Company hereunder. It is expressly stipulated by the Parties that the actual amount of damages resulting from such a termination would be difficult if not impossible to determine accurately because of the unique nature of this Agreement, the unique nature of the Company Shares, the uncertainties of applicable commodity markets, and differences of opinion with respect to such matters, and that the liquidated damages associated with the payment of the Termination Payment to the Company is a reasonable estimate by the Parties of such damages under the circumstances and does not constitute a penalty.

 

(c)          The Confidentiality Agreement, this Section 6.2 and Section 7.3 through Section 7.12 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

20

ARTICLE VII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.1          Amendment and Modification; Waiver .

 

(a)         Subject to applicable Law and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement may be amended, modified and supplemented only by written agreement signed by each of the Parties.

 

(b)         At any time and from time to time prior to the Acceptance Time, either the Company, on the one hand, or Purchaser, on the other hand, may, to the extent legally allowed and except as otherwise set forth herein, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of Purchaser, in the case of an extension by the Company, or of the Company, in the case of an extension by Purchaser, as applicable, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such Party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of any such Party contained herein. Any agreement on the part of Purchaser or the Company to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of Purchaser or the Company, as applicable. Any delay in exercising any right under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right.

 

Section 7.2         Non-Survival of Representations and Warranties . None of the representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any schedule, instrument or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Acceptance Time. This Section 7.2 shall not limit any covenant or agreement of the Parties which by its terms contemplates performance after the Acceptance Time.

 

Section 7.3          Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all Expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Transactions shall be paid by the Party incurring such Expenses.

 

Section 7.4         Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally (notice deemed given upon receipt), sent by facsimile (notice deemed given upon confirmation of transmission if sent before or during the regular business hours of the recipient or on the next Business Day if sent after the regular business hours of the recipient), sent by email (notice deemed given upon confirmation of receipt) or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, such as Federal Express (notice deemed given upon receipt of proof of delivery), to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

if to Purchaser, to:

 

Borr Drilling Limited

Thistle House 

4 Burnaby Street

Hamilton 

HM11 

Bermuda 

Attention: Simon Johnson CEO 

Email: sjohnson@borrdrilling.com

Facsimile: +1 441 292 2277

21

with a copy to:

 

Ro Sommernes Advokatfirma DA

Fridjof Nansens plass 7 

Oslo

Norway 

Attention; Erling Lind

Email: el@rosom.no

 

and

 

if to the Company, to: 


Paragon Offshore Limited

3151 Briarpark Drive

Suite 700 

Houston, TX 77042 

Attention: Todd Strickler 

Email: tstrickler@paragonoffshore.com

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) to: 


Vinson & Elkins LLP 

1001 Fannin Street

Suite 2500 

Houston, TX 77002 

Attention: Michael S. Telle, Esq.

Email: mtelle@velaw.com

Facsimile: (713) 615-5651

 

Section 7.5       Interpretation . When a reference is made in this Agreement to Sections, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The table of contents and headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience of reference purposes only and shall not affect or be deemed to affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any term or provision hereof. All references herein to the Subsidiaries of a Person shall be deemed to include all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of such Person unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires. The Parties agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any Law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document will be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

22

Section 7.6         Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed manually or by facsimile by the Parties, in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when a counterpart hereof shall have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Parties.

 

Section 7.7           Entire Agreement; Third-Party Beneficiaries .

 

(a)        This Agreement (including the Company Disclosure Letter) and the Confidentiality Agreement constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements (except that the Confidentiality Agreement shall be deemed amended hereby so that until the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof, Purchaser shall be permitted to take the actions contemplated by this Agreement) and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

(b)         Except as provided in Section 5.4 and Section 5.6 nothing in this Agreement (including the Company Disclosure Letter), express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

Section 7.8        Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by rule of Law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the Offer is not affected in any manner adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the Offer is fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

Section 7.9          Governing Law; Jurisdiction .

 

(a)         THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXECUTED IN AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN THAT STATE, REGARDLESS OF THE LAWS THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE GOVERN UNDER APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

23

(b)         Each of the parties to this Agreement in express reliance on Delaware Code, title 6, section 2708, (i) irrevocably submits itself to the personal jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery (or in the event, but only in the event, that such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such action or proceeding, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or the Transactions, (ii) agrees that this jurisdiction is exclusive and that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or the Transactions in any court other than the Delaware Court of Chancery (or in the event, but only in the event, that such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction over such action or proceeding, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware), and that the agreements in this Section 7.9 shall be a defense to jurisdiction in any other forum. The parties to this Agreement agree that a final judgment in any action or proceeding brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by applicable law. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (1) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to serve in accordance with this Section 7.9 , (2) any claim that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (3) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any claim that (A) the suit, action or proceeding in such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (B) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper or (C) this Agreement, or the subject matter of this Agreement, may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby consents to service being made through the notice procedures set forth in Section 7.4 and agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by registered mail (return receipt requested and first-class postage prepaid) to the respective addresses set forth in Section 7.4 shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or the Transactions. The consents to jurisdiction set forth in this Section 7.9(b) shall not constitute general consents to service of process in the State of Delaware and shall have no effect for any purpose except as provided in this Agreement and shall not be deemed to confer rights on any Person other than the parties to this Agreement.

 

(c)        Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably appoints The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 (the “ Process Agent ”) to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any proceedings and consents to receive notice of service of process through service on the Process Agent. If for any reason the Process Agent is unable to act as such for a Party, the applicable Party shall, within thirty (30) days, appoint a substitute Process Agent located in the State of Delaware and give notice of such appointment to the other Party.

 

Section 7.10       Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT (I) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (II) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTY HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVER AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 7.10 .

 

Section 7.11      Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assigned by either of the Parties (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Subject to the foregoing, but without relieving any Party of any obligation hereunder, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

24

Section 7.12       Enforcement; Remedies .

 

(a)         Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a Party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by Law or equity upon such Party, and the exercise by a Party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

 

(b)         The Parties agree that irreparable injury will occur in the event that any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached. It is agreed that prior to the valid termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article VI , each Party shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent or remedy any breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement by the other Party, to a decree or order of specific performance specifically enforcing the terms and provisions of this Agreement and to any further equitable relief.

 

(c)         The Parties’ rights in this Section 7.12 are an integral part of the Transactions and each Party hereby waives any objections to any remedy referred to in this Section 7.12 (including any objection on the basis that there is an adequate remedy at Law or that an award of such remedy is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at Law or equity). Each Party agrees that there is not an adequate remedy at Law for a breach of this Agreement by a Party. In the event any Party seeks any remedy referred to in this Section 7.12 , such Party shall not be required to obtain, furnish, post or provide any bond or other security in connection with or as a condition to obtaining any such remedy.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

25

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
PURCHASER:
   
  BORR DRILLING LIMITED
   
 
By

 
Name:
Svedn A. Maier 
  Title:  COO
   
  COMPANY:
   
  PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
    
  By:
  Name: James W. Swent
  Title: Chief Executive  Officer


Signature Page to Tender Offer Agreement


Annex A

 

Certain Defined Terms

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, the term:

 

Antitrust Laws ” mean any antitrust, competition or trade regulation Laws that are designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade or lessening competition through merger or acquisition.

 

Affiliates ” means, with respect to any Person, all Persons directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, in each case where the term “control” means possession, directly or indirectly, or the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract interest or otherwise.

 

Backlog ” means expected future revenues of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries from existing customer contracts and letters of intent.

 

Business Day ” means any day, other than Saturday, Sunday or a U.S. federal, Oslo, Norway, London, England or Cayman Island holiday, and shall consist of the time period from 12:01 a.m. through 12:00 midnight Eastern time. In computing any time period, the date of the event which begins the running of such time period shall be included except that if such event occurs on other than a Business Day such period shall begin to run on and shall include the first Business Day thereafter.

 

COBRA ” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, as amended or any similar state or local law.

 

Company Articles ” means the Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company, as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.

 

Company Employee ” means each individual employed by the Company or a Company Subsidiary immediately prior to the Acceptance Time.

 

Company Equity Awards ” means any and all Awards, as such term is defined in the Company Equity Plan, outstanding as of immediately prior to the Acceptance Time.

 

Company Equity Plan ” means the Company Long Term Incentive Plan, effective as of December 8, 2017, as the same may be amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

Company Governing Documents ” means the Amended and Restated Memorandum of the Company, as in effect as of the date of this Agreement, and the Company Articles.

Annex A-1

Company Material Adverse Effect ” means any Effect that, individually or in the aggregate, alone or in conjunction with Effects has or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business, assets or operations of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, however, that no Effects resulting or arising from the following shall be deemed to constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect or shall be taken into account when determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect exists or has occurred or is reasonably likely to exist or occur: (a) any changes in general global economic conditions or the general economic conditions of any country, (b) conditions (or changes therein) in any industry or industries in which the Company operates, including changes in global or regional oil and natural gas prices, (c) general legal, tax, economic, political and/or regulatory conditions (or changes therein), including any changes affecting financial, credit or capital market conditions, (d) any adoption, implementation, promulgation, repeal, modification, amendment, reinterpretation, change or proposal of any applicable Law of or by any Governmental Entity, (e) any actions expressly required by, or the failure to take any action expressly prohibited by, the terms of this Agreement, (f) any failure by the Company to meet any internal or published projections, estimates or expectations of the Company’s revenue, earnings or other financial performance or results of operations for any period, in and of itself, or any failure by the Company to meet its internal budgets, plans or forecasts of its revenues, earnings or other financial performance or results of operations, in and of itself (it being understood that the facts or occurrences giving rise or contributing to such failure that are not otherwise excluded from the definition of a “Company Material Adverse Effect” may be taken into account), (g) Effects arising out of changes in geopolitical conditions, acts of terrorism or sabotage, war (whether or not declared), the commencement, continuation or escalation of a war, acts of armed hostility, weather conditions or other force majeure events, including any material worsening of such conditions threatened or existing as of the date of this Agreement, (h) any matter disclosed in the Company Disclosure Letter, (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the Transactions, or the public announcement of this Agreement or the Transactions, including any litigation arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Transactions or the events leading thereto ( provided that this clause (i) shall not apply to any representation or warranty to the extent the purpose of such representation or warranty is to address the consequences resulting from the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the Transactions) and (j) any action or failure to take any action that is consented to or requested by Purchaser in writing, provided that with respect to the exceptions set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (g) , such Effect shall be taken into account in the determination of whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred solely to the extent that such Effect disproportionately affected the Company relative to other participants in the industry in which the Company operates.

 

Company Subsidiaries ” means the Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

Company’s Knowledge ” will be deemed to be, as the case may be, the actual knowledge of the Persons listed in Section A-1 of the Company Disclosure Letter.

 

Confidentiality Agreement ” means the Confidentiality Agreement, dated November 6, 2017, between Purchaser and the Company, as amended.

 

Disclosed Information ” means the documents, agreements and materials delivered by the Company to Purchaser at Purchaser’s request, a substantially complete set of which is included in the online repository to which the Company provided Purchaser access prior to the date of this Agreement.

Annex A-2

Effect ” means any change, effect, development, circumstance, condition, state of facts, event or occurrence.

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Expenses ” means all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including all fees and expenses of counsel, financing sources, accountants, investment bankers, experts and consultants to a Party and its Affiliates) incurred by a Party or on its behalf in connection with or related to the authorization, preparation, negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement, and all other matters related to the closing of the Offer and the other Transactions.

 

Governmental Entity ” means (a) any national, federal, state, county, municipal, local, or foreign government or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, taxing, or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, (b) any public international governmental organization, or (c) any agency, division, bureau, department, or other political subdivision of any government, entity or organization described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b) of this definition.

 

Law ” means any law, requirement, statute, code, rule, regulation, order, ordinance, judgment or decree or other pronouncement of any Governmental Entity.

 

Layoff Laws ” means applicable Laws related to plant closings, relocations, mass layoffs, redundancies, collective consultation and employment terminations.

 

Lien ” means any lien, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, security interest, encumbrance, claim, option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, community property interest or restriction of any nature (including any restriction on the voting of any security, any restriction on the transfer of any security or other asset, or any restriction on the possession, exercise or transfer of any other attribute of ownership of any asset).

 

Management Agreement ” means the Management Agreement dated July 18, 2017 among Paragon Offshore plc (in administration), the Company and Neville Kahn and David Soden as administrators, as amended by that certain Amendment Agreement dated July 20, 2017, and as may be further amended in connection with the Prospector Rig Acquisition.

 

member ” means members of the Company or beneficial owners of Company Shares, as appropriate.

 

Permitted Liens ” means any Lien (a) for Taxes or governmental assessments, charges or claims of payment not yet due and payable or are being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings and for which adequate accruals or reserves have been established, (b) which is a carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Lien, or a purchase money Lien, in each case, arising in the ordinary course of business, (c) which is disclosed in the Company’s balance sheet attached to Section 2.6 of the Company Disclosure Letter or notes thereto or securing liabilities reflected on such balance sheet, (d) with respect to any equity interests or other securities, imposed by any applicable securities laws or contained in the governing documents of any such applicable entity, (e) imposed by the terms and conditions of any vendor, supplier or customer contract entered into in the ordinary course of business or of any license, permit or other consent issued or granted by a Governmental Entity, (f) in favor of or at the behest of Purchaser or otherwise arising pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any of the Transactions, (g) which is not material in amount and would not reasonably be expected to materially impair the continued use of the applicable property for the purposes for which the property is currently being used or (h) disclosed in Section A-2 of the Company Disclosure Letter.

Annex A-3

Person ” means a natural person, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Entity or other entity or organization.

 

Prospector Contracting Companies ” means Prospector Rig 1 Contracting Company S.à.r.l. and Prospector Rig 5 Contracting Company S.à.r.l.

 

Prospector Contracting Company Shares ” means all of the equity interests in the Prospector Contracting Companies.

 

Prospector Rigs ” means the self-elevating Friede and Goldman JU-2000E (2013) and Friede and Goldman JU-2000E (2014) prospector rigs.

 

Purchaser Material Adverse Effect ” means any Effect that, individually or in the aggregate, has a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company or Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate timely the Transactions.

 

Purchaser Subsidiaries ” means the Subsidiaries of Purchaser.

 

Representatives ” means, when used with respect to any Person, the directors, officers, employees, consultants, financial advisors, accountants, legal counsel, investment bankers, and other agents, advisors and representatives of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

 

Settlement Agreement ” means that certain Settlement Agreement entered into as of February 14, 2018 by and among Paragon Offshore plc (in administration), Prospector Offshore Drilling S.à.r.l., the Prospector Contracting Companies, Prospector One Corporation, Prospector Five Corporation, SinoEnergy Capital Management, Ltd., Paragon Offshore Limited and Neville Kahn and David Soden, as administrators.

 

Shareholders’ Agreement ” means the Shareholders’ Agreement of the Company dated as of July 18, 2017.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which (a) at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of, or other equity interests, having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries or (b) with respect to a partnership, such Person or any other Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of such partnership.

Annex A-4

Superior Proposal ” means an unsolicited offer, proposal or indication of interest relating to a transaction or series of related transactions (other than the Transactions) involving (a) any acquisition or purchase by any Person or group, directly or indirectly, of Company Shares, (b) any merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, joint venture, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction involving the Company or (c) any sale, lease (other than in the ordinary course of business), exchange, transfer, or other disposition to a Person or group of Persons of assets, in each case, which the Company Board of Directors determines in good faith after consultation with the Company’s outside legal and financial advisors to be more favorable to the members than the Offer, taking into account all relevant factors (including all the terms and conditions of such offer, proposal or indication of interest and this Agreement).

 

Taxes ” means any and all taxes, levies, duties, tariffs, imposts and other similar charges and fees imposed by any Governmental Entity or domestic or foreign taxing authority, including, income, franchise, windfall or other profits, gross receipts, premiums, property, sales, use, net worth, capital stock, payroll, employment, social security, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, excise, withholding, ad valorem, stamp, transfer, value-added, gains tax and license, registration and documentation fees, severance, occupation, environmental, customs duties, disability, real property, personal property, registration, alternative or add-on minimum, or estimated tax, including any interest, penalty, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed with respect thereto, whether disputed or not.

 

Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Willful Breach ” means a deliberate act or a deliberate failure to act, taken or not taken with the actual knowledge that such act or failure to act constitutes in and of itself a material breach of this Agreement, regardless of whether breaching was the object of the act or failure to act.

 

Terms Defined Elsewhere . The following terms are defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as indicated below:

 

Acceptance Time
Section 1.1(e)
Aggregate Jindal Payable Amount
Section 1.1(f)(iii)
Agreement
Preamble
Bankruptcy Cases
Section 5.9
Company
Preamble
Company Board of Directors
Recitals
Company Board Recommendation
Recitals
Company Disclosure Letter
Article II
Company Party
Section 1.1(f)(iii)
Company Shares
Recitals
D&O Insurance
Section 5.4(c)
Enforceability Limitations
Section 2.3(b)
Equity Award Cash Consideration
Section 1.1(h)
Equity Award Jindal Payment
Section 1.1(h)
Exculpation and Indemnification Agreements
Section 5.4(b)
Indemnified Parties
Section 5.4(a)

Annex A-5

Jindal
Section 1.1(f)(iii)
Jindal Claim
Section 1.1(f)(iii)
Offer
Recitals
Offer Conditions
Section 1.1(a)(iv)
Offer to Purchase
Section 1.1(a)(iii)
Outside Date
Section 6.1(d)
Party
Preamble
Per Member Jindal Payable Amount
Section 1.1(f)(i)
Per Share Jindal Payable Amount
Section 1.1(f)(ii)
Process Agent
Section 7.9(c)
Prospector Rig Acquisition
Section 5.9
Purchaser
Preamble
Purchaser Disclosure Letter
Article III
Tail Period
Section 5.4(c)
Tender Offer Consideration
Section 1.1(a)(ii)
Tendering Members
Recitals
Termination Payment
Section 6.2(b)

Annex A-6

Annex B

 

List of Tendering Members


The information contained on this page has been redacted for confidentiality purposes.

Annex B-1

The information contained on this page has been redacted for confidentiality purposes.

Annex B-2

The information contained on this page has been redacted for confidentiality purposes, other than the totals listed below.


Total
3,407,072    
67.90%    



*Percentages are rounded off to the nearest second decimal point and are calculated based on 5,017,556 total outstanding Shares as of the date hereof. 

Annex B-3

Annex C

 

Form of Offer to Purchase


(see attached)


The attachment to this Annex C has been intentionally omitted.

Annex C-1

Annex D

 

Rig Delivery Protocol

 

On the date falling 5 days before the agreed date for the Acceptance Time and again immediately prior to the Acceptance Time, the Company shall provide Purchaser with responses to each of the following inquiries from the rig manager of each of the Prospector Rigs via electronic mail (from a company or ship email address):

 


(1)

Confirmation that each of the Prospector Rigs is in good working order and in class, as evidenced by a declaration of class or class maintenance certificate, free of material recommendations and conditions affecting class:

 

(i)           the Prospector Rig, commonly referred to as Prospector 1, in ABS Class, ✠ A1, Self-Elevating Drilling Unit and

 

(ii)          (ii) the Prospector Rig, commonly referred to as Prospector 5, in ABS Class, ✠ A1, Self-Elevating Drilling Unit, ✠ CDS;

 


(2)

The then-current location of such Prospector Rig;

 


(3)

The then-current operational status of such Prospector Rig - whether drilling, under tow or stacked (warm or cold); and

 


(4)

Whether any incident has incurred in respect of either of the Prospector Rigs that triggers a reporting obligation to the mortgagee, ABS, the insurers/P&I Club and/or the flag registry and/or which does (or would with the passage of time or giving of notice) constitute a default under any customer contract in force in respect of the Prospector Rigs.

Annex D-1

Annex E

 

Closing Payments


The contents of, and schedule to, this Annex E have been intentionally omitted.

 

Annex E-1




 

Exhibit 10.5
 
EXECUTION VERSION
 
AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
to the U.K. Implementation Agreement dated 6 July 2017
 
THIS AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (the “Amendment Agreement”) is made on 18 July 2017 between the following parties:
 
(1)
PARAGON OFFSHORE PLC (IN ADMINISTRATION ), a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 08814042, whose registered office is at c/o Deloitte LLP, Four Brindleyplace, Birmingham, B1 2HZ, United Kingdom (“ Paragon Parent ”);
 
(2)
Paragon Offshore Limited , a company incorporated in Cayman with registered number MC-323580, whose registered office is at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (“ Reorganized Paragon ”); and
 
(together, the “Parties” ),
 
(3)
NEVILLE KAHN and DAVID SODEN in their capacity as joint administrators of Paragon Parent, each of Deloitte LLP, Athene Place, 66 Shoe Lane, London EC4A 3BQ (the “ Administrators ”) (each acting as agent of Paragon Parent and without personal liability).
 
RECITALS
 
(A)
The Parties and certain Subsidiaries of Paragon Parent have entered into the U.K. Implementation Agreement dated 6 July 2017 (as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ U.K. Implementation Agreement ”).
 
(B)
The Parties have agreed to make amendments to certain provisions of the U.K. Implementation Agreement relating, among other things, to the direct or indirect transfer of Prospector Offshore Drilling S. à r. l. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries to Reorganized Paragon (the “ Prospector Transfer ”).
 
(C)
This Amendment Agreement has been entered into in accordance with Clause 18.1 ( General ) of the U.K. Implementation Agreement to make certain amendments to the U.K. Implementation Agreement which are required to reflect, among other things, the agreed position between the Parties regarding the Prospector Transfer.
 
IT IS AGREED as follows:
 
1
INTERPRETATION
 
1.1
Capitalised terms used but not defined in this Amendment Agreement have the meanings given to them in the U.K. Implementation Agreement.
 
1.2
The Schedule is an integral part of this Amendment Agreement and references to this Amendment Agreement includes references and defined terms in the Schedule to it.
 

2
AMENDMENT OF THE U.K. IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT
 
2.1
The U.K. Implementation Agreement is hereby amended, with effect from the date of this Amendment Agreement, in the manner of the insertions and deletions shown in the redline document in the Schedule.
 


2.2
With effect from the date of this Amendment Agreement, any reference in any document, including the Plan or any Plan Document, to “ the U.K. Implementation Agreement ” or any provision thereof, shall be construed as a reference to the U.K. Implementation Agreement as amended by this Amendment Agreement.
 
2.3
Each Party shall, at its own expense, do all such acts and things necessary or desirable to give effect to the amendments effected pursuant to this Amendment Agreement.
 
3                MISCELLANEOUS
 
3.1            Incorporation by Reference
 
The Parties agree that clauses 1.2 ( Interpretation ), 11 ( Limitations ), 13 ( Confidentiality and announcements ), 14 ( Notices ), 16 ( Administrators’ Liability ), 17 ( Governing Law ) and 18 ( General ) of the U.K. Implementation Agreement are incorporated herein, with references to the “Agreement” being understood to refer to this “Amendment Agreement” and references to “Party” or “Parties” being understood to refer to the “Parties”.
 
3.2
Third Party Rights
 

(a)
Unless otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement and subject to Clause 3.2(b), a person who is not a party has no right to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced or under any similar laws of any other jurisdiction in force from time to time.
 

(b)
The Parties intend that each of the other parties to the U.K. Implementation Agreement and each of the third parties identified in clause 16.4 ( Administrators’ Liability ) of the U.K. Implementation Agreement shall be entitled to rely on and enforce all exclusions and other rights and provisions in their favour to the same extent as the Parties under this Amendment Agreement and hereby opt into the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 for that purpose.
 
IN WITNESS whereof this Amendment Agreement has been duly executed on the date first above written.
2

SCHEDULE
 
REDLINE OF THE UK IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT
3


Weil, Gotshal & Manges (London) LLP
110 F ETTER L ANE
L ONDON EC4A 1AY
+44 20 7903 1000 m AIN t EL
+44 20 7903 0990 m AIN f AX
WEIL.COM
 
 
EXECUTION VERSION
 
6 July 2017
 
U.K. IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT
pursuant to the Fifth Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Paragon Offshore plc and its Affiliated Debtors as amended pursuant to an Amendment Agreement dated 18 July 2017
 
between
 
PARAGON OFFSHORE PLC (in administration)
 
and
 
CERTAIN TRANSFERRED SUBSIDIARIES
 
and
 
CERTAIN LIQUIDATING SUBSIDIARIES
 
and
 
PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
 
and
 
NEVILLE KAHN AND DAVID SODEN
as joint administrators of Paragon Offshore plc (in administration)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
PAGE
     
1
INTERPRETATION
1
2
PARTIES’ RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
6
3
UNDERTAKINGS
6
4
U.K. ADMINISTRATION RESERVE
7
5
GROUP RELIEF
9
6
SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
10
7
NOTICE OF SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
12
8
AUTHORITY TO DATE AND RELEASE IMPLEMENTATION DOCUMENTS
12
9
EFFECTIVE DATE
12
10
POST EFFECTIVE DATE
13
11
LIMITATIONS
14
12
TERMINATION
14
13
CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENTS
14
14
NOTICES
15
15
ENFORCEMENT BY THIRD PARTIES
16
16
ADMINISTRATORS’ LIABILITY
16
17
GOVERNING LAW
17
18
GENERAL
17
SCHEDULE 1 INDICATIVE IMPLEMENTATION DOCUMENTS
19
SCHEDULE 2 LIQUIDATING SUBSIDIARIES
20
SCHEDULE 3 STRUCTURE OF REORGANIZED PARAGON GROUP
22
SCHEDULE 4 STRUCTURE OF PARAGON PARENT AND LIQUIDATING SUBSIDIARIES
24
SCHEDULE 5 FORM OF ACCESSION DEED
26
i


THIS AGREEMENT is made 6 July 2017 between the following parties
 
(1)
PARAGON OFFSHORE PLC (IN ADMINISTRATION ), a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 08814042, whose registered office is at c/o Deloitte LLP, Four Brindleyplace, Birmingham, B1 2HZ, United Kingdom (“ Paragon Parent ”);
 
(2)
Each entity executing this Agreement as a TRANSFERRED SUBSIDIARY;
 
(3)
Each entity executing this Agreement as a LIQUIDATING SUBSIDIARY;
 
(4)
Paragon Offshore Limited , a company incorporated in Cayman with registered number MC-323580, whose registered office is at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (“ Reorganized Paragon ”); and
 
(5)
NEVILLE KAHN and DAVID SODEN in their capacity as joint administrators of Paragon Parent, each of Deloitte LLP, Athene Place, 66 Shoe Lane, London EC4A 3BQ ( the Administrators ) (each acting as agent of Paragon Parent and without personal liability) .
 
RECITALS
 
(A)
Paragon Parent and each of the other Debtors are subject to reorganization under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Chapter 11 Proceeding ”). On 7 June 2017, an order confirming the fifth joint chapter 11 plan in relation to the corporate and financial restructuring of Paragon Parent and each of the other Debtors (the “ Financial Restructuring ”) was entered by the United States Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Proceeding .
 
(B)
The Financial Restructuring will be implemented pursuant to the U.K. Sale Transaction in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Reorganization Documents and the Implementation Documents (in each case, as defined below).
 
(C)
The Administrators were appointed to Paragon Parent on 23 May 2017 pursuant to an order of the Companies Court of the High Court of Justice of England and Wales (the “ Appointment ) to, among other things, implement the U.K. Sale Transaction.
 
(D)
The Parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement to set out each of the steps and actions required to effect the Financial Restructuring (including the U.K. Sale Transaction), in accordance with the Plan.
 
(E)
This Agreement is the “U.K. Implementation Agreement”, as defined in the Plan.
 
THE PARTIES, in consideration for the mutual undertakings provided by each of the other Parties hereto, AGREE as follows
 
1
INTERPRETATION
 
1.1
Capitalised terms shall, unless the contrary is indicated, have the meaning given to them in the Plan. In addition, the following expressions have the following meanings:
 
“Accession Deed” means a deed substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Accession Deed ).
 
“Accounting Period” means an accounting period within the meaning of Chapter 2 of Corporation Tax Act 2009.
 
“Administration” means the administration of Paragon Parent pursuant to Schedule B1 of the Insolvency Act 1986.
 
1


 
 “Administration Account(s)” means one or more accounts, which shall bear interest if available on commercially reasonable terms at the relevant time, in the name of Paragon Parent and controlled solely by the Administrators.
 
“Administration Contingency Account(s)” means one or more accounts, which shall bear interest if available on commercially reasonable terms at the relevant time, in the name of Paragon Parent and controlled solely by the Administrators.
 
“Agreement” means this agreement including any schedules and any attachments hereto.
 
“Appointment” has the meaning given to that term in Recital (C).
 
“Authorisation” means any authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing notification, notarisation or registration.
 
“Available Losses” means the aggregate of the amounts described in section 99 of Corporation Tax Act 2010 that in the relevant Accounting Period and Claim Period are eligible for surrender by Paragon Parent under the provisions of Part 5 of Corporation Tax Act 2010, to the extent that the Administrators are satisfied that such amounts are either: (a) not available to; or (b) not likely to be required by, Paragon Parent for its own account or to transfer to any Liquidating Subsidiary to offset or reduce the taxable income of Paragon Parent or such Liquidating Subsidiary.
 
“Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open in London, Houston and Cayman for normal banking business.
 
“Claim” means any claim, in law, in equity or otherwise and whatsoever nature:
 

(a)
including any pending, contingent, threatened or actual claim, action, proceeding, investigation, litigation, demand, compulsory process, other notice or damages of any kind which may be alleged, brought or made in any jurisdiction;
 

(b)
whether voluntary or for cause, of any contractual obligation or for any failure of a person to perform any contractual, legal or regulatory obligation or otherwise; and/or
 

(c)
for, among other things, the enforcement of any right to, or any liability in respect of a right to:
 

(i)
seek or enforce any judgment;
 

(ii)
exercise any remedy (for damages or otherwise), indemnity or contribution, whether for losses (including consequential loss, economic loss, loss of bargain, loss of value, or other losses), costs and expenses of any nature; and
 

(iii)
apply any set-off, netting, withholding, combination of accounts or retention of similar rights in respect of any claim or liability whatsoever.
 
“Claim Period” means the portion of the Accounting Period of Paragon Parent that commences before the date of this Agreement and that ends on the date of the Confirmation Order, or, if later, the time at which the group condition (as such term is utilized within Part 5 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010) ceases to apply as between Paragon Parent and Reorganized Paragon (or such other subsidiary undertaking of Reorganized Paragon as Reorganized Paragon shall nominate).
 
“Conditions Precedent” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6 ( Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent ).

2

 
“Contingency Fund” means the amount of Cash to be distributed to the Administration Contingency Account(s) pursuant to Clause 4.2 ( U.K. Administration Reserve ) in an amount to be set out in a side letter between Paragon Parent, Reorganized Paragon and the Administrators.
 
“Contract Assignment Agreement(s)” means the documents, deeds, instruments of transfer, agreements, notices, resolutions, consents and undertakings required to effect the transfer of certain contracts and unexpired leases from Paragon Parent and/or certain other of the Liquidating Subsidiaries to Reorganized Paragon and/or the Transferred Subsidiaries, as shall be considered necessary to implement the U.K. Sale Transaction and the Financial Restructuring by, and on terms agreed between, the relevant Parties thereto and the Administrators (each acting reasonably).
 
“Completion Date” has the meaning given to it in Clause 6 ( Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent ).
 
“Debtors Counsel” means Weil, Gotshal & Manges, LLP.
 
“Excess Cash” means, in relation to Paragon Parent and Paragon Offshore Finance Company, such cash or cash equivalents that is held in a bank account in the name and for the benefit of, or otherwise to the order and for the benefit of, such entity, and that Paragon Parent (acting reasonably) considers is not required:
 

(a)
in connection with any Plan Distributions;
 

(b)
in respect of Paragon Offshore Finance Company, in connection with the liquidation and dissolution of that entity; or
 

(c)
to fund the Operating Fund or the Contingency Fund.
 
“Financial Restructuring” has the meaning given to that term in Recital (A).
 
“Group Relief” means relief which can be surrendered or claimed pursuant to the provisions of Part 5 of Corporation Tax Act 2010.
 
“Implementation Documents” means, in all material respects:
 

(a)
such of the documents, deeds, instruments of transfer, agreements, notices, resolutions, consents and undertakings listed in Schedule 1 ( Indicative Implementation Document Index ); and/or
 

(b)
such other documents, deeds, instruments of transfer agreements, notices, resolutions, consents and undertakings,
 
in each case as shall be considered to be necessary to implement the U.K. Sale Transaction and the Financial Restructuring by, and on terms agreed between, the relevant Parties thereto and the Administrators (each acting reasonably).
 
“Intellectual Property Rights” means:
 

(a)
rights in and to patents, inventions, trademarks, trade names, domain names, goodwill, get-up, designs, copyright (including copyright in software), data-base rights, confidential know-how (including technical knowledge, manufacturing processes, manufacturing methods and manufacturing procedures), trade secrets and any other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including all applications (and the right to apply) for and renewals or extensions of such rights; and
3


(b)
all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection which subsist now or in the future in any part of the world.
 
“IP Transfer Documentation” means each document required to effect the assignment or transfer of any Intellectual Property Rights pursuant to Clause 9.2(a)(iii)(A) ( U.K. Sale Transaction ), on terms agreed between Reorganized Paragon, Paragon Parent and the Administrators (each acting reasonably).
 
“Liability ” means any loss, Claim, judgment and any fee, cost, charge, penalty, interest, disbursement (including any legal fees and disbursements and taxes) of whatsoever nature and whether arising before or after the execution of this Agreement and/or before or after the Appointment and due from or incurred by the Administrators, their Staff or Paragon Parent, directly or indirectly, including in connection with:
 

(i)
any invalidity or defect relating to the Appointment;
 

(ii)
any actions taken by Paragon Parent and/or the Administrators from the date of the appointment of the Administrators up to the date of the U.K. Sale Transaction, including actions required in connection with the Reorganization and/or the U.K. Sale Transaction;
 

(iii)
the implementation of the Plan including the execution and implementation of the Reorganization and/or the U.K. Sale Transaction by the Administrators; and
 

(iv)
the assets and liabilities retained by Paragon Parent (including each of Paragon Parent’s direct and indirect subsidiaries) prior to or following the implementation of the Reorganization and/or U.K. Sale Transaction,
 
but does not include any liabilities arising as a result of any gross negligence or fraud by the Administrators.
 
“Liquidating Subsidiaries” means each subsidiary listed in Schedule 2 ( Liquidating Subsidiaries ) and each other Paragon Entity that becomes a Party to this Agreement as a Liquidating Subsidiary in accordance with Clause 2.3 ( Parties’ Rights and Obligations ) below.
 
“Management Agreement” means a management agreement in connection with the Prospector Group to be entered into between Paragon Parent, Reorganized Paragon and the Administrators on or around the Effective Date.
 
“Offshore Drilling” means Prospector Offshore Drilling S.à r.l., a société à responsibilité limitée incorporated in Luxembourg with registered number B153772, whose registered office is at 291, route d’Arlon, L1150, Luxembourg.
 
“Offshore Drilling Shares” means the entire issued share capital of Offshore Drilling from time to time.
 
“Operating Fund ” means the amount of Cash to be distributed to the Administration Account(s) pursuant to Clause 4.1 ( U.K. Administration Reserve ) in an amount to be set out in a side letter between the Paragon Parent, Reorganized Paragon and the Administrators.
 
“Paragon Entity” means Paragon Parent and any other entity that is a Subsidiary of Paragon Parent, from time to time.
 
“Parties” means   each the parties to this Agreement from time to time but excluding the Administrators.
 
“Plan” means the Fifth Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Paragon Parent and its Affiliated Debtors, including all appendices, exhibits, schedules and supplements thereto (including any appendices, schedules and supplements to the Plan that are included in the Plan Supplement), all as may be modified from time to time in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the terms of the Plan.
4

“Prospector Group” means Offshore Drilling and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time and “Prospector Group Company” shall mean any one of them.
 
“Reorganization” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 6.1 ( Reorganization Steps ) below.
 
“Reorganization Documents” means each of the documents that the relevant Parties thereto and the Administrators (each acting reasonably) consider are required to effect the Reorganization Steps.
 
“Reorganization Steps” means each of the steps required to be taken to effect the Reorganization, as set out in the Steps Paper.
 
“Senior Noteholders means a Senior Noteholder, as defined in the Plan.
 
“Staff” means each of the Administrators and the Administrators’ firm’s officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives.
 
“Steps Paper” means the final form steps paper prepared by Deloitte LLP setting out the steps that certain of the Parties are required to take to implement the Reorganization and the Financial Restructuring and listing each of the Liquidating Subsidiaries and any other liquidating Paragon Entities.
 
“Subsidiary” has the meaning given to the term ‘subsidiary undertaking’ pursuant to section 1162 of and schedule 7 to the Companies Act 2006, and includes any undertaking which would be a subsidiary undertaking but for any security subsisting over the shares in that undertaking from time to time.
 
“Tax Return” means any return required to be made by Paragon Parent and/or Reorganized Paragon (or any subsidiary undertaking thereof) pursuant to Schedule 18 to the Finance Act 1998.
 
“Termination Date” means the date on which this Agreement is terminated with regard to all of the Parties in accordance with Clause 12 ( Termination ).
 
1.2
In interpreting this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires:
 

(a)
the headings to the clauses are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of anything in this Agreement;
 

(b)
reference to clauses are to be construed as references to the clauses of, and Schedules to this Agreement ;
 

(c)
references to the singular includes the plural and vice versa and references to any gender includes the other genders ;
 

(d)
a reference to the Administrators shall be construed as being to the Administrators both jointly and severally acting as agents of Paragon Parent without personal liability and to any person who from time to time is appointed as an administrator in substitution for any administrator or as an additional administrator in conjunction with the Administrators;
 

(e)
a reference to “including” means including, without limitation;
 
5

 

(f)
references to a party includes such person’s successors-in-title;
 

(g)
where reference is made to a statutory provision this includes all prior and subsequent enactments, amendments and modifications relating to that provision and any subordinate legislation made under it; and
 

(h)
where reference is made to any document or instrument this is a reference to that document or instrument as amended, supplemented, novated, extended or reinstated from time to time.
 
2
PARTIES’ RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
 
2.1
The obligations of each Party under this Agreement are several. Failure by a Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not affect the obligations of any other Party under this Agreement. No Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Party under this Agreement.
 
2.2
The rights of each Party under or in connection with this Agreement are separate and independent rights. Each Party may separately and independently enforce its rights under this Agreement.
 
2.3
Any Paragon Entity may become a Party to this Agreement as a Liquidating Subsidiary or a Transferred Subsidiary by delivering a duly executed Accession Deed to Paragon Parent and Reorganized Paragon. Paragon Parent and Reorganized Paragon shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Accession Deed appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, sign that Accession Deed.
 
3
UNDERTAKINGS
 
Until the Termination Date, and at all time subject to Clause 11 ( Limitations ):
 
3.1
each Party shall act in good faith and promptly take all actions reasonably necessary to support, facilitate, implement, consummate or otherwise give effect to the Conditions Precedent and the Financial Restructuring in accordance with the Plan, this Agreement and the Steps Paper, including:
 

(a)
in respect of the Reorganization Documents to which it is proposed to be a party, negotiating and agreeing such Reorganization Documents in a form consistent in all material respects with the Plan, this Agreement and the Steps Paper, taken as a whole. Each Party acknowledges that Paragon Parent, each Transferred Subsidiary, each other Liquidating Subsidiary and Reorganized Paragon may execute all Reorganization Documents and take all steps to implement the Reorganization Steps, provided that such Reorganization Documents shall be consistent in all material respects with the Plan, the Steps Paper and this Agreement taken as a whole;
 

(b)
in respect of the Implementation Documents to which it is proposed to be a party and the subject of which are not in agreed form as of the date of this Agreement, negotiating and agreeing such Implementation Documents in a form consistent in all material respects with the Plan and this Agreement. Each such Party acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement set out the key terms of the Financial Restructuring and the relevant Parties may together determine the precise terms of the Implementation Documents, provided that the Implementation Documents shall be consistent in all material respects with the Plan and this Agreement taken as a whole;
 

(c)
executing and delivering any other document and giving any other notice, confirmation, consent, order, instruction or direction, making any application, filing, registration or announcement or paying any tax, transfer tax or duty or equivalent amount as may be necessary or desirable to support, facilitate, implement, consummate or otherwise give effect to the Financial Restructuring, provided in each case, it is in a form which is in all material respects consistent with the Plan, this Agreement and the Steps Paper (where applicable) taken as a whole; and
 
6

 
(d)
preparing for and filing for any legal process or proceedings and any supporting petitions or applications to any court, to support, facilitate, implement consummate or otherwise give effect to the Financial Restructuring;
 
3.2
each Party shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any necessary Authorisation required under any applicable law or regulation of a relevant jurisdiction to:
 
(a)
enable it to perform its obligations under the Reorganization Documents and the Implementation Documents; and
 
(b)
ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in the relevant jurisdictions of any Reorganization Document or Implementation Document to which it is or will be a party,
 
3.3
each Party shall not:
 
(a)
take, encourage, assist or support (or procure that any other person takes, encourages, assists or supports) any action which would, or would reasonably be expected to, breach or be inconsistent with this Agreement, the Plan, the Steps Paper, any Reorganization Document or Implementation Document; or
 
(b)
delay, impede or prevent the implementation or consummation of the Financial Restructuring.
 
4
U.K. ADMINISTRATION RESERVE
 
4.1
To the extent not established prior to the date of this Agreement, Paragon Parent shall:
 
(a)
open the Administration Account(s), which shall initially be funded by the Debtors with the Operating Fund in accordance with the Confirmation Order; and
 
(b)
open the Administration Contingency Account(s), which shall initially be funded by the Debtors with the Contingency Fund in accordance with the Confirmation Order,
 
in each case to be held (together with any income accretions) on trust (the “ Trust ) by Paragon Parent: (i) firstly, for the benefit of Paragon Parent and the Liquidating Subsidiaries in accordance with Clauses 4.2 to 4.4 below (in priority to Reorganized Paragon’s interest under Clause 4.6 below); and (ii) secondly, in relation to any residual amounts, for the benefit of Reorganized Paragon in accordance with Clause 4.6 below. The Administration Accounts(s) and the Administration Contingency Account(s) together constitute the U.K. Administration Reserve as defined in the Plan. Paragon Parent, in its capacity as trustee of the Trust, shall have all powers necessary for the implementation of the Trust and this Clause 4 ( U.K. Administration Reserve ) and, unless otherwise provided by this Clause 4 ( U.K. Administration Reserve ), may exercise such powers as it thinks fit.
 
4.2
Paragon Parent may (in its sole discretion) use the Operating Fund and any other amounts in the Administration Account(s), in connection with the costs, fees (including but not limited to the reasonable and proper remuneration of the Administrators), expenses and liabilities of:
 
(a)
the Administration, including implementation of the U.K. Sale Transaction and the Plan;
 
(b)
the implementation of the Reorganization;

7


(c)
managing the winding down of Paragon Parent and the Liquidating Subsidiaries; and
 
(d)
each other thing that the Administrators in their sole discretion consider appropriate and in accordance with their duties pursuant to the Insolvency Act 1986.
 
4.3
Paragon Parent may (in its sole discretion) use the Contingency Fund and any other amounts in the Administration Contingency Accounts(s) to investigate, prepare, pursue, defend, settle, compromise or pay any actual or contingent Liabilities (including to fund the reasonable and proper remuneration of the Administrators and legal fees incurred by the Administrators and/or Paragon Parent in connection with any such Liability), whether such Liability relates to the period prior to or following the Appointment.
 
4.4
On or as soon as reasonably practicable after Paragon Parent determines that it will draw on the Contingency Fund in accordance with Clause 4.3 above (and in any event prior to making such drawing) Paragon Parent shall give notice to Reorganized Paragon by sending an email to such email address for Reorganized Paragon as is notified to Paragon Parent from time to time (pursuant to Clause 14 ( Notices ) below), which shall specify:
 
(a)
the nature of the Liability and the amount (or an estimate of the amount) of the Liability in reasonable detail; and
 
(b)
the reasons that Paragon Parent (acting reasonably) consider that it is necessary to draw on the Contingency Fund in connection with such Liability,
 
and upon sending the notice Paragon Parent shall be entitled to draw on the Contingency Fund.
 
4.5
Following the Effective Date, to the extent that any funds are or become available in Paragon Parent’s estate for the purposes outlined in Clauses 4.2 or 4.3 above in relation to Paragon Parent (and not any other Liquidating Subsidiary), Paragon Parent shall draw on such funds prior to drawing on the Operating Fund or the Contingency Fund for such purpose.
 
4.6
To the extent that Paragon Parent, in its capacity as trustee of the Trust, determines, in its sole power and discretion, that Clauses 4.2 to 4.4 above have been provided for in full, Paragon Parent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable following such determination, distribute the funds not required for the purposes set out in Clauses 4.2 to 4.4 from the Administration Account(s) and/or the Administration Contingency Account(s) to Reorganized Paragon, as the residuary beneficiary of the Trust; provided that Paragon Parent shall be deemed to have determined that the funds remaining in the Administration Account(s) and/or the Administration Contingency Account(s) are not required for the purposes set out in Clauses 4.2 to 4.4 immediately prior to the date on which any notice is sent in relation to the dissolution of Paragon Parent or, if earlier, 125 years from the date of this Agreement (and shall distribute accordingly).
 
4.7
Reorganized Paragon acknowledges and agrees that: (a) Paragon Parent is both the trustee and a beneficiary of the Trust; and (b) Paragon Parent may exercise or concur in exercising any powers and discretions given by this Clause 4 ( U.K. Administration Reserve ) or by law notwithstanding that it has a direct or other interest in the mode or result of any such exercise.
 
4.8
From and including the Confirmation Date, the Operating Fund and the Administration Accounts(s) shall be subject to the ongoing jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales and shall not be subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
4.9
From and including the Effective Date, the Contingency Fund and the Administration Contingency Account(s) shall be subject to the ongoing jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales and shall not be subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court.
 
8

 
4.10
Neither the Operating Fund nor the Contingency Fund may be used for the purposes of:
 
(a)
making or preparing to make any application under paragraph 75 of Schedule B1 to the Insolvency Act 1986;
 
(b)
challenging or preparing to challenge the U.K. Sale Transaction or any other action that is contemplated by the Plan; or
 

(c)
making any distribution from Paragon Parent (whether effected by the Administrators or any liquidators subsequently to Paragon Parent) to creditors or shareholders of Paragon Parent pursuant to section 65 of Schedule B1 to the Insolvency Act 1986 or section 107 of the Insolvency Act 1986 (as applicable).
 
4.11          To the extent that:
 
(a)
the Operating Fund; and
 

(b)
any other assets that become available to Paragon Parent from time to time during the course of the Administration for satisfaction of the costs, fees (including but not limited to the reasonable and proper remuneration of the Administrators), expenses and liabilities arising in relation to each of the matters referred to in clause 4.2(a) ( U.K. Administration Reserve) to clause 4.2(d) ( U.K. Administration Reserve ) above,
 
are insufficient to satisfy such costs, fees, expenses and liabilities at any given time, Reorganized Paragon agrees to pay any such amounts incurred by Paragon Parent, provided that prior to incurring such costs, fees, expenses or liabilities, Reorganized Paragon is informed of and consents to the scope of the relevant work or other matter (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, bearing in mind the scope of the tasks envisaged by the Plan and this Agreement).
 
5
GROUP RELIEF
 
5.1
Subject to the provisions of Clauses 5.2 to 5.7 below:
 

(a)
Paragon Parent shall, in consideration for:
 

(i)
the satisfaction or waiver of each of the Conditions Precedent (as set out in Clause 6 ( Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent ) of this Agreement);
 

(ii)
the completion of the U.K. Sale Transaction (as set out in Clause 9.2 ( U.K. Sale Transaction ) of this Agreement and as further set out in the Plan); and
 

(iii)
the release of certain Allowed Claims and the release and discharge of certain other claims as set out in Clauses 9.2 ( U.K. Sale Transaction ) and 9.3 ( Consideration distributed to holders of other Claims ) of this Agreement, and as further set out in the Plan.
 
surrender to Reorganized Paragon (or such other subsidiary undertaking of Reorganized Paragon as Reorganized Paragon shall nominate) all Available Losses arising during the Claim Period, and for any Accounting Periods ending on or prior to such Claim Period; and
 

(b)
Reorganized Paragon shall procure that Reorganized Paragon (or such other subsidiary undertaking of Reorganized Paragon as Reorganized Paragon shall nominate) shall claim all such Available Losses so surrendered.
 
Notwithstanding the above, Paragon Parent shall not be required to surrender any Available Losses to the extent that such Available Losses are utilized by Paragon Parent, or any subsidiary undertaking thereof, in respect of the Claim Period and/or any Accounting Period ending on or prior to such Claim Period.
9

 
5.2
As soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, Paragon Parent shall (at the cost of Reorganized Paragon):
 

(a)
execute any consents necessary to surrender Group Relief pursuant to Clause 5.1 above to Reorganized Paragon (or such other subsidiary undertaking of Reorganized Paragon as Reorganized Paragon shall nominate) (the “ Consents );
 
(b)
amend (if necessary) its Tax Return(s) for the relevant Accounting Period(s); and
 
(c)
provide a copy of any Consents referred to above to Reorganized Paragon (and/or such other subsidiary undertaking of Reorganized Paragon as Reorganized Paragon shall nominate).
 
5.3
Upon receipt of the Consents, Reorganized Paragon (and/or such other subsidiary undertaking of Reorganized Paragon as Reorganized Paragon shall nominate) shall (at the cost of Reorganized Paragon) send to HMRC executed letters of claim, together with copies of the Consents and its own Tax Returns (amended if necessary) in respect of the relevant Accounting Periods as required by Schedule 18 to the Finance Act 1998.
 
5.4
Paragon Parent agrees that any Consent to surrender or surrenders of Available Losses pursuant to this Clause 5 ( Group Relief ) once made shall not be withdrawn.
 
5.5
If either Paragon Parent or Reorganized Paragon (or any subsidiary undertaking thereof) becomes aware of a request for further information in connection with any Tax Return or amended Tax Return or in connection with any representation or undertaking relevant to a claim for Group Relief, it shall give to the other party written notice of that request. Whichever party last had such information, or the party to which such request most directly relates, shall take such steps as are necessary to enable the other to comply with that request. The party complying with the request shall give the other party reasonable opportunity to comment on any proposed response and shall inform the other party of its compliance with that request and copy to the other party all relevant correspondence.
 
5.6
No party shall be required to take any action pursuant to this Clause 5 ( Group Relief ) (including, without limitation, the adoption of any particular accounting practice, procedure or methodology) if that party reasonably considers such action would be unlawful.
 
5.7
For the avoidance of doubt, any costs associated with any surrender of Available Losses under this Clause 5 ( Group Relief ), and the preparation of any forms, documentation or Tax Returns (and any amendments thereto) shall be borne by Reorganized Paragon.
 
6
SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
 
Each of the conditions set out in Clauses 6.1 ( Reorganization Steps ) to 6.3 ( Implementation Documents ) below (the “ Conditions Precedent ”) shall be satisfied as a condition to the occurrence of the Effective Date:
 
6.1
Reorganization Steps
 
Each of the Reorganization Steps shall be satisfied or waived with the consent of the Parties (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and shall, among other things:
 
(a)
pay, adjust, continue, settle, reinstate, discharge, eliminate, simplify, rationalize or otherwise manage the intercompany balances as between the Parties such that, among other things, following the Effective Date:
 
(i)
neither Paragon Parent nor any other Liquidating Subsidiary will have any intercompany claim against Reorganized Paragon or any of the Transferred Subsidiaries; and
 
10



(ii)
Reorganized Paragon and/or certain Transferred Subsidiaries will retain certain intercompany claim(s) against Paragon Parent and/or certain Liquidating Subsidiaries. Any residual proceeds reasonably available for distribution to creditors of Paragon Parent in the ordinary course of the Administration shall be distributed in accordance with the Insolvency Act 1986 and the Insolvency Rules (England and Wales) 2006, including to Reorganized Paragon and/or certain Transferred Subsidiaries (as applicable) in their capacities as creditors respect of such retained intercompany claims(s);
 

(b)
effect the Corporate Restructuring such that: (I) immediately prior to the Effective Date, each of the Transferred Subsidiaries (other than the Prospector Group Companies) shall be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Reorganized Paragon; and (II) following the Effective Date, upon the transfer of the Offshore Drilling Shares to Reorganized Paragon (or such other person(s) as Reorganized Paragon may direct) in accordance with the Management Agreement, each Prospector Group Company shall be a direct or indirect subsidiary of Reorganized Paragon (the “ Prospector Transfer ”). Following completion of the Prospector Transfer, Reorganized Paragon together with its direct and indirect Subsidiaries shall be held substantially in the structure set out in Schedule 3 ( Structure of Reorganized Paragon group ), and on the Effective Date:
 
(i)
the New Equity Interests in Reorganized Paragon shall be distributed in accordance with Clause 9 ( Effective Date ) below; and
 

(ii)
each of the Liquidating Subsidiaries shall remain as direct or indirect subsidiaries of Paragon Parent substantially in the structure set out in Schedule 4 ( Structure of Paragon Parent and Liquidating Subsidiaries) , to be wound down in accordance with section 5.13 ( Dissolution of Liquidating Subsidiaries) of the Plan,
 

(c)
effect the transfer or distribution of Cash directly or indirectly between the Parties (excluding Reorganized Paragon) pursuant to section 6.2 ( Plan Funding ) of the Plan, for the relevant Party to make, among other things, the Cash distributions referred to in Clause 9 ( Effective Date ) below,
 
( together, the “Reorganization”).
 
6.2
Plan Conditions Precedent
 
Each of the conditions precedent set out in section 9.1 ( Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date ) of the Plan, save for any condition with respect to the U.K. Sale Transaction, has been satisfied or has been waived in accordance with section 9.2 ( Waiver of Conditions Precedent ) of the Plan.
 
6.3
Implementation Documents
 
Save with the consent of the Parties (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), each of the Implementation Documents:
 
(a)
have been agreed between the Parties (acting reasonably) and the addressees thereto; and
 

(b)
where applicable, are duly signed but not dated and an electronic copy of such Implementation Documents have been delivered to Debtors’ Counsel in accordance with the authorisations set out in Clause 8 ( Authority to Date and Release Implementation Documents) , in each case to be held pending release in accordance with Clause 9 ( Effective Date ) below.
 
11


7
NOTICE OF SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
 
Promptly upon each of the Conditions Precedent being satisfied or waived (as applicable), Debtors’ Counsel will provide written notice to each of the Parties and each of the Parties that the Conditions Precedent have been satisfied and such notice will designate the Effective Date.
 
8
AUTHORITY TO DATE AND RELEASE IMPLEMENTATION DOCUMENTS
 
Where a signed but undated Implementation Document is provided to the Debtors’ Counsel pursuant to Clause 6.3(b) ( Implementation Documents ) and such Implementation Document is required to be dated, the Parties (to the extent that they are parties to such Implementation Document) hereby authorise Debtors’ Counsel to:
 

(a)
date, complete and release such Implementation Document; and
 

(b)
serve and accept delivery or service on their behalf of any Implementation Documents (and any other documents, notices or evidence expressly referred to in this Agreement) required to be delivered by or to a Party,
 
subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without being required to obtain any further consents or authorisations from any Party or from any other person or entity.
 
9
EFFECTIVE DATE
 
9.1            Effective Dat e
 
The Parties’ authorize the Debtors’ Counsel to date and release each Implementation Document on the Effective Date in accordance with Clause 8 ( Authority to date and release Implementation Documents ) above and each such Implementation Document shall become effective in accordance with its terms.
 
9.2            U.K. Sale Transaction
 
Pursuant to the Plan and the Implementation Documents, in consideration for the release of certain Allowed Claims, on or around the Effective Date:
 
(a)
Paragon Parent shall:
 

(i)
comply with section 5.3 (Authorization, Issuance, and Delivery of New Equity Interests) and section 5.13(b) (U.K. Sale Transaction) of the Plan. In satisfaction of its obligation to distribute the New Equity Interests to holders of Allowed Secured Lender Claims and Allowed Senior Note Claims pursuant to such sections of the Plan, Paragon Parent may distribute the New Equity Interests or will cause the New Equity Interests to be distributed to such holders;
 
(ii)
comply with section 5.7(b) (Preservation of Rights of Action; Resulting Claim Treatment) of the Plan;
 
(iii)
assign or otherwise transfer to Reorganized Paragon or any Transferred Subsidiary:
 

(A)
licences to certain Intellectual Property Rights granted to Paragon Parent, and certain Intellectual Property Rights owned by Paragon Parent and used by Paragon Parent in connection with its business, pursuant to the IP Transfer Documentation;
 
12

 
(B)
certain contracts and unexpired leases of Paragon Parent, pursuant to the Contract Assignment Agreement(s); and
 
(C)
such other assets owned by Paragon Parent and used by Paragon Parent in its role as ultimate parent company of the Paragon Offshore group; and
 
in each case as may be agreed between Paragon Parent, Reorganized Paragon and the Administrators (each acting reasonably),
 
(iv)
transfer or otherwise provide the benefit of its Excess Cash to Reorganized Paragon or any Transferred Subsidiary; and
 
(v)
do or effect any other thing which Paragon Parent and the Administrators (each acting reasonably) considers is necessary to implement the U.K. Sale Transaction or the Plan,
 
provided that, in each case, Paragon Parent and the Administrators (each acting reasonably) consider that the taking of such action would not result in any class of creditor receiving greater than 100% recovery on account of its Allowed Claims; and
 

(b)
Paragon Offshore Finance Company shall transfer or otherwise provide the benefit of its Excess Cash to Reorganized Paragon or any Transferred Subsidiary, provided that Paragon Offshore Finance Company (acting reasonably) considers that the taking of such action would not result in any class of creditor receiving greater than 100% recovery on account of its Allowed Claims.
 
9.3
Consideration distributed to holders of other Claims
 
Pursuant to the Plan and the Implementation Documents and in consideration for the release and discharge of such Claims on and from the Effective Date, Paragon Parent and/or certain Transferred Subsidiaries and/or Liquidating Subsidiaries, in their respective capacities as Disbursing Agent, shall take each of the steps described in section 2.1 ( Treatment of Administrative Expense Claims ), section 2.2 ( Treatment of Fee Claims) , section 2.3 ( Treatment of Priority Tax Claims ), section 4.1 ( Class 1: Priority Non-Tax Claims ), section 4.2 ( Class 2: Other Secured Claims ), section 4.3 ( Class 3: Secured Lender Claims) , section 4.4 ( Class 4: Senior Notes Claims ) section 4.5 ( Class 5: General Unsecured Claims ), section 4.6 ( Class 6: Intercompany Claims )   and section 5.17 ( Restructuring Expenses ) of the Plan together with any other actions or steps contemplated by the Plan in that regard.
 
10
POST EFFECTIVE DATE
 
10.1
Following the Effective Date and in accordance with the Plan:
 
(a)
Paragon Parent shall co-ordinate the Liquidating Subsidiary Wind-Down in accordance with section 5.13(c) ( U.K. Administrators, U.K. Administration, and U.K. Sale Transaction ) of the Plan;
 
(b)
any other actions or steps contemplated pursuant to the Plan will be effected in accordance with the terms of the Plan; and
 
(c)
for such time as the Management Agreement continues to be in effect, Paragon Parent and Reorganized Paragon shall comply with the terms of the Management Agreement.
13


11
LIMITATIONS
 
Nothing in this Agreement, the Reorganization Documents, the Steps Paper or the Implementation Documents shall require any Party or the Administrators to (whether by action or omission) breach, or procure the breach of:
 
11.1
any law or regulation or fiduciary duties;
 
11.2
any law or regulation or duties applicable to the Administrators, including but not limited to their obligations pursuant to Schedule B1 of the Insolvency Act 1986; and
 
11.3
any order or direction of any relevant court or governmental body, in each case provided that such breach cannot be avoided or removed by taking steps (acting reasonably),
 
in which case the relevant Party shall not be required to take any such act or omit to take any such act (as applicable).
 
12
TERMINATION
 
12.1
  Mutual Voluntary Termination
 
This Agreement may be terminated with immediate effect with the consent of each of Paragon Parent, Reorganized Paragon and the Administrators (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).
 
12.2
  Automatic Termination
 
This Agreement will terminate immediately on the date upon which the Plan becomes null and void pursuant to section 9.3 ( Effect of Failure of a Condition ) of the Plan.
 
12.3
Effect of Termination
 
If this Agreement terminates in accordance with this Clause 12 ( Termination ), the Parties shall immediately be released from all of their undertakings and other obligations under this Agreement, provided that such termination or release:
 
(a)
shall not limit or prejudice the rights of each Party against any other Party which have accrued or relate to breaches of the terms of this Agreement at the time of or prior to termination; and
 

(b)
shall not limit the effectiveness of Clauses 1 ( Interpretation ), 2 ( Parties’ Rights and Obligations ), 12.3 ( Effect of Termination ), 13 ( Confidentiality and Announcements ), 14 ( Notices ), 15 ( Enforcement by Third Parties ), 16 ( Administrators’ Liability ), 17 ( Governing Law ) and 18 ( General ).
 
13
CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENTS
 
13.1
Subject to Clause 13.2 ( Confidentiality and Announcements ), the Parties agree to keep confidential and not disclose any confidential information in connection with this Agreement, the Reorganization Documents, the Implementation Documents, the Steps Paper and the Financial Restructuring.
 
13.2
Any Party may disclose any information that it is otherwise required to be kept confidential under this Clause 13 ( Confidentiality and Announcements ):
 
(a)
to the extent that such information is generally known to the public (not as a result of a breach of any duty of confidentiality);

14



(b)
to its professional advisers, directors, employees and officers, provided that the disclosing party procures that the people to whom the information is disclosed comply with the confidentiality undertakings in this Clause 13 ( Confidentiality and Announcements );
 
(c)
to its auditors;
 
(d)
to the extent that disclosure is required by applicable rules, regulations, guidance or law;
 
(e)
to the extent disclosure is required or requested by a regulatory body, tax authority, governmental authority or securities exchange; and
 
(f)
with the prior written approval of the other Parties.
 
13.3
The Administrators and Paragon Parent, at a time when it is in administration, may disclose any information that it is otherwise required to be kept confidential under this Clause 13 ( Confidentiality and Announcements ) to the extent such disclosure is made in the exercise of the statutory duties of the Administrators or to the extent such disclosure is required to comply with current insolvency practice or to enable the Administrators to properly carry out the duties of their office.
 
13.4
Save for an announcement in the agreed form, no announcement, statement, circulation, or other publicity in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter (unless otherwise permitted by this Agreement) shall be made by or on behalf of the Parties, without the approval of the Administrators and Reorganized Paragon (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
 
14
NOTICES
 
14.1
Any confirmation or notice given under this Agreement must be in writing in the English language and may be given in person or by hand, post, courier or email.
 
14.2
The contact details of the Parties for all notices under this Agreement are as follows, or such other contact details as the Parties may notify to each other by not less than five Business Days’ written notice:
 
(a)
Paragon Parent
 
Paragon Offshore plc (in administration)
c/o Deloitte LLP,
Four Brindleyplace,
Birmingham,
B1 2HZ,
United Kingdom
Email: nkahn@deloitte.co.uk, dsoden@deloitte.co.uk
Fax: 0207 007 3442
For the Attention of Neville Kahn and David Soden
 
(b)
Each Transferred Subsidiary each Liquidating Subsidiary (other than Paragon Parent) that is a Party
 
c/o Paragon Offshore Plc (in administration)
c/o Deloitte LLP,
Four Brindleyplace,
Birmingham,
B1 2HZ,
United Kingdom
Email: nkahn@deloitte.co.uk, dsoden@deloitte.co.uk
Fax: 0207 007 3442
For the Attention of Neville Kahn and David Soden

15


(c)
Reorganized Paragon
 
c/o Paragon Offshore Plc (in administration)
c/o Deloitte LLP,
Four Brindleyplace,
Birmingham,
B1 2HZ,
United Kingdom
Email: nkahn@deloitte.co.uk, dsoden@deloitte.co.uk
Fax: 0207 007 3442
For the Attention of Neville Kahn and David Soden
 
(d)
Administrators
 
Neville Kahn and David Soden in their capacity as joint Administrators of Paragon Offshore plc (in administration)
c/o Deloitte LLP
Athene Place
66 Shoe Lane, London
 EC4A 3BQ
Email: nkahn@deloitte.co.uk; dsoden@deloitte.co.uk
Fax: 0207 007 3442
For the Attention of Neville Kahn and David Soden
 
14.3
Any notice under this Agreement will be deemed to be given as follows:
 
(a)
if in person, at the time of delivery;
 
(b)
if by inland post, three Business Days after being deposited in the post, postage prepaid in a correctly addressed envelope;
 
(c)
if by international priority courier delivery, three days after delivery to such courier; or
 
(d)
if by email or fax, when received in legible form.
 
14.4
For the purpose of this Agreement, an email notice will be treated as being in writing.
 
15
ENFORCEMENT BY THIRD PARTIES
 
Unless otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement and subject to Clause 16 ( Administrators’ Liability ) below, a person who is not a party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
 
16
ADMINISTRATORS’ LIABILITY
 
16.1
The Administrators are party to this Agreement in their personal capacities only for the purposes of receiving the benefit of all releases, limitations, exclusions, undertakings, covenants and indemnities in their favour and in favor of Paragon Parent contained in this Agreement, from which the Administrators will continue to benefit notwithstanding the termination of the agency of the Administrators or their discharge from office as Administrators of Paragon Parent.
 
16.2
Each of the Administrators has entered into this Agreement (and any other Reorganization Document or Implementation Agreement) acting as agents for and on behalf of the Paragon Parent and neither of the Administrators, nor any subsequent liquidator, nor any of their firm, members, partners, directors, officers, employees, advisers, representatives or agents shall incur any personal liability whatever in respect of any of the obligations undertaken by Paragon Parent or in respect of any failure on the part of Paragon Parent to observe, perform or comply with any such obligations; or under or in relation to any associated arrangements or negotiations; or under any document or assurance made pursuant to this Agreement (and any other Reorganization Document or Implementation Document).
 
16

 
16.3
The exclusion of liability set out in this Clause 16 ( Administrators’ Liability ) shall arise and continue notwithstanding the termination of the agency of the Administrators and shall operate as a waiver of any and all claims (including, but not limited to, claims in tort, equity and common law as well as under the laws of contract).
 
16.4
Each of the Administrators’ firm, its members, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisers and representatives shall be entitled to rely on, enforce and enjoy the benefit of this Clause 16 ( Administrators’ Liability ) as if they were a party to this Agreement.
 
17
GOVERNING LAW
 
17.1
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
 
17.2
The Parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding and/or to settle any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with or in any way relate to this Agreement or the U.K. Sale Transaction and, for such purposes, irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of England.
 
17.3
Each of the Parties irrevocably waives any objection which it might now or hereafter have to the courts of England being nominated as the forum to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding and/or any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with or in any way relate to this Agreement or the U.K. Sale Transaction and agrees not to claim that such court is not a convenient or appropriate forum and further irrevocably agrees that a judgment in respect of any such suit, action or proceedings and/or dispute brought in the courts of England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
 
18
GENERAL
 
18.1
This Agreement may not be modified, amended or supplemented except in writing by each of Paragon, Parent, Reorganized Paragon and the Administrators.
 
18.2
This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, assigns and transferees.
 
18.3
Failure by the Parties or the Administrators to require performance of any term or condition of this Agreement shall not prevent the subsequent enforcement of such term or condition nor shall such failure be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of this Agreement, or any right or remedy granted by this Agreement or by the general law in respect of such breach.
 
18.4
If any provision of this Agreement is held not to be valid but would be valid if part of the wording were deleted or modified then such provision shall apply with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it enforceable.
 
18.5
The terms of this Agreement represent the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and this Agreement supersedes any previous arrangement between the Parties in relation to the matters dealt with in this Agreement.
 
17


18.6
This Agreement may be signed in hard copy, by original fax or by pdf copy in any number of counterparts, and by each of the Parties on separate counterparts, each of which so signed and delivered will be an original, but all counterparts will together constitute one and the same Agreement.
 
IN WITNESS hereof this Agreement has been signed on the date first above written.
18

SCHEDULE 1
 
INDICATIVE IMPLEMENTATION DOCUMENTS
No.
Document
1.
Take Back Debt Agreement
2.
New Letter of Credit Agreement
3.
Existing L/C Escrow Agreement(s)
4.
Amended Certificates of Incorporation of the Reorganized Debtors
5.
Amended By-Laws of the Reorganized Debtors
6.
Amended Certificates of Incorporation of Reorganized Paragon
7.
Amended By-Laws of Reorganized Paragon
8.
Shareholders Agreement
9.
Registration Rights Agreement
10.
Litigation Trust Agreement
11.
Schedule of Rejected Contracts and Leases
12.
IP Transfer Documentation
13.
Contract Assignment Agreement(s)
14.
Management Agreement

19

 
SCHEDULE 2
 
LIQUIDATING SUBSIDIARIES
 
Paragon Offshore Plc (in administration)
 
Paragon Offshore Sterling Ltd
 
Paragon Offshore Drilling AS
 
Paragon Offshore Brasil Investimento E Participacoes Ltda
 
Paragon Offshore Finance Company
 
Paragon Offshore (Canada) Ltd
 
Paragon Offshore AS
 
Paragon Offshore Drilling (Cyprus) Limited Frontier Drilling Nigeria Limited
 
Paragon Offshore USA Inc.
 
Paragon Offshore (Asia) Pte. Ltd
 
Frontier Offshore Exploration India Ltd
 
Paragon Holding SCS 2 Ltd.
 
Paragon FDR Holdings Ltd
 
Paragon International Investment Limited
 
Bawden Drilling Inc.
 
Bawden Drilling International Ltd
 
Paragon Seillean AS
 
Paragon (Seillean) KS
 
Kulluk Arctic Services, Inc. Paragon Asset (ME) Ltd
 
Paragon Offshore (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.
 
Paragon Duchess Ltd
 
Arktik Drilling Limited, Inc.
 
Resolute Insurance Group Ltd
 
Paragon Offshore Drilling do Brasil Ltda
 
20


Paragon Holding NCS 2 S.à r.l.

Paragon Leonard Jones LLC

Paragon Holding SCS 1 Ltd

Paragon Operating (ME) Ltd

Paragon Offshore Hungary Kft.
 
PGN Offshore Drilling (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.

Paragon Offshore (Labuan) Pte. Ltd

Paragon Offshore do Brasil Ltda

Paragon Offshore Contracting GmbH
 
Paragon Drilling Services 7 LLC
 
Paragon Offshore Leasing (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.

Paragon Drilling Nigeria Ltd
 
Paragon Offshore Ven, C.A.
 
Paragon Drilling Ven, C.A.

Paragon Offshore Investment Ltd
 
Paragon Offshore (Gibraltar) Ltd
 
Prospector Offshore Drilling Rig Construction S.à.r.l.
 
Prospector Rig 6 Owning Company S.à.r.l.
 
Prospector Rig 7 Owning Company S.à.r.l.
 
Prospector Rig 8 Owning Company S.à.r.l.
 
21


SCHEDULE 3
 
STRUCTURE OF REORGANIZED PARAGON GROUP
 

 
22

 

23


SCHEDULE 4
 
STRUCTURE OF PARAGON PARENT AND LIQUIDATING SUBSIDIARIES
 

24


 
25


SCHEDULE 5
 
FORM OF ACCESSION DEED

To:            Each of the other parties to the Implementation Agreement
 
From:       [Liquidating Subsidiary]/[Transferred Subsidiary]
 
Dated:
 
Dear Sirs
 
Implementation agreement
dated [            ] (the “Implementation Agreement” )
 
1.
We refer to the Implementation Agreement. This deed (the “ Accession Deed ) shall take effect as an Accession Deed for the purposes of the Implementation Agreement. Terms defined in the Implementation Agreement have the same meaning in paragraphs 1-3 of this Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Accession Deed.
 
2.
[Liquidating Subsidiary]/[Transferred Subsidiary] agrees to become a Party to the Implementation Agreement and to be bound by the terms of the Implementation Agreement pursuant to Clause 2.3 of the Implementation Agreement (the “ Acceding [Liquidating Subsidiary]/[Transferred Subsidiary]” ). [Liquidating Subsidiary]/[Transferred Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction] and is a limited liability company and registered number [                                    ].
 
3.
[Liquidating Subsidiary’s]/[Transferred Subsidiary’s] administrative details for the purposes of the Implementation Agreement are as follows:
 
Address:
Email:
Fax No.: 
Attention:
 
4.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
 
(a)
Terms defined in the Implementation Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined in this Accession Deed, bear the same meaning when used in this paragraph 4.
 

(b)
The Acceding [Liquidating Subsidiary]/[Transferred Subsidiary] confirms that it intends to be party to the Implementation Agreement as a [Liquidating Subsidiary]/[Transferred Subsidiary], undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed to be assumed by a [Liquidating Subsidiary]/[Transferred Subsidiary] under the Implementation Agreement and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Implementation Agreement as if it had been an original party to the Implementation Agreement.
 
5.
Clause 16 ( Administrators’ Liability ) of the Implementation Agreement is deemed to be incorporated into this Accession Deed, with the appropriate amendments.
 
6.
This Accession Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
 
26


THIS ACCESSION DEED has been executed as a deed by the Acceding [Liquidating Subsidiary]/[Transferred Subsidiary] and is delivered on the date stated above.
 
Acceding [Liquidating Subsidiary]/[Transferred Subsidiary]
 
[EXECUTED AS A DEED            ]

By: [Liquidating Subsidiary]/[Transferred Subsidiary] )
   
   
Signature of Director
   
     
Name of Director
   
   
Signature of Director / Secretary
   
     
Name of Director / Secretary]
   
     
OR
   
     
[EXECUTED AS A DEED
   
By: [Liquidating Subsidiary]/[Transferred Subsidiary]
   
     
Signature of Director
   
     
Name of Director
   

 
in the presence of:
   
       
 
Signature of witness:
   
       
 
Name of witness:
   
       
 
Address of witness:
   
       
 
Occupation of witness:
 
]
 
27

 
AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED
 

EXECUTED for and on behalf of PARAGON OFFSHORE PLC (IN ADMINISTRATION ) acting by [David Soden][Neville Kahn], one of the Administrators, acting as its agent and without personal liability


EXECUTED for and on behalf of PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED acting by [  ]

28


PARAGON OFFSHORE PLC (IN ADMINISTRATION)
 
     
SIGNED for and on behalf of PARAGON OFFSHORE PLC (IN ADMINISTRATION) acting by David Soden, one of the Administrators, acting as its agent and without personal liability
 
29


JOINT ADMINISTRATORS
 
     
SIGNED by David Soden
in his capacity as one of the ADMINISTRATORS on behalf of each of them (without personal liability and solely for the benefit of the provisions of this Agreement in their favour)
 

30

 
TRANSFERRED SUBSIDIARIES
 
31



SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon (Middle East) Limited
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Asset (U.K.) Ltd.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Asset Company Limited
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon International Finance Company
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore (GOM) Inc.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore (Land Support) Limited
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore (Nederland) B.V.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore (North Sea) Ltd.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Cameroon S.a r.l
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Drilling LLC
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Enterprises Ltd.
32



SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Holdings US Inc.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore International Ltd.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Leasing (Switzerland) GmbH
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Management Services, S. de R.L. de C.V.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Services LLC
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Finance II S.A.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Finance S.à.r.l.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector New Building S.à.r.l.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Offshore Drilling (Singapore) PTE. LTD.



SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Offshore Drilling (UK) Ltd.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Offshore Drilling Limited
33



SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Offshore Drilling S.à.r.l.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Rig 1 Contracting Company S.à.r.l.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Rig 1 Owning Company S.à.r.l.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Finance Rig 1 S.à.r.l.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Rig 5 Contracting Company S.à.r.l.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Rig 5 Owning Company S.à.r.l.
34

LIQUIDATING SUBSIDIARIES
35



SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Arktik Drilling Limited, Inc.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Bawden Drilling Inc.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Bawden Drilling International Ltd.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Hungary Kft
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Drilling do Brasil Ltda.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Frontier Drilling Nigeria Limited
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Kulluk Arctic Services, Inc.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Drilling Nigeria Limited
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon (Seillean) KS
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Asset (ME) Ltd.

36



SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Drilling Services 7 LLC
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Duchess Ltd.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon FDR Holdings Ltd.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Holding NCS 2 S.à r.l.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Holding SCS 1 Ltd.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Holding SCS 2 Ltd.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Leonard Jones LLC
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore (Asia) Pte Ltd
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore (Canada) Ltd.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore (Labuan) Pte. Ltd.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.
37



SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore AS
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Brasil Investimentos Participasões Ltda.
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Contracting GmbH
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore do Brasil Ltda.
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Drilling (Cyprus) Limited
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Drilling AS
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Finance Company
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Leasing (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Sterling Ltd.
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore USA Inc.
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Operating (ME) Ltd.
38


 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Seillean AS
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for PGN Offshore Drilling (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Resolute Insurance Group Ltd.
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon International Investment Limited
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Investment Ltd
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Offshore Drilling Rig Construction S.à.r.l.
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Rig 6 Owning Company S.à.r.l.
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Rig 7 Owning Company S.à.r.l.
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Prospector Rig 8 Owning Company S.à.r.l.
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Ven, C.A.
 

 
SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Drilling Ven, C.A.
39

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
 


SIGNED by _________________ authorized for Paragon Offshore Limited
40

SIGNATORIES
 
PARAGON OFFSHORE PLC (IN ADMINISTRATION)
 
   

 
SIGNED for and on behalf of PARAGON OFFSHORE PLC (IN ADMINISTRATION) acting by David Soden, one of the Administrators, acting as its agent and without personal liability
 
 
[U.K. IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT - AMENDMENT AGREEMENT]

JOINT ADMINISTRATORS
 
   

 
   
SIGNED by David Soden in his capacity as one of the ADMINISTRATORS on behalf of each of them (without personal liability and solely for the benefit of the provisions of this Agreement in their favour)
 
 
[U.K. IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT - AMENDMENT AGREEMENT]

PARAGON OFFSHORE LIMITED
 
   

 
 
SIGNED by Lic M. Ahlstrom   authorized for Paragon Offshore Limited
 
[U.K. IMPLEMENTATION AGREEMENT - AMENDMENT AGREEMENT]
 


Exhibit 10.6


PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD BE COMPETITIVELY HARMFUL IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

DATED 30 APRIL 2018

 

KEPPEL FELS LIMITED

 

and

 

BORR DRILLING LIMITED

 


 
MASTER AGREEMENT

 





THIS AGREEMENT is made on 30 April 2018

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) KEPPEL FELS LIMITED , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Singapore and having its registered office at 50 Gul Road Singapore 629351 (the “ Seller ”); and

 

(2) BORR DRILLING LIMITED , a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and having its office at Thistle House, 4 Burnaby Street, Hamilton HM11 Bermuda (“ Buyer Parent ”).

 

(Each of the Seller and the Buyer Parent are hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Party ” and, collectively, the “ Parties ”.)

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) The Parties entered into a Letter of Intent dated 22 March 2018 in terms of which they agreed the main terms on which they would negotiate the terms of a sale by the Seller to nominated wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Buyer Parent (each a “ Buyer ” and together the “ Buyers ”) to acquire, five (5) B-Class/Super B jack-up drilling rigs, listed in Schedule 1 hereto (each a “ Rig ” and together the “ Rigs ”).

 

(B) Three of the Rigs are complete (each a “ Completed Rig ” and together the “ Completed Rigs ”) and two of the Rigs are under construction (each a “ Construction Rig ” and together the “ Construction Rigs ”).

 

(C) The Parties have completed their negotiations and agreed to enter into this Agreement to record the terms and conditions on which they and the Buyers will enter into definitive sale and purchase agreements for the Rigs.

 

NOW THEREFORE , it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

1. definitions

 

1.1 For the purposes of this Agreement, terms defined in the Recitals and elsewhere in this Agreement have the meanings set out therein, and the following words and expressions shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

 

Affiliate ” means in relation to a Party, any company which is affiliated to it, and a company is deemed to be affiliated to another if the first company is controlled by, under common control with or controls the other: a company shall be deemed to have control of another if (directly or indirectly) it owns a majority of the voting shares of, or is entitled (directly or indirect) to appoint a majority of the directors of the other company.

 

Business Day ” means any day (which is not a Saturday or a Sunday or any public holiday) on which banks are required to be open in London, Oslo, Singapore and New York.

 

Confidential Information ” has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.

 

Construction Contract ” means an agreement for the construction and delivery in the form to be agreed by Parties in respect of the sale and purchase of the Construction Rigs.

Page 1


Delivery Date ” means the date of delivery of a Rig, being the date set out in the second column of Schedule 1 or such other delivery date as agreed by the Seller, the relevant Buyer and the Buyer Parent in writing in respect of a Rig, subject always to Clause 7.2.

 

Lien ” means any lien, mortgage, trust, encumbrance, pledge, charge, lease, interest, easement, servitude, right of others, transfer or security interest of any kind, including those arising under any securitisation or any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any other right or arrangement with any creditor to have its claim satisfied out of any property or assets with the proceeds therefrom, prior to the general creditors of the owner thereof (whether or not filed, recorded, perfected or effective).

 

Losses ” means any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable disbursements and legal fees) that are imposed upon or incurred by any Person entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement.

 

Original Buyer ” means a person who was party as “buyer” to an Original Contract, either as the initial contracting buyer or buyer substituted by way of nomination or novation.

 

Original Contract ” means a contract for the design, construction and sale of a Rig by the Seller for an Original Buyer.

 

SPA ” means a sale and purchase agreement in the form to be agreed by Parties in respect of the sale and purchase of the Completed Rigs.

 

Tax ” includes (without limitation) all taxes, levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings of any nature whatsoever, as well as any transfer, recording, registration and other fees, in each case in any jurisdiction and together with all penalties, charges and interest relating to any of them or to any failure to file any return required for the purposes of any of them and “ Taxes ” and “ Taxation ” shall be construed accordingly.

 

2. EFFECTIVE DATE OF AGREEMENT

 

2.1 This Agreement shall come into effect on the date of execution by both Parties but the obligations and rights of the Parties hereunder shall commence from the date on which the following conditions have been met (the “ Effective Date ”):

 

(a) the Buyer Parent confirms to the Seller that the Buyer Parent has raised sufficient finance;

 

(b) the board of each of the Parties unconditionally approves this Master Agreement, the SPAs, the Construction Contracts, and the Credit Agreement (and the form of security documents to be entered into pursuant thereto); It being agreed that the Buyer Parent shall be entitled to complete its due diligence review of the documentation relating to the Rigs (including the GA Drawings and Specifications, class and other documentation specified by the Buyer Parent) until the Buyer Parent’s board meeting takes place; and

 

(c) this Master Agreement, the SPAs, the Construction Contracts and the Credit Agreement for all of the Rigs are duly executed by authorised signatories of both Parties and the Buyers and the exchange of the parent guarantees stipulated in Clause 6.1 and Clause 6.2 as security for the Parties’ respective obligations under the relevant SPAs and Construction Contracts. If the Effective Date does not occur by 23:59 hours in Oslo on the date falling 20 calendar days from the date hereof (or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing) this Agreement shall automatically terminate at 00:01 on the following calendar day (the “ Termination Date ”) and neither Party (nor any Buyer) shall have any obligation or liability to the other except under Clause 10 (Press Release and Confidential Information).

  

Page 2

 

2.2 Without prejudice to any of the Parties’ accrued rights, the term of this Agreement shall not exceed 8 years from the Effective Date, upon which this Agreement shall automatically terminate without obligation or liability owing to the other Party save for Clause 11 (Press Release and Confidential Information).

 

3. BUYERS

 

3.1 The Buyer Parent shall nominate wholly-owned single purpose Marshall Islands entitles to be the Buyers of the Rigs, one such Buyer for each Rig.

 

4. PRICE AND PAYMENT TERMS

 

4.1 The total purchase price for the Rigs shall be Seven hundred and twenty million United States Dollars (USD 720,000,000), being a price of One hundred and forty-four million United States Dollars (USD144,000,000) per Rig (the “ Rig Purchase Price ”) plus the Deferred Payment.

 

4.2 A first instalment of 40% of the aggregate of the Rig Purchase Prices, being Two hundred and eighty-eight million United States Dollars (USD 288,000,000)(the “ First Instalment ”) shall be payable within 15 Business Days of the Effective Date.

 

4.3 The balance of 60% of each Rig Purchase Price, being Eighty-six million four hundred thousand, United States Dollars (USD86,400,000) per Rig (each, a “ Loan ”) shall be due on the Delivery Date for that Rig and shall be settled by way of an interest-bearing secured facility from the Lender (as defined below) repayable [***] at any time in the Buyer’s discretion but no later than the date falling 60 months from the Delivery Date for its Rig.

 

4.4 A final payment (the “ Deferred Payment ”) will be payable to the Lender by each Buyer under the Credit Agreement together with its repayment of the Loan. The Deferred Payment shall be in the amount of USD [***]. If the Buyer elects to take early delivery of a Rig or elects to repay any Loan prior to the final payment date, the Parties agree that they will discuss a potential reduction of the Deferred Payment for that Rig in an amount to be mutually agreed. For the avoidance of doubt, if Parties are unable to reach mutual agreement on any reduction, the Deferred Payment shall remain at USD [***].

 

4.5 The Seller shall extend, or shall procure that Caspian Rigbuilders Pte. Ltd. or one of the Seller’s other Affiliates reasonably acceptable to the Buyer and the Buyer Parent shall enter into a credit agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”) in order to extend the Loan to each Buyer on terms and conditions as set out in Schedule 2. The entity extending the Loan shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Lender ”.

 

4A

DELIVERY DATE OF B366

 

The Parties agree that once the SPAs and the Construction Contracts for all of the Rigs become effective, the delivery date for the Seller’s newbuild rig bearing the hull number B366 shall be extended to July 2020 on terms that a bullet payment in an amount of USD [***] will be paid together with the final delivery instalment to cover the Seller’s related costs and expenses in respect of such extension (excluding any costs unrelated to the extension, such excluded costs include but are not limited to warranty extension and/or preservation). The Parties further agree to execute an addendum to the building contract signed between Borr Tivar Inc and the Seller to formally reflect the foregoing.

 

Page 3

 
5. SECURITY

 

5.1 Each Buyer’s obligation to pay the First Instalment, the Loan and the Deferred Payment under each SPA or Construction Contract (as applicable) and each Credit Agreement shall be secured by a parent guarantee from the Buyer Parent.

 

5.2 The Seller’s obligation to refund each First Instalment and other amounts in accordance with the terms of each SPA and Construction Contract (including procuring the refund of interest on the Loan due under the Credit Agreement paid to the Lender) shall be secured by a guarantee from Keppel Offshore & Marine Ltd.

 

5.3 Each Buyer’s obligation to repay the Loan pursuant to the Credit Agreement shall be secured by a first priority mortgage over its Rig (each a “ Mortgage ”) and an assignment of insurances and requisition compensation and other security as referred to in Schedule 2.

 

6. DELIVERY AND TITLE

 

6.1 Delivery of the Rigs shall take place in accordance with the terms of the respective SPAs and Construction Contracts, and shall be subject to the terms set out therein.

 

6.2 If the Buyer so requests, the Seller will deliver a Rig at a date which is earlier than the Delivery Date set out in Schedule 1 provided that the relevant Buyer gives the Seller at least 3 months’ written notice in respect of the Completed Rigs and a period which the Parties agree is reasonable on a case-by-case basis in respect of the Construction Rigs.

 

6.3 Risk and title (free of Liens other than a Mortgage) to a Rig shall pass to the Buyer at the time and place recorded in a Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance for a Rig sold pursuant to a Construction Contract or in a Protocol for the Transfer of Title for a Rig sold pursuant to a SPA (as applicable) executed by both the Seller and the relevant Buyer on the Delivery Date for that Rig.

 

6.4 The Seller undertakes to the Buyer Parent for the benefit of itself and each Buyer that, prior to the delivery of the relevant Rig, each relevant Original Contract will have been validly terminated, and no claims will have been asserted or threated by any Original Buyer against the Seller or such Rig, The Buyer Parent acknowledges that the Seller will not give notice of termination to the Original Buyers of the Original Contracts prior to the Effective Date but that is without prejudice to the Seller’s obligations under this Agreement, the SPAs and the Construction Contracts to deliver all of their Rigs in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Page 4

 

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

7.1 The Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer on the date hereof in the terms of the representations and warranties set out below:

 

(a) it is a company duly organised and validly existing under applicable law, and has full corporate power and authority to conduct its business as it is presently being conducted and it has all necessary corporate authority and has taken, or will be taking, all corporate action necessary to enter into this Agreement, the SPAs and the Construction Contracts and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

(b) neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the SPAs or the Construction Contracts (or any of them) by the Seller nor the performance by the Seller of its obligations hereunder will result in (i) a violation of the memorandum or articles of association of the Seller, or (ii) a violation by the Seller of any applicable law; and

 

(c) no consent, approval or authorisation of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any governmental authority, or any other person, is required to be made or obtained by the Seller in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the SPAs or the Construction Contracts (or any of them) and the performance of its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

 

7.2 The Buyer Parent hereby represents and warrants to the Seller on the date hereof in the terms of the representations and warranties set out below:

 

(a) it is a corporation duly organised and validly existing under applicable law and has full corporate power and authority to conduct its business as it is presently being conducted and has all necessary corporate authority and has taken all corporate action necessary to enter into this Agreement, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(b) neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the SPAs or the Construction Contracts (or any of them) by the Buyer Parent and/or the Buyers nor the performance by the Buyer Parent or a Buyer of its respective obligations hereunder or thereunder will result in (i) a violation of the constitutional documents of the Buyer Parent or any Buyer or (ii) a violation by the Buyer Parent or a Buyer of any applicable law; and

 

(c) no consent, approval or authorisation of, or declaration, filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority, or any other person, is required to be made or obtained by the Buyer Parent or a Buyer in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the SPAs or Construction Contracts or the performance of its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

 

8. INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1 The Seller irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to hold harmless (on a full indemnity basis) the Buyer Parent and each Buyer and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against any Losses arising from or by reason of or related to any claim by an Original Buyer against a Buyer, the Parent Buyer or any Rig.

 

Page 5

9. EXPENSES

 

9.1 Except as is otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, and without prejudice to any claims for damages, each Party shall pay its own costs and expenses in connection with this Agreement, the SPAs and the Construction Contracts and the transactions contemplated hereby, including (without limitation) all legal fees and disbursements, accounting fees and other expenses and any Taxes thereon or arising in connection therewith.

 

9.2 The Seller shall be liable for all costs relating to the registration of the Mortgage.

 

10. PRESS RELEASE AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

10.1 The Parties agree that neither Party shall make public, the terms of, and timing of, any and all press releases or other announcements of this Agreement and neither Party shall make any public announcement without the prior written consent of the other Party, unless so required by applicable law or the requirements of a securities exchange or government authority, in which case, the Party required to make such announcement (“ Announcing Party ”) shall give notice to the other Party once it is aware of such requirement and the Parties shall use their best endeavours to agree on the form and timing of such public announcement without causing the Announcing Party to be in breach or violation of any applicable law or requirement.

 

10.2 The Parties shall, and the Buyer Parent shall procure that each Buyer shall, treat as confidential all information received or obtained by it as a result of entering into or performing this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein which is not publicly available (“ Confidential Information ”) for the purposes of this Clause 10).

 

Subject to this Clause 10.2, each of the Parties agrees to keep the Confidential Information concerning the other Party and any of their Affiliates in strict confidence and that, without the prior written consent of the other Party, will not disclose or permit any other person access to the Confidential Information except as provided in this Clause 10.2.

 

Each of the Parties and the Buyers may disclose to its permitted contractors and Affiliates any of the Confidential Information that is reasonably necessary for such permitted contractors to perform their duties with respect to the Rigs; provided, however, that they shall first have required their respective contractors to sign a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably suited to implement the purpose of this Clause 10.2.

 

Each Party shall be responsible for causing its permitted contractors and Affiliates to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that use or disclosure thereof by the other Party (“ Receiving Party ”) or any Affiliate, agents, representatives, servants, contractors or employees of the Receiving Party, other than in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement, constitutes a material breach of the Agreement or, after the Termination Date, of the Party’s (“ Disclosing Party ”) continuing rights. In such event, the Receiving Party acknowledges that the Disclosing Party may be immediately and irreparably harmed, that money damages may not provide full and adequate relief, and that, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Disclosing Party may therefore immediately seek to terminate this Agreement upon written notice, and to obtain an order for appropriate injunctive relief.

 

Page 6

10.3 Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Clause 10, a Party and a Buyer may disclose Confidential Information:

 

(a) if and to the extent required by applicable law, any securities exchange or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction, subject to the other Party agreeing to the terms of any such disclosure, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

(b) to its employees, professional advisers, auditors and banks who have been informed of the confidentiality of the information prior to disclosure, have a legitimate need to know such information and who will themselves be subject to a duty of confidentiality of similar nature and scope to that contained in this Clause 10;

 

(c) if and to the extent the information is or has come into the public domain through no fault of a Party or any person for whose conduct it is responsible or was lawfully in the possession of a Party prior to disclosure to it;

 

(d) which was received from a third party without obligation of confidentiality (such Party having acted in good faith and having no reasonable ground to believe that the disclosure is in breach of any duty of confidentiality);

 

(e) if and to the extent the other Party has given prior written consent to the disclosure provided that such consent shall not be withheld or delayed in respect of any disclosure to any person who has entered into a confidentiality undertaking or agreement of similar nature and scope to that contained in this Clause 10;

 

(f) to Lender providing the Loan and each Buyer;

 

provided that in respect of (b) and (e) only, the Party who makes such disclosure shall remain liable to the other Party for the compliance of such person with the terms of this Clause 10.

 

10.4 The restrictions contained in this Clause shall continue to apply after the termination of this Agreement without limit in time.

 

11. RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

 

Subject to the Buyers being able to enforce their rights as contained herein, no term of this Agreement shall be enforceable, by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 or otherwise, by any Person who is not a Party to this Agreement. The consent of any Buyer shall not be required for the variation or termination of this Agreement, even if that variation or termination affects the benefit conferred on such Buyer.

 

12. SURVIVAL

 

Termination or expiry of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any provision of this Agreement which (either expressly or impliedly) is intended to survive such termination or expiry (as the case may be), including without limitation Clauses 9-16 (inclusive).

 

13. COUNTERPARTS

 

13.1 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts but shall not be effective until each of the Parties has executed at least one counterpart.

 

Page 7

13.2 Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14. GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTES

 

14.1 This Agreement and the rights of the Parties shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

14.2 If any dispute between Buyer Parent and Seller arises as to any matter arising under or out of or in connection with this Agreement, the Parties shall in the first instance attempt to settle the dispute amicably by reference of the dispute to the senior management of the Parties for negotiation and resolution.

 

14.3 If the dispute remains unresolved within a fourteen (14) days period from the commencement of such negotiation, it shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

 

14.4 The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

 

14.5 The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator appointed by the Chairman of the LMAA and the award of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the Parties and judgment on such award may be entered in any court or tribunal having jurisdiction thereof.

 

14.6 In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD100,000 the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

 

14.7 Notwithstanding the above, the Parties may agree at any time to refer to mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the SPAs and/or the Construction Contracts.

 

14.8 The Buyer Parent agrees that Magni Partners in London and the Seller agrees that Nausch, Hogan & Murray (U.K.) of 11-13 Crosswall London, EC3N 2JY, United Kingdom in London may be used for the purpose of accepting service of process in any action, arbitration or proceedings brought against it in England and Wales with respect to this Agreement and that any service on such branch shall be valid service for such purposes.

 

14.9 The existence of any arbitration proceedings and its outcome shall be kept confidential by the Parties and not disclosed without the consent of the other Party unless required to be disclosed under any relevant law or rules, including any applicable stock exchange rules or regulations.

 

15. SANCTIONS

 

15.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, both Parties acknowledge and agree that the Seller shall not be required to perform any work that would otherwise result in a violation of applicable law including Trade Laws. “ Trade Laws ” means all applicable U.S. and EU laws, regulations, and orders imposing trade sanctions on countries, individuals, or entities and/or regulating the export, re-export, import, transfer, disclosure, provision, or end use of items. Such laws and regulations include without limitation (as may be amended from time to time): the Export Administration Act; the Export Administration Regulations; the economic sanctions laws, regulations, and executive orders enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control; the International Emergency Economic Powers Act; the International Traffic in Arms Regulations; the Arms Export Control Act; the Foreign Trade Regulations; U.S. Customs laws and regulations; and any trade control laws and regulations administered by a non-U.S. government (except to the extent inconsistent with, or prohibited or penalized by, U.S. law). The Buyer represents and warrants to Seller that the Rig is not intended to be used in breach of Trade Laws.

 

Page 8

15.2 In connection with this Agreement, each Party shall comply with trade sanctions and export controls laws and regulations applicable to it (hereinafter, “ Applicable Law ”). Further, each Party agrees that all Applicable Laws shall be complied with in connection with this Agreement, including without limitation all Trade Laws, as defined above. Each Party represents and warrants that it is not on the U.S. government’s list of Specially Designated Nationals and blocked persons (“ SDN List ”) or owned fifty percent (50%) or more, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate or individually by persons or entities on the SDN List.

 

16. INCONSISTENCY OF TERMS

 

16.1 In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of (i) this Agreement, and (ii) the SPAs and/or the Construction Contracts, the terms and conditions of the latter shall prevail, provided always that no inconsistency shall be deemed to have arisen, or shall be treated as having arisen, by reason only that matters in the SPAs and/or the Construction Contracts are not specifically addressed in this Agreement, and vice versa.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.

 

Signed by
for and on behalf of

 

Keppel FELS Limited

 

[***]  
[***] Signature

 

Signed by
for and on behalf of

 

Borr Drilling Limited

 

[***] Signature

 

Page 9

SCHEDULE 1

 

THE RIGS AND DELIVERY DATES

 

Rig Delivery Date
First Completed Rig under SPA October 2019
Second Completed Rig under SPA January 2020
Third Completed Rig under SPA April 2020
First Construction Rig under Construction Contract July 2020
Second Construction Rig under Construction Contract October 2020

 

Page 10

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

LOAN TERM SHEET

 

Borrower: A single purpose Marshall Islands entity wholly owned by Borr Drilling Limited (the “ Buyer Parent ”).
Lender: Caspian Rigbuilders Pte. Ltd.
Rig: As specified in each SPA and/or Construction Agreement
Rig Purchase Price: As described in Clause 4.1 of Master Agreement
Flag: Panama or such other flag as Borrower may propose, subject to Lenders approval.
Scheduled Delivery Date: As described in Schedule 1 of Master Agreement
Rig Delivery Date: Actual delivery date to the Borrower by the Shipyard
Facility Type: One secured term loan facility (the “ Facility ”)
Facility Purpose: Delivery financing of each Rig, to be disbursed at the Delivery Date
Currency: USD
Facility Amount: US$86,400,000 per Rig. Each Facility is to be drawn down in one lump sum
Drawdown Date: each Rig Delivery Date, subject to all conditions precedent for the loan drawdown being met by the Borrower and the Buyer Parent
Cancellation: The Borrower may cancel each Facility prior to the Rig Delivery Date at any time (but not later than 30 days prior to the Rig Delivery Date) with 10 days prior written notice to the Lender without any premium or penalty
Final Maturity Date: 5 years from the Drawdown Date
Principal Repayment: [***] on the Final Maturity Date
Deferred Payment: An additional sum of US$[***] due with the Principal Repayment on the Final Maturity Date.
Interest Periods: 3 months unless any other period agreed between the Borrower and the Lender
Interest Payment: Until the [***] anniversary of the Drawdown Date, interest shall accrue, be aggregated without compounding, and the Borrower shall pay to the Lender all such accrued interest on the [***] anniversary of the Drawdown Date. Thereafter, the Borrower shall pay interest at the end of each Interest Period.

 

Page 11


Interest:

LIBOR (USD 3 months) plus Margin, Margin being

 

             [***] p.a. from the Drawdown Date until the 3 rd anniversary of the Drawdown Date;

             thereafter, until the 4 th anniversary of the Drawdown Date, [***] p.a.;

             thereafter, [***] p.a.

Interest will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days

 

Break Costs: Documented break costs incurred by the Lender to be paid by Borrower
Documentation: Each Facility will be made available under a facilities agreement (the “ Facility Agreement ”) and security and other related documents (together with the Facility Agreement, the “ Finance Documents ”) reasonably satisfactory to both the Lender and the Borrower.
Security:

All amounts owed under and pursuant to each Facility Agreement to be secured by:

 

(a)           a first priority mortgage over the Rig financed by that Facility Agreement,

(b)           an assignment of earnings, including income from any charter of that Rig,

(c)           an assignment of insurances taken out in respect of that Rig;

(d)           a charge over shares in the Borrower that owns that Rig to be executed by the Parent Buyer; and

(e)           a guarantee and indemnity for the whole of the indebtedness of the Borrower which owns that Rig to be executed by the Buyer Parent (“ Parent Guarantee ”).

 

Voluntary Prepayment: Allowed at any time without any prepayment fee or penalty, on the Borrower giving not less than 10 days’ prior written notice to the Lender, and prepayment, if of part of the Loan, to be of a minimum amount of US$[***] and in higher or multiples thereof
Mandatory Prepayment:

(a)             Mandatory Prepayment - Change of Control  

If the Buyer Parent ceases to own (directly or indirectly) 100% of the share in the Borrower;

 

(b)             Mandatory Prepayment - Disposal  

Upon a disposal of a Rig, the Borrower shall procure that all outstanding amounts under the Facility to which that Rig relates shall be prepaid in full on the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of that Rig to the buyer

 

(c)             Mandatory Prepayment - Total Loss  

Upon the occurrence of a total loss of a Rig, the Borrower shall procure that all outstanding amounts under the Facility to which the Rig relates shall be prepaid in full on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date of such total loss or (ii) on the date upon which the insurance proceeds are paid by the insurers.

 

         

 

 

 

Page 12

 

 
  (d)          Mandatory Prepayment - Requisition for title

In the event of a requisition for title of a Rig, the Borrower shall procure that all outstanding amounts under the Facility to which the Rig relates shall be prepaid in full within thirty days after such event.

 

(e)            Illegality

In the event that it is or will become unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Lender to perform its obligations or to fund or maintain its participation, the Lender shall promptly give notice to the Borrower of such illegality, following which the commitment of the Lender will be immediately cancelled and all outstanding amounts under the affected Facility shall be prepaid in full.

 

(f)            Asset coverage ratio

In the event that any of the yearly valuations of a Rig (referred to in Rig Covenants) shows that the market value of that Rig is less than [***]% of outstanding amounts under the relevant  Facility, the Borrower shall either (i) pre-pay that Facility in an amount which results in the outstanding amount under that Facility being more than [***]% of the market value of that Rig, or (ii) provide such additional security such that the aggregate value of the additional security and the market value of that Rig will exceed [***]% of the outstanding amounts under that Facility.

 

Prepayments made under this Mandatory Prepayment provision shall be without any prepayment fee or penalty.

 

Representations / Warranties:

 

The Borrower will make warranties and representations that are usual and customary for transactions of this nature including, but not limited to representations with regard to:

 

(a)            status 

(b)            binding obligations 

(c)            validity, effectiveness and ranking of security  

(d)            non conflict with other obligations 

(e)            power and authority 

(f)             validity and admissibility in evidence 

(g)             governing law and enforcement 

(h)             no deduction of tax 

(i)             no filing or stamp taxes 

(j)             no default 

(k)             no misleading information 

(l)             pari passu ranking 

(m)            no proceedings pending or threatened 

(n)            valuations 

(o)            compliance with laws (including anti-corruption laws and sanctions) 

(p)            environmental laws / claims 

 

 

Page 13

 

(q)           financial indebtedness 

(r)           ownership of secured assets 

(s)             tax residency 

(t)            if applicable, FATCA representations 

(u)           accuracy of financial statements

 

The Buyer Parent will make warranties and representations that are usual and customary for transactions of this nature including, but not limited to representations with regard to:

 

(a)           status 

(b)           binding obligations 

(c)           validity and effectiveness 

(d)           non conflict with other obligations 

(e)            power and authority 

(f)            validity and admissibility in evidence 

(g)            governing law and enforcement 

(h)            no deduction of tax 

(i)             no filing or stamp taxes in relation to Parent Guarantee 

(j)             no default, subject to materiality thresholds to be agreed 

(k)           no misleading information 

(l)             pan passu ranking in respect of obligations under Parent Guarantee 

(m)           no proceedings pending or threatened, subject to carveouts to be agreed 

(n)            compliance with laws (including anti-corruption laws and sanctions) 

(o)           environmental laws / claims 

(p)           accuracy of financial statements of the Buyer Parent

 

Information Undertakings:


Information undertakings usual and customary for a transaction of this nature, including but not limited to:

 

(a)           Borrower and/or Buyer Parent to provide each of the following:

(i)           as soon as they become available, but in any event within 120 days of the end of its financial years the Borrower’s audited un-consolidated financial statements;

(ii)          as soon as they become available, but in any event within 120 days of the end of the Buyer Parent’s financial years, Buyer Parent’s audited consolidated financial statements;

(iii)         as soon as they become available, but in any event within 60 days of the end of its financial half years its unaudited un-consolidated financial statements;

(iv)         as soon as they become available, but in any event within 60 days of the end of the Buyer Parent’s financial half years, the Parent’s unaudited consolidated financial statements;

(v)          with each set of consolidated financial statements, a compliance certificate signed by two directors of the Buyer Parent;

(vi)         all documents dispatched by the Borrower or the Buyer Parent to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally;

 

Page 14

 

 

(vii)         details of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings;

(viii)       such other information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower and/or the Buyer Parent as the Lender may reasonably request, subject to restrictions at law under the rules of any stock exchange applicable to the Borrower or the Buyer Parent and confidentiality undertakings.

 

(b)          The Borrower and the Buyer Parent shall promptly upon the request of the Lender supply such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks in relation to the Facility;

(c)          The Borrower shall notify the Lender immediately upon becoming aware of any Default, any total loss or requisition, any recommendation or condition or requirement imposed by any insurer or classification society, any arrest / detention, any intended dry-docking, any breach of environmental laws, any breach of ISM / ISPS code

General Undertakings:

General undertakings from the Borrower to be usual and customary for a transaction of this nature, including but not limited to:

 

(a)             authorisations 

(b)            compliance with laws 

(c)            pari passu ranking 

(d)           negative pledge on the Borrower, subject to carveouts to be agreed 

(e)           restriction on disposals on the Borrower, subject to carveouts to be agreed 

(f)            restriction on merger save for internal reorganization where the Parent remains 

(g)           no change of business 

(h)           environmental compliance and claims 

(i)            restriction on the provision of loans and guarantees by Borrower, subject to carveouts to be agreed 

(j)            restriction on Borrower incurring further financial indebtedness, unless subordinated to the Lender’s interest (Borrower only) 

(k)           payment of dividends and distributions only if there is no default under the relevant Facility, including but not limited to the asset coverage ratio 

(l)             Ranking / validity / preservation of security (Borrower only)

 

General undertakings from the Parent to be usual and customary for a transaction of this nature, including but not limited to:

 

(a)            authorisations 

(b)            compliance with laws 

(c)            pari passu ranking 

(d)            environmental compliance and claims

 


Page 15

 

Rig Covenants:

Those rig undertakings usual and customary for a transaction of this nature including but not limited to:

 

(i)            Rig is fully insured against: 

a)             fire and usual marine risks 

b)             hull and machinery (including hull interest, and business interruption or loss of hire), which shall be in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of (i) [***]% of the market value of each Rig, and (ii) [***]% of the principal amount under the relevant Facility then outstanding; 

c)             war and strikes risks; and 

d)            full protection and indemnity risks of each Rig in accordance with the rules for Mobile Offshore Units of a club that is a member of the International Group of Protection and  Indemnity Associations for a combined single limit which is consistent with the practice of renown and prudent drilling contractors. 

such insurances to be on terms satisfactory to the Lender (with copies of policies, endorsements and/or certificates of entries to be provided to the Lender).

 

The insurances shall name the Borrower, the Lender and the rig manager as named insured, with waiver of subrogation, if agreed by the insurer (with Borrower to use all commercially reasonable efforts to procure such waiver), in favour of the Lender, and shall specify the Lender as loss payee. The Borrower shall procure that the insurers issue such letter(s) of undertaking to the Lender in a form required by the Lender (which shall be in accordance with customary market practice for insurances of that nature).

 

The Borrower shall notify the Lender at least 10 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurances and the proposed terms of the renewal, for the Lender’s approval. The Borrower shall ensure that all policies are renewed at least 14 days before expiry.

 

The insurance undertakings shall include undertakings which are usual and customary for a transaction of this nature.

 

The Lender shall take up mortgagees’ interest insurance in respect to its interest in each Rig, but the premium / costs shall be borne or reimbursed by the Borrower.

 

(ii)           Rig is flagged under the Panama flag and registered in the name of the Borrower; consent to request to change of flag not be unreasonably withheld or delayed 

(iii)          Rig is maintained in good and safe condition and state of repair consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice, and so as to maintain each Rig’s classification with a classification society approved by the Lender free from recommendations and conditions.

 

 


Page 16

 

   

(iv)          No material modification to any Rig / no removal of material parts, unless for purpose of survey, maintenance, modifications or for operational reasons 

(v)           Submission to all surveys required by class. 

(vi)          Borrower shall permit the Lender (acting through surveyors or other person appointed by it for that purpose) to board each Rig at all reasonable times to inspect each Rig’s conditions, the cost of all such inspections to be on the account of the Borrower. 

(vii)         Prevention and release from arrest 

(viii)        Compliance with laws, including but not limited to ISPS, environmental compliance, and sanctions 

(ix)          No operation in war zones and/or OPA areas without acceptable insurance coverage 

(x)           Borrower to provide the Lender with any information which the Lender may request regarding (i) each Rigs, its employment and its position, (ii) the earnings of each Rig; (iii) crewing of each Rig (iv) any expenditure incurred, or which is likely to be incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of each Rig, (iv) any towages and salvages, and (v) compliance with ISM and ISPS code. 

(xi)           Notice of mortgage 

(xii)        Technical / commercial manager of each Rig to be an entity which is acceptable to the Lender; it being agreed that the Lender accepts any technical/commercial manager which is an affiliate of the Borrower or the Parent Borrower shall put each Rig in possession of any person other than the Builder for the purposes of work being done on it in an amount exceed or which is likely to exceed US$5,000,000 

(xiii)       Borrower to provide yearly valuations of each Rig at its own cost, addressed to the lenders and from a shipbroker acceptable to the Lender. Together with each such valuation, Borrower to deliver a compliance certificate attaching a copy of such valuation, and certifying its compliance the Asset coverage ratio.

 

Events of Default:

 

Events of default usual and customary for a transaction of this nature in respect of the Borrower and the Parent:

 

(i)             non-payment; 

(ii)            other breaches, with a grace period of 15 days from Lender’s notice to remedy (if such breach is capable of remedy) 

(iii)           misrepresentation; 

(iv)           insolvency; 

(v)            insolvency proceedings; 

(vi)           creditors’ process; 

(vii)          unlawfulness and invalidity; 

(viii)         cessation of business, 

(ix)           insurance cover (Borrower only); 

(x)            liens / arrest / detention in relation to any Rig (Borrower only) 

(xi)         repudiation or rescission of agreements by Borrower. Repudiation or rescission of agreements by Buyer Parent, subject to materiality carveouts for the Buyer Parent to be agreed; 

 

Page 17

 
 
 

(xii)         material litigation on the Borrower or material litigation on the Buyer Parent 

(xiii)        non-compliance with sanctions 

(xiv)        financial covenants not satisfied; 

(xv)         Cross default with other indebtedness of Borrower (no carveout for Borrower). Cross default with other indebtedness of Buyer Parent in excess of a materiality threshold to be agreed; 

(xvi)         Buyer Parent ceases to maintain 100% direct ownership interests in the Borrower; 

(xvii)        Material audit qualifications to the financial statements of the Borrower or Buyer Parent; 

(xviii)       Expropriation of assets in excess of USD50,000,000 for Buyer Parent. No carveout for Borrower; 

(xix)         Security imperiled / flag in jeopardy (Borrower only) 

(xx)          material adverse effect on Borrower. Material adverse effect on Buyer Parent to the extent that it affects the Buyer Parent’s ability to perform its obligations under the Parent Guarantee.

Conditions Precedent:

Those conditions precedent usual and customary for a transaction of this nature, all to be in form and substance to the satisfaction of the Lender, including but not limited to:

 

(i)           constitutional documents and corporate authorisations;  

(ii)           executed Facility Agreement; 

(iii)         executed Security Documents and perfection of security; 

(iv)         legal opinion from counsel in jurisdiction of incorporation of Borrower and Buyer Parent, at the Borrower’s cost 

(v)           certified copy financial statements (including latest audited financial statements of Borrower and Buyer Parent (if Buyer Parent becomes unlisted) 

(vi)         evidence that all sums then due to the Builder (other than the sums to be financed by that Facility) have been paid to the Seller 

(vii)        evidence that Rig is insured in accordance with requirements of that Facility 

(viii)       evidence of appointment of process agent 

(ix)         a copy of the building contract and all addenda thereto; a builder’s certificate; and a copy of the protocol of delivery duly signed by the shipyard builder and the Borrower 

(x)          the class confirmation, customary operational certificates and classification certificates as the Lender may require 

(xi)          a certificate of ownership and encumbrances issued by the ship register showing that Rig duly registered in the ownership of the Borrower, the mortgage duly recorded against that Rig and that Rig free and clear of all liens and encumbrances of record other than that mortgage;

 

other documents and evidence reasonably required by the Lender and listed in each Facility Agreement

 

Miscellaneous: The Agreement will contain provisions relating to, among other things, default interest, market disruption, break costs, tax gross up and indemnities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, FATCA (if applicable), set-off, administration and changes in currency.

 

Page 18

 

Tax Gross Up: All payments to be made by the Borrower and Buyer Parent will be free and clear of all present and future taxes, unless required by law. If any deduction is required, the Borrower will pay an additional amount necessary to ensure that the Lender receives an amount that would otherwise have been received had no such deduction been required.
Expenses: The Borrower shall bear all reasonable and documented costs and expenses in connection with the Facility documents
Governing Law and Jurisdiction:
This term sheet and each Facility Agreement will be subject to English Law and to exclusive arbitration in London Maritime Arbitrators Association by one arbitrator
 
 
Page 19


Exhibit 10.7

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND CONTAINS PERSONAL INFORMATION. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

COLLABORATION AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the "Agreement") is made on March 26, 2017 between

(1)
BORR DRILLING LIMITED , a company incorporated in Bermuda with company registration no. 51741 (" Borr "); and

(2)
SCHLUMBERGER OILFIELD HOLDI NGS LIMITED , a limited company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with company registration no. 57357 (" Schlumberger ")

(referred to as " Party " in the singular and the " Parties " in the plural).

WHEREAS

A.
Borr is a public limited company whose shares are traded on the Norwegian OTC market and which provides offshore drilling services to the oil and gas industry.

B.
Schlumberger's group is the world's leading supplier of technology, project management and information solutions to the oil and gas industry.

C.
Borr and Schlumberger are discussing a collaborative initiative which involves working together on a "joint service model" aimed at oil companies with a view to providing world class upstream services through a strategic combination of the Parties' respective expertise, assets, technology and resources

1.
SERVICE OFFERING

1.1
The purpose of the collaboration would be to facilitate the provision by the Parties of a combined upstream service offering portfolio, to include those oil field services to be agreed in the definitive agreement, and to provide a streamlined service which focuses on delivery to smaller and mid-sized oil companies.

1.2
The Parties intend to prioritise joint marketing of a fully integrated solution and anticipate that the resultant accelerated expansion of Borr's global presence through collaboration with Schlumberger will be to the benefit of both Parties.

2.
PROJECT TEAM

2.1
The Parties' representatives for the purposes of progressing the collaboration efforts; identifying and defining the relevant market and potential customers; negotiating and documenting the terms of a corporate structure and commercial service offering are:

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND CONTAINS PERSONAL INFORMATION. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

For Borr :
Name: [***]
Title: [***]
Email: [***]
Telephone:

For Schlumberger:
Name: [***]
Title: [***]
Email: [***]
Telephone: [***]

(the " Project Team ").

2.2
Meetings of the Project Team will take place on a regular basis (at least 4 per year) and jointly prepared and signed reports of each meeting shall be provided to both Parties.

3.
FURTHER NEGOTIATIONS

This Agreement shall not be considered concluded unless and until definitive agreements have been signed by the authorised officers of the Parties hereto and has been approved by the board of directors of the Parties hereto.

4.
GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

4.1
This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England & Wales without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than those of England & Wales.

4.2
Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with these Heads of Agreement or its subject matter or formation, whether in tort, contract, under statute or otherwise, including any question regarding its existence, validity, interpretation, breach or termination, and including any non-contractual claim, shall be finally and exclusively resolved by arbitration in accordance with the (English) Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof, with the seat and place of arbitration to be London.

The Agreement is signed in 2 original counterparts, of which each of the Parties keep one counterpart.

For and on behalf of
 
For and on behalf of
BORR DRILLING LIMITED
 
SCHLUMBERGER OILFIELD HOLDINGS LIMITED
Signature: [***]          
 
Signature: [***]          
Name in block letters: [***]
 
Name in block letters: [***]



Exhibit 10.8

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND CONTAINS PERSONAL INFORMATION. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

ENHANCED COLLABORATION AGREEMENT

This Enhanced Collaboration Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made on this 6 th day of October 2017 between

(1)
BORR DRILLING LIMITED , a company incorporated in Bermuda with company registration no. 51741 (“ Borr ”); and

(2)
SCHLUMBERGER OILFIELD HOLDINGS LIMITED , a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with company registration no. 57357 (“ SLB ”)

(referred to as “ Party ” in the singular and the “ Parties ” in the plural).

WHEREAS

A.
Borr is a public limited company whose shares are traded on the Oslo Stock Exchange which provides offshore drilling services to the oil and gas industry.

B.
SLB’s group is the world’s leading supplier of technology, project management and information solutions to the oil and gas industry.

C.
The Parties entered into a Collaboration Agreement dated 26 March 2017 in terms of which they agreed to discuss a collaborative initiative involving working together on a “joint service model” aimed at oil companies with a view to providing world class upstream services through a strategic combination of the Parties’ respective expertise, assets, technology and resources.

D.
The Parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement to record the terms on which they have agreed to prioritise joint marketing of a fully integrated solution for the Jack-Up Rig offshore market.

1.
SERVICE OFFERING

1.1
The purpose of the collaboration is to facilitate the provision by the Parties of a combined upstream service offerings, to include those services listed in Schedule 1 (the “ Services ”), providing a streamlined, integrated offering to the respective clients of the Parties.

1.2
The respective key contributions of the Parties will be summarised by the Parties in a separate schedule as soon as possible following execution of this Agreement, and when signed, such schedule shall be deemed to be incorporated herein as Schedule 2.

2.
PROJECT TEAM LEADERS

2.1
The Parties’ team leaders (who are responsible for leading and progressing the collaboration efforts; identifying and defining the relevant market and potential customers; and negotiating then documenting the terms of a corporate structure and commercial service offering to deliver tangible results in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) are:

For Borr :
Name: [***]
Title: [***]
Email: [***]
Telephone: [***]

For SLB:
Name: [***]
Title: [***]
Email: [***]
Telephone: [***]

(the “ Project Team Leaders ”).

2.2
The Project Team Leaders are the main contact point for each Party.


PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND CONTAINS PERSONAL INFORMATION. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

2.3
Meetings of the Project Team Leaders will take place on a regular basis (at least once per month) at a mutually convenient venue to be agreed and jointly prepared. Signed reports of each meeting shall be provided to both Parties.

2.4
The first meeting of the Project Team Leaders shall be held no later than 30 October 2017, thereafter the Project Team Leaders will annually define a strategic plan complete with key milestones of the collaboration and present this for approval to their respective management team.

2.5
The Project Team Leaders shall agree a schedule for conducting quarterly business performance reviews with executive management of each Party. In addition, each January an annual progress report will be produced that will record performance against predefined goals, identify opportunities for improvement and further development.

3.
PRINCIPLES OF COLLABORATION

3.1
Borr and SLB are committed to work together to implement the strategic plan and key milestones set out in Clause 2.4.

3.2
Each Party will use reasonable endeavors to ensure that the other Party is recognized as an acceptable vendor for third parties to whom Services will be provided.

3.3
The Parties shall also develop an internal communication strategy to build awareness and secure internal support within each party’s employee and contractor base of the Services. It is recognized that executive management support is critical and shall feature prominently in the means of internal communication delivery in order to encourage and facilitate early engagement.

3.4
Each Party shall take all necessary and reasonable efforts to ensure the satisfactory performance of the Project. In particular each Party undertakes:

3.4.1
promptly, with due care, knowledge and dedication to carry out the tasks allocated to it;

3.4.2
promptly to provide all information and documentation allocated to it;

3.4.3
promptly notify the other Parties of any and all events or circumstances that might affect the careful and uninterrupted performance of the Project;

3.4.4
to use reasonable endeavours to ensure the accuracy of any information and/or material(s) a Party supplies to the Project; and

3.4.5
to use reasonable endeavours to correct any error and/or mistake un information and/or material(s) of which a Party is notified.

3.5
Each Party agrees that the principles of their agreement to collaborate in respect of the Project include acting in good faith towards each other; operating with an open agenda; and fulfilling their predefined roles to deliver specified tasks and deliverables agreed by the Project Team Leaders and approved by the boards of directors of the Parties.

4.
SHARING INFRASTRUCTURE AND TECHNOLOGY

4.1
Training

4.1.1
SLB will be Borr’s preferred provider of staff training where available within a geographic region.

2

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND CONTAINS PERSONAL INFORMATION. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

4.1.2
The Parties will develop a ‘next generation’ curriculum for the training and development of Borr drilling personnel with a view to advance on the new set of skills that will be required.

4.1.3
The Parties will agree on the multiskilling program for Borr crew as well as the methodology/business model to capitalize and create value for both Par - ties in well decommissioning and integrated project opportunities.

4.2
Infrastructure

4.2.1
SLB will support Borr with the advantages of its developed cost structure and global footprint for resource sharing, including access to infrastructure, offices, warehouses, yard space, transportation, accommodation and logistics with a view to achieving overall reduced costs and increase competitiveness, for the mutual benefit of both Parties.

4.3
Technology Development

4.3.1
The Parties will work together to identify opportunities for improving drilling performance and wellsite outcomes. This may involve joint technology projects and field trials of new equipment, software and techniques.

5.
KEY SERVICES

5.1
Cement Units

5.1.1
It is the intention of the Parties to place SLB cement units onboard Borr rigs on a mutually agreeable free placement basis.

5.1.2
It is a requirement that rigs offered for all integrated projects where Services are offered on the basis of collaboration under this Agreement have an SLB cement unit unless the customer for the relevant Services requests otherwise.

5.2
Solids Control Equipment:

5.2.1
SLB’s M-I-SWACO product line (“ M-I SWACO ”) will be the preferred provider of solids control equipment and associated consumables for all Borr rigs to be used for the provision of Services.

5.3
Tubular Management:

5.3.1
SLB’s Bit & Drilling Tool product line (“ BDT ”) will be the preferred provider of tubular management and associated consumables for all Barr rigs to be used for the provision of Services.

5.4
Manage Pressure Drilling

5.4.1
SWACO will provide support and services to Borr to facilitate conduct of MPD operations in the most efficient way possible to maximize differentiation from competitors and provide a leading industry customer solution and increased performance.

5.5
Well Control and Drilling Systems

5.5.1
SLB will be Borr’s preferred provider of well control and drilling systems.

5.5.2
The Parties will work together to improve SLB’s product line and jointly collaborate on the development and trialing of new wellsite technologies.

3

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND CONTAINS PERSONAL INFORMATION. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

5.5.3
The Parties will work on new commercial models for the deployment of SLB equipment and technologies across the Borr rig fleet.

5.6
Testing Services

It is the intention of the Parties to prepare the Borr rigs for the installation of SLB Testing Services on a mutually agreeable basis.

6.
NON SOLICITATION

Neither Party will either during the period of this Agreement or for a period of twelve months after it is terminated whether on its own account or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person, firm or company, including but not limited to recruitment or employment agencies

6.1.1
solicit or entice away or attempt to solicit or entice away any person who shall at the time be an officer, manager or employee of the other Party who has at any time after the date hereof and before termination of this Agreement been involved to a material extent in the course of his or her employment with such other Party in pursuing the objectives of this Agreement and who was at the time of such involvement a senior manager and/or in possession of significant technical expertise and whether or not any such person would commit a breach of his contract of employment by reason of leaving the employment of such other Party.

7.
TENDER REPRESENTATION

7.1
SLB will facilitate Borr’s registration and/or participation in tender processes in various countries where SLB has a presence and is registered as a provider of services. This may be achieved by but is not limited to:

7.1.1
forming a consortium comprising SLB’s registered entity in the country and Borr operating entity; or

7.1.2
using an SLB registered entity in the country to participate in a tender where Borr is acting as the Rig Provider (Technical Principal); or

7.1.3
where a Jack-Up Rig license is required, using an SLB registered entity in the country to apply for a license where Borr is acting as the Rig Provider (Technical Principal).

8.
MARKETING & PROMOTION

8.1
In order to highlight the joint collaboration and differentiated solution offered by the Services, the Parties will develop:

8.1.1
Integrated solution marketing material to be used by both Parties as the template for presentations, tenders, proposals and other publications; and

8.1.2
shared publicity material for internal and external audiences highlighting examples of collaboration and promoting the relationship of the Parties (including social media, printed publications, online platforms such as LinkedIn, investor relations events, conferences and industry forums),

(“ Marketing Materials ”).

8.2
All Marketing Materials must be approved by the Parties before being distributed externally as per Bilateral Confidential Disclosure Agreement.

9.
RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES

9.1
The Parties are independent contractors and nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall operate to create a partnership between the Parties, or authorise a Party to act as agent.

9.2
Any and all authorisations or delegations must be approved in writing by the Board of the relevant Party, in the absence of which, neither Party shall have any authority to act in the name or on behalf of or otherwise to bind the other Party or any of their affiliates in any way (including, but not limited to, the making of any representation or warranty, the assumption of any obligation or liability and the exercise of any right or power).

4

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND CONTAINS PERSONAL INFORMATION. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

10.
REMUNERATION/SHARING OF COSTS

10.1
Each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses (including legal costs) in connection with this Agreement and the provision of its contribution to the collaboration and the Services.

11.
TERM AND TERMINATION

This Agreement shall continue in effect until it is terminated by written agreement of the parties or by at least 45 days written notice given by one party to the other party. Termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any rights or liabilities accrued at the date of termination through separate agreements and without prejudice to the provisions of this clause 11 and clauses 6, 12 and 13, which shall survive termination. No damages can be claimed by the parties related to the consequences of this termination.

12.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

12.1
Each Party remains the owner of its information, technology, knowledge and data of whatever nature patented or not and related to or used in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement.

12.2
Nothing in this Agreement or during its implementation shall be construed as granting or transferring any ownership of whatever kind of any technology, trademarks or tradenames, knowledge, information or data which may be provided by one Party to the other in connection herewith.

13.
CONFIDENTIALITY

13.1
The Parties acknowledge that they have been provided with a copy of, and agree to comply with the terms of, a Bilateral Confidential Disclosure Letter dated 24th of September 2017 by and between Schlumberger Middle East SA and Borr Drilling Management DMCC (“ NDA ”), which applies to the Parties as “Affiliates” of the parties to the NDA.

13.2
Each Party (the “ Recipient ”) undertakes to treat any and all Confidential Information (as defined in the NDA) relating to the other Party and/or the Services as strictly confidential and to use it for the purpose of this Agreement only.

13.3
Except as provided in this Clause 13 and the NDA, a Recipient may not divulge Confidential Information it to any third party for any purpose whatsoever, whether during the course of or after the termination of this Agreement, and not to make use of such Confidential Information or any part thereof for any purpose (other than in the course of fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement) without the other Party’s prior written consent.

13.4
The above undertakings shall not apply to:


(i)
information which at the time of disclosure or subsequently is published or otherwise generally available to the public other than through any act or omission on the part of the Recipient;


(ii)
information which the Recipient can show by reasonable written record was in its possession at the time of disclosure and which was not acquired directly or indirectly from the other Party;


(iii)
information which pursuant to applicable law, a legally enforceable order or direction or regulations of an applicable securities exchange is required to be disclosed, provided that (if permitted under the applicable law, order, direction or regulation) the disclosing Party shall give the other Party prompt written notice and sufficient opportunity to object, time permitting, to such disclosure.

5

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND CONTAINS PERSONAL INFORMATION. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

13.5
The Parties may disclose Confidential Information only to the Project Team Leaders and other employees or employees of its affiliates, consultants or agents, who need to know in order to carry out the rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that such persons are bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use to the disclosing Party which are equal to the terms of this Agreement. The disclosing Party shall ensure that such employees be fully aware of the obligations of this Clause 13 and shall be responsible for any breach of these provisions by employees.

13.6
All Confidential Information supplied to or acquired by any Party shall upon request be returned promptly to the other Party upon termination, for whatever reason, of this Agreement.

14.
GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

14.1
This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England & Wales without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than those of England & Wales.

14.2
Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter or formation, whether in tort, contract, under statute or otherwise, including any question regarding its existence, validity, interpretation, breach or termination, and including any non-contractual claim, shall be finally and exclusively resolved by arbitration in accordance with the (English) Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof, with the seat and place of arbitration to be London.

The Agreement is signed in 2 original counterparts, of which each of the Parties keep one counterpart.

For and on behalf of
For and on behalf of
BORR DRILLING LIMITED
SCHLUMBERGER OILFIELD HOLDINGS LIMITED
   
Signature: [***]                                                       
Signature: [***]                                                       
Name in block letters:[***]
Name in block letters:[***]


6

PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND CONTAINS PERSONAL INFORMATION. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

SCHEDULE 1

SERVICES

Optimisation of wellsite performance

Joint vendor financing of integrated projects

Joint development of wellsite technologies

Placement of cementing units and associated equipment

Utilisation of wired drillpipe

Tubular management: inspection, repair and certification

Wireline unit placement and associated services

Mudlogging

Solids control and treatment equipment

Early kick off detection systems

Managed pressure drilling equipment and services

Blow out/well control equipment

Tubular handling and drilling systems

Interface with and/or control of all sensors required for real time connectivity to shore

Any other integration with drilling systems with focus on performance optimisation

Drilling bits and accessories/ tool rentals

Satellite telecommunications


PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE SUCH PORTIONS ARE BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND CONTAINS PERSONAL INFORMATION. THE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN INDICATED BY ASTERISKS (“[***]”).

SCHEDULE 2

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE SERVICES
[To be separately agreed and attached]

Borr
SLB
   
   
   
   
   
   
   





Exhibit 22.1

BAHAMAS
1.           
Borr Baug Limited
BERMUDA
2.           
Borr Midgard Assets Ltd.
3.           
Borr Midgard Holding Ltd.
BRAZIL
4.           
Borr Serviços Offshore Ltda.
BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
5.           
Borr Jack-Up XIV Inc.
6.           
Borr International Resources Limited
CAMEROON
7.           
Paragon Offshore Cameroon SARL
CAYMAN ISLANDS
8.           
Borr Atla Limited
9.           
Borr Brage Limited
10.           
Borr Holdings Limited
11.           
Borr Global Limited
12.           
Borr Idun Limited
13.           
Borr Mist Limited
14.           
Borr Idun Limited
15.           
Borr Offshore Operations Limited
16.           
Constellation II Limited
17.           
Paragon Asset Company Ltd.
18.           
Paragon Asset (UK) Ltd.
19.           
Paragon International Finance Company
20.           
Paragon (Middle East) Limited
21.           
Paragon Offshore (North Sea) Ltd.
22.           
Paragon Offshore Enterprises Ltd.
23.           
Paragon Offshore Holdings Limited
24.           
Paragon Offshore International Ltd.
25.           
Paragon Offshore Limited
26.           
Prospector Rig 1 Contracting Company Limited
27.           
Prospector Rig 5 Contracting Company Limited

CYPRUS
28.           
Prospector Offshore Drilling Limited
ENGLAND AND WALES
29.           
Borr Drilling Management (UK) Limited
LUXEMBOURG
30.           
Prospector Offshore Drilling S.a.r.l.
MARSHALL ISLANDS
31.           
Borr Drilling Equipment Pool Inc.
32.           
Borr Galar Inc.
33.           
Borr Gerd Inc.
34.           
Borr Gersemi Inc.
35.           
Borr Grid Inc.
36.           
Borr Groa Inc.
37.           
Borr Gunnlod Inc.
38.           
Borr Gyme Inc.
39.           
Borr Heimdal Inc.
40.           
Borr Heidrun Inc.
41.           
Borr Hermod Inc.
42.           
Borr Hild Inc.
43.           
Borr Huldra Inc.
44.           
Borr International Operations I Inc.
45.           
Borr Jack-Up I Inc.
46.           
Borr Jack-Up XVI Inc.
47.           
Borr Jack-Up XXXII Inc.
48.           
Borr Natt Inc.
49.           
Borr Njord Inc.
50.           
Borr Ran Inc.
51.           
Borr Saga Inc.
52.           
Borr SEA Operations Inc.
53.           
Borr Skald Inc.
54.           
Borr Tivar Inc.
55.           
Borr Vale Inc.
56.           
Borr Var Inc.

Malaysia
57.           
Borr Drilling Malaysia Snd. Bhd.
MEXICO
58.           
Borr Drilling Contracting S. de R.L. de C.V.
59.           
Borr Drilling Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.
60.           
Borr Management Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.
61.           
Borr Offshore Services Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.
62.           
Paragon Offshore Management S. de R.L. de C.V.
NETHERLANDS
63.           
Paragon Offshore (Nederland) B.V.
NORWAY
64.           
Borr Drilling Management AS
SCOTLAND
65.           
Borr (UK) Holdings Limited
66.           
Borr Gersemi (UK) Limited
67.           
Borr Grid (UK) Limited
68.           
Borr Mexico Ventures Limited
69.           
Borr Odin (UK) Limited
70.           
Paragon Offshore (Land Support) Limited
71.           
Prospector Offshore Drilling (UK) Ltd
SINGAPORE
72.           
Borr Eastern Peninsula Pte. Ltd.
73.           
Prospector Offshore Drilling (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
SWITZERLAND
74.           
Paragon Offshore Leasing (Switzerland) GmbH
UAE
75.           
Borr Drilling Management DMCC
US (Delaware)
76.           
Borr Drilling (US) Inc.
77.           
Paragon Offshore Drilling LLC
78.           
Paragon Offshore (GOM) Inc.
79.           
Paragon offshore Holdings US Inc.






Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Borr Drilling Limited of our report dated April 29, 2019, except with respect to the matters that alleviate previous substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern discussed in Note 1 and the effects of the reverse stock split discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is July 10, 2019 relating to the financial statements of Borr Drilling Limited, which appears in this Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers AS
Stavanger, Norway
July 10, 2019



Exhibit 23.3


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Borr Drilling Limited of our report dated April 29, 2019 relating to the financial statements of Paragon Offshore Limited, which appears in this Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers AS
Stavanger, Norway
July 10, 2019




Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Borr Drilling Limited of our report dated March 8, 2018 relating to the financial statements of Paragon Offshore plc (Predecessor), which appears in this Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
July 10, 2019




Exhibit 23.5


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Borr Drilling Limited of our report dated March 8, 2018 relating to the financial statements of Paragon Offshore Limited (Successor), which appears in this Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
July 10, 2019




Exhibit 23.6

CONSENT TO BE NAMED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT

The undersigned hereby consents to the references to our firm in the form and context in which they appear in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 and the related prospectus that is a part thereof.

 
Rystad Energy
   
   
/s/ Rystad Energy
 
Name:
Lars Eirik Nicolaisen
 
Title:
Senior Partner & Deputy-CEO

July 8, 2019